Working with Arabic Prepositions: Structures and Functions 9781138297630, 9781138297616, 9781315099101

Table of contents :
Cover
Half Title
Title Page
Copyright Page
Contents
Introduction
1 The basics of Arabic prepositions
Definition of Arabic prepositions
Importance of prepositions
Functions of prepositions
Classifications of prepositions
Constructions involving prepositions
Case marking of prepositional phrases
Locative adverbs
The importance of prepositions for foreign-language learning
2 One-letter prepositions
البَاء
اللَّام
الكَا ف
وَاو وبَاء وتَاء القَسَم
3 Two-letter prepositions
مِنْ
عَنْ
فِي
كَي
4 Three-letter prepositions
إِلَى
عَلَى
خَلَا / عَدَا
مُنْذُ
رُبَّ
5 Four-letter prepositions
حَتَّى
حَاشَا
6 Locative adverbs
بَیْنَ
عِنْدَ
مَعَ
لَدَى
بَعْدَ / قَبْلَ
خِلَالَ
قُرْبَ
نَحْوَ
Adverbs of time
إِبَّانَ
إأَبَدَ
أَثْنَاءَ
إِثْرَ
آَنَاءَ
غَدَاةَ
Adverbs of place
أَمَامَ / قُدَّامَ
خَلْفَ / وَرَاءَ
تَحْتَ
تفَوْقَ
دَاخِلَ
خَارِجَ
إِزَاءَ
تِجَاهَ
جَانِبَ
وَسْطَ
7 Analysis of examples of errors by students
Introduction
Examples of errors by students
Deletion of prepositions
Substitution of prepositions
Addition of prepositions
Conclusion
Glossary of common verbs with prepositions
Answer key
Bibliography
Index

Citation preview

Working with Arabic Prepositions

Working with Arabic Prepositions: Structures and Functions is a reference book focusing on Arabic prepositions, their structure and usage. The system of Arabic prepositions is complex, and the textbook aims to assist students at the lower intermediate to advanced level understand it in an accessible way. This is an area in which students can experience great difficulty, and the aim of this book is to explain clearly the structures and functions of Arabic prepositions and their usage in Modern Standard Arabic and media Arabic. Drills and exercises are provided to enable readers to practice what they have learned in the chapters. This book will be an ideal source of information for undergraduate students studying Arabic, as well as graduate studies and additional courses in the major dialect areas, and a very useful resource for teachers of Arabic as a foreign language. Ronak Husni has taught Arabic language, modern and classical literature, gender studies, translation and cultural studies in a number of universities in the UK, including St. Andrews, Durham and Heriot-Watt University over the course of twenty-four years. Her main area of research is classical and modern Arabic literature, applied translation studies, gender studies and Arabic as a foreign language. Her study and translation of the Tunisian reformer Al-Qasim al-Haddad’s seminal book Muslim Women in Law and Society won her the 2007 World Award of the President of the Republic of Tunisia for Islamic Studies. She is currently a professor of Arabic and Translation Studies at the American University of Sharjah. Aziza Zaher has taught Arabic language and translation for more than twenty years in a number of higher education institutions in Egypt and the UK. Her research interests are teaching Arabic as a foreign language, systemic functional linguistics and critical discourse analysis. She is currently Assistant Professor of Arabic at the School of Modern Languages and Cultures at Durham University, and she received Durham University’s Excellence in Learning and Teaching Award in 2018.

Working with Arabic Prepositions Structures and Functions

Ronak Husni and Aziza Zaher

First published 2020 by Routledge 2 Park Square, Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxon OX14 4RN and by Routledge 52 Vanderbilt Avenue, New York, NY 10017 Routledge is an imprint of the Taylor & Francis Group, an informa business © 2020 Ronak Husni and Aziza Zaher The right of Ronak Husni and Aziza Zaher to be identified as authors of this work has been asserted by them in accordance with sections 77 and 78 of the Copyright, Designs and Patents Act 1988. All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reprinted or reproduced or utilised in any form or by any electronic, mechanical, or other means, now known or hereafter invented, including photocopying and recording, or in any information storage or retrieval system, without permission in writing from the publishers. Trademark notice: Product or corporate names may be trademarks or registered trademarks, and are used only for identification and explanation without intent to infringe. British Library Cataloguing-in-Publication Data A catalogue record for this book is available from the British Library Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data A catalog record for this book has been requested ISBN: 978-1-138-29763-0 (hbk) ISBN: 978-1-138-29761-6 (pbk) ISBN: 978-1-315-09910-1 (ebk) Typeset in Times New Roman by Apex CoVantage, LLC

Contents

Introduction

1

The basics of Arabic prepositions

viii

1

Definition of Arabic prepositions 2 Importance of prepositions 2 Functions of prepositions 3 Classifications of prepositions 4 Constructions involving prepositions 4 Case marking of prepositional phrases 7 Locative adverbs 9 The importance of prepositions for foreign-language learning 10 2

One-letter prepositions

11

‫ اﻟﺒَﺎء‬11 ‫  ﱠ‬29 ‫اﻟﻼم‬ َ  39 ‫اﻟﻜﺎف‬ ‫ﺴﻢ‬ َ َ‫ َواو وﺑَﺎء وﺗَﺎء اﻟﻘ‬44 3

Two-letter prepositions

46

‫ ِﻣْﻦ‬46 ‫ َﻋْﻦ‬69 ‫ ﻓِﻲ‬79 ‫ َﻛﻲ‬93 4

Three-letter prepositions

‫ إِﻟَﻰ‬98 ‫ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬107 ‫ َﻋَﺪا‬/ ‫ َﺧَﻼ‬121

98

vi

Contents

‫ ُﻣْﻨُﺬ‬124 ‫ب‬ ‫ ُر ﱠ‬126 5

Four-letter prepositions

130

‫ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ‬130 ‫ﺎﺷﺎ‬ َ ‫ َﺣ‬133 6

Locative adverbs

136

‫ ﺑَْﯿَﻦ‬138 ‫ ِﻋْﻨَﺪ‬140 ‫ َﻣَﻊ‬144 ‫ ﻟَ َﺪى‬146 ‫ ﻗَْﺒَﻞ‬/ ‫ ﺑَْﻌَﺪ‬148 ‫ ِﺧَﻼَل‬152 ‫ب‬ َ ‫ ﻗُ ْﺮ‬153 ‫ ﻧَْﺤَﻮ‬154

Adverbs of time 156 ‫ﺎن‬ َ ‫ إِﺑﱠ‬156 ‫ أَﺑَ َﺪ‬157 ‫ﺎء‬ َ َ‫ أَ ْﺛﻨ‬157 ‫ إِْﺛَﺮ‬158 ‫ﺎء‬ َ َ‫ آَﻧ‬158 َ‫ َﻏَﺪاة‬158 Adverbs of place 159

‫ام‬ َ ‫ ﻗُ ﱠﺪ‬/ ‫ﺎم‬ َ ‫ أَ َﻣ‬159 ‫اء‬ َ ‫ َﺧْﻠ‬160 َ ‫ َوَر‬/ ‫ﻒ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ َ ‫ ﺗَْﺤ‬162 ‫ق‬ َ ‫ ﻓَ ْﻮ‬163 ‫اﺧَﻞ‬ ِ ‫ َد‬165 ‫ﺎرَج‬ ِ ‫ َﺧ‬165 ‫اء‬ َ ‫ إِ َز‬166 َ‫ ﺗَِﺠﺎه‬166 ‫ﺐ‬ َ ِ‫ َﺟﺎﻧ‬167 َ ‫ﺳ‬ ‫ﻂ‬ ْ ‫ َو‬168 7

Analysis of examples of errors by students Introduction 169 Examples of errors by students 169

169

Contents

vii

Deletion of prepositions 170 Substitution of prepositions 176 Addition of prepositions 182 Conclusion 185 Glossary of common verbs with prepositions Answer key Bibliography Index

186 217 223 227

Introduction

Working with Arabic Prepositions: Structures and Functions is a reference book focusing on Arabic prepositions, their structure and usage. It illustrates the structures and functions of Arabic prepositions with authentic examples from Arab media. The book is intended for learners with intermediate to advanced knowledge of Arabic. Teachers and researchers may also find some aspects of this book useful. This book benefits from most Arabic and English grammar texts that deal with Arabic prepositions in particular or Arabic grammar in general, such as those by Cantarino (1974–1976), Ryding-Lentzner (1977), Carter (1981), Murādī (1983), Ibn al-Sarrāj (1985), Abbās (1996), al-Farahīdī (2003), Buckley (2004), Ryding (2005), Wright (1967) and Ibn Jinnı̄ (2013), among others. The examples cited in this book are adapted from various sources, including Arabic newspapers and news websites and the Arabic corpus (http://arabicorpus.byu.edu/), as well as examples created by the authors. In this book, we discuss the structures and functions of Arabic prepositions, explain their usage and analyze how students of Arabic as a foreign language use prepositions in their writing, as well as suggesting ways of improving this. Moreover, we provide a glossary of common verbs with prepositions and particles. Chapter 1, ‘The basics of Arabic prepositions’, provides background information on the structures and functions of Arabic prepositions. It presents definitions of Arabic particles and prepositions and a brief discussion of their functions and what different grammar schools say about them. The chapter also explains the structures of prepositional phrases, their case marking and functions in Arabic sentences. Moreover, the importance of prepositions for foreign-language learning is highlighted. Chapter 2, ‘One-letter prepositions’, covers one-letter prepositions (/ ‫ﺴِﻢ‬ َ َ‫ﺗَﺎء اﻟﻘ‬ ‫ ﱠ‬/ ‫اﻟﻜﺎف‬ َ / ‫)َواو اﻟﻘََﺴِﻢ‬. It discusses the main and subsidiary functions of ‫ اﻟﺒَﺎء‬/ ‫اﻟﻼم‬ each preposition, giving a selection of contextual examples that illustrate each function. It also presents common constructions in which each preposition is used and a list of fixed expressions for common prepositions. At the end of the chapter, some exercises can be found to enable readers to understand and practice what they have learned in the chapter.

Introduction ix Chapter 3, ‘Two-letter prepositions’, deals with two-letter prepositions (/ ‫ َﻛﻲ‬/ ‫ُﻣْﺬ‬ ‫ َﻋْﻦ‬/ ‫ ﻓِﻲ‬/ ‫)ِﻣْﻦ‬. It discusses the main and subsidiary functions of each preposition, with a selection of contextual examples that illustrate each function. It also presents common constructions in which each preposition is used and a list of fixed expressions for common prepositions. At the end of the chapter, there are some exercises to enable readers to understand and practice what they have learned in the chapter. ‫ُر ﱠ‬ Chapter 4, ‘Three-letter prepositions’, focuses on three-letter prepositions (/ ‫ب‬ ُ ْ ‫ إِﻟَﻰ‬/ ‫ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬/ ‫ َﺧَﻼ‬/ ‫ َﻋَﺪا‬/ ‫)ُﻣﻨﺬ‬. It discusses the main and subsidiary functions of each preposition, with a selection of contextual examples that illustrate each function. It also presents common constructions in which each preposition is used and a list of fixed expressions for common prepositions. Finally, the chapter includes some exercises to enable readers to understand and practice what they have learned in the chapter. Chapter 5, ‘Four-letter prepositions’, concentrates on four-letter prepositions َ ‫)َﺣ‬. It discusses the main and subsidiary functions of each, with a selec(‫ﺣﺘﱠﻰ‬ َ / ‫ﺎﺷﺎ‬ tion of contextual examples to illustrate each function. It also presents common constructions in which each preposition is used. This chapter also ends with exercises to help readers understand and practice what they have learned. ‫)ا ﱡ‬. These are Chapter 6, ‘Locative adverbs’, covers locative adverbs (‫ﻟﻈُﺮوف‬ ‫ )ظُ ُﺮوف ا ﱠ‬and adverbs of place traditionally divided into adverbs of time (‫ﺎن‬ ِ ‫ﻟﺰَﻣ‬ ُ (‫ﺎن‬ َ ‫)ظ ُﺮوف‬, with a particular focus on those that function in a way similar to ِ ‫اﻟﻤَﻜ‬ prepositions. This category of words is called ‘semi-prepositions’. Their functions and a selection of contextual examples that illustrate each function are given, along with common constructions in which they appear. Chapter 7, ‘Analysis of examples of errors by students’, analyzes the performance of students in using prepositions, with a focus on their writing at intermediate and advanced levels. Errors in the use of prepositions by learners of Arabic as a foreign language are presented along with corrections. The ‘Glossary of common verbs with prepositions’ includes a bilingual list of common Arabic verbs with prepositions and their translation to illustrate the meanings. The ‘Answer key’ provides answers to the exercises presented in the book.

1

The basics of Arabic prepositions

ْ َ‫)أ‬, verbs Arab grammarians divide words into three categories of nouns (‫ﺳَﻤﺎء‬ َ َ ْ (‫ )أﻓَﻌﺎل‬and particles (‫ﺣُﺮوف‬ ُ ). Nouns (‫ )اﻷْﺳَﻤﺎء‬are words that refer to objects, whether concrete or abstract; verbs (‫ )اﻷَ ْﻓَﻌﺎل‬are words that refer to events associated with a certain time frame in the past, present or future; and particles (‫اﻟﺤُﺮوف‬ ُ ) are words that do not belong to either of the categories or nouns or verbs and that have a linking function. Particles include prepositions, conjunctions, interjections and so on. Arabic particles are divided into several categories. However, the exact name of each category has not been agreed on by scholars and grammarians in the field (Versteegh, 1997a: 76–77). Particles (‫اﻟﺤُﺮوف‬ ُ ) in general are divided into two types. The first is (‫اﻟﻤﺒَﺎﻧِﻲ‬ َ ‫)ُﺣُﺮوف‬, denoting letters of the alphabet, and this category is also referred to as (‫ﺠﺎء‬ َ ‫اﻟﮭ‬ ِ ‫)ُﺣُﺮوف‬, a term used by both Kufa and Basra schools of grammar. The second type of particle is called (‫اﻟﻤَﻌﺎﻧِﻲ‬ َ ‫)ُﺣُﺮوف‬, a name which was used primarily by the Basra school of grammar. Arab grammarians mention various different lexical meanings of the word (‫ﺣْﺮف‬ َ ); among them, for example, Ibn Jinnī, who states that these three letters in any stretch of text denote the boundary and edge of something (Ibn Jinnī, 2001: 15). Furthermore, Ibn Fāris states that (‫ﺣْﺮف‬ َ ) has three meanings: (1) border or the edge of something, such as a sword; (2) to deviate and depart from something; and (3) a surgical probe (Ibn Fāris, 1972: 42). Al-Murādī, on the other hand, defines (‫ﺣْﺮف‬ َ ) as ‘border’ or ‘part of’, and in a grammatical context, this is appropriate because the particle (‫ﺣْﺮف‬ َ ) is indeed part of any given speech (al-Murādī, 1992: 24–25). The number of particles in Arabic has been debated by grammarians; some count fifty or ninety-five particles, whereas al-Murādī counts one hundred (ibid: 25). Some Arab grammarians have long debated the appropriateness of the use of the terms (‫ﺣْﺮف‬ َ ) or (‫)أَ َداة‬. While some have preferred the term (‫)أداة‬, others have rejected it on the grounds that traditional Arab grammarians insist that words consist of (‫وﺣْﺮف‬ َ ‫‘ )اِْﺳﻢ وﻓِْﻌﻞ‬noun, verb and particle’, and thus, they do not mention the word (‫( )أَ َداة‬Sī bawayhi, 1988 al-Kitaab: Vol.1, P. 419). Meanwhile, the Kufa school used (‫ أداة‬pl. ‫ ) أَ َدوات‬for particles, perhaps to differentiate them from the letters of the alphabet (‫اﻟﻤﺒَﺎﻧِﻲ‬ َ ‫)ُﺣُﺮوف‬. Unlike the Basra school, the Kufa school

2

The basics of Arabic prepositions

believed that particles do not represent any meaning in themselves and that only when used in conjunction with other words or phrases do they impart meaning.

Definition of Arabic prepositions Arab grammarians have not agreed on an exact definition of prepositions (‫ﺣُﺮوف‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺠﺮ‬ ُ ) and َ ). They have defined prepositions as a subcategory of particles (‫اﻟﺤُﺮوف‬ define particles as ‘words that do not have a meaning in themselves, but that have a linking function with other parts of speech’ (Louchene, 2006: 11). In general, particles (‫اﻟﺤُﺮوف‬ ُ ) are defined as ‘words that have a grammatical function but which do not belong to the noun or verb classes or their derivatives’ (Badawi, Carter and Gully, 2014: 862). Therefore, it can be said that prepositions (‫اﻟﺠﺮ‬ َ ‫ )ُﺣُﺮوف‬can be defined in terms of their function as well as their meaning. Preposition (‫اﻟﺠﺮ‬ َ ‫ )َﺣْﺮف‬literally means ‘particle of attraction’. Other less commonly used names for the same category are: (‫ﺿﺎﻓَﺔ‬ َ ‫اﻹ‬ ِ ‫‘ )ُﺣُﺮوف‬particles of annexaَ ‫‘ )ُﺣُﺮوف ا‬particle of َ ‫‘ )ُﺣُﺮوف ا‬particles of depression’ and (‫ﻟﻜْﺴﺮ‬ tion’, (‫ﻟﺨْﻔﺾ‬ genitives’. In general, Arabic prepositions are a closed category that includes up to twenty particles. The Arabic prepositions that are agreed on by all grammarians َ ،‫واﻟﻜﺎف‬ َ ،‫ وﻓِﻲ‬،‫وﻋﻠَﻰ‬ are (،‫ﺴﻢ‬ َ ،‫وﻋْﻦ‬ َ ،‫ وإِﻟَﻰ‬،‫وﻣْﻦ‬ َ َ‫وواو اﻟﻘَ َﺴﻢ وﺗَﺎء اﻟﻘ‬ ِ ،‫اﻟﺒَﺎء‬ َ ،‫وﻻم اﻟﻘَ َﺴﻢ‬ ْ ُ ْ ‫ﱠ‬ َ َ ‫وﺣ‬ َ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎﺷﺎ‬ ،‫ا‬ ‫ﺪ‬ ‫وﻋ‬ ، ‫ﻼ‬ ‫وﺧ‬ ،‫ﻰ‬ ‫ﺘ‬ ‫وﺣ‬ ، ‫ب‬ ‫ور‬ ، ‫ﺬ‬ ‫ﻨ‬ ‫وﻣ‬ ، ‫ﺬ‬ ‫وﻣ‬ ). ُ َ َ َ َ ُ ُ In addition, certain Arabic dialects have identified further prepositions in addition to this list, such as (‫وﻣﺘَﻰ‬ َ ‫ )َﻛﻲ‬in the dialect of Hudhail and (‫ )ﻟَ َﻌﱠﻞ‬in the dialect of uqail. ͨ Moreover, in Modern Standard Arabic (MSA), (‫ )َﻣَﻊ‬is sometimes viewed as a َ ) (Sibawayh preposition, although Sibawayh classifies it as a locative adverb (‫ظْﺮف‬ I: 177). In this volume, we concentrate on the Arabic prepositions agreed on by all ‫) ﱡ‬. grammarians and deal with (‫ )َﻣَﻊ‬under the category of locative adverbs (‫اﻟﻈُﺮوف‬ Some Arabic prepositions are considered to be archaic in their usage and are only َ ‫وﺣ‬ found in very limited contexts in MSA, for example, (‫ﺎﺷﺎ‬ َ ‫)َﺧَﻼ‬. Some others, such َ ‫وﻣﺘَﻰ وﻟ َﻌ ﱠ‬ as (‫ﻞ‬ َ ‫) َﻛﻲ‬, are considered to be prepositions only by Ibn Malik, with only very few examples of their usage in poetry in certain old Arabic dialects. Prepositions are, typically, words that reveal relationships between their objects and other words in sentences. Wright (1896) states that prepositions originally designated relations of place, but subsequently relations of time were accepted and then other types of relation too, such as of instrument, manner, reason, source or accompaniment. In addition, prepositions can be used figuratively.

Importance of prepositions Prepositions are very important for the structure of writing and speech. They are a basic building block of sentences with an important cohesive function. In a study undertaken by al-Khūlī on the frequency of different word categories, it was revealed that nouns make up 58% of words in the sample, particles

The basics of Arabic prepositions 3 31% and verbs 11%. So, particles make up around one-third of Arabic texts. Prepositions make up approximately 14.1% of Arabic texts, and 44.5% of all particles in the sample (al-Khūlī, 1998: 30). The same study also revealed that nouns in the genitive case are more common than nouns in the nominative and accusative cases. Nouns in the genitive case make up 61.8% of the total, in the accusative 9.6% and in the nominative 18.5%. Genitive nouns that occur after prepositions make up 24.4% of all nouns; that is, nouns that occur after a preposition are more frequent than nominative and accusative nouns in the sample. This means that of every four nouns we use, one will be genitive after a preposition, and of every seven words we use, there will be one preposition. This is evidence of the prevalence and importance of prepositions in Arabic syntax. Semantically, prepositions have significant cohesive functions that link other parts of the sentence.

Functions of prepositions Ḥasan (1960: 2:434) explains the functions of a preposition in two ways. First, prepositions add new meanings to a sentence, as in the following:

‫ﺐ ﱠ‬ .‫اﻟﺮُﺟُﻞ‬ َ َ‫َذھ‬ ‫َﺐ ﱠ‬ .‫اﻟﺤِﺪﯾﻘَِﺔ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺮُﺟُﻞ إِﻟَﻰ‬ َ ‫َذھ‬

The man went. The man went to the park.

Second, prepositions link verbs with the following nouns so that, through prepositions, a nontransitive verb passes on to an object, as in the following:

.‫ﺻِﺪﯾﻘِﻲ‬ َ ‫َﺳﺎﻓَ َﺮ‬ ‫اﻟﻤِﺪﯾﻨَِﺔ‬ َ ‫َﺳﺎﻓََﺮ‬ َ ‫ﺻِﺪﯾﻘِﻲ ِﻣَﻦ اﻟﻘَْﺮﯾَِﺔ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ .‫ﱠﺎرِة‬ َ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺴﯿ‬

My friend traveled. My friend traveled from the village to the city by car.

Moreover, a transitive verb can assume a new meaning with a preposition, as in the following:

ُ ‫ُﻋْﺪ‬ .‫ﯾﺾ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤِﺮ‬ َ ‫ت‬ ُ ‫ُﻋْﺪ‬ .‫ﺖ‬ ِ ‫ت إِﻟَﻰ اﻟﺒَْﯿ‬

I visited the patient. I returned home.

Sometimes prepositions have other stylistic functions in a sentence, such as ُ ‫)ﻟَ ْﺴ‬, ‘I am not asleep’. The preposition denoting emphasis, for example, in (‫ﺖ ﺑِﻨَﺎﺋٍِﻢ‬ here is used for emphasis, and it literally means ‘indeed’ or ‘surely’. Prepositions can also refer to other relationships, such as denoting some of a whole relationُ ‫)أَ َﻛْﻠ‬, ‘I ate some food’. In this volume, the semantic ship; for example, (‫ﺎم‬ ِ ‫ﺖ ِﻣَﻦ اﻟﻄﱠ َﻌ‬ relationships created by each preposition are discussed in detail. This includes the overarching meanings and relevant subsidiary meanings for each preposition as explained by Arab and Western grammarians.

4

The basics of Arabic prepositions

Classifications of prepositions

ْ َ‫اﻟﺠﺮ اﻷ‬ Arabic prepositions can be classified as true prepositions (‫ﺻﻠِﯿﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫)ُﺣُﺮوف‬, َ ‫ﻟﺠﺮ ا‬ redundant prepositions (‫ﻟﺰاﺋِ َﺪة‬ َ ‫ )ُﺣُﺮوف ا‬and a quasi-redundant preposition ‫اﻟﺠّﺮ ِﺷْﺒﮫ ﱠ‬ ْ (‫اﻟﺰاﺋِﺪ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ﺮ‬ ‫ﺣ‬ ). َ َ 1

2

3

ْ َ‫ﻟﺠﺮ اﻷ‬ True prepositions (‫ﺻﻠِﯿﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫ )ُﺣُﺮوف ا‬add a new meaning to the sentence in which they appear. They cannot be preceded by other prepositions. Moreover, only a true preposition can combine with a verb to create a verb–preposition idiom. َ ‫اﻟﺠﺮ‬ Redundant prepositions (‫اﻟﺰاﺋِ َﺪة‬ َ ‫ )ُﺣُﺮوف‬do not add any new meaning to the sentence. They are used for emphasis, and they can be deleted without affecting the meaning. ‫اﻟﺠّﺮ ِﺷْﺒﮫ ﱠ‬ A quasi-redundant preposition (‫اﻟﺰاﺋِﺪ‬ َ ‫ )َﺣْﺮف‬adds a limited meaning, ‫ )ُر ﱠ‬which means perhaps. such as (‫ب‬

Prepositions in Arabic can also be subdivided according to their form as separable or inseparable: 1

2

Separable prepositions are made up of two or more letters, and they stand alone as independent words and are not attached to other nouns, for example, (‫ )ِﻣْﻦ‬and (‫)إِﻟَﻰ‬. Inseparable prepositions are made up of one letter, and they are always َ ) (Abdel Nasser, 2013: 67). prefixed to a noun, such as in (‫ )اﻟﺒَﺎء‬and (‫اﻟﻜﺎف‬

Prepositions can also be classified according to their categories as follows:

ّ ،‫ اﻟﺒَﺎء‬،‫ ﻓِﻲ‬،‫ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ‬،‫ إِﻟَﻰ‬،‫ِﻣْﻦ‬ ‫ ُر ﱠ‬،‫اﻟﻼم‬ ،‫ َواو اﻟﻘََﺴﻢ‬،‫ب‬

1

Particles only, for example,

2 3

Particles as well as nouns, such as َ Particles as well as verbs, like ‫ﺧَﻼ‬

‫ﺗَﺎء اﻟﻘَ َﺴﻢ‬

َ ،‫ َﻋْﻦ‬،‫َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ ُﻣْﻨُﺬ‬،‫ ُﻣْﺬ‬،‫اﻟﻜﺎف‬ َ ‫َﺣ‬ ،‫ َﻋَﺪا‬،‫ﺎﺷﺎ‬

Prepositions can also be classified according to the types of words that can follow them: 1 2

ُ ‫ُﻣ‬ ‫ ُر ﱠ‬،‫ اﻟﻜﺎف‬،‫ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ‬،‫ ُﻣْﺬ‬،‫ﻨﺬ‬ Prepositions that can be followed by nouns only: ‫ب‬ Prepositions that can be followed by nouns referring to God only: ،‫ﺴﻢ‬ َ َ‫َواو اﻟﻘ‬

‫ﺗَﺎء اﻟﻘَ َﺴﻢ‬ 3

Prepositions that can be followed by nouns and pronoun suffixes:

‫ ﱠ‬،‫ﺎء‬ ‫اﻟﻼم‬ ُ َ‫ اﻟﺒ‬،‫ ﻓِﻲ‬،‫ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬،‫َﻋْﻦ‬

،‫ إِﻟَﻰ‬،‫ِﻣْﻦ‬

Constructions involving prepositions In prepositional phrases, the preposition occurs as the first part of the phrase, and the second part is either a noun or a similar word functioning as the object of the

The basics of Arabic prepositions 5 preposition. For example, in the sentence (‫ﺎوﻟَ ِﺔ‬ َ َ‫ﻟﻜﺘ‬ َ ‫َو‬.), the word (‫)َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ِ ‫ﺿَﻊ ا‬ ِ ‫ﺎب َﻋﻠَﻰ اﻟﻄﱠ‬ is the preposition, and (‫ﺎوﻟَِﺔ‬ ِ ‫ )اﻟﻄﱠ‬is its object. However, other constructions are also possible after a preposition, including pronoun suffixes, interrogatives, relative pronouns and so on. Buckley (2004) lists constructions that can occur after a preposition. Prepositions are mainly followed by nouns, such as in the following:

.‫َﺳﺎﻓَْﺮﻧَﺎ ﺑِﺎﻟﻄﱠﺎﺋَِﺮِة‬ ُ ‫ﺻْﻠ‬ .‫ﺎﻣَﻌِﺔ‬ َ ‫ﺖ إِﻟَﻰ‬ َ ‫َو‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺠ‬ ‫ﺗ ََﺠﱠﻤَﻌﺖ ﱡ‬ ‫ُﻮر َﻋﻠَﻰ ﱠ‬ .‫اﻟﺸَﺠَﺮِة‬ ُ ‫اﻟﻄﯿ‬

We traveled by plane. I arrived at the university. The birds gathered on the tree.

Prepositions can be followed by pronoun suffixes, such as in the following:

َ ‫ﻧ‬ ُ ‫َﻈْﺮ‬ .‫ت إِﻟَْﯿﮭَﺎ‬ .‫أَْﻋﺘَِﻤُﺪ َﻋﻠَْﯿِﮭْﻢ‬ .‫َرﱠﺣﺒُﻮا ﺑِﻨَﺎ‬

I looked at her. I depend on them. They welcomed us.

Prepositions can be followed by interrogative pronouns. It should be noted here that the interrogative (‫ )ﻣﺎ‬becomes shortened after prepositions to (‫)َم‬, as in the following:

(‫ِﻣﺎ‬+‫اﻟﻌَﺠﻠَﺔُ؟ )ﻟِ َﻢ = ِل‬ َ ‫ﻟَِﻢ‬ (‫َﻣﺎ‬+‫َﻋﱠﻢ ﺗَْﺴﺘَْﻔِﺴُﺮ؟ )َﻋﱠﻢ = َﻋْﻦ‬ ‫ﺎب؟‬ ُ َ‫اﻟﻜﺘ‬ ِ ‫ﺑِ َﻜْﻢ ھََﺬا‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤْﻌ‬ ُ ‫ﻄ‬ ‫ﻒ اﻷَ ْﺳَﻮُد؟‬ ِ ‫ﻟَِﻤْﻦ‬

Why do you rush? What do you inquire about? How much is this book? Who owns the black coat?

Prepositions can be followed by demonstrative pronouns, as in the following:

!‫ﺎﺿَﺮِة‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤَﺤ‬ ُ ‫اِْﺳﺘَِﻤْﻊ إِﻟَﻰ ھَِﺬِه‬ ْ ‫َﺳ‬ ُ ‫ﻜﻨ‬ .‫ﺖ‬ ِ ‫ﺖ ﻓِﻲ َذﻟِﻚ اﻟﺒَ ْﯿ‬ ‫ﺖ َﻋْﻦ ھََﺬْﯾِﻦ ﱠ‬ َ ‫ھَْﻞ َﺳِﻤْﻌ‬ ‫ﺼْﯿِﻦ؟‬ َ ‫اﻟﺸْﺨ‬

Listen to this lecture! I lived in that house. Did you hear about these two people?

Prepositions can be followed by relative pronouns. The relative pronoun (‫ )ﻣﺎ‬is not shortened after prepositions, unlike with the interrogative, as in the following:

ُ‫ﻮﻣﺔ‬ ُ ُ‫ِوْﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟَِﻤﺎ أَ ْﻋﻠَﻨ َْﺘﮫ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺤُﻜ‬ ‫ﻟَِﻤْﻦ ﯾ ُِﮭﱡﻤﮫُ اﻷَْﻣُﺮ‬ ُ ‫ﺐ َﺧْﻠ‬ ‫ون‬ ُ ‫ﯾَ ِﺠ‬ َ ‫ص َﻋَﻤٍﻞ ﻟِﻠﱠ ِﺬْﯾَﻦ َﻻ ﯾَِﺠُﺪ‬ ِ ‫ﻖ ﻓُ َﺮ‬ .‫َﻋَﻤًﻼ‬

According to what the government announced To whom it may concern Job opportunities must be created for those who cannot find work.

6

The basics of Arabic prepositions

‫) ﱡ‬, as in the following: Prepositions can be followed by locative adverbs (‫اﻟﻈُﺮوف‬ ‫اِ ْﺧﺘَْﺮﺗُ ِﻚ ِﻣْﻦ ﺑَ ْﯿِﻦ َﺟِﻤْﯿِﻊ ﱡ‬ .‫ب‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻄﱠﻼ‬ .‫ﻟَ ْﻢ أُﻗَﺎﺑِ ْﻠﮭَﺎ ِﻣْﻦ ﻗَ ْﺒُﻞ‬ .‫ﺎء ِﻣْﻦ ھُﻨَﺎك إِﻟَﻰ ھُﻨَﺎ‬ َ ‫َﺟ‬

I chose you from all students. I have not met her before. He came from there to here.

Prepositions can be followed by a nominal sentence preceded by (‫ )أَ ﱠن‬or a verbal sentence preceded by (‫)أَ ْن‬, as in the following:

ُ‫اﻟﻤْﺸِﺮﻓَﺔ‬ َ َ‫ت ِﻣْﻦ أَﱠن اﻷُْﺳﺘ‬ ُ ‫ﻛﺪ‬ ْ َ ‫ﺗَﺄ‬ ُ ‫ﺎذة ُﻣﻨَﻰ ِھَﻲ‬ .‫َﻋﻠَﻰ ﺑَْﺤﺜِﻲ‬ .‫اﻟﺠِﺮْﯾَﻤِﺔ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﻤْﺠِﺮُم ﺑِﺄَﻧﱠﮫُ ھ َُﻮ ُﻣْﺮﺗَِﻜ‬ َ ‫اِ ْﻋﺘََﺮ‬ َ ‫ﺐ‬ ُ ‫ف‬ .‫اﻟﻤْﻜﺘَﺒَِﺔ‬ َ َ‫اﻟﻜﺘ‬ ِ ‫َﻻ ﺑ ﱠُﺪ ِﻣْﻦ أَ ْن أُِﻋْﯿَﺪ‬ َ ‫ﺎب إِﻟَﻰ‬ ُ ‫ﻓَ ﱠﻜْﺮ‬ ،‫ت ﻓِﻲ أَ ْن أُ َﺳﺎﻓَِﺮ إِﻟَﻰ أَ ْﻣ ِﺮْﯾَﻜﺎ‬ ْ ُ ‫وﻟَ ِﻜﻨﱠﻨِﻲ َﻏﯿ ْﱠﺮ‬ .‫ت َرأﯾِﻲ‬

I made sure that Professor Mona is the supervisor of my research. The offender admitted that he was the perpetrator of the crime. I have to return the book to the library. I thought about traveling to America, but I changed my mind.

The prepositional phrase (preposition and noun or equivalent) is a complete unit that can be placed in different positions in the sentence, as in the following:

.‫ﺎء‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤَﺴ‬ ِ ‫أَْﺳﺘَ ْﺬِﻛُﺮ ُدُر‬ َ ‫وﺳﻲ ﻓِﻲ‬ .‫وﺳﻲ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤَﺴ‬ ِ ‫ﺎء أَ ْﺳﺘَْﺬِﻛُﺮ ُدُر‬ َ ‫ﻓِﻲ‬

I revise my lessons in the evening. I revise my lessons in the evening.

In certain instances, it is necessary to begin the sentence with the prepositional phrase; for example, 1

if the prepositional phrase is a fronted predicate and the subject of the sentence is indefinite, such as the following:

ُ ‫اﻟﻤْﺪَرَﺳِﺔ ﺗ ََﻼِﻣ‬ .‫ون‬ ُ ِ‫ﯿﺬ ﻛﺜ‬ َ ‫ﯿﺮ‬ َ ‫ﻓِﻲ‬ .ً‫ون ِرَواﯾَﺔ‬ َ ‫ﯾﺐ ِﻋْﺸُﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﻟِﻸَِد‬ 2

The author wrote twenty novels.

if the prepositional phrase is a fronted predicate and the subject contains a pronoun that refers back to the prepositional phrase, as in the following:

.ُ‫ﺎﺣﮫ‬ ُ َ‫ﺎب ِﻣْﻔﺘ‬ ِ َ‫ﻓِﻲ اﻟﺒ‬ .‫وﺳِﮫ‬ ُ ‫ﺐ اِْﺳﺘِْﺬ‬ ِ ‫ﻛﺎر ُدُر‬ ِ ِ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ اﻟﻄﱠﺎﻟ‬ 3

There are lots of pupils in the school.

The door has its key. The student has to revise his lessons.

if it is part of an interrogative:

‫ﻟَِﻤْﻦ ھ َِﺬِه ﱠ‬ ‫ﱠﺎرةُ؟‬ َ ‫اﻟﺴﯿ‬ َ ‫ﻜﻢ اِ ْﺷﺘََﺮْﯾ‬ ‫ﺎب؟‬ َ َ‫اﻟﻜﺘ‬ ْ ِ‫ﺑ‬ ِ ‫ﺖ‬

Who owns this car? How much did you pay for the book?

The basics of Arabic prepositions 7 Moreover, there are some instances in which it is better to begin the sentence with a prepositional phrase, for example, to give it prominence and highlight its meaning:

ُ ‫ﺎﺟْﺮ‬ .‫ﺎرَج ﺑَﻠَِﺪي‬ َ َ‫ ھ‬،‫ِﻣْﻦ أَْﺟِﻞ أُْﺳِﺮﺗِﻲ‬ ِ ‫ت َﺧ‬

For the sake of my family, I left my home country.

ُ ‫ﺎﺟْﺮ‬ .‫ﺎرَج ﺑَﻠَِﺪي ِﻣْﻦ أَ ْﺟِﻞ أُ ْﺳِﺮﺗِﻲ‬ َ َ‫ھ‬ ِ ‫ت َﺧ‬

I left my home country for the sake of my family.

Case marking of prepositional phrases Prepositions are uninflected (‫ﻲ‬ ّ ِ‫ )َﻣْﺒﻨ‬and thus have fixed endings. Some prepositions end in (‫ﺳُﻜﻮن‬ ُ ):

‫ﻛﻲ‬ ْ – ‫ِﻣْﻦ – َﻋْﻦ – ُﻣْﺬ‬

ُ ‫َﺧَﺮْﺟ‬ .‫ﺖ ِﻣْﻦ ُﻏْﺮﻓَﺘِﻲ‬ ‫ﺎرِة ا ﱠ‬ .‫ق َاﻷْدﻧَﻰ‬ َ ‫ﻀ‬ َ ‫ﺗَﻜﻠﱠَﻤﺖ اﻷُْﺳﺘََﺎذة َﻋْﻦ َﺣ‬ ِ ‫ﻟﺸْﺮ‬ .‫ﻟَ ْﻢ أَ َر َﺧﺎﻟَﺘِﻲ ُﻣْﺬ َﺷْﮭَﺮْﯾِﻦ‬ .‫ﻛﻲ أَ ْﻧَﺠَﺢ‬ ُ ‫أَ ْدُر‬ ْ ‫س‬

I left my room. The professor talked about the civilization of the Near East. I have not seen my aunt for two months. I study so as to succeed.

It should be noted that if (‫ )ِﻣْﻦ‬and (‫ﻋْﻦ‬ َ ) are followed by the definite article (‫)ال‬, the final vowel is substituted as follows: (‫ )ِﻣْﻦ‬becomes (‫)ِﻣَﻦ‬, and (‫ )َﻋْﻦ‬becomes (‫)َﻋِﻦ‬, moreover, (‫ )ُﻣْﺬ‬becomes (‫)ُﻣِﺬ‬, such as in the following:

.‫اﻟﻤْﺪَرَﺳِﺔ‬ َ ‫َﻋ‬ َ ‫ﺎد‬ َ ‫اﻟﻮﻟَُﺪ ِﻣَﻦ‬ ‫َﺳﺄ َ َل ﱠ‬ .‫ﺖ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻮْﻗ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺮُﺟُﻞ َﻋِﻦ‬ ‫ﻟَ ْﻢ أَ ْﺳﺘَِﺮْح ُﻣِﺬ ﱠ‬ .‫ﺎح‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺼﺒ‬

The boy returned from school. The man asked about the time. I have not rested since morning.

The following prepositions should also end in (‫ﺳُﻜﻮن‬ ُ ); however, it cannot be pronounced, as they all end in long vowels: َ ‫إِﻟﻰ – َﻋﻠَﻰ – َﺧَﻼ – َﻋَﺪا – َﺣ‬ ‫ﺎﺷﺎ – َﺣﺘﱠﻰ – ﻓِﻲ‬

.‫ﺻِﺪﯾﻘِﻲ إِﻟَﻰ ﻗَ ْﺮﯾَﺘِِﮫ‬ َ ‫َﺳﺎﻓََﺮ‬ .‫ﯾﺤٍﺔ‬ َ ‫ﺎﻋَﺪ ُﻣِﺮ‬ ِ َ‫َﺟﻠَ ْﺴﻨَﺎ َﻋﻠَﻰ َﻣﻘ‬ .‫ﺎل‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺠِﻤ‬ َ ‫َﺣ‬ َ ‫ﻀَﺮ‬ ٍ ‫ﯿﻊ َﺧَﻼ َﺟَﻤ‬ ُ ‫أََﺟْﺒ‬ .‫ال‬ ٍ ‫ﺖ َﻋﻠَﻰ ُﻛﱢﻞ اﻷَْﺳﺌِﻠَ ِﺔ َﻋَﺪا ُﺳَﺆ‬ ُ ‫ُزْر‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤِﺪْﯾﻨ َِﺔ َﺣ‬ ‫اﻟﺠْﺰِء‬ ُ ‫ﺎﺷﺎ‬ َ ‫ت َﺟِﻤ‬ ِ ‫ﯿﻊ أَ ْﺟَﺰ‬ َ ‫اء‬ َ .‫اﻟﻐْﺮﺑِﱢﻲ‬ ْ ُ ‫ﻗَ َﺮأ‬ .‫اﻟﺮَواﯾَﺔَ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ ﻧِﮭَﺎﯾَﺘِﮭَﺎ‬ ‫ت ﱢ‬ .‫اﻟﻤْﻜﺘَﺒَ ِﺔ‬ ِ ‫اﺟُﻊ ُدُر‬ ِ ‫َﺳﺄ َُر‬ َ ‫وﺳﻲ ﻓِﻲ‬

My friend traveled to his village. We sat on comfortable seats. Everyone came except Jamal. I answered all the questions except one. I visited all parts of the city except the western part. I read the novel until its end. I will revise my lessons in the library.

8

The basics of Arabic prepositions Some prepositions end in (‫ﺤﺔ‬ َ ‫)ﻓَ ْﺘ‬: َ – (‫ َو )واو اﻟﻘﺴﻢ‬- ‫ب‬ ‫ُر ﱠ‬ (‫ك )ﻛﺎف اﻟﺘﺸﺒﯿﮫ‬ َ – (‫ت )ﺗﺎء اﻟﻘﺴﻢ‬

‫ﺿ ﱠ‬ ‫ُر ﱠ‬ .ٌ‫ﺎرٍة ﻧَﺎﻓَِﻌﺔ‬ َ ‫ب‬ َ ‫ﺖ‬ َ ‫أَْﻧ‬ ٌ ‫طِﻮ‬ .‫ﯿﻚ‬ َ ‫ﯾﻞ َﻛﺄ َ ِﺧ‬ ‫اﻟﺤ ﱠ‬ .‫ﻖ‬ ُ ‫َوﷲ َﻷَْﻧ‬ َ ‫ﺼَﺮﱠن‬

A harmful thing may turn out to be useful. You are as tall as your brother. I swear by God to support what is right.

One preposition ends in (‫ﺿﱠﻤﺔ‬ َ ):

ْ َ‫َﻣﺎ أ‬ ُ ‫ﻛﻠ‬ .‫ﺲ‬ ِ ‫ﺖ ُﻣْﻨُﺬ أَ ْﻣ‬ ُ ‫ﺻْﻠ‬ .‫ﺖ ﻟَ ْﻨَﺪن ُﻣْﻨُﺬ ﯾَ ْﻮَﻣْﯿِﻦ‬ َ ‫َو‬ ْ ‫)َﻛ‬: Two prepositions end in (‫ﺴَﺮة‬ ُ ‫َﺧﺘ َْﻤ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻛﻠَِﻤﺘِﻲ ﺑِ ﱠ‬ .‫ﯾﻦ‬ َ ‫ﺎﺿِﺮ‬ َ ‫ﺎﻟﺴَﻼِم َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺤ‬ ُ ‫ﺗََﻮﱠﺟْﮭ‬ .‫ﺎﺟﺎﺗِﻲ‬ َ َ‫اء اِْﺣﺘِﯿ‬ ِ ‫ﺖ ﻟِْﻠَﻤِﺪﯾﻨَِﺔ ﻟِِﺸَﺮ‬ ‫ﻠﻤْﺆﺗ ََﻤِﺮ ﺑِ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺼُﻞ ﱠ‬ .‫ﱠﺎرِة‬ ُ ِ‫اﻟﺮﺋ‬ َ ‫ﺎﻟﺴﯿ‬ ِ َ‫َﺳﯿ‬ ُ ِ‫ﯿﺲ ﻟ‬

‫ُﻣْﻨُﺬ‬ I have not eaten since yesterday. I arrived in London two days ago.

‫ ِل ) ﱠ‬/ (‫ب )اﻟﺒَﺎء‬ *(‫اﻟﻼم‬ ِ I concluded my speech by greeting the audience. I went to town to buy what I needed. The president will come to the conference by car.

‫ ) ﱠ‬ends in (‫ )ﻓَْﺘَﺤﺔ‬if its object is a pronoun suffix, *It should be noted that ‫اﻟﻼم( ِل‬ ‫ﱢ‬ other than me (‫اﻟﻤﺘ ََﻜﻠﻢ‬ ُ ‫ ;)ﯾَﺎء‬for example, ‫ ﻟَ ُﻜْﻢ‬،‫ ﻟَﻨَﺎ‬،‫ ﻟَﮭَﺎ‬،ُ‫ﻟَﮫ‬. ْ ‫َﺷَﺮَﺣ‬ َ َ‫ﺖ ﻟِﻲ ِوْﺟﮭَﺔَ ﻧ‬ .‫ﻈِﺮھَﺎ‬ ْ ‫َﺷَﺮَﺣ‬ .‫ﺖ ﻟَﮫُ ِوْﺟﮭَﺔَ ﻧَﻈَِﺮھَﺎ‬ ْ ‫َﺷَﺮَﺣ‬ َ ‫ﺖ ﻟَ ُﻜْﻢ ِوْﺟﮭَﺔَ ﻧ‬ .‫َﻈِﺮھَﺎ‬

She explained her point of view to me. She explained her point of view to him. She explained her point of view to you.

Nouns following prepositions are always in the genitive case (‫)َﻣْﺠُﺮور‬. If a preposition or semi-preposition is followed by a personal pronoun, it becomes a pronoun suffix instead. When the object of a preposition is an uninflected word such as a demonstrative, it remains invariable, as in (‫ﻋْﻦ َذﻟِﻚ‬ َ ), ‘about that’. Genitive nouns following prepositions can be marked in different ways. If the noun is indefinite singular, feminine plural or short broken plural, it is َ ‫)ﺗَْﻨِﻮﯾﻦ‬: marked by (‫ﺮ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻜْﺴ‬

ْ ‫َﺳ‬ ُ ‫ﻜﻨ‬ .‫ﯿﺮ‬ ٍ ‫ﺖ ﻓِﻲ ﺑَ ْﯿ‬ ٍ ِ‫ﺖ ﻛﺒ‬ ْ ‫َﺳ‬ ُ ‫ﻜﻨ‬ .‫ﯿﺮٍة‬ ٍ ُ‫ﺖ ﻓِﻲ ﺑُﯿ‬ َ ِ‫ﻮت ﻛﺒ‬ ُ ‫اِْﺳﺘ َْﻤﺘ َْﻌ‬ .‫ﯾﻤٍﺔ‬ ٍ َ‫ﺖ ﺑِﺄ ُْﻏﻨِﯿ‬ َ ‫ﺎت ﻗَ ِﺪ‬

I lived in a large house. I lived in large houses. I enjoyed classical songs.

The basics of Arabic prepositions 9 If the noun is definite singular, feminine plural or short broken plural, it is َ ): ْ ‫اﻟﻜ‬ marked by (‫ﺴَﺮة‬

ْ ‫َﺳ‬ ُ ‫ﻜﻨ‬ .‫ﯿﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﺖ ﻓِﻲ اﻟﺒَ ْﯿ‬ ِ ِ‫ﺖ اﻟﻜﺒ‬ ْ ‫َﺳ‬ ُ ‫ﻜﻨ‬ .‫ﯿﺮ ِة‬ َ ِ‫ﻮت اﻟﻜﺒ‬ ِ ُ‫ﺖ ﻓِﻲ اﻟﺒُﯿ‬ ُ ‫اِْﺳﺘَْﻤﺘ َْﻌ‬ .‫ﯾﻤِﺔ‬ ِ َ‫ﺖ ﺑِﺎﻷُْﻏﻨِﯿ‬ َ ‫ﺎت اﻟﻘَِﺪ‬

I lived in the large house. I lived in the large houses. I enjoyed the classical songs.

If the noun is sound masculine plural, it is marked by ( ‫ )اﻟﯿَﺎء‬as part of the suffix (‫)ْﯾَﻦ‬:

ْ ‫ﺖ إِﻟَﻰ ُﻣ‬ ُ ‫اِ ْﺳﺘ ََﻤْﻌ‬ .‫ﯿﻦ‬ َ ‫ﻄِﺮﺑِ ْﯿَﻦ ﻟُ ْﺒﻨﺎﻧِﯿﱢ‬ ْ ‫اﻟﻤ‬ ‫ﻄِﺮﺑِْﯿَﻦ ﱡ‬ ُ ‫اِ ْﺳﺘ ََﻤْﻌ‬ .‫ﯿﻦ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻠْﺒﻨﺎﻧِﯿﱢ‬ ُ ‫ﺖ إِﻟَﻰ‬

I listened to Lebanese singers. I listened to the Lebanese singers.

If the noun is dual, it is marked by (‫ )اﻟﯿَﺎء‬as part of the final suffix (‫ﻦ‬ ِ ‫)ْﯾ‬:

ُ ‫ﺗََﻌﱠﺮْﻓ‬ .‫ﯾﺪْﯾِﻦ‬ َ ‫ﺖ َﻋﻠَﻰ طَﺎﻟِﺒَْﯿِﻦ َﺟِﺪ‬ ُ ‫ﺗََﻌﱠﺮْﻓ‬ .‫ﯾﺪْﯾِﻦ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺠِﺪ‬ َ ‫ﺖ َﻋﻠَﻰ اﻟﻄﱠﺎﻟِﺒَْﯿِﻦ‬

I met two new students. I met the two new students.

‫)َﻣْﻤﻨُﻮع ِﻣَﻦ ﱠ‬, such as a broken plural with three If the noun is a diptote (‫ف‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺼْﺮ‬ or more syllables, a superlative, or many types of proper nouns, it is marked by (‫ﺤﺔ‬ َ ‫ )اﻟﻔَ ْﺘ‬without nunation if it is indefinite, since it belongs to the category of dip‫اﻟﻤْﻤﻨُﻮع ِﻣَﻦ ﱠ‬ totes (‫ف‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺼْﺮ‬ َ ). It should be noted that if the noun is definite, it takes َ ). ْ ‫اﻟﻜ‬ normal case marking (‫ﺴَﺮة‬ ْ ‫َدَرَﺳ‬ ْ ‫ﺎھَﺪ ِﻣ‬ .‫ﺼِﺮﯾ ٍﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫ار‬ ِ ‫وﻣَﻌ‬ َ ‫س‬ ِ ‫ﺖ ﻓِﻲ َﻣَﺪ‬

She studied at Egyptian schools and institutes.

ْ ‫َدَرَﺳ‬ ْ ‫اﻟﻤ‬ .‫ﺼِﺮﯾ ِﱠﺔ‬ ِ ‫ﺎھِﺪ‬ ِ ‫واﻟﻤَﻌ‬ َ ‫س‬ َ ‫ﺖ ﻓِﻲ‬ ِ ‫ار‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤَﺪ‬

She studied at the Egyptian schools and institutes.

.‫ﯾﺪٍة‬ َ ‫ﺟﺪ‬ َ ‫ﺎر‬ ِ ‫ﯾﻊ‬ ِ ‫َﻋَﻤْﻠﻨَﺎ ﻓِﻲ َﻣَﺸ‬ .‫ﯾﺪِة‬ ُ ‫ﯾﻊ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺠِﺪ‬ َ ‫ﻮﻣِﺔ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺤُﻜ‬ ِ ‫َﻋَﻤْﻠﻨَﺎ ﻓِﻲ َﻣَﺸ‬ ِ ‫ﺎر‬

We worked on new projects.

ْ ‫َذھَْﺒﻨَﺎ إِﻟَﻰ ِﻣ‬ .َ‫ﺎطَﻤﺔَ َوَﺣْﻤَﺰة‬ ِ َ‫ﺼَﺮ َﻣَﻊ ﻓ‬

We went to Egypt with Fatima and Hamza.

ُ ‫ﺣﯿ‬ ُ ‫ﺻﻠﱠ ْﯿ‬ ُ َ‫َﺳﺎﻓ‬ ْ ‫ﯿﻦ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫ﺮت إِﻟَﻰ ﻓِﻠَْﺴِﻄ‬ َ ‫ﺚ‬ َ ‫ﯾﻤِﺔ‬ ُ ‫وذھَْﺒ‬ .‫ﺲ أَﺛَِﺮﯾٍﱠﺔ‬ َ ِ‫ﺖ إَﻟَﻰ ﻛﻨَﺎﺋ‬ ِ ‫ﻟﻤَﺴ‬ َ ‫ﺎﺟِﺪ اﻟﻘَ ِﺪ‬ َ ‫ا‬

We worked on new government projects.

I traveled to Palestine where I prayed in the old mosques and went to ancient churches.

Locative adverbs

‫ ) ﱡ‬share some characteristics with prepositions, Certain locative adverbs (‫اﻟﻈُﺮوف‬ as they are always followed by genitive nouns. These are called semi-prepositions, and some people do not distinguish between common locative adverbs, such as

10

The basics of Arabic prepositions

(‫)ﺑَْﯿَﻦ‬, ‘between’; (‫ﻋْﻨَﺪ‬ ِ ), ‘at’; and (‫‘ )َﻣَﻊ‬with’, and prepositions. Locative adverbs ‫)ظُ ُﺮوف ا ﱠ‬, adverbs of place (‫ظُ ُﺮوف‬ can be classified as adverbs of time (‫ﺎن‬ ِ ‫ﻟﺰَﻣ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫اﻟﻤَﻜﺎن‬ َ ) or adverbs of time and place (‫ﺎن‬ َ ‫)ظُُﺮوف‬. ِ ‫ﺎن واﻟﺰَﻣ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤَﻜ‬ Locative adverbs are derived from trilateral lexical roots, and therefore they are grammatically considered to be a type of noun, and the genitive noun that follows them is considered part of an iḍᾱfa construction, such as (‫ﺖ‬ ِ ‫)ِﻋْﻨَﺪ اﻟﺒَ ْﯿ‬, ‘at the ‫ﱡ‬ َ َ house’; (‫ﺮ‬ ِ ِ‫اﻟﻤﻜﺎﺗ‬ َ ‫)ﺑَ ْﯿِﻦ‬, ‘between ِ ‫)ﻗ ْﺒَﻞ اﻟﻔ ْﺠ‬, ‘before dawn’; (‫)ﺑَ ْﻌَﺪ اﻟﻈْﮭِﺮ‬, ‘afternoon’; (‫ﺐ‬ ْ َ‫)َﻣَﻊ أ‬, ‘with my friends’. Whereas prepositions are uninthe offices’; and (‫ﺻِﺪﻗَﺎﺋِﻲ‬ flected, some locative adverbs can take case inflections.

The importance of prepositions for foreign-language learning Prepositions are very challenging for students of Arabic as a foreign language who find it difficult to choose and use prepositions correctly. Ryding (2005: 367) states that the usage of prepositions can be highly idiomatic and may not correspond to their English equivalents. Therefore, learners of Arabic as a foreign language often make errors when using prepositions, and they need guidance on their uses and the structures that involve them. In both Arabic and English, some prepositions may have several meanings that change according to the semantic and/or pragmatic context of the sentence. Some prepositions are used specifically with certain nouns, verbs and adjectives as fixed expressions. One difference between Arabic and English is that, while a preposition might be vital in an Arabic sentence, it may not be needed in an English sentence and vice versa. Moreover, the meaning and usage of prepositions in English may differ significantly from Arabic. Therefore, one should not assume direct equivalence between prepositions in English and in Arabic.

2

One-letter prepositions

This chapter deals with prepositions that are made up of one letter. They are classified as inseparable prepositions, as they cannot exist autonomously but have to be joined to the words that follow them, thus appearing as prefixes to them. This ‫ ﱠ‬, ‫اﻟﻜﺎف‬ َ , ‫ اﻟﺒَﺎء‬and ‫ﺗَﺎء اﻟﻘََﺴِﻢ‬. class of prepositions includes ‫ﺴِﻢ‬ َ َ‫َواو اﻟﻘ‬, ‫اﻟﻼم‬

‫اﻟﺒَﺎء‬ ‫ اﻟﺒَﺎء‬is one of the most commonly used prepositions in Arabic. According to A Frequency Dictionary of Arabic (2011), it is the sixth-most commonly used word in Arabic. It is used to serve many functions and can be translated into English in several ways, as ‘in’, ‘at’, ‘on’, ‘with’, ‘for’ and ‘by’, among others. ‫ اﻟﺒَﺎء‬in context َ َ‫أَ ْﻋَﻤُﻞ أُ ْﺳﺘ‬ ْ ‫ﺎھَﺮِة ﺑِ ِﻤ‬ .‫ﺼَﺮ‬ ِ َ‫ﺎﻣَﻌﺔٌ َﻣْﺮُﻣﻮﻗَﺔٌ ﺗَﻘَ ُﻊ ﻓِﻲ َﻣِﺪﯾﻨَِﺔ اﻟﻘ‬ ِ ‫ َوِھَﻲ َﺟ‬،‫ﺎھَﺮِة‬ ِ َ‫ﺎﻣَﻌِﺔ اﻟﻘ‬ ِ ‫ﺎذةً ﺑِ َﺠ‬ ْ َ َ ُ ُ ‫ﺐ إِﻟَﻰ َﻋَﻤﻠِﻲ ﺑِ ﱠ‬ ‫ﯾَْﺒَﺪأُ ﯾَْﻮِﻣﻲ ِﻋْﻨَﺪ اﻟﻔَْﺠِﺮ ﺑِ ﱠ‬ .‫ﺎرِة‬ ُ َ‫ﻮر َوأذھ‬ َ َ‫ﺎﻟﺴﯿ‬ َ ‫ﺎوُل اﻟﻔَﻄ‬ َ َ‫ ﺛ ﱠﻢ أﺗَﻨ‬،‫ﺎﻟﺼَﻼِة‬ ْ ‫َﺎوُل َﻏَﺪاﺋِﻲ ﺑِ َﻤ‬ ُ ‫ﻄَﻌِﻢ‬ َ‫ﻀﻲ ﻓَْﺘَﺮة‬ ‫ﻀﻲ ﱠ‬ َ ‫ﺎح َﻋ‬ َ َ‫اﻟﺼﺒ‬ ِ ‫أَ ْﻗ‬ ِ ‫ َوأَ ْﻗ‬.‫اﻟﻜﻠﱢﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫ ﺛُ ﱠﻢ أَﺗَﻨ‬،‫ﯾﺲ‬ ِ ‫ﺎدةً ﻓِﻲ اﻟﺘﱠ ْﺪِر‬ َ َ َ ‫ﱡ‬ ‫ﺎت ﱠ‬ ‫َوِﻷﻧﱠﻨَﻲ أْھﺘ ﱡَﻢ َﻛﺜِﯿَ ًﺮا‬. ‫ﯾﻤﯿِﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫ﺑَ ْﻌِﺪ اﻟﻈْﮭِﺮ ﻓِﻲ ِاﻻْﺟﺘِ َﻤ‬ ِ ‫ﺎد‬ ِ ‫ﺎل اﻷَﻛ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻋ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺮْﺳِﻤﯿِﱠﺔ َواﻷ ْﻋَﻤ‬ َ ْ ْ ْ ْ ‫ﱠ‬ ْ َ .‫اءِة َواﻟﺘ ْﺮَﺟَﻤِﺔ‬ ً ِ‫ﻀﻲ ﻛﺜ‬ َ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫ ﻓَﺈِﻧﱠﻨِﻲ أَﻗ‬،‫اﻟﻌَﺮﺑِﱢﻲ‬ ِ ‫ﺑِﺎﻷَ َد‬ ُ ‫ﺎﻟﻤﻜﺘَﺒَ ِﺔ أﻗ‬ َ ‫ﻮم ﺑِﺎﻟﻘَِﺮ‬ َ ِ‫ﯿﺮا ِﻣﻦ َوﻗﺘِﻲ ﺑ‬ ُ َ .‫ﺎء أْﻧَﺸِﻐُﻞ ﺑِِﺮَﻋﺎﯾَِﺔ أ ْﺳَﺮﺗِﻲ‬ َ ‫ﺎري ﻓِﻲ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤَﺴ‬ ِ ‫أَْﻗ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻌَﻤِﻞ َوﻓِﻲ‬ ِ َ‫ﻀﻲ ﻧَﮭ‬ I am a professor at Cairo University, a great university located in Cairo, Egypt. My day begins at dawn by praying; then I have breakfast and go to work by car. I usually spend the morning teaching; then I have lunch at the faculty restaurant. I spend the afternoon in formal meetings and academic work. Because I am very interested in Arabic literature, I spend much of my time reading and translating at the library. I spend my day at work, and in the evening, I am busy caring for my family.

Notes on the usage of ‫ اﻟﺒَﺎء‬in context In this paragraph, ‫ اﻟﺒَﺎء‬is used with locative functions to indicate time and place ْ ‫ ﺑِِﻤ‬،‫ﺎھَﺮِة‬ (‫ﺴﺎء‬ َ ‫ﺎﻟﻤ‬ ِ َ‫)ﺑﺠﺎﻣﻌﺔ اﻟﻘ‬. It is also used with an instrumental function to َ ِ‫ ﺑ‬،‫ﺼَﺮ‬

12

One-letter prepositions

‫)ﺑِ ﱠ‬, and it is used alongside various different indicate a means of transport (‫ﺎرِة‬ َ َ‫ﺎﻟﺴﯿ‬ ْ ُ‫ أَ ْﻧَﺸِﻐُﻞ ﺑِِﺮَﻋﺎﯾَ ِﺔ أ‬،‫اءِة‬ verbs to indicate transitivity (‫ﺳَﺮﺗِﻲ‬ ُ ‫)أَ ْﻗ‬, among other funcَ ‫ﻮم ﺑِﺎﻟﻘَِﺮ‬ tions. It is very important to note that, due to the wide array of meanings associated with this preposition, it is necessary to try to understand it in context. In the following section, some of the common functions of the preposition are discussed and examples are given. Functions of ‫اﻟﺒَﺎء‬

‫ اﻟﺒَﺎء‬is used with a locative function to indicate place. In this sense, it means ‘in’ or ‘at’, as in the following examples:

.‫ﺎﻣَﻌِﺔ َزاﯾِ َﺪ‬ ُ ‫ﯿﻢ ﺑُِﺪﺑَّﻲ َوأَ ْدُر‬ ِ ‫س ﺑِ َﺠ‬ ُ ِ‫أُﻗ‬

I live in Dubai and study at Zayed University.

ْ ‫ﺗََﺰاﯾََﺪ‬ “‫ت أَ ْﻋَﺪُاد ُﻣْﺴﺘَْﺨِﺪِﻣﻲ َﻣْﻮﻗِ ِﻊ ”ﻓﯿﺴﺒﻮك‬ َ ‫ﺎﻟﻤْﻨ‬ .‫اﻟﻌَﺮﺑِﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ُ ‫ﻟِﻠﺘﱠ َﻮ‬ َ ‫ﻄﻘَِﺔ‬ ِ ِ‫ﺎﻋﱢﻲ ﺑ‬ ِ ‫اﻻْﺟﺘَِﻤ‬ ِ ‫اﺻِﻞ‬ َ ‫ﺾ اﱡﻟﺪَوِل ا‬ ‫ﻮد‬ ُ ‫ص ﺑَْﻌ‬ ُ ‫ﺗَْﺤِﺮ‬ ُ ‫ﻟﻐْﺮﺑِﯿِﱠﺔ َﻋﻠَﻰ ا‬ ِ ‫ﻟﻮُﺟ‬ َ ‫ﺎﺷ ِﺮ ﺑِﺎ‬ .‫ﻟﻌَﺮﺑِﱢﻲ‬ ‫ﻟﻌْﺴَﻜ ِﺮ ﱢ‬ َ ‫ﺞا‬ َ ‫ا‬ ِ َ‫ﻟﻤﺒ‬ ُ ‫يا‬ ِ ‫ﻟﺨﻠِْﯿ‬

The number of Facebook users in the Arab region has increased.

ْ َ‫ﻮن َﻋﻠَﻰ اﻟﻘ‬ ‫ﺼِﺮ‬ َ ‫ﻮن اﻷُ ْرُدﻧِﱡﯿ‬ َ ُ‫اطﻨ‬ َ ‫ﺗََﺪﻓﱠ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤَﻮ‬ ُ ‫ﻖ‬ .‫ﺎن‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤﻠَِﻜﱢﻲ ﺑَِﻌﱠﻤ‬ َ

Jordanian citizens flocked to the royal palace in Amman.

Some Western countries are keen to have a direct military presence in the Arabian Gulf.

Note According to Wright (1896), although both (‫ )ﻓﻲ‬and (‫ )اﻟﺒَﺎء‬can be used to serve the locative function and both can be translated as either ‘in’ or ‘at’, there is a slight difference between them, since (‫ )ﻓﻲ‬has the sense of ‘contained within’, while (‫ )اﻟﺒَﺎء‬has the sense of ‘close to’. In Modern Standard Arabic, the two prepositions are interchangeable when expressing the locative function.

Note According to Cantarino (1974–1976), when (‫ )اﻟﺒَﺎء‬is used with a locative function, it is often associated with larger geographical areas, such as in ‫اﻟﺴَﻼم ﺑِ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎدﺛَﺎت ﱠ‬ (‫ﻂ‬ َ ‫)ُﻣَﺤ‬, ‘Middle East peace talks’. ِ ‫ق اﻷَ ْوَﺳ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻟﺸْﺮ‬

‫ اﻟﺒَﺎء‬is used to indicate time. In this sense it can mean ‘in’, ‘at’ or ‘on’, such as in the following: ُ ‫ت ﺑِﺎﻟﻠﱠ ْﯿِﻞ َوَﻋِﻤْﻠ‬ ُ ‫َﺳِﮭْﺮ‬ .‫ﺎر‬ ِ َ‫ﺖ ﺑِﺎﻟﻨﱠﮭ‬

I stayed up at night and worked in the day.

One-letter prepositions

‫ب‬ ِ ‫يَتََحَّوُل الَمَكاُن بِاللَّْيِل إِلَى َمَكاٍن لِلُّرْع‬ َ ‫ظًرا لِلظََّلِم الَّشِديِد الِذي يُِحْيطُ بِالِمْن‬ َ َ‫ن‬ .‫طقَِة‬ ْ ‫أُقِْيَم‬ ‫ي األُْرُدنِي لُِكَرِة‬ ِّ ‫ضْمَن الَّدْوِر‬ ِ ٌ‫ت ُمبَاَراة‬ ‫اء يَْوِم‬ َ ‫القََدِم بِالَّس‬ ِ ‫امَسِة ِمْن َمَس‬ ِ ‫اعِة الَخ‬ .‫الُجْمَع ِة‬ ‫ات‬ ٍ َ‫اري‬ َ َ‫َل يَت‬ َ َ‫ ُمب‬4 َ‫ضَّمُن الَجْدَوُل الَجِدْيُد إِقَاَمة‬ .‫بِيَْوٍم َواِحٍد‬

13

At night, the place turns into a sight of horror, due to the darkness that engulfs the area. A match in the Jordanian football league was held at five o’clock on Friday. The new schedule does not include four matches being held on one day.

‫ البَاء‬is used to indicate attachment or proximity. َّ ‫ت بِيَِد أُِّمي َون َْحُن ن َْعب ُُر‬ ُ ‫أَْمَسْك‬ .‫ارَع‬ ِ ‫الش‬ ُ ‫َمَرْر‬ .‫َب البَ ِرْيِد‬ ِ ‫ت بَِمْكت‬ َّ ‫ب‬ .‫الدْولَِة‬ ِ ِ‫يَْعَمُل ُكُّل فَْرٍد بَِجان‬ َّ ‫امِة‬ َّ ‫َرَسَم‬ ‫الدْولَ ِة‬ ُ ِ‫الرئ‬ ِ ‫يس َمَلِمَح‬ َ َ‫الخطَّ ِة ِإلق‬ َ َ ً ْ ْ ‫ق التِي يَْنِوي‬ ‫اط‬ ‫ن‬ ‫الم‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ت‬ ‫س‬ ‫م‬ ‫َّة‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ين‬ َ ِ َ ِ ُ ِ ِ ‫الفِلَْسِط‬ َ َ‫اِلْحتِف‬ .‫يل‬ َ ِ‫اظ بِها بِأ َ ْيِدي إِْسَرائ‬

I held my mother’s hand as we crossed the street. I passed by the post office. All individuals work alongside the state. The president outlined the plan for establishing a Palestinian state, excluding areas he intends to keep in Israel’s hands.

‫ البَاء‬is used with instruments used to perform a certain task. In this sense, it means ‘with’ or ‘by’, such as in the following:

ُ ‫أََكْل‬ .‫المْلَعقَِة‬ َ ‫ت‬ ِ ِ‫الحْلَوى ب‬ ْ َ‫َذهَب‬ َّ ِ‫صِديقَتِي إِلَى َعَملِهَا ب‬ .‫َّارِة‬ َ ‫السي‬ َ ‫ت‬ ُ ‫َكتَْب‬ .‫ت بِالقَلَ ِم‬ ُ ‫ق‬ .‫الغْرفَِة بِقِْفٍل َكبِْيٍر‬ َ َ‫ق‬ ِ ‫ام بِإِ ْغَل‬

I ate the dessert with a spoon. My friend went to her work by car. I wrote with a pen. He closed the room with a big lock.

Note Concerning the use of (‫ )البَاء‬with instruments, it is also used in the expression (‫)بسم هللا‬, ‘in the name of God’, which is used by Muslims at the beginning of different activities, such as eating and working.

!‫بِ ْسِم هللا آَ ُكُل‬

In the name of God, I eat!

!ُ‫بِ ْسِم هللا ن َْبَدأ‬

In the name of God, we begin!

ُ ‫)أَ ُع‬, which Also relevant to this is the same usage in the expression (ِ‫وذ بِاهلل‬ means ‘I seek God’s refuge’.

14

One-letter prepositions

‫ اﻟﺒَﺎء‬is used with certain intransitive verbs to make them transitive, such as in the following: ُ ‫اﻟﻤَﺤﻘﱢ‬ .‫ﺎﻟﻤﮭَ ﱠﻤِﺔ‬ ُ ‫ﺎم‬ َ ِ‫ﻖ ﺑ‬ َ َ‫ﻗ‬ ‫ﺎء ا ﱡ‬ ُ ‫ب ﺑِﺎ‬ .‫ات‬ ُ ‫ﻟﻄﱠﻼ‬ َ َ‫ﺐ إِﻟَﻰ ﻗ‬ َ ‫ﻟﻤَﺤ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﺿَﺮ‬ ِ ُ‫ﻟﻜﺘ‬ ُ ‫ﺎﻋِﺔ ا‬ َ ‫َﺟ‬

The investigator undertook the mission.

‫ﻟﻤﻨَ ﱢ‬ ‫فا ﱠ‬ .‫ﻟﻮطَﻨِﱢﻲ‬ َ ‫ﻈُﻤ‬ َ ‫ﻮن ا‬ ِ ‫ﻟﺤْﻔَﻞ ﺑَِﻌْﺰ‬ ُ ‫ﺑََﺪأَ ا‬ َ ‫ﻟﺴَﻼِم ا‬

Organizers began the event by playing the national anthem.

.‫ﺎھَﺮِة‬ َ ‫اِ ْﻟﺘََﺤ‬ ِ َ‫ﺎﻣَﻌِﺔ اﻟﻘ‬ ِ ‫ﻖ ﺑِ َﺠ‬

Students brought the books to the lecture theater.

He joined Cairo University.

Note The verbs (‫ﺎم‬ َ ‫ )َﺟ‬are both intransitive, but when they are followed by َ َ‫ ﻗ‬and ‫ﺎء‬ (‫)اﻟﺒﺎء‬, they become transitive and assume new meanings. For example, (‫ﺎم‬ َ َ‫)ﻗ‬ ََ ‫)ﻗ‬, but when it collocates with (‫ )اﻟﺒﺎء‬it means ‘to ‫ﺎم ﱠ‬ means ‘to get up’ (‫ﻞ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺮُﺟ‬ ‫)ﻗََﺎم ا ﱠ‬. (‫ﺎء‬ ‫ﺎء ا ﱠ‬ undertake’ (‫ﻟﻤﮭَﱠﻤِﺔ‬ َ ‫ )َﺟ‬means ‘to come’ (‫ﻟﺮُﺟُﻞ‬ َ ‫)َﺟ‬, but when it َ ‫ﻟﺮُﺟُﻞ ﺑِﺎ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﻌ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻄ‬ ‫ﻞ‬ ‫ﺟ‬ ‫اﻟﺮ‬ ‫ﺎء‬ ‫ﺟ‬ collocates with (‫)اﻟﺒَﺎء‬, it means ‘to bring’ (‫ﺎم‬ ُ ُ َ َ ). ِ َ

‫ اﻟﺒَﺎء‬is used to indicate cause and justification. In this sense, it means ‘of’, ‘for’ or ‘by’, as in the following: َ ‫ﺎت‬ َ ‫َﻣ‬ .‫ﻮع‬ ُ ِ‫ﺐ ﺑ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﻜْﻠ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻟﺠ‬ ‫اﻟﺴْﺠَﻦ ﺑَ ﱠ‬ .‫ﺎﻟﺴِﺮﻗَِﺔ‬ ‫َدَﺧﻠُﻮا ﱢ‬ َ ‫ﻮن ﺑَِﺴَﺮ‬ .‫ﻟﺮﺋَ ِﺔ‬ ُ ‫ﺎن اﻟﻨﱠ‬ ‫ﺎن ا ﱢ‬ َ ُ‫ﺎك ﯾَْﻤﻮﺗ‬ َ َ‫ﺎس ھُﻨ‬ َ ‫َﻛ‬ ِ ‫ط‬ ُ ِ‫اﻟﺴﺎﺋ‬ ‫ﻖ ﺑِ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺗُ ُﻮﻓﱢ َﻲ ﱠ‬ .‫ﺎﻟﺴْﻜﺘَِﺔ اﻟﻘَ ْﻠﺒِﯿِﱠﺔ‬

The dog died of hunger. They were imprisoned for stealing. People there were dying of lung cancer. The driver died of a heart attack.

‫ اﻟﺒَﺎء‬is used to indicate compensation and exchange. In this sense, it means ‘for’ or ‘with’, as in the following: ُ ‫اِْﺷﺘََﺮْﯾ‬ .‫ﺎب ﺑِِﺪْرھََﻤْﯿِﻦ‬ َ َ‫اﻟﻜﺘ‬ ِ ‫ﺖ‬ .‫ﺎء ﺑِﺎﻟﻠﱠﺒَ ِﻦ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤ‬ َ ‫اِ ْﺳﺘَْﺒَﺪَل‬ .‫ ُدَوَﻻًرا‬80 ‫ﯿﻞ اﻟﻨِْﻔِﻂ ﺑِﺄ َ ْﻛﺜَ َﺮ ِﻣْﻦ‬ ُ ‫ﺑِْﯿَﻊ ﺑِْﺮِﻣ‬ َ ‫ﺼ‬ ْ ُ‫ﻄﻔَﻰ َﻛَﻤﺎل أَﺗَﺎﺗ‬ ْ ‫اِ ْﺳﺘَْﺒَﺪَل ُﻣ‬ ‫ف‬ َ ‫ﻮرك ﺑِﺎ‬ ِ ‫ﻟﺤْﺮ‬ ‫ﱡ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﱡ‬ !‫ﻲ‬ َ ‫ﻟﺤْﺮ‬ َ ‫ﻟﻌَﺮﺑِ ﱢﻲ ﻓِﻲ اﻟﻠَﻐِﺔ اﻟﺘْﺮِﻛﯿِﱠﺔ ا‬ َ ‫ا‬ ‫ف اﻟﻼﺗِﯿﻨِ ﱠ‬

I bought the book for two dirhams. He replaced milk with water. A barrel of oil was sold for more than USD 80. Mustafa Kemal Ataturk replaced Arabic letters with Latin letters in Turkish!

‫ اﻟﺒَﺎء‬is used to indicate accompaniment. In this sense, it means ‘with’, as in the following: .‫َﺳﺎﻓَ َﺮ ﺑِﺄ ُْﺳَﺮﺗِِﮫ‬ ُ ‫اِْﺷﺘ ََﺮْﯾ‬ َ ‫ﺖ اﻟﺒَْﯿ‬ .‫ﺖ ﺑِﺄَﺛَﺎﺛِِﮫ‬

He traveled with his family. I bought the house with its furniture.

One-letter prepositions

َّ ‫امِة فِي‬ .‫يدِة‬ َ ‫الجِد‬ َ ‫الشقَ ِة‬ َ َ‫إلق‬ ِ ِ‫اِْنتَقَ َل بِأ ُْسَرتِِه ل‬ َ ‫ب بَِزْوَجتِِه واِْبنَتِِه إِلَى بَِر‬ .‫يطْانيَا‬ َ ‫هََر‬

15

He moved with his family to stay in the new apartment. He fled with his wife and daughter to Britain.

‫ البَاء‬is used to express the attributes of someone or something, as in the following:

ْ ‫اِ ْنتَظََم‬ ٌ ُ‫صف‬ ‫ين‬ ُ ‫ت‬ َ ِ‫اطن‬ ِ ‫المَو‬ ُ ‫وف طَِويلَةٌ ِمَن‬ .‫يدي َِّة‬ ِ ِ‫س التَّ ْقل‬ َ ِ‫ب‬ ِ ِ‫المَلب‬ ْ ّ‫تََّم ت‬ .‫امِه‬ ُ ‫صِو‬ َ ‫الح‬ ِ ‫ير‬ ِ ‫ان بِِسْرِجِه َولِ َج‬ ِ ‫ص‬

There were long queues of citizens in traditional clothes.

َّ ُ‫طقَة‬ َ ‫ود هُنَا هَُو ِمْن‬ ُ ‫ص‬ ‫ق األَ ْوَسِط‬ ُ ‫المْق‬ َ ِ ‫الشْر‬ َ ْ .‫الجْغَرافِي َِّة‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ب‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫بُِك‬ ُ ‫ادهَا‬ ِّ ِ َ ‫ار‬ َ ‫َك‬ ِ ‫اوي نَْحَو ُدَولٍر َو‬ ِ ‫ان الثَّ َمُن يَُس‬ ِ ‫احٍد بِأ َ ْسَع‬ ْ.‫ضت‬ َ ‫أَْربَِعيَن َعاًما َم‬

What is meant here is the Middle East, with all its geographical dimensions.

The horse was photographed with its saddle and bridle.

The price was equivalent to about one dollar at the prices of forty years ago.

‫ البَاء‬is used to express the manner of undertaking an action. In this sense, it is generally translated as an adverb, as in the following:

.‫اب بِقُ َّوٍة‬ َ َ‫فَتََح الب‬ ‫وح َعلَى ه َِذِه‬ ُ ‫اإلَجابَةَ بُِو‬ ُ ‫َل أَ َحَد يَ ْستَِط‬ ِ ‫يع‬ ٍ ‫ض‬ ُ ‫التَّ َس‬ .‫ت‬ ِ ‫اؤَل‬ ‫ت‬ ِ ‫لَْن تَْستَِطيَع الَّدْولَةُ تَْقِديَم الَكثِيِر ِمَن الَخَدَما‬ ‫ول َعلَْيهَا‬ ُ ‫األُْخَرى التِي اِ ْعتََاد الُمَواِطُن الُح‬ َ ‫ص‬ .‫ان‬ ِ ‫بِالَمَّج‬ َ ‫ق‬ َ ‫ار‬ .ِ‫الخطَأ‬ ُ ‫ص‬ َ ‫َك‬ َ ‫ان‬ ِ ‫وخ‬ ِ ‫ان قَ ْد َسقَطَا بِطَِرْي‬

He opened the door forcefully. No one can answer these questions clearly. The state will not be able to provide many of the services that the citizen is accustomed to obtaining free of charge Two missiles were dropped by mistake.

‫ البَاء‬is used in oaths. In this sense, it means ‘by’, such as in the following: .ِ‫أَ ْقَسَم بِاهلل‬ َّ ‫الح‬ ‫يء‬ َ ‫ول‬ َ ُ‫العِظِيم أَ ْن أَق‬ َ ِ‫أُ ْقِسُم بِاهلل‬ َ ‫ق َوَل َش‬ َّ ‫الح‬ .‫ق‬ َ ‫إَِّل‬

He swore by God. I swear by Almighty God to say the truth and nothing but the truth.

Notes on the usage of ‫البَاء‬

‫ البَاء‬is used with a directional function in expressions, such as in (‫)بِاتِّ َجِاه‬, ‘toward’, َ ‫)بِ ُمَح‬, ‘along’, as in the following: or (‫اة‬ ِ ‫اذ‬ ُ ‫المِسْيَرِة‬ ُ ‫قََر ْأ‬ ‫الكْبَرى بِاتَِّجِاه‬ َ ‫يخ‬ ِ َ‫ت َعْن ت‬ ِ ‫ار‬ َّ .‫ال‬ ِ ‫الشَم‬

I read about the history of the great march to the north.

16

One-letter prepositions

‫ﺎدِة‬ ُ ُ‫ﺎض اﻟﯿ‬ ُ َ‫ي اِ ْﻧِﺨﻔ‬ َ َ‫ﻮرو إِﻟَﻰ ِزﯾ‬ َ ‫ﯾ ُْﻤِﻜُﻦ أَ ْن ﯾ َُﺆِد‬ ُ .‫وروﺑَﺎ‬ ُ ‫ﺎﺣِﺔ ﺑِﺎِﺗﱢَﺠِﺎه أ‬ ‫ا ﱢ‬ َ َ‫ﻟﺴﯿ‬ ‫ﺎذِاة ﱠ‬ َ ‫ﱠﺎرﺗَﮫُ ﺑُِﻤَﺤ‬ ُ ُ‫ﺎن ﯾَﻘ‬ .‫ﺎطِﺊ‬ َ ‫َﻛ‬ َ ‫ﻮد َﺳﯿ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺸ‬

The decline of the euro could lead to an increase in tourism to Europe.

َ ‫ب ﺑُِﻤَﺤ‬ ‫ﺎذِاة اﻟﻨﱠ ْﮭِﺮ َوِھَﻲ ﺗ َْﺤِﻤُﻞ‬ ُ ‫ار‬ َ ‫َﺳ‬ ِ ‫ﺎر‬ ِ ‫ت اﻟﻘَ َﻮ‬ َْ ْ ْ َ .‫ﺺ‬ ‫ﺨ‬ ‫ﺷ‬ ‫ﻒ‬ ‫ﻟ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ﺎ‬ ‫ﮭ‬ ‫ﻨ‬ ‫ﺘ‬ ‫ﻣ‬ ‫ﻰ‬ َ َ ِ َ َ‫َﻋﻠ‬ ٍ

The boats sailed along the river, carrying a thousand people on board.

He was driving his car along the beach.

When ‫ اﻟﺒَﺎء‬is used with (‫ )ﻗَ ْﺒَﻞ‬and (‫)ﺑَ ْﻌَﺪ‬, it indicates the time period before or after an event, such as in the following:

‫ق‬ ِ ‫َﺳﯿَ ْﺒَﺪأُ َﻋَﻤُﻞ اﻟﻠﱠ ْﺠﻨَِﺔ َرْﺳِﻤﯿًﺎ ﻗَْﺒَﻞ اِْﻧِﻄَﻼ‬ .‫اﻟﺒُﻄُﻮﻟَِﺔ ﺑِ َﺸْﮭٍﺮ‬

The committee’s work will begin officially a month before the start of the championship.

‫ﺻَﻞ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎرِاة‬ َ ‫اﻟﻼِﻋﺒ‬ َ َ‫اﻟﻤﺒ‬ َ ‫َو‬ ُ ‫ُﻮن ﻗَْﺒَﻞ َﻣْﻮِﻋِﺪ‬ .‫ﺎت‬ ‫ﺎﻋ‬ ٍ َ ‫ﺑَِﺴ‬ ُ ِ ‫اﻟﻤْﮭَﺮَﺟ‬ ‫ﺼَﻞ ﺑِﻲ‬ َ ‫ُﻮع اِﺗﱠ‬ ِ ‫ﻗَْﺒَﻞ ﺑَِﺪاﯾَِﺔ‬ ٍ ‫ﺎن ﺑِﺄ ْﺳﺒ‬ ْ ْ َ .‫ﯿﻤِﮫ‬ َ ُ‫اﻟﻤْﺴُﺆوﻟ‬ ِ ‫ﻮن َﻋﻦ ﺗﻨِﻈ‬ َ ْ َ ‫ﻟَْﻢ ﺗُ ْﻌَﺮض اﻟَﻤْﺴَﺮِﺣﯿﱠﺔُ إِ ﱠﻻ ﺑَْﻌَﺪ َوﻓَِﺎة‬ ‫ﺐ‬ ِ ِ‫اﻟﻜﺎﺗ‬ .‫ﺑَِﺴﻨَﺘَْﯿِﻦ‬

The players arrived hours before the match. A week before the start of the festival, its organizers contacted me. The play was only shown two years after the writer’s death.

‫ اﻟﺒَﺎء‬is used to express adjacency in expressions such as (‫ار‬ ِ ِ‫)ﺑَِﺠﺎﻧ‬, ِ ‫ )ﺑِِﺠَﻮ‬or (‫ﺐ‬

which mean ‘next to’ or ‘near’, such as in the following:

‫اﺳَﻌٍﺔ‬ ُ ‫ﺼ‬ َ ‫ﯿﺺ َﻣَﺴ‬ ِ ‫ض َو‬ ِ ‫ﺗ ﱠَﻢ ﺗَْﺨ‬ ٍ ‫ﺎﺣِﺔ أَ ْر‬ ‫ار ﱡ‬ .‫اﻟﻤْﺴﺘ َْﻘﺒَﻠِﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ِ ‫ﻮق ﻟِﻠﺘﱠ َﻮﱡﺳَﻌ‬ ُ ‫ﺎت‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺴ‬ ِ ‫ﺑِِﺠَﻮ‬ ُ ‫ُوُﺟ‬ ‫ﺎل ُدْوَن‬ َ ‫اﻟﺬي َﺣ‬ ِ ‫ار َزْوَﺟﺘِِﮫ ھَُﻮ‬ ِ ‫ﻮدهُ ﺑِِﺠَﻮ‬ َ ‫َﻋْﻮَدﺗِِﮫ إِﻟَﻰ َو‬ .‫طﻨِِﮫ‬ ْ ‫اﻟﻤْﻜﺘَﺒَﺔُ اﻟﺘﱢﻲ َﺣَﻮ‬ ‫ﻒ ُﻣَﺠﻠﱠ ٍﺪ‬ ِ ‫ أَْﻟ‬700 ‫ت‬ ِ َ‫أُ ْﻧِﺸﺌ‬ َ ‫ﺖ‬ ْ َ‫ﺼِﺮ ﺑ‬ ْ َ‫ﺐ ﻗ‬ .‫ﻄﻠَْﯿُﻤﻮس‬ ِ ِ‫ﺑِ َﺠﺎﻧ‬

A large area of land near the market was allocated for future expansion.

ُ ‫َﺟﻠَ ْﺴ‬ .‫ﺐ اﻟﻨﱠﺎﻓَِﺬِة‬ ِ ِ‫آﺧِﺮ َﻣْﻘَﻌٍﺪ ﺑَِﺠﺎﻧ‬ ِ ‫ﺖ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬

I sat on the last seat by the window.

His presence next to his wife prevented him from returning home. The library, which had 700,000 volumes, was set up next to the palace of Ptolemy.

‫ اﻟﺒَﺎء‬collocates with some verbs expressing making a demand or asking, such as the following: َ ‫ﺎط اﻟﻨﱢ‬ .‫ﻈِﺎم‬ َ َ‫ﻧ‬ َ ِ‫اﻻْﻋﺘ‬ َ ‫ﺎد‬ ِ َ‫ﺎم ﺑِﺈِ ْﺳﻘ‬ ِ ‫ى‬ ُ ‫ﺼ‬ َ ‫ﯿﻞ ِﻣْﻦ‬ ُ ‫ﺐ اﻟﻘََﺮ‬ َ َ‫طﺎﻟ‬ َ ِ‫ﺎب إِ ْﺳَﺮاﺋ‬ ِ ‫ ﺑِْﺎﻧِﺴَﺤ‬524 ‫ار‬ ُ ْ ‫اﻋِﺪ َﻋَﻤﻠِﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫ﻮب ﻟ ْﺒﻨ‬ ِ ‫َﺎن َﻛﺈِ ْﺣَﺪى ﻗََﻮ‬ ِ ‫َﺟﻨ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ .‫اﻟﺴَﻼِم‬

The sit-in called for the overthrow of the regime. Resolution 524 called for Israel’s withdrawal from southern Lebanon as a basis for the peace process.

One-letter prepositions 17

‫ اﻟﺒَﺎء‬collocates with some verbs expressing threatening, such as in the following: ‫ﻮﻣِﺔ‬ ُ ‫ھَﱠﺪَد ِﺣْﺰ‬ َ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻻْﻧِﺴَﺤ‬ ِ ِ‫اﻟﻌَﻤِﻞ ﺑ‬ َ ‫ﺎب ِﻣْﻦ ُﺣُﻜ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻮ‬ .‫طﻨِﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻮْﺣَﺪِة‬ َ ‫ف‬ ‫ﺎﺟَﻤِﺔ أَ ﱢ‬ ٍ ‫ي ھ ََﺪ‬ َ َ‫ﺗ ََﻮﱠﻋَﺪ ُﻣَﻌﱠﻤﺮ اﻟﻘَ ﱠﺬاﻓِﻲ ﺑِ ُﻤﮭ‬ .‫ي‬ ‫َﻣَﺪﻧِﱟﻲ أَ ْو َﻋْﺴَﻜِﺮ ﱟ‬

The Labour Party threatened to withdraw from the national unity government. Muammar Gaddafi had vowed to attack any civilian or military target.

‫ اﻟﺒَﺎء‬collocates with some verbs expressing saying, as in the following: .‫ﯾﺪ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﻤْﺴُﺆ‬ ‫ول ﺑِﺄ َ ﱢ‬ ٍ ‫ي َﺟِﺪ‬ ِ ‫ﻟَْﻢ ﯾَﺘََﺤﱠﺪ‬ َ ‫ث‬ َ ‫ﻟَْﻢ ﯾَ ْﻨِﻄْﻖ ﺑِ َﻜﻠِ ِﻤٍﺔ‬ ‫ﺎﻣِﻞ‬ ُ ‫طﯿﱢﺒَ ٍﺔ ﺑِ َﺸﺄِْن اﻟﺘﱠ َﻜ‬ .‫وروﺑِ ﱢﻲ‬ ُ ُ‫اﻷ‬ .‫ﺎﺳِﺔ ُﻣﺒَ ﱢﻜًﺮا‬ ‫ﺗ ََﻜﻠﱠ َﻢ ﺑِ ﱢ‬ َ َ‫ﺎﻟﺴﯿ‬ .‫ﯾﻤِﺔ‬ َ ‫اِ ْﻋﺘ ََﺮ‬ َ ‫ﺎب‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤﺘﱠﮭَ ُﻢ ﺑِﺎِ ْرﺗَِﻜ‬ ُ ‫ف‬ َ ‫اﻟﺠِﺮ‬

The official did not speak of anything new. He has not uttered a good word about European integration. He talked about politics early. The defendant pleaded guilty to the crime.

‫ اﻟﺒﺎء‬collocates with some verbs expressing fame or reputation, such as in the following: َ ‫ھَُﻮ ُﻣَﺤٍﺎم‬ ْ ‫ﺐ ِﻣ‬ ‫ﺼِﺮ ﱞ‬ ٌ ِ‫وﻛﺎﺗ‬ ‫ﺐ‬ ِ َ‫ي اِْﺷﺘَﮭََﺮ ﺑِﻠَﻘ‬ َ .‫اﻹْﺳﻼِﻣﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺠَﻤ‬ َ ‫ﺎﻣﻲ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻋ‬ ِ ‫ُﻣَﺤ‬ ِ ‫ﺎت‬ ‫ف ﱠ‬ .‫ﯿﻊ‬ ُ ‫ﯿﺲ ﺑِﺘََﻮ‬ ُ ِ‫اﻟﺮﺋ‬ َ ‫ُﻋِﺮ‬ َ ِ‫اﺿِﻌِﮫ َوَﻣَﺤﺒﱠﺘِِﮫ ﻟ‬ ِ ‫ﻠﺠِﻤ‬

He is an Egyptian lawyer and writer known as ‘the lawyer of Islamic groups’. The president was known for his humility and love for all.

‫ اﻟﺒَﺎء‬is used with certain negative particles to mean ‘without’, as in the following: ْ َ‫أَْﻋﻠَﻨ‬ ‫ود“ أَﱠن‬ ٍ ‫ﺖ ُﻣﻨَﻈﱠَﻤﺔُ ”أَِطﺒﱠﺎء ﺑَِﻼ ُﺣُﺪ‬ ‫ﻮن ﱠ‬ ‫ّﯿﻦ ﱡ‬ ‫اﻟﻀَﺤﺎﯾَﺎ‬ َ ُ‫ّﯿﻦ َﻣﺎ ﯾََﺰاﻟ‬ َ ‫ﻮﻣﺎﻟِﯿ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤَﺪﻧِﯿ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺼ‬ َ ْ ‫ﱠ‬ .‫ﺎرِك‬ ‫ﻌ‬ ‫ﻤ‬ ‫ﻠ‬ ‫ﻟ‬ ‫ّﯿﻦ‬ ‫ﯿ‬ ‫ﯿﺴ‬ ‫ﺋ‬ ‫اﻟﺮ‬ َ َ ِ ِ ِ َ ِ ُ ُ َ‫اﻟﻤ َﻮاﻓَﻘ‬ َ ْ ْ ‫ﺎت ﱠ‬ ‫ﺾ‬ ُ ‫ﺗَﺘِﱡﻢ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺮﺳِﻤﯿﱠﺔ ِﻹﻗ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻣِﺔ ﺑَﻌ‬ ‫ﻖ‬ ٍ ‫اﺳ‬ َ ‫ﯾﻊ ﺑَِﻐْﯿِﺮ ِدَر‬ ِ َ‫ﻠﻤﻨ‬ َ ِ‫ﺎت ﻟ‬ َ ِ ‫ﺎط‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤَﺸ‬ ِ ‫ﺎر‬ َ َ .‫اﻟﻤَﻮاﻗِِﻊ اﻷﺛِﺮﯾِﱠﺔ‬ ُ َ ‫اﻟﺠْﻐَﺮاﻓِﯿ ِﱠﺔ َو‬

Doctors Without Borders announced that Somali civilians continue to be the main victims of the fighting.

‫ون ُﺧﻄﱠِﺔ‬ َ ‫َﻣﺎ َز‬ َ ‫ال‬ ِ ‫ون َﻛَﻮِادَر وﺑِ ُﺪ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤْﺮَﻛُﺰ ﺑِ ُﺪ‬ .‫َﻋَﻤٍﻞ‬

The center is still without cadres and without a plan of action.

Official approval for the establishment of some projects are given without prior study of the geographical areas and archaeological sites.

‫ اﻟﺒَﺎء‬is used with the word (‫اﻟﻤﺌَﺔ‬ ِ ) to express a percentage, as in the following: ْ َ‫ﺎﻟﻤﺌَِﺔ ﻓَﻘ‬ ُ ُ‫ﻚ ﻗِﻄ‬ ُ ِ‫ﯾَ ْﺴﺘَْﮭﻠ‬ ‫ﻂ ِﻣَﻦ‬ ‫ﺎع ﱢ‬ َ َ‫اﻟﺼﻨ‬ ِ ِ‫ ﺑ‬5 ‫ﺎﻋِﺔ‬ .‫اﻟﻤﯿَ ِﺎه‬ ِ ‫ي َﻣَﻊ ُدَوِل ﱠ‬ ُ َ‫اﻟﺘﱠﺒ‬ ‫ﺎر ﱡ‬ ‫ق اﻷَْوَﺳِﻂ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺸْﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﺎدُل اﻟﺘﱢَﺠ‬ ‫ﺞ‬ ِ ‫ﯾ َُﻌ‬ ِ ِ‫ ﺑ‬25 ‫ﺎدُل‬ ِ ِ‫ﺎﻟﻤﺌ َِﺔ ِﻣْﻦ إِْﺟَﻤﺎﻟِﻲ اﻟﻨﱠﺎﺗ‬ َ ‫ﱢ‬ .‫ﯾﻜﱢﻲ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤَﺤﻠﱢﻲ اﻷ ْﻣِﺮ‬ َ

Industry consumes only 5 percent of the water. Trade with the Middle East is equivalent to 25 percent of the US gross domestic product.

18

One-letter prepositions

‫ اﻟﺒﺎء‬is used in the construction (‫ب‬ ِ ‫ )أَ ْﻓِﻌْﻞ‬to express an exclamation, as in the following: !‫ﺳﺎﺗَِﺬِة‬ َ َ‫ﺑِﺎﻷ‬

‫أَ ْﻛ ِﺮْم‬ !‫ب‬ َ ِ‫أَ ْﻛ ِﺮْم ﺑ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻟﻌَﺮ‬

How honorable the teachers are! How generous Arabs are!

‫ اﻟﺒَﺎء‬is used with expressions such as (‫)ﻧ َْﻔﺲ‬, (‫ )َذات‬and (‫ )َﻋْﯿﻦ‬for emphatic identification, as in the following:

ُ ‫اﻟﻤَﺆﻟﱢ‬ .‫ﺎب ﺑِﻨَْﻔِﺴِﮫ‬ َ َ‫اﻟﻜﺘ‬ ِ ‫ﻒ‬ ُ ‫َوﻗﱠ َﻊ‬ ْ ‫َﻣ‬ ٌ ُ‫ﻄﻠ‬ ‫ﻟﻤﺘَ ْﺮِﺟِﻢ أَْن ﯾُﺘَ ْﺮ ِﺟَﻢ َﻋَﻤ ًﻼ أَ َدﺑِﯿًّﺎ‬ ُ ‫ﻮب ِﻣَﻦ ا‬ .‫ﺑَ َﻌْﯿﻨِ ِﮫ‬ ُ ‫ﻒ ﺗَُﻜ‬ ‫ﻮن اﻟﺜﱠﻘَﺎﻓَﺔُ ﺑَِﺬاﺗِﮭَﺎ َﻣْﻮِرًدا؟‬ َ ‫َﻛْﯿ‬

The author himself signed the book. The translator is required to translate a particular literary work. How can culture in itself be a resource?

‫ اﻟﺒَﺎء‬is used after (‫ )ھَﯿﱠﺎ‬and (‫ )ھَﻠُ ّﻢ‬to call someone to move, as in the following: !‫ﺤﱠﻤُﺪ‬ َ ‫ُﻣ‬

‫ھَﯿﱠﺎ ﺑِﻨَﺎ ﯾَﺎ‬ !‫ھَﻠُ ﱡﻤﻮا ﺑِﻨَﺎ‬

Come on, Mohammed! Come on! Let’s go!

‫ اﻟﺒَﺎء‬is used after (‫ )إِ َذا‬to express surprise, as in the following: ‫اﺧَﻞ ﱠ‬ ‫ون‬ َ ‫اﻟﺼﺎﻟَ ِﺔ ﯾُﻘَ ﱢﺮُر‬ ِ ‫ﺎل اﻷَ ْﻣ ِﻦ َد‬ ِ ‫وإِ َذا ﺑِ ِﺮَﺟ‬ .‫اب‬ َ ‫إِ ْﻏَﻼ‬ ِ ‫ق اﻷَْﺑَﻮ‬ ْ َ‫ﺑَ ْﻌَﺪ َﻣﺎ َﻛﺎﻧ‬ ‫اء‬ ُ ‫ﺎء ﺗُ ِﺸ‬ ُ َ‫ﺖ اﻷَ ْﻧﺒ‬ ٍ ‫ﯿﺮ إِﻟَﻰ أَ ْﺟَﻮ‬ َ .‫ﺐ إِﻟَﻰ ﺗَﺄﱡزٍم‬ ُ ِ‫إِ ْﯾَﺠﺎﺑِﯿ ٍﱠﺔ وإِ َذا ﺑِﮭَﺎ ﺗَْﻨﻘَﻠ‬

Suddenly, security men inside the hall decided to shut the doors. After the news indicated a positive atmosphere, it turned into a crisis.

‫ اﻟﺒَﺎء‬is used in some negative constructions to introduce the predicate after a negative particle, as in these examples: ُ ‫ﺿْﻌ‬ ‫ﻒ ُﻣْﺴﺘََﻮى‬ ٍ ‫ﺲ ﺑَِﺨ‬ َ ‫ﺎف َﻋﻠَْﯿُﻜﻢ‬ َ ‫ﻟَْﯿ‬ َ َ .‫ي‬ ‫ﺎد ﱢ‬ َ ‫اطِﻦ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤْﻌِﺮﻓ ِﺔ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻌ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤَﻮ‬ ُ ‫ﺎﻣِﺔ ﻟَﺪى‬ َ ‫اﻟﻌ‬ َ

The weak level of general knowledge of the average citizen is not hidden from you.

ْ َ‫ﺎھَﺮةَ أ‬ ‫ﺎل ﱠ‬ َ ‫ﯾﺪ أَ ﱠن‬ ‫ع‬ ٍ ‫ﺲ ﺑَِﺠِﺪ‬ َ ‫ﻟَ ْﯿ‬ ِ ‫ظ‬ ِ َ‫طﻔ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺸَﻮ‬ ِ ‫ار‬ ْ َ َ ‫ﺎﺳﺎ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ً ‫ﯿﻦ ﺗَْﺮِﺟُﻊ أ َﺳ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺠﺎﻧِ ِﺤ‬ َ ‫ﺎل‬ ِ َ‫َواﻷطﻔ‬ ُ . ‫ق اﻷْﺳَﺮِة‬ ِ ‫ﺗ ََﻤﱡﺰ‬

It is not new that the phenomenon of street children and delinquent children is mainly due to broken families.

ُ ‫ﯿﻌﱢﻲ ﺗ َْﺤَﺪ‬ ‫ﯾﺪ ﯾَْﻮٍم ُﻣَﻌﯿ ٍﱠﻦ‬ َ ‫ﻟَ ْﯿ‬ ِ ِ‫ﺲ ﺑِﺎﻷَ ْﻣﺮ اﻟﻄﱠﺒ‬ َ‫ﺎر أَ َدﺑِ ﱞﻲ أ ْو‬ ْ ِ‫ﺑ‬ ٌ ‫ﺎرِه اﻟﯿَْﻮَم اِﻟﺬي ُوﻟَِﺪ ﻓِْﯿﮫ ﺗَﯿﱠ‬ ِ َ‫ﺎﻋﺘِﺒ‬ .‫ﻓَﻨﱢﱞﻲ‬ ُ ‫ﻟَْﺴ‬ ‫ﺎﺟٍﺔ ِﻷَ ْن أَ ْﻋﺘَِﺬَر َﻋْﻦ اِ ْﻧﺘِ َﻤﺎﺋِﻲ‬ َ ‫ﺖ ﺑَِﺤ‬ .‫ﺎﺳﱢﻲ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺴﯿ‬

It is not normal to identify a specific day as the time when a literary or artistic movement was born. I do not need to apologize for my political affiliation.

One-letter prepositions

19

َ ‫ )َم‬to ask what is the matter and to describe the condition of ‫ البَاء‬is used after (‫اذا‬

a person, such as in the following:

َ ‫َم‬ ‫ك؟‬ َ ِ‫اذا ب‬ .‫يء‬ ٍ ‫َما بَي َمْن َش‬ َ ‫هَْل أَ ْن‬ ‫ت بَِخْيٍر؟‬ .‫ال‬ ٍ ‫أَنَا بَأ َ ْحَسِن َح‬

What’s the matter with you? Nothing. Are you well? I am very well.

‫ البَاء‬can be used to denote the meanings of other prepositions. This phenomenon ْ َّ‫)ال‬, and although it is not common in modern usage, we can find is called (‫تضِمين‬ many examples in the Qur’an and classical poetry, as in the following:

َّ ‫اد‬ ُ َ‫ب بِهَا ِعب‬ (ِ‫هللا‬ ُ ‫)َعْينًا يَْشَر‬

“A fountain whereat drink the servants of God“*

‫ الباء‬is used with the same meaning as ‫من‬.

ْ َ ‫)ف‬ (‫يرا‬ ً ِ‫اسأ َ ْل بِِه َخب‬

“Ask any informed of Him!“

‫ الباء‬is used with the same meaning as ‫عن‬.

‫اب َمْن إِ ْن‬ ِ َ‫﴿َوِمْن أَ ْهِل ْالِكت‬ ْ َ ﴾‫ار ي َُؤِّدِه إِلْيك‬ ٍ َ‫تَأ َمْنهُ بِقِْنط‬

“And of the People of the Book is he who, if thou trust him with a hundredweight, will restore it thee“

‫ الباء‬is used with the same meaning as ‫على‬.

*(76:6)

(25: 59)

(3:75)

*(For verses from the Qur’an, we have opted for Arberry’s translation)

‫ البَاء‬can also be used for emphasis, as in the following: ً ‫)قُ ْل كفَٰى بِاَّهللِ َشِه‬ (‫يدا بَ ْينِي َوبَ ْينَُكْم‬

(17:96)

”Say: ‘God suffices as a witness between me and you’“

In this example (‫ )البَاء‬is redundant; that is, if it is deleted, the basic meaning does not change. However, it serves to emphasize meaning. In sum, ‫ البَاء‬has a number of functions, including attachment, accompaniment, transitivity, causality, exchange and in oaths, among others. Moreover, it collocates with various verbs and may include the meanings of other prepositions in traditional texts such as the Qur’an. Notes on translation In accordance with the many functions that ‫ البَاء‬serves, it can be translated into English in many different ways, as ‘in’, ‘at’, or ‘by’, and ‘for’, among others. Moreover, in some contexts it does not appear directly in the translation. The following examples illustrate some of these possible translations.

20

One-letter prepositions

‫ُوﻟَِﺪ ﱠ‬ .‫اق‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺴﯿ‬ ِ ِ‫ﱠﺎب ﻓِﻲ ﻗَ ْﺮﯾَ ٍﺔ ﺑ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻟﻌَﺮ‬ َ ‫َﻣ‬ ‫ك؟‬ َ ‫ﺎذا ﺑِﯿَِﺪ‬ ْ ‫ﺎﻟﻌ‬ ‫ﻄﻠَِﺔ؟‬ ُ َ‫ھ َْﻞ َﺳﻨَﺘَﻘَﺎﺑَ ُﻞ ﺑ‬ ْ ‫اﻟﺮ‬ ‫ﺲ ﱠ‬ .‫ﺳِﻤﯿَ ِﺔ‬ َ ‫ﺻِﺪﯾﻘِﻲ‬ َ ‫ﻀَﺮ‬ َ ‫َﺣ‬ َ ِ‫اﻟﺤْﻔَﻞ ﺑ‬ ِ ِ‫ﺎﻟﻤَﻼﺑ‬ .‫ﺎء‬ َ ‫َز‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻟﻤَﺴ‬ َ ‫ار‬ َ ِ‫اﻟﻮﻟَُﺪ َﺟﱠﺪﺗَﮫُ ﺑ‬

ْ ‫َﻣﱠﺮ‬ ‫ت َواﻟَِﺪﺗِﻲ ﺑِ ﱡ‬ .‫ﻮق‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻟﺴ‬

As-Sayyab was born in a village in Iraq. What’s in your hand? Will we meet in the holiday? My friend attended the ceremony in formal wear. The boy visited his grandmother in the evening. My mother passed by the market.

ُ ‫ﻈْﺮﻧ‬ َ َ‫ﺎب َوْاﻧﺘ‬ .‫َﺎﻛْﻢ‬ ِ َ‫َوﻗَْﻔﻨَﺎ ﺑِﺎﻟﺒ‬

We stood by the door and waited for you.

‫ﺎء ﺑِ ﱡ‬ .‫ﻮم‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤَﺴﺎﻓُِﺮ‬ ُ ‫ون اﻟﻘُ َﺪَﻣ‬ ُ ‫اِْھﺘََﺪى‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻟﻨُﺠ‬

Ancient travelers were guided by the stars.

‫ﺎح ﱠ‬ ْ ‫َزَاد‬ .‫ﺎﻟﻤﺌ َِﺔ‬ ُ َ‫ت أَ ْرﺑ‬ ِ ِ‫ ﺑ‬10 ‫اﻟﺸِﺮَﻛِﺔ ﺑِﻨِْﺴﺒَِﺔ‬ ُ ‫ﻓَﺘَ ْﺤ‬ .‫ﺎح‬ َ َ‫ﺖ اﻟﺒ‬ ِ ِ‫ﺎب ﺑ‬ ِ َ‫ﺎﻟﻤْﻔﺘ‬

‫اِ ْﺳﺘَْﻘﺒَ ْﻠﻨَﺎ ﱡ‬ .‫ﺎم‬ َ ‫اﻟﻀﯿ‬ ِ ِ‫ُﻮف ﺑ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻻْﺑﺘَِﺴ‬ .‫ﻮن ﺑِ َﻜْﺮِﻣِﮭْﻢ‬ َ ُ‫ھ ُْﻢ َﻣْﻌُﺮوﻓ‬ .‫ﺶ‬ َ ‫اِْﻟﺘََﺤ‬ َ ِ‫ﻖ أَ ِﺧﻲ ﺑ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻟﺠْﯿ‬

ْ ‫ﺎﻣ‬ .‫ﻞ‬ َ ‫ﺖ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺠ‬ ِ ِ‫ﺎﻣَﻌﺔُ ﺑِﺘَْﻜِﺮِﯾﻢ اﻷَ َواﺋ‬ َ َ‫ﻗ‬

ْ ‫اﻟﻤَﺤﺎﻓِﻆُ ﺑَِﺮ‬ .‫ﯾﻖ‬ ِ ‫ﺻ‬ ُ ‫أََﻣَﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﻒ اﻟﻄﱠِﺮ‬

.‫ﻋٍﺔ‬ َ ‫َﻻ ﺗ َْﺨُﺮْج ﺑُِﺴْﺮ‬ .‫اﺣَﺪٍة‬ َ ‫أَﻧَﺎ أَ ْﻛﺒَُﺮ ِﻣْﻨ‬ ِ ‫ﻚ ﺑَِﺴﻨ ٍَﺔ َو‬

ْ َ‫ﺐ أَ ْن أ‬ َ ‫طﺒ َُﺦ‬ ‫أُ ِﺣ ﱡ‬ .‫ﺴﻲ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻣﻲ ﺑِﻨَْﻔ‬ ِ ‫طَﻌ‬

The company’s profits increased by 10 percent. I opened the door with the key. We met the guests with a smile. They are known for their generosity. My brother joined the army. The university honored the best students. The governor ordered the paving of the road. Do not go out quickly. I am one year older than you. I like to cook my own food.

‫ اﻟﺒَﺎء‬with pronoun suffixes ‫ اﻟﺒَﺎء‬can be followed by a noun or a pronoun. When joined to a pronoun, it becomes a prefix, and the pronoun becomes a suffix. The following section shows how different pronouns appear after the preposition.

‫ﺑِ ِﮭ َﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺑِﻨَﺎ‬ ‫ﺑِ ُﻜ ْﻢ‬

‫ ھُ َﻤﺎ‬+ ‫اﻟﺒَﺎء‬ ُ‫ ﻧَﺤْ ﻦ‬+ ‫اﻟﺒَﺎء‬ ‫ أَ ْﻧُﺘﻢ‬+ ‫اﻟﺒَﺎء‬

‫ﺑِ ُﻜ ﱠﻦ‬

‫ أَ ْﻧﺘُ ﱠﻦ‬+ ‫اﻟﺒَﺎء‬ ‫ ھُ ْﻢ‬+ ‫اﻟﺒَﺎء‬

‫ﺑِ ِﮭ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﮭ ﱠﻦ‬ ِِ

‫ ھُ ﱠﻦ‬+ ‫اﻟﺒَﺎء‬

‫ﺑِﻲ‬ ‫ﻚ‬ َ ِ‫ﺑ‬ ‫ﺑِ ِﻚ‬ ‫ﺑِ ِﮫ‬ ‫ﺑِﮭَﺎ‬ ‫ﺑِ ُﻜ َﻤﺎ‬

‫ أَﻧَﺎ‬+ ‫اﻟﺒَﺎء‬ َ + ‫اﻟﺒَﺎء‬ ‫أﻧﺖ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ِ ‫ أَ ْﻧ‬+ ‫اﻟﺒَﺎء‬ ‫ ھُ َﻮ‬+ ‫اﻟﺒَﺎء‬ ‫ ِھ َﻲ‬+ ‫اﻟﺒَﺎء‬ ‫ أَ ْﻧﺘُ َﻤﺎ‬+ ‫اﻟﺒَﺎء‬

One-letter prepositions 21 .‫ﻋَﻤﻠِﻲ‬ َ ‫ﺼﻠُﻮا ﺑِﻲ ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫اِﺗﱠ‬ !‫ﻚ أَﯾﱡﮭَﺎ اﻷَخ‬ َ ِ‫َﻣْﺮَﺣﺒًﺎ ﺑ‬

‫ﱡ‬ .‫ﺮﻧِﻲ ﺑِِﮫ َداﺋًِﻤﺎ‬ ُ ‫ﻮرةُ ﺗُ َﺬﱢﻛ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺼ‬ ْ ‫ﯾﻤ‬ ْ ‫َﻛﺎﻧ‬ ُ َ‫اﻻْﻧﺘَِﺨﺎﺑ‬ ‫اطﯿٍﱠﺔ‬ ِ ‫ﻮﻗَﺮ‬ ِ ‫َﺖ‬ ُ ‫ﺎت َﻏْﯿَﺮ ِد‬ َ َ‫وﻓ‬ .‫ﻮﻣِﺔ‬ ُ ‫ﺎز ﺑِﮭَﺎ ُﻣَﺆﯾ ُّﺪو‬ َ ‫اﻟﺤُﻜ‬ ‫ق ﺑُِﻜَﻤﺎ ﱡ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒ ُُﻞ ﺑَْﻌَﺪ‬ َ ‫ﺐ ﻓِﻲ أَْن ﺗَْﻔﺘَِﺮ‬ َ ‫َﻻ َﻋَﺠ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ .‫ﺎرِة اﻷُوﻟَﻰ‬ َ َ‫اﻟﺰﯾ‬ ‫اﻟﻮِز ْﯾُﺮ َﻣَﻊ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎت ﻟِﻠﺘﱠ‬ ‫ﺮﺣﯿﺐ ﺑِ ﱠ‬ .‫ﮭﻦ‬ ِ ِ َ‫اﻟﻼِﻋﺒ‬ َ ‫اِ ْﻟﺘَﻘَﻰ‬

They called me at work. Welcome, Brother! The photo always reminds me of him. The elections were undemocratic, and government supporters won. It is no wonder that you parted ways after the first visit. The minister met with the players to welcome them.

‫ اﻟﺒَﺎء‬with interrogatives and conjunctions ‫ اﻟﺒَﺎء‬with interrogatives َ ‫ َﻣ‬+ ‫اﻟﺒَﺎء‬ ‫ﺎذا = ﺑَِﻢ‬ ْ ‫اﻟﻌ‬ ‫ﻄﻠَ ِﺔ؟‬ ُ ‫ﺑَِﻢ ﺗَْﺴﺘَْﻤﺘُِﻊ ﻓِﻲ ﯾَ ْﻮِم‬ ‫ﺎر؟‬ َ َ‫ﺑَِﻢ ﺗُﻔَﱢﺴُﺮ ِزﯾ‬ ِ ‫ﺎدةَ اﻷَْﺳَﻌ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤْﻨ‬ ‫ﻄﻘَﺔُ؟‬ ِ ‫ﺑَِﻢ ﺗَﺘََﻤﯿ ُﱠﺰ ھ َِﺬه‬

What do you enjoy at the weekend? How do you explain the price increase? What distinguishes this area?

‫ َﻣْﻦ = ﺑَِﻤْﻦ‬+ ‫اﻟﺒَﺎء‬ ‫ﺑَِﻤْﻦ ﺗ َْﮭﺘَﱡﻢ؟‬ َ ‫ﺑَِﻤْﻦ ﺗَﺄَﺛﱠ ْﺮ‬ ‫ت؟‬ ‫اﻟﺤْﻔِﻞ؟‬ َ ‫ﺑَِﻤْﻦ ﺗُ َﺮﱢﺣﺒ‬ َ ‫ُﻮن ﻓِﻲ‬

Who do you care about? Who has affected you? Who is welcome to attend the party?

‫ َﻛْﻢ = ﺑِ َﻜْﻢ‬+ ‫اﻟﺒَﺎء‬ ‫َﺎب؟‬ ُ ‫اﻟﻜﺘ‬ ِ ‫ﺑَِﻜْﻢ ھََﺬا‬ ‫ﻚ؟‬ ُ ‫ﺑَِﻜْﻢ ﻗَِﻤ‬ َ ‫ﯿﺼ‬ ‫ﺑَِﻜِﻢ ﱠ‬ ‫ﯾﺪةُ؟‬ َ ‫اﻟﺠِﺪ‬ َ ُ‫اﺟﺔ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺪَر‬

How much is this book? How much is your shirt? How much is the new bike?

‫ اﻟﺒَﺎء‬with conjunctions ‫ َﻣﺎ = ﺑِ َﻤﺎ‬+ ‫اﻟﺒَﺎء‬ .ُ‫ﺴﯿﺘُﮫ‬ ِ َ‫َذﱠﻛَﺮﻧِﻲ ﺑَِﻤﺎ ﻧ‬ .‫ﺮ ﺑِ ِﮫ‬ ُ ‫أَ ْﺷُﻌُﺮ ﺑِ َﻤﺎ ﺗَْﺸُﻌ‬

ُ ‫اﻟﻤَﺆﱢﺷَﺮ‬ ‫ ﺑَِﻤﺎ ﻓِﻲ‬،ُ‫ﺎدﯾﱠﺔ‬ َ ِ‫اﻻْﻗﺘ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ِ ‫ات‬ ِ ‫ﺗ ََﺤﱠﺴﻨ‬ ُ ‫َﺖ‬ ُ ْ ‫ﺧ‬ ‫د‬ ‫ﻂ‬ ‫ﺳ‬ ‫َﻮ‬ .‫ﻞ اﻟﻔَْﺮِد‬ ‫ﱢ‬ َ َ ِ‫َذﻟ‬ َ ‫ﻚ ُﻣﺘ‬ ِ

He reminded me of what I forgot. I feel what you feel. Economic indicators, including average per capita income, improved.

22

One-letter prepositions

‫ َﻣْﻦ = ﺑَِﻤْﻦ‬+ ‫اﻟﺒَﺎء‬ ُ ‫ﺎد‬ ‫ﺎص‬ َ ‫أَ ْﺳﻔََﺮ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺤ‬ ٍ ‫ث َﻋْﻦ َﻣْﻘﺘَِﻞ َﻋْﺸَﺮِة أَْﺷَﺨ‬ ُ ِ‫اﻟﺴﺎﺋ‬ ‫ﯿﮭْﻢ ﱠ‬ .‫ﻖ‬ ِ ِ‫ﺑِ َﻤْﻦ ﻓ‬ ُ ِ‫ﯿﺲ ﺑِ َﻤْﻦ ﯾَ ْﺨﺘَﻠ‬ ‫ﻒ َﻣَﻌﮫُ ﻓِﻲ ﱠ‬ ‫َﻻ ﯾَْﮭﺘَﱡﻢ ﱠ‬ .‫ي‬ ُ ِ‫اﻟﺮﺋ‬ ‫اﻟﺮ ْأ ﱢ‬

The accident resulted in the death of ten people, including the driver.

ُ ‫اﻻْﺟﺘَِﻤ‬ .‫ﺎء‬ َ ‫ﻀَﺮ ِﻣَﻦ اﻷَْﻋ‬ َ ‫ﺎع ﺑَِﻤْﻦ َﺣ‬ ِ ‫ﻀ‬ ِ ‫َﺳﯿُْﻌﻘَ ُﺪ‬

The meeting will be held with the members who attended.

The president does not care about anyone who disagrees with him.

Fixed expressions with ‫اﻟﺒَﺎء‬ In sum, the experience of the revolution has hardly left a democratic legacy.

ْ ِ‫ ﺑ‬in sum ‫ ﺗَْﺠِﺮﺑَﺔُ اﻟﺜﱠ ْﻮَرِة ﻟَ ْﻢ‬،‫ﺎر‬ َ ِ‫ﺎﺧﺘ‬ ٍ ‫ﺼ‬ ْ ‫ﯾﻤ‬ ‫اطﯿًﺎ‬ ِ ‫ﻮﻗَﺮ‬ ُ ‫ﺗَْﺘُﺮْك ﺗُ َﺮاﺛًﺎ ِد‬ .‫ﺮ‬ ُ ‫ﯾ ُْﺬَﻛ‬

ْ ِ‫ﺑ‬ ‫ﺎر‬ َ ِ‫ﺎﺧﺘ‬ ٍ ‫ﺼ‬

Security forces dispersed the demonstration using force.

ْ ‫ﺎﻣ‬ ُ ‫ﺖ ﻗُ ﱠﻮ‬ ‫ﯾﻖ‬ َ َ‫ ﻗ‬using ِ ‫ات اﻷَْﻣِﻦ ﺑِﺘَْﻔ ِﺮ‬ ُ ْ َ ْ .‫ام اﻟﻘ ﱠﻮِة‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺘﱠﻈﺎھَُﺮِة ﺑِﺎﺳﺘِﺨَﺪ‬

ْ ِ‫ﺑ‬ ‫ﺎﺳﺘِْﺨَﺪِام‬

This situation has left an impact throughout all of the Middle East. The spokesperson for the US State Department issued important statements. Large-scale production is not in the best interest of producing countries in the long term, considering that oil is a limited resource. The hostage wants to return to his family as quickly as possible. The UN Security Council unanimously approved a resolution that would end the crisis in Lebanon.

ُ ِ‫اﻟﻤْﻮﻗ‬ ‫ﺎرهُ ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫ﻒ ﺗ ََﺮ‬ َ َ‫ك آَﺛ‬ َ ‫ھََﺬا‬ َ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ق اﻷ ْوَﺳِﻂ‬ ِ ‫ِﻣْﻨﻄَﻘَ ِﺔ اﻟﺸْﺮ‬ .‫ﺮھَﺎ‬ ِ ‫ﺑِﺄ َْﺳ‬ ٌ‫ﺎﻣﺔ‬ ْ ‫ﺻَﺪَر‬ ٌ ‫ﯾﺤ‬ ْ َ‫ت ﺗ‬ َ ‫ﺼ ِﺮ‬ َ ‫ﺎت ھَ ﱠ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﻖ ﱠ‬ ‫اﻟﺮْﺳِﻤﱢﻲ‬ ‫ﺎط‬ ‫اﻟﻨ‬ ‫ﺎن‬ ‫ﺴ‬ ‫ﻟ‬ ‫ﻰ‬ ِ َ ِ َ‫َﻋﻠ‬ ِ ِ َ ‫ارِة‬ ْ ِ‫ﺑ‬ ‫ﺎرِﺟﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫ﺎﺳِﻢ ِوَز‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺨ‬ ‫ﺮ‬ ‫ﻣ‬ .‫ﯾﻜﯿﱠﺔ‬ ِ ِ ْ َ‫اﻷ‬ َ ‫َﺎج‬ ‫ﺲ ﻓِﻲ‬ ُ ِ‫اﻟﻜﺒ‬ ُ ‫اﻹْﻧﺘ‬ َ ‫ﯿﺮ ﻟَْﯿ‬ ِ َ ‫ﱡ‬ ْ ‫اﻟﻤْﻨﺘَِﺠِﺔ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫و‬ ‫اﻟﺪ‬ ‫ﺔ‬ ‫ﺤ‬ ‫ﻠ‬ ‫ﺼ‬ ُ ِ َ ِ َ ‫َﻣ‬ َ ْ ِ‫ﯾﻞ ﺑ‬ ‫ﺎر أﱠن‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤَﺪى اﻟﻄﱠِﻮ‬ َ ِ َ‫ﺎﻋﺘِﺒ‬ ْ َ ٌ َ ُ ْ ْ ‫ﺛ‬ ‫ﻂ‬ ‫ﻔ‬ .ٌ‫ودة‬ ‫ﺪ‬ ‫ﺤ‬ ‫ﻣ‬ ‫ة‬ ‫و‬ ‫ﺮ‬ َ ِ‫اﻟﻨ‬ َ َ

all of

For/in the name of

considering

ُ ‫ ﯾ ُِﺮ‬as fast as ‫ﻮد إِﻟَﻰ‬ ُ ‫ﯾﺪ اﻷَ ِﺳ‬ َ ‫ﯿﺮ أَْن ﯾَُﻌ‬ َ ْ .‫ﻋٍﺔ ُﻣْﻤِﻜﻨٍَﺔ‬ َ ‫ﺼﻰ ُﺳْﺮ‬ َ ‫ أَ ْھﻠِِﮫ ﺑِﺄﻗ‬possible ‫ﺲ اﻷَ ْﻣِﻦ‬ ُ ِ‫ﻖ َﻣْﺠﻠ‬ َ َ‫ َواﻓ‬unanimously ْ ِ‫ﺎع َﻋﻠَﻰ إ‬ ‫ار‬ ِ ِ‫ﺑ‬ ٍ ‫ار ﻗَ َﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﺻَﺪ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻹْﺟَﻤ‬ َ‫ِﻣْﻦ َﺷﺄْﻧِِﮫ أَ ْن ﯾُْﻨِﮭَﻲ اﻷَ ْزَﻣﺔ‬ .‫َﺎن‬ َ ‫ﻓِﻲ ﻟُ ْﺒﻨ‬

‫ﺑِﺄ َ ْﺳ ِﺮِه‬ ْ ِ‫ﺑ‬ ‫ﺎﺳِﻢ‬

ْ ِ‫ﺑ‬ ‫ﺎر‬ ِ َ‫ﺎﻋﺘِﺒ‬

‫ﺼﻰ ُﺳْﺮَﻋٍﺔ‬ َ ‫ﺑِﺄ َْﻗ‬ ‫ﻤﺎع‬ ِ ِ‫ﺑ‬ ِ َ ‫ﺎﻹْﺟ‬

One-letter prepositions 23 The statement called for the necessity of rapid and effective action to achieve peace by the sponsors of peace, especially the USA.

ُ َ‫ َدَﻋﺎ اﻟﺒَﯿ‬especially ‫ورِة‬ َ ‫ﺎن إِﻟَﻰ‬ َ ‫ﺿْﺮ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﱠ َﺤﱡﺮ ِك ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎل‬ ِ ‫ﯾﻊ َواﻟﻔَ ﱠﻌ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺴ ِﺮ‬ ْ َ ‫ﯿﻖ ﱠ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﻼِم ِﻣﻦ ﻗِﺒَِﻞ‬ ِ ِ‫ﻟِﺘ َْﺤﻘ‬ ‫اﻋﯿﻲ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺺ‬ ‫اﻟﺴَﻼِم َوﺑِﺎﻷََﺧ ﱢ‬ ِ ‫َر‬ َ ‫ﱠ‬ ُ ُ .‫ﯾﻜﯿﱠﺔ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤﺘ ِﺤَﺪة اﻷ ْﻣِﺮ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﻮَﻻﯾَﺎت‬ ِ

The program includes increasing girls’ education opportunities and literacy programs, as well as health and cultural awareness activities.

‫ص‬ َ َ‫َﺎﻣُﺞ ِزﯾ‬ َ ‫ ﯾَ ْﺸُﻤُﻞ اﻟﺒَ ْﺮﻧ‬in addition to/ ِ ‫ﺎدةَ ﻓُ َﺮ‬ ‫ﺞ َﻣْﺤِﻮ‬ ِ ‫ﺎت ِوﺑَ َﺮ‬ ِ َ‫ ﺗَْﻌﻠِِﯿﻢ اﻟﻔَﺘَﯿ‬as well as ِ ‫اﻣ‬ َ ْ َ ‫ﺿﺎﻓَِﺔ إِﻟَﻰ أﻧِﺸ‬ ‫ﻄِﺔ‬ َ ‫ﺎﻹ‬ ِ ِ‫ ﺑ‬،‫اﻷُ ﱢﻣﯿِﱠﺔ‬ .‫ﺤﯿ ِﱠﺔ واﻟﺜﱠﻘَﺎﻓِﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﱠ ْﻮِﻋﯿَِﺔ ﱢ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺼ‬

The majority of the People’s Assembly approved the draft budget for the next fiscal year.

‫ﺲ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺑِﺎﻷَ ْﻏﻠَﺒِﯿﱠﺔ‬ ُ ِ‫ أَﻗَ ﱠﺮ َﻣْﺠﻠ‬by the majority ِ ‫اﻟﺸْﻌ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤَﻮ‬ ‫ازﻧَِﺔ َﻋِﻦ ﱠ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﻨ َِﺔ‬ َ ‫َﻣْﺸُﺮ‬ ُ ‫وع‬ .‫اﻟﻤْﻘﺒِﻠَ ِﺔ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﻤﺎﻟِﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ َ

It became possible to attract Arab viewers to works based on Arab identity. There is certainly no sovereignty without independence.

‫ﺺ‬ ‫ﺑِﺎﻷَ َﺧ ﱢ‬

‫ﺿﺎﻓَِﺔ إِﻟَﻰ‬ َ ‫ﺎﻹ‬ ِ ِ‫ﺑ‬

‫ﺑِﺎﻷَ ْﻏﻠَﺒِﯿﱠﺔ‬

ْ َ‫ أ‬possible ‫اب‬ ُ ‫ﺎن اِْﺟﺘَِﺬ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻹْﻣَﻜ‬ ِ ِ‫ﺻﺒََﺢ ﺑ‬ َ ‫ﺎل‬ َ ‫ﺎھِﺪ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤَﺸ‬ ُ ٍ ‫اﻟﻌَﺮﺑِﱢﻲ ﺑِﺄ ْﻋَﻤ‬ َ ُ ‫اﻟﻌ‬ .‫ﺮﺑِﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ‫ﻖ‬ ‫ﻠ‬ ‫ﻄ‬ ‫ﱠﺔ‬ ‫ﯾ‬ ‫ﻮ‬ ‫اﻟﮭ‬ ‫ﻦ‬ ‫ﻣ‬ َ َ َ ِ َِ ِ ِ ‫ﺗ َْﻨ‬

‫ﺎن‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻹْﻣَﻜ‬ ِ ِ‫ﺑ‬

ٌ‫ﺎدة‬ َ َ‫ﻮﺟُﺪ ِﺳﯿ‬ َ ُ‫ﯿﺪ َﻻ ﺗ‬ ِ ‫ ﺑِﺎﻟﺘﱠﺄِْﻛ‬certainly َ ِ‫ون اِ ْﺳﺘ‬ .‫ل‬ ٍ ‫ﻘﻼ‬ ِ ‫ِﻣﻦ ُد‬

‫ﯿﺪ‬ ِ ‫ﺑِﺎﻟﺘﱠﺄِْﻛ‬

One of the factors of stability and security in the region is the elimination of all weapons of mass destruction, and therefore, comprehensive and complete disarmament in the Middle East must be achieved.

‫ار‬ ِ ‫اﻣِﻞ‬ ِ ‫ ِﻣ ْﻦ َﻋَﻮ‬Therefore ِ ‫اﻻْﺳﺘِْﻘَﺮ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤْﻨ‬ ‫ﺎء‬ ُ ‫ﻀ‬ َ َ‫ﻄﻘَ ِﺔ اﻟﻘ‬ ِ ‫واﻷَ ْﻣِﻦ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﯿﻊ أَ ْﺳﻠَِﺤِﺔ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎر‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺪَﻣ‬ ِ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ َﺟِﻤ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ُ ‫ﺐ ﻧ َْﺰ‬ ‫ع‬ ُ ‫ َوﺑِﺎﻟﺘﱠﺎﻟِﻲ ﯾَ ِﺠ‬،‫ﺎﻣِﻞ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺸ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ َ ‫ﺎﻣِﻞ‬ ‫ﺎﻣِﻞ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ِ ‫واﻟﻜ‬ ِ ‫ح اﻟﺸ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺴَﻼ‬ َ ‫ﱠ‬ ْ .‫ﻂ‬ ‫ﺳ‬ ‫و‬ ‫اﻷ‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ﺮ‬ ‫اﻟﺸ‬ ْ ِ َ ِ

In cooperation with the US Development Agency, a Cairo Air Quality Control Network was inaugurated.

‫اﻟﻮَﻛﺎﻟَ ِﺔ‬ ُ ‫ ﺑِﺎﻟﺘﱠ َﻌ‬in collaboration َ ‫ﺎوِن َﻣَﻊ‬ ْ ْ ‫ﱠ‬ َ ‫ﺘﺎح‬ ُ ِ‫ ﺗﱠﻢ اِﻓﺘ‬،‫ﯾﻜﯿﱠﺔ ﻟِﻠﺘﻨِﻤﯿَِﺔ‬ ِ ‫ اﻷَْﻣِﺮ‬with ‫اء‬ ِ ‫َﺷﺒََﻜِﺔ ُﻣَﺮاﻗَﺒَِﺔ َﺟْﻮَدِة ھََﻮ‬ .‫ﺮِة‬ َ ‫ﺎھ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﻘ‬

‫ﺑِﺎﻟﺘﱠﺎﻟِﻲ‬

‫ﺎوِن َﻣَﻊ‬ ُ ‫ﺑِﺎﻟﺘﱠ َﻌ‬

24

One-letter prepositions

How do you assess the progress that has been made in the bilateral relations between the UK and Egypt, especially at the economic level?

‫اﻟﺬي‬ ِ ‫ َﻛ ْﯿﻒَ ﺗُﻘَﯿﱢ ُﻤﻮنَ اﻟﺘَﻘَ ﱡﺪ َم‬especially َ ‫َﺣ َﺪ‬ ‫ت‬ َ ‫ث َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ِ ‫ﺻ ِﻌﯿ ِﺪ اﻟ َﻌ َﻼﻗَﺎ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤﺘ ِﺤ َﺪ ِة‬ ْ َ َ‫اﻟﺜﱡﻨَﺎﺋِﯿﱠ ِﺔ ﺑَ ْﯿﻦ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﻤﻤﻠ َﻜ ِﺔ‬ ‫ َو ِ ﱠ‬،‫َو ِﻣﺼْ َﺮ‬ ‫ت َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ِ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺬا‬ ‫ﺎدي؟‬ َ ِ‫اﻻ ْﻗﺘ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ِ ‫اﻟ ُﻤ ْﺴﺘَ َﻮى‬

ّ ‫ﺎﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﯾﻼ أَﱠﻧﮫُ ﺑِﺎﻟ ﱠﺮ ْﻏ ِﻢ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ِ ْ ‫ﯾَ َﺮى َﻣ‬ ُ‫ﺎءة‬ َ ‫أَ ﱠن اﻷَ ْدﯾَﺎن َﻻ ﯾَ َﺰا ُل ﯾَﺘِ ﱡﻢ إِ َﺳ‬ ‫ إِ ﱠﻻ أَ ﱠن ھَ ِﺬ ِه‬،‫اِ ْﺳﺘِ ْﺨ َﺪا ِﻣﮭَﺎ َﻏﺎﻟِﺒًﺎ‬ ‫اﻷَ ْدﯾَﺎن ﻟَﮭَﺎ ﻗُ ﱠﻮةٌ ُﻛ ْﺒ َﺮى ﻓِﻲ‬ ْ َ ‫اﻟﺘﱠﻮْ ِﺣﯿ ِﺪ َو‬ ‫اﻻﺣْ ﺘِ َﺮ ِام‬ ِ ‫ﺐ‬ ِ ‫ﺟﻠ‬ .‫ﯾﻦ‬ َ ‫ﻶﺧﺮ‬ ِ َ ِ‫ﻟ‬ At exactly 8 p.m., the ‫ﺑِﺎﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻀ ْﺒ ِﻂ ﻓِﻲ ﺗ ََﻤ ِﺎم اﻟ ﱠﺴﺎ َﻋ ِﺔ‬ Dubai sky glimmers ْ ُ ‫ َﻣ َﺴﺎ ًء َﺗﻠ َﻤ ُﻊ َﺳ َﻤﺎ ُء دﺑَ ّﻲ‬8 with various colors and ‫ﺎل‬ ِ َ‫ﺑﻤ ْﺨﺘَﻠ‬ ُِ ِ ‫ﻮان وأَ ْﺷ َﻜ‬ ِ َ ‫ﻒ َْأﻟ‬ forms of fireworks. َْ ‫ﱠ‬ .‫ﺎرﯾﱠ ِﺔ‬ ِ ‫اﻷﻟ َﻌﺎب اﻟﻨ‬ ُ ‫ﺑﺤ‬ I’m not necessarily ‫ﺚ ﺑِﺎﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻀ ُﺮو َر ِة‬ َ ْ َ‫إَﻧﱠﻨِﻲ َﻻ أ‬ looking for an answer. .‫اب‬ ٍ ‫َﻋ ْﻦ َﺟ َﻮ‬ Of course, the tourist ‫ﺒﻊ ﻟَ ْﻦ ﯾَ َﺮى ﱠ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺎﺋِ ُﺢ ُﻛ ﱠﻞ‬ ِ ْ ‫َو ِﺑﺎﻟﻄﱠ‬ will not see all the َ‫َﻣ َﻌﺎﻟِ ِﻢ اﻟ َﻤ ِﺪﯾﻨَ ِﺔ ﺑِ ُﻤ َﺠ ﱠﺮ ِد اﻟﻨﱠﻈ ِﺮ‬ landmarks of the city .‫ﺮ ِة‬ َ ْ‫َﻋ ْﺒ َﺮ ﻧَ َﻮاﻓِ ِﺬ اﻟ ُﺤﺠ‬ just by looking out of Mandela thinks that, although religions are still often misused, these religions have a great power to unite people and bring respect to others.

although

exactly

necessarily of course

‫ت‬ ِ ‫ِﺑﺎﻟ ﱠﺬا‬

‫ﺑِﺎﻟ ﱠﺮ ْﻏ ِﻢ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ (‫)أَ ﱠن‬

‫ﺑِﺎﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻀ ْﺒ ِﻂ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻀ ُﺮو َر ِة‬ ‫ﺒﻊ‬ ِ ْ ‫ِﺑﺎﻟﻄﱠ‬

the windows of the room. The minister suggested translating some books from Arabic into Hebrew and vice versa. Some feared that lifting the state of emergency would lead to a security imbalance, but on the contrary, lifting the state of emergency has strengthened security in the country. Indeed, Egypt has opposed Iraq’s invasion of Kuwait.

‫ﻌﺾ‬ َ َ ْ‫اﻟﻮزﯾ ُﺮ ﺗَﺮ‬ ِ َ ‫ اِ ْﻗﺘَ َﺮ َح‬vice versa ِ ْ َ‫ﺟﻤﺔَ ﺑ‬ ُ ‫ﺐ ِﻣﻦَ اﻟ َﻌ َﺮ ِﺑﯿﱠ ِﺔ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ِ ُ‫اﻟﻜﺘ‬ ْ ْ ‫ﱠ‬ .‫ﺲ‬ َ ِ ‫اﻟ ِﻌﺒ ِﺮﯾ ِﺔ‬ ِ ‫وﺑﺎﻟﻌﻜ‬

‫ﻜﺲ‬ َ ِ‫ﺑ‬ ِ ْ ‫ﺎﻟﻌ‬

‫ َﻛﺎنَ اﻟﺒَ ْﻌﺾُ ﯾَ ْﺨ َﺸﻰ أَ ﱠن َر ْﻓ َﻊ‬on the contrary ‫ارئ َﺳﯿُ َﺆ ﱢدي‬ ِ ِ ‫َﺣﺎﻟَ ِﺔ اﻟﻄﱠ َﻮ‬ َ َ ‫ َوﻟ ِﻜﻦ‬،‫إِﻟَﻰ َﺧﻠَ ٍﻞ ﻓِﻲ اﻷ ْﻣ ِﻦ‬ ‫ﻜﺲ ﻓَﺈِ ﱠن َر ْﻓ َﻊ َﺣﺎﻟَ ِﺔ‬ َ ِ ِ ْ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻌ‬ َ َ ‫ﺰﯾﺰ‬ ِ ِ ‫اﻟﻄﱠ َﻮ‬ ِ ِ ‫ارئ أ ﱠدى إِﻟﻰ ﺗَ ْﻌ‬ .‫ﻣﻦ ﻓِﻲ اﻟﺒِ َﻼ ِد‬ ِ ْ َ‫اﻷ‬

‫ﻜﺲ‬ َ ِ‫ﺑ‬ ِ ْ ‫ﺎﻟﻌ‬

ْ ‫ﺎرﺿ‬ ‫ﺖ ِﻣﺼْ ُﺮ ﺑِﺎﻟﻔِ ْﻌ ِﻞ‬ َ َ ‫ َﻋ‬indeed

.‫ﺖ‬ ‫اﻟ َﻐ ْﺰ َو اﻟ ِﻌ َﺮاﻗِ ﱠ‬ ِ ‫ﻲ ﻟِﻠ ُﻜ َﻮ ْﯾ‬

‫ﺑِﺎﻟﻔِ ْﻌ ِﻞ‬

One-letter prepositions 25 This measure will certainly affect the citizens.

ْ َ‫اء ﺑِﺎﻟﻘ‬ ‫ﻄِﻊ‬ ُ ‫اﻹْﺟَﺮ‬ ِ ‫ َﺳْﯿَﺆﺛﱢُﺮ ھ ََﺬا‬certainly .‫ﯿﻦ‬ َ ِ‫اطﻨ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤَﻮ‬ ُ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ‬

ُ ‫ﺎر‬ ‫ﯿﻦ‬ َ ‫ات اﻷُ ْرُدﻧِﯿﱢ‬ َ ‫ﺼُﻞ اِ ْﺳﺘِْﺜَﻤ‬ ِ َ‫ ﺗ‬in contrast/ in return ُ َ ‫ﯿﺞ إِﻟَﻰ َﺣَﻮاﻟَﻲ‬ ‫ﻠ‬ ‫اﻟﺨ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫و‬ ‫د‬ ِ ِ ِ َ ‫ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫ﯾﯿﻦ ُد‬ ،‫ﺎﻟﻤﻘَﺎﺑِِﻞ‬ َ ‫ ﺑَ َﻼ‬4 ُ ِ‫ َوﺑ‬،‫وﻻٍر‬ ْ ‫ات ھ َِﺬِه ﱡ‬ ‫اﻟﺪَوِل‬ ‫ﺎر‬ ‫ﻤ‬ ‫ﺜ‬ ِ َ َ ِ‫ﻓَﺈِ ﱠن اِ ْﺳﺘ‬ ْ ‫ُﻮن‬ َ ‫ ﺑِﻠﯿ‬12 ‫ﺎوُز‬ َ ‫ﻓِﻲ اﻷُ ْرُدن ﺗَﺘ ََﺠ‬ َ ُ‫د‬ .‫ر‬ ٍ ‫وﻻ‬ For the government, ‫ ﯾُْﻌﺘَﺒَُﺮ‬،‫ﻮﻣِﺔ‬ ُ ‫ ﺑِﺎﻟﻨﱢ ْﺴﺒِ ِﺔ إِﻟَﻰ‬for — َ ‫اﻟﺤُﻜ‬ security is more ً ْ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫اﻷَْﻣُﻦ أَْﻛﺜََﺮ أَھَ ﱢﻤﯿﱠﺔ ِﻣَﻦ اﻟﺘﻨِﻤﯿَِﺔ‬ important than .‫ﺎدﯾ ِﱠﺔ‬ َ ِ‫اﻻْﻗﺘ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ِ economic development. َ ِ‫ان ﺑِْﺎﻧﺘ‬ Iran is regularly hit by ُ ‫ض إِ ْﯾَﺮ‬ ‫ﻈٍﺎم‬ ُ ‫ ﺗَﺘََﻌ ﱠﺮ‬regularly devastating quakes, ْ‫أرﺿﯿﺔ ُﻣَﺪﱢﻣَﺮٍة؛ إِذ‬ ‫ات‬ ٍ ٍ ‫ﻟِﮭَﱠﺰ‬ with almost all of ‫اﺿﯿﮭَﺎ ﺗَْﻘِﺮْﯾﺒًﺎ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ِ ‫إِ ﱠن ُﻛﱠﻞ أََر‬ its territory on the ‫َﺧ ﱢ‬ َ ‫ﻂ‬ .‫ل‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺰَﻻِز‬ seismic line. Jordanian investments in the Gulf countries amount to about USD 4 billion. In contrast, the investments of these countries in Jordan exceed USD 12 billion.

The past year has seen Asian agreements centered on China alongside India, Russia and Pakistan.

‫ﺎت‬ ٍ َ‫ﺼِﺮُم اِﺗِﻔَﺎﻗ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤْﻨ‬ َ ‫ َﺷِﮭَﺪ‬beside/ ُ ‫ﺎم‬ ُ ‫اﻟﻌ‬ ْ alongside ‫ﯿﻦ‬ ‫ﺎن ِﻣْﺤَﻮُرھَﺎ ﱢ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺼ‬ َ ‫آﺳﯿَِﻮﯾﱠﺔً َﻛ‬ ْ ‫ور‬ ‫وﺳﯿَﺎ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﮭْﻨِﺪ‬ ِ ِ‫ﺑَِﺠﺎﻧ‬ ِ ‫ﺐ‬ .‫َﺎن‬ َ ‫ﺎﻛْﺴﺘ‬ ِ َ‫وﺑ‬

‫وض َﻋﻠَْﯿﻨَﺎ أَ ْن ﻧُﻔَﱢﻜَﺮ‬ ‫اﻟﻤْﻔُﺮ‬ َ ‫ ﻣﻦ‬seriously ِ ْ ‫ﺑِِﺠﱢﺪﯾ ٍﱠﺔ ﻓِﻲ َو‬ ‫ﺿِﻊ ُﺧﻄﱠٍﺔ ﻟِﺘ َْﻘِﺪْﯾِﻢ‬ َ .‫اﻟﻌﺎﻟ ِﻢ‬ َ ‫ﺛَﻘَﺎﻓَﺘِﻨَﺎ إِﻟَﻰ‬ The infrastructure ُ ِ‫اﻟﻤَﺮاﻓ‬ ‫ﺎﺟٍﺔ‬ َ ‫ﺎﺳﯿﱠﺔُ ﺑَِﺤ‬ ِ ‫ﻖ اﻷَ َﺳ‬ َ in need of needs to be further ْ ْ َ ‫ﯾﺮ أ ْوَﺳَﻊ ﻟِﺘﻠَ ﺒِﯿَِﺔ‬ ٍ ‫إِﻟَﻰ ﺗَﻄ ِﻮ‬ developed to meet the ‫اﻟﻤﺘََﻮﻗﱠ ِﻊ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ُ ‫ﺎل‬ ِ َ‫اﻹْﻗﺒ‬ ِ expected demand for ‫ﯿ‬ ‫اﻟﺴ‬ .‫ﺎﺣِﺔ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ َ َ tourism. According to the َ ‫ﺐ‬ ُ ِ‫ َﻻ ﺗَْﺨﺘَﻠ‬،‫ﺐ‬ ‫ﻒ‬ ِ ِ‫اﻟﻜﺎﺗ‬ ِ ‫ ﺑَِﺤْﺴ‬according to author, religious ُ ُ‫ﺻِﻮﻟِﯿﱠﺔ‬ ُ ‫ﺎﻋ‬ ‫ﺎت ﱢ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺪﯾﻨِﯿﱠﺔُ اﻷ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺠَﻤ‬ َ fundamentalist groups َ َ َ ْ ‫اﺧَﺮ أﯾ ِﱠﺎم‬ ِ ‫اﻟﯿَْﻮَم َﻋﻦ َﻣﺜِﯿﻠﺘِﮭَﺎ أ َو‬ today are no different .‫ﺲ‬ َ ِ ‫اﻟﻌَﺮ‬ ِ ُ‫ب ﻓِﻲ اﻷَ ْﻧَﺪﻟ‬ from those of late Arab We must seriously consider a plan to bring our culture to the world.

ْ َ‫ﺑِﺎﻟﻘ‬ ‫ﻄِﻊ‬ ‫ﺎﻟﻤﻘَﺎﺑِِﻞ‬ ُ ِ‫ﺑ‬

ْ ‫ﺑِﺎﻟﻨﱢ‬ — ‫ﺴﺒِِﺔ إِﻟَﻰ‬

َ ِ‫ﺑِْﺎﻧﺘ‬ ‫ﻈٍﺎم‬

‫ﺐ‬ ِ ِ‫ﺑَِﺠﺎﻧ‬

‫ﺑِِﺠﱢﺪﯾ ٍﱠﺔ‬ ‫ﺎﺟٍﺔ إِﻟَﻰ‬ َ ‫ﺑَِﺤ‬

‫ﺐ‬ ِ ‫ﺑَِﺤْﺴ‬

days in Andalusia. Egyptian women are truly considered the pioneers of Arab women, as they were the first to get education and work in all fields.

‫ﺼِﺮﯾﱠﺔُ ﺑِ َﺤ ﱟ‬ ْ ‫اﻟﻤ‬ ‫ﻖ‬ ِ ُ‫اﻟﻤْﺮأَة‬ َ ‫ ﺗُ ْﻌﺘَﺒَ ُﺮ‬truly َ ،‫اﻟﻌَﺮﺑِﱢﻲ‬ ‫ﻢ‬ ‫ﺎﻟ‬ ‫اﻟﻌ‬ ‫ﺎء‬ َ ِ َ ِ ‫َراﺋَِﺪةَ ﻧَِﺴ‬ ْ‫ﺖ َوَﻋِﻤﻠَﺖ‬ ْ ‫ﻓَ ِﮭَﻲ أَ ﱠوُل َﻣْﻦ ﺗََﻌﻠﱠ َﻤ‬ .‫ت‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤَﺠَﺎﻻ‬ َ ‫ﻓِﻲ ُﻛﱢﻞ‬

‫ﻖ‬ ٍ ‫ﺑَِﺤ‬

26

One-letter prepositions

Concerning Arab– Israeli peace, the United States was not a true sponsor of peace and was always biased toward Israel. But I am optimistic, because otherwise one cannot work in the field of bilateral relations with other countries. Modern technology in turn has become a standard of progress and a goal for nations and peoples. Without freedom of opinion and expression, the press becomes worthless.

‫ﻮص ﱠ‬ -‫ﻲ‬ ‫ﺼ‬ ُ ‫ ﺑُِﺨ‬concerning َ ‫اﻟﺴَﻼِم‬ ‫اﻟﻌَﺮﺑِ ﱢ‬ ِ

‫ ﻟَْﻢ ﺗَُﻜِﻦ‬،‫اﻹْﺳَﺮاﺋِﯿﻠِﱢﻲ‬ ِ ُ َ‫اﻟﻮَﻻﯾ‬ ‫اﻋﯿًﺎ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤﺘﱠ ِﺤَﺪةُ َر‬ ُ ‫ﺎت‬ ِ ْ َ‫ﻠﺴَﻼِم َوَﻛﺎﻧ‬ ‫َﺣﻘِﯿﻘِﯿّﺎ ﻟِ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺖ َدْوًﻣﺎ‬ .‫ﯿﻞ‬ َ ِ‫ﺐ إِ ْﺳَﺮاﺋ‬ ِ ِ‫ﻣﺘََﺤﯿَّﺰةً إِﻟَﻰ َﺟﺎﻧ‬

‫ف‬ ِ ‫ إَ ْذ ﺑِ ِﺨَﻼ‬،‫ َوﻟَِﻜﻨّﻨِﻲ ُﻣﺘَﻔَﺎﺋِ ٌﻞ‬otherwise ‫اﻟﻤْﺮِء أَ ْن‬ َ ِ‫َذﻟ‬ َ ‫ﻚ ﯾَﺘََﻌﱠﺬُر َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ﺎت‬ َ ‫ان‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﻌَﻼﻗ‬ ِ ‫ﯾَْﻌَﻤَﻞ ﻓِﻲ َﻣْﯿَﺪ‬ ُ ‫ﱡ‬ ْ ‫اﻟﺜﻨَﺎﺋِﯿ ِﱠﺔ َﻣَﻊ ﱡ‬ ‫ﺧ‬ ‫اﻷ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫و‬ .‫ﺮى‬ َ ِ َ ‫اﻟﺪ‬ ْ ُ‫ﺻﺒََﺤﺖ اﻟﺘﱢْﻜﻨُﻮﻟ‬ ْ َ‫ أ‬in turn ‫ﻮﺟﯿَﺎ‬ ‫ﺎرا‬ ً َ‫اﻟﺤِﺪﯾﺜَﺔُ ﺑَِﺪْو ِرھَﺎ ِﻣْﻌﯿ‬ َ ‫ﻟِﻠﺘﱠﻘَ ﱡﺪِم َوَﻏﺎﯾَﺔً ﻟِﻸَُﻣِﻢ‬ ‫َو ﱡ‬ .‫ﻮب‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺸُﻌ‬ ْ ‫ ﺑُﺪون ُﺣﱢﺮﯾَ ِﺔ ﱠ‬without ‫ﯿﺮ‬ ِ ِ ِ ِ‫اﻟﺮأي َواﻟﺘﱠ ْﻌﺒ‬ ْ ُ‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﺼﺒُِﺢ ﱠ‬ .‫ﺤﺎﻓَﺔُ ﺑَِﻼ ﻗِْﯿَﻤٍﺔ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺼ‬

‫ﻮص‬ ‫ﺼ‬ ُ ‫ﺑُِﺨ‬ ِ

‫ف‬ ِ ‫ﺑِ ِﺨَﻼ‬

‫ﺑَِﺪْو ِرِه‬

‫ون‬ ِ ‫ﺑُِﺪ‬

‫ ﯾ ُْﻌﺘَﺒَ ُﺮ أَ ْﺣَﻤﺪ ُزوﯾﻞ‬،‫ﻚ‬ َ ِ‫ َوﺑَِﺬﻟ‬thus ‫ﯿﻤﺘُﻮ‬ ُ ‫ھ َُﻮ ُﻣَﺆﱢﺳ‬ ْ ِ‫ﺎل اﻟﻔ‬ ِ ‫ﺲ َﻣَﺠ‬ .‫ﯿﻤﯿَﺎء‬ ْ ‫ِﻛ‬

‫ﻚ‬ َ ِ‫ﺑَِﺬﻟ‬

Although in the life of nations war is an exceptional event, preparedness for war is in fact a daily task.

‫ب ﻓِﻲ َﺣﯿَِﺎة‬ َ ‫اﻟﺤْﺮ‬ َ ‫ ﺑَِﺮْﻏِﻢ أَﱠن‬despite/ ،‫ اﻷُ َﻣِﻢ ﺗُ ْﻌﺘَﺒَُﺮ َﺣَﺪﺛًﺎ اِْﺳﺘِْﺜﻨَﺎﺋِﯿًّﺎ‬although ‫اﻻْﺳﺘِْﻌَﺪَاد ﻟَﮭَﺎ ﻓِﻲ‬ ِ ‫ﻟَ ِﻜﱠﻦ‬ .‫ﻞ ﯾَْﻮٍم‬ ‫اﻟﺤﻘِﯿﻘَ ِﺔ ھَُﻮ َﻋَﻤُﻞ ُﻛ ﱢ‬ َ

‫ﺑِ َﺮْﻏِﻢ‬

In the 1970s, oil prices multiplied nearly fourfold because of the Arab oil embargo.

ْ َ‫ﺎﻋﻔ‬ ‫ ﻓِﻲ ﱠ‬because of ‫ﺖ‬ َ ‫ﻀ‬ َ َ‫ﱠﺎت ﺗ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺴْﺒِﻌﯿﻨِﯿ‬ َ ْ َ ‫ﺎر اﻟﻨِﻔِﻂ َﺣَﻮاﻟﻲ أ ْرﺑَ ِﻊ‬ ُ ‫أَ ْﺳَﻌ‬ ْ ‫اﻟﻌ َﺮﺑِﱢﻲ‬ ٍ ‫َﻣﱠﺮ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺤﻈِﺮ‬ َ ‫ﺐ‬ ِ َ‫ات ﺑَِﺴﺒ‬ .‫ﻂ‬ ِ ‫ﻟِﻠﻨﱢ ْﻔ‬

‫ﺐ‬ ِ َ‫ﺑِ َﺴﺒ‬

Increased defense spending raised the alarm about rising poverty rates.

ْ ‫ﺎﻋﱢﻲ َدﻗﱠ‬ ‫ﺎق ﱢ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ َ َ‫ ِزﯾ‬concerning ِ َ‫اﻟﺪﻓ‬ ِ ُ‫ﺎدة‬ ِ َ‫اﻹْﻧﻔ‬ ْ َ َ ‫اس‬ ‫اﻟﺨﻄِﺮ ﺑِ َﺸﺄ ِن ﺗََﺰاﯾ ُِﺪ‬ َ ‫أَْﺟَﺮ‬ .‫ﺮ‬ ِ ‫ُﻣَﻌﱠﺪَﻻ‬ ِ ‫ت اﻟﻔَ ْﻘ‬

‫ﺑَِﺸﺄْ ِن‬

ْ ‫ﻀ‬ ‫ﺎر اﻟﻔَﺎﺋِ َﺪِة‬ ُ ‫ﺖ أَ ْﺳَﻌ‬ َ َ‫ اِْﻧَﺨﻔ‬strongly َ ‫ ﺗَْﺤ‬1989 ‫ﺑِِﺸﱠﺪٍة َﻋﺎم‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ‫ﺎت‬ ُ ٍ ‫ﺿُﻐ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﻮَﻻﯾ‬ ِ ‫ﻮط ِﻣَﻦ‬ .‫ﺤَﺪِة‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤﺘﱠ‬ ُ

‫ﺑِ ِﺸﱠﺪٍة‬

Thus, Ahmed Zewail is considered the founder of the field of femtochemistry.

Interest rates fell sharply in 1989 under pressure from the United States.

One-letter prepositions 27

َ ‫ﯾﺮ‬ ‫ﺎرِﺟﯿ ِﱠﺔ اِْﺳﺘِْﻌَﺪَاد‬ ُ ‫ أَ ﱠﻛَﺪ َوِز‬provided that ِ ‫اﻟﺨ‬ ْ ‫ِﻣ‬ ‫ﯿﻤﱢﻲ‬ ُ ‫ﺼَﺮ ﻟِﻠﺘﱠ َﻌ‬ ِ ِ‫اﻹْﻗﻠ‬ ِ ‫ﺎوِن‬ َ ‫ﱡ‬ ‫ﯿﻖ ﺗَﻘﺪٍم ﻓِﻲ َﻋَﻤﻠِﯿِﱠﺔ‬ ِ ِ‫ﺑَِﺸْﺮِط ﺗَْﺤﻘ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ .‫اﻟﺴَﻼِم‬

‫ﺑَِﺸْﺮِط‬

The organization has not been able to verify independently the number of victims.

‫اﻟﻤﻨَﻈﱠ َﻤﺔُ ِﻣَﻦ‬ ُ ‫ ﻟَْﻢ ﺗَﺘ ََﻤ ﱠﻜِﻦ‬in a — way ‫ﻖ ﺑَِﺸْﻜٍﻞ ُﻣْﺴﺘَﻘِﱟﻞ ِﻣْﻦ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺘﱠ َﺤﱡﻘ‬ ‫َﻋَﺪِد ﱠ‬ .‫ﺤﺎﯾَﺎ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻀ‬

‫ﺑَِﺸْﻜٍﻞ‬

Events in other Arab countries are reflected directly or indirectly in the conditions in Jordan.

ُ ‫ اﻷَ ْﺣَﺪ‬in a — way ‫اث اﻟﺘِﻲ ﺗَﻘَُﻊ ﻓِﻲ اﻟﺒَِﻼِد‬ ‫ﺲ‬ ُ ‫ ﺗَْﻨَﻌِﻜ‬،‫اﻟﻌَﺮﺑِﯿ ِﱠﺔ اﻷُْﺧَﺮى‬ َ ‫ﺎﺷَﺮٍة أَ ْو َﻏْﯿِﺮ‬ ُ ِ‫ﺑ‬ َ ‫ﺼ‬ ِ َ‫ﻮرٍة ُﻣﺒ‬ ‫ﺎع‬ َ ‫ﺎﺷَﺮٍة َﻋﻠَﻰ أَ ْو‬ ِ َ‫ُﻣﺒ‬ ِ ‫ﺿ‬ ُِ ‫اﻷُْر‬ .‫ن‬ ‫د‬ َ ‫ إِﱠن‬،‫ﺎل‬ ‫ض‬ َ ‫اﻟﺨْﻮ‬ َ ‫ﯿﻌِﺔ‬ َ ِ‫ ﺑِﻄﺒ‬of course ِ ‫اﻟﺤ‬ ‫ﺎر‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤْﺴﺘَْﻘﺒَ ِﻞ َﻻ ﯾَ ْﻌﻨِﻲ إِ ْﻧَﻜ‬ ُ ‫ﻓِﻲ‬ .‫ﺮ‬ َ ِ ‫اﻟﺤ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﺿ‬

‫ﻮرٍة‬ ُ ِ‫ﺑ‬ َ ‫ﺼ‬

The foreign minister confirmed Egypt’s readiness for regional cooperation provided that progress is made in the peace process.

Of course, talking about the future does not mean denying the present. Importation is conducted for the purpose of manufacturing and re-export. Traditional study programs at schools and universities should include a lot of the humanities regardless of specialization. He was traveling without a suitcase. Thanks to the income diversification policy, Egypt was able to absorb the negative effects of low tourism revenues. Some traders monopolize goods with the intention of unjustifiably raising prices.

ُ ‫ﯿﺮ‬ ‫ض‬ َ ِ‫اﻻْﺳﺘ‬ ِ ‫ ﯾَﺘِ ﱡﻢ‬for the purpose ِ ‫اد ﺑَِﻐَﺮ‬

ْ ‫ﺎدِة اﻟﺘﱠ‬ ْ ‫ اﻟﺘﱠ‬of .‫ﯾﺮ‬ َ ‫ﯿﻊ وإِ َﻋ‬ ِ ‫ﺼِﺪ‬ ِ ِ ‫ﺼﻨ‬

‫اﻣُﺞ‬ ُ ‫ ﯾَ ِﺠ‬regardless of ِ ‫ﺐ أَْن ﺗ َْﺸُﻤَﻞ ﺑََﺮ‬ ْ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﯿﺪﯾ ِﱠﺔ ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺪَر‬ ِ ِ‫اﺳِﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻠ‬ َ ‫ﺎت‬ ‫ﯿﺮ‬ ‫ار‬ ‫ﺪ‬ ‫اﻟﻤ‬ َ َ ِ‫اﻟﻜﺜ‬ َ ‫س‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻣَﻌ‬ ِ ‫واﻟﺠ‬ ِ ِ َ ‫ﺾ‬ ُ ‫ِﻣَﻦ‬ ‫اﻹْﻧَﺴﺎﻧِﯿ ِﱠﺔ ﺑَِﻐ ﱢ‬ ِ ُ‫اﻟﻌﻠ‬ ِ ‫ﻮم‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ْ َ ‫ﱡ‬ ‫ﺼ‬ ‫ﺨ‬ ‫اﻟﺘ‬ ‫اﻟﻨﱠﻈَ ِﺮ‬ .‫ﺺ‬ ‫ﻦ‬ ‫ﻋ‬ َ ِ .‫ﺣﻘِﯿﺒٍَﺔ‬ َ ‫ َﻛ‬without َ ‫ﺎن ْﯾَﺴﺎﻓُِﺮ ﺑَِﻐْﯿِﺮ‬

ْ َ‫ ﺑِﻔ‬thanks to ‫ﺎدِر‬ َ ‫ع َﻣ‬ َ َ‫ﻀِﻞ ِﺳﯿ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﺳِﺔ ﺗَﻨﱡَﻮ‬ َ ْ ‫ﺎﻋ‬ َ َ‫ اِ ْﺳﺘ‬،‫اﻟﺪْﺧِﻞ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ْ ‫ﺖ ِﻣ‬ ‫ﺼُﺮ أ ْن‬ َ ‫ﻄ‬ َ َ‫اﻟﺴْﻠﺒِﯿﱠﺔ‬ ‫ﺎر ﱠ‬ ‫ﺗَْﻤﺘ ﱠ‬ َ ‫َﺺ اﻵﺛ‬ .‫ﺎﺣِﺔ‬ ‫ات ﱢ‬ َ َ‫اﻟﺴﯿ‬ ِ ‫ﺎض َﻋﺎﺋَِﺪ‬ ِ َ‫ِﻻْﻧِﺨﻔ‬ ‫ﺾ ﱡ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﻠَ َﻊ‬ ُ ‫ ﯾَْﺤﺘ َِﻜُﺮ ﺑَْﻌ‬with the ‫ﺎر ﱢ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺘَﺠ‬ َ ْ ْ َ‫ ﺑِﻘ‬intention of ‫ﺎر َﻏْﯿ ِﺮ‬ ‫ﻌ‬ ‫ﺳ‬ ‫اﻷ‬ ‫ﺼِﺪ َر ْﻓ ِﻊ‬ ِ َ .‫ر‬ ُ ِ ‫اﻟﻤﺒَ ﱠﺮ‬

‫ﺎل‬ َ ‫ﯿﻌِﺔ‬ َ ِ‫ﺑِﻄﺒ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺤ‬

‫ض‬ ِ ‫ﺑَِﻐَﺮ‬

‫ﺾ اﻟﻨﱠﻈَ ِﺮ َﻋْﻦ‬ ‫ﺑَِﻐ ﱢ‬

‫ﺑَِﻐْﯿِﺮ‬ ْ َ‫ﺑِﻔ‬ ‫ﻀِﻞ‬

ْ َ‫ﺑِﻘ‬ ‫ﺼِﺪ‬

28

One-letter prepositions

It is necessary to strengthen international cooperation under the auspices of the United Nations to combat terrorism in all its forms. We tried with no use!

ُ ‫وري ﺗَْﻌ ِﺰ‬ ‫ ِﻣَﻦ ﱠ‬in all ‫ﯾﺰ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻀُﺮ‬ ‫ﺎون ﱠ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺪْوﻟِﻲ ﺗ َْﺤ‬ ‫ﺖ ِرَﻋﺎﯾَِﺔ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺘﱠ َﻌ‬ َ ‫ﱠ‬ ْ ‫اﻟﻤﺘ ِﺤَﺪِة ِﻣﻦ أ ْﺟِﻞ‬ ُ ‫اﻷُ َﻣِﻢ‬ ‫ﺎب ﺑَِﻜﺎﻓﱠ ِﺔ‬ ِ َ‫اﻹْرھ‬ ِ ‫ُﻣَﻜﺎﻓَ َﺤِﺔ‬ ْ َ‫أ‬ .‫ﺷَﻜﺎﻟِِﮫ‬ !‫ﺟْﺪَوى‬ َ ‫ﺎوْﻟﻨَﺎ ﺑَِﻼ‬ َ ‫ َﺣ‬without

‫ﺑِ َﻜﺎﻓﱠ ِﺔ‬

‫ﺑِ َﻼ‬ ‫ﻚ‬ َ ِ‫ﺑِ َﻤﺎ ﻓِﻲ َذﻟ‬

The relations between Egypt and the United States must be independent of any other state, including Israel.

ُ َ‫ﻮن َﻋَﻼﻗ‬ ‫ﺎت‬ ُ ‫ ﯾَِﺠ‬including َ ‫ﺐ أَ ْن ﺗَُﻜ‬ ْ ‫ِﻣ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺘﱠ ِﺤَﺪِة‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﻮَﻻﯾ‬ ُ ‫ﺎت‬ ِ ‫ﺼَﺮ َو‬ َ ‫ﱠ‬ ً ْ ‫ي َدْوﻟَ ٍﺔ أُ ْﺧَﺮى‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ﺔ‬ ‫ﻠ‬ ‫َﻘ‬ ‫ﺘ‬ ‫ﻦ‬ ‫ﻋ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ َ ِ ‫ُﻣْﺴ‬ .‫ﯿﻞ‬ ُ ِ‫ﻚ اِ ْﺳَﺮاﺋ‬ َ ِ‫ﺑَِﻤﺎ ﻓِﻲ َذﻟ‬

The talk acted as a recommendation for a better life.

ْ ‫ َﻛﺎﻧ‬act as ‫ﺎﺿَﺮةُ ﺑَِﻤﺜَﺎﺑَِﺔ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤَﺤ‬ ُ ‫َﺖ‬ .‫ﻞ‬ َ ‫ﻀ‬ َ ‫ﺻﯿ ٍﱠﺔ ﻟِ َﺤﯿَ ٍﺎة أَ ْﻓ‬ ِ ‫َو‬

‫ﺑَِﻤﺜَﺎﺑَِﺔ‬

With the same technology, we can also protect our borders from any diseases or epidemics that can be transmitted from neighboring countries.

‫ﺲ‬ ُ ‫ ﻧَْﺴﺘ َِﻄ‬in the same ِ ‫ﯿﻊ ِﺣَﻤﺎﯾَﺔَ ُﺣُﺪ‬ ِ ‫ودﻧَﺎ ﺑِﻨَْﻔ‬ َ َ ْ ْ ‫اض‬ ‫ﺮ‬ ‫ﻣ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ﺎ‬ ‫ﯿ‬ ‫ﻮﺟ‬ ‫ﱠﺔ‬ ‫ﯾ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ﻦ‬ ‫ﻣ‬ ِ َ ُ‫اﻟﺘﱢْﻜﻨُﻮﻟ‬ ٍ َ ْ ِ َ ‫أَ ْو أَْوﺑِﺌٍَﺔ ﯾُْﻤِﻜُﻦ أ ْن ﺗَْﻨﺘَﻘِ َﻞ إِﻟَْﯿﮭَﺎ‬ .‫رٍة‬ َ ‫ﺎو‬ ِ ‫ِﻣْﻦ ُدَوٍل ُﻣَﺠ‬

‫ﺲ‬ ِ ‫ﺑِﻨ َْﻔ‬

َ ‫ﺎﻣِﺔ ِﻣْﻨ‬ ‫ﺎرٍة‬ َ ‫ﻄﻘَِﺔ ﺗَِﺠ‬ ِ ‫ ﺑِﮭَ َﺪ‬with the aim of َ َ‫ف إِﻗ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ َ َ ،‫اﻟﻤﺘ ِﺤَﺪِة‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻮﻻﯾَﺎ‬ ُ ‫ت‬ َ ‫ُﺣﱠﺮٍة َﻣَﻊ‬ َ ْ ‫ي‬ ‫ﺠ‬ ‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﻚ‬ ‫ﯾ‬ ‫ﺮ‬ ‫ﺷ‬ ‫ﺎر ﱟ‬ ٍ َ ِ ِ ِ ‫ﺛَﺎﻧِﻲ أَ ْﻛﺒَِﺮ‬ َ ْ ‫ﻟِِﻤ‬ ‫ان‬ ِ ‫ َﺳﯿَ ْﻨﺘَِﮭﻲ اﻟﺒَﻠ َﺪ‬،‫ﺼَﺮ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ َ ْ ْ ‫ﺎق ﯾَُﻌﱢﺰُز‬ ‫ﻔ‬ ‫ﺗ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ﺎ‬ ‫ﻊ‬ ‫ﺿ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ﻦ‬ ‫ﻣ‬ ً‫ﻗَ ِﺮْﯾﺒ‬ ِ ِ ٍ ِ َ َ ْ ‫ﯾﻜﯿﱠﺔ ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫اﻻْﺳﺘِﺜَﻤ‬ ِ ‫ات اﻷ ْﻣِﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﺎر‬ ِ ْ ‫ِﻣ‬ .‫ﺮ‬ َ‫ﺼ‬

‫ف‬ ِ ‫ﺑِﮭََﺪ‬

With the aim of establishing a freetrade zone with the United States, Egypt’s secondlargest trading partner, the two countries will soon conclude an agreement that will enhance US investments in Egypt.

‫ف‬ َ ‫ ﺑَﮭَ ِﺬِه اﻟﻄﱠ ِﺮﯾﻘَ ِﺔ َﻋِﺮ‬in this way ‫اﻟﻜﺘَﺎﺑَِﺔ‬ ِ َ‫َﺷْﻤﺒِﻠﯿُﻮن َﺣﻘِﯿﻘَﺔ‬ ْ ‫ﯿﺮ‬ ‫وﻏﻠِﯿﻔِﯿ ِﱠﺔ ﺑِﺄ َ ﱠن َﻋَﻼَﻣﺎﺗِﮭَﺎ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﮭ‬ ِ ‫ﱡ‬ ً ْ ْ ‫ﻟَ ْﯿَﺴﺖ ُﻛﻠﮭَﺎ َرْﻣ ِﺰﯾﱠﺔ َوﻟَ ْﯿَﺴ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ .ً‫ﺠِﺪﯾﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫ُﻛﱡﻠﮭَﺎ أَ ْﺑ‬ Vegetables are ُ ‫ ﯾَﺘِ ﱡﻢ ﻧَْﻘُﻞ‬by ‫ب‬ َ ‫اﻟﺨ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤْﻐِﺮ‬ َ ‫ﻀِﺮ ِﻣَﻦ‬ transported from َ ‫اﺳ‬ ‫ﻄِﺔ‬ ُ ُ‫إِﻟَﻰ أ‬ ِ ‫وروﺑَﺎ ﺑَِﻮ‬ Morocco to Europe by ‫ﱠ‬ .‫ﺎت‬ ِ َ‫ﺎﺣﻨ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺸ‬ In this way, Champollion knew the truth of hieroglyphic writing: that its marks were not all symbolic and not all alphabetic.

truck.

‫ﺑَﮭَِﺬِه اﻟﻄﱠِﺮﯾﻘَِﺔ‬

‫اﺳﻄَِﺔ‬ ِ ‫ﺑَِﻮ‬

One-letter prepositions 29

‫ﱠ‬ ‫اﻟﻼم‬ ‫ ا ﱠ‬is one of the most commonly used prepositions in Arabic. According to A Fre‫ﻟﻼم‬ quency Dictionary of Arabic (2011), it is the fifth-most commonly used word in Ara‫ ا ﱠ‬is closely connected to the meaning of ‫إِﻟَﻰ‬. They can be used bic. The meaning of ‫ﻟﻼم‬ interchangeably in some contexts; however, the main difference, according to Wright (1898), is that ‫ إِﻟَﻰ‬is used more in contexts that express more concrete relations than ‫ا ﱠ‬, which is used in more abstract contexts. It is used to serve many functions and it ‫ﻟﻼم‬ can be translated into English in several ways, including ‘for’ and ‘to’, among others. Note

‫ ا ﱠ‬comes at the beginning of a word with the It should be noted that, when ‫ﻟﻼم‬ definite article ‫ال‬, the first letter of the definite article is deleted; for example, ‫ﺎﻣَﻌِﺔ‬ َ + ‫ِل‬ َ ِ‫ﺎﻣَﻌﺔ = ﻟ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺠ‬ ِ ‫ﻠﺠ‬ = ‫َﺔ‬ ‫ﯾﻨ‬ ‫ﺪ‬ ‫اﻟﻤ‬ ‫ﻠﻤِﺪﯾﻨ َِﺔ‬ ‫ﻟ‬ ِ ِ َ + ‫ِل‬ َ ‫ ﱠ‬in context ‫اﻟﻼم‬ ْ ‫ُﻣﻨِ َﺤ‬ ْ َ‫ ﺑِﻔ‬،‫ﺎدﯾَﺔ ُﻣَﺮاد‬ ‫ﺖ َﺟﺎﺋَِﺰةُ ﻧُﻮﺑِﻞ ﻟِ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎء‬ ِ َ‫ُﻮدھَﺎ ِﻹْﻧﮭ‬ ِ ‫ﻀِﻞ ُﺟﮭ‬ ِ َ‫ﻟﻠﻌَﺮاﻗِﯿ ِﱠﺔ ﻧ‬ ِ 2018 ‫ﻠﺴَﻼِم ﻟَِﻌِﺎم‬ ْ ْ ْ ‫ ﻓِﻲ ﻗَ ْﺮﯾَ ِﺔ‬1993 ‫ﺎم‬ ُ ‫اِ ْﺳﺘِْﺨَﺪِام‬ َ ‫ح ﻓِﻲ‬ ِ ‫ ُوﻟَِﺪت ﻧ‬.‫ب‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺤْﺮ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻌﻨ‬ ِ ‫ﻒ‬ َ ‫َﺎدﯾَﺔ ُﻣَﺮاد َﻋ‬ ٍ ‫اﻟﺠﻨِﺴﱢﻲ َﻛِﺴَﻼ‬ ْ ‫اﻋﺶ ﻟِﻘَْﺮﯾَﺘِﮭَﺎ ِﻋْﻨَﺪَﻣﺎ َﻛﺎﻧ‬ ْ َ‫ َدَﺧﻠ‬.‫ﯿﻦ‬ ُ ‫ﺖ ﻗُﱠﻮ‬ ‫َﺖ ﻓِﻲ ُﻋْﻤِﺮ‬ ُ ‫ُﻛ‬ َ ّ‫ﯾﺪﯾ‬ ِ ‫ات َد‬ ِ ‫ﯾﺰ‬ ِ ‫ﻮﺟﻮ ﻟَِﻌﺎﺋِﻠَ ٍﺔ ِﻣَﻦ‬ ِ ‫اﻻ‬ َ ْ ْ ْ‫ﺎﻋﺖ‬ َ َ َ ‫ َوﻟِﻜﻦ ﺑَْﻌَﺪ ِﺳﺘَِﺔ أﺷﮭ ٍُﺮ اِْﺳﺘَﻄ‬.‫ﺎدﯾَﺔ‬ َ ّ‫ﯾﺪﯾ‬ ِ َ‫وﻣْﻦ ﺑَﯿﻨِِﮭﻢ ﻧ‬ ِ ‫ﯿﻦ‬ ِ ‫ﯾﺰ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﺳَﻌﺔَ َﻋﺸَﺮ َوَﺟَﻤُﻌﻮا‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺘﱠ‬ ِ ‫اﻻ‬ ْ َ‫ب َوﺗََﻤﱠﻜﻨ‬ ْ َ ‫ﺼﻠ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ َ ‫ ﺛُ ﱠﻢ اِﺗﱠ‬.‫اق‬ َ ‫ﺎدﯾَﺔُ اﻟﮭَ َﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﺎل‬ ِ َ‫ﻧ‬ ِ ‫ﻮل ُﻣَﺨﯿ ٍﱠﻢ ﻟِﱠﻼِﺟﺌِْﯿَﻦ ﻓِﻲ َﺷَﻤ‬ ِ ‫ﺖ ِﻣْﻦ ُدُﺧ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻌَﺮ‬ َْ َ ‫ﱠ‬ ُ‫ﺎدﯾَﺔ‬ ْ ْ َ َ ُ ‫ﺎﺣﺖ ﻟﮭَﺎ ﱠ‬ َ ‫ َوھُﻨ‬.‫اﻟﺴﻔََﺮ ﻟَِﺸﻘِﯿﻘِﮭَﺎ ﻓِﻲ أﻟَﻤﺎﻧﯿَﺎ‬ َ ّ‫ﯾﺪﯾ‬ َ َ‫ﯿﻦ أﺗ‬ ِ َ‫َﺎك ﻧ ََﺸﻄﺖ ﻧ‬ ِ ‫ﯾﺰ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻋُﺪ‬ ِ ‫ﺑُِﻤﻨَﻈ َﻤٍﺔ ﺗ َﺴ‬ ِ ‫اﻻ‬ ْ َ َ َ َ َ َ ‫ﱠ‬ .‫اﻋﺶ‬ ‫د‬ ‫ﯿﻢ‬ ‫ﻈ‬ ‫ﻨ‬ ‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﺔ‬ ‫ﺒ‬ ‫ﺎﻗ‬ ‫ﻌ‬ ‫ﻤ‬ ‫ﺑ‬ ‫ﺔ‬ ‫ﺒ‬ ‫ﺎﻟ‬ ‫ﻄ‬ ‫ﻠﻤ‬ ‫ﻟ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ّﻮن‬ ‫ﯾ‬ ‫ﯾﺪ‬ ‫ﯾﺰ‬ ‫اﻻ‬ ‫ﺎ‬ ‫ﮭ‬ ‫ﻟ‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ﺮ‬ ‫ﻌ‬ ‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﺘ‬ ‫ﻢ‬ ‫اﺋ‬ ‫ﺮ‬ َ َ َ ِ ِ ِ َ ‫اﻟﺠ‬ َ ‫ﯿﺢ‬ ِ ِ ِ َِ َُِ َِ ُ َِ ِ ِ ِ َ َ ِ ‫ﻟِﺘَْﻮ‬ ِ ‫ﺿ‬ The Nobel Peace Prize for 2018 has been awarded to the Iraqi Nadia Murad for her efforts to end the use of sexual violence as a weapon of war. Nadia Murad was born in 1993 in Kuju village to a family of Yezidis. When she was 19 years old, Islamic State fighters attacked her village and rounded up the Yezidis, including Nadia. But six months later, Nadia was able to escape and managed to enter a refugee camp in northern Iraq. She then contacted an organization that helped Yezidis, which allowed her to travel to her brother in Germany. There, Nadia was active in explaining the crimes to which the Yezidis had been subjected and demanding the punishment of the Islamic State organization.

‫ ﱠ‬in context Notes on the usage of ‫اﻟﻼم‬ ‫ ﱠ‬is used for specification, for example, (‫ﻠﺴَﻼِم‬ ‫)َﺟﺎﺋَِﺰةُ ﻧُﻮﺑِﻞ ﻟِ ﱠ‬, and for purpose, as ‫اﻟﻼم‬ ْ َ‫َدَﺧﻠ‬ in (‫ﻒ‬ ُ ‫ﺎء اِْﺳﺘِْﺨَﺪِام‬ ِ َ‫ﻮدھَﺎ ِﻹْﻧﮭ‬ ِ ُ‫)ُﺟﮭ‬. It is also used with the meaning of to, as in (‫ﺖ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻌْﻨ‬ ُ ْ َ ُ َ ‫اﻋﺶ ﻟِﻘ ْﺮﯾَﺘِﮭَﺎ‬ َ َ‫)أَﺗ‬. ِ ‫ )ﻗ ﱠﻮات َد‬and is used alongside different verbs, for example, (‫ﺎﺣﺖ ﻟﮭَﺎ‬ Due to the wide array of meanings associated with this preposition, it needs to be understood in context.

30

One-letter prepositions

‫ﱠ‬ Functions of ‫اﻟﻼم‬ ‫ ﱠ‬is used with a locative function to express a destination or direction of move‫اﻟﻼم‬ ment, as in the following: .‫ﻲ‬ ‫ﻮن ﻟِْﻠُﻤْﺠﺘََﻤِﻊ ﺑِﺘَْﻌﻠٍِﯿﻢ ﺛَﺎﻧَِﻮ ﱟ‬ َ ‫ﯾَْﺨُﺮُﺟ‬ ِ ‫ي أَ ْو َﺟ‬ ‫ﺎﻣِﻌ ﱟ‬

They go out into society with secondary or university education.

ُ ‫ات ِﻣَﻦ‬ ‫ ُﻋْﺪﻧَﺎ ِﻷَْر ض‬،‫اﻟﻐْﺮﺑَِﺔ‬ ٍ ‫ﺑَْﻌَﺪ َﺳﻨََﻮ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻮ‬ .‫ﻦ‬ َ ِ ‫ط‬ َ ْ .‫ﯾﻦ‬ َ ‫ﺎﻣَﻌِﺔ ُﻣﺘَﺄ ﱢﺧِﺮ‬ َ ِ‫ﺻﻠﺘُ ْﻢ ﻟ‬ َ ‫َو‬ ِ ‫ﻠﺠ‬ ‫ﺎد ﱠ‬ ‫ﯿﻦ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺴﺎﺋُِﺤ‬ َ ‫َﻋ‬ َ َ‫ﺎﺻَﻤِﺔ ﺑَ ْﻌَﺪ ﻗ‬ ِ ‫ﻀ‬ ِ ‫ﻮن ﻟِ ْﻠَﻌ‬ ِ ‫ﺎء ﯾَ ْﻮَﻣ‬ .‫ﻒ‬ ‫ﻓِﻲ ﱢ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺮْﯾ‬

After years of living abroad, we returned to our homeland. You arrived late to the university. The tourists returned to the capital after spending two days in the countryside.

‫ ﱠ‬is used with a temporal function to relate an event to a point in time, as in ‫اﻟﻼم‬ the following:

ُ ‫ﺻﻮﻟِﻲ ُزْر‬ ‫ﺎﻣﻲ‬ ُ ‫ﻓِﻲ اﻟﯿَْﻮِم اﻟﺘﱠﺎﻟِﻲ ﻟُِﻮ‬ ِ ‫ت أَْﻋَﻤ‬ .‫ﻋﱠﻤﺎﺗِﻲ‬ َ ‫َو‬ َ ‫ﺎء اﻷَْﻟﻔِﯿِﱠﺔ اﻟﺜﱠﺎﻧِﯿَِﺔ ﻟِِﻤ‬ ‫ﯿﻼِد‬ َ ‫اِ ْﺣﺘَﻔَ َﻞ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﻌﺎﻟَ ُﻢ ﺑِ ْﺎﻧﺘِﮭ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ .‫ﯿﺢ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺴﯿﱢﺪ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤِﺴ‬ ‫ﻓِﻲ ﱢ‬ ‫ﯿﻞ ﱠ‬ ،‫ﺎﻋِﺮ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺬْﻛَﺮى‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺸ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺴﻨَِﻮﯾ ِﱠﺔ ﻟَِﺮِﺣ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ْ ‫ُﻋﻘَِﺪ‬ ٌ .‫ﻲ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤْﺮَﻛِﺰ اﻟﺜﻘَﺎﻓِﱢﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﻌَﺮﺑِ ﱢ‬ َ ‫ت ﻧَْﺪَوة ﻓِﻲ‬

The day after my arrival, I visited my uncles and aunts. The world celebrated the end of the second millennium of Christ’s birth. On the anniversary of the poet’s death, a symposium was held at the Arab Cultural Centre.

Muslims built the city of Basra in the ْ َ‫ﻮن َﻣِﺪْﯾﻨَﺔَ اﻟﺒ‬ ‫ﺼَﺮة ﻓِﻲ ﱠ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﻨ َِﺔ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤْﺴﻠُِﻤ‬ ُ ‫ﺑَﻨَﻰ‬ fourteenth year of the Hijra. ْ ‫ﱠ‬ .‫ﺮِة‬ َ ‫اﻟﺮاﺑِ َﻌﺔَ َﻋْﺸَﺮةَ ﻟِﻠِﮭْﺠ‬ ‫ ﱠ‬is used with a temporal function to express for how long an event lasted, ‫اﻟﻼم‬ as in the following: .ً‫ﺳﻨَﺔ‬ ُ ‫اِْﺳﺘََﻤﱠﺮ َزَو‬ َ 50 ‫اﺟﮭ َُﻤﺎ ﻟِ ُﻤﱠﺪِة‬

Their marriage lasted for 50 years.

The president imprisoned his ‫َزﱠج ﱠ‬ ‫ﯿﻦ ﻓِﻲ ﱡ‬ ‫ﻮن‬ ُ ِ‫اﻟﺮﺋ‬ َ ‫ﺿ‬ ِ ‫ﺎر‬ ُ ِ‫ﯿﺲ ﺑ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺴُﺠ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻟﻤَﻌ‬ opponents for many years. َ ‫ﯿﻦ‬ .‫ﻮﯾﻠَ ٍﺔ‬ َ ِ‫ﻟِِﺴﻨ‬ ِ ‫ط‬ Libya’s oil wells have been closed ُ ‫اِ ْﺳﺘ ََﻤﱠﺮ إِ ْﻏَﻼ‬ ‫ُﻮر‬ ٍ ‫ﺎر اﻟﻨﱢ ْﻔِﻂ اﻟﻠﱢﯿﺒِﯿ ِﱠﺔ ﻟِ ُﺸﮭ‬ ِ َ‫ق آﺑ‬ for months by civil war. ْ َ‫ب اﻷ‬ .‫ھﻠِﯿﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫ﺐ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺤْﺮ‬ ِ َ‫ﺑِ َﺴﺒ‬ ْ ‫َﻋﱠﻤ‬ َ ‫ﺖ ُﻣ‬ ٌ ‫ﻈﺎھََﺮ‬ Demonstrations were held across ‫اﻟﺼْﯿِﻦ ﻟِْﻠﯿَْﻮِم اﻟﺜﱠﺎﻧِﻲ‬ ‫ﺎء ﱢ‬ َ ‫ات أَْﻧَﺤ‬ China for the second day in a row. .‫ﻋﻠَﻰ اﻟﺘﱠ َﻮاﻟِﻲ‬ َ ‫ ﱠ‬is used to introduce the indirect object or beneficiary of a verb, as in the ‫اﻟﻼم‬ following:

ْ ‫ﺎﺣ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﺎع‬ َ َ‫اﻟﺰﯾ‬ َ ‫ﺖ ﻟَﮫُ ﻓُ ْﺮ‬ َ َ‫ﺎرةُ أَﺗ‬ ِ َ‫ﺻﺔ‬ ِ َ‫اﻻْﺳﺘِْﻤﺘ‬ ‫ﺎت َراﺋَِﻌٍﺔ ِﻣَﻦ ﱢ‬ ‫ﺎب‬ َ ‫ﺑِ ُﻤَﺸﺎھََﺪِة َﻣْﺠُﻤ‬ ٍ ‫ﻮﻋ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺸَﻌ‬ .‫ﺟﺎﻧِﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤْﺮ‬ َ

The visit gave him the opportunity to enjoy watching wonderful formations of coral reefs.

One-letter prepositions 31

‫ﺢ ﱠ‬ ‫وروﺑَﺎ ِﺳَﻮى‬ ُ ُ‫اﻟﻌ ْﺜَﻤﺎﻧِﯿﱠﺔُ ِﻷ‬ ُ ُ‫اﻟﺪْوﻟَﺔ‬ ِ ‫ﻟَ ْﻢ ﺗَْﺴَﻤ‬ .‫ﺎرﯾ ٍﱠﺔ‬ ٍ َ‫ﺑََﻌَﻼﻗ‬ ِ ‫ﺎت ﺗَِﺠ‬ .‫ﺎت‬ ٍ َ‫ﺎﺧﻨَﺔً َوَﻣْﺸُﺮوﺑ‬ ٍ َ‫طَﻠَ ْﺒﻨَﺎ ﻟَ ُﻜْﻢ َوَﺟﺒ‬ ِ ‫ﺎت َﺳ‬

The Ottoman Empire only allowed trade relations with Europe.

َ ‫أَ ْﻋ‬ ‫ﻠﻤْﺮأَ ِة َﺣ ﱠ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺠِﺪ‬ ُ ُ‫ﻄﻰ اﻟﻘَﺎﻧ‬ ‫ﺢ‬ َ ‫ﻮن‬ َ ِ‫ﯾﺪ ﻟ‬ ِ ‫ﻖ اﻟﺘﱠ َﺮﱡﺷ‬ .‫ﺎن‬ ِ ‫إِﻟَﻰ اﻟﺒَْﺮﻟَ َﻤ‬

The new law gave women the right to be elected to the parliament

We ordered hot meals and drinks for you.

‫ ا ﱠ‬is used to ascribe something to someone or to something else, as in the ‫ﻟﻼم‬ following: .‫اءِة‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤْﻜﺘَﺒَﺔُ ﻟِﻠﻘِ َﺮ‬ َ

ُ ِ‫ﺗ ﱠَﻢ ﺗَْﻌﯿ‬ .‫ﺶ‬ ٍ ‫ﯿﻦ ﻗَﺎﺋٍِﺪ َﺟِﺪ‬ َ ِ‫ﯾﺪ ﻟ‬ ِ ‫ﻠﺠْﯿ‬ .‫اﻟﻤﺎﺋِﯿِﱠﺔ‬ ُ ‫أَ ْﻧَﺸﺄَت‬ َ ‫ﺎر‬ ِ َ‫ض ﻟِﻸَ ْﺣﯿ‬ َ ‫ﺎء‬ َ ‫اﻟﺤُﻜ‬ ِ ‫ﻮﻣﺔُ َﻣَﻌ‬

‫ب ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ِ‫ﻠﻤﺜَﻘﱠﻔ‬ َ ‫ﯿﻦ‬ َ ‫ﻧَْﻨﻮي ﺗَﺄِْﺳ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻌَﺮ‬ ُ ِ‫ﯿﺲ َراﺑِﻄٍَﺔ ﻟ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ .‫َﺎت‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺸﺘ‬

The library is for reading. A new commander of the army has been appointed. The government established exhibitions of aquatic creatures. We aim to establish an association of Arab intellectuals in the diaspora.

‫ ﱠ‬is used to express possession, as in the following: ‫اﻟﻼم‬ ‫ﺎت‬ َ ِ‫ﻟِﻠﺘﱠ ْﻌﻠِ ِﯿﻢ أَھَِﻤﯿﱠﺔٌ َﻛﺒ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤْﺠﺘََﻤَﻌ‬ ُ ‫ﯿﺮةٌ ﻓِﻲ‬ .‫ﺮﺑِﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻌ‬ َ ُ ٌ ‫ﻟِﻲ أَْرﺑََﻌﺔُ إِْﺧَﻮٍة َوأْﺧ‬ .ٌ‫اﺣَﺪة‬ ِ ‫ﺖ َو‬ ٌ ‫ﻠﻌْﻨﺒَِﺮ اﻷَ ْﻧَﺪﻟُ ِﺴﱢﻲ ُﺳ‬ ‫ﻮق َراﺋَِﺠﺔٌ ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫َﻛ‬ َ َ‫ﺎن ﻟ‬ َ ْ ‫ﺮ‬ ‫ﺤ‬ ‫اﻟﺒ‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ﺳ‬ ‫ﻮ‬ .‫ﻂ‬ ‫ﺘ‬ ‫اﻟﻤ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ِ َ ُ ِ َ ِ ‫َﺣْﻮ‬

Education has great importance in Arab societies.

‫اﻻْﺣﺘَِﻼِل‬ ُ ‫ﺎن ﻟَِﻠﺪَﻋﺎﯾَ ِﺔ‬ َ ‫َﻛ‬ ِ ‫ﺿﱠﺪ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻌْﺜَﻤﺎﻧِﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ْ َ ْ ‫اﻟﻤ‬ .‫ﱢﯿﻦ‬ ً ‫ﺻَﺪ‬ َ ‫ﺼِﺮﯾ‬ َ ‫ى ﻟَﺪ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻔََﺮﻧِﺴّﻲ‬ ِ ‫ى‬

The Ottoman propaganda against the French occupation resonated with the Egyptians.

I have four brothers and one sister. The Andalusian amber had a popular market in the Mediterranean Basin.

‫ ﱠ‬is used to express giving possession, as in the following: ‫اﻟﻼم‬ َ ‫ﯿﻦ ﺗَِﺤﯿﱠﺘَﮭُﻢ‬ ‫اﻟﺨ ﱠ‬ .َ‫ﺎﺻﺔ‬ َ ‫ﻠﻤْﺴﻠِ ِﻤ‬ ُ ِ‫اﻹْﺳَﻼُم ﻟ‬ ِ ‫َﺟَﻌَﻞ‬

Islam gave Muslims their own greeting.

ْ َ‫اﻣَﻞ َﺟَﻌﻠ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻟِ ﱡ‬ ‫ﻮدﯾِﱠﺔ َدْوًرا‬ َ ‫ھُﻨ‬ ِ ‫َﺎك ِﻋﱠﺪةُ َﻋَﻮ‬ ِ ‫ﻠﺴُﻌ‬ ًّ ‫َﺧ‬ .‫ﺮﺑِﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻌ‬ َ ‫ﺎﺻﺎ ﻓِﻲ اﻟﺒِ َﻼِد‬

There are several factors that gave Saudi Arabia a special role in Arab countries.

ً‫ﺻﺔ‬ َ ‫أَْﻋ‬ َ ‫ﯾﺮ‬ َ ‫ان ﻓُْﺮ‬ َ ‫ﺻﱠﺪِام ُﺣَﺴﯿﻦ ِﻹ‬ َ ُ‫ﻄﻰ ُﺳﻘُﻮط‬ .‫ودھَﺎ‬ ِ ‫اء ُﺣُﺪ‬ ِ ُ‫َذھَﺒِﯿﱠﺔً ﻟِﺒَ ْﺴِﻂ ﻧُﻔ‬ َ ‫ﻮذھَﺎ إِﻟَﻰ َﻣﺎ َوَر‬

The fall of Saddam Hussein gave Iran a golden opportunity to extend its influence beyond its borders.

َ ‫أَ ْﻋ‬ ُ ُ‫ﻄﻰ اﻟﻘَﺎﻧ‬ ‫ﻮﻋٍﺔ ِﻣَﻦ‬ ‫ﻮن ِﻷ ﱢ‬ َ ‫ي َﻣْﺠُﻤ‬ ‫ﯿﻦ َﺣ ﱠ‬ َ ‫ﯿﻞ اﻷَ ْﺣ‬ .‫ﺰاب‬ َ ِ‫اطﻨ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤَﻮ‬ ُ ِ ‫ﻖ ﺗَْﺸِﻜ‬

The law gave any group of citizens the right to form parties.

32

One-letter prepositions

َّ is used to express intention or purpose, as in the following: ‫اللم‬ ُ ‫َسافَْر‬ .‫عائِلَتِي‬ َ ‫ارِة‬ َ َ‫ت إِلَى القَْريَ ِة لِِزي‬

I traveled to the village to visit my family.

ْ ‫اِْجتََمَع‬ ُ ُ‫الوف‬ .‫لتِّفَاقِيَِّة‬ ُ ‫ت‬ ِ ‫ود لُِمنَاقَ َشِة ا‬

The delegations met to discuss the agreement.

ُ ‫ق‬ ُ ‫اد‬ ‫ب َمِزْيٍد ِمَن‬ ُ َ‫الكْبَرى تَتَنَاف‬ ِ ‫س لَِجْذ‬ ِ َ‫الفَن‬ ُّ .‫َّاح‬ ِ ‫السي‬ َ ِ‫ون اِلْست‬ ‫يلَء َعلَى‬ َ ‫اطِمُّي‬ َ ‫َك‬ َ ُ‫اول‬ ِ َ‫ان الف‬ ِ ‫ون ي َُح‬ َ ْ َّ ‫بَِلِد‬ َ ‫المْن‬ ‫طقَِة‬ ِ ‫امِهْم فِي‬ ِ ‫يت أ ْقَد‬ ِ ِ‫الشِام لِتَثب‬

Major hotels compete among themselves to attract more tourists. The Fatimids were trying to seize the Levant to stabilize their rule in the region.

Note

َّ is used to express purpose, it can either be a preposition folWhen ‫اللم‬ lowed by a genitive noun or an adverbial particle followed by a verb in the subjunctive mood, such as in the following: ْ ‫َسافَ ْرنَا إِلَى ِم‬ .‫ات‬ ِ ‫ام‬ َ ‫صَر لُِمَشاهََدِة األَ ْهَر‬ ْ ‫َسافَْرنَا إِلَى ِم‬ .‫امات‬ ِ ‫صَر لِنُ َش‬ َ ‫اهَد األَْهَر‬ َّ can be used to express a reason or cause, for example, in the following: ‫اللم‬ َّ ‫ت ََوقَّفَت‬ .‫ود‬ ُ ‫اد‬ َ ‫السي‬ ِ ُ‫الوق‬ ِ َ‫َّارةُ لِنَف‬ ْ َ‫تََغيَّب‬ .‫ضهَا‬ َ ‫المَح‬ ِ ‫اضَرِة لَِمَر‬ ُ ‫ت َعِن‬ .‫ر‬ ِ ‫اع ُمْستََوى ِميَِاه البَْح‬ ِ َ‫َغِرقَت القَْريَةُ ِلْرتِف‬

The car stopped because the fuel ran out. She was absent from the lecture because of her illness. The village drowned due to a high level of seawater.

ْ َ‫ت ََوقَّف‬ The tourism movement in the country ‫ع‬ ِّ ُ‫ت َحَرَكة‬ َ َ‫السي‬ ِ ‫احِة فِي البَلَ ِد ِلْنِدَل‬ stopped due to the outbreak of civil war. َ ْ ‫ب األ‬ .‫هلِيَّة‬ َ ِ ‫الحْر‬ َّ is used to express deserving or ‘having the right to’, as in the following: ‫اللم‬ .‫الحْمُد هلل‬ َ .‫ز‬ َ ِ ِ‫الجائَِزةُ لِلفَائ‬

ٌّ ‫ير َح‬ .‫ر‬ ِ ‫ق لُِكِّل البََش‬ ِ ِ‫ُحِّريَّةُ التَّ ْعب‬

Thank God. The prize is for the winner. Freedom of expression is the right of all people.

َّ ‫ ا‬is used with some verbs expressing saying or explaining to refer to the ‫للم‬ person who is being spoken to, as in the following examples:

ُ ‫قَ ْل‬ .ً‫املَة‬ َ ‫ت لَ ُكُم‬ ِ ‫الحقِيقَةَ َك‬ ْ ‫أَ َّكَد‬ ٌ ‫الوَرَم َحِم‬ .‫يد‬ َ ‫ت لَهُُم الطَّبِيبَةُ أَ َّن‬

I told you the whole truth. The doctor assured them that the tumor is benign.

One-letter prepositions 33

ُ ‫ﺿْﺤ‬ ُ ‫َﺷَﺮْﺣ‬ ‫ق‬ َ ‫ﺖ ﻟَﮫُ طُ ُﺮ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤْﺸِﻜﻠَﺔَ َوأَ ْو‬ ُ ُ‫ﺖ ﻟَﮫ‬ .‫ﺣﻠﱢﮭَﺎ‬ َ

I explained to him the problem and ways to solve it.

‫ ﱠ‬is used to express giving permission to someone, as in the following: ‫اﻟﻼم‬ .‫ﺎن‬ َ َ‫ﻟ‬ َ ‫ﻚ أَ ْن ﺗَِﻌ‬ ٍ ‫ﯿﺶ ھُﻨَﺎ ﺑَﺄ َ َﻣ‬ .‫ﺣَﻤﺎﯾَﺘُﻨَﺎ‬ َ َ‫ﺎن ﻟ‬ َ ‫َﻣﺎ َﻛ‬ ِ ‫ﻚ أَ ْن ﺗَْﺒﻘَﻰ ھُﻨَﺎ ﻟَْﻮَﻻ‬

You can live here safely. You would not have been here without our protection.

Notes on usage

‫ ) ﱠ‬is used to denote a creditor while (‫ )َﻋﻠَﻰ‬is used for a debtor, In transactions, (‫اﻟﻼم‬ as in the following: ُ ‫ﺼ‬ ُ ‫ﺼ‬ ْ ِ‫ﻟَﻨَﺎ ﻧ‬ ْ ‫اث َوﻟَ ُﻜُﻢ اﻟﻨﱢ‬ .‫ﻒ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤْﯿَﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﻒ‬ ُ ‫ﻚ أَْﻟ‬ .‫ﯿﮫ‬ َ ‫ﻟِﻲ َﻋﻠَ ْﯿ‬ ٍ َ‫ﻒ ُﺟﻨ‬ .ُ‫ﺎﻋﺔ‬ َ ‫ﻲ اﻟﻄﱠ‬ َ َ‫ﻟ‬ ‫ﻚ اﻷَ ْﻣﺮ َوَﻋﻠَ ﱠ‬

We have half the inheritance and you have half. You owe me a thousand pounds. You command and I obey.

‫ ﱠ‬can be used before the name of an author, director or composer, as in the ‫اﻟﻼم‬ following:

ً‫وت َﻣْﺴَﺮِﺣﯿﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫ﯾﻜﯿﱠﺔُ ﺑِﺒَْﯿُﺮ‬ َ ‫ﺗُﻘَﱢﺪُم‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻣَﻌﺔُ اﻷَْﻣِﺮ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺠ‬ .‫ﺐ وﻟﯿﻢ ﺷﻜﺴﺒﯿﺮ‬ ِ ِ‫ﻟِْﻠَﻜﺎﺗ‬ ‫ﺎدي‬ ْ ‫اﻟﻤ‬ ِ َ‫ﻮﻣﯿ‬ ِ ‫ج َﺷ‬ ُ ” ‫َﺷﺎھَْﺪﻧَﺎ ﻓِْﯿﻠَﻢ‬ ُ ِ‫ﺎء“ ﻟ‬ ِ ‫ﻠﻤْﺨِﺮ‬ ‫َﻋْﺒِﺪ ﱠ‬ .‫اﻟﺴَﻼِم‬ ‫اﻟﻜﺘَﺎب“ ﻟِ ﱠ‬ َ ‫ھ َْﻞ ﻗََﺮْأ‬ ‫ﺎﻋِﺮ‬ َ ‫ت ِدْﯾَﻮ‬ ِ ‫ﻠﺸ‬ ِ ” ‫ان‬ ‫أَ ُدوﻧِﯿﺲ؟‬

The American University in Beirut presents a play by William Shakespeare. We watched Mummy by Shadi Abdel Salam. Have you read The Book by the poet Adonis?

In a fixed expression, when preceded by (‫ )ھﻞ‬and followed by a pronoun suf‫ )ا ﱠ‬is used to inquire about willingness to undertake an action, as in the fix, (‫ﻟﻼم‬ following:

‫ﻲ‬ َ ِ‫اﻟﻤْﻮﻗ‬ َ َ‫ھَْﻞ ﻟ‬ ‫ﯾﻜ ﱠ‬ ِ ‫ﻒ اﻷَ ْﻣِﺮ‬ َ ‫ﻚ أَ ْن ﺗُ ْﻌِﻄﯿﻨَﺎ‬ ْ ‫ﻀﯿ ِﱠﺔ؟‬ َ ‫ﺎل ﺗِﻠ‬ َ َ‫ﻲ ِﺣﯿ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺤﻘِﯿﻘِ ﱠ‬ ِ َ‫ﻚ اﻟﻘ‬ َ َ‫ھ َْﻞ ﻟَِﻚ أَ ْن ﺗَْﺸَﺮِﺣﻲ ﻟِﻲ ِوْﺟﮭَﺔَ ﻧ‬ ‫ﻈِﺮِك؟‬ َ ‫ﻮب‬ ‫اﻟﺨْﯿِﻞ؟‬ ِ ‫ھ َْﻞ ﻟَ ُﻜْﻢ ﻓِﻲ ُرُﻛ‬

Can you tell us the real US position on this issue? Can you explain to me your point of view? Do you like to ride horses?

One-letter prepositions

34

َّ can be used after (‫)ِمْن أَ ْيَن‬, and it can be followed by a noun or a pronoun ‫اللم‬ suffix, as in the following:

‫ك هََذا؟‬ َ َ‫ِمْن أَ ْيَن ل‬ ‫يل؟‬ ُ ‫الجِم‬ ُ ‫ِمْن أَ ْيَن لَِك هََذا الثَّ ْو‬ َ ‫ب‬ ُ َ‫اس بِ ُكِّل هَ َذا التَّف‬ ‫اؤِل؟‬ ِ َّ‫ِمْن أَ ْيَن لِلن‬

Where did you get this? Where did you get this beautiful dress? Where do people get all this optimism?

َّ ‫ ا‬can be used after (‫ )ما‬and is often followed by a pronoun suffix to ask, ‫للم‬ ‘What is the matter?’, as in the following:

‫ك؟‬ َ َ‫َما ل‬ ‫َما لَه ُْم؟‬

What is the matter with you? What is the matter with them?

‫ الَّلم‬is used to express an exclamation in the expression (‫)يا َل‬. It is voweled with fatḥa, and it is used to seek help, as in the following:

ُّ ‫يا هلل لِ ْل‬ !‫اء‬ ِ َ‫ضَعف‬ َ َ‫يَا ل‬ !‫زْيد‬

Oh God! Please help the vulnerable! Oh Zayd!

َّ ‫ ا‬is used to express an exclamation in the expression (‫ت ِل‬ ُ ‫)َعِجْب‬, as in the ‫للم‬

following:

ُ ‫َعِجْب‬ .ُ‫ت لَِما قَالَه‬ ُ ‫َعِجْب‬ َ ‫ت لَِدْعِم‬ ِّ ‫ض‬ .‫ين‬ َ ِّ‫وري‬ ِ ‫الغْر‬ ِ ُ‫الدْكتَات‬ ِ ‫ب لِبَْع‬

I was amazed at what he said! I was amazed at the West’s support for some dictators.

َّ is used to mark a person for whom permission is granted, with verbs such ‫اللم‬ َ as (‫جاز‬ َ َ‫ )أ‬,(‫ )َسَمَح‬and (‫ص‬ َ ‫)َرَّخ‬, as in the following: .‫َّارتِ ِه‬ َ َ‫َسَمَح لِي َوالِِدي بِقِي‬ َ ‫ادِة َسي‬

َّ ‫ين َح‬ ُّ ‫از‬ َ ‫أَ َج‬ ‫ق التَّظَاهُِر‬ ُ ُ‫الدْست‬ َ ِ‫اطن‬ ِ ‫لمَو‬ ُ ِ‫ور ل‬ .‫ي‬ ِّ ِّ ‫الس ْلِم‬

My father allowed me to drive his car. The constitution granted citizens the right to peaceful demonstration.

َّ can occur as a redundant preposition that can be deleted without affecting ‫اللم‬ the meaning. However, although it is redundant, it serves to emphasize the meaning, as in the following:

ُ ْ‫َش َكر‬ َّ ‫ت َوالِ َد‬ .‫ي‬

I thanked my parents.

ُ ْ‫َش َكر‬ َّ ‫ت ل َوالِ َد‬ .‫ي‬

I thanked my parents.

ُ ‫هللا َعالِ ُم َما فِي‬ .‫وب‬ ِ ُ‫الغي‬

God knows what is unknown to people.

ُ ‫هللا َعالِ ٌم لِ َما فِي‬ .‫وب‬ ِ ُ‫الغي‬

God knows what is unknown to people.

One-letter prepositions 35

‫ ﱠ‬can be used to manipulate a genitive construction (‫ )اﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬so that the first ‫اﻟﻼم‬ noun can remain undefined or can be modified by an adjective or to make a long genitive construction shorter, as in the following:

ُ ‫َوَﺟ ْﺪ‬ .‫ﺮﺗِﻲ‬ ُ ‫ت‬ َ ‫ﻮرةً ِﻷُْﺳ‬ َ ‫ﺻ‬ ُ ‫َوَﺟْﺪ‬ .‫ﺮﺗِﻲ‬ ُ ‫ت‬ َ ‫ﻮرةً ﻗَِﺪْﯾَﻤﺔً ِﻷُْﺳ‬ َ ‫ﺻ‬ َ ُ ‫اﻟﮭََﺪ‬ َ ‫وع ُﻣَﻮ‬ ‫ﻮﻣِﺔ‬ ُ ‫ازﻧ َِﺔ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺤُﻜ‬ ِ ‫ف اﻷ ﱠوُل ﻟَِﻤْﺸُﺮ‬ ‫اد ﱡ‬ ُ ‫ھ َُﻮ َﺳَﺪ‬ َ ‫ُﻮن‬ .‫ﺟﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ِ ‫ﺎر‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺪﯾ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺨ‬

I found a photo of my family. I found an old photo of my family. The main goal of the government budget proposal is to repay foreign debts.

Note Long genitive constructions can be ambiguous when followed by adjectives, as there might be more than one noun that the adjective could potentially refer to, as in the following:

ُ ‫ھ ََﺪ‬ َ ‫وع ُﻣَﻮ‬ ‫ﻮﻣِﺔ اﻷَﱠوُل‬ ُ ‫ازﻧ َِﺔ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺤُﻜ‬ ِ ‫ف َﻣْﺸُﺮ‬

In this sentence, the adjective (‫ )اﻷَ ﱠول‬can potentially describe either (‫ )ھََﺪف‬or (‫وع‬ ِ ‫)َﻣْﺸُﺮ‬. However, ‫ ل‬can be used to shorten the iḍᾱfa construction and to modify the appropriate noun with the adjective, thus removing ambiguity, as in

ُ ‫اﻟﮭَ َﺪ‬ َ ‫وع ُﻣَﻮ‬ ‫ﻮﻣِﺔ‬ ُ ‫ازﻧَِﺔ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺤُﻜ‬ ِ ‫ف اﻷَ ﱠوُل ﻟَِﻤْﺸُﺮ‬

‫ ﱠ‬is used with the demonstratives (‫ﻚ‬ ‫اﻟﻼم‬ َ ِ‫ )َذﻟ‬or (‫ )ھ ََﺬا‬to make the expressions (‫ﻚ‬ َ ِ‫)ﻟَ ْﺬﻟ‬ or (‫)ﻟِﮭَ َﺬا‬, which mean ‘thus’ or ‘for this reason’, as in the following: َ ‫ﺎن إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫آﺧَﺮ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﻤَﺮ‬ ٍ ‫ض َﻻ ﯾَْﻨﺘَﻘُِﻞ ِﻣْﻦ إِْﻧَﺴ‬ َ ُ ‫ﱠ‬ ٌ ُ ُ ‫ﺎﻣِﻞ َﻣَﻊ‬ َ ِ‫َوﻟِ َﺬﻟ‬ َ ‫ﻮﺟُﺪ ﺧﻄ‬ َ ‫ﻚ َﻻ ﺗ‬ ُ ‫ﻮرة ﻓِﻲ اﻟﺘ َﻌ‬ .‫ﯾﺾ‬ َ ِ ‫اﻟﻤ ِﺮ‬ ُ ْ ْ َ َ ُ َ َ ‫ﻚ َﻻ‬ َ ِ‫ُﻮع ﻓﻘﻂ َوﻟِﺬﻟ‬ َ ‫َو‬ ٍ ‫ﺻﻠﺖ اﻟﺒَﻠَﺪ ِﻣْﻦ أ ْﺳﺒ‬ .‫ك‬ ُ ‫أَ ْﺳﺘَِﻄ‬ َ ‫ﺎد‬ َ ‫ﯿﻊ إِْرَﺷ‬ ‫اﻟﻮْﻓُﺪ ﱡ‬ ،‫ﺎت‬ َ ‫اﻟﺴ‬ َ ‫ﺎو‬ َ ‫اِْﻧَﺴَﺤ‬ ِ ‫ﺿ‬ ُ ‫ﻮداﻧِﻲ ِﻣَﻦ‬ َ َ‫اﻟﻤﻔ‬ َ ‫ﺐ‬ ْ َ ِ‫اﻟﺠْﻠَﺴِﺔ ﻟ‬ .‫ﻠﻐِﺪ‬ ُ ‫َوﻟِﮭََﺬا ﺗ ﱠَﻢ ﺗَﺄِﺟ‬ َ ‫ﯿﻞ‬

The disease does not spread from person to person, and therefore, there is no danger in interacting with the patient. I arrived in the country just a week ago, so I cannot guide you. The Sudanese delegation withdrew from negotiations, so the meeting was postponed for tomorrow.

‫ ﱠ‬is used with (‫)أَ ﱠن‬, to make (‫)ِﻷَ ﱠن‬, which means ‘because’, as in the following: ‫اﻟﻼم‬ َ‫ﺎدﯾﱠﺔ‬ ُ ‫ﺼ‬ ‫ﺎد ِﻷَ ﱠن ا ﱢ‬ َ ِ‫اﻻْﻗﺘ‬ َ َ‫ﻟﺴﯿ‬ َ ِ‫اﻻْﻗﺘ‬ َ ‫ﺗََﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ِ ‫ﺎت‬ ِ ‫ﺎﺳ‬ ِ ‫اﺟَﻊ‬ ٌ.‫ﺎﺷﻠَﺔ‬ ِ َ‫ﻓ‬ ‫ﺎر‬ ُ َ‫اﻟﻜﺘ‬ ِ ‫أَ ْﻋَﺠﺒَﻨِﻲ ھََﺬا‬ ٍ ‫ﺎب ِﻷَﻧﱠﮫُ ﯾَُﻌﺒﱢُﺮ َﻋْﻦ أَ ْﻓَﻜ‬ .‫ﺠﺎﺑِﯿ ٍﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫إِ ْﯾ‬ ْ َ‫ﯿﻊ اﻷ‬ ُ ‫ﺿ‬ ‫اف‬ َ ‫ﺎو‬ َ ‫ﺎت ِﻷَﱠن َﺟِﻤ‬ ِ ‫طَﺮ‬ ِ َ‫ﺗََﻮﻗﱠﻔ‬ ُ ‫ﺖ‬ َ َ‫اﻟﻤﻔ‬ َ.‫ﺼﺎﻟََﺤﺔ‬ ُ ُ‫ﺗَْﺮﻓ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤ‬ ُ ‫ﺾ‬

The economy is deteriorating because economic policies are failing. I liked this book because it expresses positive ideas. Negotiations have been stalled because all parties reject reconciliation.

36

One-letter prepositions

Notes on translation

‫ اﻟﻼم‬can be translated in different ways according to the context of its usage. The following examples illustrate some of the different ways of translating it. .‫ﻠﻤِﺪﯾﻨَِﺔ‬ َ َ‫َذھ َْﺒﻨَﺎ ﻟ‬

َ ‫َﺐ اﻟﺒَ ْﯿ‬ .‫ﺖ ِﻷَ ْﺑﻨَﺎﺋِ ِﮫ‬ َ ‫َوھ‬

ْ َ‫ﻟَﮭ ُْﻢ أ‬ .‫ون‬ ُ ِ‫ﺎء َﻛﺜ‬ َ ‫ﯿﺮ‬ ُ َ‫ﺻِﺪﻗ‬ .َ‫اﻟﺤﻘَﯿﻘَﺔ‬ َ ‫ﺎل ﻟِﻲ‬ َ َ‫ﻗ‬

‫َﺳَﻤُﺤﻮا ﻟَﻨَﺎ ﺑِ ﱡ‬ .‫ﻮل‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻟﺪُﺧ‬

.‫ر‬ َ َ‫ﻟ‬ َ ‫ﺎد‬ ِ ‫ﻚ أَ ْن ﺗُ َﻐ‬

!‫ﺐ‬ ِ ‫ﯾَﺎ ﻟَْﻠَﻌَﺠ‬

ُ ‫ﺑََﺪ ْأ‬ ‫ﯾﺲ ﻓِﻲ ا ﱠ‬ .‫ﺟﻲ‬ َ ‫ت اﻟﺘﱠ ْﺪِر‬ ِ ‫ﻟﺴﻨَِﺔ اﻟﺘﱠﺎﻟِﯿَِﺔ ﻟِﺘََﺨﱡﺮ‬ َ َ‫اِْﻧﺘ‬ ‫ﻈْﺮﻧَﺎ ﻟِﯿَ ْﻮَﻣْﯿِﻦ ﻗَْﺒَﻞ ﱠ‬ .‫ﺮ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺴﻔ‬

ْ َ‫ﺲ اﻷ‬ ْ ‫ﻓَﺘ َْﺤﻨَﺎ َﻣ‬ .‫ﺎل‬ ِ َ‫طﻔ‬ ِ ِ‫ﺼﻨًَﻌﺎ ﻟَِﻤَﻼﺑ‬

َ ‫ﺐ ُﻣﻘَﺎﺑَﻠَﺘِﻲ ِﻷَْﻣٍﺮ‬ َ َ‫طﻠ‬ ٌ ‫ﺎد‬ .ٌ‫ﺴﯿﻂ‬ ِ َ‫ث ﺑ‬ ِ ‫َوﻗَ َﻊ ﻟِﻲ َﺣ‬ .‫ﺎء‬ َ ‫أَ ْﻋَﺪْدﻧَﺎ ﻟَُﻜﻢ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻌَﺸ‬ ْ ‫ﺺ ﻟِﻨَِﺠﯿﺐ َﻣ‬ ‫أُِﺣ ﱡ‬ .‫ﺤﻔُﻮظ‬ َ ِ‫اءةَ ﻗ‬ َ ‫ﺐ ﻗَِﺮ‬ ٍ ‫ﺼ‬ ْ ‫ﻗَ ﱠﺮَر‬ .‫ﺿﮭَﺎ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺤ‬ ُ ‫ت َﻋَﺪَم‬ ِ ‫ﻮر ﻟِ َﻤَﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﻀ‬ ‫ﻚ؟‬ َ َ‫َﻣﺎ ﻟ‬ .‫ﻞ‬ ٍ ‫ﺎﺟ‬ ِ ‫َﻋ‬

We headed for the city. He gave his children the house. They have many friends. He told me the truth. They let us in. You can leave. Oh, the wonder! I started teaching the year after my graduation. We waited for two days before traveling. We opened a children’s clothes factory. He asked to see me about an urgent matter. I had a minor accident. We prepared dinner for you. I like reading the stories of Naguib Mahfouz. She decided not to come, due to her illness. What’s the matter with you?

‫ اﻟﻼم‬with pronoun suffixes When ‫ اﻟﻼم‬is joined to a pronoun, the pronoun becomes a suffix, and the pronunciation of (‫ )اﻟﻼم‬changes from (‫ )ِل‬to (‫)َل‬, with the exception of the suffix (‫)ي‬, ‘me’. The following table shows how different pronouns appear after the preposition.

‫ﻟَﮭُ َﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻟَﻨَﺎ‬ ‫ﻟَ ُﻜﻢ‬ ‫ﻟَ ُﻜ ﱠﻦ‬ ‫ﻟَُﮭﻢ‬ ‫ﻟَﮭُ ﱠﻦ‬

‫ ھﻤﺎ‬+ ‫اﻟﻼم‬ ‫ ﻧﺤﻦ‬+ ‫اﻟﻼم‬ ‫ أﻧﺘﻢ‬+ ‫اﻟﻼم‬ ‫ أﻧﺘﻦ‬+ ‫اﻟﻼم‬ ‫ ھﻢ‬+ ‫اﻟﻼم‬ ّ + ‫اﻟﻼم‬ ‫ھﻦ‬

.‫ﯿﻊ‬ َ ‫ﻟَ ْﻢ ﺗُﺘَْﺢ ﻟِﻲ اﻟﻔُ ْﺮ‬ َ ‫ف َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ِ ‫ﺻﺔُ ﻟَﻠﺘﱠ َﻌﱡﺮ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺠِﻤ‬

‫ﻀﺎﯾَﺎ اﻟﺘﱢﻲ‬ َ َ‫ﺎل اﻟﻘ‬ َ َ‫آراﺋِﻨَﺎ ِﺣﯿ‬ َ ‫ﻧَْﺤُﻦ ﻧُ َﻌﺒُﱢﺮ َﻋْﻦ‬ ‫ﻮق‬ َ َ‫ﺗَُﺸ ﱢﻜُﻞ أَھَِﻤﯿﱠﺔً ﺑِﺎﻟﻨﱢْﺴﺒَِﺔ ﻟَﻨَﺎ ﻛﻘ‬ ِ ُ‫ﻀﺎﯾَﺎ ُﺣﻘ‬ .‫ﺎن‬ ِ ‫اﻹْﻧَﺴ‬ ِ

‫ﻟِﻲ‬ ‫ﻚ‬ َ َ‫ﻟ‬ ‫ﻟَ ِﻚ‬ ُ‫ﻟَﮫ‬ ‫ﻟَﮭَﺎ‬ ‫ﻟَ ُﻜَﻤﺎ‬

‫ أﻧﺎ‬+ ‫اﻟﻼم‬ َ + ‫اﻟﻼم‬ ‫أﻧﺖ‬ ‫أﻧﺖ‬ ِ + ‫اﻟﻼم‬ ‫ ھﻮ‬+ ‫اﻟﻼم‬ ‫ ھﻲ‬+ ‫اﻟﻼم‬ ‫ أﻧﺘﻤﺎ‬+ ‫اﻟﻼم‬

I did not have the chance to get to know everyone. We express our views on issues that are important to us, such as human rights issues.

One-letter prepositions 37 .ٌ‫َﺎﻣﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻔَﱡﻦ ﻟَﮫُ ِرَﺳﺎﻟَﺔٌ ھ ﱠ‬

.ً‫ﺟﮭَﺎ ھَِﺪﯾﱠﺔً ﺛَ ِﻤﯿﻨَﺔ‬ ُ ‫ﻀَﺮ ﻟَﮭَﺎ َزْو‬ َ ‫أَ ْﺣ‬

ٌ ‫ﺎن ﻟَﮭَُﻤﺎ َدَﻻَﻻ‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ﻓِﻲ ﱢ‬ ِ ‫َﺎن أَ َﺳ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺮَواﯾَِﺔ ﻗ‬ ِ َ‫ﺎﺳﯿﱠﺘ‬ ِ ‫ﻀﯿﱠﺘ‬ ٌ.‫ﺎﺳﯿﱠﺔٌ ُﻣِﮭﱠﻤﺔ‬ ِ َ‫ﺛَﻘَﺎﻓِﯿَﺔٌ َوِﺳﯿ‬

Art has an important mission. Her husband brought her a precious gift. In the novel, there are two fundamental issues with important cultural and political connotations.

‫ اﻟﻼم‬with interrogatives and conjunctions ‫ اﻟﻼم‬with interrogatives ‫ َﻣﺎ = ﻟَِﻢ‬+ ‫اﻟﻼم‬ َ ‫ َﻣ‬+ ‫اﻟﻼم‬ َ ‫ﺎذا = ﻟِ َﻤ‬ ‫ﺎذا‬ ‫ﺐ؟‬ ُ ‫اﻟﻌَﺠ‬ َ ‫ﻟَِﻢ‬ ‫ض؟‬ ُ ‫ﺎو‬ ُ َ‫ﻟَِﻢ اﻟﺘﱠﻔ‬ َ ‫ﻟَِﻤ‬ ُ ‫ﺎﻣَﻌ‬ ‫اﺳِﺔ؟‬ َ ‫ﺖا‬ َ ‫ﻮم اﱢﻟﺪَر‬ ِ ‫ﻟﺠ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻣ‬ ِ ‫ﺎت ﺑَِﺮْﻓِﻊ ُرُﺳ‬ َ َ‫ﺎذا ﻗ‬ َ ‫ﻟَِﻤ‬ ‫ﺎﺳﯿﱠﺔُ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﺿﺎع ﱢ‬ َ ‫ﺎذا ﺗََﺪْھَﻮَرت اﻷَْو‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺴﯿ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ق اﻷَ ْوَﺳِﻂ؟‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺸْﺮ‬

Why are you surprised? Why negotiate? Why did universities raise tuition fees? Why have the political situations in the Middle East deteriorated?

‫ َﻣْﻦ = ﻟَِﻤْﻦ‬+ ‫اﻟﻼم‬ ‫َﺎب؟‬ ُ ‫اﻟﻜﺘ‬ ِ ‫ﻟَِﻤْﻦ ھََﺬا‬ ‫ﻟَِﻤْﻦ ﺗَُﺪ ﱡ‬ ‫اس؟‬ ُ ‫ق اﻷَْﺟَﺮ‬ ‫ﻚ؟‬ َ َ‫ﻟَِﻤْﻦ ﺗُ َﻮﱢﺟﮫُ ِرَﺳﺎﻟَﺘ‬

Whose book is this?

‫اﻟﺠﺎﺋَِﺰةُ؟‬ َ ‫ﻟَِﻤْﻦ َﺳﺘُ ْﻤﻨَُﺢ‬

Who will be awarded the prize?

For whom do the bells toll? To whom is your message directed?

‫ اﻟﻼم‬with conjunctions ‫ ﻣﺎ = ﻟَِﻤﺎ‬+ ‫اﻟﻼم‬ َ ‫ﺼ‬ ُ‫ﺖ ﻟَِﻤﺎ ﯾَﻘُﻮﻟُﮫ‬ ُ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ِ ‫ﻮﻣِﺔ أَ ْن ﺗُ ْﻨ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺤُﻜ‬ .‫ﻮن‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤْﺤﺘَﱡﺠ‬ ُ ُ ‫اﻹْﻋَﺪ‬ ‫ ﻟَْﻦ ﺗَﺘِ ﱠﻢ‬،ُ‫اد ﻟَﮫ‬ ِ ‫ِوْﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟَِﻤﺎ ﯾَ ْﺠِﺮي‬ ْ ُ َ‫اﻻْﻧﺘَِﺨﺎﺑ‬ .‫ﻲ‬ ِ ِ ‫ﯾﻤﻮﻗَﺮ‬ ‫اط ﱟ‬ ُ ‫ﺎت ﻓِﻲ َﺟﱟﻮ ِد‬

The government should listen to what protesters say. According to what is being prepared, the elections will not take place in a democratic atmosphere.

‫ َﻣﻦ = ﻟَِﻤْﻦ‬+ ‫اﻟﻼم‬ ‫ﺢ‬ ُ ‫ﯾُْﺸﺘََﺮطُ ﻟَِﻤْﻦ ﯾَﺘَﻘَﱠﺪُم ﻟِْﻠُﺤ‬ ِ ‫ﻮل َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﻤﻨ‬ ْ .‫ﺎز‬ َ ‫أَْن ﯾَُﻜ‬ ٍ َ‫ﯾﺮ ُﻣْﻤﺘ‬ ِ ‫ﻮن ُﻣﺘ ََﺨﱢﺮًﺟﺎ َﺣِﺪﯾﺜًﺎ ﺑِﺘَﻘِﺪ‬ .‫ﺤﱡﻘﻮﻧَﮭَﺎ‬ َ ‫ﺖ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺠَﻮاﺋُِﺰ ﻟَِﻤْﻦ ﯾَْﺴﺘ‬ ِ َ‫أُ ْﻋِﻄﯿ‬

The grant applicant must be a recent graduate with excellent grades. Awards were given to those who deserve them.

38

One-letter prepositions

Fixed expressions with ‫اﻟﻼم‬ Projects have been established to benefit from groundwater in the desert.

ْ ‫ أُﻗِْﯿَﻤ‬for / to ٌ ‫وﻋ‬ ‫ﺎت ِﻷَ ْﺟِﻞ‬ َ ‫ﺖ َﻣْﺸُﺮ‬ ‫اﻟﺠْﻮﻓِﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ َ َ‫اﻻْﺳﺘِﻔ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤﯿَِﺎه‬ ِ ‫ﺎدِة ِﻣَﻦ‬ ِ ْ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﺮ‬ ‫ﺤ‬ ‫اﻟﺼ‬ ‫ﻲ‬ .‫اء‬ َ ِ ِ‫ﻓ‬

ُ ‫ي ﺗ َْﻤِﻜ‬ ‫ ِﻣ َﻦ ﱠ‬for ‫اﻟﻤْﺮأَِة‬ ‫ور ﱢ‬ َ ‫ﯿﻦ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻀُﺮ‬ ‫ات‬ ٍ ‫ﺎر‬ َ َ‫اﻟﻤْﺠﺘََﻤ ِﻊ ِﻻْﻋﺘِﺒ‬ ُ ‫ ﻓِﻲ‬considerations ‫ﺎﺳﯿ ٍﱠﺔ‬ َ ِ‫اِ ْﻗﺘ‬ ِ َ‫ﺎدﯾ ٍﱠﺔ َوِﺳﯿ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬ .‫ﺎﻋﯿ ٍﱠﺔ‬ ِ ‫واِ ْﺟﺘَِﻤ‬ The election results were ‫ﺎت ِﻷَ ﱠن‬ ُ ‫ ﺗَ ﱠﻢ إِْﻟَﻐ‬because ِ َ‫اﻻْﻧﺘِ َﺨﺎﺑ‬ ِ ‫ﺞ‬ ِ ِ‫ﺎء ﻧَﺘَﺎﺋ‬ cancelled because voter ْ َ‫ﯿﻦ َﻛﺎﻧ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ َ ِ‫ﺎﺧﺒ‬ َ ‫ﻧِْﺴﺒَﺔَ ُﻣَﺸ‬ ِ ‫ﺎرَﻛِﺔ اﻟﻨﱠ‬ turnout was under 50 ْ‫اﻟﻤﺌَِﺔ ِﻣﻦ‬ َ ‫أَﻗَﱠﻞ ِﻣْﻦ َﺧْﻤِﺴ‬ ِ ‫ﯿﻦ ﻓِﻲ‬ percent of the total number .‫ﯿﻦ‬ َ ِ‫اﻟﻤَﺴﱢﺠﻠ‬ ُ ‫ﻮع‬ ِ ‫َﻣْﺠُﻤ‬ of registered voters. It is necessary to empower women in society for economic, political and social considerations.

Fortunately, there was no one in the building when the fire broke out.

‫اﻟﺤ ﱢ‬ ‫ﺎك أَ َﺣٌﺪ‬ َ َ‫ﻆ ﻟَ ْﻢ ﯾَُﻜْﻦ ھُﻨ‬ َ ‫ ﻟُِﺤْﺴِﻦ‬fortunately ُ ‫اﻟﺤ ِﺮ‬ .‫ﯾﻖ‬ َ ‫ﻓِﻲ اﻟﺒِﻨَﺎﯾَ ِﺔ ِﺣْﯿَﻦ اِ ْﻧَﺪﻟَ َﻊ‬

It was raining too heavily, so traffic was disrupted.

َ ‫ﺖ اﻷَ ْﻣ‬ َ َ‫ ھ‬so ‫ﯾﺮةً ِﺟًﺪا؛‬ َ ‫ﻄﺎر َﻏِﺰ‬ ِ َ‫ﻄﻠ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ُ ْ َ َ َ ‫ور‬ ِ ‫ﻟَِﺬا ﺗَﻌﻄﻠﺖ َﺣَﺮﻛﺔ ُﻣُﺮ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ .‫ات‬ َ ‫اﻟﺴﯿ‬ ِ ‫ﱠﺎر‬ ‫ َزَاد ﱠ‬thus ‫ﺎﺣِﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺪْﺧُﻞ ِﻣَﻦ ﱢ‬ َ َ‫اﻟﺴﯿ‬ َ ،‫ﺎﺿﻲ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻌِﺎم‬ ِ ‫ﺎرِﺟﯿِﱠﺔ ﻓِﻲ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺨ‬ َ َ ‫اء‬ َ ِ‫َوﻟِﺬﻟ‬ ُ ‫ﻚ ﺗ ََﺤﱠﺴَﻦ اﻷَد‬ ‫ﺎد ﱡ‬ .‫ﺎم‬ َ ِ‫اﻻْﻗﺘ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ِ ٍ ‫ي ﺑَِﺸْﻜٍﻞ َﻋ‬

Income from foreign tourism increased last year, and thus, overall economic performance improved.

‫ِﻷَ ْﺟِﻞ‬

‫ات‬ ٍ ‫ﺎر‬ َ َ‫ِﻻْﻋﺘِﺒ‬

‫ِﻷَ ﱠن‬

‫اﻟﺤ ﱢ‬ ‫ﻆ‬ َ ‫ﻟُِﺤْﺴِﻦ‬ ‫ﻟَِﺬا‬

‫ﻚ‬ َ ِ‫ﻟَِﺬﻟ‬

Unfortunately, the political experience in most Arab countries seems to lack democracy and transparency.

‫اﻟﺤ ﱢ‬ ُ‫ ﺗَْﺒُﺪو اﻟﺘﱠ ْﺠِﺮﺑَﺔ‬،‫ﻆ‬ َ ‫ﻮء‬ ِ ‫ ﻟُِﺴ‬unfortunately ‫ان‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ِ َ‫ﺎﺳﯿﱠﺔُ ﻓِﻲ أَْﻏﻠ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺴﯿ‬ ِ ‫ﺐ ﺑُْﻠَﺪ‬ ْ ْ َ َ ‫اﻟﻌَﺮﺑِﯿ ِﱠﺔ ﺗَﻔﺘَﻘُِﺮ إِﻟﻰ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘَ ِﺔ‬ ِ ْ ‫ﱠ‬ ْ .‫واﻟﺸﻔَﺎﻓِﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ‫اطﯿَ ِﺔ‬ ‫ﺮ‬ ‫ﻮﻗ‬ ‫ﻤ‬ ‫ﯾ‬ ‫اﻟﺪ‬ ِ َ ُ ‫ﱢ‬

‫اﻟﺤ ﱢ‬ ‫ﻆ‬ َ ‫ﻮء‬ ِ ‫ﻟُِﺴ‬

The economic recession will not last forever.

ُ ‫ﻟﺮُﻛ‬ ‫ﺎد ﱡ‬ ‫ ا ﱡ‬forever ‫ي ﻟَْﻦ ﯾَْﺴﺘَِﻤﱠﺮ‬ َ ِ‫اﻻْﻗﺘ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ِ ‫ﻮد‬ َ .‫ﻟِﻸﺑَﺪ‬ ‫َﺎك َوْﻋٌﻲ‬ َ ‫ﻒ ﻟَ ْﻢ ﯾَ ُﻜْﻦ ھُﻨ‬ ِ ‫ ﻟِﻸَ َﺳ‬unfortunately َ ‫اﻟﺤﻘِﯿﻘِﯿِﱠﺔ‬ ٍ ‫َﻛ‬ َ ‫ﺎب‬ ِ َ‫ﺎف ﺑِﺎﻷ ْﺳﺒ‬ ‫ﻮل َﻏْﯿَﺮ‬ ُ ُ‫اﻟﺤﻠ‬ ُ ‫ﺖ‬ ِ َ‫ ﻓََﻜﺎﻧ‬،‫ﻠﻤْﺸِﻜﻠَِﺔ‬ ُ ِ‫ﻟ‬ .‫َواﻗِِﻌﯿ ٍﱠﺔ‬

‫ﻟِﻸَﺑَِﺪ‬

Unfortunately, there was not enough awareness of the real causes of the problem, so the solutions were unrealistic. I’ve just left the meeting. The government’s position has become extremely awkward after discussing its human rights record.

ُ ‫ َﺧَﺮْﺟ‬just .‫ﺎع‬ ِ ‫ﺖ ﻟِﻠﺘﱠ ﱢﻮ ِﻣَﻦ‬ ِ ‫اﻻْﺟﺘِ َﻤ‬

ُ ِ‫ﺻﺒَ َﺢ َﻣْﻮﻗ‬ ْ َ‫ أ‬very/ ‫ﻮﻣِﺔ َﺣِﺮًﺟﺎ‬ ُ ‫ﻒا‬ َ ‫ﻟﺤُﻜ‬ َ ِ‫ ﻟ‬extremely ‫ﻮق‬ ِ ُ‫ﻠﻐﺎﯾَِﺔ ﺑَْﻌَﺪ ُﻣﻨَﺎﻗََﺸِﺔ ِﺳِﺠﱢﻞ ُﺣﻘ‬ .‫ﺎن ﻓِﻲ اﻟﺒَﻠَ ِﺪ‬ ِ ‫اﻹْﻧَﺴ‬ ِ

‫ﻒ‬ ِ ‫ﻟِﻸََﺳ‬

‫ﻟِﻠﺘﱠ ﱢﻮ‬ َ ِ‫ﻟ‬ ‫ﻠﻐﺎﯾَ ِﺔ‬

One-letter prepositions 39 Mathematics and algebra books were translated from Arabic into Latin in the twelfth century AD.

ْ ‫ ﺗُ ْﺮِﺟَﻤ‬AD ‫ﺎب واﻟَﺠْﺒِﺮ‬ ُ ُ‫ﺖ ُﻛﺘ‬ ِ ‫ﻟﺤَﺴ‬ ِ ‫ﺐا‬ ‫اﻟﻌَﺮﺑِﯿ ِﱠﺔ إِﻟَﻰ ﱠ‬ ‫اﻟﻼﺗِﯿﻨِﯿ ِﱠﺔ ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫ِﻣَﻦ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ْ َ .‫ﻠﻤﯿﻼِد‬ ِ ِ‫اﻟﻘَْﺮِن اﻟﺜﺎﻧِﻲ َﻋﺸَﺮ ﻟ‬

َ ‫ﻠﻤ‬ ‫ﯿﻼِد‬ ِ ِ‫ﻟ‬

Arab culture was promoted during the first three centuries of the Hijra.

‫ﻟﻌَﺮﺑِﯿﱠﺔُ ِﺧَﻼَل‬ َ ‫ت اﻟﺜﱠﻘَﺎﻓَﺔُ ا‬ ِ ‫ ﺗ ََﻌﱠﺰَز‬of the Hijra ُ َ َ َ َ ْ ‫ﻼ‬ ‫ﻟﺜ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ون‬ ‫ﺠ‬ ‫ﻠﮭ‬ ‫ﻟ‬ ‫ﻰ‬ ‫وﻟ‬ ‫اﻷ‬ ‫ﺔ‬ ‫ﺛ‬ .‫ﺮ ِة‬ َ ِ ِ ِ ِ ‫اﻟﻘُُﺮ‬

‫ﻠﮭْﺠَﺮِة‬ ِ ِ‫ﻟ‬

The player was not able to train because of his injury, so he had to postpone the game.

‫ ﻟَْﻢ ﯾَ ُﻜِﻦ ﱠ‬for this ‫ﺎدًرا َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﻼِﻋ‬ ِ َ‫ﺐ ﻗ‬ ْ ‫ﺐ‬ َ ‫ ُﻣَﻤ‬reason ِ َ‫ﺎرَﺳِﺔ ﺗَﺪِرﯾﺒَﺎﺗِِﮫ ﺑِ َﺴﺒ‬ ْ ُ‫ َوﻟِﮭَ َﺬا ا‬،‫ﺻﺎﺑَﺘِِﮫ‬ ‫ﺿﻄُ ﱠﺮ إِﻟَﻰ‬ َ ِ‫إ‬ .‫اة‬ َ َ‫اﻟﻤﺒ‬ ِ ‫ﺎر‬ ُ ‫ﯿﻞ‬ ِ ‫ﺗَﺄِْﺟ‬ َ ‫ﺖ‬ َ ‫ اِ ْﻧﺘ‬for a long .‫ﯾﻞ‬ ٍ ‫َﻈْﺮﺗُ ُﻜﻢ ﻟِ َﻮْﻗ‬ ٍ ‫طِﻮ‬

I waited for you for a long time. The country was colonized for a long time. China has come close to reaching the World Cup finals for the first time in its history. At first glance, the judge looks like he is thirty years old. We did not think for a moment about the consequences of our decision.

time

‫ﺎر ﻟَِﺰَﻣٍﻦ‬ َ ‫َﺧ‬ ِ ِ‫ﻀَﻊ اﻟﺒَﻠَ ُﺪ ﻟ‬ ِ ‫ﻼْﺳﺘِْﻌَﻤ‬ َ .‫ﯾﻞ‬ ٍ ‫طِﻮ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺼ‬ ‫ﻮغ‬ ‫ﺖ ﱢ‬ ِ َ‫اِْﻗﺘََﺮﺑ‬ ِ ُ‫ﯿﻦ ِﻣْﻦ ﺑُﻠ‬ ْ ‫ﻟﻌﺎﻟَِﻢ ﻟِ ُﻜَﺮِة اﻟﻘَ َﺪِم‬ َ ‫سا‬ ِ ‫ﻧِﮭَﺎﺋِﯿﱠ‬ ِ ‫ﺎت َﻛﺄ‬ ُ َ َ ْ .‫ﺨﮭَﺎ‬ ِ ‫ﺎرﯾ‬ َ ِ‫ﻟ‬ ِ ‫ﻠﻤﱠﺮِة اﻷوﻟﻰ ﻓِﻲ ﺗ‬

‫ﻟِﮭََﺬا‬

َ ‫ﺖ‬ ‫ﯾﻞ‬ ٍ ‫ﻟَِﻮْﻗ‬ ٍ ‫طِﻮ‬

for a long time

َ ‫ﻟَِﺰَﻣٍﻦ‬ ‫ﯾﻞ‬ ٍ ‫طِﻮ‬

for the first time

‫ﻠﻤﱠﺮِة اﻷُوﻟَﻰ‬ َ ِ‫ﻟ‬

‫ﺎﺿﻲ‬ ِ َ‫ﻠﻮْھﻠَِﺔ اﻷُوﻟَﻰ ﯾَْﺒُﺪو اﻟﻘ‬ َ ِ‫ ﻟ‬at first glance .‫ﺮِه‬ َ ِ‫َوَﻛﺄَﻧﱠﮫُ ﻓِﻲ اﻟﺜﱠ َﻼﺛ‬ ِ ‫ﯿﻦ ِﻣْﻦ ُﻋْﻤ‬

‫ﻠﻮْھﻠَ ِﺔ‬ َ ِ‫ﻟ‬ ُ َ ‫اﻷوﻟﻰ‬

َ ‫ ﻟَ ْﻢ ﻧُﻔَ ﱢﻜْﺮ ﻟِﻠَ ْﺤ‬for a moment ‫ﺐ‬ ِ ِ‫ﻈٍﺔ ﻓِﻲ َﻋَﻮاﻗ‬ .‫ارﻧَﺎ‬ ِ ‫ﻗَ َﺮ‬

َ ‫ﻟِﻠَ ْﺤ‬ ‫ﻈٍﺔ‬

َ ‫اﻟﻜﺎف‬ َ as a preposition, as it is made up of one letter; Most grammarians classify ‫اﻟﻜﺎف‬ however, some grammarians argue that it can be classified as a noun that is formally َ ‫ ا‬has few usages in Arabic, mainly to express similarity. It is a synundeveloped. ‫ﻟﻜﺎف‬ ْ onym of (‫)ِﻣﺜﻞ‬, and it means ‘as’ or ‘like’. It cannot be followed by a pronoun suffix. ‫ اﻟﻜﺎف‬in context ُ ‫ أُ َﺳﺎﻓُِﺮ َﻛَﻤﺎ أُ ِر‬،‫ﺻَﺤﻔِﱟﻲ‬ ‫ﺎن‬ َ ‫ﺼﱢﻮٍر‬ َ ‫ﻓِﻲ َﻋَﻤﻠِﻲ َﻛُﻤ‬ ُ ‫ ﻓَﺄَﻧَﺎ َﻛﺎﻟﻄﱠ ْﯿِﺮ‬،‫ﯾﺪ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﻤﮭ‬ ٍ ‫ﺎﺟِﺮ أَﺗَﻨَﻘﱠ ُﻞ ِﻣْﻦ َﻣَﻜ‬ ُ َ ْ َ ‫ﺎن‬ ُ ‫ ُزْر‬،‫ َوﻓِﻲ َﻋَﻤﻠِﻲ‬.‫اﻟﻌِﺎم‬ َ ‫ﻣﺮ‬ ‫ت ﻗَ ﱠ‬ ‫وروﺑَﺎ َوإِﻓِﺮﯾﻘﯿَﺎ‬ ُ ‫ﯾﻜﺎ َوأ‬ ٍ ‫ﺎر‬ َ ِ‫ات َﻛﺜ‬ َ ‫ال‬ َ ‫طَﻮ‬ ٍ ‫إِﻟَﻰ َﻣَﻜ‬ ِ ‫ﯿﺮةً َﻛﺄ‬ َ َ َ ْ ْ َ ‫اﻟﻌﺎﻟَ َﻢ ھ َُﻮ َو‬ َ ُ َ ُ َ ‫ﱠ‬ َ ُ ‫ َوﯾ َُﻌﱢﺰُز ھ ََﺬا‬.‫طﻨِﻲ‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ﺄ‬ ‫ﻛ‬ ‫و‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ان‬ ‫ﻮ‬ ‫ﻨ‬ ‫ﻋ‬ ‫و‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ﻦ‬ ‫ط‬ ‫و‬ ‫ﻼ‬ ‫ﺑ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ‫ﻨ‬ ‫ﻛ‬ ‫ﻮ‬ ‫ﻟ‬ ‫ﺎ‬ ْ ٍ َ ْ ٍ َ ِ ْ ‫وآﺳﯿﺎ َﻛَﻤ‬ َ ِ

40

One-letter prepositions

‫ﱡ‬ َ ‫ ﻓَ َﻼ ﯾَْﺮﺑِﻄُﻨِﻲ ﺑَِﻮ‬،‫ﯿﺪ ﺑَِﻼ أَ ْھٍﻞ‬ ٌ ‫ َﻛَﻤﺎ أَﻧﱠﻨِﻲ َوِﺣ‬،‫ﺎل‬ ‫طﻨِﻲ اﻷُﱢم‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺸُﻌ‬ ِ ‫ﻮر ُﺣﺒﱢَﻲ ﻟِﻠﺘﱠ ْﺮَﺣ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ْ .‫ﯿﺪِة‬ ُ ‫إِﱠﻻ ﺑَْﻌ‬ َ ‫ﺎت اﻟﺒَِﻌ‬ ِ َ‫ﺾ اﻟﺬﻛَﺮﯾ‬ In my work as a news photographer, I travel as I want. I am like a migrant bird; I move from place to place throughout the year. In my work, I visited many continents, such as America, Europe, Africa and Asia, as if I had no homeland or address, or as if the world was my homeland. This feeling is strengthened by my love for travels; moreover, I am a lonely person with no family and nothing connects me to my homeland except some distant memories.

َ in context Notes on the usage of ‫اﻟﻜﺎف‬ َ ‫ ا‬is used in limited contexts, particularly to express similarity, as in The preposition ‫ﻟﻜﺎف‬ ِْ ‫)أَﻧَﺎ َﻛﺎﻟﻄﱠ‬, and it can be used to express ‘in the capacity of’, such as in (‫ﺼﱢﻮ ٍر‬ (‫ﺮ‬ ‫ﯿ‬ َ ‫)َﻋَﻤﻠِﻲ َﻛُﻤ‬ ُ َ ً َ ‫ﻣﺮ‬ and when giving examples, for example, in (‫وروﺑَﺎ‬ ُ ‫ﯾﻜﺎ َوأ‬ ٍ ‫ﺎر‬ َ ِ‫ات َﻛﺜ‬ َ َ‫)ﻗ‬. It is also used ِ ‫ﯿﺮة َﻛﺄ‬ in some compounds, such as (‫ َﻛﺄ َ ﱠن‬،‫)َﻛَﻤﺎ‬. َ Functions of ‫اﻟﻜﺎف‬ ‫ اﻟﻜﺎف‬is used to express similarity, as in the following cases: ْ ‫ﺻَﻼُح اﱢﻟﺪْﯾُﻤ‬ َ َ‫َﺳﯿ‬ ْ ‫اﻹ‬ ‫ﻟﻌﺎﻟَ ِﻢ‬ َ ‫اطﱡﻲ ﻓِﻲ ا‬ ِ ‫ﻮﻗَﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﻈﱡﻞ‬ َ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﺮ‬ ‫ﻟﺴ‬ ‫ﺎ‬ ‫ﻛ‬ ‫ﻲ‬ ‫ﺑ‬ .‫اب‬ َ ‫ا‬ ِ َ ‫ﻟﻌَﺮ ِ ﱢ‬ .‫ﺞ‬ ِ ‫ﺗَﻔَﺎﻗَ َﻤ‬ ُ ‫ﺖ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤْﺸِﻜﻠَﺔُ َﻛُﻜَﺮِة اﻟﺜْﱠﻠ‬ ‫تا ﱠ‬ ُ ‫ﻟﺸﺎﺋَِﻌ‬ .‫ﺸﯿﻢ‬ ِ ‫أَ َﺧَﺬ‬ ِ َ‫ﺎر ﻓﻲ اﻟﮭ‬ ِ ‫ﺎت ﺗَْﻨﺘَِﺸُﺮ َﻛﺎﻟﻨﱠ‬

ُ ‫أَ ْﻋِﺮ‬ .‫ﻮح‬ ٍ ‫ﺻِﺪﯾﻘَﺘِﻲ َﻛِﻜﺘ‬ َ ‫ف‬ ٍ ُ‫َﺎب َﻣْﻔﺘ‬

Democratic reform in the Arab world will continue to look like a mirage. The problem snowballed. Rumors spread like wildfire. I know my friend like an open book.

‫ اﻟﻜﺎف‬is also used in similes, such as the following: ُ ‫َﺎر‬ ٌ ‫ب ﻧ َِﻈ‬ .‫ﺞ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺤْﺰ‬ ِ ‫ﯾﺦ‬ ِ ‫ﺗ‬ ِ ‫ﯿﻒ َﻛﺎﻟﺜْﱠﻠ‬

َ ‫أَ ْﻧ‬ ‫ﻲء َﻛ ﱡ‬ .‫ﺎة‬ ٌ ‫ﺖ ﺑَِﻄ‬ ِ َ‫ﺎﻟﺴﻠَ ْﺤﻔ‬

The history of the party is as clear as ice. You are as slow as a tortoise.

‫ اﻟﻜﺎف‬is used to express roles and positions, with the meaning of ‘as’ or ‘in the capacity of’. In this sense, it is often followed by a noun that expresses a role, as in the following:

‫ﯿﻦ َﻋٍﺎم ﻟِْﻠُﻤﻨَﻈﱠ َﻤِﺔ ﱠ‬ ‫ب‬ َ ‫ أَ ْﻋَﺮ‬،‫اﻟﺪْوﻟِﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ٍ ‫َﻛﺄ َ ِﻣ‬ َ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ات‬ ِ ‫َﻋْﻦ ﻗَﻠَﻘِِﮫ ِﻣْﻦ ﻗَ ْﻤ ِﻊ اﻟﺘﻈﺎھَُﺮ‬ .‫اﻟﺴ ْﻠِﻤﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﯿﺲ‬ ٍ َ‫ھََﺬا أَ ﱠوُل َﻣﻘ‬ ٍ ِ‫ﺎل ﻟِﻲ أَ ْﻛﺘُﺒُﮫُ َﻛَﺮﺋ‬ .‫ﯾﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﻟِﻠﺘﱠ ْﺤ ِﺮ‬

As secretary-general of the international organization, he expressed concerns about the suppression of peaceful demonstrations. This is the first article I write as editor-in-chief.

One-letter prepositions 41

ُ ‫ﯾ ُْﺪ ِر‬ ‫اﻟﻤَﺴﻠﱠ َﺤِﺔ‬ ُ ‫ﺎر‬ ُ َ‫ك ِﻛﺒ‬ ِ ‫ﱠﺎط اﻟﻘُ ﱠﻮ‬ ِ ‫ﺿﺒ‬ ُ ‫ات‬ ‫ال‬ ُ ‫أَﻧﱠﮭ ُْﻢ ﻟَ ْﻦ ﯾَْﺴﺘَِﻄ‬ َ ‫ﺼ‬ ِ ‫ﯿﻌﻮا ﺗَْﻨ‬ ٍ ‫ﯿﺐ ِﺟﻨَِﺮ‬ َ َ .‫ﯿﺲ ﻟِﻠﺒِﻼِد‬ ٍ ِ‫آﺧَﺮ َﻛَﺮﺋ‬ ْ ‫ﯿﺮ ﻟِِﻤ‬ ‫ﺼَﺮ ﻓِﻲ ﱡ‬ ‫ان أَ ْﺣﻠُ ُﻢ ﺑِﺄ َ ْن‬ َ ‫اﻟﺴ‬ ِ ‫ﻮد‬ ٍ ِ‫َﻛَﺴﻔ‬ َ َ ُ َ ‫ﯾﻦ َﻋﻠﻰ‬ َ ‫ﺗَُﻜ‬ َ ‫ﻮن‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻌَﻼﻗﺎت ﺑَ ْﯿَﻦ اﻟﺒَﻠ َﺪ‬ ْ ‫أَ ْﺣَﺴِﻦ َو‬ .‫ﺟٍﮫ‬

Senior military officers know that they will not be able to install another general as president. As an ambassador from Egypt in Sudan, I dream that relations between the two countries will be at their best.

‫ اﻟﻜﺎف‬is used to elaborate or give examples, in the sense of ‘like’ or ‘such as’, as in the following: َ ‫ﺎن أَ َﺣَﺪ ا‬ ُ ‫اﻹْﻧَﺴ‬ ‫ﯾﺦ‬ َ ‫ھَْﻞ َو‬ ِ ‫ﺐ َﻛﺎ‬ ِ ‫اﻛ‬ ِ ‫ﻟﻜَﻮ‬ ِ ‫ﺻَﻞ‬ ِ ‫ﻟﻤﱢﺮ‬ ‫ﺎرد؟‬ ِ َ‫أَ ْو ُﻋﻄ‬ ْ ‫ﻄﱠﻮَر‬ َ ‫ت أَ ْﻧِﺸ‬ َ َ‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﺎت‬ ِ ‫ﻄﺔُ اﻟﺘﱠ ْﺮَﺟَﻤِﺔ ِﻣَﻦ اﱡﻟﻠَﻐ‬ ‫ﱡ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎرِﺳﯿِﱠﺔ‬ ِ ‫اﻷَ ْﺟﻨَﺒِﯿﱠﺔ إِﻟَﻰ اﻟﻠَﻐ‬ ِ َ‫ﺎت اﻟﺸْﺮﻗِﯿِﱠﺔ َﻛﺎﻟﻔ‬ . ‫َواﻷُْرُدو واﻟﺘﱡْﺮِﻛﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫ﺗ ﱠَﻢ ا‬ ُ ‫ﻟﻜْﺸ‬ ‫ﺎدَن َﻛﺎ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎص‬ َ ‫ﻟﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﻒ َﻋْﻦ َﻣَﻌ‬ ِ ‫ﺻ‬ َ .‫ﺎك‬ ِ ‫ﯿﺦ ﻓِﻲ اﻷ ْﺳَﻤ‬ ِ َ‫واﻟﱢﺰْﺋﺒ‬ ِ ِ‫ﻖ واﻟﱠﺰْرﻧ‬ ‫ﺎت‬ ُ ِ‫ﻮﻣِﺔ ﺗَْﻮﻓ‬ ُ ‫ﯾَْﻨﺒَِﻐﻲ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤْﺴﺘَْﻠَﺰَﻣ‬ ُ ‫ﯿﺮ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺤُﻜ‬ ‫ت‬ َ ‫واﻟﻤَﻮ‬ ِ ‫اﺻَﻼ‬ ِ ‫اﻷَ َﺳ‬ ُ ‫ﺎﺳﯿِﱠﺔ َﻛﺎﻟﺘﱠ ْﻌﻠِِﯿﻢ َواﻟﻨﱠ ْﻘِﻞ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤﯿَ ِﺎه‬ .‫ﺎء‬ ‫اﻋِﺔ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ َ ‫واﻟﺼﻨ‬ َ ‫واﻟﺰَر‬ ِ َ‫واﻟﻜْﮭُﺮﺑ‬ ِ ‫َﺎﻋِﺔ َو‬

Have humans reached planets like Mars or Mercury? Translation activities from foreign languages into Eastern languages such as Persian, Urdu and Turkish have developed. Minerals such as lead, mercury and arsenic have been detected in fish. The government should provide basic necessities such as education, transport, communications, agriculture, industry, water and electricity.

Notes on usage

ّ ) to make (‫ﻛﺄن‬ ّ ), which means ‘as if’, as in ‫ اﻟﻜﺎف‬is used with the conjunction (‫أن‬ the following:

‫ﯾﻜﯿﱠﺔ َﻻ ﺗَْﻜﻔِﻲ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ‬ ِ ‫َﻛﺄ َ ﱠن اﻟﮭَْﯿَﻤﻨَﺔَ اﻷَْﻣِﺮ‬ ُ.‫ﺎف إِﻟَْﯿﮭَﺎ اﻟﮭَْﯿَﻤﻨَﺔُ اﻟﻔََﺮْﻧِﺴﯿﱠﺔ‬ ُ ‫ﻀ‬ َ ُ‫ﺗ‬ ْ َ‫ب اﻷ‬ ‫ﺎل ﻟَ ْﻢ ﯾ َُﺤﻘﱢ ْﻖ أَ ﱠ‬ ‫ي ﺗَﻘَﱡﺪٍم ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫َﻛﺄ َ ﱠن أَ َد‬ ِ َ ‫طﻔ‬ .‫ﻲ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻌﺎﻟَ ِﻢ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻌَﺮﺑِ ﱢ‬ ‫َﻛﺄ َ ﱠن ﱠ‬ .‫ﻒ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺰَﻣَﻦ ﺗََﻮﻗﱠ‬ ُ ‫ﺼ‬ ‫ﻮﻣِﺔ‬ ُ ِ‫ﻒ ﺑ‬ َ ‫ﻀ‬ ِ ‫ﯿﺤﺔَ اﻟﺘِﻲ ﺗَْﻌ‬ ِ َ‫َﻛﺄ َ ﱠن اﻟﻔ‬ َ ‫ﺎﻟﺤُﻜ‬ ً.‫ﺖ َﻛﺎﻓِﯿَﺔ‬ ْ ‫ﻟَ ْﯿَﺴ‬

As if American hegemony was not enough, now there is also French hegemony. As if children’s literature did not achieve any progress in the Arab world. As if time stopped. As if the scandal in the government is not enough.

‫ اﻟﻜﺎف‬is used with the demonstrative pronoun (‫ﻚ‬ َ ِ‫ )َذﻟ‬to make (‫ﻚ‬ َ ِ‫)َﻛَﺬﻟ‬, which means ‘also’ or ‘as well as’, as in the following:

‫ﻄﻘَﺔُ ﱠ‬ َ ‫ﻚ ِﻣْﻨ‬ ُ ِ‫ﺗَْﻤﺘَﻠ‬ ‫ق اﻷَْوَﺳِﻂ ﺛُﻠُﺜَّﻲ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺸْﺮ‬ ُ ُ ْ َ َ ‫ﱢ‬ َ ‫ﻚ ﺛﻠ‬ ‫ﺚ‬ َ ِ‫ﻟﻌﺎﻟ ِﻤﱢﻲ ِﻣَﻦ اﻟﻨﻔِﻂ َوَﻛﺬﻟ‬ َ ‫ﺎطﱢﻲ ا‬ ِ َ‫اﻻْﺣﺘِﯿ‬ ِ ‫ﱠ‬ َ َ ْ .‫ﻲ‬ ‫ﯿﻌ‬ ‫ﺒ‬ ‫اﻟﻄ‬ ‫ﺎز‬ ‫اﻟﻐ‬ ‫ﻦ‬ ‫ﻣ‬ ‫ﻲ‬ ‫ﻤ‬ ‫ﺎﻟ‬ ‫اﻟﻌ‬ ‫ﻲ‬ ‫ﺎط‬ ‫ﯿ‬ ‫ﺘ‬ ‫ﺣ‬ ‫اﻻ‬ َ ِ ‫ِ َِ ِ ﱢ َ ِ ﱢ‬ ‫ِ ِ ِ ﱢ‬

The Middle East has two-thirds of the world’s oil reserves and also one-third of the world’s natural gas reserves.

42

One-letter prepositions

ُ ‫ﻮﺻﺎا‬ ْ ‫ﻟﺨ‬ ‫ات‬ ُ ‫ﯿﻞَوُﺧ‬ ً ‫ﺼ‬ ِ ‫ﻀَﺮَو‬ ِ ‫ﻟﻤَﺤ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﺻ‬ َ ‫َﻏﺎﻟِﺒِﯿﱠﺔُا‬ َ َ‫اﻛﮫَ ﺗَﺘ‬ َ ‫ﺐ‬ .‫ﺎه‬ ُ ‫ﻄﻠﱠ‬ َ ِ‫َوَﻛَﺬﻟ‬ َ ِ‫اﻟﻜﺜ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﻤﯿ‬ ِ ‫ﯿﺮ ِﻣَﻦ‬ ِ ‫ﻚ اﻟﻔََﻮ‬ ْ َ‫َﺣِﻈﯿ‬ ْ ِ‫ﺖ ﺑَْﻐَﺪُاد ﺑ‬ ‫ﺎھﺘِِﻤِﺎم ا ﱠ‬ ‫ﯿﻦ‬ َ ‫ﻟﻤَﺆﱢرِﺧ‬ ُ ‫ﻟﺮَﺣﺎﻟَِﺔ َوا‬ ‫ﯿﻦ‬ َ ِ‫اﻟﻤْﺴﺘ َْﺸِﺮﻗ‬ َ ِ‫ﻤﯿﻦ َوَﻛَﺬﻟ‬ َ ِ‫اﻟﻤْﺴﻠ‬ ُ ‫ﻚ َﻋَﺪٍد ِﻣَﻦ‬ ُ ُ .‫ﱢﯿﻦ‬ ‫وﺑﯿ‬ ‫ور‬ ُ ‫اﻷ‬ َ ُ ‫ﺎﺳ‬ ‫ﺎوِن‬ ُ ‫ﺲ اﻟﺘﱠ َﻌ‬ َ َ‫ﺗَْﺴَﻌﻰ ِﺳﯿ‬ ِ ِ‫ﺎت ُدَوِل َﻣْﺠﻠ‬ ُ َ ‫ﱡ‬ َ ‫ا‬ ‫ﻟﻌَﺮﺑِﯿِﱠﺔ اﻷْﺧَﺮى إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫و‬ ‫ﻟﺪ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ﻚ‬ ‫ﻟ‬ ‫ﺬ‬ َ َ ِ َ ِ ‫ﯿﺠﱢﻲ َوَﻛ‬ ِ ِ‫ﻟﺨﻠ‬ َ ْ َ ‫ﻟﻤْﻤِﻜﻨَِﺔ َﻣَﻊ ا‬ .‫ب‬ َ ‫ﻀِﻞ‬ َ ‫ﺎﻣِﺔ أﻓ‬ ِ ‫ﻟﻐْﺮ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﻌَﻼﻗ‬ ُ ‫ﺎت ا‬ َ َ‫إِﻗ‬

The majority of crops, especially vegetables and fruits, require a lot of water. Baghdad has attracted the attention of Muslim travelers and historians as well as a number of European orientalists. The policies of the GCC and other Arab countries seek to establish the best possible relations with the West.

‫ اﻟﻜﺎف‬is used with the indefinite relative pronoun (‫ )َﻣﺎ‬to make (‫)َﻛَﻤﺎ‬, which is very common in usage in Arabic in the sense of ‘as’ or ‘as well as’. (‫ )َﻛَﻤﺎ‬can be followed by a number of constructions, such as in the following: •

‫ َﻛَﻤﺎ‬can be followed by a verb, such as in

‫ َﻛَﻤﺎ‬،‫ان ﻓَ ْﻮًرا‬ ُ ‫ﻒ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤﻨَﻈﱠ َﻤﺔُ ﺑَِﻮْﻗ‬ ِ َ‫طﺎَﻟَﺒ‬ ُ ‫ﺖ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻌْﺪَو‬ ْ ْ ْ َ‫طَﺎﻟَﺒ‬ َ ‫وض َﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻔُﺮ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺤ‬ ِ ‫ﺖ ﺑَِﺮﻓِﻊ‬ َ ‫ﺎر‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ِ .‫اﻟﺒَﻠَ ِﺪ‬ ْ َ‫َﻛَﻤﺎ أ‬ ‫ون‬ َ ‫ ﯾَُﺆﯾُﱢﺪ‬%90 ‫ت اﻟﻨﱠﺘَﺎﺋِ ُﺞ أَ ﱠن‬ ِ ‫ظﮭَ َﺮ‬ ْ ْ ‫اﻹ‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ﱢ‬ َ ِ‫اﻻﻗﺘ‬ َ َ‫اﻟﺴﯿ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ِ َ‫ﺎﺳﺔ‬ َ َ‫ﺎدﯾﱠﺔ َوﺑَْﺮﻧ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻣَﺞ‬ ِ ‫ﺻَﻼ‬ ْ ‫ﺎد‬ ‫ﺼ‬ ‫ﺘ‬ ‫ﻗ‬ .‫ي‬ ‫اﻻ ِ َ ِ ﱢ‬ ِ ‫ﱠ‬ َ ‫ﯾﺦ َﻛَﻤﺎ‬ َ ‫ﺎر‬ .ُ‫ﺷﺎھََﺪه‬ ِ ‫ﯾَْﺤِﻜﻲ ﻟِﻲ َﺟﱢﺪي اﻟﺘ‬

The organization called for an immediate end to the aggression as well as an end to the siege imposed on the country.

‫اﻹْﻓِﺮﯾﻘِﯿِﱠﺔ‬ َ َ‫َﻛَﻤﺎ ﺗَْﻌﻠَُﻢ ﻓَﺈِ ﱠن ُﻣﻨَﻈﱠ َﻤﺔ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻮْﺣَﺪِة‬ ْ ‫ﺗََﻮﻟﱠ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤْﺴﺄَﻟَﺔَ َوَﺣَﺪ‬ ‫ث ﺗَﻘَ ﱡﺪٌم ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫ﺖ ھَِﺬِه‬ .‫ُﻮدھَﺎ‬ ِ ‫ُﺟﮭ‬

As you know, the Organization of African Unity has taken up this issue and progress has been made in its efforts.

•

The results also showed that 90% support economic policy and the economic reform program. My grandfather tells me the history as he had seen it.

‫ َﻛَﻤﺎ‬can be followed by a complete nominal sentence, as in the following:

‫ﯾَِﺠُﺪ ﱠ‬ ‫اﻟﻤِﮭﱠﻤِﺔ‬ ‫ﺎﻛِﻦ ﱢ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺴﯿ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺰاﺋُِﺮ ﻓِﻲ اﻷَ َﻣ‬ ُ ‫ﺎﺣﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ‫ار‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺤ‬ ً ‫أَ ْﺳَﻤ‬ َ ‫ﺎء َﻋَﺮﺑِﯿﱠﺔً َﻛَﻤﺎ ھَُﻮ‬ ِ ‫ﺎل ﻓِﻲ َﻣَﺰ‬ ُ ‫ﯾﺲ ﻧ‬ .‫َﺎﻋﻮم‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻘِﱢﺪ‬ َ ْ ْ ُ ‫ﻀَﻞ‬ ً َ‫ﺶ َﺧﯿ‬ َ ‫َﺳﺘ َِﺠُﺪ ﺗِﻠ‬ َ ‫ﺎرا أﻓ‬ َ ‫ﻚ اﻟﻘ َﻮى ﻓِﻲ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺠْﯿ‬ َ ْ ‫ﻟﺤﺎﻟَ ِﺔ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ﻲ‬ ‫ﻓ‬ ‫ﻊ‬ ‫ﺿ‬ ‫ﻟﻮ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ُﻮ‬ ‫ھ‬ ‫ﺎ‬ ‫ﻤ‬ ‫ﻛ‬ ، ‫ﯿﻦ‬ ‫ﯿ‬ ‫ﻣ‬ ‫ﻼ‬ ُ َ ِ َ َ َ َ ‫اﻹْﺳ َ ِ ﱢ‬ ِ ‫ِﻣَﻦ‬ .‫ﺮﯾ ِﱠﺔ‬ َ ِ‫اﻟﺠَﺰاﺋ‬ َ ‫ﺎت ِﻣَﻦ اﻟﺘﱠ َﻮﱡﺟِﮫ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ُ ‫ﺎم‬ ُ ‫َﻣﻨََﻊ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺠُﺪُد اﻟﺒَﻨ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺤﱠﻜ‬ َ ٌ ‫ َﻛَﻤﺎ ھُﻮ ُﻣﻄﺒ‬،‫س‬ ‫ﻖ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﻤﻨ‬ َ ‫ﱠﻖ ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ِ ‫ﺎط‬ ِ ‫ار‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤَﺪ‬ ُ َ ْ ْ َ ‫ﺧ‬ ‫اﻷ‬ ‫ﱠﺔ‬ ‫ﯿ‬ ‫ﺎﻧ‬ ‫ﻐ‬ ‫ﻓ‬ ‫اﻷ‬ .‫ﺮى‬ َ ِ ْ ‫ﺖ ِﻣﻈَﻠ ِﺔﱠ‬ ْ ْ ٌ َ ‫ﺿَﻌﺖ ﻧَﻔَﺴﮭَﺎ ﺗَْﺤ‬ َ ‫ھُﻨ‬ َ ‫َﺎك ﺑُﻠَﺪان َو‬ ْ ‫ﺎل ﻓِﻲ ھ‬ َ ‫اﻹْﻣﺒِ ْﺮﯾَﺎﻟِﯿِﱠﺔ‬ ‫ُﻮﻧﻎ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺤ‬ َ ‫ َﻛَﻤﺎ‬،‫اﻟﻐْﺮﺑِﯿِﱠﺔ‬ ِ ْ ‫ُﻛ‬ ُ ُ .‫اﻟﺠﻨﻮﺑِﯿِﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫ﻮرﯾَﺎ‬ ِ ‫ﻮﻧﻎ َوﺗَْﺎﯾَﻮان َوﻛ‬

Visitors to important tourist attractions find Arabic names as they do in the San Na’om Shrine. These forces will find the army a better option than the Islamists, as is the case in Algeria. The new rulers have prevented girls from going to school, as is the case in other Afghan areas. There are countries that have placed themselves under the umbrella of Western imperialism, as in Hong Kong, Taiwan and South Korea.

One-letter prepositions 43 •

‫ َﻛَﻤﺎ‬can be followed by a noun or a pronoun. It is worth noting that this single noun or pronoun often represents a contracted sentence, as in the following:

.ُ‫ﻀﮫ‬ َ ُ‫ﻟﻌَﻤَﻞ َﻛَﻤﺎ ھ َُﻮ أَ ْو أَ ْرﻓ‬ َ ‫إِﻧﱠﻨِﻲ إِ ﱠﻣﺎ أَ ْن أَ ْﻗﺒَ َﻞ ا‬ ُ ‫ﺎد‬ ‫ات‬ َ َ‫ َﻛَﻤﺎ اﻟﻘِﯿ‬،ُ‫ﺎدةُ اﻟﻔِﻠَْﺴِﻄﯿﻨِﯿﺔ‬ َ َ‫ت اﻟﻘِﯿ‬ ِ ‫اِْﺑﺘََﻌَﺪ‬ ‫اف‬ َ ِ ‫ َﻋﻦ اﻷَ ْھَﺪ‬،‫اﻟﻌَﺮﺑِﯿﱠﺔُ اﻷُ ْﺧَﺮى‬ .‫ﯿﺠﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ِ ِ ِ‫اﻻْﺳﺘَِﺮاﺗ‬ ْ َ ُ‫اﻟﺘﱠ ْﺮَﺟَﻤﺔ‬ ،ُ‫اﻟﻤﻄﻠَﻘَﺔ‬ َ ‫ َﻛَﻤﺎ‬،ُ‫ﺎﻣﻠَﺔ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻜ‬ ُ ُ‫اﻟﺤﻘِﯿﻘَﺔ‬ َ .ُ‫ﻮد ﻟﮫ‬ َ ‫ﻲء َﻻ ُوُﺟ‬ ٌ ‫َﺷ‬ .‫ب‬ ُ ‫ﺎط‬ َ ‫اﻹْﺳَﺮاﺋِﯿﻠِﯿﱢ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻌَﺮ‬ َ ‫ﯿﻦ َﻛَﻤﺎ‬ ِ ‫ِھَﻲ ﺗُ َﺨ‬ ِ ‫ﺐ‬ •

The Palestinian leadership, like other Arab leaders, has moved away from strategic objectives. A perfect translation, as absolute truth, is something that does not exist. It speaks to the Israelis as well as the Arabs.

‫ َﻛَﻤﺎ‬can be followed by a prepositional phrase, as in the following:

َ ‫اﻟﻤْﻨ‬ ‫ َﻛَﻤﺎ ﻓَﻲ َﺳﺎﺋِِﺮ‬،‫اﻟﻌَﺮﺑِﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫ﻄﻘَِﺔ‬ ِ ‫ﻓِﻲ‬ ُ ‫ﺿ‬ ‫ﻮع‬ ُ ‫ ﯾَ ْﺒُﺮُز َﻣْﻮ‬،‫اﻟﻌﺎﻟَِﻢ‬ َ ‫ﻖ ﻓِﻲ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤﻨ‬ َ ِ ‫َﺎط‬ َ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ َ َ َ َ ‫ﺎﺳﯿِﱠﺔ‬ ‫ﯿ‬ ‫اﻟﺴ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ﱠﺔ‬ ‫ﯿ‬ ‫ﺎﻓ‬ ‫ﻘ‬ ‫اﻟﺜ‬ ‫ﺎت‬ ‫ﺎﺷ‬ ‫ﻘ‬ ‫اﻟﻨ‬ ‫ﻲ‬ ‫ﻓ‬ ‫ﺎت‬ ‫ﯿ‬ ‫ﻠ‬ ‫ﻗ‬ ‫اﻷ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ِ َ َ ِ ِ ِ ِ ِ َ .‫ﺎﻋﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ِ ‫اﻻْﺟﺘَِﻤ‬ ِ ‫َو‬ ‫ َﻻ‬،‫اﻟﻌﺎﻟَِﻢ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻌَﺮﺑِﯿ ِﱠﺔ َﻛَﻤﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺑَﻘِﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫ﻓِﻲ اﻟﺒَِﻼِد‬ َ ‫ﱢ‬ ُ ‫ﺎﺳﯿّﺎ‬ ُ ‫ﺗََﺰ‬ ِ ‫ال اﻟﺘﱠ ْﻨِﻤﯿَﺔُ ﺗ َﺸﻜُﻞ ِﻣْﺤَﻮًرا أَﺳ‬ .‫ﺎت‬ ‫ﻟِ ﱢ‬ َ َ‫ﻠﺴﯿ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﺳ‬ ُ ‫اﻻﺗِ َﺤ‬ ‫وﺑﻲ أَ ﱠن َﻋَﻤﻠِﯿﱠﺔَ ﱠ‬ ‫اﻟﺴَﻼِم‬ ُ ُ‫ﺎد اﻷ‬ ‫ور ﱡ‬ ِ ‫ﯾََﺮى‬ ْ ‫ِھَﻲ ﻓِﻲ َﻣ‬ ‫ﯿﻞ َﻛَﻤﺎ ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ِ‫ﺼﻠََﺤِﺔ إِْﺳَﺮاﺋ‬ ْ ‫َﻣ‬ .‫ﱢﯿﻦ‬ َ ‫ﺼﻠََﺤِﺔ اﻟﻔِﻠَْﺴِﻄﯿﻨِﯿ‬ ‫اﻟﺴَﻼِم ﻓِﻲ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺑَﻠَ ُﺪﻧَﺎ ﻓِﻲ ِﺧْﺪَﻣِﺔ ﱠ‬ ‫ق اﻷَ ْوَﺳِﻂ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺸْﺮ‬ .‫اﻟﻌﺎﻟَ ِﻢ‬ َ ‫ﺎء‬ ِ ‫َﻛَﻤﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺑَﻘِﯿِﱠﺔ أَ ْﻧَﺤ‬ •

I either accept the work as it is or reject it.

In the Arab region, as in other regions of the world, the issue of minorities is highlighted in cultural, political and social debates. In the Arab countries as well as in the rest of the world, development remains a central focus of policies. The European Union believes that the peace process is in the interests of Israel and in the interests of Palestinians. Our country is in the service of peace in the Middle East as in the rest of the world.

‫ َﻛَﻤﺎ‬can be followed by (‫ )ﻟﻮ‬to make a hypothetical statement, and it then means ‘as if’, as in the following:

ْ َ‫َﻛﺎﻧ‬ ُ ‫ﺎر‬ ‫ات ھَﺎﺋِﻠَﺔً َﺣﺘﱠﻰ أَﻧﱠﻨَﺎ َﺷَﻌْﺮﻧَﺎ‬ َ ‫اﻻْﻧﻔَِﺠ‬ ِ ‫ﺖ‬ ٌ ‫َﺎك ِزْﻟَﺰ‬ .‫ال‬ َ ‫ﺎن ھُﻨ‬ َ ‫َﻛَﻤﺎ ﻟَْﻮ َﻛ‬ ُ ‫ف َﻛَﻤﺎ ﻟَ ْﻮ ُﻛْﻨ‬ ُ ‫ُﻛْﻨ‬ ُ ‫َﺼﱠﺮ‬ .ً‫ﯾﻀﺔ‬ َ ‫ﺖ َﻣِﺮ‬ َ ‫ﺖ أَﺗ‬ ُ ‫ﯾَْﺒُﺪو اﻷَْﻣُﺮ َﻛَﻤﺎ ﻟَْﻮ أَﱠن ﻟَْﻌﻨَﺔً ﺗُ َﻼِﺣ‬ .‫ﻖ اﻟﺒَِﻼَد‬ ُ ‫أَﺗََﻜﻠﱠ ُﻢ َﻛَﻤﺎ ﻟَ ْﻮ ُﻛْﻨ‬ .‫ﺲ َﻣَﻊ ﻧَْﻔِﺴﻲ‬ ُ ‫ﺖ أَ ْھِﻤ‬

The explosions were so huge that we felt as if there was an earthquake. I was acting as if I were sick. It looks as if a curse is afflicting the country. I speak as if I were whispering to myself.

‫ اﻟﻜﺎف‬cannot be followed by pronoun suffixes.

44

One-letter prepositions

‫سم‬ َ َ‫َواو وبَاء وتَاء الق‬ An oath (‫سم‬ َ َ‫ )الق‬is used to emphasize a statement and to remove any doubt in the mind of the recipient. The oath is expressed by three particles (‫سم‬ َ َ‫)َواو وبَاء وتَاء الق‬. They are followed by God or words that refer to Him. An oath requires a complement (‫سم‬ َ َ‫)جواب الق‬, which can be either a nominal or a verbal sentence.

َ ‫َوهللا َألَْفَعلََّن‬ .‫الخْيَر‬ َ ‫تَاهلل َألَ ْفَعلَ َّن‬ .‫الخْيَر‬ َ ‫بِاهلل َألَ ْفَعلََّن‬ .‫الخْيَر‬ By God, I will do good deeds!

َّ ‫الح‬ َ ‫ب‬ .‫صٌر‬ ِّ ‫َوَر‬ َ ‫الكْعبَِة إَِّن‬ ِ َ‫ق ُمْنت‬ ْ َّ ‫الح‬ َ ‫ب‬ .‫صٌر‬ ِّ ‫تََر‬ َ ‫الكْعبَ ِة إِ َّن‬ ِ َ‫ق ُمنت‬ ْ َّ َّ َ َ ْ ‫ت‬ ‫ن‬ ‫م‬ ‫ب‬ .‫صٌر‬ ‫ق‬ ‫الح‬ ‫ن‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ع‬ ‫الك‬ ِّ ‫بِ َر‬ ِ ُ َ ِ َِ By the Lord of the Ka’ba, truth will prevail! This chapter presented the main functions and structures involving one-letter prepositions. The following section presents some exercises to help the learners practice some of the information presented in the chapter.

Exercises I

What is the function of the prepositions in the underlined words in the following sentences? .‫يخ‬ ِ َّ‫الت‬ ِ ‫ار‬

‫اسِة‬ َ ‫ ت ََحَّوَل لِ ِدَر‬1 ْ ‫ َدَرَس‬2 َ ‫امَعِة األَ ْمِريِكي َِّة بِبَْيُر‬ .‫وت‬ َ ‫ت فَي‬ ِ ‫الج‬ .‫املِهَا‬ َ ُّ‫المْحتَل‬ ِ ‫المِدينَةَ بِ َك‬ ُ ‫ َدَّمَر‬3 َ ‫ون‬ ْ َ ْ ِّ .‫ق‬ َ ‫ودِه بِِدَمش‬ َ ‫ َعِمَل بِالت َج‬4 ِ ‫اء ُوُج‬ َ َ‫ارِة أثن‬ .‫ار‬ ً ‫ َعِمَل َوالِِدي ُمِد‬5 ً ‫يرا َع‬ ِ َ‫اما لِآلث‬ ُ ‫َصَّر‬ .‫يم‬ َ ‫ َك‬6 َ ‫ان يَت‬ ٍ ‫ف َكَزِع‬ ْ َ‫ورنا بِاأل‬ .‫عيَاد‬ ُ ‫ان يَُز‬ َ ‫ َك‬7 ٌ ‫ لَنَا َعائَِل‬8 .ٌ‫يرة‬ َ ِ‫ت َكب‬ .‫ستَهُ بِِدقَّ ٍة‬ َ ‫ال يَْذُكُر َمْدَر‬ َ ‫ َما َز‬9 ْ َ‫يح لِأل‬ ُ ‫ض‬ َّ ‫اف َح‬ .‫ل األَ ْزَمة‬ ُ ِ‫اسيَّةُ َستُت‬ ِّ ‫ات‬ َ ‫او‬ ِ ‫طَر‬ ِ َ‫السي‬ ُ   10 َ َ‫المف‬ II

Choose the correct preposition to complete these sentences.

َ ‫ات‬ ُ ‫طِويلٍَة ِمَن‬ ،‫ ك‬،‫اد )ب‬ َ ‫ َع‬،‫الغْربَِة‬ ٍ ‫  بَْعَد َسنََو‬1 َ ‫  تَْستَْوِرُد ُمْع‬2 َّ ‫العَربِيَِّة َمَو‬ ُّ ‫ات‬ .‫ان‬ َ ‫ان‬ َ ‫ ل( َسِّد َح‬،‫ ك‬،‫اد ِغَذائِيَةً )ب‬ ِ ‫اج‬ ِ ‫ظُم البُْلَد‬ ِ ‫السَك‬ َّ ‫اكِن‬ (‫ ل‬،‫ ك‬،‫حِة )ب‬ َ ِ‫الصال‬ ِ ‫  ت َْشت َِهُر َشَو‬3 ِ ‫ ل( َكْثَرِة األَ َم‬،‫ ك‬،‫اطُئ البَ ْحِر األَ ْحَمِر )ب‬ َ ‫اض ِة‬ .‫ص‬ َ َ‫ار َس ِة ِري‬ َ ‫  ُم َم‬ ِ ‫الغ ْو‬ .‫ل( بَِلِدِه‬

‫‪One-letter prepositions 45‬‬ ‫ﺧﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫أَ ِ‬

‫ﺎف اِْﺑِﻦ‬ ‫‪ 4‬ﺗَﻠَﻘﱠ ْﯿﻨَﺎ َدْﻋَﻮةً )ب‪ ،‬ك‪ ،‬ل( ُﺣ ُ‬ ‫ﻮر َﺣْﻔِﻞ ِزﻓَ ِ‬ ‫ﻀ ِ‬ ‫ﺎب‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺠْﯿ ُ‬ ‫ﺶ )ب‪ ،‬ك‪ ،‬ل( َﺣَﻤَﻼ ٍ‬ ‫ﺎم َ‬ ‫ت َﻛﺒِ َ‬ ‫ﯿﺮٍة َد ِ‬ ‫اﻹْرھَ ِ‬ ‫‪ 5‬ﻗَ َ‬ ‫اﺧَﻞ اﻟﺒِ َﻼِد )ب‪ ،‬ك‪ ،‬ل( ُﻣَﻜﺎﻓَ َﺤِﺔ ِ‬ ‫ﺎرَزٍة‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻮِز ُ‬ ‫ﯾﺮ )ب‪ ،‬ك‪ ،‬ل( ِزﯾَ َ‬ ‫ﺼﯿ ٍﱠﺔ ِﺳﯿَ ِ‬ ‫ﺎرٍة َرْﺳِﻤﯿ ٍﱠﺔ )ب‪ ،‬ك‪ ،‬ت( َﺷْﺨ ِ‬ ‫ﺎم َ‬ ‫‪ 6‬ﻗَ َ‬ ‫ﺎﺳﯿ ٍﱠﺔ ﺑَ ِ‬ ‫ﯿﺰ ُ‬ ‫ِﻣ َ‬ ‫ي‪.‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫ﻮذ ﻗَ ِﻮ ﱟ‬ ‫ات ﻧُﻔُ ٍ‬ ‫ان اﻟﻘَِﻮى ﻗَ ْﺪ ﺗََﺤﱠﻮَل )ب‪ ،‬ك‪ ،‬ل( َ‬ ‫ﺢ إِْﯾَﺮان )ب‪ ،‬ك‪ ،‬ل( َدْوﻟَ ٍﺔ َذ ِ‬ ‫ﺻﺎﻟِ ِ‬ ‫َﺎﺟَﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻗُ ﱠﻮ ُ‬ ‫ﻋﻨِﯿﻔَ ٍﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﯾﻦ )ب‪ ،‬ك‪ ،‬ل( ُ‬ ‫ﺎھِﺮ َ‬ ‫ﻮرٍة َ‬ ‫ﺻ َ‬ ‫‪ 8‬ھ َ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺘَﻈَ ِ‬ ‫ات اﻷَ ْﻣِﻦ ُ‬ ‫اﻟﻮَﻻﯾَ ُ‬ ‫ﺎدِة ﱠ‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫ﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺘﱠ ِﺤَﺪةُ )ب‪ ،‬ك‪ ،‬ل( ﻗِﯿَ َ‬ ‫ﺎﺳ َ‬ ‫ﯿﻖ َﻣَﻜ ِ‬ ‫ﺎت ُ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺋِ ِ‬ ‫ﯿﺲ ﺗ َْﺴَﻌﻰ )ب‪ ،‬ك‪ ،‬ل( ﺗ َْﺤﻘِ ِ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ﻂ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳ‬ ‫و‬ ‫اﻷ‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ﺮ‬ ‫اﻟﺸ‬ ‫ﻲ‬ ‫ﻓ‬ ‫ﱠﺔ‬ ‫ﯿ‬ ‫ﺎﺳ‬ ‫ﯿ‬ ‫ﺳ‬ ‫ِ ْ َ ِ‬ ‫َِ ِ ٍ ِ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫‪ُ  10‬وﻟَِﺪ َ‬ ‫ﺎل‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻜﺎﺗِ ُ‬ ‫ﻮرِة َ‬ ‫ﯿﺮٍة‪) ،‬ب‪ ،‬ك‪ ،‬ل( أْﺳَﺮٍة َﻣْﯿُﺴ َ‬ ‫ﺻِﻐ َ‬ ‫ﺐ ﻓِﻲ ﻗ ْﺮﯾٍَﺔ َ‬ ‫اﻟﺤ ِ‬ ‫‪III Make sensible sentences with the phrases in the columns below.‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺘﱠ ِﺤَﺪةُ‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﺗُﻨَ ِ‬ ‫ﺎدي اﻷُ َﻣُﻢ ُ‬ ‫ﺎرﺋَﺔً‬ ‫ﺎن َﺟْﻠَﺴﺔً َ‬ ‫‪َ 2‬ﻋﻘَ َﺪ اﻟﺒَ ْﺮﻟَ َﻤ ُ‬ ‫ط ِ‬ ‫‪ 3‬اِ ْﻟﺘََﺤﻖ أَ ْﺣَﻤُﺪ ُزَوْﯾﻞ‬ ‫ﺖ َ‬ ‫‪ 4‬أَ ْ‬ ‫ﺼًﺪا‬ ‫اﻟﻐْﺮَدﻗَﺔُ َﻣْﻘ ِ‬ ‫ﺻﺒَ َﺤ ِ‬ ‫‪5‬‬

‫ب َﻋﻦ اﻟﻨﱢ ْﻔِﻂ‬ ‫اﻟﻌَﺮ ُ‬ ‫ﺗ ََﻜﻠﱠ َﻢ َ‬

‫رﯾ ِﱠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ A‬ﺑُِﻜﻠﱢﯿ ِﱠﺔ ُ‬ ‫ﻮم َ‬ ‫ﺑﺠ ِ‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻠُ ِ‬ ‫ﺎﻣَﻌِﺔ ِ‬ ‫اﻹْﺳَﻜْﻨَﺪ ِ‬

‫‪ B‬ﻟِ َﻌَﺪٍد ھَﺎﺋِ ٍﻞ ِﻣَﻦ ﱠ‬ ‫ﯿﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺎﺋِ ِﺤ َ‬ ‫اﻟﺴَﻼِم ﻓِﻲ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻀﯿ ِﱠﺔ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻂ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ C‬ﺑِﺘ َْﺴِﻮﯾ ٍﱠﺔ ﻧِﮭَﺎﺋِﯿ ٍﱠﺔ ﻟِﻘَ ِ‬ ‫ق اﻷَ ْوَﺳ ِ‬ ‫اﻟﺸْﺮ ِ‬ ‫ب ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﺢا َ‬ ‫ﺎظ َﻋﻠَﻰ َﻣ َ‬ ‫ﻟﺤﻔَ ِ‬ ‫ح ﯾُْﺴﺘَْﺨَﺪُم ﻓِﻲ ا ِ‬ ‫ﻟﻌَﺮ ِ‬ ‫‪َ D‬ﻛِﺴَﻼ ٍ‬ ‫ﺼﺎﻟِ ِ‬ ‫ﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ا ُ‬ ‫ﻟﻤْﺠﺘََﻤ ِﻊ اَﻟﺪْوﻟِ ﱢ‬ ‫ﺎدﯾِﱠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻻْﻗﺘِ َ‬ ‫ﺼ ِ‬ ‫ات اﻷَ ْزَﻣِﺔ ِ‬ ‫‪ E‬ﻟِ ُﻤﻨَﺎﻗَ َﺸِﺔ ﺗَﻄَﱡﻮَر ِ‬

‫‪IV Translate the following sentences into English.‬‬

‫َﺎب ﺑِ ﱡ‬ ‫ظﮭَ َﺮ ْ‬ ‫‪َ  1‬‬ ‫ﺎم‬ ‫اﻟﻌَﺮﺑِﯿ ِﱠﺔ ﻟِ ْﻠَﻤﱠﺮِة اﻷُوﻟَﻰ ﻓﻲ َ‬ ‫ﺎﻟﻠَﻐِﺔ َ‬ ‫اﻟﻜﺘ ِ‬ ‫ت ﺗَْﺮَﺟَﻤﺔُ ِ‬ ‫اﻟﻌ َ‬ ‫ﺐ اﻷَ ﱡ‬ ‫‪ 2‬ﯾُِﺤ ﱡ‬ ‫ﺎءهُ َوﯾَْﺮﺗَﺒِﻂُ ﺑِِﮭْﻢ اِْرﺗِﺒَﺎطًﺎ ﻗَِﻮﯾًّﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ب أَ ْﺑﻨَ َ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﺼﺔ ﺗَْﺒُﺪو َﻛﻔََﺮ َ‬ ‫‪ 3‬ھَِﺬِه ﱠ‬ ‫ﺟِﻤﯿﻠٍﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫اﺷٍﺔ َ‬ ‫اﻟﺮاﻗِ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫َﺎب َﻣَﺆﻟ ٌ‬ ‫‪َ 4‬ﻛَﻤﺎ ﯾَْﻌِﺮ ُ‬ ‫اء‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻜﺘ ُ‬ ‫اﻟﺠِﻤ ُ‬ ‫ﻒ ِﻣْﻦ ﺛَ َﻼﺛَ ِﺔ أ ْﺟَﺰ ٍ‬ ‫ف َ‬ ‫ﯿﻊ‪ِ ،‬‬ ‫ﺎت ﻟِ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺤﺎﯾَﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﯾﻀ ٍ‬ ‫ﻠﻀ َ‬ ‫‪ 5‬ﺗَﱠﻢ َدْﻓُﻊ ﺗ َْﻌِﻮ َ‬

‫‪.1904‬‬

‫‪Translate the following sentences into Arabic.‬‬ ‫?‪Why do you study Chinese‬‬ ‫‪The president gave the team prizes.‬‬ ‫‪Most Arab people struggle to secure a living.‬‬ ‫‪I assure you that the book is in the library.‬‬ ‫‪It was as if the beautiful past had returned.‬‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬

‫‪V‬‬

3

Two-letter prepositions

‫ِﻣْﻦ‬ ‫ ِﻣْﻦ‬is one of the most frequently used prepositions in Arabic. According to A Frequency Dictionary of Arabic (2011), it is the fourth-most commonly used word in Arabic. It has numerous functions and can be translated as ‘of’ or from’, among other terms. It is mainly used to designate the starting point of a departure from a place. ‫ ِﻣْﻦ‬in context َ ،ُ‫ق ِﻣْﻨﮫ‬ ُ ‫ﻮل َﻋﻠَﻰ َﻋَﻤٍﻞ ﯾَْﺮﺗَِﺰ‬ ‫وﻛَﺬﻟِﻚ‬ ‫ﺪاد إﻟﻰ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺒﺼﺮة ِﻣْﻦ أَ ْﺟِﻞ ْاﻟُﺤ‬ َ ‫َﺳﺎﻓَ َﺮ َﻋﻠٌِﻲ ِﻣْﻦ ﺑَْﻐ‬ ِ ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ْ ْ ‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﺼَﻞ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ ‫ﺴﻦ َﺣﻈِﮫ َﺣ‬ ِ ،‫ﺎﺻَﻤِﺔ‬ ِ ‫ھ ََﺮﺑًﺎ ِﻣَﻦ اﻟﺤﺎﻟَِﺔ اﻷَﻣﻨﯿ ِﱠﺔ اﻟُﻤﺘ ََﺮﱢدﯾَ ِﺔ ﻓِﻲ اﻟَﻌ‬ ِ ‫وﻣْﻦ ُﺣ‬ َ ‫وﻣَﻦ ْاﻟِﻤْﻨ‬ ْ َ‫ي اﻷ‬ ‫ﺪاد ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎن‬ َ ‫ﻄﻘَِﺔ ﻧَْﻔِﺴﮭﺎ اﻟﱠﺘِﻲ َﻛ‬ َ ‫وظﯿﻔﺔ ﻓِﻲ َﺷِﺮَﻛٍﺔ َﻛ‬ ٍ َ ‫ﺎن‬ ِ ،‫ﺻِﻞ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﺣﺒُﮭَﺎ ﺑَ ْﻐ‬ ِ ‫ﺻ‬ ْ َ ْ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﺒﺎﻛِﺮ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺒ‬ ‫اﻟﺼ‬ ‫ﻦ‬ ‫ﻣ‬ ‫ﻞ‬ ‫ﻤ‬ ‫ﻌ‬ ‫ﯾ‬ ‫ﻲ‬ ‫ﻠ‬ ‫ﻋ‬ ‫ﺎن‬ ‫ﻛ‬ . ‫ﻲ‬ ‫ﻠ‬ ‫ﻋ‬ ‫ﺎ‬ ‫ﯿﮭ‬ ‫ﻓ‬ ‫ﯾَْﺴُﻜُﻦ‬ ‫ﺎء ُﻛﱢﻞ‬ ُ َ َ َ َ َ َ َ ِ ‫اﻟﺴﺎﺑِ َﻌِﺔ ِﻣْﻦ َﻣَﺴ‬ ِ ‫ﱞ‬ ِ ‫ﱞ‬ ِ ِ ِ ‫ﺎح اﻟ‬ َ ِ ‫ﱠ‬ ْ َ ْ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ َ ‫ ﱠ‬،‫ﯿﻦ ﻓِﻲ ْاﻟَﻌَﻤِﻞ‬ َ ْ ‫واد َﺧَﺮ‬ ‫ﺒ‬ ‫ﯿ‬ ‫اﻟﻄ‬ ‫ﺎس‬ ‫اﻟﻨ‬ ‫ﻦ‬ ‫ﻣ‬ ‫ﯿﺮ‬ ‫ﺜ‬ ‫ﻜ‬ ‫اﻟ‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ﺎد‬ ‫ﺻ‬ ‫ﮫ‬ ‫ﻧ‬ ‫ﻷ‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ﺪ‬ ‫ﺣ‬ ‫ﻮ‬ ‫اﻟ‬ ‫ﻦ‬ ‫ﻣ‬ ‫ﺎن‬ ‫ُﻌ‬ ‫ﯾ‬ ‫ﻢ‬ ‫ﻟ‬ ُ ‫ﱢ‬ َ ِ َ ِ َ ِ َ َ َ ِ ِ َ َ َ ِ ِ َ ْ ،‫ﯾَْﻮٍم‬ ِ ْ َ َ ‫ﺎﺳﺘ‬ ْ َ‫ ﻓ‬،‫ﺎل‬ ‫ وﺑَْﻌَﺪ ﻓَْﺘَﺮٍة‬.‫ﯾﮫ‬ ً َ‫ﺑ‬ َ ‫َﻄ‬ ِ ‫ﺎل ُﻛﱠﻞ َﺷْﮭٍﺮ ﻟِﻮاﻟَِﺪ‬ ِ ‫ﺎع أ ْن ﯾُْﺮِﺳَﻞ َﻣْﺒﻠًَﻐﺎ ِﻣَﻦ اﻟَﻤ‬ ِ ‫ﻌﻀﺎ ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟَﻤ‬ ْ ُ ُ ً ْ ‫ﱠ‬ َ َ‫اِْﺳﺘَﻘ‬ َ ‫ﱢ‬ ْ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﻨﻮات ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟَﻌَﻤِﻞ ﻗَﱠﺮَر‬ ‫ﺳ‬ ‫ﻼث‬ ‫ﺛ‬ ‫ﺪ‬ ‫ﻌ‬ ‫ﺑ‬ ، ‫ﱠﺔ‬ ‫ﯾ‬ ‫ﺎد‬ ‫ﻤ‬ ‫اﻟ‬ ‫ﺔ‬ ‫ﯿ‬ ‫ﺎﺣ‬ ‫اﻟﻨ‬ ‫ﻦ‬ ‫ﻣ‬ ‫ﺔ‬ ‫ﺎﺻ‬ ‫وﺧ‬ ،ُ ‫ﮫ‬ ‫ﺮوﻓ‬ ‫ظ‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ﺮ‬ َ َ ِ َ َِِ َ ِ ٍ َ ِ َ ْ َ َ َ َ ْ ‫ َو‬،‫ﺻﺪﻗﺎﺋِِﮫ ﻓِﻲ اﻟَﻌَﻤِﻞ‬ ‫اﺳﺘَ ﱠ‬ ‫ﯿﺮا‬ ً ‫ﻲ أِﺧ‬ َ ِ‫َﻋﻠٌِﻲ أْن ﯾَﺘ ََﺰﱠوَج ِﻣْﻦ ا‬ ٌ ِ‫ﻘﺮ َﻋﻠ‬ ِ ‫ف أ َﺣِﺪ أ‬ ِ ‫ﺎر‬ ِ ‫ﻣﺮأٍة ِﻣْﻦ َﻣَﻌ‬ .‫ﺼﺮِة‬ َ َ‫ﻓِﻲ ْاﻟﺒ‬ Ali traveled from Baghdad to Basra in order to get a job and to escape the deteriorating security conditions in the capital. He was lucky to get a job in a company whose owner was of Baghdadi origin and from the same area where Ali himself lived. Ali was working from early morning until seven in the evening. He did not suffer from loneliness because he befriended several kind people at work and saved some money, so he could send a sum of money each month to his parents. After a period of time, his situation stabilized, especially in terms of finances. After three years of work, Ali decided to marry a woman who was an acquaintance of one of his friends at work. Ali eventually settled in Basra.

Notes on the usage of ‫ ِﻣْﻦ‬in context In this paragraph, ‫ ِﻣْﻦ‬is used to fulfill several functions. It is used to denote departure from a place, as in (‫ﺪاد‬ َ ‫)ِﻣْﻦ ﺑَْﻐ‬. It is also used as part of a collocation with verbs,

Two-letter prepositions 47

ُ ‫ﯾَ ْﺮﺗَِﺰ‬.). Other functions of ‫ ِﻣْﻦ‬in the text as in (‫ ﯾَﺘََﺰﱠوج ِﻣْﻦ‬،‫ﺎن ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟَﻮْﺣَﺪِة‬ ِ ‫ ﻟَ ْﻢ ﯾَُﻌ‬،ُ‫ق ِﻣْﻨﮫ‬ are to explain the cause behind an action, as in (‫ ;)ھََﺮﺑًﺎ ِﻣﻦ‬temporal departure, as in ‫ ;)ِﻣَﻦ ﱠ‬and with weight and quantity, as in (‫ﻀﺎ ِﻣﻦ‬ (‫ﺎح‬ ً ‫ )ﺑَْﻌ‬and (‫)َﻣْﺒﻠَ ًﻐﺎ ِﻣﻦ‬. ِ َ‫اﻟﺼﺒ‬ Note When the preposition ‫ ِﻣْﻦ‬is followed by a word that begins with the defi‫ ) ﱡ‬on the (‫ )ْن‬changes to nite article (‫)ال‬, the final voweling changes; (‫اﻟﺴُﻜﻮن‬ َْ َ‫)اﻟﻔ‬, as in (‫ )ِﻣْﻦ َﻣْﻜﺘَﺒَ ٍﺔ‬and (‫اﻟﻤْﻜﺘَﺒَ ِﺔ‬ ْ ْ ‫ﺖ‬ ‫ﯿ‬ ‫ﺑ‬ (‫ﺤﺔ‬ ‫ﺘ‬ ) or ( ‫ﻦ‬ ‫ﻣ‬ ‫ﻦ‬ َ ٍ َ ‫ )ِﻣ‬and (‫)ِﻣَﻦ اﻟﺒَﯿِﺖ‬. ِ َ Functions of ‫ِﻣْﻦ‬

‫ ِﻣﻦ‬is used to designate a starting point or the point of departure from a place, as in the following cases: ‫اﻟﺼ ﱢ‬ ‫ﺐ ِﻣَﻦ ﱠ‬ .‫ﻒ‬ ُ ِ‫َﺧَﺮَج اﻟﻄﱠﺎﻟ‬

The student came out of the class.

.‫ﯾﮫ‬ ُ ‫َوﻗََﻊ ْاﻟِﻜﺘ‬ ِ ‫َﺎب ِﻣْﻦ ﯾَ َﺪ‬

The book dropped from his hands.

ْ َ‫ﺻﻠ‬ َ ‫ﺻِﺪﯾﻘَﺘِﻲ اﻟﯿَ ْﻮَم ِﻣْﻦ ﺑَ ْﯿ‬ .‫ﺮوت‬ َ ‫ﺖ‬ َ ‫َو‬

.‫ﻮد‬ ٍ ‫ﺻِﺪﯾﻘِِﮫ َﻣْﺤُﻤ‬ َ ‫ھَِﺬِه ِرَﺳﺎﻟَﺔٌ ِﻣْﻦ َﻋﻠِﱟﻲ إِﻟَﻰ‬ .‫ﺻِﻞ‬ َ ‫َﺳﺎﻓََﺮ َﻋﻠٌِﻲ ِﻣْﻦ ﺑَْﻐ‬ ِ ‫ﺪاد إِﻟَﻰ ْاﻟَﻤْﻮ‬

My friend has arrived from Beirut today. This is a message from Ali to his friend Mahmoud. Ali traveled from Baghdad to Mosul.

‫ ِﻣْﻦ‬is also used to indicate a temporal starting point as in the following: ْ ‫َﻛﺎﻧ‬ ‫َﺖ َﻏﺎﺋِﺒَﺔً ِﻣَﻦ ﱡ‬ .‫ﺎء‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻀَﺤﻰ إِﻟَﻰ ْاﻟَﻤَﺴ‬ َ َ‫ْاﻧﺘ‬ ‫ﻈْﺮﺗُ ِﻚ ِﻣَﻦ ﱠ‬ .‫ﮭﯿﺮِة‬ َ ‫ﺎح َﺣﺘﱠﻰ اﻟﻈﱠ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺼﺒ‬ .‫ﺮِه‬ َ ‫ﺎم ِﻣْﻦ أَ ﱠوِل َرَﻣ‬ َ ِ ‫ﻀﺎن إِﻟَﻰ‬ َ ‫ﺻ‬ ِ ‫آﺧ‬

‫ﺎذ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﺑَِﺪاﯾَ ِﺔ‬ ُ ِ‫ﻟَْﻢ ﯾَ ْﻨﺘَﺒِِﮫ اﻟﻄﱠﺎﻟ‬ ِ َ‫ﺐ ﻟِﻸُْﺳﺘ‬ .‫ﺎﺿَﺮِة‬ َ ‫ْاﻟُﻤَﺤ‬ ْ ‫أَ ْﻣﻄََﺮ‬ ‫ت أَ ْﻣﺲ ِﻣَﻦ ﱠ‬ .‫ﺎح إِﻟَﻰ اﻟﻠﱠ ْﯿِﻞ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺼﺒ‬

She was absent from morning till evening. I waited for you from morning till noon. He fasted from the first day of Ramadan to the last day. The student did not pay attention to the professor from the start of the lecture. It rained yesterday from morning till night.

‫ ِﻣْﻦ‬can be used to indicate the origin of people or things, as in the following: َ ‫ھَُﻮ ﺑِ ِﺮ‬ ْ َ‫ﯾﻄﺎﻧِﱞﻲ ِﻣْﻦ أ‬ .‫ﻲ‬ ‫ﺻٍﻞ ﻓِﻠَ ْﺴِﻄﯿﻨِ ﱟ‬

ُ ‫َﻛﱠﻮْﻧ‬ ‫ﺎل‬ َ ‫ﺖ ﺛَ ْﺮَوﺗِﻲ ِﻣَﻦ اﻟﺘﱢ َﺠ‬ ِ ‫ﺎرِة َواﻷَ ْﻋَﻤ‬ .‫اﻟﺤﱠﺮِة‬ ُ ‫ازﯾ ٍﱠﺔ‬ َ ِ ‫ﺻِﺪﯾﻘَﺘِﻲ ﻟَْﯿﻠَﻰ ِﻣْﻦ َﻋﺎﺋِﻠٍَﺔ ﺑ ُْﺮُﺟَﻮ‬ .‫َﻣْﻌُﺮوﻓٍَﺔ‬ ُ ‫ﺗََﻌﱠﺮْﻓ‬ ‫ﻘﺔ ا ﱠ‬ ‫ﻟﺮاﻗِﯿَِﺔ ِﻣَﻦ‬ ِ َ‫ﺖ َﻋﻠَﻰ َﺳﯿﱢَﺪٍة ِﻣَﻦ اﻟﻄﱠﺒ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤْﺠﺘََﻤِﻊ اﻟﺒِِﺮ‬ .‫ﻲ‬ ُ ‫ﯾﻄﺎﻧِ ﱢ‬

He is British of Palestinian descent. I built up my fortune from trade and entrepreneurship. My friend Laila is from a well-known, bourgeois family. I have met a lady from the upper class of British society.

48

Two-letter prepositions

‫ ِﻣْﻦ‬can also be used to indicate or identify a specific part from a whole, as in the following: .‫ﺖ‬ َ ‫َﻛ‬ ِ ‫زاوﯾَ ٍﺔ ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟﺒَ ْﯿ‬ ِ ‫ﺎن ﯾَ ْﻘﺒَ ُﻊ ﻓِﻲ‬

He crouched motionlessly in a corner of the house.

‫ﺎﻋِﺪ ْاﻟَﺨْﻠﻔِﯿِﱠﺔ‬ ُ ‫ﺲ ﺑَ ْﻌ‬ ُ ِ‫ﯾَ ْﺠﻠ‬ ِ َ‫ﺾ اﻟﻄﱠﻠَﺒَ ِﺔ ﻓِﻲ ْاﻟَﻤﻘ‬ ‫اﻟﺼ ﱢ‬ ‫ِﻣَﻦ ﱠ‬ .‫ﻒ‬ ْ ْ ْ ‫ﱠ‬ ُ ‫اِ ْﻟﺘَﻘَ ْﯿ‬ ‫ي ِﻣَﻦ اﻟﺒِﻨَﺎﯾَ ِﺔ‬ ‫ﻖ اﻟُﻌﻠِﻮ ﱢ‬ ِ َ‫ﺖ ﺑِِﮫ ﻓِﻲ اﻟﻄﺎﺑ‬ َ ‫ﺐا‬ ْ ‫ﻲ ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟَﻤِﺪﯾﻨَِﺔ‬ ُ ‫اﺣﺘﱠَﻞ اﻷَ ْﻋَﺪ‬ َ ِ‫اء ْاﻟَﺠﺎﻧ‬ ‫ﻟﻐْﺮﺑِ ﱠ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ .‫ﯾﻖ‬ َ ‫وﻗَﻄَُﻌﻮا اﻟﻄ ِﺮ‬

Some students sit in the back seats of the classroom. I met him on the top floor of the building. The enemies occupied the western side of the city and cut off the road.

‫ ِﻣْﻦ‬is used to indicate what something is made of or consists of, as in the following:

ْ ‫ﻲء َﻣ‬ ‫ﺲ أَ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻮع‬ ُ ُ‫ﺗَْﺮﻓ‬ ٍ ‫ي َﺷ‬ َ ِ‫ﺾ ْاﺑﻨَﺘِﻲ أَ ْن ﺗَﻠﺒ‬ ٍ ُ‫ﺼﻨ‬ .‫ﺎت‬ َ ‫ِﻣْﻦ ِﺟْﻠِﺪ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺤﯿََﻮاﻧ‬ ْ ُ‫ﯾﺖ ﺛَْﻮﺑًﺎ ِﻣْﻦ ﻗ‬ ْ ُ ‫اﺷﺘََﺮ‬ .‫ﻦ‬ ٍ ‫ﻄ‬ ُ ‫ﺿْﻌ‬ ‫ﺖ َﺣْﻮَل ُﻋﻨُﻘِﻲ ُﻛﻮﻓِﯿﱠﺔً ِﻣَﻦ ا ﱡ‬ .‫ﻮف‬ َ ‫َو‬ ِ ‫ﻟﺼ‬ ُ ‫َﺳَﻜْﻨ‬ .‫ﻖ‬ َ ِ‫ﺖ ﻓِﻲ ﺑِﻨَﺎﯾٍَﺔ ِﻣْﻦ ﺛَﻼﺛَ ِﺔ طََﻮاﺑ‬ ‫ﯿﺪ‬ َ ‫أَ ْھَﺪاﻧِﻲ َﺳ‬ َ ُ‫ﺎس ﺑُِﻤﻨ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﺳﺒَ ِﺔ ِﻋ‬ َ ‫ﺎﻋﺔً ِﻣَﻦ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤ‬ َ ‫ِﻣ‬ .‫ﯿﻼِدي‬

My daughter refuses to wear anything made of real leather. I bought a cotton dress. I wrapped a woolen scarf around my neck. I lived in a three-story building. He gave me a diamond watch, as a present, for my birthday.

‫ ِﻣْﻦ‬is often found with verbs denoting liberation, escape and freeing oneself from something, as in these cases:

‫ب اﻟﻠﱢ ﱡ‬ .‫ﻦ‬ ‫ﺺ ِﻣَﻦ ﱢ‬ َ ‫ھ ََﺮ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺴْﺠ‬ ‫ﺗ ََﺤﱠﺮَر ﱠ‬ ْ ‫ﺐ ِﻣَﻦ‬ ‫ﺎح‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺸْﻌ‬ ِ ‫اﻻﺳﺘِْﻌَﻤ‬ ٍ َ‫ﺎر ﺑَ ْﻌَﺪ ِﻛﻔ‬ .‫ﻮﯾﻞ‬ ٍ َ‫ط‬ ‫ﺐ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺺ ِﻣَﻦ ﱠ‬ ‫اﻟﺴ ْﻠﺒِﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫َﻋﻠَْﯿﻨَﺎ أَ ْن ﻧَﺘََﺨﻠﱠ‬ ِ ‫اﺳ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺮَو‬ .‫ﻦ اﻟﺘﱠﻘَﱡﺪِم‬ ِ ‫اﻟﱠﺘِﻲ ﺗُ ِﻌﯿﻘُﻨَﺎ َﻋ‬ ‫ﺎء ِﻣْﻦ َﻣْﺴُﺆوﻟِﯿﱠﺎﺗِِﮭﻢ ﻓِﻲ‬ ُ ‫ب ﺑَْﻌ‬ ُ ‫ﯾَﺘَﮭَﱠﺮ‬ ِ َ‫ﺾ اﻵﺑ‬ .‫ﺗَْﺮﺑِﯿَ ِﺔ اﻷَ ْوﻻَِد‬ ُ ‫ﻧََﺠْﻮ‬ .‫ﺠﻮﺑَ ٍﺔ‬ ُ ‫ ﺑِﺄ ُْﻋ‬،‫ات‬ ٍ ‫ ِﻋﱠﺪةَ َﻣﱠﺮ‬،‫ت‬ ِ ‫ﻟﻤْﻮ‬ َ ‫ت ِﻣَﻦ ا‬

The thief escaped from prison. After a long struggle, the people were liberated from colonialism. We have to rid ourselves of the negative residues that hinder our progress. Some parents shirk their responsibility for bringing their children up. On several occasions, I have miraculously survived death.

‫ ِﻣْﻦ‬is used in a causative sense to indicate the cause of an action or a situation that has taken or will take place, as in the following examples: ‫ھَﻠََﻊ ا ﱢ‬ ‫ﻚ‬ َ ِ‫ھﺪ َذﻟ‬ َ ‫ف ﺑَْﻌَﺪ أَ ْن َﺷﺎ‬ ِ ‫ﻟﻄْﻔُﻞ ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟَﺨْﻮ‬ ْ ِ‫ْاﻟﻔ‬ .‫ﯿﻠَﻢ‬

The child panicked out of fear after watching that movie.

Two-letter prepositions 49

‫اﻹرھﺎق ﻓِﻲ ْاﻟَﻌَﻤِﻞ‬ ‫ﻧ ََﺎم َﻋﻠِﱞﻲ ِﻣْﻦ ِﺷﱠﺪِة‬ ِ َ .‫ﺎر‬ َ ‫طَﻮ‬ ِ َ‫ال اﻟﻨﱠﮭ‬ ‫ﻧَِﺴﯿَﺖ ْاﻟَﻤْﺮأَةُ ُﻣَﺮاﻗَﺒَﺔَ ِطْﻔﻠِﮭَﺎ ِﻣْﻦ َﻛْﺜَﺮِة‬ .‫ﺰﻟِﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ِ ‫اﻷَ ْﻋَﻤ‬ ِ ‫ﺎل ْاﻟَﻤْﻨ‬ ْ َ‫َذھَﻠ‬ ْ ‫ﺖ َﻋْﻨﮫُ ِﻣْﻦ ِﺷﱠﺪِة‬ .‫ﺎﻟﻌَﻤِﻞ‬ َ ِ‫ﺎل ﺑ‬ ِ ‫اﻻﻧِﺸَﻐ‬

Ali slept all day long out of sheer exhaustion from his workload. The woman forgot to keep an eye on her child because of her preoccupation with the household chores. Being wholeheartedly preoccupied with work, she forgot all about him.

‫ ِﻣْﻦ‬is used following numerical expressions and before the plural genitive form of a noun, as in the following: ‫ﺎن ِﻣْﻦ أَ ْﻓَﺮِاد ا ﱡ‬ َ ‫ﻟﺸْﺮ‬ ‫ﺎن‬ َ ‫َﺣ‬ ِ َ‫ﻀَﺮ ْاﺛﻨ‬ ِ ‫طِﺔ إِﻟَﻰ َﻣَﻜ‬ .‫ث‬ ‫ﺎد‬ َ ِ ِ ‫اﻟﺤ‬ ٌ ْ ‫ﯿﻦ َﺣﺘﻔَﮭُﻢ ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫اﻹْرھَﺎﺑِﯿﱢ‬ ِ ‫ﻟَﻘَِﻲ َﺧْﻤَﺴﺔ ِﻣَﻦ‬ .‫ﺎرﯾ ِﱠﺔ‬ َ ِ ‫اﻟﻌَﻤﻠِﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ِ ‫اﻻْﻧﺘَِﺤ‬ َ ٌ َ ‫ﯿﻦ اِ ْﺳﺘِْﻌَﺪَادھُﻢ‬ َ ‫ﻟﻤﺘَﻄﱢﻮِﻋ‬ ُ ‫أَ ْﺑَﺪى َﻋﺸَﺮة ِﻣَﻦ ا‬ ‫ﯿﻒ ﱠ‬ .‫ع‬ ِ ‫ﻟِﺘَْﻨِﻈ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺸ‬ ِ ‫ﺎر‬ َ ‫ﯾﻖ ﻓِﻲ َﺧْﻤَﺴٍﺔ ِﻣْﻦ‬ ٌ ‫ْاﻧَﺪﻟَ َﻊ َﺣِﺮ‬ ‫ق‬ ٍ ‫ﻖ ﻓُ ْﻨُﺪ‬ ِ ِ‫طَﻮاﺑ‬ .‫ﺿْﺨٍﻢ ﻓِﻲ ُدﺑَﻲ‬ َ َ ‫ُﺼﱡﺮ ا‬ ‫اﺣٌﺪ‬ ُ ِ‫ﻟﻜﺎﺗ‬ َ ‫ﺐ أَ ْن ﯾَُﻌﱢﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﯾ‬ ِ ‫ف ﻧَْﻔَﺴﮫُ ﺑِﺄَﻧﱠﮫُ َو‬ ‫ﱠ‬ .‫ﺎس ﻓِﻲ َﻣِﺪﯾﻨَﺘِ ِﮫ‬ ‫ِﻣ ْﻦ َﻋ ﱠ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻣِﺔ اﻟﻨ‬

Two policemen arrived at the scene of the accident. Five terrorists were killed in the suicide attack. Ten volunteers expressed their willingness to clean the street. A fire broke out in five floors of a big hotel in Dubai. The author insists on presenting himself as just one of the ordinary people in his city.

‫ ِﻣْﻦ‬also occurs with information on weight and quantity, as in the following: َ ‫َﺎت‬ ْ ‫ﺼﱢﺪُر ِﻣ‬ ‫ف ِﻣَﻦ‬ َ ُ‫ﺗ‬ ِ ‫اﻵﻻ‬ ِ ‫ﺼُﺮ َﺳﻨ َِﻮﯾًّﺎ ِﻣﺌ‬ ْ ْ .‫ﻦ‬ ِ ‫َﺎن ِﻣَﻦ اﻟﻘُﻄ‬ ِ ‫اﻷَطﻨ‬ َ ‫اق ِﻣَﻦ اﻟﻨﱠ ْﻔِﻂ‬ ْ ‫ﯾُﻘَ ﱠﺪُر‬ ‫اﻟﺨِﺎم‬ ِ ‫ﺎطﱡﻲ‬ ِ َ‫اﺣﺘِﯿ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻌَﺮ‬ َ ‫ﺎر‬ َ ِ‫ﺑِﺄ َ ْﻛﺜََﺮ ِﻣْﻦ َﻋَﺸَﺮِة َﻣَﻼﯾ‬ ِ َ‫ﯿﻦ ِﻣَﻦ اﻷْﻣﺘ‬ .‫اﻟﻤَﻜﱠﻌﺒَِﺔ‬ ُ ْ َ َ َ َ ُ َ ‫َﻋﺜْﺮت َﻋﻠﻰ ِﻣْﺤﻔَﻈٍﺔ ﻧَِﺴﺎﺋِﯿٍﱠﺔ َﻣﺘُﺮ‬ ‫وﻛٍﺔ َﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ .‫ﺎل‬ ِ ‫ﺻ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺮ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤ‬ َ ‫ ﻓِﯿﮭَﺎ َﻣْﺒﻠٌَﻎ ِﻣَﻦ‬،‫ﯿﻒ‬ ُ ‫طَﻠَْﺒ‬ ،‫ﺎح‬ َ ُ‫ﺖ ِﻣْﻨﮫُ أَْن ﯾَْﺠﻠ‬ ِ ‫ﺐ ِﻛﯿﻠُﻮ ِﻣَﻦ اﻟﺘﱡﻔﱠ‬ ْ ‫َوَر‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎء‬ ِ ‫ َوﻗِﻨﱢﯿﻨَﺔً ِﻣْﻦ َﻣ‬،‫ﺖ اﻟﻄَﻌِﺎم‬ ِ ‫طًﻼ ِﻣْﻦ َزْﯾ‬ .‫اﻟﻮْرِد‬ َ

Egypt exports hundreds of thousands of tons of cotton annually. Iraq’s crude oil reserves are estimated at more than ten million cubic meters. I found a purse left with a sum of money on the pavement. I asked him to bring a kilo of apples, a pound of cooking oil and a bottle of rose water.

‫ ِﻣْﻦ‬can be used to specify time, as in the following: ‫ﯿﺮةُ ِﻣْﻦ ِرْﺣﻠَﺘِﻨَﺎ ﺑُِﺴْﺮَﻋٍﺔ‬ َ ‫َﻣﱠﺮت اﻷَﯾ ُﱠﺎم اﻷَ ِﺧ‬ .‫ﯾﺪٍة‬ َ ‫َﺷِﺪ‬ ‫َﺳِﮭْﺮﻧَﺎ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ ﱠ‬ .‫ﯿﺮة ِﻣَﻦ اﻟﻠﱠ ْﯿِﻞ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺴ‬ َ ‫ﺎت اﻷَِﺧ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻋ‬

The last days of our trip passed very quickly. We stayed up late at night.

50

Two-letter prepositions

َ ‫ُوﻟَِﺪ ا‬ ‫ﺐ ﻓِﻲ ا ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎء‬ ُ ِ‫ﻟﻜﺎﺗ‬ َ ‫ﻟﺴ‬ ِ ‫اﺣَﺪِة ِﻣْﻦ َﻣَﺴ‬ ِ ‫ﻟﻮ‬ َ ‫ﺎﻋِﺔ ا‬ ْ ُ ْ َ َ ْ ْ ‫ﺎﻧ‬ ‫ﻛ‬ ‫ﺮ‬ ‫ﮭ‬ ‫ﺷ‬ ، ‫ﻦ‬ ‫َﯿ‬ ‫ﻨ‬ ‫اﻻﺛ‬ ‫ﯾَ ْﻮِم‬ .‫ﻮن اﻷَ ﱠوِل‬ ‫ﻦ‬ ‫ﻣ‬ ِ ِ ِ ِ ُ ‫ﻟَﻘَ ْﺪ ُﻛْﻨ‬ ‫ﺎﻋِﺔ ا ﱠ‬ ‫ﺖ ھُﻨَﺎ ِﻣْﻦ ا ﱠ‬ .‫ﺎﺣﺎ‬ ً َ‫ﺻﺒ‬ َ ‫ﻟﺴ‬ َ ‫ﻟﺴﺎﺑَِﻌِﺔ‬ .‫ﻦ‬ َ ‫ﻟَْﻢ أََرهُ ِﻣْﻦ َﺳ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻋﺘَْﯿ‬

The author was born at 1:00 p.m., on a Monday in December. I have been here since seven o’clock in the morning. I have not seen him for two hours.

‫ ِﻣْﻦ‬is used when stating days of the week or the month, as in the following: ُ ‫ﻀﺎن‬ َ ‫ُﻮع اﻟﺜﱠﺎﻧِﻲ ِﻣْﻦ َرَﻣ‬ ِ ‫ﻓِﻲ اﻷ ْﺳﺒ‬ .‫ﯾﺴﻤﺒِﺮ‬ َ ‫ﯿﺮِة ِﻣْﻦ ِد‬ َ ‫ﻓِﻲ اﻷَﯾِﱠﺎم َاﻷِﺧ‬

In the second week of Ramadan. In the last few days of December.

‫ ِﻣْﻦ‬can be used to convey the idea of measurement or a distance from one place to another, as in the following: .‫ﻚ‬ ُ ‫ﺑَْﯿﺘﻲ أَ ْﻗَﺮ‬ َ ِ‫ﺎﻣَﻌِﺔ ِﻣْﻦ ﺑَْﯿﺘ‬ ِ ‫ب إِﻟَﻰ ْاﻟَﺠ‬

My house is closer to the university than yours.

َ‫ﯾﺎض إِﻟَﻰ َﻣﱠﻜﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺮ‬ ‫َﻛِﻢ ْاﻟَﻤَﺴﺎﻓَﺔُ ِﻣَﻦ ﱢ‬ ِ ‫ﻣﺔ؟‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤَﻜﱠﺮ‬ ُ ُ ُ ْ َ ‫ات‬ ٍ ‫ﻮﻣﺘَﺮ‬ َ ‫ﺗَﻘَ ُﻊ ا‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻣَﻌﺔ َﻋﻠﻰ ﺑُْﻌِﺪ َﻋَﺸَﺮِة ِﻛﯿﻠ‬ ِ ‫ﻟﺠ‬ َ ‫ﺰ‬ ‫ﻛ‬ ‫ﺮ‬ .‫اﻟﻤِﺪﯾﻨَِﺔ‬ َ ِ ْ ‫ِﻣْﻦ َﻣ‬

What is the distance from Riyadh to Makka? The university is located ten kilometers away from the city center.

‫ ِﻣْﻦ‬is used with the particles (‫ )دون‬and (‫)ﻏﯿﺮ‬, translated as ‘without’ or ‘devoid of’, as in the following:

ْ ‫ﺎء‬ ‫ﺎرﯾٍَﺔ ِﻣْﻦ َﻏْﯿِﺮ‬ َ ‫َﺟ‬ ِ ‫ت إِﻟَﻰ ْاﻟَﺤْﻔﻠَِﺔ ِﺷْﺒﮫَ َﻋ‬ َ ْ ‫ﺎء أ ْو ِﺣ‬ .‫ﺸَﻤٍﺔ‬ ٍ َ‫َﺣﯿ‬ ْ َ ‫ﻀﺒ‬ .‫ﺐ‬ ٍ َ‫ﺖ ِﻣﻨﱢﻲ ِﻣْﻦ َﻏْﯿِﺮ َﺳﺒ‬ ِ ‫َﻏ‬ .‫ﺮ إِ ْذﻧِﻲ‬ ُ ‫َﻻ ﯾَْﺴﺘَِﻄ‬ َ ِ‫ﺎم ﺑَِﺬﻟ‬ َ َ‫ﯿﻊ ْاﻟﻘِﯿ‬ ِ ‫ﻚ ِﻣْﻦ َﻏْﯿ‬ ْ ْ ‫ظﮭََﺮ‬ َ ‫ت‬ ُ ‫ت‬ َ ‫ﺻ‬ ِ ‫ﺾ اﻟَﻤَﺠﱠﻼ‬ ِ ‫ﻮرةٌ ﻓِﻲ ﺑَ ْﻌ‬ َ ْ َ ْ ُ .‫ﺲ‬ ٍ ‫ﺿِﺔ أزﯾ‬ َ ِ‫ون َﻣﻼﺑ‬ َ ‫ﺎر‬ ِ ‫ﺎء ِﻣﻦ د‬ ِ ‫ْاﻟَﻌَﺮﺑِﯿِﱠﺔ ﻟَِﻌ‬

She came to the party semi-naked with no shame or modesty. She was angry with me for no reason. He cannot do that without my permission. A photo of a naked fashion model appeared in some of the Arab magazines.

‫ ِﻣْﻦ‬can occur in a compound preposition, and in this type of construction, it will always precede the following semi-preposition; see the following cases: .‫ﻞ‬ ُ ‫َﻻ أَ ْﻋﺘَﻘُِﺪ أَﻧﱠﻨَﺎ اﻟﺘَﻘَْﯿﻨَﺎ ِﻣْﻦ ﻗَ ْﺒ‬

‫ﺎض ﺑَ ْﻌَﺪ‬ َ ‫ﻧََﺠﺎ َﺷْﺨ‬ ِ ‫ﺎن ِﻣْﻦ ﺗَْﺤ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ِ َ‫ﺖ اﻷَْﻧﻘ‬ َ َ ‫ﱢ‬ .‫ﱠﺎم‬ ٍ ‫ال ﺑِﺜََﻼﺛِﺔ أﯾ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺰْﻟَﺰ‬ ْ ‫ﺎب ﻧ‬ ‫أَْﻟﻘَﻰ ﱠ‬ ‫اﻟﺸ ﱡ‬ ‫ﻒ‬ َ ‫َﻈَﺮةً َﻋﻠَﻰ َﺟ‬ ِ ‫ﺎرﺗِِﮫ ِﻣْﻦ َﺧْﻠ‬ ‫َﺎر اﻟﻨﱠﺎﻓَِﺬِة‬ ِ ‫ِﺳﺘ‬ ْ ْ ‫ﱠ‬ ْ .‫ي ﻟِﻠﺒِﻨَﺎﯾَ ِﺔ‬ ُ ‫ﻖا‬ ‫ﻟﻌﻠِﻮ ﱢ‬ ِ َ‫ق اﻟﻄﺎﺑ‬ ِ ‫َرَﻣﻰ ﻧَﻔَﺴﮫُ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﻓَْﻮ‬

I do not think that we have met before. Two people have been rescued from under the rubble three days after the quake. The young man had a look at his neighbor from behind the window curtains. He threw himself off the top floor of the building.

Two-letter prepositions 51

‫ ِﻣْﻦ‬can also be used for emphasis. This usage is, however, not common in modern-day usage or in the media. In this context, it is redundant. It must be preceded by an indefinite subject noun, the object of a verb, the interrogative particle (‫)ھَ ْﻞ‬, a subject of a ْ ‫)َﻣْﻔُﻌﻮل ُﻣ‬, such as in the following examples: ْ َ‫ﻄﻠ‬ noun (‫ )ُﻣْﺒﺘََﺪأ‬or an absolute object (‫ﻖ‬ .‫ﯾﻖ‬ َ ‫ﺲ ﻟِْﻠَﺨﺎﺋِِﻦ ِﻣْﻦ‬ َ ‫ﻟَ ْﯿ‬ ٍ ‫ﺻِﺪ‬ .‫ﻋَﻮاﺗِﻨَﺎ‬ َ ‫ﯿﺐ ﻟَِﺪ‬ ٍ ‫َﻣﺎ ِﻣْﻦ ُﻣِﺠ‬

A traitor has no friend. No one has ever answered our prayers.

When ‫ ِﻣْﻦ‬precedes a definite noun, and especially a plural, it denotes an indefinite quantity or number, such as in these examples:

‫ﺎء‬ ُ ِ‫ﺗَﺒَﻘﱠﻰ ْاﻟَﻜﺜ‬ ِ ‫ﯿﺮ ِﻣَﻦ اﻟﻄﱠ َﻌِﺎم ﺑَْﻌَﺪ َﺣْﻔﻠَ ِﺔ ْاﻟَﻌَﺸ‬ .‫ﺲ‬ ْ ِ ‫أﻣ‬ ْ ْ ْ .‫ﯿﺮ‬ ِ ‫َﺳَﻜﺒَﺖ ﻟَﮫُ َﻛﺄًﺳﺎ ِﻣَﻦ اﻟَﻌ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬ .‫ﺣﺘﱠﻰ اِ ْرﺗََﻮْﯾﻨَﺎ‬ َ ‫ﺎء‬ ِ ‫َﺷِﺮﺑﻨﺎ ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟَﻤ‬

There is a lot of food left over from yesterday’s dinner party. She poured him a glass of juice. We drank water until we quenched our thirst.

‫ ِﻣْﻦ‬can include the meanings of other prepositions. However, it is worth pointing out that these uses are not common in the media and other contemporary uses, as in the following:

‫َﺳﺄ ُﺳﺎﻓِ ُﺮ ِﻣْﻦ أَﱠوِل اﻷُْﺳﺒﻮ‬

I will leave at the beginning of the week.

‫ ﻣﻦ‬is used with the same meaning as (‫)ﻓﻲ‬.

He got close to you.

‫ ﻣﻦ‬is used with the same meaning as (‫)إﻟﻰ‬.

.‫ﺪه‬ ِ َ‫أَ ْﻣَﺴْﻜﺘُﮫُ ِﻣْﻦ ﯾ‬

I hold him by the hand.

‫ ﻣﻦ‬is used with the same meaning as (‫)اﻟﺒﺎء‬.

.‫ﺎن‬ ِ ‫َﻻ ﺗَْﺒﺘَِﻌْﺪ ِﻣْﻦ ھََﺬا ْاﻟَﻤَﻜ‬

Do not go far from this place.

‫ ﻣﻦ‬is used with the same meaning as (‫)ﻋﻦ‬.

‫ﻟَ ﱠ‬ .‫ﯿﻦ‬ َ ‫َﺼﻔُﻨَﺎ ِﻣَﻦ اﻟﻈّﺎﻟِ ِﻤ‬ ِ ‫ﻌﻞ ﷲَ ﯾُﻨ‬

May God save us from injustice.

‫ ِﻣﻦ‬is used with the same meaning as (‫)ﻋﻠَﻰ‬.

.‫ع‬

.‫ﻚ‬ َ ‫ب ِﻣْﻨ‬ َ ‫اِْﻗﺘََﺮ‬

‫ ِﻣْﻦ‬is also used to express comparative and contrastive relationships between two people or two things, and in this case, it is translated as ‘than’, as in the following: .‫ﺣﺴﯿﻦ‬ ُ ‫ُﻣَﺤﱠﻤٌﺪ أُطَﱢﻮُل ِﻣْﻦ‬

‫ب أَ ْﻛﺜَ ُﺮ ﺗَﻘَ ﱡﺪًﻣﺎ ِﻣَﻦ ﱠ‬ ‫ق ﻓِﻲ‬ ُ ‫ْاﻟَﻐْﺮ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺸْﺮ‬ .‫اﻟﺘﱢ ْﻜﻨُﻮﻟُﻮﺟﯿﺎ‬ .‫ﺲ‬ َ ‫ْاﻟَﺠﱡﻮ أَ ْﻛﺜَُﺮ َﺣ‬ ِ ‫ﺮارةً ْاﻟﯿَْﻮَم ِﻣْﻦ أَ ْﻣ‬

Mohammad is taller than Hussein. The West is more advanced than the East with regard to technology. The weather today is warmer than yesterday.

52

Two-letter prepositions

‫ ِﻣْﻦ‬is used in superlative constructions and is translated as ‘one of . . .’, as in the following:

‫ﻀﺎﯾَﺎ‬ َ ‫ﻀﯿﱠﺔُ ﻓِﻠَ ْﺴِﻄ‬ َ َ‫ﯿﻦ ِﻣْﻦ أَھﱢَﻢ اﻟﻘ‬ ِ َ‫ﺗُ ْﻌﺘَﺒَ ُﺮ ﻗ‬ ْ ‫اﻹ‬ .‫ﺳَﻼِﻣﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ َ ِ ‫اﻟﻌَﺮﺑِﯿ ِﱠﺔ َو‬ ‫ﺎن ِھﻲ ِﻣْﻦ أَ ْﺟَﻤِﻞ‬ َ َ‫ﺎل ﻟُ ْﺒﻨ‬ َ َ‫ إِ ﱠن ِﺟﺒ‬،‫ﻓِﻲ َرْأﯾِﻲ‬ ‫ﺎﻛِﻦ ﻓِﻲ ﱠ‬ .‫ﻂ‬ ِ ‫ق اﻷَْوَﺳ‬ ِ ‫اﻷََﻣ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺸْﺮ‬ ‫ﺎس ﱢ‬ .‫ﺮﻓُﮭُﻢ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺬ‬ ِ ‫أَْﺧﺒَ ْﺮﺗُﮫُ ﺑِﺄﻧﱠﮫُ ِﻣ ْﻦ أَ ْذَﻛﻰ اﻟﻨﱠ‬ ِ ‫ﯾﻦ أَ ْﻋ‬ ُ ‫ﺎء اﻟﱠﻠَ َﻮاﺗِﻲ ﺗََﻌﱠﺮْﻓ‬ ‫َزِﻣﯿﻠَﺘِﻲ ِﻣْﻦ أَ َر ﱢ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ِ ‫ق اﻟﻨﱢَﺴ‬ .‫ﻋﻠَْﯿِﮭﱠﻦ‬ َ ‫ﻓِﻲ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎن‬ َ ‫ َﻛ‬،‫ﺎﺿﻲ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺴْﺒِﻌﯿﻨ‬ َ ‫ﺎت ِﻣَﻦ اﻟﻘَ ْﺮِن‬ َ ‫ﱠ‬ ْ ‫ﱡ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﻌَﺮﺑِﯿ ِﱠﺔ اﻟﺘِﻲ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻌَﺮاق ِﻣﻦ أﱠوِل اﻟﺪَوِل‬ ِ ْ ‫ﺿَﻌ‬ ُ ‫ﺖ‬ .‫ﺧﻄﱠﺔً ﻟَِﻤْﺤِﻮ اﻷُ ﱢﻣﯿﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫َو‬

The question of Palestine is one of the most important Arab and Islamic causes. In my opinion, the mountains of Lebanon are one of the most beautiful places in the Middle East. I told him that he is one of the most intelligent people I have ever known. My colleague is one of the nicest women I’ve ever met. In the 1970s, Iraq was one of the first Arab countries to draw up a literacy plan.

‫ ِﻣْﻦ‬is used to differentiate between two contrasting people or things, as in the following:

ْ ‫)َوﷲ ﯾَْﻌﻠَُﻢ ْاﻟُﻤْﻔِﺴَﺪ ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟُﻤ‬ (2: 220) (‫ﺢ‬ ِ ِ ‫ﺼﻠ‬

“God knows well him who works corruption from him who sets aright”.

‫ﻲ ِﻣَﻦ‬ ُ ‫َﻻ ﻧَْﺴﺘَِﻄ‬ َ ‫ﯿﻊ َداﺋِ ًﻤﺎ أَ ْن ﻧَْﻌِﺮ‬ ‫ف ْاﻟَﻮﻓِ ﱠ‬ َ ُ .‫ﺻْﻌﺒٍَﺔ‬ ‫ْاﻟَﺨﺎﺋِِﻦ إِ ﱠﻻ ﺑَْﻌَﺪ أ ْن ﻧَُﻤﱠﺮ ﺑِﻈ‬ ٍ َ ‫ﺮوف‬

We cannot always tell a sincere person from a traitor except when we experience difficult circumstances.

‫ﻧﺴﺎن أَْن ﯾَُﻤﯿﱢَﺰ ْاﻟَﺤ ﱠ‬ .‫ﺎطِﻞ‬ ِ َ‫ﻖ ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟﺒ‬ ِ ‫اﻹ‬ ِ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ‬

One has to differentiate between right and wrong.

ُ ‫ﻟَ ْﻢ أَ ُﻋْﺪ أَْﻋِﺮ‬ .‫ﺎر‬ ِ َ‫ف اﻟﻠﱠ ْﯿَﻞ ِﻣَﻦ اﻟﻨﱠﮭ‬

I can no longer differentiate between night and day.

‫ ِﻣْﻦ‬can be used with expressions such as ‘some of’, ‘many of’, ‘the majority of’ or ‘a minority of’, as in the following cases: َ‫اﺟﮭَﺔ‬ ُ ‫ﺎدِة َﻻ ﯾَْﺴﺘَِﻄ‬ ُ ِ‫ْاﻟَﻜﺜ‬ َ ‫ﯿﻌ‬ َ َ‫ﯿﺮ ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟﻘ‬ َ ‫ﻮن ُﻣَﻮ‬ .‫ﺎت‬ ِ َ‫ھَِﺬِه ْاﻟﺘََﺤﱢﺪﯾ‬ .‫ﺎس‬ َ ُ‫إِﻧﱠﮭ ُْﻢ َﻻ ﯾ َُﻤﺜﱢﻠ‬ ِ ‫ﻮن ْاﻟَﻐﺎﻟِﺒِﯿﱠﺔَ ِﻣَﻦ اﻟﻨﱠ‬ ‫اﻷَﻗَﻠﱢﯿﱠﺔُ ِﻣَﻦ ﱡ‬ .‫ﺖ‬ َ ‫ب ﯾُْﺪِرُﻛ‬ ِ ‫ﻮن أَھَﱢﻤﯿﱠﺔَ ْاﻟَﻮْﻗ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻄﱠﻼ‬

Many leaders do not measure up to these challenges. They do not represent the majority of people. Few students appreciate the importance of time.

Two-letter prepositions 53

ُ ‫ْاﻟَﻌِﺪ‬ ‫اءِة‬ َ ُ‫ﺎص ﯾَ ِﻤْﯿﻠ‬ َ ‫ﻮن إِﻟَﻰ ﻗَِﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﯾﺪ ِﻣَﻦ اﻷَ ْﺷَﺨ‬ ‫ْاﻟَﺠَﺮاﺋِِﺪ ﻓِﻲ ﱠ‬ .‫ﻮر‬ ِ ُ‫ﺎح ﻗَْﺒَﻞ ْاﻟﻔَﻄ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺼﺒ‬

Many people are inclined to read newspapers in the morning before breakfast.

‫ ِﻣْﻦ‬is also used with an adjective or particle with the definite article (‫ )ال‬followed by either (‫ )أَ ْن‬or (‫)أَ ﱠن‬, where the adjective or particle employed determines the use of (‫ )أَْن‬or (‫)أَﱠن‬, as in the following: ‫ﺲ ِﻣَﻦ ﱠ‬ ‫ﯿﺮا‬ ‫ور ﱢ‬ ً ِ‫ﻚ َﻣًﺎﻻ َﻛﺜ‬ َ ِ‫ي أَ ْن ﺗ َْﻤﻠ‬ َ ‫ﻟَ ْﯿ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻀُﺮ‬ ُ ‫َﻛْﻲ‬ ً ‫ﻮن َﺳِﻌ‬ .‫ﺎة‬ َ ‫ﺗﻜ‬ َ ‫ﯿﺪا ﻓِﻲ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺤﯿ‬ ُ ‫ﻮر‬ َ ‫ﺢ أَﻧﱠﮭُﻢ َﻻ ﯾَ ْﮭﺘﱡَﻤ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻮ‬ َ ‫ِﻣَﻦ‬ ِ ‫ﻮن ﺑِﺎﻷ ُﻣ‬ ِ ‫اﺿ‬ .‫ﺎدﯾ ِﱠﺔ‬ َ ِ‫اﻻْﻗﺘ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ِ َ ُ ‫ﻮن ﻗُ ْﺪَوةً ﻟِﻄ ﱠﻼﺑِﻨِﺎ‬ َ ‫ﺐ َﻋﻠَ ْﯿﻨَﺎ أ ْن ﻧَُﻜ‬ ِ ‫اﺟ‬ َ ‫ِﻣَﻦ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻮ‬ .‫ﯿﺪ‬ ِ ‫اﻋ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻟﻤَﻮ‬ ِ ‫ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ِ‫اﻻﻟﺘِِﺰِام ﺑ‬

You do not necessarily need to have much money to be happy in life.

َ ‫ﯾﺐ أَ ﱠن اﻷُ ْﺳﺘ‬ َ ‫ِﻣَﻦ‬ ‫ﺎﺿًﺮا‬ ِ ‫َﺎذ ﻟَ ْﻢ ﯾَُﻜْﻦ َﺣ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻐِﺮ‬ ْ .‫س‬ َ ‫َﺎء‬ َ ‫أَﺛﻨ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺪر‬ ‫ِﻣَﻦ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺼِﺎم‬ َ ‫ﺐ أَ ْن ﻧَْﻌِﺮ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺨ‬ َ َ‫ف أَ ْﺳﺒ‬ ِ ‫ﺎب‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺼْﻌ‬ ِْ َ‫اﻟﺼِﺪﯾﻘ‬ ‫ﺑَْﯿَﻦ ﱠ‬ .‫ﻦ‬ ‫ﯿ‬

It is strange that the teacher did not show up to class.

Obviously, they do not care about economic matters. It is our duty to be examples to be followed by our students in keeping to appointments.

It is difficult to know the causes of the discord between the two friends.

‫ ِﻣْﻦ‬can be used with verbs meaning to ‘take out’, ‘extract’, ‘remove’ or ‘snatch’, as in the following: .‫ﻦ اﻷَ ْرض‬ ُ ‫ﺨﺮَج ا‬ ُ ‫ﻟﻌﻠََﻤ‬ َ ‫ﺎء اﻟﺒِْﺘُﺮ‬ َ َ‫اِﺳﺘ‬ ِ َ‫ول ِﻣْﻦ ﺑ‬ ِ ‫ﺎط‬

The scientists extracted oil from underground.

.‫ﺟﯿﺒِِﮫ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻮﻟَُﺪ ﯾََﺪهُ ِﻣْﻦ‬ َ َ‫أ‬ َ ‫ﺧﺮَج‬

The boy has got his hand out of his pocket.

.‫ﻦ‬ َ ‫ﻀ‬ َ ِ‫ﺎﺟُﺮ ﺑ‬ ِ ‫اِْﺳﺘَْﻮَرَد اﻟﺘﱠ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻋﺘَﮫُ ِﻣَﻦ اﻟﯿََﻤ‬

The trader imported the goods from Yemen.

.‫ﺟْﯿﺒِِﮫ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻜ‬ َ ‫ﯿﺲ ِﻣْﻦ‬ ِ ‫أَ ْﺧَﺮَج‬

‫ب ﱡ‬ .‫اﻟﺪﻣﯿَﺔَ ِﻣْﻦ ﯾَﱢﺪ َوﻟَِﺪِه‬ ُ َ‫ﻧََﺰَع اﻷ‬

He took the bag out of his pocket. The father snatched the doll from his son’s hand.

‫ ِﻣْﻦ‬can be used with verbs denoting buying, importing or renting, as in the following:

ُ ‫اِﺷﺘََﺮ‬ .‫اﻟﺤﻠﻮى ِﻣَﻦ اﻟﺒِﻘَﺎﻟَِﺔ‬ َ ‫ﯾﺖ‬

I bought candies from the grocery.

‫َﺄﺟَﺮ ُﻣَﺤﱠﻤٌﺪ‬ .‫ﻤﺮو‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺪار ِﻣْﻦ َﻋ‬ َ َ ‫اِ ْﺳﺘ‬

Mohammed leased the house from Amr.

‫ت ﱠ‬ ْ .‫ﯿﻦ‬ ‫ﻀﺎﺋَِﻊ ِﻣَﻦ ﱢ‬ َ َ‫اﻟﺸِﺮَﻛﺔُ اﻟﺒ‬ َ ‫اﺳﺘ‬ ِ ‫َﻮرَد‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺼ‬

The company imported the goods from China.

َ ‫اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ ِﻣَﻦ‬ .‫ج‬ ‫ﺐ‬ َ َ َ‫َﺟﻠ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺨ‬ ِ ‫ﺎر‬

He brought the clothes from outside.

َ ‫ﻀﺎﺋَِﻊ ِﻣَﻦ‬ ْ .‫ج‬ َ َ‫ﻠﺐ ْاﻟﺒ‬ َ َ‫اﺟﺘ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺨ‬ ِ ‫ﺎر‬

He imported the goods from abroad.

54

Two-letter prepositions

‫ ِﻣْﻦ‬is used with verbs meaning ‘waking up’ or ‘standing up’, as the following: ُ ‫اﻟﺮ‬ ‫أَﯾﻘَﻈَﮫُ ﱠ‬ .‫ﻖ‬ َ ‫ﻋﺪ ِﻣْﻦ ُﺳﺒَﺎﺗِِﮫ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻌِﻤْﯿ‬ ‫ﺎم ﱢ‬ .‫ات‬ ُ ‫اﻟﻄ‬ ٍ ‫َﻮﻣِﮫ ِﻋﱠﺪةَ َﻣﱠﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﺲ ِﻣْﻦ ﻧ‬ َ َ‫ﻗ‬ ِ ‫ﻔﻞ ﻟَﯿﻠَﺔَ أَ ْﻣ‬

The thunder woke him up from his deep sleep. The child woke up several times last night.

‫ ِﻣْﻦ‬is also used with verbs employed to express astonishment or complaining, as in the following: .‫ﺣﻮاﻟِِﮭﻢ‬ َ ‫ﻐﺮ‬ َ َ‫َواﺳﺘ‬ َ َ‫ﺣﻤُﺪ ِﻣْﻦ أ‬ َ َ‫ب أ‬

‫َﺷَﻜﺎ ﱠ‬ ‫اﻟﺸ ﱡ‬ .‫اء‬ ِ ‫ﺴﻮﺗِﮭَﺎ َﻋﻠَﻰ اﻟﻔُﻘَ َﺮ‬ َ َ‫ﺎب ِﻣْﻦ ﻗ‬ .‫ﺎﻣﻠَﺘِِﮫ‬ ِ ‫ﺎرِه ﻟِ ُﺴ‬ َ ‫ﻮء ُﻣَﻌ‬ ِ ‫ﺗَﻈَﻠﱠ َﻢ ِﻣْﻦ َﺟ‬

Ahmed was astonished at their situation. The young man complained about her cruelty toward poor people. He grumbled about his neighbor for having treated him badly.

‫ ِﻣْﻦ‬can also be used with verbs meaning to ease, lessen or reduce or to be devoid of, as in the following: .‫اﻟﺤْﻤِﻞ‬ َ ‫ﻗَﻠﱠ َﻞ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺮُﺟُﻞ ِﻣْﻦ ﺛِﻘَ ِﻞ‬

The man reduced the weight of the load.

‫ﯿﺐ ِﻣْﻦ‬ ُ ِ‫ﻒ اﻟﻄﱠﺒ‬ َ ‫َﺧﻔﱠ‬ ‫ﺗﺠﺮَد اﻟﻘﺎﺗُِﻞ ِﻣْﻦ ُﻛﱢﻞ َﻣَﻌﺎﻧِﻲ ﱠ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ .‫اﻟﺮْﺣَﻤِﺔ‬

The doctor eased the patient’s pain.

.‫ﯾﺾ‬ ِ َ ‫آﻻم‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤ ِﺮ‬

The murderer is devoid of any sense of mercy.

‫ ِﻣْﻦ‬is used with verbs expressing revenge, disdain, detestation or hatred, as in the following:

ُ ‫اﻧﺘَﻘَْﻤ‬ .‫ﺖ ِﻣَﻦ اﻟﻘَﺎﺗِِﻞ‬

I took revenge on the murderer.

‫اﻗﺘَ ﱠ‬ .‫ﻋُﺪﱢوِه‬ َ ‫ﺺ ِﻣْﻦ‬

He has retaliated against his enemy.

ْ َ ‫اﺷَﻤﺄ َ ﱠز‬ .‫ﯾﻦ‬ ُ ‫ﺐ ِﻣَﻦ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺸْﻌ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤْﺴﺘَﺒِﱢﺪ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺤﱠﻜِﺎم‬

People detested the ruling dictators.

.‫ﻊ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤْﺸﺘ َُﺮ‬ ِ ‫ون ِﻣْﻦ ُﺳ‬ ُ ‫ﻧَﻔََﺮ‬ َ ‫ﻮء ُﻣَﻌ‬ ِ ِ‫ﺎﻣﻠَِﺔ اﻟﺒَﺎﺋ‬

The buyers stayed away because of the trader’s mistreatment.

‫ ِﻣْﻦ‬is also used with verbs meaning to exercise caution as in the following: ْ ‫اﻟﻤ ﱠ‬ .‫ﯾﻖ‬ َ ‫اﺣﺘََﺮ‬ َ ‫س‬ ِ ‫ﺎرةُ ِﻣْﻦ ُﺣﻔَ ِﺮ اﻟﻄﱠ ِﺮ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤ‬ َ ‫اِﺣﺘ ََﻤﻰ ﺑِِﻤ‬ .‫ﺮ‬ َ ‫ﻈﻠﱠﺘِ ِﮫ ِﻣَﻦ‬ ِ ‫ﻄ‬ َ ‫اِﺣﺘ‬ ُ ‫َﺎط ُﺳﱠﻜ‬ ‫اء‬ َ َ‫ﻮم اﻷ‬ ِ ‫ﻋﺪ‬ ِ ‫ﺎن اﻟﻘَ ْﺮﯾَ ِﺔ ِﻣْﻦ ھُُﺠ‬ .‫ﻋﻠَ ْﯿِﮭﻢ‬ َ

The pedestrians were wary of the holes in the road. He used his umbrella to protect himself from the rain. The villagers took precautions against any attack by their enemies.

Two-letter prepositions 55

‫ ِﻣْﻦ‬can be used with verbs meaning finding out, inquiring or responding, as in the following: .‫ﺎع‬ َ ‫اِﺳﺘَْﻔﮭََﻢ ِﻣْﻦ‬ ِ ‫ﻮﻋِﺪ‬ ِ ‫ﺻِﺪﯾﻘِِﮫ َﻋْﻦ َﻣ‬ ِ ‫اﻻْﺟﺘَِﻤ‬

He asked his friend about the time of the meeting.

ُ ‫ﻠﻤ‬ ‫ﯿﺬ ﱠ‬ .‫اﻟﻤَﻌﻠﱢِﻢ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺪ‬ ِ ‫ﻓَِﮭَﻢ اﻟﺘﱢ‬ ُ ‫رس ِﻣَﻦ‬

The student understood the lesson as explained by the teacher.

.ُ‫ﺣِﻤَﺪه‬ َ ‫َﺳِﻤَﻊ ﷲ ﻟَِﻤْﻦ‬

God listens to those who thank him.

‫ ِﻣْﻦ‬can also be used with verbs meaning giving, spending or saving, as in the following cases:

ُ ‫أَْﻧﻔَْﻘ‬ َ ‫ﺖ ِﻣْﻦ َﻣﺎﻟِﻲ‬ .‫ﺎص‬ ‫اﻟﺨ ﱢ‬ َ ‫ﻚ ِﻣﻨ ًَﺤﺎ َوَﻋ‬ ُ ِ‫اﻟﻤﻠ‬ .‫ﻄﺎﯾَﺎ ِﻣْﻦ َﻣﺎﻟِ ِﮫ‬ َ ‫ﻗَﱠﺪَم‬ ُ ‫َوﻓﱠ َﺮ‬ ‫اﻟﻮاﻟﺪ ِﻣْﻦ طََﻌِﺎم اﻟﯿَ ْﻮِم َﻣﺎ ﯾَ ْﻜﻔِﻲ ﻟﻠﯿَ ْﻮَﻣْﯿِﻦ‬ .‫ﻦ‬ ُ ِ ‫اﻟﻤْﻘﺒِﻠَْﯿ‬ .‫ﻲ‬ ُ ِ‫اِﱠدَﺧَﺮ اﻟﻄﱠﺎﻟ‬ ُ ‫ﺐ ِﻣْﻦ َﻣ‬ ِ َ‫ﺼﺮوﻓِ ِﮫ اﻟﯿ‬ ‫ﻮﻣ ﱢ‬

I spent from my own funds. The king gave grants and gifts from his own funds. The father saved some of today’s food for the next two days. The student has saved from his allowance.

‫ ِﻣْﻦ‬is used with verbs denoting selecting or choosing a person or from a group of people or things as, for example, in the following: ‫ﺎر ﱠ‬ َ َ‫ﯿﮫ ِﻣَﻦ اﻷ‬ .‫ﺣﺰاب‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺸ‬ َ َ‫اﺧﺘ‬ ِ ِ‫ﻌﺐ ُﻣَﻤﺜﱢﻠ‬ َ ‫ﯿﺮة‬ .‫ﻠﻖ‬ ُ ُ‫اﺻﻄَﻔَﻰ ﷲ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺮُﺳَﻞ ِﻣْﻦ ِﺧ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺨ‬ ‫ﺺ اﻟﻔَ ﱠﻼُح ﱡ‬ .‫ﻦ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺰ‬ َ َ‫اﺳﺘَﺨﻠ‬ ِ َ‫ﺑﺪ ِﻣَﻦ اﻟﻠﱠﺒ‬

People have chosen their representatives from the parties. Allah chose prophets from the best of His creation. The peasant extracted butter from milk.

‫ ِﻣْﻦ‬is used following words meaning nearness and approaching, such as in the following:

ْ َ‫ب ِﻣْﻦ َﻣْﺪَرَﺳِﺔ اﻷ‬ ْ َ‫َﺳﻘَﻄ‬ .‫ﺎل‬ ِ ‫ﺖ ﻗَِﺬﯾﻔَﺔٌ ﺑِْﺎﻟﻘُ ْﺮ‬ ِ َ‫طﻔ‬

A shell fell near a children’s school.

‫ﺎدي؛‬ ً ‫أَِﺧ‬ ِ ‫ﯿﺮا اِﺳﺘَﺄَْﺟْﺮﻧَﺎ ﺑَْﯿﺘًﺎ ﻗَ ِﺮﯾﺒًﺎ ِﻣَﻦ اﻟﻨﱠ‬ َ َ ‫ ُﻛﱠﻞ‬،‫ﯿﻊ أ ْن ﻧَﺘََﺮﱠدَد َﻋﻠَ ْﯿِﮫ‬ ُ ‫ ﻧَْﺴﺘ َِﻄ‬،‫َﻋﻠَﻰ اﻷﻗَﱢﻞ‬ َ ‫ ﺑَِﻼ َﻣ‬،‫ﯾَ ْﻮٍم‬ .‫ﺸﻘﱠ ٍﺔ‬ َ ‫اﺳﺘَْﻠﻘَﻰ َﻋﻠَﻰ اﻷَِر‬ ْ ،‫ﺎز‬ ِ َ‫ﯾﻜﺔ ﻗَ ِﺮﯾﺒًﺎ ِﻣَﻦ اﻟﺘﱢْﻠﻔ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ َ ْ َ .‫ﺎر‬ َ ‫اﻟﻌَﻤِﻞ طَﻮ‬ َ ‫َوھ َُﻮ ﯾ َُﻌﺎﻧِﻲ ِﻣﻦ َﻣﺸﻘ ِﺔ‬ ِ َ‫ال اﻟﻨﮭ‬

Finally, we rented a house close to the club so that we could at least go there regularly and easily every day.

ْ ‫اﻟﻤ‬ ‫ﺼِﺮ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎز‬ َ ‫إِ ﱠن اﻟﻔَ ِﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﯾﻖ‬ ٍ ‫ي ﯾَْﺪﻧُﻮ ِﻣْﻦ إِ ْﻧَﺠ‬ ‫ﺎر ِاة ﱠ‬ ‫ي‬ ‫اﻟﺪ ْوِر ﱢ‬ َ َ‫ﻮق ﻓِﻲ ُﻣﺒ‬ ٍ ُ‫إِ ْﻓِﺮﯾﻘِ ﱟﻲ َﻏْﯿِﺮ َﻣْﺴﺒ‬ ْ ‫اﻷَ ﱠوِل ﻟُِﻜَﺮِة اﻟﻘَ َﺪِم ﻓِﻲ إِ ْﻓِﺮ‬ .‫ﯾﻘﯿَﺎ‬

The Egyptian team is close to an unprecedented achievement in their first match in the CAF Champions League.

He lay down on the couch close to the television, as he was suffering from the effects of working hard all day long.

56

Two-letter prepositions

‫ ِﻣْﻦ‬can be used with following words meaning a kind of, type of or a touch of, as in the following:

ٌ ‫ﺻﺎﺑَﮫُ ﻧَْﻮ‬ .‫ﻮن‬ ُ ‫ع ِﻣَﻦ‬ َ َ‫أ‬ ِ ُ‫اﻟﺠﻨ‬

ْ ‫اﻟﮭ‬ ‫ْاﻧﺘَﺎﺑَْﺘﮫُ ﻧ َْﻮﺑَﺔٌ ِﻣَﻦ ﱠ‬ .‫ﺴﺘِﯿﺮﯾَﺎ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻀِﺤِﻚ َو‬

ْ ‫اﻟﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﻲء ِﻣَﻦ ﱠ‬ .‫ھﺒَ ِﺔ‬ ‫ﯾَ ْﻌﺘ َِﺮﯾﻨَﺎ أَ ْﺣﯿَﺎﻧًﺎ ﻓِﻲ اﻟﻈﱠ َﻼِم‬ ٌ

He had a kind of madness. He went into a fit of laughter and hysterics. We sometimes have a bit of a fright in the darkness.

‫ ِﻣْﻦ‬can be used before sentences or phrases that contain two opposing adjectives in juxtaposition, the first denoting a variable state of affairs in contrast with the second. These phrases usually indicate a sweeping generalization to include all members of a class, as the following examples show:

‫ﺮات‬ ُ ‫َﺧَﺮَج اﻟﻨﱠ‬ ِ َ‫ﻠﻤﻈﺎھ‬ ُ ِ‫ﺎن ﻟ‬ ٍ َ‫ﺎع َوَﺟﺒ‬ ٍ ‫ﺎس ِﻣ ْﻦ ُﺷﺠ‬ ‫ﻓِﻲ ا ﱠ‬ ُ َ ‫ﱢ‬ ْ .‫ﺎب‬ َ ‫ع ﯾُﻨﺪد‬ ِ َ‫ﺎﻹرھ‬ ِ ِ‫ون ﺑ‬ ِ ‫ﻟﺸ‬ ِ ‫ﺎر‬ ‫ﯿﮭْﻢ ِﻣْﻦ‬ ِ ِ‫أَ ْﺧﺒََﺮﻧِﻲ ﺑِﺄَﻧﱠﮫُ ﻻ ﯾَْﺨَﺸﻰ أَ َﺣًﺪا ﻓ‬ .‫ﻀِﻌﯿﻔِِﮭﻢ‬ َ ِ‫ﻗَﻮﯾﱢِﮭﻢ ﻟ‬ ‫ﻘﯿﺮِھْﻢ‬ ُ َ‫ﮭﺎﺟُﺮ َﺷﺒ‬ َ ‫ﺎب‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻌَﺮ‬ ِ ُ‫ﯾ‬ ِ َ‫ب ِﻣْﻦ َﻏﻨِﯿﱢِﮭْﻢ َوﻓ‬ ْ ْ ‫ًﺎ‬ ‫ﺑ‬ ‫ﺮ‬ ‫ھ‬ ‫ُﻢ‬ ‫ﮭ‬ ‫ﺪاﻧ‬ ‫ُﻠ‬ ‫ﺑ‬ ‫ﺎب َوﺗ ََﺮﱢدي‬ ‫ھ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫اﻹ‬ ‫ﻦ‬ ‫ﻣ‬ َ َ َ ِ ‫ِﻣْﻦ‬ ِ ِ ِ َ َ .‫وف اﻷْﻣﻨِﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻈُُﺮ‬

People both courageous and cowardly went out onto the streets demonstrating against terrorism. He told me that he did not fear any one of them, whether strong or weak. Both the rich and the poor amongst the Arab youth are leaving their countries to escape from terrorism and the deteriorating security situation.

‫ ِﻣﻦ‬is used before (‫)ﺑَﺎب‬, and it is translated as ‘out of’, although the word (‫)ﺑَﺎب‬ may deleted in certain contexts, as in the following:

ُ َ‫ﺎن ﻟِﻘ‬ ‫ﺎب ﱡ‬ .‫ﻀِﺔ‬ َ ‫َﻛ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤْﺤ‬ ِ َ‫ﺎؤﻧَﺎ ِﻣْﻦ ﺑ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺼْﺪﻓَ ِﺔ‬

ُ ‫ﯿﻊ َوﻗُ ْﻠ‬ ُ ‫َرﱠﺣْﺒ‬ ‫ت‬ ٍ ‫ﺼْﻮ‬ َ ِ‫ ﺑ‬،‫ﺖ ﻟَﮭُﻢ‬ َ ِ‫ﺖ ﺑ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻟﺠِﻤ‬ َ ‫ﱠ‬ ْ َ ْ ، ‫ﯿﺐ‬ ‫ﺣ‬ ‫ﺮ‬ ‫اﻟﺘ‬ ‫ﺎت‬ ‫ﻤ‬ ‫ﻠ‬ ‫ﻛ‬ ، .‫ب‬ ‫د‬ ‫اﻷ‬ ‫ﺎب‬ ‫ﺑ‬ ‫ﻦ‬ ‫ﻣ‬ ٍ ِ‫َﺧﺎﻓ‬ ِ َِ ‫ﺖ‬ ِ َ ِ َ ِ ِ ِ ‫ﺎب‬ َ َ‫ﻧ‬ ِ ‫ﺼْﺤﺘُﮫُ ِﻣْﻦ ِﺣْﺮ‬ ِ َ‫وﻣْﻦ ﺑ‬ ِ ،‫ﺻﻲ َﻋﻠَ ْﯿِﮫ‬ .‫اﻟﺼَﺪاﻗَِﺔ‬ َ

Our meeting was a mere coincidence. Out of courtesy I welcomed everybody quietly and softly. I advised him out of both concern and friendship.

When ‫ ِﻣْﻦ‬is used to introduce a verbal clause, the clause must begin with the ْ ) followed by a present-tense verb in subjunctive mode, as subjunctive particle (‫أن‬ in the following:

ُ ُ‫ْاﻟُﺠﻨ‬ ‫ﺎت‬ َ ‫ﻮد أَ ْﺷَﺠُﻊ ِﻣْﻦ أَ ْن ﯾَﺘ ََﺮ‬ َ ‫اﺟُﻌﻮا ِﻣْﻦ َﺳ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﺣ‬ .‫َﺎل‬ ِ ‫ْاﻟﻘِﺘ‬ ‫ﺎك ِﻣْﮭﻨَﺔٌ أَْﺳَﻤﻰ ِﻣْﻦ أَ ْن ﺗُ َﻌﻠﱢﻢ‬ َ َ‫ﺲ ھُﻨ‬ َ ‫ﻟَْﯿ‬ ْ ْ .َ‫ﺮاءةَ َواﻟِﻜﺘَﺎﺑَﺔ‬ َ َ‫اﻷَطﻔ‬ َ ِ‫ﺎل اﻟﻘ‬ ‫ﯾﺮ ﱠ‬ ُ ‫ُﻛْﻨ‬ ‫اﻟﺸ ِﺮَﻛِﺔ‬ َ ‫ﺖ ُﻣﺘََﺮﱢدَدةً ِﻣْﻦ أَْن أُﻓﺎﺗِ َﺢ ُﻣِﺪ‬ ْ َ َ ‫ﺑِ َﻤﺴﺄﻟِﺔ اﻟِﻌَﻼَوِة ﱠ‬ .‫اﻟﺴﻨَِﻮﯾِﱠﺔ‬

Soldiers are braver than to retreat from the battlefield. There is no higher calling than teaching children to read and write. I was hesitant to ask the company boss about the annual bonus.

Two-letter prepositions 57 When ‫ ِﻣْﻦ‬precedes a pronominal clause, it must begin with either the particle َ ‫) ﱠ‬, as in the following: (‫ )أ ﱠن‬or (‫إن‬

‫ﺎﻛِﻞ‬ ُ ‫أﻧﺎ َواﺛِﻘَﺔٌ ِﻣْﻦ أَﻧﱠ ُﻜﻢ ﺗَْﺴﺘَِﻄ‬ َ ‫ﯿﻌ‬ ِ ‫ﻮن َﺣﱠﻞ ْاﻟَﻤَﺸ‬ َ ،‫ق ِوِدﯾ ٍﱠﺔ‬ ‫ﻮء إِﻟَﻰ‬ ِ ‫اﻋﻲ ﻟِﱡﻠُﺠ‬ ِ ‫وﻻ َد‬ ٍ ‫ﺑِﻄُ ُﺮ‬ .‫ﺎﻛِﻢ‬ ِ ‫ْاﻟَﻤَﺤ‬ ْ َ‫ﺎﺳﺒ َُﻚ ﻗَ ْﺒَﻞ أَ ْن ﺗ‬ ‫ﺐ‬ َ ُ ‫ﻄﻠ‬ ِ َ‫ﺗَﺄ َ ﱠﻛْﺪ ِﻣْﻦ أَﻧﱠﮭﺎ ﻓَﺘَﺎةٌ ﺗُﻨ‬ ‫ﯾََﺪھَﺎ ِﻟِ ﱠ‬ .‫واج‬ ِ ‫ﻠﺰ‬ ُ ‫ﻟَْﺴ‬ ‫ﺐ ﻓِﻲ ُﻛﱢﻞ‬ ً ِ‫ﺖ ُﻣْﻨَﺪِھَﺸﺔً َﻛﺜ‬ َ ‫ﯿﺮا ِﻣْﻦ أَﻧﱠﮫُ َرَﺳ‬ َ ْ ‫ﱠ‬ َ َ َ ْ ْ .‫اﺟﺒَﺎﺗِ ِﮫ‬ ِ ‫ْاﻟَﻤَﺴﺎﻗ‬ ِ ‫ﺎت ﻟِﮭَﺬا اﻟﻔﺼِﻞ ﻷﻧﮫُ أھَﻤَﻞ َو‬

I am confident that you can resolve your disputes amicably with no need to resort to the courts.

‫ﺗَﺄ َ ﱠﻛَﺪت ﱡ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺸْﺮ‬ ‫طﺔُ ِﻣْﻦ أَ ﱠن ﱠ‬ ‫ب َﻻ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺴِﺠ‬ َ ‫ﺎر‬ ِ َ‫ﯿﻦ ْاﻟﮭ‬ .‫ال ﻓِﻲ ْاﻟَﻤِﺪﯾﻨَِﺔ‬ ُ ‫ﯾََﺰ‬

The police confirmed that the fugitive was still in the city.

Make sure she is the girl for you before you ask for her hand in marriage. I am not too surprised that he failed in all the courses this semester because he was neglecting his assignments.

(‫ )ِﻣْﻦ أَ ْﺟِﻞ‬may be followed by pronoun suffixes, a noun phrase, iḍāfa or a clause, as in the following cases: .‫ﺎع ِﻣْﻦ أَ ْﺟﻠِ ِﮫ‬ َ ‫اﻻْﺟﺘَِﻤ‬ َ ‫َﺣ‬ ِ ْ ‫ﻀْﺮﻧﺎ‬

We attended the meeting for his sake.

‫ﯾﺮ ﱠ‬ .‫ﺮَﻛِﺔ‬ َ ‫اﻻْﺟﺘِ َﻤ‬ َ ‫َﺣ‬ ِ ْ ‫ﻀْﺮﻧﺎ‬ ِ ‫ﺎع ِﻣْﻦ أَ ْﺟِﻞ ُﻣِﺪ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺸ‬

We attended the meeting for the sake of the company manager.

.‫ﯾﺪ‬ َ ‫اﻻْﺟﺘَِﻤ‬ َ ‫َﺣ‬ ِ ْ ‫ﻀْﺮﻧﺎ‬ ِ ‫ﯾﺮ ْاﻟَﺠِﺪ‬ ِ ‫ﺎع ِﻣْﻦ أَ ْﺟِﻞ ْاﻟُﻤِﺪ‬

We attended the meeting for the sake of the new manager.

‫ﯾﺮ اﻟﱠ ِﺬي‬ َ ‫اﻻْﺟﺘَِﻤ‬ َ ‫َﺣ‬ ِ ْ ‫ﻀْﺮﻧﺎ‬ ِ ‫ﺎع ِﻣْﻦ أَ ْﺟِﻞ ْاﻟُﻤِﺪ‬ ُ َ .‫ﺒﻮع‬ ٍ ‫ُﻋﯿﱢَﻦ ﻗْﺒَﻞ أْﺳ‬

We attended the meeting for the sake of the manager who was appointed a week ago.

(‫ ِﻣْﻦ ﻗِﺒَِﻞ‬/‫ﺟﮭَِﺔ‬ ِ ‫ ِﻣْﻦ َﺟ‬/ ‫ﯿﺔ‬ ِ ‫ ِﻣْﻦ ﻧﺎِ ِﺣ‬/ ‫ف‬ ِ ‫ )ِﻣْﻦ طََﺮ‬can be followed by pronoun ِ ‫ ِﻣْﻦ‬/ ‫ﺎﻧﺐ‬ suffixes, noun phrase, iḍāfa or a clause, as in the following: (Note that while all of these phrases can in general mean ‘on the part of’, ‘by’ or ‘from’, the exact meaning of each phrase depends on the context.)

َ ‫َﻋَﺮْﻓﻨﺎ ْاﻟﯿَ ْﻮَم ﺑِﺄ َ ﱠن ُﻣْﻌ‬ ‫ﺲ‬ َ ‫ﻈَﻢ أَ ْﻋ‬ ِ ‫ﻀ‬ ِ ِ‫ﺎء َﻣْﺠﻠ‬ َ َ .‫ف اﻷھﺎﻟِﻲ‬ َ ‫ْاﻟﺒَﻠَ ِﺪﯾِﱠﺔ ُﻣْﻨﺘََﺨﺒ‬ ِ ‫ُﻮن ِﻣْﻦ طَﺮ‬ ‫ﺎء أَْﻣًﺮا‬ َ َ‫أ‬ ِ َ‫ﺶ ْاﻟُﺤﻠَﻔ‬ ِ ‫ﺻﺪَر اﻟﻘَﺎﺋُِﺪ اﻷَﻋﻠَﻰ ﻟَِﺠْﯿ‬ ْ ِ‫ﺑَِﻌَﺪِم إ‬ ‫ﻖ‬ ِ ‫ﺎر َﻋﻠَﻰ أَھَﺎﻟِﻲ ْاﻟَﻤﻨ‬ ِ ‫َﺎط‬ ِ ‫طَﻼ‬ ِ ‫ق اﻟﻨﱠ‬ ْ ‫ﺎء‬ َ ‫ت‬ ٌ َ‫طﻠَﻘ‬ ‫ﱡ‬ ‫ﺎت ِﻣْﻦ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺴّﻜﺎﻧِﯿ ِﱠﺔ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ ﻟَ ْﻮ َﺟ‬ .‫ﺟﮭَﺘِِﮭﻢ‬ ِ ْ ‫ﱢ‬ ُ ْ َ‫اُ ْرﺗُ ِﻜﺒ‬ .‫ﺤﻠﯿٍﱠﺔ‬ ٍ َ‫ﺼﺎﺑ‬ َ ‫ﺎت َﻣ‬ َ ‫ﯾﻤﺔ ِﻣْﻦ ﻗِﺒَ ِﻞ ِﻋ‬ َ ‫ﺖ اﻟَﺠِﺮ‬ ‫ﺎت‬ ُ ‫ﺗﻢ ﺗَْﻮِز‬ َ ‫ﯾﻊ ْاﻟُﻤَﺴ‬ ٍ ‫ﺪات ِﻣْﻦ ﻗِﺒَِﻞ ُﻣﻨَﻈﱠ َﻤ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻋ‬ .‫إِﻧﺴﺎﻧِﯿ ٍﱠﺔ‬

We learned today that most of the members of the municipal council are elected by the people. The Supreme Commander of the Allied Army issued an order not to fire on the residents of the populated areas, even if shots came from them. The crime was committed by local gangs. The aid was distributed by humanitarian organizations.

58

Two-letter prepositions Note the use of the passive voice with the phrase ( ْ‫ )ِﻣﻦ ﻗِﺒَﻞ‬in the last two examples. ‫ ِﻣْﻦ‬can precede adjectives on the (‫ )أَ ْﻓَﻌﻞ‬pattern, as in the following:

‫ال ِﺣْﻔﻆُ ﱠ‬ ‫اﺣًﺪا ِﻣْﻦ أَ ْﺑَﺮِز‬ ُ ‫َﻻ ﯾَ َﺰ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺴَﻼِم َو‬ ً‫ورة‬ َ ‫ﺿُﺮ‬ َ ‫أَ ْﻧِﺸﻄَِﺔ اﻷُ َﻣِﻢ ْاﻟُﻤﺘﱠ ِﺤَﺪِة َوأَ ْﻛﺜَِﺮِھﺎ‬ ْ ‫َوَﺣ‬ .‫ﺴًﻤﺎ‬ ُ ‫ﺎن ْاﻟﻔََﺴ‬ .‫ﺎت ﻟِﻠﺘﱠ ْﻨِﻤﯿَِﺔ‬ َ ‫َﻛ‬ ِ َ‫ﺎد ِﻣْﻦ أَ ْﻛﺒَِﺮ ْاﻟُﻤَﻌ ّ ِﻮﻗ‬

Peacekeeping remains one of the most prominent, essential and critical activities of the United Nations. Corruption has been one of the biggest obstacles to development.

َ ‫ھََﺬا ْاﻟﯿَْﻮُم ِﻣْﻦ أَ ْﻋ‬ .‫ﺣﯿﱠﺎﺗِﻲ‬ َ ‫ﻈِﻢ أَﯾِﱠﺎم‬

This day has been one of the greatest days of my life.

‫ﺮاﺿﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫اﺣٌﺪ ِﻣْﻦ أَ ْﻓ‬ ِ ‫إِﻧﱠﮫ َو‬ ِ ‫اﻻْﺳﺘِﻌ‬ ِ ‫ﻀِﻞ اﻷَ ْﻓَﻼِم‬ ْ .‫اﻹطﻼَق‬ ِ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ‬

It’s one of the best musicals of all time.

‫ ِﻣْﻦ‬can precede a definite plural, as in the following: ُ َ‫ﻀﺎﻧ‬ ُ َ‫ْاﻟَﺠﻔ‬ ‫ﺎد‬ َ َ‫ﺎف َوْاﻟﻔَﯿ‬ ِ َ‫ﺎب اِ ْزِدﯾ‬ ِ َ‫ﺎت ِﻣْﻦ أَ ْﺳﺒ‬ .‫ْاﻟِﮭْﺠَﺮِة‬ ‫ﺎت ﱠ‬ ‫أن اِﺧﺘِﻼﻓﺎﺗِ ِﮭﻢ ِھَﻲ ﻣﺎ‬ َ َ‫ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟُﻤﻔ‬ ِ َ‫ﺎرﻗ‬ .‫ﺗُﻘَ ّﺮِﺑُﮭُﻢ‬ ُ ‫ﺎﻋ‬ ُ ‫َوَﻏﺎﻟِﺒًﺎ َﻣﺎ ﺗَُﻜ‬ ‫ﺎت ِﻣْﻦ َوَﺳﺎﺋِ ِﻞ‬ َ ‫ﻮن ھَِﺬِه ْاﻟَﺠَﻤ‬ ‫ا ﱠ‬ ‫ھ‬ .‫ﺎر‬ ِ ْ ‫ﻟﺴَﻼِم َو‬ ِ َ ‫اﻻْز ِد‬ ‫ﻘﻮق‬ ِ َ‫ھََﺬا ُﺟْﺰٌء ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟَﻌﻨ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﺻِﺮ اﻷَ َﺳ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﺳﯿِﱠﺔ ﻟُِﺤ‬ .‫ﻧﺴﺎن‬ ِ ‫اﻹ‬ ِ

Droughts and floods are some of the causes of increased migration. Paradoxically, it is their differences that bring them closer together. Those groups are often instruments of peace as well as prosperity. This is part of the essential elements of human rights.

َ ‫ﺐ‬ ‫ ِﻣْﻦ‬is used with the expressions (‫ ِﻣْﻦ ِﺟﮭَ ٍﺔ‬،‫ ِﻣْﻦ ِﺟﮭَﺔ‬،‫ ِﻣْﻦ َﺟﺎﻧِﺐ‬،‫آﺧﺮ‬ ٍ ِ‫ِﻣْﻦ َﺟﺎﻧ‬ ُ ْ ْ ْ َ َ ‫ﺎﺣﯿٍَﺔ أُ ْﺧَﺮى‬ ‫ﻧ‬ ، ‫ﺔ‬ ‫ﯿ‬ ‫ﺎﺣ‬ ‫ﻧ‬ ،‫ى‬ ‫ﺮ‬ ‫ﺧ‬ ‫أ‬ ), ‘on the one hand . . . and on the other’, as in the ‫ﻦ‬ ‫ﻣ‬ ‫ﻦ‬ ‫ﻣ‬ ٍ َ َ ِ ِ ِ ِ following:

‫ﺲ ﻧِﻘَﺎﺑَ ِﺔ ا ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎء ا ﱠ‬ ‫ﯿﻦ‬ َ ‫ﻟﺼ َﺤﻔِﯿﱢ‬ ُ َ‫ﺎء ﻟِﻘ‬ َ ‫َﺟ‬ ِ ِ‫ﯿﺲ ﺑِ َﻤ ْﺠﻠ‬ ِ ِ‫ﻟﺮﺋ‬ ُ َ ‫ﻟِﯿ َُﺸﱢﻜَﻞ ﻧُ ْﻘ‬ ‫ارِة‬ َ ‫ﻄﺔَ ﺗََﺤﱡﻮٍل أ ْﺧَﺮى ﻓِﻲ إَِد‬ ،‫ﺐ‬ ُ ‫اع ﺑَْﯿَﻦ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ٍ ِ‫ﻮﻣِﺔ ِﻣْﻦ َﺟﺎﻧ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺤُﻜ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺼَﺮ‬ َ ‫ﺐ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﻌ‬ ‫ﻟﻤ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ﯿﻦ‬ ‫ﯿ‬ ‫ﻔ‬ ‫ﺤ‬ ‫ﻟﺼ‬ ‫َوا‬ .‫آﺧَﺮ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ َ ‫ﺿ‬ َ ٍ ِ‫ﯿﻦ ِﻣْﻦ َﺟﺎﻧ‬ َ َ ِ ‫ﺎر‬ ِ ُ َ ِ ‫ﺐ ﻓِﻲ ِھْﺠَﺮِة ا ﱠ‬ ‫ا ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎب ھَُﻮ اﻟﺒَﻄَﺎﻟَﺔُ ِﻣْﻦ‬ ُ َ‫ﻟﺴﺒ‬ ِ َ‫ﻟﺸﺒ‬ ْ ْ ‫ار ﻓِﻲ اﻟﺒَﻠَ ِﺪ ِﻣْﻦ ِﺟﮭٍَﺔ‬ ‫ﻘ‬ ‫ﺘ‬ ‫اﻻﺳ‬ ‫ﺮ‬ ‫م‬ ‫ﺪ‬ ‫ﻋ‬ ‫و‬ ، ‫ﺔ‬ ‫ﮭ‬ ‫ِﺟ‬ َ َ ٍ َ َ ِ ُ َ ِ ْ .‫أُﺧَﺮى‬ ‫ﯾ َُﻌﺎﻧِﻲ ﱡ‬ ‫وﻣَﻦ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺸْﻌ‬ ِ ،‫ﺐ ِﻣَﻦ اﻟﻔَْﻘِﺮ ِﻣْﻦ ِﺟﮭٍَﺔ‬ .‫ﺟﮭَ ٍﺔ أُ ْﺧَﺮى‬ َ ‫ص‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻌَﻤِﻞ ِﻣْﻦ‬ ِ ‫ْاﻧِﻌَﺪِام ﻓُ َﺮ‬

The president’s meeting at the Journalist Union Council was another turning point in managing the conflict between the government, on one hand, and the journalists and the opposition, on the other.

ْ َ َ‫ت اﻟﺒ‬ ،‫ﻄﺎﻟَﺔُ ﻓِﻲ اﻟﺒَﻠَ ِﺪ ِﻣْﻦ ِﺟﮭٍَﺔ‬ ِ ‫ازَدَاد‬ ْ ‫ارﺗَﻔََﻌ‬ ْ ‫َو‬ ْ ‫اﻟﺴﻠَ ِﻊ‬ ‫اﻻﺳﺘِْﮭَﻼِﻛﯿِﱠﺔ ِﻣْﻦ‬ ُ ‫ﺖ أَ ْﺳَﻌ‬ ‫ﺎر ﱢ‬ ُ ْ .‫ﺟﮭَ ٍﺔ أﺧَﺮى‬ ِ

Unemployment in the country has gone up. This is one thing, and furthermore, the prices of consumer goods have also increased.

The reason for youth migration is unemployment, on the one hand, and instability in the country, on the other. The people are suffering from poverty, on the one hand, and from lack of job opportunities, on the other.

Two-letter prepositions 59

‫ ِﻣْﻦ‬is used with the pronoun (‫)ﻣﺎ‬, ‘from what’, as in the following: ُ ‫ِﻣَﻤﺎ ﻗََﺮْأ‬ ‫ﺻَﺤﻔِﱞﻲ‬ َ ‫ ﺗَﺒَﯿ َﱠﻦ أَﻧﱠﮫ‬،‫ت ِﻣْﻦ َﻣﻘَ َﺎﻻﺗِِﮫ‬ .‫ﺟﯿﱢٌﺪ‬ َ ْ َ ُ ‫ِﻣَﻤﺎ َﺷﺎھَْﺪ‬ َ ‫ت ِﻣَﻦ اﻷ‬ ‫ﻓﻼِم ﻓِﻲ اﻟﻔَْﺘَﺮِة‬ ْ َ َ َ ‫ﱠ‬ ُ َ َ .‫اﻟﺴﯿﻨﻤﺎ اﻟَﻌَﺮﺑِﯿﱠﺔ ﺗﺘﻄﱠﻮُر‬ ‫ ﯾَ ْﺒﺪو أن ﱢ‬،‫ﺧﯿﺮِة‬ َ َ‫اﻷ‬

He seems a good journalist from what I have read of his articles. Judging from the movies that I have watched recently, it appears that the Arab cinema is progressing.

Note (‫ ﻣﺎ‬+ ‫)ِﻣْﻦ‬ When ‫ ِﻣْﻦ‬is followed immediately by the relative pronoun (‫)ﻣﺎ‬, it is written as (‫)ِﻣﱠﻤﺎ‬.

‫ظﻨَﻨﺘُ ْﻢ أَﱠن ﱠ‬ َ ‫ﻮن‬ ً ِ‫ﷲَ َﻻ ﯾَْﻌﻠَُﻢ َﻛﺜ‬ َ ُ‫ﯿﺮا ِﻣﱠﻤﺎ ﺗَْﻌَﻤﻠ‬

You thought that God would never know much about the things that you were doing.

‫ ِﻣْﻦ‬can occur after the interrogative particle (‫ )َﻛْﻢ‬followed by a plural genitive noun. It is then translated as ‘how many’, ‘how much’ or how long’, as in the following:

‫َﻛْﻢ ِﻣَﻦ ﱡ‬ ‫ﻀُﺮوا ﱠ‬ ‫س؟‬ َ ‫اﻟﺪْر‬ َ ‫ب َﺣ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻄﱠﻼ‬

How many students came to the class?

‫َﻛْﻢ ِﻣَﻦ ﱡ‬ ‫َﺎج؟‬ ُ ‫ات ﻧَْﺤﺘ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺪ‬ ِ ‫وﻻر‬ ُ ‫ﺖ ﺗَْﺴﺘَْﻐ ِﺮ‬ ‫ق ِرْﺣﻠَﺘُﻨَﺎ؟‬ ِ ‫َﻛْﻢ ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟَﻮْﻗ‬ ‫ك؟‬ َ ‫ﺎب ِﻋْﻨَﺪ‬ ٍ َ‫َﻛْﻢ ِﻣْﻦ ِﻛﺘ‬

How many dollars do we need?

Note that (‫ ِﻣْﻦ‬+ the following:

How long does our trip take? How many books do you have?

‫ )َﻛْﻢ‬may also denote a rhetorical question or statement, as in

!‫ﺣﯿَﺎﺗِ ِﮫ‬ َ ‫ﯿﺲ ﻓِﻲ‬ ٍ ‫َﻛْﻢ ِﻣْﻦ َﻏﻨِﱟﻲ ﺗ َِﻌ‬

ْ ‫َﻛْﻢ ِﻣْﻦ أَْﺣَﻼٍم ﻟَْﻢ ﺗَﺘََﺤﻘﱠ‬ !‫ﻖ‬

How many rich people are unhappy in their lives! How many dreams have not come true!

Note When ‫ ِﻣْﻦ‬is used following the negation particle (‫)َﻣﺎ‬, the combination is translated as ‘nobody’, ‘no one’ or ‘nothing’, as in the following. .ُ‫ﺤﱠﻤﻠُﮫ‬ َ َ‫أﺣٍﺪ ﯾَﺘ‬ َ ‫َﻣﺎ ِﻣْﻦ‬

َ ‫َﻣﺎ ِﻣْﻦ إﻟٍَﮫ‬ .ُ‫ﻏْﯿُﺮه‬ َ ‫ﻒ ﻓِﻲ‬ ُ ِ‫ﺷﻲء ﯾَﻘ‬ .‫ﺎﺣِﮫ‬ ‫َﻣﺎ ِﻣْﻦ‬ ٍ ِ ‫ﯾﻖ ﻧََﺠ‬ ِ ‫طِﺮ‬

There is no one who can tolerate him. There is no God but Him. There is nothing that could stand in the way of his success.

60

Two-letter prepositions

‫ ِﻣْﻦ‬can be used following or with the particle (‫ )ُﻛّﻞ‬to mean ‘both’ or ‘each of’, as in the following cases:

ْ ‫ﻀﱠﻤﺖ ْاﻟﮭَ ْﯿﺌَﺔُ إِﻟَﻰ ُﻋ‬ ‫ﻀِﻮﯾِﱠﺔ ُﻛﱟﻞ ِﻣَﻦ‬ َ ‫ْاﻧ‬ ْ ْ ‫ﱢ‬ .‫ﺤﻠﯿِﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫اﻻﺗﱢ َﺤ‬ َ ‫ﺎت اﻟَﻤ‬ ِ ‫ات َواﻟُﻤَﺆﱠﺳَﺴ‬ ِ ‫ﺎد‬ ِ

The commission joined as a member of both the federations and the local institutions.

َ ‫َﻣ‬ ‫ح؟‬ َ ‫ﺎذا ﯾَﻘُ ْﻮُد ُﻛﱞﻞ ِﻣْﻦ ُﻣَﺤﱠﻤٍﺪ َو‬ ٍ ‫ﺻَﻼ‬

What do Muhammad and Salah each drive?

ْ ‫ﺖ ْاﻟَﺠْﻤِﻌﯿﱠﺔُ ﺑِ ُﻌ‬ ‫ﻀِﻮﯾِﱠﺔ ُﻛﱟﻞ ِﻣَﻦ ﱡ‬ ‫ﻮدان‬ ِ َ‫ﺗََﺸﱠﻜﻠ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺴ‬ ْ ‫َوِﻣ‬ .‫ﺼَﺮ‬

The association was formed with both Sudan and Egypt as members.

When ‫ ِﻣْﻦ‬is preceded by an indefinite noun and followed by a definite plural of the same noun, this indicates that the identity of a person or a thing is completely indeterminate, as in the following:

ٌ ‫أَِﻣ‬ ‫ﺮاء‬ ِ ‫ﯿﺮ ِﻣَﻦ اﻷَُﻣ‬ ٌ َ‫ﺑ‬ ‫ﻮاب‬ ِ ‫ﺎب ِﻣَﻦ اﻷَْﺑ‬

a certain prince a certain door

‫ ِﻣْﻦ‬with pronoun suffixes ‫ ِﻣْﻦ‬can be followed by a noun or a pronoun. When it joins a pronoun, it becomes a prefix and the pronoun becomes a suffix. The following table shows how different pronouns appear after the ‫ِﻣْﻦ‬:

‫ِﻣ ْﻨﮭُ َﻤﺎ‬ *‫ِﻣﻨﱠﺎ‬

‫ ھﻤﺎ‬+ ‫ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ ﻧﺤﻦ‬+ ‫ِﻣ ْﻦ‬

‫ِﻣ ْﻨ ُﻜ ْﻢ‬ ‫ِﻣ ْﻨ ُﻜ ﱠﻦ‬ ‫ِﻣ ْﻨﮭُ ْﻢ‬

‫ أﻧﺘﻢ‬+ ‫ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ أﻧﺘﻦ‬+ ‫ِﻣ ْﻦ‬

‫ﻚ‬ َ ‫ِﻣ ْﻨ‬ ‫ِﻣ ْﻨ ِﻚ‬ ‫ِﻣ ْﻨﮫ‬

‫ ھﻢ‬+ ‫ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ّ + ‫ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ھﻦ‬

‫ِﻣ ْﻨﮭَﺎ‬ ‫ِﻣ ْﻨ ُﻜ َﻤﺎ‬

‫ِﻣ ْﻨﮭُ ﱠﻦ‬

*‫ِﻣﻨﱢﻲ‬

‫ أﻧﺎ‬+ ‫ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ َ + ‫ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫أﻧﺖ‬ ‫أﻧﺖ‬ ِ + ‫ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ ھﻮ‬+ ‫ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ ھﻲ‬+ ‫ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ أﻧﺘﻤﺎ‬+ ‫ِﻣ ْﻦ‬

* The ‫ ن‬of ‫ ِﻣْﻦ‬is doubled when connected to the suffixes of the first person. Note the use of ‫ ِﻣْﻦ‬to express surprise or disbelief indefinite noun ‫ ِﻣْﻦ‬+ pronoun suffix + ‫ ل‬+ ‫ﯾﺎ‬: !‫ﯿﺚ‬ َ َ‫ﯾَﺎ ﻟ‬ ٍ ِ‫ﻚ ِﻣْﻦ َﺧﺒ‬ !‫ﯾَﺎ ﻟَﮫُ ِﻣْﻦ ﻗَﺎﺋٍِﺪ‬

How evil you are! What a great leader he is!

Notes on translation Compare the prepositions in the following Arabic sentences with their corresponding English translations.

Two-letter prepositions 61

‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎﺻَﻤِﺔ‬ ُ ِ‫اﻻْﻧﻔ‬ ً ‫ﺠﺎر أَ ْﺟَﺰ‬ ِ ْ ‫ھﺰ‬ ِ ‫اء ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟَﻌ‬ .‫ْاﻟِﻌﺮاﻗِﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ُ ‫ﯾﻦ اﻟﻄﱠﯿَ َﺮ‬ ‫ان ِﺧَﻼَل ﺛَ َﻤﺎﻧِﻲ‬ َ ‫ﱠﺎر‬ ِ ‫َﻻ ﯾَُﺠْﻮُز ﻟِﻠﻄﱠﯿ‬ ْ َ ‫ﺎت ِﻣْﻦ ُﻣﻌﺎﻗََﺮﺗِِﮭُﻢ اﻟ‬ .‫ﺨْﻤَﺮ‬ َ ‫َﺳ‬ ٍ ‫ﺎﻋ‬

The explosion shook parts of the Iraqi capital. Pilots are not permitted to operate aircraft within eight hours of having consumed alcohol.

.‫ﻮﻣﯿِﱠﺔ‬ ُ َ‫ﯾ‬ ِ ‫ﺐ ْاﻟُﺤُﻜ‬ ِ ِ‫ﻀﱡﻢ ْاﻟَﻤْﺒﻨَﻰ َﻋَﺪًدا ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟَﻤَﻜﺎﺗ‬

The building is home to a number of government offices.

ٌ‫ﯿﺸِﺔ أَْوﻟَِﻮﯾﱠﺔٌ ُﻣﺘَﻘَ ﱢﺪَﻣﺔ‬ َ ‫اﺟﮭَﺔَ َﻏَﻼِء ْاﻟَﻤِﻌ‬ َ ‫إِﱠن ُﻣَﻮ‬ ْ .‫ﺎد‬ َ ِ‫اﻻﻗﺘ‬ َ ‫ﱠﺎت ِوَز‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ِ ‫ارِة‬ ِ ‫ِﻣْﻦ أَْوﻟَِﻮﯾ‬

Tackling the high cost of living is one of the top priorities of the Ministry of Economics.

‫ﺠﺎر‬ َ َ‫أَﻓ‬ ِ ‫ب ِﻣ ْﻦ َﻣ ْﻮﻗِِﻊ‬ ِ ‫ﺎد َﺷ‬ ِ ‫ﺎن ﺑِ ْﺎﻟﻘُ ْﺮ‬ ٍ َ‫ﺎھ ُﺪ ِﻋﯿ‬ ِ ِ‫اﻻﻧﻔ‬ َ ْ ‫ﺎل َﻛﺎﻧُﻮا‬ ٍ ‫ﺑِﺄ َ ﱠن ِطﻔﻠَْﯿِﻦ َوأْرﺑَ َﻌﺔَ ِرَﺟ‬ .‫ﻦ ْاﻟَﻤﻮﺗَﻰ‬ ِ ‫ِﻣْﻦ ﺑَ ْﯿ‬ ‫ﺒﺎت‬ َ ‫اﻟﻌ‬ َ ‫إِ ﱠن‬ ِ ‫ﺼﺒِﯿﱠﺔَ ْاﻟﻘَﺒَﻠِﯿﱠﺔَ ِھَﻲ ِﻣْﻦ أَھﱢَﻢ ُﻣَﺮﱢﻛ‬ .‫اﻟﺜﱠﻘَﺎﻓَ ِﺔ ْاﻟﺒََﺪِوﯾ ِﱠﺔ‬ ‫َدَام ﱢ‬ .ً‫ﯾﻦ ﺛَﺎﻧِﯿَﺔ‬ ُ ‫ﺰال َﻣﺎ ﯾَْﻘُﺮ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺰْﻟ‬ َ ‫ب ِﻣْﻦ ِﻋْﺸِﺮ‬

An eyewitness close to the site of the explosion reported that two children and four men were among the dead.

‫ﯿﻜﱟﻲ‬ ُ ‫ﯿﺶ َﻣﺎ ﯾَْﻘُﺮ‬ ُ ‫ﯾَ ِﻌ‬ َ ‫ ِﻣْﻠﯿ‬34 ‫ب ِﻣْﻦ‬ ِ ‫ُﻮن َﻣْﻜِﺴ‬ .‫ﺤَﺪِة‬ ِ ‫ﺎت ْاﻟُﻤﺘﱠ‬ ِ َ‫ﻓِﻲ ْاﻟِﻮَﻻﯾ‬ ْ ‫اﻟﺴﻮداﻧِ ﱡﻲ ِﻣ‬ ‫أَ ْھﺪى ﱠ‬ ‫ﯿﺲ ﱡ‬ 5000 ‫ﺼ َﺮ‬ ُ ِ‫اﻟﺮﺋ‬ َ ْ ‫ﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓَِﺔ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ٍ ‫َرْأ‬ ِ ِ‫ ھََﺬا ﺑ‬،‫ﺎر اﻟَﺤﯿِﱠﺔ‬ ِ َ‫س ِﻣَﻦ اﻷﺑﻘ‬ ْ َ ِ‫س ﻗَﱠﺪَﻣﮭَﺎ ُﻣَﻤﺜﱢﻠُﻮ ْاﻟﻘ‬ ‫ﺎع‬ ٍ ‫ َرأ‬2000 ِ ‫ﻄ‬ .‫ﺎص‬ ‫ْاﻟَﺨ ﱢ‬

About 34 million Mexicans live in the United States.

َ َ‫ﯾﺪ ﺗ‬ ‫ﻄﱡﻠَﻌﮫُ إِﻟَﻰ أَ ْن ﺗُ ْﻨِﮭَﻲ‬ ٍ ‫ﯾَُﺆﱢﻛُﺪ ِﻣْﻦ َﺟِﺪ‬ ْ ْ .‫ﻦ‬ ٍ ‫ب َوﻗ‬ ِ ‫ْاﻟَﻤْﺤَﻜَﻤﺔُ أَ ْﻋَﻤﺎﻟَﮭَﺎ ﻓِﻲ أﻗَﺮ‬ ٍ ‫ﺖ ُﻣْﻤِﻜ‬

Tribalism is one of the most important components of Bedouin culture. The earthquake lasted around twenty seconds.

The Sudanese president gave Egypt 5,000 heads of cattle as a gift, in addition to another 2,000 heads (of cattle) given by representatives from the private sector. He reiterated his expectation that the court would conclude its deliberations as soon as possible.

Fixed expressions with ‫ِﻣْﻦ‬ New exchange rates are to be applied as of the beginning of next month.

ْ َ‫ َﺳﯿَﺘِﱡﻢ ﺗ‬as of/from ُ ِ ‫ﻄﺒ‬ ْ ‫ﯿﻖ‬ ‫ﺎر‬ ِ ‫أﺳَﻌ‬ ْ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎرا‬ ً َ‫ﯾﺪِة اِ ْﻋﺘِﺒ‬ َ ‫ف اﻟَﺠِﺪ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺼْﺮ‬ ْ ‫ﱠ‬ َ ْ .‫ﺎدِم‬ ‫ﻘ‬ ‫اﻟ‬ ‫ﺮ‬ ‫ﮭ‬ ‫اﻟﺸ‬ ‫ِﻣَﻦ‬ ِ ِ

‫ﺎرا ِﻣْﻦ‬ ً َ‫اِْﻋﺘِﺒ‬

These are some of the problems that concern us.

ٌ ‫ َوھَِﺬِه ﺑَْﻌ‬some of ‫ﺎﻛِﻞ‬ ِ ‫ﺾ ِﻣَﻦ اﻟﻤـ َ َﺸ‬ .‫اﻟّﺘِﻲ ﺗُ ْﻘﻠِﻘُﻨَﺎ‬ ْ ‫ﺿ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺗَ ِﺸﯿﻠِﻲ ﻟِِﺴ ْﻠِﺴﻠَ ٍﺔ‬ َ ‫ ﺗَ َﻌﱠﺮ‬a series of .‫ﺎت‬ َ َ‫ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟﻔَﯿ‬ ِ َ‫ﻀﺎﻧ‬ ‫ﻮﻣِﺔ‬ ُ ِ‫ﻮﺟَﺊ َرﺋ‬ ِ ُ‫ ﻓ‬a spate of َ ‫ﯿﺲ ْاﻟُﺤُﻜ‬ ْ ْ َ ‫ات ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫اﻻﻧﺘِﻘ‬ ِ ‫ﺎد‬ ِ ‫ﺑَِﺴْﯿٍﻞ ِﻣَﻦ‬ .‫ﺿِﺔ‬ ُ َ ‫ﺎر‬ َ ‫ﻒ ْاﻟُﻤَﻌ‬ ِ ‫ﺻُﺤ‬

‫ﺑَْﻌﺾ ِﻣْﻦ‬

Chile has experienced a series of floods. The prime minister was surprised by a spate of criticism in the opposition newspapers.

‫ِﺳْﻠﺴﻠَﺔٌ ِﻣْﻦ‬ ‫َﺳْﯿٌﻞ ِﻣَﻦ‬

62

Two-letter prepositions

They had to work the whole night long just to get a bit of cash. There are plenty of massive projects to work on. I was passing by the museum when I saw a group of students painting. It is undisputed that traveling increases people’s knowledge of other cultures.

‫ﺎن َﻋﻠَ ْﯿِﮭْﻢ أَ ْن ﯾَْﻌَﻤﻠُﻮا‬ َ ‫َﻛ‬ ْ ‫ﱠ‬ َ ‫ﻮل َﻋﻠﻰ‬ ُ ‫ال اﻟﻠ ْﯿِﻞ ﻟِﻠُﺤ‬ َ ‫طََﻮ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ْ.‫ﺎل ﻓَﻘَﻂ‬ ِ ‫ﯿﻞ ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟَﻤ‬ ِ ِ‫ْاﻟﻘَﻠ‬ َ ‫ﺎك‬ ‫ﯾﻊ‬ ُ ِ‫اﻟﻜﺜ‬ َ َ‫ھُﻨ‬ ِ ‫ﯿﺮ ِﻣ َﻦ ْاﻟَﻤَﺸ‬ ِ ‫ﺎر‬ ْ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﺐ اﻟَﻌَﻤُﻞ‬ ُ ‫ْاﻟِﻌْﻤَﻼﻗَِﺔ اﻟﺘِﻲ ﯾَِﺠ‬ .‫ﻋﻠَ ْﯿﮭَﺎ‬ َ َ ً ْ ُ ّ ‫ُﻛﻨﺖ َﻣ‬ ‫ﺎرا ِﻣْﻦ أ َﻣِﺎم‬ ُ ‫ﻒ ِﻋْﻨَﺪَﻣﺎ َرأَ ْﯾ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ِ ‫ْاﻟُﻤْﺘَﺤ‬ ً ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﯿﺬ‬ َ ‫َﻣْﺠُﻤ‬ ِ ‫ﻮﻋﺔ ِﻣَﻦ اﻟﺘ َﻼِﻣ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ .‫ﺎت‬ ‫ﺣ‬ ‫ﻮ‬ ‫اﻟﻠ‬ ‫ﻮن‬ ‫ﯾَْﺮُﺳُﻤ‬ ْ َ ِ َ ‫ﯿﮫ أَ ﱠن ﱠ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﻔَ َﺮ‬ ِ ِ‫ِﻣﱠﻤﺎ َﻻ َﺟَﺪَل ﻓ‬ ُ ‫ﯾَ ِﺰ‬ ‫ﺎن‬ ِ ‫اﻹْﻧَﺴ‬ ِ ‫ﯾﺪ ِﻣْﻦ َﻣْﻌِﺮﻓَِﺔ‬ ُ ْ َ .‫ﺎت اﻷﺧَﺮى‬ ِ ‫ﺑِﺎﻟﺜﱠﻘَﺎﻓ‬

a bit of / a small amount of

‫ﻗَﻠِﯿﻞ ِﻣْﻦ‬

plenty of/a lot of

‫َﻛﺜِﯿﺮ ِﻣْﻦ‬

a group of/a set of

‫ﻮﻋﺔ ِﻣْﻦ‬ َ ‫َﻣْﺠُﻤ‬

undisputed that

‫ِﻣﱠﻤﺎ َﻻ َﺟَﺪَل‬ ‫ﯿﮫ أَ ﱠن‬ ِ ِ‫ﻓ‬

There is no doubt that the results of the last elections were largely predictable.

‫ﯿﮫ أَﱠن ﻧَﺘَﺎﺋَِﺞ‬ َ ‫ ِﻣﱠﻤﺎ َﻻ َرْﯾ‬certainly/ ِ ِ‫ﺐ ﻓ‬ َ ْ َ‫ﯿﺮِة َﻛﺎﻧ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ َ ‫ﺎت اﻷ ِﺧ‬ ِ َ‫اﻻﻧﺘَِﺨﺎﺑ‬ ِ undoubtedly ‫ﯿﺮ‬ ٍ ِ‫ُﻣﺘ ََﻮﻗﱠ َﻌﺔً إﻟﻰ َﺣﱟﺪ َﻛﺒ‬

‫ﺐ‬ َ ‫ِﻣﱠﻤﺎ َﻻ َرْﯾ‬ ‫ﯿﮫ أَ ﱠن‬ ِ ِ‫ﻓ‬

There is no doubt that the Gulf countries are going through a phase of great economic liberalization.

‫ﯿﮫ ﱠ‬ ‫ ِﻣﱠﻤﺎ َﻻ َﺷ ﱠ‬undoubtedly/ ‫أن ُدَوَل‬ ِ ِ‫ﻚ ﻓ‬ َ ‫ ِﻣْﻨ‬no doubt ‫ﯿﺞ ﺗَُﻤﱡﺮ ﺑَِﻤْﺮَﺣﻠَ ِﺔ‬ ِ ِ‫ﻄﻘَِﺔ ْاﻟَﺨﻠ‬ .‫ﯿﺮة‬ ‫ﺎد ﱟ‬ ٍ ِ‫ي َﻛﺒ‬ َ ِ‫ﺗَ َﺤﱡﺮ ٍر اِ ْﻗﺘ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬

‫ِﻣﱠﻤﺎ َﻻ َﺷ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻚ‬ ‫ﯿﮫ ﱠ‬ ‫أن‬ ِ ِ‫ﻓ‬

Efforts must be made in order to achieve comprehensive peace between Palestinians and Israelis.

‫ﻮد‬ ِ ُ‫َﻻ ﺑ ﱠُﺪ ِﻣْﻦ ﺑَْﺬِل ْاﻟُﺠﮭ‬ ‫ﯿﻖ ا ﱠ‬ ‫ﻟﺴَﻼَِم‬ ِ ِ‫ِﻣْﻦ أَْﺟِﻞ ﺗَْﺤﻘ‬ ‫ا ﱠ‬ ‫ﯿﻦ‬ َ ‫ﺎﻣِﻞ ﺑَ ْﯿَﻦ ْاﻟﻔِﻠَْﺴِﻄﯿﻨِﯿﱢ‬ ِ ‫ﻟﺸ‬ . ‫ﯿﻦ‬ َ ‫واﻹْﺳﺮاﺋِﯿﻠِﯿﱢ‬ ِ َ‫ﯾَ ْﺴِﻜُﻦ ھَِﺬ ِه ْاﻟُﻤﻘَﺎطََﻌﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺌَِﺔ ِﻣْﻦ إِْﺟَﻤﺎﻟِﻲ‬ ِ ً‫َﻋَﺸَﺮة‬ ‫َﻋَﺪِد ﱡ‬ .‫ﺎن‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺴﱠﻜ‬ ‫ﺎت‬ َ ‫ﺎر‬ َ ‫َﺷ‬ ِ َ‫اﻻﻧﺘِ َﺨﺎﺑ‬ ِ ‫ك ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ُ َ ْ ْ َ‫اب ِﻣْﻦ أ‬ ‫ﺔ‬ ‫ﻌ‬ ‫ﺰ‬ ‫ﺣ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ﺻِﻞ‬ ٍ َ َ‫أَْرﺑ‬ َ .‫اب‬ ٍ ‫َﻋَﺸَﺮِة أ ْﺣَﺰ‬ ً‫ﺎدﻗَﺔ‬ ْ َ‫َﻛﺎﻧ‬ َ ‫ﺖ َﻛﻠَِﻤﺎﺗُﮭَﺎ‬ ِ ‫ﺻ‬ ْ ْ َ َ .‫ﺐ‬ ِ ‫ﺎق اﻟﻘﻠ‬ ِ ‫َوﺗَْﺨُﺮُج ِﻣْﻦ أ ْﻋَﻤ‬

Ten percent of the total population lives in this county. Four out of ten parties have participated in the elections. Her words were candid and came from the bottom of her heart. It’s polite to respect those who are older than you.

for/to/in order to

of the total

‫ِﻣْﻦ أَ ْﺟِﻞ‬

‫ِﻣْﻦ إِْﺟَﻤﺎﻟِﻲ‬

out of [an original number]

ْ َ‫ِﻣْﻦ أ‬ ‫ﺻِﻞ‬

from the bottom of the heart

‫ﺎق‬ ِ ‫ِﻣْﻦ أَ ْﻋَﻤ‬ ‫ﺐ‬ ِ ‫ْاﻟﻘَْﻠ‬

‫ب أَْن ﺗَْﺤﺘَِﺮَم َﻣْﻦ‬ ِ ‫ ِﻣَﻦ اﻷََد‬it’s polite to ْ ّ.‫ﻚ ِﺳﻨًﺎ‬ َ ‫ھ َُﻮ أَ ْﻛﺒَ ُﺮ ِﻣﻨ‬

‫ب أَ ْن‬ ِ ‫ِﻣَﻦ اﻷََد‬

Two-letter prepositions 63

‫ﺎد‬ َ ِ‫ﻼْﻗﺘ‬ َ ‫ِﻣَﻦ اﻷَْﻓ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ِ ْ ِ‫ﻀِﻞ ﻟ‬ َ ‫ﻖ َو‬ ُ ‫َﺧْﻠ‬ ‫ﺪﯾﺪٍة ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫ﻒ َﺟ‬ َ ِ‫ظﺎﺋ‬ ْ .‫ﻮق اﻟَﻌَﻤِﻞ‬ ِ ‫ُﺳ‬ ْ ُ ‫ﺎﻋًﺪا َﺳﺘَُﻜ‬ ‫ﻮن‬ َ َ‫ِﻣَﻦ اﻵَن ﻓ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ٌ ‫ﺎوَر‬ ‫ات ﺑَْﯿَﻦ‬ َ ‫ھُﻨ‬ َ ‫َﺎك ُﻣَﺸ‬ ْ .‫ﺲ‬ ِ ‫ْاﻟِﺤْﻠ‬ ِ ِ‫ﻒ َواﻟَﻤْﺠﻠ‬ ‫ﯾﮭﱢﻲ أَﱠن أَْﻋَﻤﺎﻟَﻨَﺎ‬ ِ ‫ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟﺒَ ِﺪ‬ ْ ْ .‫ﺎذﻧَﺎ‬ ِ َ‫َوْﺣَﺪھَﺎ ﻟَ ْﻦ ﺗَﻜﻔِ َﻲ ِ ِﻹﻧﻘ‬

be preferable/be better

‫ﻀِﻞ‬ َ ‫ِﻣَﻦ اﻷَ ْﻓ‬

from now on

‫ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻵَن‬ ‫ﺎﻋًﺪا‬ َ َ‫ﻓ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬

it goes without saying/it is obvious

‫ﺪﯾﮭﱢﻲ‬ ِ َ‫ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟﺒ‬

it’s cowardice/ cowardly to

‫ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟُﺠْﺒِﻦ أَ ْن‬

it’s noteworthy

‫ﯾﺮ‬ ِ ‫ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟَﺠِﺪ‬ ‫ﺑِ ﱢ‬ ‫ﺎﻟﺬْﻛِﺮ‬

It became obvious that they were being held as hostages in order to be exchanged.

‫ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟُﺠْﺒِﻦ أَْن ﺗُ ْﺨﻔِﻲ‬ ْ َ‫أَْﻋَﻤﺎﻟَِﻚ َوﺗ‬ ‫ﻄﻠُﺒِﻲ ِﻣَﻦ‬ َ ‫اﻵﺧِﺮﯾﻦ أَ ْن ﯾُﻘَﱢﺪُﻣﻮا‬ َ ْ َ‫أ‬ .‫ﻋَﻤﺎﻟﮭُْﻢ‬ ‫ﯾﺮ ﺑِ ﱢ‬ ‫ﺎﻟﺬْﻛِﺮ‬ ِ ‫َوِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟَﺠِﺪ‬ ٌ ‫ﺎت َﻣْﺸُﺮ‬ ‫وع‬ ِ َ‫أَﱠن ْاﻟَﺤْﻔ ِﺮﯾ‬ ْ ٌ ‫ُﻣْﺸﺘََﺮ‬ ‫ﻒ‬ ِ ‫ك ﺑَْﯿَﻦ اﻟُﻤْﺘَﺤ‬ ْ ُ ‫ﻮﻣِﺔ‬ َ ‫ْاﻟﺒِِﺮﯾﻄَﺎﻧِﱢﻲ َواﻟُﺤﻜ‬ ‫ﱡ‬ .‫ﻮداﻧِﯿِﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺴ‬ ‫ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟَﺠﻠِ ﱢﻲ أَﱠن ھ َُﺆَﻻِء‬ ‫ﺎص ﻗَْﺪ أُ ِﺧُﺬوا‬ َ ‫اﻷَْﺷَﺨ‬ .‫ﺎدﻟَﺘِِﮭْﻢ‬ َ َ‫َرھَﺎﺋَِﻦ ِﻣْﻦ أَ ْﺟِﻞ ُﻣﺒ‬

It would be wrong to ignore the problems of the poor and marginalized in society.

َ ‫ ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟَﺨ‬It is wrong/ ‫ﻄﺄِ ﺗَ َﺠﺎھ ُُﻞ‬ ْ ُ ‫اء‬ ِ ‫ت اﻟﻔﻘَ َﺮ‬ ِ ‫ ُﻣَﺸِﻜَﻼ‬mistake .‫ﻊ‬ َ ‫َوْاﻟُﻤﮭَﱠﻤِﺸ‬ ِ ‫ﯿﻦ ﻓِﻲ ْاﻟُﻤْﺠﺘَ َﻤ‬

It would be better for the economy to create new jobs in the labor market. From now on there will be negotiations between the alliance and the council. It is quite obvious that our actions alone cannot save us. It’s cowardly to ask others to present their work while you hide your own. It’s noteworthy that the excavation is a joint project between the British Museum and the government of Sudan.

‫ِﻋْﻨَﺪَﻣﺎ َرَﺟَﻊ اِْﺑﻨِﻲ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﯿﻦ‬ َ ‫ﺖ َﻛ‬ ِ ‫ْاﻟﺒَْﯿ‬ ِ ‫ﺎن ُﻣَﻐﻄﱠﻰ ﺑِﺎﻟﻄ‬ ْ ‫ِﻣَﻦ ﱠ‬ .‫ﻦ‬ ِ ‫س إِﻟَﻰ ْاﻟﻘَ َﺪَﻣْﯿ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺮأ‬ It was not easy to accept ‫ﻮد‬ ِ ‫ﻟَْﻢ ﯾَُﻜْﻦ ﺗَﻘَﺒﱡُﻞ ُوُﺟ‬ the presence of the ‫اﻻْﺣﺘَِﻼَ ِل ِﻣَﻦ ﱡ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﮭﻮﻟَ ِﺔ‬ ِْ occupation. .‫ﺎن‬ ٍ ‫ﺑَِﻤَﻜ‬ َ ‫إِﻧﱠﮫُ ِﻣَﻦ ﱠ‬ It’s very brave for َ ‫اﻟﺸَﺠ‬ َ‫اﺟﮫ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻋِﺔ أْن ﯾَُﻮ‬ people to face up to their َ .ُ‫ﺎوﻓﮫ‬ ِ ‫ْاﻟَﻤْﺮُء َﻣَﺨ‬ When my son came home, he was covered in dirt from head to toe.

own fears.

It is normal that the budget should show a shortfall every now and then.

it is obvious/ it is clear

from head to toe easy

‫ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟَﺠﻠِﱢﻲ‬

َ ‫ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟَﺨ‬ ِ ‫ﻄﺄ‬

ْ ‫ِﻣَﻦ ﱠ‬ ‫س‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺮأ‬ ‫إِﻟَﻰ اﻟﻘَ َﺪِم‬ ‫ِﻣَﻦ ﱡ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﮭُﻮﻟَِﺔ‬ ‫ﺑَِﻤَﻜﺎن‬

it’s courageous to

‫ِﻣَﻦ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎﻋِﺔ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺸَﺠ‬ ‫أَ ْن‬

‫ﻮن‬ َ ‫ﯿﻌﱢﻲ أَْن ﯾَ ُﻜ‬ ِ ِ‫ ِﻣَﻦ اﻟﻄﱠﺒ‬is natural/is َ ‫َﺎك َﻋْﺠٌﺰ ﻓِﻲ ْاﻟِﻤ‬ ‫ﯿﺰاﻧِﯿِﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫ ھُﻨ‬normal َ ‫ﺖ ِﻵ‬ .‫ﺧَﺮ‬ ٍ ‫ِﻣْﻦ َوْﻗ‬

‫ﯿﻌﱢﻲ‬ ِ ِ‫ِﻣَﻦ اﻟﻄﱠﺒ‬

64

Two-letter prepositions

The Great Wall of China is one the wonders of the world. There is a plan on the part of the government to take advantage of the good competencies being discussed from top to bottom. It is generous to give charity to the needy if you can. It is indeed remarkable that the number of member states has risen within such a short period of time. It is now widely recognized that marginalized groups within any society face a heightened vulnerability to infection with HIV. It is anticipated that the implementation of the project will be slow. It is a striking thought that in some ways, refugees enjoy better living conditions than homeless people. It’s pathetic that they didn’t anticipate what was coming next. This year is likely to be decisive for the fate of the continent. It is likely that the government has decided to abolish fees.

‫ﯿﻢ ھُ َﻮ‬ ُ ‫ُﺳ‬ ‫ﻮر ﱢ‬ ُ ‫ﯿﻦ ْاﻟَﻌِﻈ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺼ‬ ‫ﺐ ﻓِﻲ ھََﺬا‬ ِ ِ‫اﺣٌﺪ ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟَﻐَﺮاﺋ‬ ِ ‫َو‬ َ .‫ْاﻟَﻌﺎﻟِﻢ‬ ‫ﺎك ُﺧﻄﱠﺔٌ ِﻣْﻦ ﻗِﺒَِﻞ‬ َ َ‫ھُﻨ‬ ْ َ ْ ‫ﺎدِة ِﻣَﻦ‬ ‫ﻔ‬ ‫ﺘ‬ ‫ﺳ‬ ‫ﻼ‬ ‫ﻟ‬ ‫ﺔ‬ ‫ﻮﻣ‬ َ ِ ِ ِ ِ َ ‫ْاﻟُﺤُﻜ‬ ‫ات ْاﻟَﺠﯿﱢَﺪِة ﯾَْﺠِﺮي‬ ِ ‫ﺎء‬ َ َ‫ْاﻟَﻜﻔ‬ ‫َﺣﺎﻟِﯿًّﺎ ُﻣﻨَﺎﻗََﺸﺘُﮭَﺎ ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟﻘِﱠﻤِﺔ‬ .‫ﺎع‬ ِ َ‫إِﻟَﻰ ْاﻟﻘ‬ ‫ق‬ َ ‫ﺼﱠﺪ‬ َ َ‫إِﻧﱠﮫُ ﻟَِﻤﻦ ْاﻟَﻜَﺮِم أَْن ﺗَﺘ‬ ‫ﯿﻦ إِ َذا‬ َ ‫َﺎﺟ‬ ِ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ ْاﻟُﻤْﺤﺘ‬ َ ‫اِ ْﺳﺘ‬ َ ‫َﻄْﻌ‬ .‫ﺖ‬ ً ‫ِﻣَﻦ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻟِﻠﻨﱠﻈَِﺮ َﺣﻘّﺎ أَﱠن‬ ِ ِ‫اﻟﻼﻓ‬ ْ َ ‫َﻋَﺪَد ﱡ‬ ‫اف ﻗَِﺪ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺪَوِل اﻷطَﺮ‬ ْ ‫ارﺗَﻔَ َﻊ ﻓِﻲ ھَِﺬِه ْاﻟﻔَ ْﺘَﺮِة‬ .‫ﯿﺮِة‬ َ ‫ﺼ‬ ِ َ‫ْاﻟﻘ‬ ‫ﯿﮫ اﻵََن‬ َ ‫ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟُﻤﺘ ََﻌ‬ ِ َ‫ف َﻋﻠ‬ ِ ‫ﺎر‬ ْ ‫اﺧَﻞ‬ ِ ‫َﺎت اﻟُﻤﮭَﱠﻤَﺸﺔَ َد‬ ِ ‫أَ ﱠن ْاﻟﻔِﺌ‬ ‫ﺿﮭَﺎ‬ ُ ‫ي ُﻣْﺠﺘََﻤٍﻊ ﯾَْﺸﺘَﱡﺪ ﺗ ََﻌﱡﺮ‬ ‫أَ ﱢ‬ َ ‫وس‬ ُ َ‫اﻹﺻﺎﺑَ ِﺔ ﺑِﻔ‬ ِ ‫ﻟَِﺨﻄِﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﯿﺮ‬ ََ ‫َﺎﻋِﺔ ْاﻟُﻤْﻜﺘ‬ .‫ﺴﺒَ ِﺔ‬ َ ‫ﺺ ْاﻟَﻤﻨ‬ ِ ‫ﻧَْﻘ‬ ُ ِ‫ﻮن ﺗَْﻨﻔ‬ ‫ﯿﺬ‬ َ ‫ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟُﻤﺘََﻮﻗﱠ ِﻊ أَْن ﯾَ ُﻜ‬ .‫ﻄﯿﺌًﺎ‬ ِ َ‫وع ﺑ‬ ِ ‫ْاﻟَﻤْﺸُﺮ‬

one of the wonders . . .

‫ﺐ‬ ِ ِ‫ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟَﻐَﺮاﺋ‬

top-down

‫ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟﻘِﱠﻤِﺔ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ﺎع‬ ِ َ‫ْاﻟﻘ‬

it is generous to

‫ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟَﻜَﺮِم أَْن‬

is remarkable/ is striking

ّ ‫ِﻣَﻦ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ِ ِ‫اﻟﻼَﻓ‬ ‫ﻟِﻠﻨﱠﻈَِﺮ‬

it is well accepted/ recognized

‫ِﻣَﻦ‬ ‫ف‬ َ ‫ْاﻟُﻤﺘ ََﻌ‬ ِ ‫ﺎر‬ ‫ﯿﮫ‬ ِ َ‫َﻋﻠ‬

it is anticipated/it is foreseen

‫ﺒﺎه أَ ﱠن‬ ِ ِ‫ﻼْﻧﺘ‬ ِ ْ ِ‫ﯿﺮ ﻟ‬ ِ ِ‫ ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟُﻤﺜ‬it is striking ّ ‫ﱠ‬ َ ‫ﻮن إِﻟﻰ َﺣﱟﺪ‬ َ ‫ﯿﻦ ﯾَﺘََﻤﺘ ُﻌ‬ َ ِ‫اﻟﻼَِﺟﺌ‬ ‫ﻀَﻞ‬ َ ‫ﯿﺸﯿ ٍﱠﺔ أَ ْﻓ‬ ِ ‫ﻮال َﻣِﻌ‬ ٍ ‫َﻣﺎ ﺑِﺄ َ ْﺣ‬ َ ْ ‫ﺎص‬ ُ ‫ِﻣﱠﻤﺎ ﯾَﺘََﻤﺘﱠ ُﻊ ﺑِ ِﮫ اﻷﺷَﺨ‬ .‫ون‬ َ ‫ْاﻟُﻤَﺸﱠﺮُد‬ ‫ﯿﺮ ﻟِ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻠﺸﻔَﻘَ ِﺔ َﻋَﺪُم‬ ِ ِ‫ ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟُﻤﺜ‬it’s pathetic .‫ﺣﻘًﺎ‬ َ ‫ِﻋ ْﻠِﻤِﮭْﻢ ﺑِ َﻤﺎ َﺳﯿَْﺤ‬ ِ َ‫ﺼُﻞ ﻻ‬ ْ ‫ ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟ ُﻤْﺤﺘ ََﻤ ِﻞ‬it is possible/ ‫ﻮن‬ َ ‫أن ﯾَُﻜ‬ ‫ﯿﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﺎم ُﻣَﺤ ﱢﺪَداً ﻟَِﻤ‬ ُ ‫ ھ ََﺬا ْاﻟَﻌ‬it is likely ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ‫ْاﻟﻘَ ﱠ‬ .‫ﺎرِة‬ ‫ﻮن‬ َ ‫ﺢ أَْن ﺗَُﻜ‬ ِ ‫ ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟ ُﻤَﺮﱠﺟ‬is likely that ْ ‫ﻮﻣﺔُ ﻗَِﺪ ْاﺗﱠ َﺨَﺬ‬ ‫ارا‬ ً ‫ت ﻗََﺮ‬ َ ‫ْاﻟُﺤُﻜ‬ ‫ﺎء ﱡ‬ .‫ﻮم‬ ِ ‫ﺑِْﺈﻟَﻐ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺮُﺳ‬

‫ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟُﻤﺘََﻮﻗﱠ ِﻊ‬ ‫ﯿﺮ‬ ِ ِ‫ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟُﻤﺜ‬ ‫ﺒﺎه‬ ِ ِ‫ﻼْﻧﺘ‬ ِ ْ ِ‫ﻟ‬

‫ﯿﺮ‬ ِ ِ‫ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟُﻤﺜ‬ ‫ﻟِ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻠﺸﻔَﻘَ ِﺔ‬ ‫ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟ ُﻤْﺤﺘ ََﻤ ِﻞ‬ ‫ﺢ‬ ِ ‫ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟ ُﻤَﺮﱠﺟ‬

Two-letter prepositions 65 It’s a chivalrous act to help a stranger without charge.

‫ﺎﻋَﺪ‬ ِ ‫وءِة أَْن ﺗُ َﺴ‬ َ ‫ ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟُﻤُﺮ‬it’s a .‫ون ُﻣﻘَﺎﺑَِﻞ‬ َ ‫ َﻏ ِﺮﯾﺒًﺎ ُد‬chivalrous act/an act of

‫وءِة‬ َ ‫ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟُﻤُﺮ‬ َْ ‫أن‬

chivalry to . . . The lawyer concluded that it is unlikely that the authorities had knowledge of the complainant’s recent activities. It is not surprising that they are once again making an unsuccessful attempt to mislead the international community. The benefits of investing in this sector are known to be lucrative. It is well known that good education is a main tool for bringing about change. It would be worthwhile for the government to gain knowledge about those positive programs. The opening of economic negotiations was scheduled to take place in the middle of this month. Therefore, it is possible to prohibit such activities. Education should be seen as a continuous process from cradle to grave. It is a pity you can’t come tonight. The answer will definitely vary between different parties.

‫ﺎﻣﻲ أَﻧﱠﮫ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤَﺤ‬ ُ ‫اِْﺳﺘَْﻨﺘ ََﺞ‬ ‫ﻮن‬ َ ‫ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟُﻤْﺴﺘَْﺒَﻌِﺪ أَ ْن ﺗ َُﻜ‬ ُ َ‫اﻟﺴْﻠﻄ‬ ‫ﱡ‬ ‫ﺎت َﻋﻠَﻰ ِدَراﯾٍَﺔ‬ ‫ﺎﺣﺒَ ِﺔ ﱠ‬ َ ‫ﺑِﺄ َ ْﻧِﺸ‬ ‫اﻟﺸْﻜَﻮى‬ َ ‫ﻄِﺔ‬ ِ ‫ﺻ‬ .‫ﯿﺮِة‬ َ ‫اﻷَِﺧ‬ ‫ب‬ َ ‫ﻟَ ْﯿ‬ ِ ‫ﺲ ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟُﻤْﺴﺘَْﻐَﺮ‬ ُ ‫ﺎﻣﮭُْﻢ َﻣﱠﺮةً أْﺧَﺮى‬ ُ َ‫ﻗِﯿ‬ َ‫ﺎﺷﻠٍﺔ‬ َ َ ِ ‫ﺎوﻟٍﺔ ﻓ‬ َ ‫ﺑُِﻤَﺤ‬ ‫ﯿﻞ ْاﻟُﻤْﺠﺘََﻤِﻊ ﱡ‬ ْ َ‫ﻟِﺘ‬ .‫ﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﺪَوﻟِ ﱢ‬ ِ ِ‫ﻀﻠ‬ ‫وف أَﱠن‬ ِ ‫ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟَﻤْﻌُﺮ‬ ْ َ ِ‫ﺎر ﻓِﻲ ھََﺬا اﻟﻘ‬ ‫ﺎع‬ َ ‫اﻻْﺳﺘِْﺜَﻤ‬ ِ ِ ‫ﻄ‬ َ ُ .‫ﯿﺮٍة‬ َ ِ‫ﯾَُﻌﻮد ﺑَِﻤﻨَﺎﻓَِﻊ ﻛﺒ‬ ‫ﯿﻢ‬ ِ ُ‫ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟَﻤْﻌﻠ‬ َ ِ‫ﻮم أَ ﱠن اﻟﺘﱠ ْﻌﻠ‬ ‫ات‬ ِ ‫ْاﻟَﺠﯿ َﱢﺪ ھ َُﻮ أَ َﺣُﺪ اﻷَ َدَو‬ ‫ﱠ‬ .‫ﯿﺮ‬ َ ِ‫اﻟﺮﺋ‬ ِ ‫ﯿﺴِﺔ ِ ِﻹْﺣَﺪ‬ ِ ِ‫اث اﻟﺘﱠ ْﻐﯿ‬

it is unlikely/ out of the question

ُ ‫َوﻗَْﺪ ﯾَ ُﻜ‬ ‫ﯿﺪ أَْن‬ ِ ِ‫ﻮن ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟُﻤﻔ‬ ْ ُ ُ َ ‫ﻚ‬ ‫ﻠ‬ ‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﻰ‬ ‫ﻠ‬ ‫ﻋ‬ ‫ﺔ‬ ‫ﻮﻣ‬ ‫ﻜ‬ َ ِ َ َ ‫ﺗَﻄﱠﻠَِﻊ ْاﻟُﺤ‬ .‫ﯾﺠﺎﺑِﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫اﻹ‬ ِ َ‫ْاﻟﺒ‬ ِ ‫ﺞ‬ ِ ‫ﺮاﻣ‬ ‫ﺎن ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟُﻤﻘَ ﱠﺮِر ﺑَْﺪُء‬ َ ‫َﻛ‬ ْ َ ‫ﺎدﯾِﱠﺔ‬ ‫ﺼ‬ ‫ﺘ‬ ‫ﻗ‬ ‫اﻻ‬ ‫ﺎت‬ ‫ﺿ‬ ‫ﺎو‬ ‫ﻔ‬ ِ َ ِ ِ ِ َ َ ‫ْاﻟُﻤ‬ ‫ﻒ ﱠ‬ .‫ﺮ‬ َ ‫ﻓِﻲ ُﻣْﻨﺘ‬ ِ ‫َﺼ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺸْﮭ‬

worthwhile/ helpful

‫ﯿﺪ‬ ِ ِ‫ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟُﻤﻔ‬

is scheduled/ is planned

‫ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟُﻤﻘَ ﱠﺮر‬

ْ ‫ﻚ َﻣِﻦ ْاﻟُﻤْﻤِﻜِﻦ َﺣ‬ ‫ﻈُﺮ‬ َ ِ‫َوﻟِ َﺬﻟ‬ َ ‫أَ ْﻧِﺸ‬ .‫ﻄٍﺔ َﻛﮭَ ِﺬِه‬ ‫ﯾَ ْﻨﺒَِﻐﻲ اﻟﻨﱠﻈَُﺮ إِﻟَﻰ اﻟﺘﱠ ْﻌﻠِ ِﯿﻢ‬ ً‫اﺻﻠَﺔ‬ ِ ‫ﺎرِه َﻋَﻤﻠِﯿﱠﺔً ُﻣﺘََﻮ‬ ِ َ‫ﺑِﺎِ ْﻋﺘِﺒ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ .‫ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟَﻤْﮭِﺪ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻠ ْﺤِﺪ‬ ‫ﻚ ﻟَْﻦ‬ َ ‫ﻒ أَﻧﱠ‬ ِ ‫ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟُﻤْﺆِﺳ‬ .َ‫ﻮر اﻟﻠﱠ ْﯿﻠَﺔ‬ ُ ‫ﯿﻊ ْاﻟُﺤ‬ َ ‫ﺗ َْﺴﺘ َِﻄ‬ َ ‫ﻀ‬ َ‫اﻹَﺟﺎﺑَﺔ‬ ِ ‫ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟُﻤَﺆﱠﻛِﺪ أَ ﱠن‬ ْ ُ ِ‫َﺳﺘ َْﺨﺘَﻠ‬ َ ‫ي‬ .‫وآﺧَﺮ‬ ٍ ‫ﻒ ﺑَْﯿَﻦ َرأ‬

it is possible

‫َﻣِﻦ ْاﻟُﻤْﻤِﻜِﻦ‬

surprisingly

‫ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟُﻤْﺴﺘَْﺒَﻌِﺪ‬

‫ِﻣَﻦ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫ْاﻟُﻤْﺴﺘَْﻐَﺮ‬

is known

‫ِﻣَﻦ‬ ‫وف‬ ِ ‫ْاﻟَﻤْﻌُﺮ‬

it is well known

‫ﻮم‬ ِ ُ‫ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟَﻤْﻌﻠ‬

from cradle to grave

‫ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟَﻤْﮭِﺪ إﻟﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﻠﱠ ْﺤِﺪ‬

it is a pity/it is unfortunate

‫ﻒ‬ ِ ‫ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟُﻤْﺆِﺳ‬

definitely/ certainly

‫ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟُﻤَﺆﱠﻛﺪ‬

66

Two-letter prepositions

It is rare for a visitor to China not to want to visit Beijing. It is still imperative to address the various legal and logistical challenges. Obviously this is a very sensitive issue for many people. The visit of the European official to the region was a matter of courtesy.

ْ ‫ِﻣَﻦ اﻟﻨﱠﺎ ِدِر‬ ‫أن ﺗَِﺠَﺪ زاﺋِ ًﺮا‬ ‫ﺐ ﻓِﻲ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺼﯿﻦ َﻻ ﯾَْﺮَﻏ‬ ‫إِﻟَﻰ ﱢ‬ .‫ﯾﺎرِة َﻣِﺪﯾﻨَِﺔ ﺑِِﻜﯿﻦ‬ َ ‫ِز‬ ْ ‫ﺐ‬ ُ ‫َوَﻻ ﯾَُﺰ‬ ِ ‫اﺟ‬ ِ ‫ال ِﻣَﻦ اﻟَﻮ‬ ‫ﺼﱢﺪي ﻟَِﻌَﺪٍد ِﻣَﻦ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺘﱠ‬ ْ ‫ﺎت اﻟﻘَﺎﻧُﻮﻧِﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺘﱠ َﺤﱢﺪﯾ‬ ‫َو ﱡ‬ َ‫ﻮﺟْﺴﺘِﯿﱠﺔ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻠ‬ ٌ‫ﻀﯿﱠﺔ‬ ِ َ‫ﺢ أَﻧﱠﮭﺎ ﻗ‬ ِ ‫ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟَﻮ‬ ِ ‫اﺿ‬ ‫ﯾﺪ ِﻣَﻦ‬ َ ‫َﺣﱠﺴ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﺳﺔٌ ﺑِﺎﻟﻨﱢ ْﺴﺒَ ِﺔ ﻟِْﻠَﻌِﺪ‬ .‫ﺎص‬ ِ ‫اﻷَ ْﺷَﺨ‬ ْ ‫ﺎء‬ ‫ول‬ َ َ‫ت ِزﯾ‬ َ ‫َﺟ‬ ِ ‫ﺎرةُ ْاﻟَﻤْﺴُﺆ‬ ْ‫وروﺑ ﱢﱢﻲ إِﻟَﻰ ْاﻟِﻤْﻨﻄَﻘَِﺔ ِﻣﻦ‬ ُ ‫ْاﻷ‬ .‫ﺎﻣﻠَِﺔ‬ ِ َ‫ﺑ‬ َ ‫ﺎب ْاﻟُﻤَﺠ‬

it is rare/ rarely

‫ِﻣَﻦ اﻟﻨﱠﺎ ِدِر‬

must be/is imperative

‫ﺐ‬ ِ ‫اﺟ‬ ِ ‫ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟَﻮ‬

obviously/ apparently/ clearly

‫ﺢ‬ ِ ‫ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟَﻮ‬ ِ ‫اﺿ‬

a matter of / to do with . . .

‫ﺎب‬ ِ َ‫ِﻣْﻦ ﺑ‬

Oil prices have fallen in domestic markets for a period of one month but have since started to rise once again.

‫ﺎب ﱡ‬ ‫ﻛﻮد‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺮ‬ ِ َ‫ ِﻣْﻦ ﺑَْﯿِﻦ أَ ْﺳﺒ‬among ْ ُ ‫ي ھ ُُﺮ‬ ‫س‬ ‫ﺎد ﱢ‬ َ ِ‫اﻻْﻗﺘ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ِْ ِ ‫وب َرأ‬ َ .‫ﻲ‬ ّ ِ‫ﺎل اﻷ ْﺟﻨَﺒ‬ ِ ‫ْاﻟَﻤ‬ ْ ‫ﻀ‬ ْ ‫ﺖ‬ ‫ﺎر اﻟﻨﱠ ْﻔِﻂ‬ ُ ‫أﺳَﻌ‬ َ َ‫ اِْﻧَﺨﻔ‬and then/ have since ْ ‫ﱢ‬ ‫اق اﻟَﻤَﺤﻠﯿِﱠﺔ ﻟُِﻤﱠﺪِة‬ ِ ‫ﻓِﻲ اﻷَْﺳَﻮ‬ ‫ت‬ ِ ‫ﺎوَد‬ َ ‫َﺷْﮭٍﺮ َوِﻣْﻦ ﺛَ ﱠﻢ َﻋ‬ .‫ﺎع‬ َ َ‫اﻻْرﺗِﻔ‬ ِ

On the other hand, some of these reforms have had adverse effects on the poor.

ْ َ‫آﺧَﺮ أَ ْﺣَﺪﺛ‬ َ ‫ﺐ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ٍ ِ‫ ِﻣْﻦ َﺟﺎﻧ‬on the other ْ ْ ‫اﻹ‬ ‫ﺎت‬ ُ ‫ ﺑَْﻌ‬hand ِ ‫ﺻَﻼَﺣ‬ ِ ‫ﺾ ھَِﺬِه‬ .‫ﺮاء‬ ً َ‫آﺛ‬ ِ َ‫ﺎرا َﺳ ْﻠﺒِﯿﱠﺔً ﺑِﺎﻟﻨﱢْﺴﺒَِﺔ ﻟِْﻠﻔُﻘ‬

‫ﺐ‬ ٍ ِ‫ِﻣْﻦ َﺟﺎﻧ‬ َ ‫آﺧَﺮ‬

The World Bank expectations have raised concerns once again over the performance of the region’s economies.

ْ ‫ﺎر‬ ُ ‫ت ﺗََﻮ ﱡﻗَﻌ‬ ‫ﺎت ْاﻟﺒَ ْﻨِﻚ‬ َ َ‫ أَﺛ‬again/once again ْ ‫ﱡ‬ ‫ﯾﺪ‬ َ ‫ﺎو‬ ٍ ‫ف ِﻣْﻦ َﺟِﺪ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺪَوﻟِ ﱢﻲ اﻟَﻤَﺨ‬ ‫ات‬ َ ‫ﺼ‬ َ ِ‫اء اِْﻗﺘ‬ ِ ‫َﺣْﻮَل أَ َد‬ ِ ‫ﺎد‬ َ ‫ْاﻟِﻤْﻨ‬ .‫ﻄﻘَِﺔ‬

‫ﯾﺪ‬ ٍ ‫ِﻣْﻦ َﺟِﺪ‬

Two police officers were killed, and some civilians were injured due to the explosion.

‫ﯿﺐ‬ َ ‫ﺻ‬ ِ ُ‫ﱠﺎن َوأ‬ ِ ‫ ﻗُﺘَِﻞ ُﺷْﺮِطﯿ‬as a result َ ‫ﻮن‬ ‫اء‬ َ ‫آﺧ‬ َ ‫ َﻣَﺪﻧِﱡﯿ‬of/owing to/ ِ ‫ﺮون ِﻣْﻦ َﺟﱠﺮ‬ due to .‫ﺎر‬ ِْ ِ ‫اﻻْﻧﻔَِﺠ‬

‫اء‬ ِ ‫ِﻣْﻦ َﺟﱠﺮ‬

Foreign capital flight is amongst the reasons for economic recession.

Construction workers represent 60% of the total population. On the other hand, the judges have taken measures to expedite proceedings.

%60

‫َﺎء‬ ُ ‫ ﯾ َُﻤﺜﱢُﻞ ُﻋﱠﻤ‬of the total ِ ‫ﺎل ْاﻟﺒِﻨ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ِﻣْﻦ ُﺟْﻤﻠَ ِﺔ ﱡ‬ .‫ﺎن‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺴﻜ‬

‫ﺎم ْاﻟﻘُﻀﺎةُ ِﻣ ْﻦ ِﺟﮭَ ٍﺔ أُ ْﺧَﺮى‬ َ َ‫ ﻗ‬on the other ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﯿﺮ اﻟﻼ ِز َﻣِﺔ‬ ِ ‫ ﺑِﺎِﺗﱢ َﺨ‬hand ِ ِ‫ﺎذ اﻟﺘ َﺪاﺑ‬ .‫ات‬ َ ‫ﺎﻹ‬ ِ ‫اء‬ َ ‫ﺟﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﻟِﻠﺘﱠ ْﻌِﺠ‬ ِ ِ‫ﯿﻞ ﺑ‬

‫ِﻣْﻦ ﺑَْﯿِﻦ‬ ‫ِﻣْﻦ ﺛَ ﱠﻢ‬

‫ِﻣْﻦ ُﺟْﻤﻠَ ِﺔ‬ ‫ِﻣْﻦ ِﺟﮭٍَﺔ‬ ‫أُ ْﺧَﺮى‬

Two-letter prepositions 67 Luckily the governments have agreed the terms of the convention. It is good manners not to interfere in other people’s affairs.

‫ِﻣْﻦ ُﺣْﺴِﻦ ْاﻟَﺤ ﱢ‬ ‫ﻆ أَ ﱠن‬ ْ َ‫ﺎت َواﻓَﻘ‬ ‫ﺖ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ِ ‫ﻮﻣ‬ َ ‫ْاﻟُﺤُﻜ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ َ .‫اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗِﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ِ ‫ﻮد‬ ِ ُ‫ﺑُﻨ‬ ‫ﻖ أَ ﱠﻻ‬ ِ ُ‫ِﻣْﻦ ُﺣْﺴِﻦ ْاﻟُﺨﻠ‬ ُ َ ‫ﻮر‬ .‫ﯾﻦ‬ َ ‫اﻵﺧ ِﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﻧَﺘ ََﺪﱠﺧَﻞ ﻓِﻲ أُﻣ‬

‫ﻖ ﱠ‬ ‫ِﻣْﻦ َﺣ ﱢ‬ ‫ﺐ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺸْﻌ‬ َ ‫ﱠﺎت‬ ‫ﯿ‬ ‫ﺎﺳ‬ ‫ﯿ‬ ‫ﺳ‬ ‫ﻰ‬ ‫ﻠ‬ ‫ﻋ‬ ‫اض‬ ‫اﻻْﻋﺘَِﺮ‬ ُ ِ ِ َِ َ ِ ُ .‫ﻮﻣِﺔ‬ ‫ﻜ‬ ‫ﺤ‬ ‫ْاﻟ‬ ُ َ Our bank was ranked first َ‫ﺼ ِﺮﻓُﻨﺎ ْاﻟَﻤْﺮﺗَﺒَﺔ‬ ْ ‫اِْﺣﺘَ ﱠﻞ َﻣ‬ among all the Arab banks ‫ف‬ ْ َ ‫اﻷُْوﻟَﻰ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﺑَْﯿِﻦ اﻟ َﻤ‬ ِ ‫ﺎر‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬ in terms of the volume of ُ ‫ْاﻟَﻌَﺮﺑِﯿ ِﱠﺔ ِﻣْﻦ َﺣْﯿ‬ ‫ﺚ َﺣْﺠِﻢ‬ customers’ deposits. .‫ﻊ ْاﻟُﻌَﻤَﻼَ ِء‬ ِ ِ‫َوَداﺋ‬ Through my stay in the ‫ﺎﻣﺘِﻲ ﻓِﻲ‬ َ َ‫ِﻣْﻦ ِﺧَﻼِل إِﻗ‬ West I have come to ْ ‫ب َﻻَﺣ‬ ْ ُ َ ‫ق ﺑَْﯿَﻦ‬ َ ‫ﻈﺖ اﻟﻔْﺮ‬ ِ ‫ْاﻟَﻐْﺮ‬ notice the difference in ْ ‫ﻼء ﻓِﻲ‬ ِ ‫ﻮب ِﺧْﺪَﻣِﺔ اﻟُﻌَﻤ‬ ِ ُ‫أُْﺳﻠ‬ customer service in our .‫ﺎك‬ َ َ‫ﺑَِﻼِدﻧَﺎ َوھُﻨ‬ country and over there. People have the right to object to government policies.

luckily/it is fortunate

‫ِﻣْﻦ ُﺣْﺴِﻦ‬ ‫ْاﻟَﺤ ﱢ‬ ‫ﻆ‬

it’s good manners to

‫ِﻣْﻦ ُﺣْﺴِﻦ‬ ‫ﻖ‬ ِ ُ‫ْاﻟُﺨﻠ‬

right to

in terms of/ as regards

ُ ‫ِﻣْﻦ َﺣ‬ ‫ﯿﺚ‬

through

‫ِﻣْﻦ ِﺧَﻼِل‬

The opposition has conducted a dialogue with the government behind the scenes.

‫ار‬ َ ‫ﺿﺔُ ْاﻟِﺤَﻮ‬ َ ‫ﺎر‬ َ ‫ت ْاﻟُﻤَﻌ‬ َ َ‫ أ‬behind ِ ‫ﺟﺮ‬ ‫ﻒ‬ ِ ‫ﻮﻣِﺔ ِﻣْﻦ َﺧْﻠ‬ َ ‫َﻣَﻊ ْاﻟُﺤُﻜ‬ .‫ﺎر‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺴﺘ‬

It’s a cause for concern that the danger of nuclear weapons has not yet been eliminated.

‫ﻖ أَﻧﱠﮫُ ﻟَْﻢ ﯾَﺘُ ﱠﻢ‬ ِ ‫ ِﻣْﻦ َد‬cause for ِ َ‫واﻋﻲ ْاﻟﻘَﻠ‬ َ‫ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ ْاﻵَن إزاﻟَﺔُ َﺧﻄِﺮ‬concern .‫ﺤِﺔ اﻟﻨﱠ َﻮِوﯾ ِﱠﺔ‬ َ ِ‫اﻷَ ْﺳﻠ‬

It is my pleasure to welcome you to this meeting. The budget has been adopted without debating all the articles in parliament. The case has not been handled from a religious or moral perspective. It’s bad manners to make fun of others. The Hanging Gardens of Babylon are one of the wonders of the ancient world.

‫وري‬ ِ ‫ إِﻧﱠﮫُ ِﻣْﻦ َد َو‬my pleasure ِ ‫اﻋﻲ ُﺳُﺮ‬ َ‫ﺐ ﺑُِﻜْﻢ ﻓِﻲ ھَﺬا‬ َ ‫ أَ ْن أُ َرﱢﺣ‬to .‫ﺎع‬ ِ ِ ‫اﻻْﺟﺘَِﻤ‬ ُ ‫ ﺗَ ﱠﻢ اِْﻋﺘَِﻤ‬without َ ‫ﺎد ْاﻟُﻤَﻮ‬ ‫ازﻧَِﺔ ِﻣْﻦ‬ ْ ‫ﻮد‬ ِ ُ‫ﯿﻊ اﻟﺒُﻨ‬ ِ ‫ُد‬ ِ ‫ون ُﻣﻨَﺎﻗَ َﺸِﺔ َﺟِﻤ‬ ْ َ ْ ‫ﻤ‬ ‫ﻟ‬ ‫ﺮ‬ ‫ﺒ‬ ‫اﻟ‬ .‫ﺎن‬ ِ َ َ ‫ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﻀﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ِ َ‫ﺎﻣُﻞ َﻣ َﻊ ْاﻟﻘ‬ ُ ‫ﻟَْﻢ ﯾَﺘِ ﱠﻢ اﻟﺘﱠ َﻌ‬ َ‫زاوﯾٍَﺔ ِدْﯾﻨِﯿ ٍﱠﺔ أْو‬ ِ ‫ِﻣْﻦ‬ .‫أَْﺧَﻼﻗِﯿ ٍﱠﺔ‬ ‫ﻖ أَ ْن‬ ِ ‫إِﻧﱠﮫُ ﻟَ ِﻤْﻦ ُﺳ‬ ِ ُ‫ﻮء ْاﻟُﺨﻠ‬ َ ‫ﺐ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ .‫ﺮﯾﻦ‬ َ ‫ﺗُ َﻌﯿﱢ‬ ِ ‫اﻵﺧ‬ ُ ِ‫َﺣَﺪاﺋ‬ ‫ﻖ ﺑَﺎﺑَِﻞ ْاﻟُﻤَﻌﻠﱠﻘَﺔُ ِھﻲ‬ ‫ﺐ‬ ِ ِ‫اﺣَﺪةٌ ِﻣْﻦ َﻋَﺠﺎﺋ‬ ِ ‫َو‬ ْ ْ َ َ .‫ﯾﻢ‬ ِ ِ‫َوَﻏَﺮاﺋ‬ ِ ‫ﺐ اﻟَﻌﺎﻟِﻢ اﻟﻘ ِﺪ‬

‫ِﻣْﻦ َﺣ ﱢ‬ ‫ﻖ‬

‫ﻒ‬ ِ ‫ِﻣْﻦ َﺧ ْﻠ‬

‫واﻋﻲ‬ ِ ‫ِﻣْﻦ َد‬ ‫ﻖ‬ ِ َ‫ْاﻟﻘَﻠ‬ ‫اﻋﻲ‬ ِ ‫ِﻣْﻦ َدَو‬ ‫وري‬ ِ ‫ُﺳُﺮ‬ ‫ون‬ ِ ‫ِﻣْﻦ ُد‬

from the perspective/ angle of

‫اوﯾٍَﺔ‬ ِ ‫ِﻣْﻦ َز‬

it’s bad manners to

‫ﻮء‬ ِ ‫ِﻣْﻦ ُﺳ‬ ‫ﻖ‬ ِ ُ‫ْاﻟُﺨﻠ‬ ‫ﺐ‬ ِ ِ‫ِﻣْﻦ َﻋَﺠﺎﺋ‬

one of the wonders . . .

68

Two-letter prepositions

The Queen Alia Bridge was inaugurated by King Faisal II in 1956. He apologized for his racist comment and alleged that he’d meant it as a joke. We are hearing good news from every direction.

‫ﺎح ِﺟْﺴِﺮ ”ْاﻟَﻤﻠَِﻜِﺔ‬ ُ َ‫ﺗَ ﱠﻢ اِْﻓﺘِﺘ‬ ‫ ِﻣْﻦ ﻗِﺒَﻞ‬1956 َ‫َﻋﺎﻟِﯿَﺔ“ َﺳﻨَﺔ‬ .‫ﺼِﻞ اﻟﺜﱠﺎﻧِﻲ‬ َ َ‫ْاﻟَﻤﻠِِﻚ ﻓَﯿ‬ ‫ﯿﻖ‬ ِ ِ‫اِ ْﻋﺘََﺬَر َﻋِﻦ اﻟﺘﱠ ْﻌﻠ‬ َُ‫ﺎل إِﻧﱠﮫُ ﻗَﺎﻟﮫ‬ ُ ‫ْاﻟُﻌْﻨ‬ ‫ﺼِﺮ ﱢ‬ َ َ‫ي َوﻗ‬ ْ ِ ِ‫ِﻣْﻦ ﻗَﺒ‬ .‫اح‬ ِ ‫ﯿﻞ اﻟِﻤَﺰ‬

by

‫ِﻣْﻦ ﻗِﺒَِﻞ‬

by way of . . . /as a sort of . . .

‫ﯿﻞ‬ ِ ِ‫ِﻣْﻦ ﻗَﺒ‬

‫ﺎر ْاﻟَﺠﯿﱢَﺪةُ ِﻣْﻦ‬ ُ َ‫ ﺗَﺄْﺗِﯿﻨَﺎ اﻷَْﺧﺒ‬from every .‫ﺎه‬ ٍ ‫ ُﻛﱢﻞ اِﺗﱢَﺠ‬direction/on

‫ِﻣْﻦ ُﻛﱢﻞ اِﺗﱢَﺠٍﺎه‬

all sides

from far and wide/from all over

It is in the interest of the new government to engage in discussions with neighboring states.

َ‫ت أ‬ ‫ﺳﻮاق ﱠ‬ ْ َ‫اِْﻣﺘَ َﻸ‬ ُ ‫ق‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺸْﺮ‬ ‫ﻀﺎﺋِِﻊ اﻷَﺟﻨَﺒِﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ َ َ‫وﺳِﻂ ﺑِْﺎﻟﺒ‬ َ َ‫اﻷ‬ .‫ب‬ ٍ ‫ِﻣْﻦ ُﻛﱢﻞ َﺣَﺪ‬ ٍ ‫ﺻْﻮ‬ َ ‫ب َو‬ ْ ‫ِﻣْﻦ َﻣ‬ ‫ﻮﻣِﺔ‬ َ ‫ﺼﻠََﺤِﺔ ْاﻟُﺤُﻜ‬ َ ‫ﱠ‬ ْ ‫ﯾﺪِة‬ ‫ﺎوَر‬ َ ‫ْاﻟَﺠِﺪ‬ ُ ‫أن ﺗَْﺒَﺪأ اﻟﺘ َﺤ‬ .‫ﻮار‬ ِ ‫َﻣَﻊ ُدَوِل ْاﻟِﺠ‬

Out of a desire to strengthen bilateral relations, the two states have signed several trade agreements.

َ ‫ِﻣْﻦ ُﻣْﻨ‬ ‫ﯾﺰ‬ ِ َ‫ﻄﻠ‬ ِ ‫ﻖ ﺗَْﻌِﺰ‬ ‫ َوﻗ َﻊﱠ‬،‫ﺎت اﻟﺜﱡﻨﺎﺋِﯿِﱠﺔ‬ ِ َ‫ْاﻟَﻌَﻼﻗ‬ ‫ﺎت‬ ٍ َ‫ان ِﻋﱠﺪةَ اِﺗﱢﻔَﺎﻗ‬ ِ ‫ْاﻟﺒَﻠََﺪ‬ .‫ﺎرﯾ ٍﱠﺔ‬ ِ ‫ﺗَِﺠ‬

out of a desire to . . . / with the basic aim of . . .

َ ‫ِﻣْﻦ ُﻣْﻨ‬ ‫ﻖ‬ ِ َ ‫ﻄﻠ‬

The new law should be discussed from the human rights standpoint.

‫ﻮن‬ ُ ‫ﯾَِﺠ‬ ِ ُ‫ﺐ ُﻣﻨَﺎﻗََﺸﺔُ ْاﻟﻘَﺎﻧ‬ ُ ُ ْ ‫ﻮق‬ ِ ‫ْاﻟَﺠِﺪ‬ ِ ‫ﻮر ُﺣﻘ‬ ِ ‫ﯾﺪ ِﻣ ْﻦ َﻣﻨﻈ‬ .‫ﺎن‬ ِ ‫اﻹْﻧَﺴ‬ ِ

from the standpoint of/from the perspective of

‫ﻮر‬ ِ ُ‫ِﻣْﻦ َﻣْﻨﻈ‬

On the other hand, the collapse in the currency purchasing power has contributed to increasing social tensions.

‫ َﺳﺎھََﻢ‬،‫َﺎﺣﯿَ ٍﺔ أُ ْﺧَﺮى‬ ِ ‫ ِﻣْﻦ ﻧ‬on the other ْ ُ ‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﺎر اﻟﻘ ﱠﻮِة اﻟﺸﺮاﺋِﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ُ َ‫ اِ ْﻧِﮭﯿ‬hand ‫ات‬ َ ‫ﻟِْﻠُﻌْﻤﻠَ ِﺔ ﻓِﻲ ِز‬ ِ ‫ﯾﺎدِة اﻟﺘﱠ َﻮﱡﺗَﺮ‬ .‫ﺎﻋﯿﱠﺔ‬ ِ ِ ‫اﻻْﺟﺘَِﻤ‬

Foreign goods from all over have swamped Middle Eastern markets.

ُ ‫ﺎك ْاﻟَﻌِﺪ‬ ‫ﺎﻛِﻞ‬ َ َ‫ھُﻨ‬ ِ ‫ﯾﺪ ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟَﻤَﺸ‬ ْ َ َ .‫ﯿﻞ‬ ِ ‫اﻻْﺟﺘَِﻤ‬ ِ ِ ِ‫ﺎﻋﯿﱠﺔ ِﻣْﻦ ھَﺬا اﻟﻘﺒ‬ ْ َ ‫َﺎﺟَﺮ ُﻣْﻌ‬ Most of Jerusalem’s ‫س‬ َ ‫ھ‬ ِ ‫ﻈُﻢ ُﺳﱠﻜ‬ ِ ‫ﺎن اﻟﻘُ ْﺪ‬ Christian population ْ َ‫ َوِﻣْﻦ ھُﻨﺎ‬.‫ﱢﯿﻦ‬ َ ‫ﯿﺤﯿ‬ ِ ‫ِﻣَﻦ اﻟَﻤِﺴ‬ have emigrated. It would َ ‫ﻓَﺈِﻧﱠﮫ ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟَﺨ‬ ُ ‫ﻄﺄِ اﻟﺘﱠ ْﺮِﻛ‬ ‫ﯿﺰ‬ therefore be wrong to َ ‫اﻹﺳﻼِﻣﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ‫ﺎت‬ ِ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ ْاﻟُﻤﻘَﱠﺪَﺳ‬ focus only on Islamic .‫ﺣَﺪھَﺎ‬ َ ‫َو‬ sacred places. All that you need is to ‫اء ِﻣْﻦ‬ ِ ‫ﺾ اﻷَ ْﺟَﺰ‬ ِ ‫ِطَﻼُء ﺑَ ْﻌ‬ paint a few sections here ُ ‫ﺎك ھ َُﻮ ﻛﱡﻞ َﻣﺎ‬ َ َ‫ھُﻨَﺎ َوھُﻨ‬ and there for this wall to ‫ﯿﺪ ھََﺬا‬ ُ َ‫ﺗَْﺤﺘ‬ َ ‫ﺎج إِﻟَْﯿِﮫ ﻟِﺘُ ِﻌ‬ be as it was before. َ َ .‫ﺎن‬ َ ‫ار ﻛَﻤﺎ ﻛ‬ َ ‫ْاﻟِﺠَﺪ‬ There are a lot of social problems of this kind.

in the interest of

of this kind therefore/ accordingly

here and there

‫ب‬ ٍ ‫ِﻣْﻦ ُﻛﱢﻞ َﺣَﺪ‬ ‫ب‬ ٍ ‫ﺻْﻮ‬ َ ‫َو‬ ْ ‫ِﻣْﻦ َﻣ‬ ‫ﺼﻠَ َﺤِﺔ‬

‫َﺎﺣﯿَ ٍﺔ‬ ِ ‫ِﻣْﻦ ﻧ‬ ‫أُْﺧَﺮى‬

‫ِﻣْﻦ ھ ََﺬا‬ ‫ﯿﻞ‬ ِ ِ‫ْاﻟﻘَﺒ‬ ‫ِﻣْﻦ ھُﻨَﺎ‬

‫ِﻣْﻦ ھُﻨَﺎ‬ ‫َﺎك‬ َ ‫َوھُﻨ‬

Two-letter prepositions 69 It is the duty of the government to allow political participation for everyone.

‫ﺎح‬ ُ ‫ﻮﻣِﺔ ْإﻓَﺴ‬ ِ ‫اﺟ‬ ِ ‫ ِﻣْﻦ َو‬duty of َ ‫ﺐ ْاﻟُﺤُﻜ‬ ‫ﺎرَﻛِﺔ‬ َ ‫ﯿﻊ ﻟِْﻠُﻤَﺸ‬ ِ ‫ْاﻟَﻤَﺠ‬ ِ ‫ﺎل ﻟِْﻠَﺠِﻤ‬ .‫ﯿﺎﺳﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺴ‬

‫ﺐ‬ ِ ‫اﺟ‬ ِ ‫ِﻣْﻦ َو‬

‫ﺪﯾﻢ‬ َ ‫ﺎﻣُﺞ ﺗَْﻘ‬ َ َ‫ﺎو ُل ْاﻟﺒَْﺮﻧ‬ ِ ‫ َﺳﯿ َُﺤ‬from reality ‫ﻮر َﺣﯿ ٍﱠﺔ ِﻣْﻦ َواﻗِ ِﻊ‬ ُ ٍ ‫ﺻ‬ .‫ُﻣْﺠﺘََﻤَﻌﺎﺗِﻨَﺎ‬

‫ِﻣْﻦ واﻗِِﻊ‬

The ruling party was running the presidential elections from behind the scenes.

‫ﯾﺮ‬ ُ ‫ﺎﻛُﻢ ﯾُِﺪ‬ ُ ‫ﺎن ْاﻟِﺤْﺰ‬ َ ‫ َﻛ‬from behind ِ ‫ب ْاﻟَﺤ‬ ‫ﺎﺳﯿﱠﺔَ ِﻣْﻦ‬ ‫ﺎت ﱢ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺮﺋ‬ ِ َ‫اﻻْﻧﺘَِﺨﺎﺑ‬ ِْ َ .‫ﯿﺲ‬ ِ ‫َوَر‬ ِ ِ‫اء اﻟﻜﻮاﻟ‬

‫اء‬ ِ ‫ِﻣْﻦ َوَر‬

From time to time, armed groups direct their attacks against the regular forces.

ُ‫ﺎت ْاﻟُﻤَﺴﻠﱠ َﺤﺔ‬ ُ ‫ﺎﻋ‬ َ ‫ ﺗُ َﻮﱢﺟﮫُ ْاﻟَﺠَﻤ‬occasionally/ ْ ‫ات‬ ٍ ‫ ھََﺠَﻤ‬from time to ِ ‫ﺎت َﻋﻠَﻰ اﻟﻘُ ﱠﻮ‬ time َ ‫ﺖ ِﻵ‬ .‫ﺧَﺮ‬ ٍ ‫ﺎﻣﯿ ِﱠﺔ ِﻣْﻦ َوْﻗ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﻨﱢﻈ‬

‫ﺖ‬ ٍ ‫ِﻣْﻦ َوْﻗ‬ ‫ِﻵَﺧَﺮ‬

The show will try to provide images that reflect reality in our communities.

The political activist was arrested a month ago and since then nothing has been known about him. It is unfortunate for the citizens that the government didn’t intervene to reduce prices. In the nineties, Egypt faced a wave of attacks on tourists.

‫ﺎﺳﱢﻲ‬ ُ َ‫ ﺗَﱠﻢ اِْﻋﺘِﻘ‬since then ‫ﺎﺷِﻂ ﱢ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺴﯿ‬ ِ ‫ﺎل اﻟﻨﱠ‬ ‫ َو ِﻣْﻦ ﯾَْﻮ ِﻣﮭَﺎ ﻟَﻢ‬، ‫ِﻣْﻦ َﺷْﮭٍﺮ‬ .ُ‫ﻋْﻨﮫ‬ َ ‫ﺎر‬ ٍ َ‫ﺗَْﺨُﺮْج أَﯾﱠﺔُ أَ ْﺧﺒ‬ ‫ﻮء َﺣ ﱢ‬ ‫ﯿﻦ‬ َ ِ‫اطﻨ‬ ِ ‫ ِﻣْﻦ ُﺳ‬it is ِ ‫ﻆ ْاﻟُﻤَﻮ‬ ‫ﻮﻣﺔَ ﻟَ ْﻢ ﺗَﺘََﺪﱠﺧْﻞ‬ َ ‫ أَ ﱠن ْاﻟُﺤُﻜ‬unfortunate/ unluckily for .‫ﺎر‬ ِ ‫ﺾ ْاﻷْﺳَﻌ‬ ِ ‫ﻟَِﺨْﻔ‬

‫ِﻣْﻦ ﯾَْﻮِﻣﮭَﺎ‬

‫ﻮء َﺣ ﱢ‬ ‫ﻆ‬ ِ ‫ِﻣْﻦ ُﺳ‬

...

ْ ‫ َﺷِﮭَﺪ‬wave of ْ ‫ت ِﻣ‬ ‫ﺼُﺮ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﺎت َﻣْﻮَﺟﺔً ِﻣَﻦ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺘﱢْﺴِﻌﯿﻨ‬ َ ‫ات َﻋﻠﻰ‬ ِْ ِ ‫اء‬ َ ‫اﻻْﻋﺘَِﺪ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ .‫ﯿﻦ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺴﺎﺋِِﺤ‬

‫َﻣْﻮَﺟﺔٌ ِﻣَﻦ‬

‫َﻋْﻦ‬ ‫ َﻋْﻦ‬is used to serve at least nine functions. Like many other prepositions, ‫ َﻋْﻦ‬includes the functions of other prepositions. It is considered to be a ‘true preposition’. ‫ َﻋْﻦ‬in context َ ‫ َﻛَﻤﺎ ﺗ ََﺤﱠﺪ‬،‫ﺿِﻊ ﻓِﻲ ُﺳﻮرﯾﺎ‬ ْ ‫وب اﻷُ َﻣِﻢ ْاﻟُﻤﺘﱠ ِﺤَﺪِة َﻋْﻦ ﻗَﻠَﻘِِﮫ ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟَﻮ‬ ‫ث َﻋِﻦ‬ ُ ‫ب َﻣْﻨُﺪ‬ َ ‫أَ ْﻋَﺮ‬ ‫َﺎت‬ َ ‫ﺎع ْاﻟُﻤﺘََﺮﱢدﯾَ ِﺔ ﻟِ ْﻠ َﻤَﺪﻧِﯿﱢ‬ َ ‫اﻷَْو‬ ِ ‫ َوﺗَﺄ َ ﱡﺧ ِﺮ ْاﻟ َﻤُﻌﻮﻧ‬،‫َﺎزﻟِ ِﮭْﻢ‬ ِ ‫وج ِﻣْﻦ َﻣﻨ‬ ِ ‫ﯿﻦ َوَﻋْﺠ ِﺰِھْﻢ َﻋ ِﻦ ْاﻟُﺨُﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﺿ‬ ْ َ‫ﺐ ِﻣَﻦ اﻷ‬ َ .‫ﯿﻦ‬ ‫ﺎد َﻋِﻦ‬ ُ ‫ﯿﺔ َﻋِﻦ ْاﻟُﻮ‬ َ ‫اﻻْﺑﺘَِﻌ‬ َ ‫ﻮل إِﻟَﻰ ْاﻟَﻤَﺪﻧِﯿﱢ‬ َ َ‫وطﻠ‬ ِ ‫ﺎزَﻋِﺔ‬ ِ ‫طَﺮ‬ ِ ِ‫اﻹْﻧَﺴﺎﻧ‬ ِ ‫ﺻ‬ ِ ِ َ‫اف ْاﻟُﻤﺘَﻨ‬ ْ َ ‫ﱠ‬ َ َ َ َ ُ ُ ‫ﱡ‬ ‫ﱡ‬ ‫ﻮع‬ ‫ﺟ‬ ‫واﻟﺮ‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ﻼ‬ ‫اﻟﺴ‬ ‫ﻞ‬ ‫ﻤ‬ ‫ﺣ‬ ‫ﻦ‬ ‫ﻋ‬ ‫ﯿﻊ‬ ‫ﻤ‬ ‫ﺠ‬ ‫اﻟ‬ ‫ول‬ ‫ﺪ‬ ‫ﻋ‬ ‫ﻰ‬ ‫ﻟ‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ﺎ‬ ‫ﻋ‬ ‫د‬ ‫ﺎ‬ ‫ﻤ‬ ‫ﻛ‬ ، ‫ﺎن‬ ‫ﻜ‬ ‫ﺎﻟﺴ‬ ‫ﺑ‬ ‫ﺔ‬ ‫ﻠ‬ ‫اﻵھ‬ ‫ﻦ‬ ‫ﺎﻛ‬ ‫ﻣ‬ ‫اﻷ‬ ُ ِ َ َ َ ِ ِ ِ ِ ِ ِ َ ِ ِ ‫ِ َ ِ ِ َ ِ َ ْ ِ ﱢ‬

70

Two-letter prepositions

ُ ‫ﺎل ﺑﺄﻧﱠﮫُ َﺳﯿَﺘََﺤﱠﺪ‬ َ ‫إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ﯾﺐ‬ َ ‫ﺎوﻟَ ِﺔ ْاﻟُﻤَﺤ‬ ٍ ‫ث َﻋﱠﻤﺎ ﻗَ ِﺮ‬ ِ َ‫ﺎدﺛ‬ ِ َ‫ َوﻓِﻲ ﻧِﮭَﺎﯾَ ِﺔ َﺣِﺪﯾﺜِ ِﮫ ﻗ‬.‫ﺎت ﻟَِﺤﱢﻞ ْاﻷَ ْزَﻣِﺔ‬ ِ ‫ط‬ ُ ْ ْ ْ ْ َ ‫ﱠ‬ ْ ‫ﺎم ﻟِﻸ َﻣِﻢ اﻟُﻤﺘ ِﺤَﺪِة َﻋِﻦ اﻟَﻮ‬ .‫ﺿِﻊ اﻟَﺤﺎﻟِ ﱢﻲ ﻓِﻲ ُﺳﻮرﯾﺎ‬ ‫َﻣَﻊ اﻷِﻣْﯿِﻦ اﻟَﻌ ﱢ‬ The United Nations delegate expressed concern regarding the situation in Syria and talked about the deteriorating circumstances of civilians, their inability to leave their homes and the delay in providing them with humanitarian aid. He called upon the warring parties to keep away from populated areas. He also called for everyone to lay down their arms and to return to the negotiating table so as to resolve the crisis. At the end of his speech, he said he would soon be talking to the UN Secretary-General about the current situation in Syria. Notes on ‫ﻋْﻦ‬ ً in context In the preceding paragraph, ‫ﻋْﻦ‬ َ is used in several places as an integral part of difَ ‫ ﺗََﺤﱠﺪ‬،‫ب َﻋْﻦ‬ ferent verbs that collocate with this preposition, as in (‫ﺠَﺰ‬ َ ‫ َﻋ‬،‫ث َﻋْﻦ‬ َ ‫أَ ْﻋَﺮ‬ ْ‫ ﺗَﺄ َ ﱠﺧَﺮ َﻋﻦ‬،‫)َﻋْﻦ‬. It may or may not always follow the verbs immediately, as in (‫ب‬ َ ‫أَ ْﻋَﺮ‬ ُ ‫وب اﻷ َﻣﻢ ْاﻟُﻤﺘﱠ ِﺤَﺪِة َﻋْﻦ ﻗَﻠَﻘِ ِﮫ‬ ُ ‫)َﻣْﻨُﺪ‬. In (‫ﺎد َﻋِﻦ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻻْﺑﺘِ َﻌ‬ ِ ْ ِ‫)ﺑ‬, the preposition is used as part of a collocation with a verbal noun. The word (‫ﻋﱠﻤﺎ‬ َ ) in (‫ﯾﺐ‬ ٍ ‫ )َﻋﱠﻤﺎ ﻗَ ِﺮ‬is a combination of (‫ﻋْﻦ‬ َ + ‫)ﻣﺎ‬. Note that the (‫ )ْن‬at the end of ‫ َﻋْﻦ‬is deleted, and shadda is added to ‫َﻣﺎ‬. Functions of ‫ﻋْﻦ‬ َ

‫ َﻋﻦ‬is used to denote a departure away from, or distance from, something or someone, although it is worth noting that the Basra grammar school sanctioned only particular functions of ‫ﻋﻦ‬. This departure or distance can be with reference to places or people, as in the following:

ُ ‫ﺼْﺤ‬ ْ َ‫ﺻِﺪﯾﻘِﻲ أَ ْن ﯾَْﺒﺘَِﻌَﺪ َﻋْﻦ أ‬ ‫ﺎء‬ َ ‫ﺖ‬ َ َ‫ﻧ‬ ِ َ‫ﺻِﺪﻗ‬ ‫ﱡ‬ .‫ﻮء‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺴ‬ ُ ‫َﺳﺎﻓَْﺮ‬ .‫ﻦ ْاﻟﺒَﻠَِﺪ‬ ِ ‫ت َﻋ‬ .‫ﺠُﻤَﻌِﺔ‬ ُ ‫ﯾَِﻐ‬ ُ ‫ﺻَﻼِة ْاﻟ‬ َ ‫ﯿﺐ َوﻟَ ُﺪ‬ َ ‫ك َدْوًﻣﺎ َﻋْﻦ‬ َ ‫ﺎد‬ .‫ﺧْﻮﻓًﺎ ِﻣَﻦ ﷲ‬ ِ ‫ﯾَﺘََﺮﻓﱠ ُﻊ ْاﻟُﻤْﺆِﻣُﻦ َﻋِﻦ ْاﻟﻔَ َﺴ‬

I advised my friend to distance himself from bad crowds. I traveled out of the country. Your son often misses Friday prayers. A believer avoids corruption for fear of God.

‫ َﻋْﻦ‬may be used to provide a reason for or account of an action, as in the following: َ ‫ﺐ إِﻟَﻰ ﺑَْﯿﺘِِﮫ إِﱠﻻ َﻋْﻦ‬ ْ َ‫ﻟَ ْﻢ أَ ْذھ‬ .ُ‫ﺐ ِﻣْﻨﮫ‬ ٍ َ ‫طﻠ‬

I only went to his house because he asked me to.

ُ ‫ﺎﻋﺎ َﻋِﻦ ْاﻟَﺤ ﱢ‬ ً َ‫ﺎرْﺑﮫُ ﱠإﻻ ِدﻓ‬ .‫ﻖ‬ ِ ‫ﻟَْﻢ أ َﺣ‬

I only fought him to defend the truth.

ْ ‫ﯿﺤﺘِﻲ ﻟَﮭَﺎ َﻛﺎﻧ‬ .‫ﺤﺒ ٍﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫َﺖ َﻋْﻦ َﻣ‬ َ ‫ﺼ‬ ِ َ‫ﻧ‬

My advice to her was out of love.

ُ ‫ﻗُ ْﻤ‬ ْ ِ‫ﺖ ﺑ‬ .‫ﺎﻋٍﺔ‬ َ َ‫ﺎل ْاﻟَﺨْﯿِﺮﯾِﱠﺔ َﻋْﻦ ﻗَﻨ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻷﻋَﻤ‬

I engaged in charity work out of conviction.

Two-letter prepositions 71

‫ َﻋْﻦ‬is used as a causative and with verbs meaning ‘to result from’, as in the following: ‫ْاﻟِﮭْﺠَﺮةُ ْاﻟُﻤﺘََﺰاﯾِ َﺪةُ ﻟِ ﱠ‬ ‫ب إِﻟَﻰ‬ ِ ‫ﺎب ْاﻟَﻌَﺮ‬ ِ َ‫ﻠﺸﺒ‬ ْ ْ َ ‫ﺮار ﻓِﻲ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﺟَﻤﺔٌ َﻋْﻦ َﻋَﺪِم‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻐْﺮ‬ ِ َ‫ب ﻧ‬ ِ ‫اﻻْﺳﺘِﻘ‬ .‫ﺑ ُْﻠﺪاﻧِِﮭْﻢ‬ ‫ﺎر ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫اﻻْﺳﺘِْﺜَﻤ‬ َ ‫ﺗََﺠﻨﱠ‬ ِ ْ ‫ﺎل‬ ِ ‫ﺐ َرُﺟُﻞ اﻷَْﻋَﻤ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ .‫ﺮھَﺎ‬ ِ ِ‫اﻟﺸ ِﺮَﻛِﺔ َﻋْﻦ ِدَراﯾٍَﺔ ﺑَِﺨَﺴﺎﺋ‬ ‫ﯿﺮ ِﻣْﻦ َدَواﺋِِﺮ‬ َ ‫إِﱠن ْاﻟﻔََﺴ‬ ِ ِ‫ﺎد ْاﻟُﻤﺘَﻔَﱢﺸﻲ ﻓِﻲ ْاﻟَﻜﺜ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎﺳﺒَِﺔ‬ َ ‫ﻮﻣِﺔ ﻟُِﻤَﺤ‬ ِ ‫ھﻤ‬ َ ‫ﺎل ْاﻟُﺤُﻜ‬ َ ِ‫اﻟﺪْوﻟَِﺔ ﻧَﺎﺗٌِﺞ َﻋِﻦ إ‬ .‫ﯿﻦ‬ َ ِ‫ْاﻟَﻤْﺴُﺆوﻟ‬ َ ‫ﯾﺮ َﻋْﻦ‬ .‫ﺧَﺪَﻣﺎﺗِﻲ‬ ُ ‫َﻛﺎﻓَﺄَﻧِﻲ ْاﻟُﻤِﺪ‬

The increase in Arab youth migration to the West is due to instability in their countries. The businessman avoided investing in the company in view of his knowledge of its losses. The widespread corruption in many state departments is the result of the government’s neglect in holding officials accountable. The manager rewarded me for my services.

‫ َﻋْﻦ‬can be used to denote ‘with’, ‘by means of’ or ‘with the aid of’, as in the following examples: ُ ‫َرَﻣ‬ .‫ﻮس‬ ِ َ‫ﯿﺖ َﻋِﻦ اﻟﻘ‬

ُ ‫ﺿَﺮْﺑ‬ ‫ﺖ ْاﻟَﺨﺎﺋَِﻦ َﻋِﻦ ﱠ‬ .‫ﻒ‬ َ ِ ‫اﻟﺴْﯿ‬

ُ ‫َﺳﺎﻓَْﺮ‬ .‫ﺮ‬ ِ ‫ت َﻋْﻦ طَِﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﯾﻖ ْاﻟﺒَْﺤ‬

I fired (the arrow) with the bow. I struck the traitor with the sword. I traveled by sea.

‫ َﻋْﻦ‬may be used to denote ‘in lieu of’, ‘instead of’ or ‘rather than’, as in the following: .‫ﯿﮫ‬ ِ ِ‫َﺣﱠﺞ ُﻣَﺤﱠﻤٌﺪ َﻋْﻦ أَﺑ‬

Mohammad went to pilgrimage on his father’s behalf.

‫ﱠﺎت ﺑَ َﺪًﻻ َﻋِﻦ‬ ِ ‫ﺿﯿ‬ ِ ‫َﻻ ﺗَْﻌﺘَِﻤْﺪ َﻋﻠَﻰ ْاﻟﻔَ َﺮ‬ .‫ﻖ‬ ِ ِ‫ْاﻟَﺤﻘَﺎﺋ‬ .‫ﻦ‬ ‫ﻮل ﱢ‬ ‫أُﻓَ ﱢ‬ ِ ‫اﻣِﺔ َﻋْﻦ ُدُﺧ‬ َ ‫ﻀُﻞ َدْﻓَﻊ ْاﻟَﻐَﺮ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺴْﺠ‬

Don’t rely on assumptions instead of facts.

ُ ‫ﺗََﻮﻟﱠﻰ ْاﻟُﻤَﻮظﱠ‬ ‫ﺎع ﺑََﺪًﻻ َﻋْﻦ‬ َ ‫ﻒ إَِد‬ ِ ْ َ‫ارة‬ ِ ‫اﻻْﺟﺘَِﻤ‬ ‫ﯾﺮ ﱠ‬ .‫ﺮَﻛِﺔ‬ ِ ‫ُﻣِﺪ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺸ‬

I prefer to pay a fine rather than go to jail. The meeting was chaired by an employee rather than by the chairman of the company.

‫ َﻋْﻦ‬is also used with verbs indicating denegation, stopping, discontinuing or abandoning, as in the following cases: َ ‫ﻮﻣﺔُ ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟُﻤﺘ‬ ‫ﯾﻦ أَ ْن ﯾَﺘََﺨﻠﱠ ْﻮا‬ َ ‫ﺎھِﺮ‬ ِ ‫َﻈ‬ َ ‫طَﻠَﺒَﺖ ْاﻟُﺤُﻜ‬ ُ .‫ﻋﻠَﯿﮭَﺎ‬ َ ‫َﻋِﻦ ْاﻟَﻤﺒَﺎﻧِﻲ اﻟﱠﺘِﻲ اِ ْﺳﺘُﻮﻟﻮا‬ ‫ُﻮد ﱡ‬ ُ ‫ﺖ ْاﻟُﺠﮭ‬ ‫ﯿﻞ‬ َ ِ‫ﺎع إِ ْﺳَﺮاﺋ‬ ِ َ‫ﻓَِﺸﻠ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺪَوﻟِﯿﱠﺔُ ﻓِﻲ إِْﻗﻨ‬ َ ‫ﺎء ُﻣْﺴﺘَ ْﻮ‬ ‫ﺎت‬ ٍ َ‫طﻨ‬ ِ َ‫ارھَﺎ ﺑِﺒِﻨ‬ ِ ‫ﺑِْﺎﻟُﻌُﺪ‬ ِ ‫ول َﻋْﻦ ﻗََﺮ‬ .‫ﯾﺪٍة‬ َ ‫َﺟِﺪ‬

The government asked the protestors to give up the buildings they had seized. International efforts have failed to convince Israel to abandon its decision to build new settlements.

72

Two-letter prepositions

ُ ‫ﯾَ ْﻌ‬ ُ ‫اﻹْﻧَﺴ‬ ‫ﺎم‬ ُ ‫ﺎن ْاﻟَﺨُﺠ‬ ِ ‫ﻮل َﻋِﻦ اﻟﺘﱠ َﺤﱡﺪ‬ َ ‫ث أَ َﻣ‬ ِ ‫ﺠﺰ‬ .‫ﺎس أَﺣﯿَﺎﻧًﺎ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻨﱠ‬ ‫ت‬ َ ‫ﺗ ََﻮﻗﱠ‬ ٍ ‫ﺎوَﻻ‬ َ ‫ﯿﻦ ﺑَْﻌَﺪ ُﻣَﺤ‬ ِ ‫ﻒ َﺷﻘِﯿﻘِﻲ َﻋِﻦ اﻟﺘﱠ ْﺪِﺧ‬ .‫ﯾﺪٍة‬ َ ‫َﻋِﺪ‬

A shy person is sometimes unable to talk in public. My brother gave up smoking after numerous attempts.

‫ َﻋْﻦ‬is also used to denote origin, basis, source or foundation, as in the following: .‫ﺎر‬ ٍ َ‫أََﺧَﺬ ْاﻟِﻌْﻠَﻢ َﻋْﻦ أَ َﺳﺎﺗَِﺬةَ ِﻛﺒ‬

He acquired his knowledge from great teachers.

ْ َ‫ث اﻷ‬ ُ ‫ار‬ ‫ﺎت‬ ُ َ‫طﻔ‬ ٍ َ‫ﺻﻔ‬ َ ‫ﻗَْﺪ ﯾَﺘََﻮ‬ ِ ‫ﺎل َﻋْﻦ آﺑَﺎﺋِِﮭْﻢ‬ ُ .ً‫ﺧﻠُﻘِﯿﱠﺔ‬ ُ ‫ھَْﻞ ﯾَ ُﺠ‬ ‫ﺎل ﱢ‬ ‫ﯾﻦ؟‬ ِ ‫ﻮز أَ ْﺧُﺬ ْاﻟِﻌْﻠِﻢ َﻋِﻦ ِرَﺟ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺪ‬

Children may inherit their moral values from their parents. Is it right to get knowledge from religious scholars?

‫ َﻋْﻦ‬can be used with verbs meaning to reveal, remove or uncover, as in the following:

‫ﯾﺮ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ِ ‫َﻛَﺸﻔَﺖ ْاﻟَﻮﺛِﯿﻘَﺔُ َﻋْﻦ َﻋَﻤﻠِﯿ‬ ٍ ‫ﱠﺎت ﺗَْﺰِو‬ .‫ﺎت‬ ِ َ‫أَْﻋﻠَﻰ ْاﻟُﻤْﺴﺘَِﻮﯾ‬ ُ ‫ﺎوُل ْاﻟُﻤْﺠﺘََﻤَﻌ‬ ‫ُﻮد َﻋِﻦ‬ ِ ‫ﺎت ْاﻟَﻌَﺮﺑﯿﱠﺔُ ﻧَْﺰَع ْاﻟﻘُﯿ‬ ِ ‫ﺗُ َﺤ‬ َ ْ َ ‫ﺎرَﻛﺘِﮭَﺎ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﺸ‬ ‫ﻣ‬ ‫ﺎ‬ ‫ﮭ‬ ‫َﻌ‬ ‫ﻨ‬ ‫َﻤ‬ ‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﺘ‬ ‫ة‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ﻦ‬ ‫ﻋ‬ ُ َ ُ َ َ ْ ِ ِ ‫ْاﻟَﻤْﺮ‬ ْ .‫ﻊ‬ ِ ‫اﻟُﻤْﺠﺘَ َﻤ‬ .‫ﺎب‬ َ ‫َرﻓََﻊ َﻋْﻦ َوْﺟِﮭﮭَﺎ ْاﻟِﺤَﺠ‬ ‫ﺲ‬ ُ ‫أَﱠﻛَﺪ َوِز‬ ِ ‫ﺎرِﺟﯿ ِﱠﺔ اﻷَْﻣِﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﯾﻜﱡﻲ أَ ْﻣ‬ ِ ‫ﯾﺮ ْاﻟَﺨ‬ ‫ﯿﺮ ﻓِﻲ َرْﻓ ِﻊ‬ ُ ‫ُﻣَﺠﱠﺪًدا أَﻧﱠﮫُ ِﻣْﻦ َﻏْﯿ ِﺮ ْاﻟُﻤْﻤِﻜ ِﻦ اﻟﺘﱠ ْﻔِﻜ‬ .‫ﺣﺎﻟِﯿًّﺎ‬ ُ َ ‫ﯾﺮ‬ َ ِ‫ﺎت َﻋْﻦ إ‬ َ ‫ان‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﻌﻘُﻮﺑ‬

The document revealed fraud at the highest levels. Arab societies endeavor to remove restrictions that prevent women from playing their role in society. He removed the veil from her face. The US secretary of state reiterated yesterday that it was impossible to contemplate lifting the sanctions on Iran at present.

‫ َﻋْﻦ‬is also used with verbs meaning ‘to stop’, ‘to cease’ or ‘to move away/from’: ٌ ‫ﺎك َﺷِﺮَﻛ‬ ُ ‫ﺎم وأُ ْﺧَﺮى ﺗَﺘََﻮﻗﱠ‬ ‫ﻒ َﻋِﻦ‬ َ َ‫ھُﻨ‬ ُ َ‫ﺎت ﺗُﻘ‬ َ ْ َ .‫ﺳﮭَﺎ‬ ُ ‫ْاﻟَﻌَﻤِﻞ أ ْو ﯾُْﻌﻠ ُﻦ إﻓَﻼ‬ ْ ‫َﻣﱠﺮ‬ ْ ِ‫ت ﺑ‬ ‫ﻖ ﻗَ ْﺒَﻞ أَ ْن ﯾَْﻌﺘ َِﺪَل َواﻗِﻔًﺎ‬ َ ِ‫ﻀُﻊ َدﻗَﺎﺋ‬ ْ .‫اش‬ ِ ‫َوﯾَﺘَﻨ ﱠَﺤﻰ َﻋِﻦ اﻟﻔَِﺮ‬

There are companies that become established and others that stop working or declare bankruptcy. It was few minutes before he got up and left the bed.

‫ َﻋْﻦ‬may be used with verbs expressing distraction or perplexity, negligence, delay, slow performance, lagging behind or carelessness, as in these cases:

َ ‫ﺗ ََﺸ‬ ‫اﻟﻤْﺪَرِﺳﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ُ ِ‫ﺎﻏَﻞ اﻟﻄﱠﺎﻟ‬ ِ ‫ﺐ َﻋْﻦ َو‬ َ ‫اﺟﺒَﺎﺗِِﮫ‬ َ ْ ‫ﺑِﺎﻟﻠَ ْﮭِﻮ َﻣَﻊ أ‬ .‫ﺤﺎﺑِ ِﮫ‬ َ ‫ﺻ‬

The student was too busy playing with his friends to do his homework.

Two-letter prepositions 73

‫ﺻَﻼِة ﱡ‬ ُ ‫َﺳﮭَﺎ َﻋْﺪﻧ‬ .‫ﺮ‬ َ ‫َﺎن َﻋْﻦ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻈْﮭ‬ ‫ﺾ ﱡ‬ .‫اﺟﺒِِﮭْﻢ‬ ُ ‫ﺲ ﺑَْﻌ‬ ُ ‫ﺎﻋ‬ َ َ‫ﯾَﺘَﻘ‬ ِ ‫ب َﻋْﻦ أَ َد‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻄﱠﻼ‬ ِ ‫اء َو‬

Adnan inadvertently forgot the midday prayer. Some students neglect to do their homework.

ٌ ‫ان َﻣْﺤُﻤ‬ ‫ ﺑِ ﱠ‬،‫ﯿﻖ ُﺣْﻠِﻤِﮫ‬ ‫ﺎﻟﺮْﻏِﻢ‬ َ ‫ﻟَْﻢ ﯾَﺘََﻮ‬ ِ ِ‫ﻮد َﻋْﻦ ﺗَﺤﻘ‬ َ .‫ﯿﮫ‬ ِ ‫ﺘﺮ ﻗَﺪَﻣ‬ ِ َ‫ِﻣْﻦ ﺑ‬

Mahmoud was not impeded from realizing his dreams, in spite of his amputated feet.

َ ِ‫ﺗَﺄ َ ﱠﺧَﺮ اﻟﻘ‬ .‫ر‬ ُ ‫ﻄ‬ ُ ‫ﻮﻋِﺪ ُو‬ ِ ‫ﺎر َﻋْﻦ َﻣ‬ ُ ‫ﺻﻮﻟِِﮫ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤﻘَ ﱠﺮ‬

The train was late arriving than its scheduled time.

‫ َﻋْﻦ‬can also be used with verbs expressing separation from or isolation; see the following examples:

‫ﻌﺪ‬ ُ ‫ق‬ ً َ‫ﻌﻀِﮭْﻢ ﺑ‬ َ َ‫ﻌﻀﺎ ﺑ‬ َ ‫اِﻓﺘََﺮ‬ ُ َ‫اﻟﺤﻠَﻔ‬ ِ َ‫ﺎء َﻋْﻦ ﺑ‬ .‫ب‬ َ ‫ﺎء‬ ِ َ‫ْاﻧﺘِﮭ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺤْﺮ‬ ‫ﯿﻢ َﻋْﻦ ﱠ‬ ‫ اِْﻧَﺸ ﱠ‬،‫ﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﺪوﻟَ ِﺔ‬ َ َ‫ﺑ‬ َ ‫ﺎو‬ ِ ‫ﺿ‬ ُ ِ‫اﻹﻗﻠ‬ ُ ‫ﻌﺪ‬ َ َ‫اﻟﻤﻔ‬ ِ ‫ﻖ‬ َ َ َ .ُ‫وأَﻋﻠَﻦ اِﺳﺘِﻘﻼﻟﮫ‬

The allies went their separate ways after the end of the war. The province broke away from the country and declared its independence after the negotiations.

ْ َ‫اِْﻧَﻌَﺰَل أَْﺣَﻤُﺪ َﻋْﻦ أ‬ .‫ﺤﺎﺑِ ِﮫ‬ َ ‫ﺻ‬

Ahmed has isolated himself from his friends

.‫ﯿﻊ‬ ُ ‫َﺷَﺮَد اﻟﺒَ ِﻌ‬ ِ ‫ﯿﺮ َﻋْﻦ اﻟﻘَِﻄ‬

The camel strayed too far from the herd.

‫اﻹْﻋَﻼُم أَ ْن ﯾَْﻨِﺰَع َﻋْﻦ ﻧَْﻔِﺴِﮫ ھَِﺬِه‬ ُ َ‫ﯾَْﺤﺘ‬ ِ ْ ‫ﺎج‬ َ.‫ﻮرةَ اﻟﻨﱠ َﻤِﻄﯿﱠﺔ‬ ‫ﱡ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺼ‬

Media outlets need to get rid of the stereotypes.

‫ َﻋْﻦ‬is also used with verbs expressing forgiveness, overlooking or excusing, as in the following:

ُ ‫ﺎوْز‬ .‫ﺳﻨﱢِﮭْﻢ‬ ِ َ‫ت َﻋْﻦ أَ ْﺧﻄ‬ ِ ‫ﺼَﻐِﺮ‬ ِ ِ‫ﺎء أَ ْوَﻻِدي ﻟ‬ َ ‫ﺗََﺠ‬

I disregarded my children’s mistakes, because of how young they were.

ُ ‫ﺻِﺪﯾِﻘِﻲ ِﻋَﻤ‬ .‫ﯿﮫ‬ َ ‫ﺻﻔَ َﺢ‬ َ ِ َ‫ﺎء إِﻟ‬ َ ‫ﺎد َﻋْﻦ ُﻛﻞ َﱢﻣْﻦ أَ َﺳ‬

My friend Imad forgave all those who had offended him.

ْ ُ‫ﺎﺿﻰ َﻋْﻦ أَ ْﻓَﻌﺎﻟِِﮫ َوﻟَ ْﻢ ﯾ ُِﻌْﺮه‬ .‫ﺎﻣﺎ‬ َ ‫ﺗ ََﻐ‬ ً ‫اھﺘَِﻤ‬ ‫ﻚ َوَﻻ‬ َ ِ‫ﺎل ُزَﻣَﻼﺋ‬ َ ‫ﺎوْل أَ ْن ﺗَﺘ ََﻐ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﺿﻰ َﻋْﻦ أَ ْﻓَﻌ‬ ِ ‫َﺣ‬ ْ ‫ﺗُ ِﻌْﺮ ﻟَﮭ ُْﻢ‬ .‫ﺎﻣﺎ‬ ً ‫اھﺘَِﻤ‬

He ignored his acts and didn’t pay any attention to him. Try to disregard your colleagues’ actions and do not pay attention to them.

‫ َﻋْﻦ‬is used with verbs expressing ‘holding back’, ‘slowing down’, ‘failing’ or ‘impeding’, as in the following:

ْ ُ‫ﺎن ﯾَ ْﻌﺘَِﻤُﺪ َﻋﻠَﻰ ﻧ‬ ‫ﺼَﺮِة ُزَﻣَﻼﺋِِﮫ وﻟَِﻜﻨﱠﮭُﻢ‬ َ ‫َﻛ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ْ َ َ .ُ‫ﻋﻨﮫ‬ َ ‫ﻒ ﺗﺨﻠﻮا‬ ِ ‫ﻟِﻸَ َﺳ‬

He was relying on his colleagues’ support, but unfortunately, they let him down.

74

Two-letter prepositions

‫ﻮﻋِﺪ ﱠ‬ .‫اد‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺴَﺪ‬ ِ ‫أَ ﱠﺧَﺮ َدْﻓَﻊ ُدﯾُﻮﻧِِﮫ َﻋْﻦ َﻣ‬ ْ َ‫ﻗَﱠﺮَر َواﻟِِﺪي أَ ْن ﯾ‬ ‫ف اﻟﻨﱠﻈََﺮ َﻋْﻦ ِرْﺣﻠَﺘِِﮫ‬ َ ‫ﺼ ِﺮ‬ .‫وروﺑَﺎ‬ ُ ُ‫إِﻟَﻰ أ‬

He has fallen behind the due date for paying off his debts. My father has decided to change his mind on his trip to Europe.

‫ َﻋْﻦ‬can include the meanings of other prepositions. However, it is worth pointing out that these uses are not common in the media and other contemporary fields. - ‫ﻋْﻦ‬ َ is used with the same meaning as (‫)ﺑﻌﺪ‬: َ ‫طﺒَﻘًﺎ َﻋْﻦ‬ َ ‫)ﻟَﺘَْﺮَﻛﺒ ﱠُﻦ‬ (84:19) ﴾‫ﻖ‬ ٍ َ‫طﺒ‬

“You shall surely ride stage after stage”

- ‫ﻋْﻦ‬ َ is used with the same meaning as (‫)ﻋﻠﻰ‬: (‫ﺴﮫ‬ ِ ‫)َوَﻣْﻦ ﯾَ ْﺒَﺨْﻞ ﻓَﺈِﻧﱠ َﻤﺎ ﯾَ ْﺒَﺨُﻞ َﻋْﻦ ﻧَْﻔ‬ (47:38)

“Whose is niggardly is niggardly only to his own soul”

- ‫ﻋْﻦ‬ َ is used with the same meaning as (‫)ﻓﻲ‬:

َ ‫ﺎع َﻋْﻦ َو‬ ‫َﻻ أَﺗَﺄ َ ﱠﺧُﺮ َﻋِﻦ ﱢ‬ .‫طﻨِﻲ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺪﻓ‬

I will not hold back from defending my country.

- ‫ﻋْﻦ‬ َ is used with the same meaning as (‫)ﻣﻦ‬: (‫ﺎدِه‬ ِ َ‫)َوھُﻮ اﻟﱠ ِﺬي ﯾَْﻘﺒَُﻞ اﻟﺘﱠ ْﻮﺑَﺔَ َﻋْﻦ ِﻋﺒ‬ (42:25)

“He who accepts repentance from His servants”

- ‫ﻋْﻦ‬ َ is used with the same meaning as (‫)اﻟﺒﺎء‬:

ُ ‫ﯾﻨﻄ‬ ‫ﻖ‬ َ ‫ﺿﱠﻞ‬ َ ‫﴿ﻣﺎ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﺣﺒ ُُﻜْﻢ َوَﻣﺎ َﻏَﻮٰى وﻣﺎ‬ ِ ‫ﺻ‬ (53:2) ﴾‫ﻋﻦ اﻟﮭََﻮى‬ َ

“Your comrade is not astray, neither errs, nor speaks he out of caprice”

‫ َﻋْﻦ‬can be used in the place of the particle (‫)ﺑَْﻌﺪ‬, ‘after’, as in the following: ْ َ‫ﯾﺐ َﺳﺘ‬ .‫ﺎن‬ ٍ ‫َﻋْﻦ ﻗَِﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﻈﮭَُﺮ ﻧَﺘَﺎﺋُِﺞ‬ ِ ‫اﻻْﻣﺘَِﺤ‬

ْ َ‫ﻀُﺮ أ‬ .ُ‫ھﻠُﮫ‬ ُ ‫ﯿﻞ َﺳﯿَْﺤ‬ ٍ ِ‫َﻋﱠﻤﺎ ﻗَﻠ‬

The exam results will be issued shortly. His relatives will come soon.

‫ َﻋﱠﻤﺎ‬is a compound word that consists of the two elements (‫ َﻣﺎ‬+‫)َﻋَﻦ‬, as in the examples that follow: .‫ﺎﺿَﺮِة‬ ُ ِ‫َﺳﺄَﻟَﻨِﻲ اﻟﻄﱠﺎﻟ‬ َ ‫ﺐ َﻋﱠﻤﺎ َﺷَﺮْﺣﺘُﮫُ ﻓِﻲ ْاﻟُﻤَﺤ‬

ْ َ‫ﯾﺐ َﺳﺘ‬ .‫َﺎت‬ ٍ ‫َﻋﱠﻤﺎ ﻗَ ِﺮ‬ ِ ‫اﻻْﻣﺘَِﺤﺎﻧ‬ ِ ‫ﻈﮭَ ُﺮ ﻧَﺘَﺎﺋُِﺞ‬ ُ ‫ﺄﻋ‬ ُ ‫َﺳ‬ .‫ﯿﻞ‬ ٍ ِ‫ﻮد َﻋﱠﻤﺎ ﻗَﻠ‬

The student asked me about what I explained in the lecture. The exam result will come out soon. I will come back shortly.

Two-letter prepositions 75

‫ َﻋْﻦ‬with pronouns ‫َﻋ ْﻨﮭُ َﻤﺎ‬ ‫َﻋﻨﱠﺎ‬ ‫َﻋ ْﻨ ُﻜ ْﻢ‬ ‫َﻋ ْﻨ ُﻜ ﱠﻦ‬ ‫َﻋ ْﻨﮭُ ْﻢ‬ ‫َﻋ ْﻨﮭُ ﱠﻦ‬

‫ ھﻤﺎ‬+ ‫َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫ ﻧﺤﻦ‬+ ‫َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫ أﻧﺘﻢ‬+ ‫َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫ أﻧﺘﻦ‬+ ‫َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫ ھﻢ‬+ ‫َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ّ + ‫َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫ھﻦ‬ .‫ﻚ‬ َ ‫اِ ْﺑﺘَ َﻌ َﺪ َﻋ ْﻨ‬

‫َﺧ َﺮ َج ﱢ‬ ْ َ‫ﺪﻣﺎ َﻏﻔَﻠ‬ .ُ‫ﻋ ْﻨﮫ‬ َ ُ‫ﺖ َواﻟِ َﺪُﺗﮫ‬ َ َ ‫اﻟﻄ ْﻔ ُﻞ ِﻋ ْﻨ‬ ُ ‫َﺳ َْﺄﻟ‬ .‫ﺎء ُﻛ ْﻢ‬ ِ َ‫ﺖ َﻋ ْﻨ ُﻜ ْﻢ أ‬ َ َ‫ﺻ ِﺪﻗ‬

‫َﻋﻨﱢﻲ‬ ‫ﻚ‬ َ ‫َﻋ ْﻨ‬ ‫َﻋ ْﻨ ِﻚ‬ ‫َﻋ ْﻨﮫ‬ ‫َﻋ ْﻨﮭَﺎ‬ ‫َﻋ ْﻨ ُﻜ َﻤﺎ‬

‫ أﻧﺎ‬+ ‫َﻋ ْﻦ‬ َ + ‫َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫أﻧﺖ‬ ‫أﻧﺖ‬ ِ + ‫َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫ ھﻮ‬+ ‫َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫ ھﻲ‬+ ‫َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫ أﻧﺘﻤﺎ‬+ ‫َﻋ ْﻦ‬

He stayed away from you. The boy left when his mother became distracted from him. I asked your friends about you.

Notes on translation Compare ‫ﻋْﻦ‬ َ in the Arabic sentences that follow with the corresponding English translations.

ْ َ‫ﺗََﺤﱠﺪﺛ‬ ‫اﺟﮭُﮭَﺎ‬ ِ َ‫ﺖ َﻋِﻦ اﻟﺘََﺤﱢﺪﯾ‬ ِ ‫ﺎت اﻟّﺘِﻲ ﯾ َُﻮ‬ ‫ﱡ‬ .‫ﯿﺬﱡﯾﻮن‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺮَؤَﺳ‬ ِ ِ‫ﺎء اﻟﺘﱠْﻨﻔ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﻤْﺠﺘ ََﻤ ِﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺪَوﻟِﻲ َدْﻋَﻢ‬ ُ ‫طَﻠَﺒَﺖ‬ ُ ‫ﻜﻮﻣﺔُ ِﻣَﻦ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺤ‬ َ ‫وع َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﻮﯾﻞ‬ ِ ‫ﯿﺮ اﻟﺘَ ْﻤ‬ َ ِ ‫ط ِﺮ‬ ِ ِ‫ﯾﻖ ﺗَﻮﻓ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤ ْﺸ ُﺮ‬ ْ ‫اﻟﻤ‬ .‫ﻮب‬ ِ ُ‫ﻄﻠ‬ َ ُ ْ ‫ﯿﻦ‬ َ ‫َﺎﺟ‬ ٍ ‫ﻮﻣ‬ ُ ‫ﺎت َﻋِﻦ‬ ُ ‫ﯾُْﺮَﺟﻰ ﺗَﻘِﺪ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤْﺤﺘ‬ َ ‫ﯾﻢ َﻣْﻌﻠ‬ ‫وﻋِﻦ ﱠ‬ .‫ﯿﻦ‬ َ ِ‫اﻟﻼِﺟﺌ‬ َ ‫ﺿﺎ‬ ُ ‫ض اﻟﺘَْﻘِﺮ‬ ُ ‫َﺳﯿ ُْﻌَﺮ‬ ً ‫ﯿﻦ ِﻋَﻮ‬ َ ِ‫ﯾﺮ ُﻛﱠﻞ ﺛَﻼﺛَِﺔ ِﺳﻨ‬ .‫ﺳﻨَﻮﯾًّﺎ‬ َ ‫ﺿِﮫ‬ ِ ‫َﻋْﻦ َﻋْﺮ‬. ً َ‫ﻖ ﺑ‬ .‫ﺎن‬ َ ‫اِ ْﺑ‬ َ ‫ﻌﯿﺪا َﻋْﻦ ھََﺬا‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤَﻜ‬ ‫ك َﻋْﻦ ھَِﺬِه‬ َ ‫َﻛ‬ َ ‫ﺎد‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤْﺴُﺆ‬ ِ ‫ول َﻋْﻦ إِْﺑَﻌ‬ َ ‫ﺎن ھ َُﻮ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ .‫اﻟﺼ ْﻔﻘَ ِﺔ‬ ‫ﺎت ﺑِﺎﻟﻨِﯿَﺎﺑَ ِﺔ َﻋْﻦ‬ ِ ‫ﻮﻣ‬ َ ُ‫اﻟﻤْﻌﻠ‬ َ ‫ﯾَ ْﺠِﺮي َﺟْﻤُﻊ ھَِﺬِه‬ َ .‫ﺧﺎﻟٍِﺪ‬

She has discussed the challenges faced by company CEOs. The government asked the international community to support the project by providing the necessary funds. Please provide information on people in need and refugees. The report will be presented every three years rather than annually. Stay away from this place. He was the reason behind cutting you out of the deal. The information is being collected on behalf of Khalid.

Fixed expressions with ‫ﻋْﻦ‬ َ As regards the commercial agreements, the private sector has won most of them.

،‫ﺎرﯾِﱠﺔ‬ ِ ‫اﻻﺗﱢﻔَﺎﻗِﯿﱠ‬ ِ ‫ أَ ﱠﻣﺎ َﻋِﻦ‬regarding/as ِ ‫ﺎت اﻟﺘﱢ َﺠ‬ َ ِ‫ﺎز ﻓِﯿﮭَﺎ اﻟﻘ‬ ُ ‫ﻄ‬ َ ‫ ﻓَﻘَ ْﺪ َﺣ‬to/as regards ‫ﺎع‬ َ َ ‫ا‬ ‫ﺎص ﺑِِﺤ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻟﺨ ﱡ‬ .‫ﺳِﺪ‬ َ ‫ﺼِﺔ اﻷ‬

‫أَ ﱠﻣﺎ َﻋْﻦ‬

76

Two-letter prepositions

The government decided to import Iraqi oil as a substitute for Saudi oil. All the applications were accepted regardless of the qualifications and ages of the applicants. Arab people are trying to establish democratic governance systems that are far from dictatorship. As advertising campaigns increase, so the sales increase regardless of the quality of the product. The government has issued its latest resolutions quite apart from public opinion.

‫ﯿﺮَاد‬ ُ ‫ ﻗَﱠﺮَرت‬as a substitute َ ِ‫ﻮﻣﺔُ اِ ْﺳﺘ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺤُﻜ‬ ً ‫اﻟﻌَﺮاﻗِﱢﻲ ﺑَِﺪ‬ ‫ﯾﻼ َﻋْﻦ‬ ِ ‫ اﻟﻨﱠ ْﻔِﻂ‬for ‫اﻟﻨﱠ ْﻔِﻂ ﱠ‬ .‫ي‬ ‫ﻮد ﱢ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺴُﻌ‬ ‫ﺎت‬ ُ ‫ ﺗَﱠﻢ ﻗُﺒ‬regardless of ِ َ‫ﯿﻊ طَﻠَﺒ‬ ِ ‫ُﻮل َﺟِﻤ‬ ‫ف اﻟﻨﱠﻈَِﺮ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤﺘَﻘَ ﱢﺪِﻣ‬ َ ِ‫ﯿﻦ ﺑ‬ ِ ‫ﺼْﺮ‬ ُ َ ْ َ ْ .‫ھْﻢ‬ ِ ‫ﺎر‬ ِ ‫َﻋﻦ ُﻣَﺆھﱢﻼﺗِِﮭْﻢ وأﻋَﻤ‬ ُ‫اﻟﻌَﺮﺑِﯿﱠﺔ‬ ‫ﺗَْﺴَﻌﻰ ﱡ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺸُﻌ‬ َ ‫ﻮب‬ ْ ‫ﯿﺲ ﻧُﻈُ ِﻢ ُﺣْﻜٍﻢ‬ ِ ‫ﻟِﺘَﺄِﺳ‬ ْ ‫ﯾﻤ‬ ‫ﯿﺪٍة َﻋِﻦ‬ َ ‫اطﯿٍﱠﺔ ﺑَ ِﻌ‬ ِ ‫ﻮﻗَﺮ‬ ُ ‫ِد‬ ْ ُ ‫ﱢ‬ .‫ﻮرﯾ ِﱠﺔ‬ ‫َﺎﺗ‬ ‫ﺘ‬ ‫ﻛ‬ ‫اﻟﺪ‬ ِ ْ ‫ُﻛﻠﱠ َﻤﺎ َزَاد‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺤْﻤ‬ ‫ﻼت‬ َ ‫ت‬ ْ ‫ َزَاد‬،ُ‫اﻹْﻋَﻼﻧِﯿﱠﺔ‬ ُ ‫ﯿﻌ‬ ‫ﺎت‬ َ ِ‫اﻟﻤﺒ‬ َ ‫ت‬ ِ ‫ﺾ اﻟﻨﱠﻈَِﺮ َﻋْﻦ َﺟْﻮَدِة‬ ‫ﺑَِﻐ ﱢ‬ .‫َﺞ‬ ُ ِ ‫اﻟﻤْﻨﺘ‬ ْ ِ‫ﻮﻣﺔُ ﺑِﺈ‬ ‫ار‬ ُ ‫ﺎﻣﺖ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺤُﻜ‬ َ َ‫ﻗ‬ ِ ‫ﺻَﺪ‬ َ ‫ﯿﺮِة ﺑَِﻤْﻌَﺰٍل‬ َ ‫ات اﻷ ِﺧ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻘََﺮ‬ ِ ‫ار‬ ْ .‫ﯿﺮ‬ َ ‫ي‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺠَﻤ‬ ِ ‫ﺎھ‬ ِ ‫َﻋْﻦ َرأ‬

‫ﺗُُﻮﻓﱢ َﻲ ﱠ‬ ‫اﻟﺸ ﱡ‬ ‫ﺎب َﻋْﻦ ُﻋْﻤٍﺮ ﯾَْﺒﻠُ ُﻎ‬ .‫ﺎﻣﺎ‬ َ ِ‫اﻟﺜﱠ َﻼﺛ‬ ً ‫ﯿﻦ َﻋ‬ The situation in the ْ ‫اﻟﻮ‬ ‫ﻮب اﻟﺒَِﻼِد‬ ِ ُ‫ﺿُﻊ ﻓِﻲ َﺟﻨ‬ َ south of the country is َ ‫ﺎرٌج َﻋْﻦ َﺳْﯿ‬ ‫ﻄَﺮِة‬ ِ ‫َﺧ‬ out of the government’s َ ُ َ َ ‫ﺎت‬ ‫ﺎط‬ ‫ﺸ‬ ‫ﻧ‬ ‫ﺐ‬ ‫ﺒ‬ ‫ﺴ‬ ‫ﺑ‬ ‫ﺔ‬ ‫ﻮﻣ‬ ‫ﻜ‬ ُ ِ ِ َ َ ِ ِ َ ‫اﻟﺤ‬ control because of the ‫ﱠ‬ .‫ﺤِﺔ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺠَﻤ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤَﺴﻠ‬ َ ِ ‫ﺎﻋ‬ ُ ‫ﺎت‬ activities of armed The young man died at the age of thirty.

far from

ً ‫ﺑَ ِﺪ‬ ‫ﯾﻼ َﻋْﻦ‬

‫ف‬ َ ِ‫ﺑ‬ ِ ‫ﺼْﺮ‬ ‫اﻟﻨﱠﻈَِﺮ َﻋْﻦ‬

‫ﺑَﻌﯿﺪ َﻋْﻦ‬

regardless of

‫ﺾ اﻟﻨﱠﻈَِﺮ‬ ‫ﺑَِﻐ ﱢ‬ ‫َﻋﻦ‬

independently of/apart from

َ ‫ﺑِ َﻤ‬ ‫ﻌﺰٍل َﻋْﻦ‬

he died at the age of

‫ﺗُُﻮﻓﱢ َﻲ َﻋْﻦ‬ ‫ُﻋْﻤٍﺮ‬ ‫َﺧﺎرج َﻋْﻦ‬

beyond/out of/ outside of

groups. Doing things out of the ordinary isn’t always a bad thing, in all circumstances.

ُ ‫ﯿﺲ‬ ‫ﺮوج ﻋﻦ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺨ‬ َ َ‫ ﻟ‬out of the ُ ‫ﻮف َﺳﯿﱢﺌًﺎ ﻓِﻲ ُﻛﱢﻞ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤﺄﻟ‬ َ ordinary/ anomalous ‫ﱡ‬ .‫ﺮوف‬ ‫اﻟﻈ‬ ِ

The third Caliph Othman Bin Affan (may God bless him) sent proselytizers to China.

ُ ِ‫اﻟﺨﻠِﯿﻔَﺔُ اﻟﺜﱠﺎﻟ‬ َ ‫ أَ ْرَﺳَﻞ‬may God bless ‫ﺚ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ُ ‫ﺜﻤ‬ ‫ﺿَﻲ ﷲ‬ َ ‫ﺎن ﺑُِﻦ َﻋﻔ‬ ِ ‫ﺎن َر‬ َ ‫ ُﻋ‬him .‫ﯿﻦ‬ ‫َﻋْﻨﮫُ ُدَﻋﺎةً إِﻟَﻰ ﱢ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺼ‬

‫ﺿﻲ ﷲ‬ ِ ‫َر‬ ُ‫َﻋْﻨﮫ‬

The citizens stayed in the besieged city against their own will.

ُ ‫اﻟﺴﱠﻜ‬ ‫ ﺑَﻘِ َﻲ ﱡ‬in spite of ‫اﻟﻤِﺪﯾﻨَ ِﺔ‬ َ ‫ﺎن ﻓِﻲ‬ (oneself)/ ْ ‫ﺎﺻَﺮِة َرﻏًﻤﺎ َﻋْﻦ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤَﺤ‬ ُ unwillingly ُ .‫أﻧُﻮﻓِِﮭْﻢ‬

‫ﻏﻤﺎ َﻋْﻦ‬ ً ‫َر‬

َ ‫ﺮوج َﻋِﻦ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺨ‬ ‫ﺄﻟﻮف‬ ‫اﻟﻤ‬ ِ َ

Two-letter prepositions 77 The army’s excessive intervention in the economy resulted in an economic recession. The company’s profits showed an increase over the previous year. The economic success which the new government has achieved is still unable to solve the unemployment problems and the poor level of essential services.

‫ﺶ ﱠ‬ ‫اﻟﺰاﺋُِﺪ‬ َ ‫أَﱠدى ﺗََﺪ ﱡﺧُﻞ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺠْﯿ‬ ‫ﺎد إِﻟَﻰ‬ َ ِ‫اﻻْﻗﺘ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ِ ‫َﻋْﻦ َﺣﱢﺪِه ﻓِﻲ‬ ْ .‫ي‬ ُ ‫ﺗََﺮ‬ ‫ﺎد ﱢ‬ َ ِ‫اﻻﻗﺘ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ِ ‫اء‬ ِ ‫اﺟ ِﻊ اﻷَ َد‬ ‫ﺎح ﱠ‬ ْ َ‫َﺣﻘﱠﻘ‬ ً‫ﺎدة‬ ُ َ‫ﺖ أَ ْرﺑ‬ َ َ‫اﻟﺸ ِﺮَﻛ ِﺔ ِزﯾ‬ ‫اﻟﻌِﺎم ﱠ‬ .‫ﻖ‬ َ ‫ﯿﺮةً َﻋِﻦ‬ َ ِ‫َﻛﺒ‬ ِ ِ‫اﻟﺴﺎﺑ‬

‫زاﺋِﺪ َﻋْﻦ َﺣﱢﺪِه‬

more than/an increase over

‫ﯾﺎدةً َﻋْﻦ‬ َ ‫ِز‬

‫ﺎد ﱡ‬ ‫ي اﻟﱠ ِﺬي‬ ُ ‫ اﻟﻨﱠ َﺠ‬unable to َ ِ‫اﻻْﻗﺘ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ِ ‫ﺎح‬ ُ‫ﯾﺪة‬ ُ ُ‫َﺣﻘﱠﻘَْﺘﮫ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺠِﺪ‬ َ ُ‫ﻮﻣﺔ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺤُﻜ‬ ً ْ ‫ﺎﺟﺰا َﻋﻦ َﺣﱢﻞ‬ َ ‫َﻣﺎ َز‬ ِ ‫ال َﻋ‬ َ َ‫ت اﻟﺒ‬ ‫ﻄﺎﻟَ ِﺔ َوﺗ ََﺪﻧﱠﻲ‬ ِ ‫ُﻣْﺸِﻜَﻼ‬ ‫ﺎت‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺨْﺪَﻣ‬ ِ ‫ُﻣْﺴﺘََﻮى‬ .‫ﺎﺳﯿﱠﺔ‬ ِ ‫اﻷَ َﺳ‬

‫ﯿﻊ ﱠ‬ ‫ﯿﻦ ﻓِﻲ‬ ُ ‫ك َﺟِﻤ‬ َ ِ‫اﻟﻼِﻋﺒ‬ َ ‫ﺎر‬ َ ‫َﺷ‬ ‫ﺎرِاة اﻟﻨﱢﮭَﺎﺋِﯿ ِﱠﺔ َﻋَﺪا َﻋِﻦ‬ َ َ‫اﻟﻤﺒ‬ ُ ‫ﱠ‬ .‫ﺎب‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻼِﻋ‬ ُ ‫ﺐ‬ The novel will soon be ‫اﻟﺮَواﯾَﺔُ َﻋﱠﻤﺎ‬ ‫َﺳﺘَﺘََﺤﱠﻮُل ﱢ‬ a movie. ْ .‫ﻲ‬ ‫ﻢ‬ ‫ﯿﻠ‬ ‫ﺎﺋ‬ ‫ﻤ‬ ‫ﯿﻨ‬ ‫ﺳ‬ ٍ ‫ﻗَ ِﺮ‬ ‫ﯾﺐ إِﻟَﻰ ﻓِ ٍ ِ ِ َ ِ ﱟ‬ ‫ﺎت ﱠ‬ Palestinians refugee ُ ‫ُﻣَﺨﯿ َﱠﻤ‬ ‫ﯿﻦ‬ َ ِ‫اﻟﻼِﺟﺌ‬ camps in Lebanon are ‫ﺎن‬ َ َ‫ﯿﻦ ﻓِﻲ ﻟُْﺒﻨ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻔِﻠَْﺴِﻄﯿﻨِﯿﱢ‬ full to the brim with ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ُﻣْﻜﺘَﻈﱠﺔٌ ﺑِﺎ ﱡ‬ .‫ﺮھَﺎ‬ ِ ‫ﺎن َﻋْﻦ‬ ِ ‫ﻟﺴﻜ‬ ِ ‫آﺧ‬ people living in them. ْ َ ِ‫ﯾﻖ ﺑ‬ The team has deservedly ُ ‫ﺎز اﻟﻔَ ِﺮ‬ َ َ‫ﻓ‬ ‫س َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻟﻜﺄ‬ won the cup. .‫ارٍة‬ َ ‫َﺟَﺪ‬ The man admitted that ‫ف ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎﻟﻤَﺨﺎﻟَﻔَ ِﺔ‬ َ ‫اِْﻋﺘََﺮ‬ ُ ِ‫اﻟﺮُﺟُﻞ ﺑ‬ he broke the law, but he ‫ﻋْﻦ‬ َ ْ َ‫ﺻﱠﺮ ﺑِﺄﻧﱠﮭَﺎ َﻛﺎﻧ‬ َ ‫ﺖ‬ َ َ‫وﻟَﻜﻨﱠﮫُ أ‬ insisted that he had done .‫ﯿﻦ‬ ِ ِ‫ُﺣْﺴِﻦ ﻧِﯿ ٍﱠﺔ َوَﺟْﮭٍﻞ ﺑِﺎﻟﻘََﻮاﻧ‬ All the players played in the final match except the injured player.

over the top/ exceeds the limit

other than/ except for soon/shortly completely/ entirely/to the brim rightfully/ deservedly

‫ﻋﺎﺟﺰ َﻋْﻦ‬ ِ

‫َﻋﺪا َﻋْﻦ‬

‫ﯾﺐ‬ ٍ ‫َﻋﱠﻤﺎ ﻗَ ِﺮ‬ ‫ﺮه‬ ِ ‫آﺧ‬ ِ ‫َﻋﻦ‬

‫ارٍة‬ َ ‫َﻋْﻦ َﺟَﺪ‬

in good faith

‫َﻋْﻦ ُﺣْﺴِﻦ ﻧِﯿ ٍﱠﺔ‬

The authorities were accused of a premeditated violation of human rights.

‫ﺎم ﱡ‬ ‫ﺎك‬ ِ َ‫ﺎت ﺑِﺎِ ْﻧﺘِﮭ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺴﻠُﻄ‬ ُ َ‫ ﺗﱠَﻢ اِﺗﱢﮭ‬premeditated ‫ﻖ‬ ِ ‫اﻹ ْﻧَﺴ‬ ِ ‫ﻮق‬ ِ ُ‫ُﺣﻘ‬ ِ ‫ﺎن َﻋ ْﻦ َﺳْﺒ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ْ ‫اﻹ‬ ‫ار واﻟﺘ َﺮ ﱡ‬ .‫ﺻِﺪ‬ ِ ِ ‫ﺻَﺮ‬

‫ﻖ‬ ِ ‫َﻋْﻦ َﺳْﺒ‬ ْ ‫اﻹ‬ ‫ار‬ ِ ِ ‫ﺻَﺮ‬ ‫واﻟﺘﱠ َﺮ ﱡ‬ ‫ﺻِﺪ‬

The resort is 700 meters above sea level.

‫اﻟﻤْﻨﺘ ََﺠُﻊ َﻋﻠَﻰ ﻗِﱠﻤِﺔ‬ ُ ‫ ﯾَﻘَ ُﻊ‬above sea level ُ ‫ ِﻣْﺘٍﺮ َﻋْﻦ‬700 ‫ُﻣْﺮﺗَﻔٍَﻊ ﯾَْﻌﻠﻮ‬ ْ .‫ﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﺢ اﻟﺒَ ْﺤ‬ ِ ‫َﺳﻄ‬ َ ‫ ﺗَ ﱠﻢ ﻧَْﺸُﺮ‬by mistake/in ‫اﻟﺨﺒَِﺮ َﻣﱠﺮﺗ َْﯿِﻦ َﻋْﻦ‬ َ ‫ َﺧ‬error .ٍ ‫ﻄﺄ‬

‫ﻄﺢ‬ ِ ‫َﻋﻦ َﺳ‬ ‫اﻟﺒَْﺤِﺮ‬

so in good faith and in ignorance of the laws.

The news was published twice by mistake.

/‫ﺳْﮭٍﻮ‬ َ ‫َﻋْﻦ‬

َ ‫َﻋْﻦ َﺧ‬ ٍ ‫ﻄﺄ‬

78

Two-letter prepositions

Most pilgrims have reached the kingdom through Jeddah Airport. The police officer shot his wife by accident while he was cleaning his weapon. We willingly volunteered to help the patients. The poet memorizes all his poems by heart. Many people knowingly or unknowingly talked about the reasons behind this problem.

‫ﺎج إِﻟَﻰ‬ ُ ‫ﺻَﻞ ُﻣْﻌﻈَُﻢ‬ َ ‫ َو‬by/through/via ِ ‫اﻟﺤﱠﺠ‬ َ ‫ﯾﻖ َﻣ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤْﻤﻠَ َﻜِﺔ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﺎر‬ َ ِ ‫طِﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﻄ‬ .‫ﺟﱠﺪة‬ ِ ‫ﺎب ﱡ‬ ُ‫اﻟﺸْﺮِطﱡﻲ َزْوَﺟﺘَﮫ‬ َ ‫ﺻ‬ َ َ‫ أ‬by mistake/by َ ‫اﻟﺨ‬ َ ‫ َﻋْﻦ‬accident َ ‫ﯾﻖ‬ ‫ﺎء‬ َ َ‫ﻄﺄِ أَ ْﺛﻨ‬ ِ ‫طِﺮ‬ .‫ﺣِﮫ‬ ِ ‫ﯿﻒ ِﺳَﻼ‬ ِ ‫ﺗ َْﻨِﻈ‬ َ َ‫ ﺗ‬willingly/ ‫ﺿﻰ‬ َ ‫ﻄﱠﻮْﻋﻨَﺎ ﻟِ ُﻤ َﺴ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤْﺮ‬ َ ‫ﺎﻋَﺪ ِة‬ ْ َ .‫ﺮ‬ ‫ﺎط‬ ‫ﺧ‬ ‫ﯿﺐ‬ ‫ط‬ ‫ﻦ‬ ٍ ِ ِ ِ ‫ َﻋ‬readily ‫ ﯾَْﺤﻔَﻆُ ﱠ‬by heart ‫ﯿﻊ‬ َ ‫ﺎﻋُﺮ َﺟِﻤ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺸ‬ َ ‫ﺼﺎﺋِ ِﺪِه َﻋْﻦ‬ .‫ﺐ‬ ٍ ‫ظْﮭِﺮ ﻗَ ْﻠ‬ َ َ‫ﻗ‬ َ ‫ ﺗََﺤﱠﺪ‬knowingly َ ‫ث‬ ‫ﺎس‬ ُ ِ‫اﻟﻜﺜ‬ ِ ‫ﯿﺮ ِﻣ ْﻦ اﻟﻨﱠ‬ ‫اﻟﻤْﺸِﻜﻠَِﺔ َﻋْﻦ‬ ِ َ‫َﻋْﻦ أَ ْﺳﺒ‬ ُ ‫ﺎب‬ ْ .‫ﻋﻠٍﻢ‬ ِ ‫ِﻋْﻠٍﻢ أَ ْو َﻋْﻦ َﻏْﯿِﺮ‬

‫ﯾﻖ‬ ِ ‫َﻋْﻦ طَ ِﺮ‬ َ ‫َﻋْﻦ‬ ‫ﯾﻖ‬ ِ ‫ط ِﺮ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺨ‬ َ ِ ‫ﻄﺄ‬ ‫ﯿﺐ‬ ِ ‫َﻋْﻦ ِط‬ ‫ﺎطٍﺮ‬ ِ ‫َﺧ‬ َ ‫َﻋْﻦ‬ ‫ﮭﺮ‬ ِ ‫ظ‬ ‫ﻠﺐ‬ ٍ َ‫ﻗ‬ ‫َﻋْﻦ ِﻋ ْﻠٍﻢ‬

He will soon leave the city and go back to his village.

‫اﻟﻤِﺪﯾﻨَِﺔ َﻋْﻦ‬ َ ‫ َﺳﯿَْﺮَﺣُﻞ َﻋِﻦ‬soon ُ ‫ﯾﺐ َوَﺳﯿَ ُﻌ‬ .‫ﻮد إِﻟَﻰ ﻗَ ْﺮﯾَﺘِ ِﮫ‬ ٍ ‫ﻗَ ِﺮ‬

‫ﯾﺐ‬ ٍ ‫َﻋْﻦ ﻗَ ِﺮ‬

The man was convinced and freely willing to embrace Islam.

‫ﻖ ﱠ‬ ‫اﻹْﺳَﻼَم َﻋْﻦ‬ َ َ‫ اِْﻋﺘَﻨ‬convinced ِ ‫اﻟﺮُﺟُﻞ‬ .‫ﺮ‬ َ َ‫ﻗَﻨ‬ ِ ‫ﯿﺐ َﺧ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻋٍﺔ َوِط‬ ٍ ‫ﺎط‬

‫ﻨﺎﻋٍﺔ‬ َ َ‫َﻋْﻦ ﻗ‬

The government is closely watching the economic performance.

‫اء‬ ُ ‫ﺐ‬ ُ ِ‫ ﺗُ َﺮاﻗ‬closely َ ‫ﻮﻣﺔُ اﻷَ َد‬ َ ‫اﻟﺤُﻜ‬ ‫ﺎد ﱠ‬ .‫ﺐ‬ ٍ َ‫ي َﻋْﻦ َﻛﺜ‬ َ ِ‫اﻻْﻗﺘ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ِ

/‫ﺐ‬ ٍ َ‫َﻋْﻦ َﻛﺜ‬

The government is attempting to encourage long-term foreign investments in lieu of short-term Arab investments.

‫ﺠﯿﻊ‬ ُ ‫ ﺗَْﺴَﻌﻰ‬in lieu of َ ‫اﻟﺤُﻜ‬ ِ ِ ‫ﻮﻣﺔُ إِﻟَﻰ ﺗ َْﺸ‬ ‫ات اﻷَْﺟﻨَﺒِﯿﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫اﻻْﺳﺘِ ْﺜَﻤ‬ ِ ‫ﺎر‬ ِ َ َ ‫ﺿﺎ َﻋْﻦ‬ ً ‫طَِﻮﯾﻠ ِﺔ اﻷ َﺟِﻞ ِﻋَﻮ‬ ‫اﻟﻌَﺮﺑِﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫ات‬ َ ‫اﻻْﺳﺘِ ْﺜَﻤ‬ ِ ‫ﺎر‬ ِ َ .‫ﺟِﻞ‬ َ ‫ﯿﺮِة اﻷ‬ َ ‫ﺼ‬ ِ َ‫ﻗ‬

After the accident, the injured man stayed unconscious in the hospital for a week.

‫ﺎب ﻓﻲ‬ ُ ‫ﺼ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤ‬ ُ ‫ﺑَﻘِ َﻲ‬ ُ‫اﻟﻤْﺴﺘَْﺸﻔَﻰ ﻟُِﻤﱠﺪِة أ‬ ْ ‫ﺒ‬ ‫ﺳ‬ ‫ُﻮع ﺑَْﻌَﺪ‬ ُ ٍ ٌ ِ‫ث َوھ َُﻮ َﻏﺎﺋ‬ ‫ﺐ َﻋِﻦ‬ َ ِ ‫ﺎد‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺤ‬ .‫ﻲ‬ َ ِ ‫اﻟﻮْﻋ‬ َ َ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫اء‬ َ ‫َﻏﻨِﱞﻲ َﻋِﻦ اﻟﻘْﻮِل أن‬ َ ‫اﻵد‬ ‫ﻲ ﻟَ ْﻢ ﯾَﺘ ََﺤﱠﺴْﻦ ﻓِﻲ‬ ُ ‫ﻮﻣ ﱠ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺤُﻜ‬ ْ َ ْ .‫ي‬ ُ ‫ِظﱢﻞ‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺴﻜ ِﺮ ﱢ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺤﻜ ِﻢ‬

It goes without saying that the performance of the government didn’t improve under the military regime.

unconscious

needless to say/it goes without saying that

‫ب‬ ٍ ‫َﻋْﻦ ﻗُْﺮ‬

‫ﺿﺎ َﻋْﻦ‬ ً ‫ِﻋَﻮ‬

ٌ ِ‫َﻏﺎﺋ‬ ‫ﺐ َﻋِﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﻮْﻋِﻲ‬ َ ‫َﻏﻨِﱞﻲ َﻋِﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﻘﻮل‬ ِ َ

Two-letter prepositions 79

ً َ‫ﻓ‬ ْ َ‫ ﻓ‬moreover/in ‫ت‬ ‫ﻀﻼ َﻋْﻦ‬ ‫ﻀًﻼ َﻋْﻦ ﱢ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺮْﺣَﻼ‬ addition to َ ‫ﻮط اﻟﺒِِﺮ‬ ُ ِ‫اﻟﯿَْﻮِﻣﯿﱠِﺔ ﻟ‬ ‫ﯾﻄﺎﻧِﯿِﱠﺔ‬ ِ ُ‫ﻠﺨﻄ‬ ٌ‫َﺎك ِرْﺣَﻼت‬ َ ‫ ھُﻨ‬،‫ﺎھَﺮِة‬ ِ َ‫ﻟِﻠﻘ‬ َ ‫أُْﺧَﺮى إِﻟَﻰ‬ .‫ﺮدﻗَﺔ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻐ‬ The United States َ ‫ ﺗَ ْﻌﺘَﺒُِﺮ أَ ْﻣِﺮ‬no going back ُ‫ﺟﻌﺔَ َﻋْﻨﮫ‬ ‫ﯾﻜﺎ أَ ﱠن ﱠ‬ ‫اﻟﺴَﻼَم‬ َ ‫ﻻ َر‬ considers peace as an َ‫ﯿﺠﱞﻲ َﻻ َرْﺟَﻌﺔ‬ ٌ ‫ﺎر‬ ‫ﯿ‬ ‫ﺧ‬ ‫اﺗ‬ ‫ﺳﺘﺮ‬ ‫ا‬ َ َ ِ ِ ِ ِ irreversible strategic ‫ار ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫اﻻْﺳﺘِْﻘَﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﯿﻖ‬ ِ ِ‫َﻋْﻨﮫُ ﻟِﺘ َْﺤﻘ‬ ِ choice to bring stability َ ‫اﻟﻤْﻨ‬ .‫ﻄﻘَِﺔ‬ ِ to the region. The American diet ٌ ِ‫ُﻣﺨﺘَﻠ‬ ‫ﯾﻜﻲ‬ ‫ﻒ َﻋْﻦ‬ ّ ‫اﻟﻐَﺬاﺋِ ﱡﻲ اﻷَْﻣِﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﺎم‬ ُ َ‫ اﻟﻨﱢﻈ‬different from is different from the ٌ ِ‫ُﻣْﺨﺘَﻠ‬ ‫ﯿﺮِه‬ ِ ‫ﻒ َﻋْﻦ ﻧَِﻈ‬ Egyptian diet. ْ ‫اﻟﻤ‬ .‫ي‬ ‫ﺼ ِﺮ ﱢ‬ ِ The occupation army ٌ ‫اﻻْﺣﺘَِﻼِل َﻣْﺴُﺆ‬ ‫ول‬ ُ ‫ َﺟْﯿ‬responsible for ‫َﻣْﺴُﺆول َﻋْﻦ‬ ِ ‫ﺶ‬ is responsible for َ ‫ﺿﱠﺪ‬ ‫ﻢ‬ ‫اﺋ‬ ‫ﺮ‬ ‫اﻟﺠ‬ ‫ﻦ‬ ‫ﻣ‬ ‫ﯿﺮ‬ ‫ﺜ‬ ‫اﻟﻜ‬ ِ ِ ِ َ َ َ ِ ِ ِ ‫َﻋْﻦ‬ many crimes against .‫ﱢﯿﻦ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤَﺪﻧِﯿ‬ َ civilians. In addition to the British Airways’ daily flights to Cairo, there are other flights to Hurghada.

A representative of the International Red Crescent attended the meeting.

‫ﺎع ُﻣَﻤﺜﱢٌﻞ َﻋِﻦ‬ َ ‫اﻻْﺟﺘَِﻤ‬ َ ‫ َﺣ‬representative ِ ‫ﻀَﺮ‬ of/representing َ ‫ﱡ‬ ْ ‫ﱠ‬ .‫ﻲ‬ ‫ﻟ‬ ‫و‬ ‫اﻟﺪ‬ ‫ﺮ‬ ‫ﻤ‬ ‫ﺣ‬ ‫اﻷ‬ ‫ﯿﺐ‬ ‫ﻠ‬ ِ ِ ‫اﻟﺼ‬ ‫َِ ﱢ‬ َ

‫ُﻣَﻤﺜﱢﻞ َﻋْﻦ‬

The president must reconcile between the interests of the government, the opposition and the army, not to mention the interests of the masses.

ُ ِ‫ﯿﺲ اﻟﺘﱠ ْﻮﻓ‬ ‫ﺐ َﻋﻠَﻰ ﱠ‬ ‫ﯿﻖ‬ ُ ‫ ﯾَِﺠ‬not to mention ِ ِ‫اﻟﺮﺋ‬ ْ ُ ‫ﺢ‬ ‫ﺎﻟ‬ ‫ﺼ‬ ‫ﻣ‬ ‫ﻮﻣِﺔ‬ ‫ﻜ‬ ‫ﺤ‬ ‫اﻟ‬ ُ َ ِ ِ َ َ ‫ﺑَْﯿَﻦ‬ ْ ،‫ﺶ‬ َ ‫ﺎر‬ َ ‫َوْاﻟُﻤَﻌ‬ ِ ‫ﺿِﺔ َواﻟَﺠْﯿ‬ ‫ﺢ‬ َ ‫ﺎھْﯿ‬ َ ‫ﻚ َﻋْﻦ َﻣ‬ ِ َ‫ﻧ‬ ِ ِ‫ﺼﺎﻟ‬ .‫ﯿﺮ‬ ِ ‫ْاﻟَﺠَﻤ‬ ِ ‫ﺎھ‬

‫ﻚ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ َ ‫ﺎھ ْﯿ‬ ِ َ‫ﻧ‬

The ambassador signed the agreement on behalf of the president.

ً‫اﻻﺗﱢﻔَﺎﻗِﯿﱠﺔَ ﻧِﯿَﺎﺑَﺔ‬ ‫ َوﻗﱠ َﻊ ﱠ‬on behalf of ُ ِ‫اﻟﺴﻔ‬ ِ ‫ﯿﺮ‬ ‫َﻋِﻦ ﱠ‬ .‫ﯿﺲ‬ ِ ِ‫اﻟﺮﺋ‬

‫ﻧِﯿﺎﺑَﺔً َﻋْﻦ‬

‫ﻓِﻲ‬ The preposition ‫ ﻓﻲ‬is equivalent to ‘in’, ‘at’ and ‘on’ in English and is mainly used to indicate location and time, in addition to other functions.

‫ ﻓِﻲ‬in context َ ‫طِﺮﯾﻘِِﮫ إِﻟَﻰ ْاﻟَﻌَﻤِﻞ ُﻣ‬ َ ‫ﺪاد ﺑِﺄَﻧﱠﮫُ َﺷﺎھََﺪ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ َوﻗَِﺪ‬،ً‫ﯿﺮة‬ َ ‫اﺳﻠُﻨَﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺑَْﻐ‬ َ َ‫أَﻓ‬ َ ِ‫ﻈﺎھََﺮةً َﻛﺒ‬ ِ ‫ﺎد ُﻣَﺮ‬ ‫ﺎﺣِﺔ ﱡ‬ ْ ‫ﺎس ﻓِﻲ ﱠ‬ ‫اء ﻓِﻲ‬ ُ ‫اﺣﺘَ َﺸَﺪ اﻟﻨﱠ‬ َ ‫ﺎم ْاﻟَﻤْﺤ َﻜَﻤِﺔ ْاﻟُﻌْﻠﯿَﺎ اﻟﱠﺘِﻲ ﺗَﻘَُﻊ ﻓِﻲ َﺳ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺸﮭَ َﺪ‬ َ ‫ﺎح أَ َﻣ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺼﺒ‬ ْ ْ ْ ُ ‫ َﺣْﯿﺚ ﱠ‬،‫ﺎﺻَﻤِﺔ‬ ‫ﺎت ﱡ‬ ْ َ‫ﺺ ﻓِﻲ اﻟﻔ‬ ‫إن اﻟَﻤْﺤَﻜَﻤﺔَ ﺗَﺘََﺨ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻮرﯾِﱠﺔ‬ ُ ‫ﺼ‬ َ ‫ﺼِﻞ ﻓِﻲ اﻟﻨﱢَﺰ‬ ِ ‫اﻋ‬ ِ ‫َوَﺳِﻂ اﻟَﻌ‬ ِ ُ‫اﻟﺪْﺳﺘ‬

80

Two-letter prepositions

‫ اِﺗﱠﮭَ َﻢ‬.‫اق‬ َ ِ‫اﻟﻤ ْﺴﺆوﻟ‬ َ َ‫ﯿﻊ أ‬ ِ ‫ﻧﺤ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﺻ‬ ِ َ‫ﯿﻦ ﻓِﻲ ْاﻟَﻤﻨ‬ ُ ‫ﻟِْﻠُﻤﻄَﺎﻟَﺒَ ِﺔ‬ َ ‫ﺑﻤ‬ َ ‫ﺴﺎءﻟَ ِﺔ‬ ِ ‫ﺎء ْاﻟِﻌَﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﺐ ْاﻟ ُﻌْﻠﯿَﺎ ﻓِﻲ َﺟِﻤ‬ ْ َ ‫ﱠ‬ ُ ْ ْ ‫ﱠ‬ َ َ َ ُ ‫اﻟﻤ‬ ‫ﺮار َواﻟﻨ َﺰاھَِﺔ ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫ﯿﻦ اﻟ ِﺬ‬ َ ِ‫ﺴﺆوﻟ‬ َ ‫ْاﻟُﻤْﺤﺘَِﺸُﺪ‬ ِ ‫ﺎظ َﻋﻠﻰ‬ ِ ‫ﯾﻦ أ ْھَﻤﻠﻮا َﻣْﺴُﺆوﻟِﯿﱠﺔ اﻟِﺤﻔ‬ َ ‫ون‬ ِ ‫اﻻْﺳﺘِﻘ‬ ‫ﺐ ﱡ‬ ‫ﺎد ْاﻟُﻤﺘَﻔَ ﱢﺸﻲ‬ َ ‫َﻈﺎھ‬ ْ ‫ﺎت أَ ْن ﺗَْﻨﻈُ َﺮ ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫اﺟ‬ َ ‫ﺎل‬ َ َ‫ ﻗ‬.‫ﻼد‬ ِ ‫أﻣِﺮ ْاﻟﻔَ َﺴ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺴﻠُﻄ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤﺘ‬ ِ ِ‫ْاﻟﺒ‬ ُ ‫أﺣُﺪ‬ ِ ‫ﺮﯾﻦ ﺑِﺄ َ ﱠن َو‬ ْ ْ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﻤ‬ .‫ﯿﻦ‬ َ ِ‫ﺴﺆوﻟ‬ َ ‫ﺎر ﻓِﻲ اﻟﮭَ ِﺸِﯿﻢ ﺑَ ْﯿَﻦ‬ ِ ‫ﻓِﻲ ْاﻟِﻌَﺮ‬ ِ ‫اق َواﻟ ِﺬي ﯾَ ْﺴِﺮي َﻛﺎﻟﻨ‬ Our correspondent in Baghdad reported that he witnessed a large demonstration on his way to work. People gathered in the morning in front of the Supreme Court, which is located at Martyrs Square in the capital. This is where the court specializes in resolving constitutional disputes and seeks accountability for senior officials in all parts of Iraq. They accused the officials who ignored their responsibility to maintain stability and integrity in the country. One of the demonstrators said that it was the duty of the authorities to look into the rampant corruption among officials in Iraq, which has spread like a wildfire. Notes on ‫ ﻓِﻲ‬in context In the preceding passage, ‫ ﻓِﻲ‬is used to denote the physical location of people or the ‫ﺎﺣِﺔ ﱡ‬ location where the incident took place, as in (،‫اء‬ َ ‫ﻓِﻲ ﺑَْﻐ‬ َ ‫ ﻓِﻲ َﺳ‬،‫ ﻓِﻲ طَِﺮﯾﻘِِﮫ‬،‫ﺪاد‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺸﮭََﺪ‬ ْ ْ َ ‫ﺎﺻَﻤِﺔ‬ َ ‫ﯿﻊ أ‬ ِ ‫ﻧﺤ‬ ِ ‫ ﻓِﻲ َوَﺳِﻂ اﻟَﻌ‬،‫اق‬ ِ ‫ﺎء اﻟِﻌَﺮ‬ ِ ‫)ﻓِﻲ َﺟِﻤ‬. ‫ ﻓِﻲ‬is also used to refer to the status and occupation of people in the phrase (‫ﺐ ْاﻟُﻌْﻠﯿَﺎ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﺻ‬ ِ َ‫)ﻓِﻲ ْاﻟَﻤﻨ‬. It also used in the passage ‫)ﺗَﺘ ََﺨ ﱠ‬. with verbs (‫ ﺗَْﻨﻈُ َﺮ ﻓِﻲ‬،‫ﺺ ﻓِﻲ‬ ُ ‫ﺼ‬ Functions of ‫ﻓِﻲ‬

‫ ﻓِﻲ‬is used to designate locations such as places, spaces, cities and countries, as in the following examples:

ُ ‫ُﻛْﻨ‬ .‫ال ْاﻟﯿَْﻮِم‬ َ ‫ﺖ طََﻮ‬ ِ ‫ﺖ ﻓِﻲ ْاﻟﺒَ ْﯿ‬

I was at home all day.

.2005 ‫ﺳﻨ َِﺔ‬ ُ ‫أَِﻋ‬ َ ‫ﯿﺶ ﻓِﻲ ُدﺑَﻲ ُﻣْﻨُﺬ‬

I have been living in Dubai since 2005.

ُ َ‫َﺟَﺮى ِﺳﺒ‬ .‫ان‬ ِ ‫ﺎق ْاﻟَﺨْﯿِﻞ ﻓِﻲ ْاﻟَﻤْﯿَﺪ‬

The horse race took place in the field.

‫ارٍة ﻓِﻲ ﱡ‬ ‫اﻟﺪَوِل‬ ُ ‫ﺗ َْﺴﻘُﻂُ اﻟﺜﱡ‬ َ ‫ﻠﻮج ﺑَِﻐَﺰ‬ .‫ﻨﺪﻧﺎﻓِﯿِﱠﺔ‬ ِ ‫ﺳﻜ‬ ِ ‫اﻻ‬ ِ ‫َوَﺟْﺪﻧَﺎ ﻓَﺄْ ًرا ﻓِﻲ ﱡ‬ .‫وق‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺼْﻨُﺪ‬

Snow falls heavily in Scandinavian countries. We found a rat in the box.

‫ ﻓِﻲ‬is also used to designate the point in time, as in the following: ْ َ‫اِْﺳﺘَْﯿﻘ‬ ُ ‫ﻈ‬ ّ ‫ﺎﻋِﺔ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻓِﻲ ﱠ‬ .‫ﺎﺣﺎ‬ ً َ‫ﺻﺒ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺴ‬ َ ‫ﺎﺑﻌِﺔ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺴ‬ .‫ﺎﺿَﺮةُ ُﻣِﻤﻠﱠﺔً ﻓِﻲ ْاﻟﺒِ َﺪاﯾَِﺔ‬ َ ‫ﺖ ْاﻟُﻤَﺤ‬ ِ َ‫َﻛﺎﻧ‬ .‫ﺎء‬ َ ‫َﻏ‬ ِ ‫ﺎدْرﻧَﺎ ﻓِﻲ ْاﻟَﻤَﺴ‬

.‫ﻨﺎﯾﺮ‬ َ ‫أَ َر‬ َ َ‫اك ﻓِﻲ َﺷْﮭِﺮ ﯾ‬

ْ َ‫ﯿﺮ ِﻣَﻦ اﻷ‬ َ ‫َﻣ‬ ٌ ِ‫ﺎت َﻋَﺪٌد َﻛﺒ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫ﺎل ﻓِﻲ َﺣْﺮ‬ ِ َ‫طﻔ‬ .‫اق‬ ِ ‫ْاﻟِﻌَﺮ‬

I woke up at 7:00 a.m. The lecture was boring at the beginning. We left in the evening. I’ll see you in January. A lot of children died during the Iraq War.

Two-letter prepositions 81

‫ ﻓِﻲ‬may be used to designate duration, as in the following: .‫ﺎم‬ ِ ُ‫ﯾﺪ ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟُﻜﺘ‬ ِ ‫اءِة ْاﻟَﻌِﺪ‬ ُ ُ‫َﺳﺄَﻗ‬ َ ‫ﻮم ﺑِﻘِ َﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﺐ ﻓِﻲ ھََﺬا ْاﻟَﻌ‬

I will read a lot of books this year.

ُ ‫ُﻛْﻨ‬ ‫ت َﻋْﺒِﺪ ْاﻟَﺤﻠِِﯿﻢ‬ َ ِ‫ﺖ ﻓِﻲ َﺷﺒَﺎﺑَِﻲ ُﻣْﻐَﺮﻣﺔً ﺑ‬ ِ ‫ﺼْﻮ‬ َ ِ‫ﺣﺎﻓ‬ .‫ﻆ‬ ْ ‫ﻒ أَ ُﻏ‬ .‫ﺴﻄُﺲ‬ َ َ‫اﻟﻤﺆﺗََﻤُﺮ ﻓِﻲ ُﻣْﻨﺘ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ُ ‫َﺳﯿُْﻌﻘَُﺪ‬

I was in my youth smitten by Abdel Halim Hafez’s voice.

ْ َ‫ﻟَْﻢ أَ َر أَ َﺣًﺪا ِﻣْﻦ أ‬ .‫ﯿﺮة‬ َ ‫ﺻِﺪﻗﺎﺋَِﻲ ﻓِﻲ اﻷَﯾِﱠﺎم اﻷَ ِﺧ‬

I have not seen any of my friends in recent days.

ُ ‫ﻔﺎﻻ‬ َ ِ‫اﻻ ْﺣﺘ‬ .‫ت ﻓِﻲ اﻷَﯾﱠﺎم ْاﻟﻘَﻠِﯿﻠَ ِﺔ ْاﻟ ُﻤْﻘﺒِﻠَ ِﺔ‬ ِ ْ ‫ﺎم‬ ُ َ‫َﺳﺘُﻘ‬

The celebrations will take place during the next few days.

The conference will be held in midAugust.

‫ ﻓِﻲ‬can also be used in a locative figurative sense with nouns and noun phrases, as in the following:

ُ ‫ﻗََﺮْأ‬ .‫َﺎب‬ َ ‫ت ﺑَ ْﻌ‬ ‫ﺎت ْاﻟﮭَ ﱠ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻣِﺔ ﻓِﻲ ْاﻟِﻜﺘ‬ ِ ‫ﻮﻣ‬ َ ُ‫ﺾ ْاﻟَﻤْﻌﻠ‬ (ٌ‫ﺴﻨَﺔ‬ َ ‫)ﻟَﻘَْﺪ َﻛ‬ َ ‫ﻮل ﷲ أُ ْﺳَﻮةٌ َﺣ‬ ِ ‫ﺎن ﻟَُﻜْﻢ ﻓِﻲ َرُﺳ‬ (33:21)

‫ﺧﺒﺮﻧِﻲ َواﻟَِﺪي ﺑِﺄَﻧﱠﮫُ َﺳﯿَ ْﻨﻈُُﺮ ﻓِﻲ أَ ْﻣِﺮ َﺳﻔَ ِﺮي‬ َ َ‫أ‬ .‫اﺳِﺔ إﻟﻰ ﻓَ َﺮْﻧﺴﺎ‬ َ ‫ﻟِﱢﻠﺪَر‬ (2:179) ﴾ٌ‫ﺣﯿَﺎة‬ َ ‫ﺎص‬ َ ِ‫)َوﻟَُﻜْﻢ ﻓِﻲ ْاﻟﻘ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬

I read some important information in the book. “You have had a good role model in God’s Messenger” My father told me that he will look into the issue of my study trip to France. “In retaliation there is a life for you”

‫ ﻓِﻲ‬may also be used to designate a relationship between a cause and its effect, as in the following: َ ‫َﻣ‬ .‫ﱠﺎرٍة‬ َ ‫ث َﺳﯿ‬ ِ ‫ﺣﺎد‬ ِ ‫ﺎت ﻓِﻲ‬

He died in a car accident.

.ُ‫َﺮْﻓﮫ‬ ٍ ‫ُﺳِﺠَﻦ َﻋﻠِﱞﻲ ﻓِﻲ َذْﻧ‬ ِ ‫ﺐ ﻟَْﻢ ﯾَ ْﻘﺘ‬

Ali was imprisoned for an offence he did not commit.

.“‫ھﱠﺮٍة‬ َ ‫اﻣَﺮأَةٌ اﻟﻨﱠ‬ ْ ‫ﺖ‬ ِ ‫ﺎر ﻓِﻲ‬ ِ َ‫”َدَﺧﻠ‬

“A woman entered (Hell) Fire because of a cat.” [Note: This is Prophet Mohammad’s saying, when the Prophet told the story of a woman who did not feed her cat and did not treat her well and so entered Hell because of this behavior.]

‫ ﻓِﻲ‬is used with verbs expressing the idea of excelling and being distinguished, as in the following: ‫ﻌﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﻧَﺒََﻎ َﻋْﻨﺘََﺮةَ ﻓِﻲ ِﻛﺘَﺎﺑَِﺔ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺸ‬ .‫ﺐ‬ ُ ِ‫ﺿﻠَُﻊ اﻟﻄﱠﺎﻟ‬ َ ‫ﻮم‬ َ ِ ‫ﺎﺳ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺤ‬ ِ ُ‫ﺐ ﻓِﻲ ُﻋﻠ‬

Antara excelled in composing poetry. The student was skilled in computer sciences.

82

Two-letter prepositions .‫اﻟﺪﯾﻨِﯿِﱠﺔ‬ ُ ‫ﺎم ﻓِﻲ‬ ِ ‫ﻮم‬ ُ ‫اﻹﻣ‬ ِ ُ‫اﻟﻌﻠ‬ َ ‫ﺑََﺮَع‬

ْ ‫ﻖ ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ُ ‫طﻠَْﺒ‬ ‫ﺎر‬ َ ‫ﺖ ِﻣَﻦ ْاﺑﻨَﺘِﻲ أَْن ﺗَﺘَﺄَﻧﱠ‬ ِ َ‫اﺧﺘِﯿ‬ َ .‫ﺎظﮭَﺎ‬ ‫ﻔ‬ ِ ‫أَْﻟ‬

The Imam excelled in religious science. I asked my daughter to choose her words eloquently.

‫ ﻓِﻲ‬is also used with verbs expressing negligence and carelessness, as in the following: ُ ‫اﻟﻤَﻮظﱠ‬ ‫ﻗَ ﱠ‬ .‫ﻋَﻤﻠِ ِﮫ‬ َ ‫ﻒ ﻓِﻲ‬ ُ ‫ﺼَﺮ‬

.‫اﺟﺒَﺎﺗِِﮭْﻢ‬ ُ َ‫ﺎوَن ﺑ‬ َ ِ‫ﻟﻤَﻮظﱠﻔ‬ ِ ‫ﯿﻦ ﻓِﻲ أَ َد‬ ُ ‫ﻌﺾ ا‬ َ َ‫ﺗَﮭ‬ ِ ‫اء َو‬ .‫اﻟﻤِﮭﱠﻤِﺔ‬ َ ِ‫ﻓََﺸَﻞ اﻟﻘَﺎﺋُِﺪ ﻓِﻲ إ‬ ُ ‫ﺎز‬ ِ ‫ﻧﺠ‬

.‫ﻋَﻤﻠِِﮫ‬ َ ‫أَ ْھَﻤَﻞ ﻓِﻲ‬

The employee was careless about his job. Some employees were complacent about fulfilling their duties. The leader failed to complete the mission. He neglected his work.

‫ ﻓِﻲ‬may be used with verbs meaning to elaborate and speak at length on some subject, as in the following: ْ َ‫أ‬ .‫ﺻﻒ‬ ‫اﻟﻮ‬ َ َ‫طﻨ‬ ِ َ ‫ﺐ ﻓِﻲ‬

.‫ﺮ‬ َ ‫ﻮم ﻓِﻲ‬ َ َ‫أَﻓ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺤِﺪ‬ ُ َ‫ﺎض اﻟﻘ‬ ِ ‫ﯾﺚ َﻋِﻦ اﻷَ ْﻣ‬ .‫ﺣِﺪﯾﺜِِﮫ‬ ُ ِ‫اﻟﺮﺋ‬ َ ‫ﯿﺲ ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫ﺮﺳَﻞ‬ َ َ‫اِﺳﺘ‬

He has given an exaggerated description. The people have talked extensively about the issue. The president talked at length.

‫ ﻓِﻲ‬can be used as well with verbs about summarizing or being brief or restrained, such as the following: .‫َﺎب ﻓِﻲ ُﻣﻘَ ﱢﺪَﻣﺘِِﮫ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﻜﺘ‬ ِ ‫ﺼَﺮ‬ ِ ُ‫اُ ْﺧﺘ‬

ْ ُ‫ﺎق َﻋﻠَﻰ أ‬ .‫ﺳَﺮﺗِِﮫ‬ َ ‫اِﻗﺘ‬ َ ‫َﺼَﺪ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﻮاﻟِ ُﺪ ﻓِﻲ ِاﻹﻧﻔ‬ َ ‫أَْوَﺟَﺰ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﻤ ﱢ‬ .‫ﺎدﯾ ِﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻜَﻼِم َﻋْﻦ َﺣﺎﻟَﺘِِﮫ‬

The introduction summarizes the whole book. The father was frugal with money when spending on his family. He was brief in talking about his financial situation.

‫ ﻓِﻲ‬is also used to denote the idea of ‘regarding’ or ‘about’, as in the following: ‫ت ﻣﺎ ُدْﻣﻨَﺎ َﻻ‬ ِ ‫ﯿﺮ ﻓِﻲ ْاﻟَﻤْﻮ‬ ِ ‫َﻻ ﻓَﺎﺋَِﺪةَ ِﻣَﻦ اﻟﺘﱠ ْﻔِﻜ‬ .ُ‫ﻋﮫ‬ ُ ‫ﻧَْﺴﺘَِﻄ‬ َ ‫ﯿﻊ َرْد‬ ُ ‫ﯾَﺘ ََﺤﱠﺪ‬ ‫ﯿﻦ ﻓِﻲ‬ ُ ‫ث ﺑَْﻌ‬ َ ‫ﺻﺪﻗَﺎﺋِﻲ اﻟﻠﱡْﺒﻨَﺎﻧِﯿﱢ‬ ِ َ‫ﺾ أ‬ ُ .‫ﯿﺮا‬ ‫ﻮر ﱢ‬ ً ِ‫ﯿﺎﺳﯿ ِﱠﺔ َﻛﺜ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺴ‬ ِ ‫اﻷُﻣ‬ ‫ﺎل ﱢ‬ ‫ﺎرهُ ﻓِﻲ‬ ُ ‫ﺎن َﺟَﻤ‬ َ ‫َﻛ‬ َ ‫ﯾﻦ اﻷَﻓﻐﺎﻧِ ﱡﻲ ﯾَ ْﻨُﺸُﺮ أَ ْﻓَﻜ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺪ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﯿﺎﺳِﺔ َﻋﻠَﻰ َﻣَﺪى‬ ‫ﺎع َو ﱢ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺴ‬ ِ ْ ‫ﯾﻦ َو‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺪ‬ ِ ‫اﻻْﺟﺘَِﻤ‬ َ ْ ُ َ ْ ْ .‫إﻗﺎﻣﺘِِﮫ ﺑِِﻤﺼَﺮ‬ َ ‫ﺛَﻤﺎﻧِﯿَِﺔ أﻋَﻮٍام ِھﻲ ﻓﺘَﺮة‬ ‫أﺻﺒََﺢ َﺣ ﱡ‬ ْ ‫ﺎن ﻓِﻲ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻘﺎل‬ ِ ْ ‫اﻟﺴﻔَ ِﺮ َو‬ ِ ِ‫اﻻْﻧﺘ‬ ِ ‫اﻹْﻧَﺴ‬ ِ ‫ﻖ‬ ْ ْ ْ ‫ﺑَ ْﯿَﻦ ﱡ‬ .‫ﺎء َواﻟﮭَ َﻮاء‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺪَوِل ِﻣﺜُﻞ َﺣﻘﱢِﮫ ﻓِﻲ اﻟَﻤ‬

There is no point in thinking about death because we cannot prevent it. Some of my Lebanese friends talk a lot about politics. During his eight-year stay in Egypt, Jamal al-Din al-Afghani was spreading his ideas about religion, society and politics. The right of a person to travel and move between countries has become like his right to water and fresh air.

Two-letter prepositions 83

‫ ﻓِﻲ‬can also be used with verbs expressing ideas of forgiveness and tolerance, as in the following:

‫ات‬ َ ‫ھُﻨ‬ ِ ‫اء‬ َ ‫اﻹْﺟَﺮ‬ ِ ْ ‫ﯿﻦ َو‬ ِ ِ‫َﺎك ﺗََﺴﺎھٌُﻞ ﻓِﻲ ْاﻟﻘََﻮاﻧ‬ ُ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ُ َ َ ‫ﱢ‬ ْ ‫ف ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﺮ‬ ‫اﻟﺸ‬ ‫ﻢ‬ ‫اﺋ‬ ‫ﺮ‬ ‫ﺟ‬ ‫ﻲ‬ ‫ﺒ‬ ‫ﻜ‬ ‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﺮ‬ ‫ﻣ‬ ‫ﻖ‬ ‫ﺤ‬ ‫ﺑ‬ ‫ﺬ‬ ‫ﺨ‬ ‫ﺘ‬ ‫ﺗ‬ ‫اﻟﱠﺘِﻲ‬ ِ َ ِِ َ َ ِِ ُ َ ِ ‫ﺾ ﱡ‬ .‫اﻟﺪَوِل اﻵﺳﯿَﻮﯾﱠﺔ‬ ِ ‫ﺑَْﻌ‬ ‫أَ ﱠﻛَﺪ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎوَن ﻓِﻲ ُﻣَﻜﺎﻓَ َﺤِﺔ‬ ُ ِ‫اﻟﺮﺋ‬ ُ َ‫ﯿﺲ ﺑِﺄَﻧﱠﮫ َﻻ ﺗَﮭ‬ ُ .‫ورِه‬ ِ َ‫ﺎد َواِْﺟﺘِﺜ‬ ِ ‫ْاﻟﻔََﺴ‬ ِ ‫ﺎث ُﺟﺬ‬ ‫ﻠﺐ‬ ُ ‫ﺑﺎء َﻏْﺮ‬ ِ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ ْاﻵ‬ ِ َ‫ﺢ ﻓِﻲ َﻋْﻘِﻞ َوﻗ‬ ُ ‫س اﻟﺘﱠ َﺴ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻣ‬ َ َ‫أ‬ ‫وﻻِدِھْﻢ َﻛْﻲ ﻧَﺘ ََﻤﱠﻜَﻦ ِﻣْﻦ ﻧَْﺒِﺬ اﻟﺘﱠ َﻌ ﱡ‬ ‫ﺐ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬ .‫ﻨﻒ ﻓِﻲ ُﻣﺠﺘََﻤﻌﺎﺗِﻨَﺎ‬ ِ ‫َوْاﻟُﻌ‬

Leniency is shown in the laws and actions taken against perpetrators of honor crimes in some Asian countries. The president stressed that there would be no laxity in fighting corruption and rooting it out. Parents must instill tolerance in the minds and hearts of their children so that we can renounce intolerance and violence in our societies.

‫ ﻓِﻲ‬may also be used with such reflexive phrases as (،‫ارِةﻧ َْﻔِﺴﻲ‬ َ ‫ ﻓِﻲ ﻗَ َﺮ‬،‫ﻓِﻲ أَ ْﻋَﻤﺎﻗﻲ‬ ‫ ﻓِﻲ ﻧ َْﻔِﺴﻲ‬،‫)ﻓِﻲ ِﺳﱢﺮي‬, meaning ‘in myself’ or ‘deep down’, as in the following cases: ‫ارِة ﻧَْﻔِﺴِﮫ ﱠ‬ ‫اﻟﺬي‬ َ ‫ب ﻓِﻲ ﻗََﺮ‬ َ ‫اِْﺳﺘَْﻐَﺮ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺼَﺪى‬ ‫ﻼم ﻓِﻲ ﱠ‬ ْ ‫ﺗ ََﺮ‬ ّ ‫ﺎﺿَﺮﺗُﮫُ َﻋِﻦ‬ ‫ق‬ َ ‫ﻛﺘﮫُ ُﻣَﺤ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺴ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺸْﺮ‬ ‫ﺳ‬ .‫ﻂ‬ ِ َ ‫ْاﻷْو‬ ُ ‫ﺗ ََﻤﻨﱠ ْﯿ‬ ‫واﺟِﮫ‬ ِ ‫ﺖ ﻓِﻲ ِﺳﱢﺮي أَ ْن ﯾَ ْﻌُﺪَل أَ ِﺧﻲ َﻋْﻦ َز‬ َ .‫ِﻣْﻦ ﻟَ ْﯿﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺎن ﻓِﻲ أَ ْﻋَﻤﺎﻗِﻲ‬ ُ‫ﺷﻲء ﯾُْﺨﺒُِﺮﻧِﻲ ﺑَﺄَﻧﱠﮫ‬ َ ‫َﻛ‬ ٌ َ ْ .‫ﯿﺮ‬ ِ ‫َﺳﯿَ ْﺮِﺟُﻊ ﻟِﻲ ﻓِﻲ اﻷِﺧ‬ ‫ﺲ‬ َ َ‫أ‬ ٍ ِ‫ﻗﺪَم َزﻣﯿﻠِﻲ َﻋﻠَﻰ ھََﺬا ْاﻟَﻌَﻤِﻞ ﻟ‬ ِ ‫ﺸﻲء ﻓِﻲ ﻧَْﻔ‬ .‫ﻮب‬ َ ُ‫ﯾَ ْﻌﻘ‬

He was surprised deep down at the reaction to his lecture on peace in the Middle East. Secretly, I wished that my brother would change his mind about his marriage to Laila. There was something deep inside me that told me he would eventually come back to me. My colleague did this with an ulterior motive.

‫ ﻓِﻲ‬is used with verbs expressing the idea of becoming lost (literally or in thought), as in the following: .‫ﯾﻢ‬ ٍ ‫ﺗَﺎَهَ ﻓِﻲ أَ ِزﻗّ ِﺔ َﺣﱟﻲ ﻗَ ِﺪ‬ .‫ﯿﺪِة‬ َ ‫اﻋﻲ اﻟﺒَِﻌ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤَﺮ‬ ِ ‫َﻣَﻮ‬ ِ ‫اﺷ‬ َ ‫ﯿﮭْﻢ َﻻ ﺗَْﺴَﺮُح ﻓِﻲ‬

‫اﻟﺠَﻤُﻞ ﻓِﻲ ﱠ‬ .‫اء‬ َ ‫َﺷَﺮَد‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺼْﺤَﺮ‬

He got lost in the alleys of an old neighborhood. Their cattle are not grazing freely in the distant pastures. The camel strayed into the desert.

‫ ﻓِﻲ‬is also used with verbs meaning to comfort and pay respects, as in the following: ‫ﯿﺖ ﻟِﯿَُﻌﱡﺰوﻧِﻲ ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫َز‬ ِ َ‫ﺻﺪﻗَﺎﺋِﻲ ﻓِﻲ اﻟﺒ‬ ِ َ‫ارﻧِﻲ أ‬ .‫ﺣَﻤﮫُ ﷲ‬ ِ ‫َوﻓَ ِﺎة َواﻟِِﺪي َر‬

My friends visited me at home to pay their respect for the death of my father, may God have mercy on him.

84

Two-letter prepositions

ُ ‫ﺎوْﻟ‬ ‫ﻲ ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ُ‫ﺖ أَْن أ‬ ‫ﺻﺒ َﱢﺮ َزﻣﯿﻠِﻲ ْاﻟِﻌَﺮاﻗِ ﱠ‬ َ ‫َﺣ‬ ْ‫َﻣﺄ‬ َ ‫ﱠﺎرِة ﻓِﻲ ﻧَْﮭِﺮ ِدْﺟﻠَﺔَ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﺮ‬ ‫ﻏ‬ ‫ﺎة‬ ‫ﺳ‬ َ ‫ق ْاﻟَﻌﺒ‬ َ َ ِ ِ .‫ﺪاد‬ َ ‫ﺑَ ْﻐ‬ .‫ﻋﱢﻤِﮫ‬ َ ‫اﺳﺎهُ ﻓِﻲ َوﻓَ ِﺎة‬ َ ‫َﺷَﻜَﺮ َﻋﻠِﱞﻲ َﻣْﻦ َو‬

I tried to comfort my Iraqi colleague over the tragedy of the ferry that sank in the Tigris River in Baghdad. Ali thanked those who paid their respects for the passing of his uncle.

‫ ﻓِﻲ‬can also be used to establish or point to the relationships between two elements, as in the following:

َ ‫َﻣ‬ .‫ﱠﺎرٍة‬ َ ‫ﺎت اِ ْﺑُﻦ‬ َ ‫ث َﺳﯿ‬ ِ ‫ﺣﺎد‬ ِ ‫ﺻِﺪﯾﻘِﻲ ﻓِﻲ‬ .‫ح‬ َ ‫اِ ْﺑﺘ‬ ٍ ‫َﺴﻢ ْاﻟَﻮﻟَ ُﺪ ﻓِﻲ ﻓَ َﺮ‬

.‫ﺼﺒِﯿٍﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫ﺎب ﻓِﻲ َﻋ‬ َ َ‫أَ ْﻏﻠَﻘَﺖ ْاﻟَﻤْﺮأَةُ ْاﻟﺒ‬

ُ ‫ﺲ ْاﻟُﻤَﻮظﱠ‬ ‫ﺎح ِﻋْﻨَﺪَﻣﺎ َﺳِﻤَﻊ‬ َ ‫ﺗَﻨَﻔﱠ‬ ٍ َ‫ﻒ ﻓِﻲ اِْرﺗِﯿ‬ َ ِ‫ﺑ‬ .‫ﺨﺒَﺮ ﺗ َْﺮﻗِﯿَﺘِِﮫ‬

My friend’s son died in a car accident. The boy smiled in joy. The woman closed the door in anger. The employee breathed a sigh of relief when he heard the news of his promotion.

‫ ﻓِﻲ‬is used to designate the subject or a theme of a conversation or discussion, as in the following: ‫أَْﺑَﺪى ُﻣَﺤﱠﻤٌﺪ َر ْأﯾَﮫُ ﻓِﻲ َﺷﺄِْن ﱠ‬ .‫ﺟﺌِﯿﻦ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻼ‬ ُ َ ‫ﺐ ْاﻟَﺤِﺪ‬ ‫ﻮر ﱢ‬ ‫َﻻ أُِﺣ ﱡ‬ .‫ﯿﺮا‬ ً ِ‫ﯾﻦ َﻛﺜ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺪ‬ ِ ‫ﯾﺚ ﻓِﻲ أُﻣ‬

‫ﯿﻦ ﻓِﻲ‬ ُ ِ‫ﻖ ْاﻟَﻜﺎﺗ‬ َ ‫ﺐ ﻓِﻲ َﻣْﺴﺄَﻟَِﺔ ﻓِﻠَْﺴِﻄ‬ َ ‫ﺗََﻌﱠﻤ‬ َ‫ﺼﺎ ﻓِﻲ ھَﺬا‬ َ َ َ ً ‫ﺼ‬ ‫ْاﻟَﻤﻘَﺎﻟَِﺔ ﻟِﻜْﻮﻧِِﮫ ُﻣﺘﺨ ﱢ‬ .‫ﻮع‬ ُ ‫ْاﻟ َﻤْﻮ‬ ِ ‫ﺿ‬ ‫ﻮع‬ ُ ‫ت ﻓِﻲ َﻣْﻮ‬ ٍ ‫ﺎذي ِﻋﱠﺪةَ َﻣﻘَ َﺎﻻ‬ َ َ‫َﻛﺘ‬ ِ َ‫ﺐ أُْﺳﺘ‬ ِ ‫ﺿ‬ َ ْ ‫اﻹ‬ .‫ﺳَﻼِﻣﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ‫ﺔ‬ ‫ﻔ‬ ‫ﺴ‬ ‫ْاﻟﻔَ ْﻠ‬ َ ِ ِ

Mohammed expressed his opinion about the refugees. I do not like to talk much about religion. The author gave an insight into the question of Palestine in the article because he is specialized in this subject. My professor wrote several articles on the subject of Islamic philosophy.

‫ ﻓِﻲ‬is also used with various adverbial expressions to indicate the state or condition of someone or something, as in these cases: .‫ﻦ‬ ُ ‫ﯾَِﺠ‬ َ ‫ﺐ أَ ْن ﯾَ ُﻜ‬ َ ‫ﻮن ﻓِﻲ ْأﻓ‬ ٍ ‫ﻀِﻞ َﺷْﻜٍﻞ ُﻣْﻤِﻜ‬

ُ ‫ﺼُﻞ اﻟﻄﱠَﻼ‬ .‫ت‬ ُ ‫ﯾَْﺤ‬ ِ ‫ق َﺣﺘﱠﻰ ﻓِﻲ أَ ْﺣَﺴِﻦ ْاﻟَﻌﺎﺋَِﻼ‬ َ ‫ﻀِﻞ َﺣ‬ .‫ﺎﻻﺗِ ِﮫ‬ َ ‫ﺲ ﻓِﻲ ْأﻓ‬ َ ‫اﻷَ ْھﻠِﱡﻲ ھََﺬا ْاﻟَﻤْﻮِﺳُﻢ ﻟَ ْﯿ‬ َ ‫ﻮرٍة ﯾَْﻮَم‬ ُ ‫وس ﻓِﻲ أَ ْﺟَﻤِﻞ‬ ُ ‫ظﮭََﺮت ْاﻟَﻌُﺮ‬ َ ‫ﺻ‬ .‫ﺳﮭَﺎ‬ ِ ‫ُﻋْﺮ‬

It has to be in the best way possible. Divorce occurs even in the best of families. The Alahli team this season is not at its best. The bride looked her very best on her wedding day.

‫ ﻓِﻲ‬can also be used to denote the term ‘per’, as in the following: َ َ‫َﺎوَل ﺛ‬ .‫ﺎت ﻓِﻲ ْاﻟﯿَ ْﻮِم‬ ُ ‫ﯾَ ِﺠ‬ ٍ َ‫ﻼث َوْﺟﺒ‬ َ ‫ﺐ أَ ْن ﺗَﺘَﻨ‬

You must have three meals per day.

Two-letter prepositions 85

ُ ‫َﻻ ﯾَِﺰ‬ ‫ف‬ ِ ‫ﯾﺪ ُﻣَﻌﱠﺪُل َدْﺧِﻞ ْاﻟَﻌﺎﺋِﻠَِﺔ َﻋﻠَﻰ ﺛَﻼﺛَِﺔ َآﻻ‬ ‫ُﺟﻨﯿٍَﮫ ﻓِﻲ ﱠ‬ .‫ﺮ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺸْﮭ‬ ‫ﺼﻰ ﻟِ ﱡ‬ ‫ﻮﻣْﺘٍﺮ ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫ْاﻟَﺤﱡﺪ اﻷَ ْﻗ‬ ِ ُ‫ﻠﺴْﺮَﻋِﺔ ھَُﻮ ِﻣﺌَﺔُ ِﻛﯿﻠ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ .‫ﺎﻋِﺔ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺴ‬ ‫ﻟﺴﻨَِﺔ ﱠ‬ ‫ي ﻓِﻲ ا ﱠ‬ ‫ﺻِﺪﯾﻘَﻲ اﻟﮭُْﻮﻟﱠ ْﻨِﺪ ﱡ‬ .‫ﻦ‬ ُ ‫ﯾَُﺰ‬ َ ‫ورﻧِﻲ‬ ِ ‫ﻣﺮﺗَْﯿ‬

Average family income does not exceed three thousand pounds per month. The speed limit is 100 kilometers per hour. My Dutch friend visits me twice a year.

‫ ﻓِﻲ‬is also used to designate desire or aspiration as, for example, in the following: ‫ﺐ ﻓِﻲ ﱠ‬ .‫ﯿﻦ‬ ُ ‫أَ ْرَﻏ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﻔَ ِﺮ إِﻟَﻰ ﱢ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺼ‬

ْ َ‫َﻻ ﺗ‬ .‫ﺎس‬ ِ ‫ﻄَﻤْﻊ ﻓِﻲ أَ ْﻣَﻮ‬ ِ ‫ال اﻟﻨﱠ‬

‫ﻮل َﻋﻠَﻰ ِﻣْﻨَﺤٍﺔ‬ ُ ‫اھْﯿُﻢ ﻓِﻲ ْاﻟُﺤ‬ ِ ‫ﯾَﺄُْﻣُﻞ إِ ْﺑَﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬ .‫ﯿﺮ‬ َ ‫ﻟِِﺪَر‬ ِ ‫اﺳِﺔ ْاﻟ َﻤ‬ ِ ِ‫ﺎﺟْﺴﺘ‬

I want to travel to China. Don’t covet other people’s money. Ibrahim hopes to get a scholarship to study for a master’s degree.

‫ ﻓِﻲ‬can include the meanings of other prepositions. However, it is worth pointing out that these uses are not common in the media and other contemporary areas. Examples include the following: ‫ ﻓِﻲ‬is used with the same meaning as (‫)إﻟﻰ‬: (‫ﯾﺮا‬ ً ‫)َوﻟَْﻮ ِﺷْﺌﻨَﺎ ﻟَﺒَ َﻌْﺜﻨَﺎ ﻓِﻲ ُﻛﱢﻞ ﻗَ ْﺮﯾَ ٍﺔ ﻧﱠ ِﺬ‬ (25:51)

“If We had willed, We would have raised up in every city a warner”

‫ ﻓِﻲ‬is used with the same meaning as (‫)ﻣﻦ‬. .‫ﻮق‬ ُ ‫ﺗ ََﺨﱠﺮَج َواﻟِِﺪي ﻓِﻲ ُﻛﻠﱢﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ِ ُ‫اﻟﺤﻘ‬

My father graduated from the Faculty of Law.

‫ ﻓِﻲ‬is used with the same meaning as (‫)ﻋﻠﻰ‬. (20:71) ﴾‫وع اﻟﻨﱠ ْﺨِﻞ‬ َ ُ‫)َوَﻷ‬ ِ ‫ﺻﻠﱢﺒَﻨﱠ ُﻜْﻢ ﻓِﻲ ُﺟُﺬ‬

“I shall crucify you upon the trunks of palm-trees”

‫ ﻓِﻲ‬can also mean ‘with’ (‫ )ﻣﻊ‬in some cases, such as in the following: .‫ﺎء‬ ٍ ‫َﻛﻨﱠﺎ ﻓِﻲ َﺧْﻤَﺴِﺔ ﻧِ َﺴ‬ .‫ﯿﻦ أَْﻟﻔًﺎ‬ َ ‫َﻋﺒَ ُﺮوا ْاﻟﺒَ ْﺤَﺮ ﻓِﻲ ِﺳﺘﱢ‬

We were with five women. He crossed the sea with 60,000 men.

‫ ﻓِﻲ‬is also used to designate proportion, as in the following: .‫ ِﻣْﺘًﺮا‬80 ‫ ِﻣْﺘًﺮا ﻓِﻲ‬30 ‫طُْﻮﻟُﮭَﺎ‬

ْ ‫ﺿ ِﺮ‬ ْ ِ‫ا‬ .5 ‫ ﻓِﻲ‬10 ‫ب‬

ُ ‫َﺣْﺠُﻢ ُﻏْﺮﻓَ ِﺔ ﻧَْﻮِﻣﻲ َﻻ ﯾَِﺰ‬ ‫ﺎر‬ ٍ َ‫ﯾﺪ َﻋِﻦ أَ ْرﺑََﻌِﺔ أَْﻣﺘ‬ ْ ِ‫ﻓِﻲ ِﻣْﺘَﺮْﯾِﻦ وﻧ‬ .‫ﻒ‬ ٍ ‫ﺼ‬

It is 30 meters in length by 80 meters in breadth. Multiply 10 by 5. The size of the bedroom is not more than four meters by two-and-a-half meters.

86

Two-letter prepositions

‫ ﻓِﻲ‬can be used with the indefinite relative pronoun (‫ )َﻣﺎ‬to form the compound (‫ﯿﻤﺎ‬ َ ِ‫)ﻓ‬, as in the following: ‫ﻮم‬ ِ ‫ﻮﻣ‬ ُ ُ‫ﺎﺳﯿﱠﺔً ُﻣَﻜﺜﱠﻔَﺔً ﺗَﻘ‬ َ ُ‫ﯿﻤﺎ ﯾَْﺒُﺪو أَﱠن َﺣْﻤﻠَﺔً ِدْﺑﻠ‬ َ ِ‫ﻓ‬ ْ َ ‫ﯿﻞ َﻋﻠﻰ ﱠ‬ .‫ﻲ‬ ُ ِ‫ﺑِﮭَﺎ إِْﺳَﺮاﺋ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺼِﻌ‬ ‫ﺎرِﺟ ﱢ‬ ِ ‫ﯿﺪ اﻟَﺨ‬

It seems that there is an intensive diplomatic campaign abroad pursued by Israel.

ْ َ‫ﺗََﺴﱠﺮﺑ‬ ٌ َ‫ﺖ أَْﺧﺒ‬ ‫ﻒ‬ ِ ِ‫ﺎق ﻓِﻲ َﻣْﻮﻗ‬ ٍ َ‫ﺎر َﻋِﻦ ْاﻧِﺸﻘ‬ ْ ‫وﺳﯿِﱠﺔ َﺣْﻮَل ﱢ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺸ‬ ‫ﺎدِة ﱡ‬ .‫ﯿﻤﺎ ﯾَﻈﮭَ ُﺮ‬ َ َ‫ْاﻟﻘِﯿ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺮ‬ َ ِ‫ﺎن ﻓ‬ ِ ‫ﯿﺸ‬

News leaked about the split in the position of the Russian leadership on Chechnya, as it appears.

ُ ‫َﺖ ْاﻟُﻮُﻋ‬ ‫ﻮد‬ ِ ‫ﯿﻤﺎ إَِذا َﻛﺎﻧ‬ َ ‫أَﺗ ََﺴ‬ َ ِ‫ﺎءُل أَْﺣﯿَﺎﻧﺎ ً ﻓ‬ ‫ﺎت‬ َ ِ‫ﻮﻣﯿﱠﺔُ ﺑ‬ ِ َ‫اﻻْﻧﺘَِﺨﺎﺑ‬ ِ ْ ‫ﺎن ﻧََﺰاھَِﺔ‬ ِ ‫ْاﻟُﺤُﻜ‬ ِ ‫ﻀَﻤ‬ ْ ْ َ .‫ﺎد‬ ِ ‫َوَﺷﻔَﺎﻓِﯿﱠﺘِﮭَﺎ ﺗَﻜﻔِﻲ ﻟَِﻤْﺤِﻮ اﻟﻔَﺴ‬

I wonder if the repeated promises by the government to ensure the fairness and transparency of the elections are enough to eliminate the corruption.

‫ﺎوُل ﱡ‬ ‫ﯿﻤﺎ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺪَوُل ْاﻟَﻌَﺮﺑِﯿﱠﺔُ َﺣﱠﻞ ْاﻟَﻤَﺸ‬ َ ِ‫ﺎﻛِﻞ ﻓ‬ ِ ‫ﺗُ َﺤ‬ ْ َ ْ .‫ار‬ ‫ﻮ‬ ‫ﺤ‬ ‫اﻟ‬ ‫ﯾﻖ‬ ‫ﺮ‬ ‫ط‬ ‫ﻦ‬ ‫ﻋ‬ َ ‫ﺑَْﯿﻨَﮭَﺎ‬ ِ َ ِ ِ ِ

Arab states are trying to solve their problems through dialogue.

‫ ﻓِﻲ‬is also used with the interrogative (‫ )َﻣﺎ‬to form the compound (‫)ﻓِْﯿَﻢ‬, meaning ‘what’ or ‘what is . . . for’ or ‘why’, where half of the interrogative (‫ )َﻣﺎ‬is deleted, as in the following: ‫ﻓِْﯿَﻢ ﺗُﻔَ ﱢﻜُﺮ؟‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺼَﺮ‬ ْ َ‫اع ﺑَ ْﯿَﻦ اﻷ‬ ‫ﺎء؟‬ ‫ﯿﻢ ﱢ‬ ِ َ‫ﺻِﺪﻗ‬ َ ِ‫ﻓ‬ ‫ﺐ؟‬ ُ ‫ﻀ‬ َ ‫ﯿﻢ ھََﺬا ْاﻟَﻐ‬ َ ِ‫ﻓ‬

What are you thinking of? What is conflict between friends for? What is this anger for?

‫ ﻓِﻲ‬with pronouns When ‫ ﻓِﻲ‬joins a pronoun, it becomes a prefix and the pronoun becomes a suffix. The following table shows how different pronouns appear after the preposition:

‫ﻓِﯿ ِﮭ َﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻓِﯿﻨَﺎ‬ ‫ﻓِﯿ ُﻜ ْﻢ‬

‫ ھﻤﺎ‬+ ‫ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ ﻧﺤﻦ‬+ ‫ﻓِﻲ‬

‫ﻓِﯿ ُﻜ ﱠﻦ‬

‫ أﻧﺘﻦ‬+ ‫ﻓِﻲ‬

‫ﻓِﯿ ِﮭ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﯿﮭ ﱠﻦ‬ ِ ِ‫ﻓ‬

‫ ھﻢ‬+ ‫ﻓِﻲ‬

‫ أﻧﺘﻢ‬+ ‫ﻓِﻲ‬

ّ + ‫ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ھﻦ‬

ْ َ‫ َﻣﺎ َزاﻟ‬،‫ﺼﺎﻟِِﮭَﻤﺎ‬ .‫ﯿﮫ‬ َ ِ‫َرْﻏَﻢ اِ ْﻧﻔ‬ ِ ِ‫ﺖ ﺗُﻔَ ﱢﻜُﺮ ﻓ‬ .‫ﻓﻲ‬ َ ‫أَْﺧﺒََﺮﻧِﻲ ﺑِﺄ َ ﱠن ْاﻟَﻌْﯿ‬ ‫ﺐ ﱠ‬

ُ ِ‫َﻻ أَﺛ‬ .‫ﯿﮭْﻢ‬ ِ ِ‫ﻖ ﻓ‬

‫ﻲ‬ ‫ﻓِ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻚ‬ َ ‫ﻓِﯿ‬

‫ أﻧﺎ‬+ ‫ﻓِﻲ‬ َ + ‫ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫أﻧﺖ‬

‫ﯿﻚ‬ ِ ِ‫ﻓ‬ ‫ﻓِﯿ ِﮫ‬

‫أﻧﺖ‬ ِ + ‫ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ ھﻮ‬+ ‫ﻓِﻲ‬

‫ﻓِﯿﮭَﺎ‬ ‫ﻓِﯿ ُﻜ َﻤﺎ‬

‫ ھﻲ‬+ ‫ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ أﻧﺘﻤﺎ‬+ ‫ﻓِﻲ‬

Despite their break up, she still thinks of him. He told me that the fault is in me. I don’t trust them.

Two-letter prepositions 87 Notes on translation Compare the translation of ‫ ﻓِﻲ‬in the following Arabic passages in the corresponding English sentences:

‫ﺎل ُﻋﻘِ َﺪ‬ ٍ َ‫س ﻓِﻲ اِ ْﺣﺘِﻔ‬ ِ ‫ﺎر‬ ِ ‫ َﻣ‬6 ‫اِ ْﻧَﻌﻘَ َﺪ ْاﻟُﻤْﺆﺗََﻤُﺮ ﻓِﻲ‬ .‫ﻓِﻲ ُدﺑَﻲ‬ ‫َﺳﺘَْﻨﻈُُﺮ اﻟﻠﱠ ْﺠﻨَﺔُ ﻓِﻲ َدْوَرﺗِﮭَﺎ ﱠ‬ ‫اﻟﺮاﺑِ َﻌِﺔ ﻓِﻲ ھَِﺬِه‬ .‫ﯾﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﺎر‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺘّﻘ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺮُد‬ ‫ﱡ‬ .‫ﺎر‬ ِ ْ ‫ود ﯾَْﺠِﺮي أَ ْﺧُﺬھَﺎ ﻓِﻲ َﻋْﯿِﻦ‬ ِ َ‫اﻻْﻋﺘِﺒ‬ ‫ﺎر ﱠ‬ ‫ ﻓِﻲ َﻛﻠَِﻤٍﺔ أَْﻟﻘَﺎھَﺎ‬،‫ﯾﻜﱡﻲ‬ ُ ِ‫اﻟﺮﺋ‬ َ ‫أََﺷ‬ ِ ‫ﯿﺲ ْاﻷَْﻣِﺮ‬ َ ُ ‫ﮭﻮد‬ ُ ‫ﯿﺪ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺠ‬ ِ ‫ﻮﺣ‬ ِ َ‫ﻓِﻲ طﻮﻛﯿُﻮ إﻟِﻰ أھَﻤﯿًِﺔ ﺗ‬ ‫ِﻻْﺣَﻼِل ﱠ‬ .‫ﻲ‬ َ ‫ﻼم‬ ّ ‫اﻟﻌﺎﻟَ َﻤ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺴ‬ َ ‫ﺐ ﻓِﻲ ْاﻟَﻌْﻮَدِة إِﻟَﻰ ْاﻟَﻮ‬ .‫ﻦ‬ ُ ‫أَ ْرَﻏ‬ ِ ‫ط‬

The conference was held on 6 March in a ceremony held at Dubai. The commission will examine these reports at its fourth session. The responses are being taken into account. The American president has pointed out during a speech he delivered in Tokyo the importance of uniting effords to bring world peace. I would like to go back home.

Useful expressions Antigovernment protests spread across the country.

ُ‫ﻀﺔ‬ ُ ‫ت اﻟﺘﱠﻈَﺎھ َُﺮ‬ َ ‫َﺎھ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤﻨ‬ ِ ‫ اِْﻧﺘ ََﺸَﺮ‬across ُ ‫ات‬ .‫ﺎء اﻟﺒَِﻼِد‬ ُ ِ‫ﻟ‬ ِ ‫ﻮﻣِﺔ ﻓِﻲ أَ ْرَﺟ‬ َ ‫ﻠﺤُﻜ‬

‫ﺎء‬ ِ ‫ﻓِﻲ أَ ْرَﺟ‬

An official settlement was achieved within the framework of a negotiation process.

‫ ﺗَ ﱠﻢ اﻟﺘﱠ َﻮ ﱡ‬within the ‫ﺻُﻞ إِﻟَﻰ ﺗَْﺴِﻮﯾٍَﺔ َرْﺳِﻤﯿ ٍﱠﺔ‬ framework of .‫ﺿﯿ ٍﱠﺔ‬ ُ َ‫ﺎر َﻋَﻤﻠِﯿ ٍﱠﺔ ﺗَﻔ‬ ِ ‫ﺎو‬ ِ َ‫ﻓِﻲ إِط‬

‫ﺎر‬ ِ َ‫ﻓِﻲ إِط‬

The security forces were deployed across the city in the aftermath of the explosion.

ْ ‫ﯿﺮ اِ ْﻧﺘََﺸَﺮ‬ ‫ت‬ ِ َ‫ َوﻓِﻲ أَ ْﻋﻘ‬in the ِ ‫ﺎب اﻟﺘﱠ ْﻔِﺠ‬ ُ ‫ ﻗُ ﱠﻮ‬aftermath of .‫اﻟﻤِﺪﯾﻨَِﺔ‬ َ ‫ات اﻷَ ْﻣِﻦ ﻓِﻲ‬

‫ﺎب‬ ِ َ‫ﻓِﻲ أَ ْﻋﻘ‬

Basically, any improvement in conditions needs radical solutions.

ُ ‫ ﺗَْﺤِﺴ‬basically ‫ﺐ ﻓِﻲ‬ ُ ‫ﺎع ﯾَﺘَﻄَﻠﱠ‬ َ ‫ﯿﻦ اﻷَْو‬ ِ ‫ﺿ‬ ً ُ‫ﺎس ُﺣﻠ‬ .ً‫رﯾﱠﺔ‬ ِ ‫اﻷََﺳ‬ ِ ‫ﻮﻻ َﺟ ْﺬ‬

‫ﺎس‬ ِ ‫ﻓِﻲ اﻷَ َﺳ‬

The number of deaths in prisons has increased in recent years.

ْ ‫ َزَاد‬in recent ُ ‫ت أَْﻋَﺪ‬ ‫ﱠﺎت ﻓِﻲ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻮﻓَﯿ‬ َ ‫اد‬ years ‫ﱡ‬ .‫ﯿﺮِة‬ َ ‫ﻮن ﻓِﻲ اﻷَْﻋَﻮام اﻷَِﺧ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺴُﺠ‬

‫ﻓِﻲ اﻷَ ْﻋَﻮام‬ ‫ﯿﺮِة‬ َ ‫اﻷَ ِﺧ‬

The activities of the group were at first directed against the occupation.

ْ ‫ َﻛﺎﻧ‬at first ‫ﺎﻋِﺔ ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺠَﻤ‬ َ ُ‫َﺖ أَ ْﻧِﺸﻄَﺔ‬ .‫اﻻْﺣﺘَِﻼِل‬ ِ ‫ﺿﱠﺪ‬ ِ ً‫اﻟﺒَِﺪاﯾَِﺔ ُﻣَﻮﱠﺟﮭَﺔ‬

‫ﻓِﻲ اﻟﺒَِﺪاﯾَِﺔ‬

88

Two-letter prepositions

The army’s weapons were deployed on land and at sea in preparation for the battle against the enemies.

‫ﺶ ﻓِﻲ اﻟﺒَ ﱢﺮ‬ َ ‫ ﺗ ﱠَﻢ ﻧ َْﺸُﺮ أَ ْﺳﻠَِﺤِﺔ‬on land and ِ ‫اﻟﺠْﯿ‬ ‫ﻠﻤْﻌَﺮَﻛِﺔ َﻣَﻊ‬ َ ِ‫ َواﻟﺒَ ْﺤِﺮ اِ ْﺳﺘِْﻌَﺪًادا ﻟ‬at sea .‫اء‬ ِ ‫اﻷَْﻋَﺪ‬

As a matter of fact, the laws are not being enforced fairly on all citizens.

ْ ‫اﻟﺤﻘِﯿﻘَِﺔ َﻻ ﯾَﺘِ ﱡﻢ ﺗ‬ ُ ِ‫َﻄﺒ‬ ‫ﯿﻖ‬ َ ‫ ﻓِﻲ‬as a matter of ‫ﯿﻦ‬ َ ِ‫اطﻨ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤَﻮ‬ ُ ‫ﯿﻊ‬ ِ ِ‫ اﻟﻘََﻮاﻧ‬fact ِ ‫ﯿﻦ َﻋﻠَﻰ َﺟِﻤ‬ َ ‫ﺑَِﻌَﺪاﻟَ ٍﺔ َو‬ .‫ﺷﻔَﺎﻓِﯿ ٍﱠﺔ‬

‫اﻟﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﱢ‬ ‫واﻟﺒﺤﺮ‬ ِ

‫اﻟﺤﻘِﯿﻘَ ِﺔ‬ َ ‫ﻓِﻲ‬

‫ﯿﺮ ِﻣَﻦ ﱠ‬ َ ‫ ﯾَْﺴَﻌﻰ‬abroad ‫ﺎب‬ ُ ِ‫اﻟﻜﺜ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺸﺒ‬ َ ‫ﻠﻌَﻤِﻞ أ ِو ﱢ‬ ‫اﺳِﺔ ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺪَر‬ َ ِ‫ب ﻟ‬ َ ِ ‫اﻟﻌَﺮ‬ َ .‫ج‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺨ‬ ِ ‫ﺎر‬ ُ ‫ﺎء َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ُ ‫ﺖ‬ َ َ‫ﻮﻣﺔ اﻟﻘ‬ ِ َ‫ أَ ْﻋﻠَﻨ‬internally َ ‫ﻀ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺤُﻜ‬ ‫َﺎب ﻓِﻲ ﱠ‬ .‫اﺧِﻞ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺪ‬ ِ ‫اﻹْرھ‬ ِ

َ ‫ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ج‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺨ‬ ِ ‫ﺎر‬

The union is striving to make a significant impact in the international arena.

ْ ِ ‫ﺎد إِﻟَﻰ إِْﺣَﺪ‬ ُ ‫اﻻﺗﱢ َﺤ‬ ‫ﯿﺮ‬ ِ ‫ ﯾَْﺴَﻌﻰ‬in the arena ٍ ِ‫اث ﺗَﺄﺛ‬ ‫ﺎﺣِﺔ ﱡ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ .‫اﻟﺪَوﻟِﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺴ‬ ‫ﯿﺮ ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ٍ ِ‫َﻛﺒ‬

‫ﻓِﻲ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎﺣِﺔ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺴ‬

Some government officials receive bribes secretly.

‫ﯿﻦ‬ ُ ‫ ﯾَﺘَﻠَﻘﱠﻰ ﺑَْﻌ‬secretly َ ِ‫اﻟﻤْﺴُﺆوﻟ‬ َ ‫ﺾ‬ َ ‫ﺎوى ﻓِﻲ ا‬ ‫ﯿﻦ ا ﱠ‬ .‫ﺎء‬ ُ ‫ا‬ َ ‫ﻮﻣﯿﱢ‬ ِ َ‫ﻟﺨﻔ‬ ِ ‫ﻟﺤُﻜ‬ َ ‫ﻟﺮَﺷ‬

A lot of young Arabs are striving to work or study abroad. The government announced the eradication of domestic terrorism.

As for small importing companies, the focus is most probably on food and beverages.

‫ﯿﺮِاد‬ َ ِ‫اﻻْﺳﺘ‬ ِ ‫ﺎت‬ ِ ‫ ﺑِﺎﻟﻨﱢْﺴﺒَ ِﺔ ﻟَِﺸ ِﺮَﻛ‬most probably ُ ‫ ﯾَﺘِﱡﻢ اﻟﺘﱠ ْﺮِﻛ‬،‫ﯿﺮِة‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﯿﺰ ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺼِﻐ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻐَﺬاﺋِﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ِ ِ‫اﻟﻐﺎﻟ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤَﻮﱢاد‬ َ ‫ﺐ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ْ .‫ﺎت‬ ‫وﺑ‬ ‫ﺮ‬ ‫ﺸ‬ ‫اﻟﻤ‬ ُ ِ َ َ ‫َو‬

‫ﻓِﻲ ﱠ‬ ‫اﺧِﻞ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺪ‬

‫ ﻓِﻲ‬/‫اﻟﺴِﺮ‬ ‫ﻓِﻲ ﱢ‬ َ ‫ﺎء‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺨﻔ‬ َ ‫ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﺐ‬ ِ ِ‫اﻟﻐﺎﻟ‬

An agreement will be signed between Morocco and the European Union in the near future.

‫ﺎق‬ ُ ِ‫ َﺳﯿَﺘِﱡﻢ اﻟﺘﱠ ْﻮﻗ‬in the near ِ َ‫ﯿﻊ َﻋﻠَﻰ اِﺗﱢﻔ‬ future/very ‫ﱠ‬ ْ ‫ﱢ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺸَﺮ‬ ‫ﺎد‬ ‫ﺤ‬ ‫ﺗ‬ ‫اﻻ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ﺮ‬ ‫ﻐ‬ ‫اﻟﻤ‬ ‫ﻦ‬ ِ َ ِ َ ِ ِ َ َ ‫اﻛِﺔ ﺑَْﯿ‬ ُ .‫ﺎﺟِﻞ‬ ُ ‫ اﻷ‬soon َ ‫ﯾﺐ‬ ِ ‫وروﺑ ﱢﱢﻲ ﻓِﻲ اﻟﻘَ ِﺮ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻌ‬

‫ﯾﺐ‬ ِ ‫ﻓِﻲ اﻟﻘَ ِﺮ‬ ‫ﺎﺟِﻞ‬ َ ِ ‫اﻟﻌ‬

The firefighter saved the man’s life at the last moment before the explosion.

ْ ‫اﻹ‬ ‫طﻔَﺎﺋِﱡﻲ َﺣﯿَﺎةَ ﱠ‬ ‫اﻟﺮُﺟِﻞ ﻓِﻲ‬ ِ ‫ أَ ْﻧﻘََﺬ‬at the moment َ ‫اﻟﻠﱠ ْﺤ‬ .‫ﺎر‬ َ ‫ﻈِﺔ اﻷَ ِﺧ‬ ِ ‫ﯿﺮة ﻗَ ْﺒَﻞ‬ ِ ‫اﻻْﻧﻔَِﺠ‬

‫ﻓِﻲ اﻟﻠﱠ ْﺤﻈَِﺔ‬

‫ﺎوَز‬ َ ‫ ﻧِْﺴﺒَﺔُ اﻟﺘﱠ‬percent َ ‫ﻀﱡﺨِﻢ ﻟَ ْﻦ ﺗَﺘََﺠ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ .‫اﻟﻤﺎﺋ َِﺔ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺴْﺒَﻌﺔَ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﺎوُن ﺑَْﯿَﻦ اﻟﺒَﻠَ َﺪْﯾِﻦ ﻓِﻲ‬ ُ ‫ َزَاد اﻟﺘﱠ َﻌ‬in the field/in .‫ي‬ ‫اﻟﻌْﺴَﻜ ِﺮ ﱢ‬ َ ‫ﺎل‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤَﺠ‬ َ the sphere

‫ﻓِﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﺋَ ِﺔ‬

Inflation will not exceed 7 percent. Cooperation in the military sphere between the two countries increased.

‫ﺎل‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤَﺠ‬ َ ‫ﻓِﻲ‬

Two-letter prepositions 89 Better luck next time.

‫ َﺣ ﱞ‬in time/ .‫ﺎدَﻣِﺔ‬ َ ‫ﻆ أَ ْﻓ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﻤﱠﺮِة اﻟﻘ‬ َ ‫ﻀُﻞ ﻓِﻲ‬ occasion

Other protests will not happen in the future.

ٌ ‫ ﻟَ ْﻦ ﺗَ ْﺨُﺮَج ﺗَﻈَﺎھ َُﺮ‬in the future ‫ات أُ ْﺧَﺮى ﻓِﻲ‬ ْ ‫اﻟﻤ‬ .‫ﺴﺘَْﻘﺒَِﻞ‬ ُ

The government aims in the first place to attract foreign investment and to get capital. Eventually, the police officers arrested all the gang members.

ُ ‫ ﺗَْﮭُﺪ‬in the first ‫اﻟﻤﻘَ ِﺎم‬ ُ ‫ف‬ َ ‫ﻮﻣﺔُ ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺤُﻜ‬ ْ ْ ‫ﺎر‬ ِ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫ اﻷَﱠوِل إِﻟَﻰ َﺟﺬ‬place ِ ‫اﻻْﺳﺘِﺜَﻤ‬ ‫ﻮل َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺤ‬ ُ ‫اﻷَْﺟﻨَﺒِﱢﻲ َو‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬ .‫ال‬ ِ ‫وس اﻷَْﻣَﻮ‬ ِ ‫ُرُؤ‬ ‫ﺎل‬ ُ ‫ ﻓِﻲ اﻟﻨﱢﮭَﺎﯾَ ِﺔ ﺗ ََﻤ ﱠﻜَﻦ ِرَﺟ‬eventually ‫ﱡ‬ ‫ﯿﻊ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺸْﺮطَِﺔ ِﻣَﻦ اﻟﻘَ ْﺒ‬ ِ ‫ﺾ َﻋﻠَﻰ َﺟِﻤ‬ .‫ﺼﺎﺑَ ِﺔ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻌ‬ ِ ‫أَ ْﻓَﺮِاد‬

The party is indeed facing serious financial problems.

‫اﻟﻮاﻗِ ِﻊ ِﻣْﻦ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺤْﺰ‬ ِ ‫ ﯾ َُﻌﺎﻧِﻲ‬indeed َ ‫ب ﻓِﻲ‬ .‫ﺿْﺨَﻤٍﺔ‬ ٍ ‫ُﻣْﺸِﻜَﻼ‬ َ ‫ت َﻣﺎﻟِﯿ ٍﱠﺔ‬

Waiting for the elections, the candidates mobilize voters. Initially, the contracts will be signed, and the necessary funds will be secured. In the estimation of the World Bank, the world has witnessed mass displacements in the past decade. The report, under all circumstances, shall be forwarded to the chief executive. After the earthquake, the country was in need of money to help in reconstruction. In case of loss, this will be borne by the investor.

‫ﺎت‬ ِ َ‫اﻻْﻧﺘَِﺨﺎﺑ‬ ِ ‫ﺎر َﻣْﻮِﻋِﺪ‬ ِ َ‫ ﻓِﻲ اِْﻧﺘِﻈ‬waiting for ‫ﻮن إِﻟَﻰ َﺣْﺸِﺪ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤَﺮﱠﺷُﺤ‬ ُ ُ ‫ﯾَ ْﻠَﺠﺄ‬ .‫ﯿﻦ‬ َ ِ‫ﺎﺧﺒ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻨﱠ‬ ‫ﯿﻊ‬ ُ ِ‫ئ اﻷَ ْﻣِﺮ َﺳﯿَﺘِ ﱡﻢ ﺗَْﻮﻗ‬ ِ َ‫ ﻓِﻲ ﺑ‬initially/in the ِ ‫ﺎد‬ ‫ﯾﻞ ﱠ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﻌﻘُﻮ ِد َوﺗَﺄِْﻣ‬ .‫زم‬ ُ first place ِ ‫ﯿﻦ اﻟﺘﱠ ْﻤِﻮ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻼ‬ ‫ﯾﺮ اﻟﺒَْﻨِﻚ ﱡ‬ ‫اﻟﺪَوﻟِﱢﻲ َﺷِﮭَﺪ‬ ِ ‫ ﻓِﻲ ﺗَ ْﻘ ِﺪ‬in the ً‫ﺎﻋﯿﱠﺔ‬ َ estimation ِ ‫وح َﺟَﻤ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻌﺎﻟَ ُﻢ َﻣْﻮَﺟ‬ ٍ ‫ﺎت ﻧُ ُﺰ‬ .‫ﺮ‬ َ ‫ﻓِﻲ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻌْﻘِﺪ اﻷَ ِﺧْﯿ‬ ‫ ﻓِﻲ‬،‫ﯾﺮ‬ ُ ‫ﺐ أَ ْن ﯾ ُْﺮﻓَ َﻊ اﻟﺘﱠ ْﻘ ِﺮ‬ ُ ‫ ﯾَِﺠ‬in any case/in all َ ‫ إِﻟَﻰ ﱠ‬،‫ال‬ ‫ﯿﺲ‬ ِ ‫ﯿﻊ اﻷْﺣَﻮ‬ ِ ِ‫اﻟﺮﺋ‬ ِ ‫ َﺟ ِﻤ‬circumstances .‫ي‬ ‫ﯿﺬ ﱢ‬ ِ ِ‫اﻟﺘﱠ ْﻨﻔ‬ ‫ال‬ َ ‫ َﻛ‬in need of َ ‫ﺎن اﻟﺒَﻠَُﺪ ﻓِﻲ َﺣ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﺟٍﺔ إِﻟَﻰ اﻷَ ْﻣَﻮ‬ ‫ﺎدِة‬ َ ‫ﯾﻞ إَِﻋ‬ َ ‫ﻠﻤَﺴ‬ ُ ِ‫ﻟ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻋَﺪِة َﻋﻠَﻰ ﺗ َْﻤِﻮ‬ ْ ‫ﱢ‬ ْ َ ْ ‫ﺰ‬ ‫ﻟ‬ ‫اﻟﺰ‬ ‫ﺪ‬ ‫ﻌ‬ ‫ﺑ‬ ‫ﺎر‬ ‫ﻤ‬ ‫ﻋ‬ .‫ال‬ َ َ ِ َ ‫اﻹ‬ ِ ِ ‫ﺎرٍة‬ َ ‫وث َﺧَﺴ‬ ِ ‫ ﻓِﻲ َﺣﺎﻟَ ِﺔ ُﺣُﺪ‬in the case of/ ْ ْ ‫اﻟﻤ‬ .‫ﺴﺘَﺜِﻤُﺮ‬ ُ ‫ ﻓََﺴﯿَﺘََﺤﱠﻤﻠُﮭَﺎ‬in the event of

‫اﻟﻤﱠﺮِة‬ َ ‫ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﻤْﺴﺘَ ْﻘﺒَ ِﻞ‬ ُ ‫ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻘَ ِﺎم‬ َ ‫ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫اﻷَﱠوِل‬

‫ﻓِﻲ اﻟﻨﱢﮭَﺎﯾَِﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻮاﻗِِﻊ‬ َ ‫ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﺎر‬ ِ َ‫ﻓِﻲ اِْﻧﺘِﻈ‬

‫ئ‬ ِ َ‫ﻓِﻲ ﺑ‬ ِ ‫ﺎد‬ ‫اﻷَْﻣِﺮ‬

‫ﯾﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﻓِﻲ ﺗَ ْﻘِﺪ‬

‫ﯿﻊ‬ ِ ‫ﻓِﻲ َﺟِﻤ‬ ‫ال‬ ِ ‫اﻷَ ْﺣَﻮ‬ ‫ﺎﺟٍﺔ‬ َ ‫ﻓِﻲ َﺣ‬

‫ﻓِﻲ َﺣﺎﻟَ ِﺔ‬

90

Two-letter prepositions

ْ ِ‫ﺎن إ‬ ُ ‫طَﻼ‬ ‫اﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋِﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫ َﻛ‬on its own َ َ ‫اﻟﻤَﺤﻄﱠ ِﺔ‬ َ ‫ق‬ ْ ِ‫ﻓِﻲ َﺣﱢﺪ َذاﺗِِﮫ َﺣَﺪﺛًﺎ ا‬ .‫ﺳﺘِ ْﺜﻨَﺎﺋِﯿًّﺎ‬

‫ﻓِﻲ َﺣﱢﺪ َذاﺗِِﮫ‬

The purpose of the convention is to establish a free-trade area between the two countries by 2020.

ُ َ‫اﻻﺗﱢﻔ‬ ‫ﺎء ِﻣْﻨﻄَﻘَ ٍﺔ‬ ِ ‫ﺎق إِﻟَﻰ إِْﻧ َﺸ‬ ِ ‫ ﯾَْﺮِﻣﻲ‬within/by ُ َ‫[ ﻟِﻠﺘﱠﺒ‬a certain ‫اﻟﺤﱢﺮ ﺑَْﯿَﻦ اﻟﺒَﻠَ َﺪْﯾِﻦ ﻓِﻲ‬ ُ ‫ﺎدِل‬ time] .2020 ‫ﺎم‬ ِ ‫ُﺣُﺪ‬ ِ ‫ود َﻋ‬

‫ود‬ ِ ‫ﻓِﻲ ُﺣُﺪ‬

While contacts between the leaders of the two countries are going on, the attacks on the borders are continuing.

ُ ‫ﺼَﺎﻻ‬ ‫ت َﻣَﻊ‬ َ ‫ﯿﻦ ﺗَْﺴﺘَِﻤﱡﺮ اﻻﺗﱢ‬ ِ ‫ ﻓِﻲ ِﺣ‬while ‫اﺻُﻞ‬ َ َ‫ﻗِﯿ‬ َ ‫ ﺗَﺘََﻮ‬،‫ﺎدﺗَْﻲ اﻟﺒَﻠََﺪْﯾِﻦ‬ َ ُ ُ .‫ود‬ ُ ‫اﻟﮭَ َﺠَﻤﺎت َﻋﻠﻰ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺤﺪ‬

The launch of the space station was in itself an extraordinary event.

At the closure of the conference, recommendations were announced. Historical sites in the city are in danger as a result of war. The children looked at the magician in amazement and fascination. According to some observers, all Arabs must improve democracy in the region. He got used to spending Ramadan in the vastness of the Great Mosque.

‫ ﺗَﱠﻢ إِ ْﻋ َﻼ ُن‬،‫اﻟﻤ ْﺆﺗََﻤِﺮ‬ ُ ‫ ﻓِﻲ ِﺧﺘَِﺎم‬at the closure .‫ﺎت‬ ِ َ‫ﺻﯿ‬ ِ ‫ اﻟﺘﱠ ْﻮ‬of/end of ْ ‫ َو‬in danger ‫ﯾﺨﯿ ِﱠﺔ ﻓِﻲ‬ ِ ‫ﺎر‬ ِ ‫ﺿُﻊ اﻷََﻣ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻛِﻦ اﻟﺘﱠ‬ َ َ ‫ﺻﺒََﺢ ﻓِﻲ َﺧ‬ َ‫ﯿﺠﺔ‬ ْ ‫اﻟﻤِﺪﯾﻨَ ِﺔ أ‬ َ ِ‫ﻄٍﺮ ﻧَﺘ‬ َ .‫ب‬ َ ِ ‫اﻟﺤْﺮ‬ ْ َ‫ﻈَﺮ اﻷ‬ َ َ‫ ﻧ‬in ‫طﻔَﺎل إِﻟَﻰ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎﺣ ِﺮ ﻓِﻲ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺴ‬ ْ َ .‫ﺎر‬ ‫ﺔ‬ ‫ﺸ‬ ‫ﮭ‬ ‫ﺒ‬ ‫ﻧ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ٍ َ ِ ِ َ ٍ ‫ َدْھ‬amazement/

astonishment

‫ﯿﻦ‬ ِ ‫ﻓِﻲ ِﺣ‬

‫ﻓِﻲ ِﺧﺘَ ِﺎم‬

‫ﻓِﻲ َﺧﻄٍَﺮ‬ َ ‫ﻓِﻲ َدْھ‬ / ‫ﺸٍﺔ‬ ‫ُﻮل‬ ٍ ‫ُذھ‬

ْ ،‫ﯿﻦ‬ َ ِ‫اﻟﻤَﺮاﻗِﺒ‬ ُ ‫ﺾ‬ ِ ‫ ﻓِﻲ َرأ‬according to ِ ‫ي ﺑَ ْﻌ‬ ُ ‫ب ﺗُ ِﺤِﺴ‬ ‫ﯿﻦ‬ ُ ‫ﯾَ ِﺠ‬ َ ‫ﺐ َﻋﻠَﻰ ُﻛﱢﻞ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻌَﺮ‬ ْ ‫ﺿ ِﻊ ﱢ‬ ْ ‫َو‬ ‫اطﯿِﱠﺔ ﻓِﻲ‬ ِ ‫ﯾﻤﻮﻗَﺮ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺪ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤْﻨ‬ .‫ﻄﻘَِﺔ‬ ِ

‫أي‬ ِ ‫ﻓِﻲ َر‬

‫ﺎن‬ َ ‫ﻀ‬ َ ‫ﺎء َﺷْﮭِﺮ َرَﻣ‬ َ َ‫ ﺗ ََﻌﱠﻮَد َﻋﻠَﻰ ﻗ‬in the wings ِ ‫ﻀ‬ ْ .‫ام‬ ‫ﺮ‬ ‫اﻟﺤ‬ ‫ﺪ‬ ‫ﺠ‬ ‫ﺴ‬ ِ ‫ ﻓِﻲ ِرَﺣ‬of/in the ِ َ َ ِ ‫اﻟﻤ‬ َ ‫ﺎب‬

‫ﺣﺎب‬ ِ ‫ﻓِﻲ ِر‬

vastness of

Her husband died at the prime of his life in war.

‫ب َوھ َُﻮ‬ َ ‫ ﺗُُﻮﻓﱢَﻲ َزْوُﺟﮭَﺎ ﻓِﻲ‬prime of ِ ‫اﻟﺤْﺮ‬ ‫ﺎن ﱠ‬ .‫ﺎب‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺸﺒ‬ ِ ‫ﻓِﻲ َرْﯾَﻌ‬

‫ﺎن‬ ِ ‫ﻓِﻲ َرْﯾَﻌ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﺒﺎب‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺸ‬

In the context of finding solutions to the water crisis, the government will work on ground water extraction.

‫ﻮل‬ ِ ‫ﺎق اﻟﺒَْﺤ‬ ٍ ُ‫ﺚ َﻋْﻦ ُﺣﻠ‬ ِ َ‫ ﻓِﻲ ِﺳﯿ‬in the context ُ‫ﻮﻣﺔ‬ ُ ‫ َﺳﺘ َْﻌَﻤُﻞ‬،‫اﻟﻤﯿَ ِﺎه‬ ِ ‫ ِﻷَْزَﻣﺔ‬of َ ‫اﻟﺤُﻜ‬ .َ‫اﻟﺠْﻮﻓِﯿﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫ﯿﺎه‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤ‬ ِ ‫اج‬ ِ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ اِ ْﺳﺘِ ْﺨَﺮ‬

‫ﯿﺎق‬ ِ ‫ﻓِﻲ ِﺳ‬

Two-letter prepositions 91 Concerning the amendment to the Investment Act, the Parliament will hold serious discussions. The political crisis has been an investment serving the interest(s) of external parties. The government is in the process of establishing industrial firms and agricultural enterprises. The agreement has been drafted in a way that satisfies all parties. In the light of the economic crisis, social problems have been exacerbated. In the time of the current president, all the economic indicators deteriorated. The negotiations between the two parties were extremely difficult. In the absence of an effective police, crime rates have increased. The parties found themselves in the middle of a political storm. In the game, the player was at the peak of his fitness.

‫ﻮن‬ ِ ‫ ﻓِﻲ َﺷﺄِْن ﺗ َْﻌِﺪ‬concerning ِ ُ‫ﯾﻞ ﻗَﺎﻧ‬ ُ ‫ َﺳﯿُْﺠِﺮي اﻟﺒَْﺮﻟَ َﻤ‬،‫ﺎر‬ ‫ﺎن‬ ِ ِ ‫اﻻْﺳﺘِ ْﺜ َﻤ‬ ً.‫ﺎدة‬ َ ‫ﺎت َﺟ ﱠ‬ ٍ ‫ُﻣﻨَﺎﻗ َﺸ‬ ‫ﺎﺳﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ُ ‫ ﺗَﱠﻢ اِْﺳﺘِْﺜَﻤ‬in the ‫ﺎر َاﻷَزَﻣِﺔ ﱢ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺴﯿ‬ .‫ﺟﯿ ٍﱠﺔ‬ ٍ َ‫ﺢ ِﺟﮭ‬ َ ‫ ﻓِﻲ‬interest(s) of ِ ‫ﺎر‬ ِ ‫ﺎت َﺧ‬ ِ ِ‫ﺻﺎﻟ‬

in the process ‫ﺎء‬ ُ َ ‫ﻮﻣﺔُ ﻓِﻲ‬ ِ ‫ﺻَﺪِد إِْﻧَﺸ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺤُﻜ‬ ‫ﺎت‬ َ ‫َﺎﻋﯿ ٍﱠﺔ َوَﻣْﺸُﺮ‬ ٍ ‫وﻋ‬ ٍ ‫ َﺷِﺮَﻛ‬of ِ ‫ﺻﻨ‬ ِ ‫ﺎت‬ .‫اﻋﯿ ٍﱠﺔ‬ ِ ‫ِزَر‬

‫ﺄن‬ ِ ‫ﻓِﻲ َﺷ‬

‫ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﺻﺎﻟﺢ‬ ِ

‫ﺻَﺪِد‬ َ ‫ﻓِﻲ‬

ْ ‫ ﺗ ﱠَﻤ‬in a way/in a َ َ‫ﺻﯿ‬ ‫ﺎق ﻓِﻲ‬ ِ ‫ﺖ‬ ِ ُ‫ﺎﻏﺔ‬ ِ َ‫اﻻﺗﱢﻔ‬ ‫ﯿﻊ‬ ُ form of َ ‫ﺿﻲ َﺟِﻤ‬ َ ‫ﺻ‬ ِ ‫ﻮرٍة ﺗُْﺮ‬ ْ َ‫اﻷ‬ .‫اف‬ ِ ‫طَﺮ‬

/ ‫ﺻﻮرة‬ ُ ‫ﻓِﻲ‬

ُ‫اﻻﺟﺘِﻤﺎﻋﯿﱠﺔ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﻤْﺸِﻜَﻼ‬ ِ ‫ت‬ ُ ‫ ﺗَﻔَﺎﻗَ َﻤﺖ‬in the light of َ .‫ﺎدﯾ ِﱠﺔ‬ َ ِ‫اﻻْﻗﺘ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ِ ‫ﻓِﻲ ِظﱢﻞ اﻷ ْزَﻣﺔ‬

‫ﻓِﻲ ِظﱢﻞ‬

‫ ﻓِﻲ َﻋْﮭِﺪ ﱠ‬in the time/ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟِﱢﻲ‬ َ ‫ﯿﺲ‬ ِ ِ‫اﻟﺮﺋ‬ ْ ‫ ﺗََﺪْھَﻮَر‬era of ‫ات‬ ُ ‫ت َﺟِﻤ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤَﺆﱢﺷَﺮ‬ ُ ‫ﯿﻊ‬ .‫ﺎدﯾ ِﱠﺔ‬ َ ِ‫اﻻْﻗﺘ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ِ

‫ﮭﺪ‬ ِ ‫ﻓِﻲ َﻋ‬

ُ ‫ﺿ‬ ‫اﻟﺠﺎﻧِﺒَ ْﯿِﻦ‬ َ ‫ﺎو‬ َ ‫ﺎت ﺑَْﯿَﻦ‬ ِ َ‫ َﻛﺎﻧ‬extremely ُ ‫ﺖ‬ َ َ‫اﻟﻤﻔ‬ ‫ﻓِﻲ َﻏﺎﯾَ ِﺔ ﱡ‬ .‫اﻟﺼُﻌﻮﺑَ ِﺔ‬ ‫ﺎب ﱡ‬ ،‫اﻟﺸْﺮطَِﺔ اﻟﻔَ ﱠﻌﺎﻟَ ِﺔ‬ ِ َ‫ ﻓِﻲ ِﻏﯿ‬in the absence ْ ‫ َزَاد‬of ُ ‫ت ُﻣَﻌﱠﺪَﻻ‬ .‫ﯾﻤِﺔ‬ َ ‫ت‬ َ ‫اﻟﺠِﺮ‬

‫َﺷﻜﻞ‬

‫ﻓِﻲ َﻏﺎﯾَ ِﺔ‬

‫ﯿﺎب‬ ِ ‫ﻓﻲ ِﻏ‬

‫ﺐ‬ ُ ‫ت اﻷَْﺣَﺰ‬ ِ ‫اب ﻧَْﻔَﺴﮭَﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﻗَْﻠ‬ ِ ‫ َوَﺟَﺪ‬in the middle .‫ﺎﺳﯿ ٍﱠﺔ‬ ِ َ‫ﺎﺻﻔَ ٍﺔ ِﺳﯿ‬ ِ ‫ َﻋ‬of

‫ﻗﻠﺐ‬ ِ ‫ﻓﻲ‬

‫ظﮭَ َﺮ ﱠ‬ َ the peak of ‫ﺎرِاة ﻓِﻲ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﻼِﻋ‬ َ َ‫اﻟﻤﺒ‬ ُ ‫ﺐ ﻓِﻲ‬ .‫ﻗِﱠﻤِﺔ ﻟِﯿَﺎﻗَﺘِِﮫ‬

‫ﻓِﻲ ﻗِ ﱠﻤِﺔ‬

92

Two-letter prepositions

Countries in Africa score badly in the field of human rights. In an attempt to put an end to monopolization, the government will enact new laws. Security forces deployed along the perimeter of the explosion area. The region entered a new stage of modernization.

ُ‫اﻹْﻓِﺮﯾﻘِﯿﱠﺔ‬ ُ ‫ﻖ اﻟﺒُْﻠَﺪ‬ ُ ‫َﻻ ﺗُ َﺤﻘﱢ‬ ِ ‫ان‬ َ ‫َﻣ‬ ‫ﻮق‬ ِ ‫ﺮاﻛﺰ َﺟﯿﺪةً ﻓِﻲ َﻣَﺠ‬ ِ ُ‫ﺎل ُﺣﻘ‬ .‫ﺎن‬ ِ ‫ِاﻻْﻧَﺴ‬ ً‫ﯾﺪة‬ ُ ‫َﺳﺘَُﺴﱡﻦ‬ َ ِ‫ﻮﻣﺔُ ﻗََﻮاﻧ‬ َ ‫ﯿﻦ َﺟِﺪ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺤُﻜ‬ ‫ﱟ‬ ْ ‫ﱠﺎت‬ ‫ﯿ‬ ‫ﻠ‬ ‫ﻤ‬ ‫ﻌ‬ ‫ﻟ‬ ‫ﺪ‬ ‫ﺣ‬ ‫ﺔ‬ ‫ﻊ‬ ‫ﺿ‬ ‫ﻮ‬ ‫ﻟ‬ ِ ِ َ َ ِ َ ِ َ ِ ٍ َ‫ﺎوﻟ‬ َ ‫ﻓِﻲ ُﻣَﺤ‬ .‫ﺎر‬ ِ ِ ‫اﻻْﺣﺘِ َﻜ‬

in the area of/ in the field of

‫ﻣﺠﺎل‬ ‫ﻓﻲ‬ ِ

in an attempt to

‫ﺤﺎوﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ُﻣ‬ ٍ

ْ ‫ اِ ْﻧﺘ ََﺸَﺮ‬the perimeter ُ ‫ت ﻗُ ﱠﻮ‬ ‫ﯿﻂ‬ ِ ‫ات اﻷَ ْﻣِﻦ ﻓِﻲ ُﻣِﺤ‬ ْ َ ‫ ِﻣْﻨ‬of ‫ﺠ‬ ‫ﻔ‬ ‫ﻧ‬ ‫اﻻ‬ .‫ﺎر‬ ِ َ ِ ِ ‫ﻄﻘَ ِﺔ‬

‫ﺤﯿﻂ‬ ِ ‫ﻓﻲ ُﻣ‬

َ ‫اﻟﻤْﻨ‬ ‫ﻄﻘَﺔُ ﻓِﻲ َﻣْﺮَﺣﻠَ ٍﺔ‬ ِ ‫ﺖ‬ ِ َ‫ َدَﺧﻠ‬in the stage of ‫ﱠ‬ ْ ْ .‫ﯾﺚ‬ ‫ﺪ‬ ‫ﺤ‬ ‫اﻟﺘ‬ ‫ﻞ‬ ‫اﺣ‬ ‫ﺮ‬ ‫ﻣ‬ ‫ﻦ‬ ‫ﻣ‬ َ ‫َﺟِﺪ‬ ِ ِ ِ ِ َ َ ِ ‫ﯾﺪٍة‬

‫ﻠﺔ‬ ٍ ‫ﺮﺣ‬ َ ‫ﻓﻲ َﻣ‬

،‫ﺎء‬ َ ‫ ﻓِﻲ ُﻣﻘَﺎﺑِِﻞ اﻟﺘﱠ‬in exchange ِ ‫ﺎﻣِﻦ ﺑَ ْﯿَﻦ اﻟﻨﱢ َﺴ‬ ُ ‫ﻀ‬ ْ .‫ﺎل‬ ‫ﺟ‬ ‫اﻟﺮ‬ ‫ﻦ‬ ‫ﯿ‬ ‫ﺑ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ َ َ ‫ﺎﻣُﻦ‬ َ ‫ َزَاد اﻟﺘﱠ‬for/in ُ ‫ﻀ‬ ِ َ

‫ﻘﺎﺑﻞ‬ ِ ‫ﻓﻲ ُﻣ‬

At a young age, the little girl took on the responsibility of taking care of her family.

‫ﺖ اﻟﻔَﺘَﺎةُ َﻣْﺴ ُﺆوﻟِﯿﱠﺔَ ِرَﻋﺎﯾَِﺔ‬ ِ َ‫ ﺗََﺤﱠﻤﻠ‬At a young ُ age ْ ‫ﻤ‬ ‫اﻟﻌ‬ ‫ﻞ‬ ‫َﺒ‬ ‫ﺘ‬ ‫ﻘ‬ ‫ﻣ‬ ‫ﻲ‬ ‫ﻓ‬ ‫ﻲ‬ ‫ھ‬ ‫و‬ .‫ﺮ‬ ُ ِ َ ِ َ ُ ِ َ ِ َ ‫اﻷْﺳَﺮة‬

‫ﻓِﻲ ُﻣْﻘﺘَﺒَِﻞ‬ ‫اﻟﻌْﻤِﺮ‬ ُ

Members of the government are foremost among those people who will be brought to face justice.

ُ ‫ ﻗَ ْﺪ ﯾَ ُﻜ‬at the ‫ﻮﻣِﺔ ﻓِﻲ‬ ُ ‫ﺎء‬ ُ ‫ﻀ‬ َ ‫ﻮن أَ ْﻋ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺤ ُﻜ‬ ُ َ ْ ُ ‫ﺪ‬ ‫ﯾ‬ ‫ُﻢ‬ ‫ﮭ‬ ‫ﺎﻟ‬ ‫َﻄ‬ ‫ﺗ‬ .‫اﻟﻌَﺪاﻟَ ِﺔ‬ ‫ﻦ‬ ‫ﻣ‬ َ َ ْ َ ‫ ُﻣﻘَ ﱢﺪَﻣِﺔ‬forefront of/

‫ﻓﻲ ُﻣ ﱢ‬ ‫ﻣﺔ‬ ِ ‫ﻘﺪ‬

In Europe, in the middle of the last century, feminists’ voices were raised.

‫ﺎﺿﻲ‬ َ َ‫ ﻓِﻲ ُﻣْﻨﺘ‬in the middle ِ ‫اﻟﻤ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬ َ ‫ﻒ اﻟﻘَْﺮِن‬ ْ َ‫ ﺗََﻌﺎﻟ‬of ُ ‫ﺻَﻮ‬ ْ َ‫ﺖ أ‬ ‫ﱠﺎت ﻓِﻲ‬ ِ ‫ات اﻟﻨﱠ َﺴِﻮﯾ‬ .‫أوروﺑَﺎ‬ ُ

‫ﻒ‬ َ َ‫ﻓﻲ ُﻣﻨﺘ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬

In the eyes of policy makers in Washington, D.C., the situation in the region is calm.

‫ار ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫ ﻓِﻲ ﻧَﻈَ ِﺮ‬in the eyes of ِ ‫ﺻﺎﻧِِﻌﻲ اﻟﻘَ َﺮ‬ ْ ‫اﻟﻮ‬ ‫ﺿَﻊ ﻓِﻲ‬ ِ ‫َو‬ َ ‫اﺷْﻨﻄُﻦ ﻓَﺈِ ﱠن‬ َ ٌ ‫ﺎد‬ .‫ئ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﻤْﻨﻄﻘَِﺔ ھ‬ ِ

‫ﻈﺮ‬ ِ َ‫ﻓﻲ ﻧ‬

In response to solidarity between women, solidarity between men has increased.

Young people claimed their right to have a good education, and at the same time to work and enjoy health care.

response to

foremost among

‫ﺐ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎب ﺑَِﺤﻘﱢِﮭْﻢ ﻓِﻲ اﻟﺘﱠْﻌﻠِِﯿﻢ‬ ُ َ‫اﻟﺸﺒ‬ َ َ‫ طَﺎﻟ‬at the same time ‫ﺖ ﺑَِﺤﻘﱢ ِﮭْﻢ‬ َ ِ ‫اﻟﻮْﻗ‬ َ ‫ﺲ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺠﯿ ِﱢﺪ َوﻓِﻲ ﻧ َْﻔ‬ .‫ﺤﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺼ ﱢ‬ ‫اﻟﺮَﻋﺎﯾَ ِﺔ ﱢ‬ ‫اﻟﻌَﻤِﻞ َو ﱢ‬ َ ‫ﻓِﻲ‬

‫ﻔﺲ‬ ِ َ‫ﻓﻲ ﻧ‬ ‫اﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬

Two-letter prepositions 93 The president is in trouble because of the protests.

‫ َوَﺟَﺪ ﱠ‬in trouble ‫ﯿﺲ ﻧَْﻔَﺴﮫُ ﻓِﻲ َوْرطٍَﺔ‬ ُ ِ‫اﻟﺮﺋ‬ .‫ﺎت‬ َ ‫اﻻْﺣﺘَِﺠ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﺟ‬ ِ ‫ﺐ‬ ِ َ‫ﺑِ َﺴﺒ‬

Opposition parties are now tools in the hands of the army.

ْ ‫ﺻﺒَ َﺤ‬ ْ َ‫ أ‬in the hands ‫ﺿِﺔ‬ ُ ‫ﺖ أَ ْﺣَﺰ‬ َ ‫ﺎر‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤَﻌ‬ ُ ‫اب‬ .‫ﺶ‬ َ ‫ أَ َداةً ﻓِﻲ ﯾَ ِﺪ‬of ِ ‫اﻟﺠْﯿ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ورطٍَﺔ‬ ‫ﯾﺪ‬ ِ ‫ﻓﻲ‬

The United Nations wondered whether displaced people would go back home or not.

‫ﯿﻤﺎ إِ َذا‬ ِ َ‫ﺎءﻟ‬ ُ ‫ﺖ اﻷَُﻣُﻢ‬ َ ‫ ﺗَ َﺴ‬whether َ ِ‫اﻟﻤﺘﱠ ِﺤَﺪةُ ﻓ‬ ُ ‫َﺳﯿَ ُﻌ‬ ‫ﺎرِھْﻢ‬ َ ‫ﺎزُﺣ‬ ِ َ‫ﻮن إِﻟَﻰ ِدﯾ‬ ِ ‫ﻮد اﻟﻨﱠ‬ .‫أَ ْم َﻻ‬

The minister had previously served as a senior expert in the International Monetary Fund.

‫ﻖ ﯾَ ْﺸَﻐُﻞ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﻮِز‬ َ َ‫ﯿﻤﺎ َﺳﺒ‬ َ ‫ َﻛ‬previously َ ‫ﺎن‬ َ ِ‫ﯾﺮ ﻓ‬ ‫وق‬ ُ ِ‫اء ﺑ‬ َ ‫ﺼ‬ ِ ‫َﻣْﻨ‬ َ ‫ﯿﺮ ُﺧﺒَ َﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﺼْﻨُﺪ‬ ِ ِ‫ﺐ َﻛﺒ‬ ‫ﱡ‬ .‫ﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﻨﱠ ْﻘِﺪ اﻟﺪَوﻟِ ﱢ‬

‫ﻖ‬ َ َ‫ﯿﻤﺎ َﺳﺒ‬ َ ِ‫ﻓ‬

In the past, the US administration was keen to find a twostate solution.

ُ‫ارة‬ َ ‫اﻹَد‬ َ ‫ﯿﻤﺎ َﻣ‬ ِ ‫ﻀﻰ َﻛﺎﻧ‬ َ ِ‫ ﻓ‬in the past ِ ‫َﺖ‬ ‫ﯾﺼﺔً َﻋﻠَﻰ َﺣﱢﻞ‬ َ ‫اﻷَْﻣ ِﺮْﯾ ِﻜﯿﱠﺔُ َﺣ ِﺮ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ .‫ﻦ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺪْوﻟَﺘ َْﯿ‬

‫ﻀﻰ‬ َ ‫ﯿﻤﺎ َﻣ‬ َ ِ‫ﻓ‬

With regard to unemployment, females’ unemployment rate was higher than the males’.

ْ ‫ َﻛﺎﻧ‬،َ‫ﺺ اﻟﺒَﻄَﺎﻟَﺔ‬ ‫ﯿﻤﺎ ﯾَ ُﺨ ﱡ‬ ‫َﺖ‬ َ ِ‫ َوﻓ‬with regard to َ َ َ‫ﻧِْﺴﺒَﺔُ اﻟﺒ‬ ‫ﺎث أ ْﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ِ َ‫اﻹﻧ‬ ِ ‫ﻄﺎﻟَِﺔ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﱡ‬ ُ .‫ﻮر‬ ِ ‫ِﻣْﻨﮭَﺎ ﻓِﻲ اﻟﺬﻛ‬

‫ﯿﻤﺎ ﯾَ ُﺨ ﱡ‬ ‫ﺺ‬ َ ِ‫ﻓ‬

‫ﯿﻤﺎ إَِذا‬ َ ِ‫ﻓ‬

‫َﻛﻲ‬ The particle ‫ َﻛﻲ‬is similar to two other particles in Arabic, (‫ )ِل‬and (‫ﺣﺘﱠﻰ‬ َ ). These ْ ‫اﻟﻤ‬ are considered to be prepositions when followed by an implicit noun or (‫ﺼَﺪر‬ َ ‫ﻟﻤَﺆﱠول‬ ُ ‫)ا‬, i.e. an implicit verbal noun that consists of a suppressed particle ‫ أَْن‬+ a verb. However, when these particles are followed by an accusative-marked present-tense verb, they become subjunctive particles, and the verbs will be in the subjunctive mood. ‫ َﻛﻲ‬is rarely used as a preposition in Modern Standard Arabic. It is used primarily as a subjunctive particle to designate the intention of someone and the object acted on. It is translated as ‘in order to’. ُ ‫)ِﺟْﺌ‬, the combination of (‫أن‬ ْ ) followed by the present-tense verb In (‫ﻲ أَ ْن أَﺗ ََﻌﻠﱠﻢ‬ ْ ‫ﺖ َﻛ‬ َ ‫ﱠ‬ (‫ )أﺗ ََﻌﻠﻢ‬is considered to be the implicit object of the preposition ‫ﻛﻲ‬.

94

Two-letter prepositions Note

ْ and a verb, or if the particle ‫أن‬ ْ is supIf ‫ﻲ‬ ْ ‫ َﻛ‬is followed by the particle ‫أن‬ pressed but assumed after ‫ﻛﻲ‬ ْ , then ‫ﻛﻲ‬ ْ is considered to be a preposition in both cases, as in the following two sentences: ُ ‫ِﺟْﺌ‬ .‫ﻲ أَ ْن أَﺗ ََﻌﻠﱠ َﻢ‬ ْ ‫ﺖ َﻛ‬

ْ ‫ﺎر‬ .‫ك‬ ‫س ﱢ‬ َ ‫ﻮل ُﻋْﻤُﺮ‬ َ ُ‫ﺎﺿﺔَ َﻛﻲ ﯾَﻄ‬ َ َ‫اﻟﺮﯾ‬ ِ ‫َﻣ‬

I came to learn. Do sports so as to live longer.

ْ after ‫ َﻛﻲ‬as (‫ﻮل‬ In the second sentence above it is assumed that there is ‫أن‬ َ ُ‫)َﻛﻲ أَ ْن ﯾَﻄ‬. The prepositional ‫ ﻛﻲ‬can be followed by the interrogative particle ‫ﻣﺎ‬, and it becomes ( ‫ َﻛْﯿَﻤﺎ‬or ‫)َﻛْﯿَﻤﮫ‬, and it has the same meaning as ‘why’, as in these cases: َ ‫َﻛْﯿَﻤﺎ َﺳﺎﻓَ ْﺮ‬ ‫ت إَﻟَﻰ ﺑَْﻐَﺪَاد؟‬ َ ‫َﻛْﯿَﻤﺎ ﻓََﻌْﻠ‬ ‫ﺖ ھََﺬا؟‬ ‫َﻛْﯿَﻤﺎ ﻗَﺘَﻠُﻮهُ؟‬

Why did you travel to Baghdad? Why did you do that? Why did they kill him?

‫ َﻛْﻲ‬as a subjunctive particle is used in the sense of ‘in order to’, as in the following: ُ ‫درْﺳ‬ .‫ﺎن‬ َ ِ ْ ‫ﺖ َﻛْﻲ أَْﻧَﺠَﺢ ﻓِﻲ‬ ِ ‫اﻻْﻣﺘَِﺤ‬

ُ ‫ُﻋْﺪ‬ .‫ﺎﻋَﺪ أُﱢﻣﻲ‬ ِ ‫ت إِﻟَﻰ ْاﻟَﻤ ْﻨِﺰِل َﻛْﻲ أَُﺳ‬

I studied in order to pass the exam. I went back home to/in order to help my mom.

Note When ‫ﻲ‬ ْ ‫ َﻛ‬is preceded by the particle (‫ )ل‬in the sense of ‘in order to’, ‫ َﻛﻲ‬will be considered to be a subjunctive particle and not a preposition, such as in the following cases:

‫ﻒ‬ َ ‫ﯿﺮ ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻷْﺳﺌِﻠَِﺔ ﻟَِﻜْﻲ ﯾَْﻜِﺸ‬ َ ِ‫َﺳﺄ َ َل ْاﻟَﻜﺜ‬ .َ‫ﺤﻘِﯿﻘَﺔ‬ َ ‫ْاﻟ‬ ‫َذھَﺒَﺎ إِﻟَﻰ ﱡ‬ .‫ﺤْﻠَﻮى‬ َ ‫ﻮق ﻟَِﻜْﻲ ﯾَْﺸﺘَِﺮﯾَﺎ ْاﻟ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺴ‬

He asked a lot of questions in order to unveil the truth. They went to market to buy candy.

Note If (‫ )ﻻ‬is added to ‫ﻲ‬ ْ ‫ َﻛ‬it will become (‫)َﻛْﯿَﻼ‬, which means ‘in order not to’, as shown in the following: .‫ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻘﯿﻘَِﺔ‬ َ ‫ﺘﺮ‬ َ ‫ھ ََﺮ‬ َ ‫ف‬ ِ ‫ب َﻛْﯿَﻼ ﯾَْﻌ‬

ْ ‫َﺳﺎﻓَْﺮﻧَﺎ َﻛْﯿَﻼ ﻧَْﺸُﻌَﺮ ﺑِْﺎﻟَﻤﻠَِﻞ ﻓِﻲ ْاﻟُﻌ‬ .‫ﻄﻠَِﺔ‬

He ran away in order not to tell the truth. We traveled so that we wouldn’t get bored during the holiday.

‫‪Two-letter prepositions 95‬‬ ‫‪َ), but it will not change the mean‬ﻛْﯿَﻼ = ﻟِ َﻜْﯿَﻼ( ‪ِ) can be added to‬ل( ‪The particle‬‬‫‪ing, as in the following:‬‬ ‫‪Don’t tell him what happened so that‬‬ ‫‪he won’t feel sad.‬‬ ‫‪I drank coffee so as not to feel sleepy.‬‬

‫َﻻ ﺗُ ْﺨﺒِﺮهُ َﻋﱠﻤﺎ َﺣَﺪ َ‬ ‫ث َ‬ ‫ن‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻜْﯿَﻼ ﯾَْﺸُﻌَﺮ ﺑِْﺎﻟُﺤْﺰ ِ‬ ‫ﻟﻜْﯿَﻼ أَ ْﺷُﻌَﺮ ﺑِ ﱡ‬ ‫َﺷِﺮْﺑ ُ‬ ‫ﺖ ْاﻟﻘَْﮭَﻮةَ َ‬ ‫ﺎس‪.‬‬ ‫ﺎﻟﻨَﻌ ِ‬ ‫‪Note‬‬

‫‪َ),‬ﻛْﯿَﻤﺎ( ‪) come together to make a statement, they become‬ﻛﻲ ‪ +‬ﻣﺎ( ‪When‬‬ ‫‪which is used in the sense of ‘so that’, as in the following:‬‬ ‫‪I came to speak with the doctor.‬‬

‫ِﺟْﺌ ُ‬ ‫ﺖ َﻛْﯿَﻤﺎ أَﺗََﺤﱠﺪ َ‬ ‫ﯿﺐ‪.‬‬ ‫ث َﻣَﻊ اﻟﻄﱠﺒِ ِ‬ ‫‪Exercises‬‬

‫?‪ِ) in the sentences below‬ﻣﻦ – ﻋﻦ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫اﻟﺮُﺟُﻞ َ‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫اﺷﺘََﺮى ﱠ‬ ‫طﻔﱠﺎﯾَﺔَ َﺳَﺠﺎﺋِ َﺮ ِﻣَﻦ ﱡ‬ ‫اﻟﺮَﺧِﺎم‬ ‫ﻤﺎر‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 2‬ﺗََﺤّﺮَر ْاﻟﺒَﻠَُﺪ ِﻣَﻦ ْ ِ‬ ‫اﻻْﺳﺘِ ْﻌ ِ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺎﺋِ ُ‬ ‫ﺮﯾﻘِِﮫ‪.‬‬ ‫َﺣ َ‬ ‫ﺎد َ‬ ‫ﻖ َﻋْﻦ طَ ِ‬ ‫ﺎﺟٍﺔ ُﻣﻠِﱠﺤٍﺔ‬ ‫‪َ 4‬ﻣﺎ ِﺟْﺌﺘُ َ‬ ‫ﻚ ﱠإﻻ َﻋْﻦ َﺣ َ‬ ‫ﺐ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺐ ْاﻟُﻤِﺪ ُ‬ ‫ﯾﺮ ْاﻟُﻤَﻮظﱠ َ‬ ‫ﻀ ٍ‬ ‫ﻒ ﻓِﻲ َﻏ َ‬ ‫‪َ 5‬ﻋﺎﻗَ َ‬ ‫ﺎن إِﻟَﻰ ﱠ‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫ِﺳْﺮ ُ‬ ‫ﺎرﻗَ ِﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ت ِﻣْﻦ َﻋْﺠَﻤ َ‬ ‫اﻟﺸ ِ‬ ‫ﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺎﻣِﻌ ّ‬ ‫‪ 7‬ﺗَﻘَﺎﺑَْﻠﻨَﺎ ﻓِﻲ ْاﻟَﺤَﺮِم ْاﻟَﺠ ِ‬ ‫ﺎﺿﻰ ﻓِﻲ ﱠ‬ ‫اﺣَﺪِة؟‬ ‫اﻟﺴ َ‬ ‫‪َ 8‬ﻛْﻢ ﺗَﺘَﻘَ َ‬ ‫ﺎﻋِﺔ ْاﻟَﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﻀْﯿﻨَﺎ ُﻋ ْ‬ ‫ﻒ ﻓِﻲ ِﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﻄﻠَﺔَ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺼَﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 9‬ﻗَ َ‬ ‫اﻟﺼْﯿ ِ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﺻﻼﺗِِﮫ‪.‬‬ ‫‪َ  10‬ﻏﻔََﻞ َﻋْﻦ َ‬

‫– ﻓﻲ( ‪What is the function of‬‬

‫‪I‬‬

‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺬھَﺒِ ﱢ‬

‫‪Complete the sentences below with the appropriate pronoun suffixes:‬‬

‫‪II‬‬

‫ﺎﺿُﺮ َﻋْﻦ أُ‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﺗ ََﺤَﺪ ّ‬ ‫ﺟﺎء ِﻣْﻦ —— ھَُﺆَﻻء‬ ‫اﻟﻤَﺤ ِ‬ ‫ﺻﻮل اﻟﻌﺎﺋِ ِ‬ ‫ث ُ‬ ‫ﻼت اﻟﺘﻲ َ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫اﺟِﻊ ْ‬ ‫اﻟﻌ ُ‬ ‫ﺼﺎد ّ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺘَﺰاﯾِﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺮات ﻟﻠﺘﱠ َﺮ ُ‬ ‫‪ 2‬ھُ َ‬ ‫ي ِﻣْﻦ —— َ‬ ‫ﻨﺎك َ‬ ‫اﻟﻌ ْﺠُﺰ ِ‬ ‫اﻻﻗﺘِ ِ‬ ‫اﻟﻤَﺆّﺷ ِ‬ ‫اﻟﻐﺬاﺋﻲ ُ‬ ‫ﺪﯾﺪ ِﻣْﻦ ُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ٌ‬ ‫ٌ‬ ‫ﺟﯿِّﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﺢ‬ ‫ﺎﺟَﻢ َ‬ ‫َﻛﺎن ِﻣﻦ —— َﻣْﻦ ھَ َ‬ ‫اﻟﺨﺎر ِ‬ ‫اﻟﺤَﺮَﻛﺔ ﺑَِﺪْﻋﻮى أﻧّﮭﺎ َﺣَﺮَﻛﺔ ُﻣﺘّﻔِﻘَﺔ َﻣَﻊ َ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺼﺎﻟِ ِ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ﺺ ھﺬا ّ‬ ‫‪  4‬أﻧﺎ ْ‬ ‫واﺣٍﺪ ِﻣْﻦ —— ﻓﯿﻤﺎ ﯾَ ُﺨ ّ‬ ‫اﻟﺸﺄن‪.‬‬ ‫اﻋﺘَِﻤُﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ُﻛّﻞ ِ‬ ‫ھﺬِه ﱡ‬ ‫ﻄﯿﱠﺔَ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 5‬ﯾَ ْﺤﺘَ ُ‬ ‫اﻟﺼ َ‬ ‫ﻮرةَ اﻟﻨﱠ َﻤ ِ‬ ‫اﻹْﻋَﻼُم أَ ْن ﯾَ ْﻨِﺰَع َﻋْﻦ —— ِ‬ ‫ﺎج ْ ِ‬ ‫اﻟﺤ َ‬ ‫ﺣﺪة‪.‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫واﻟﻌ ُ‬ ‫ﺼﺒِﯿّﺔُ ُ‬ ‫ﺼَﻞ َ‬ ‫اﻟﻌ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﺪﯾﺚ َﻋْﻦ —— ُﻛٌﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ِ‬ ‫ﻔﺮﻗَﺔُ ﺑُِﻜّﻞ أﻟﻮاﻧِﮭﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟِﻨ َْﻔ ِ‬ ‫ﻨﺼِﺮﯾﺔُ واﻟﺘّ ِ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ف َﻋﻦ —— َﺷْﯿﺌﺎ‪ً.‬‬ ‫َﻔﺎﺟﺄ ُ‬ ‫‪ 7‬ﻟَ ْ‬ ‫ﻘﺎﻓﺔ أﺧﺮى ﺗَﻤﺎﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻧ َْﻌ ِﺮ ُ‬ ‫ت ﺑِﺜَ ٍ‬ ‫ﻘﺪ ﺗ َ‬ ‫ﻋْﻦ ——‪.‬‬ ‫ﺎت َﻛﺜﯿﺮةً َ‬ ‫ﻠﻮﻣ ٍ‬ ‫ﺮﺟَﻢ َز ِﻣﯿﻠِﻲ ِﻛﺘﺎﺑَﺎ ً ﻋﻦ ﺷﻜﺴﺒﯿﺮ َ‬ ‫‪ 8‬ﺗَ َ‬ ‫ﻤﻊ َﻣ ْﻌ ً‬ ‫وﺟ ِ‬ ‫‪ 9‬أُ ُ‬ ‫ﻲء َﻋْﻦ ——‪ ،‬ﯾﺎ َﺳﯿّﺪ ْ‬ ‫أﺣَﻤﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫رﯾﺪ أَْن أِ ْﺧﺒَِﺮھُﻢ ُﻛﱠﻞ َﺷ ٍ‬ ‫ﻮﺿﻮع ْ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﯿﺔ طُ ِﺮَح َﻣ‬ ‫واﺟﯿِّﺔ ﻓﻲ ——‪.‬‬ ‫‪  10‬‬ ‫ﺷﺎرﻛﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻧَْﺪَوٍة ﺛَﻘَﺎﻓِ ٍ‬ ‫اﻻزِد ِ‬ ‫ﺪون‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻮاﻓِ َ‬

‫‪Two-letter prepositions‬‬

‫‪96‬‬

‫‪III Choose the correct preposition to complete the sentences.‬‬

‫ﻮات َ‬ ‫طﻮﯾﻠَ ٍﺔ )ﻛﻲ – ﻋﻦ – ﻓﻲ( ُ‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫اﻟﻐْﺮﺑَِﺔ إﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ﻋﺎد ﺑَ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﻌﺪ َﺳﻨَ ٍ‬ ‫ﻮرُد ُﻣْﻌ َ‬ ‫ﺎت ا ّ‬ ‫ﻟﺴﻜﺎن‪.‬‬ ‫ﻈُﻢ اﻟُﺒﻠﺪاِن ا َ‬ ‫ﻟﻌَﺮﺑِﯿ ِّﺔ َﻣﻮاداً ِﻏﺬاﺋِﯿّﺔ )ﻣﻦ– ﻋﻦ – ﻓﻲ( أﺟﻞ َﺳّﺪ ﺣﺎﺟ ِ‬ ‫‪ 2‬ﺗ َْﺴﺘَ ِ‬ ‫اﺑﻦ أَﺧﻲ ﻟِﻜﻲ ﻧَ ْ‬ ‫‪ 3‬ﺗَ ْ‬ ‫زﻓﺎﻓﮫ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻠﻘﯿﻨﺎ َد ْﻋَﻮةً )ﻣﻦ– ﻋﻦ – ﻓﻲ( ِ‬ ‫ﺤﻀَﺮ َﺣ ْﻔَﻞ ِ‬ ‫ﺐ ﱠ‬ ‫اﻟﺸِﺮَﻛِﺔ ﻟَ ْﻢ ﯾُﻨﺎﻗَ ْ‬ ‫ﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺶ )ﻣﻦ– ﻋﻦ – ﻓﻲ( ﻗَ ْﺒ ُ‬ ‫‪ 4‬طََﺮَح َزِﻣﯿﻠِﻲ ْاﻗﺘَِﺮ ً‬ ‫اﺣﺎ ﻟِ َ‬ ‫ﺎﺣ ِ‬ ‫ﺼ ِ‬ ‫ﺤﺪ ْ‬ ‫ﻌﺎل ّ‬ ‫ْﻟﻢ ﯾَﺘَ ّ‬ ‫ﯿﺔ اﻷَﺧﯿﺮة‪.‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫ث اﻟﻨّﺎﺋِ ُ‬ ‫اﻟﺸْﻌﺒِ ِ‬ ‫ﺐ )ﻣﻦ– ﻋﻦ – ﻓﻲ( ُر ِ‬ ‫دود اﻷَ ْﻓ ِ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫إن ْ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫ﺪاد‬ ‫واﺑﻂ‬ ‫ﯿﺔ ﺗُ ُ‬ ‫ﺸﯿﺮ إﻟﻰ اﻻﻣﺘِ ِ‬ ‫ﻔﮭﻮم اﻟّْﺘﻨَِﻤ ِ‬ ‫واﻟﺮ ِ‬ ‫اﻻﺳﺘِ‬ ‫اﻟﻤْﻌﻨِﯿﺔ )ﻓﻲ‪ -‬ﻣﻦ‪َ -‬ﻋﻦ( َﻣ ِ‬ ‫ﻤﺮارﯾّﺔَ َ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﯿﺎل‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑَْﯿَﻦ اﻷْﺟ ِ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ﻟﻚ ُﻣﻘﺎﺑِﻞ ُرْؤﯾَ ٍﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮرة‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 7‬ﺗ َّﻢ َذ َ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫واﺿَﺤٍﺔ )ﻓﻲ‪ِ -‬ﻣﻦ‪َ -‬ﻋﻦ( ُد ِ‬ ‫ﺮق آﺳﯿﺎ َ‬ ‫ول َﺷ ِ‬ ‫ﺼﺎﺋﯿﺔ‬ ‫ﻌﻄﯿﺎت إِ ْﺣ‬ ‫ﻤﻮﻋِﺔ ُﻣ‬ ‫‪  8‬ﻛﺎن َذﻟﻚ ِﻣﻘﯿﺎﺳﺎ ً ﺗﺮﻛﯿﺒﯿﺎ ً ﻣﺴﺘﺨﻠﺼﺎ ً )ﻓﻲ ‪ِ -‬ﻣﻦ ‪َ -‬ﻋﻦ( َﻣْﺠ َ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤْﺠﺘََﻤﻊ‪.‬‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫واﻗﻌﯿﺔ ُ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺤﻠﯿّﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻜ ُ‬ ‫اﻟﻤ َ‬ ‫‪ 9‬ﯾُﻌﺒّﺮ ھﺬا ِ‬ ‫ﺘﺎب )ﻓﻲ‪ -‬ﻣﻦ‪َ -‬ﻋﻦ( اﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓَ ِﺔ َ‬ ‫اﻣﺘِﻨﺎﻧِﮫ ّ‬ ‫‪  10‬أَ ْﻋَﺮب ّ‬ ‫اﻟﻮَزراء ﻟَﮫ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻢ اﻟﺬي ﻗَ ّﺪﻣﮫُ َﻣْﺠﻠِ ُ‬ ‫اﻟﺮ ُ‬ ‫ﺲ ُ‬ ‫ﺋﯿﺲ )ﻓﻲ‪ِ -‬ﻣﻦ – َﻋْﻦ( ْ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺪ ِ‬ ‫ﻼده‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑِ ِ‬

‫‪).‬ﻣﻦ – ﻋﻦ – ﻓﻲ( ‪IV Fill in the gaps with a suitable preposition from the following‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬

‫ﻮاﺟﮭﺔ ّ‬ ‫اﻟﺸ ِﺮَﺳﺔ —— ﻗِﺒﻞ ْ‬ ‫اﻷﻧِﻈﻤﺔ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫اﻟﻤ َ‬ ‫ﻛﺎن َذﻟِﻚ ﻧَ َ‬ ‫ﺘﯿﺠﺔ ُ‬ ‫ﺸﺎو ُ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﺟِﺔ إِﻟَﯿﮭﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺲ‬ ‫ﻗﺖ اﻟﺬي ُﻛﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ أَ ﱢ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫اﻟﻮ ِ‬ ‫ھﺬه ُ‬ ‫اﻟﻤ َ‬ ‫رات أَﺗَﺖ —— َ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﺞ اﻟﺘ‬ ‫ﻌﮭﺪ اﻟﺒِﺮﯾﻄﺎﻧِﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻌﻤ ُﻞ ُ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻤﻮﯾﻞ ﺑَ ِ‬ ‫اﻟﻤ ِ‬ ‫ﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗ ِ‬ ‫اﻟﺤ َ‬ ‫ﺗَ َ‬ ‫ﺮﯾﻖ َ‬ ‫ﺪرﯾﺐ —— ط ِ‬ ‫ﺮاﻣ ِ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎل‪.‬‬ ‫ُوﻟِ َﺪ اﻟﻜﺎﺗِ ُ‬ ‫ﺴﻮرِة َ‬ ‫ﺻ َ‬ ‫ﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻗَ ْﺮﯾَ ٍﺔ َ‬ ‫ﻮب ﻟﺒُﻨﺎن ِﻷ ْﺳ َﺮ ٍة َﻣ ْﯿ َ‬ ‫ﻐﯿﺮ ٍة —— ُﺟﻨُ ِ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﺮﯾﻊ َﻋَﻤﻠِﯿّﺔ ّ‬ ‫ﻄﻘﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﯾَْﺴﻌﻰ َﻣْﺠ ُ‬ ‫ﻠﺲ اﻷْﻣِﻦ —— ﺟﺎﻧِﺒﮫ إﻟﻰ َ‬ ‫اﻟﻤْﻨ ِ‬ ‫اﻟﺴ ِ‬ ‫ﻼم ﻓﻲ َ‬ ‫اﻟﻌَﻤِﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗَْﺴ ِ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﯾَ ُﺠﻮز ﻟﻸَ َ‬ ‫وﻻ ِد أَ ْن ﯾَ ﱡ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺘَﻮﻓّﯿﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮭﻢ وأ َﻣﮭﺎﺗِ ِﮭﻢ ُ‬ ‫ﺤﺠﻮا ﻧﯿِﺎﺑَﺔً —— آﺑﺎَﺋِ ِ‬ ‫ﺑﺪْﻋِﻢ اﻷَ ْﻏﻠَﺒِﯿّﺔ —— ْ‬ ‫ﻤﺎﻧﯿﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺰب‬ ‫اﻟﺤ ُ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻛُﻢ َ‬ ‫َﺣِﻈﻲ ِ‬ ‫ﺎت اﻟﺒَْﺮﻟَ ِ‬ ‫اﻷﻧﺘَِﺨﺎﺑَ ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫اﻟﻘﺎﺋِﻤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪Make sensible sentences with the phrases in the columns below.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬

‫ﺘﺮاﺗﯿﺠﯿﱠﺔً‬ ‫َﻀﻊ ُﺧﻄﻄًﺎ اِ ْﺳ‬ ‫َﻋﻠَﯿﻨﺎ أَ ْن ﻧ َ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻄﺔُ ﱡ‬ ‫ﻧﺸ َ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻤﻮﻟِﯿ ِﱠﺔ َﻛﻤﺎ ﺗَﺘ ََﻤﯿ ُﱠﺰ‬ ‫ﺗَﺘ ََﻤﯿُّﺰ ھ َِﺬِه اﻷَ ِ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ﺮارﯾ ِﱠﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘِْﻤ ِ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﯾﺔ ﻧِﮭﺎﺋِﯿ ٍّﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺘِّﺤَﺪةُ ﺑِﺘَْﺴِﻮ ٍ‬ ‫ﺗُﻨﺎدي اﻷَﻣُﻢ ُ‬ ‫ﻟُِﻤْﺸِﻜﻠَ ِﺔ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻼم‬ ‫اﻟﺴ ِ‬ ‫إﯾﺠﺎد ُﻣْﻠﺘَﻘﻰ ﯾَ ْﺠﺘَِﻤُﻊ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫أُ ّﺳ َ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫اﻟﻤْﻨﺘَﺪى ﺑِﮭَ َﺪ ِ‬ ‫ﺲ ُ‬ ‫ﺜﻮن‬ ‫ﺮون‬ ‫واﻟﺒﺎﺣ َ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻔَﱢﻜ َ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻓﯿﮫ ُ‬ ‫ﻤﺎﻋﯿﱠﺔٌ ھﺎﺋِﻠَﺔٌ‬ ‫َﺎك ُﺟ ٌ‬ ‫ھُﻨ َ‬ ‫ﮭﻮد َﻋَﺮﺑِﯿّﺔٌ َﺟ ِ‬

‫ﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ِ A‬ﻣْﻦ أَ ْھِﻞ ِ‬ ‫اﻟﻌْﻠِﻢ َواﻟﻔِْﻜ ِ‬

‫‪V‬‬

‫ﻠﯿﻞ ِﻣَﻦ اﻷَ ْوﻗﺎت‬ ‫‪ B‬ﻟِﻜﻲ ﻧَﺘ ََﻤّﻜَﻦ ِﻣَﻦ اﻟﺘّ ْﻘ ِ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ض ﻟﮭﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺼﯿﺒَ ِﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻧَﺘ ََﻌﱠﺮ ُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﻘﯿﻖ أَ ْ‬ ‫‪َ C‬ﺣﺘّﻰ ﯾَﺘِّﻢ ﺗَْﺤ ُ‬ ‫ھﺪاﻓِﮭﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺠﺎھﺎت‬ ‫‪ D‬ﻓﻲ ِﻋّﺪِة ْاﺗ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫‪ E‬ﻓﻲ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻂ‪.‬‬ ‫ق اﻷَ ْوَﺳ ِ‬ ‫اﻟﺸْﺮ ِ‬

Two-letter prepositions 97 VI Translate the following sentences in Arabic. 1 2 3 4 5

My friend visited me with a dish of Omani sweets. The university is located ten kilometers away from the city center. The current financial crisis forced many companies to sacrifice long-term investments. The train was delayed by half an hour from its scheduled time. We spent the summer vacation in Egypt.

VII Translate the following sentences into English. .‫ﻲ‬ ِ ‫ْاﻟَﺠ‬ ‫ﺎﻣِﻌ ﱢ‬

‫ ﺗَﻘَﺎﺑَْﻠﻨَﺎ ﻓِﻲ ْاﻟَﺤَﺮِم‬1 .‫ﯿﺔ‬ ُ ‫ﻒ َﻋْﻦ ُﺣ‬ َ ‫ ﺗََﺨﻠﱠ‬2 ٍ ِ‫ﻮر اﻟَ َﺤْﻔِﻞ ِﻷَ ْﺳﺒَﺎب َﻋﺎﺋِﻠ‬ ِ ‫ﻀ‬ ‫اﻹْﻋَﻼُم أَ ْن ﯾَ ْﻨِﺰَع َﻋْﻦ ﻧَْﻔِﺴِﮫ ھَِﺬِه ﱡ‬ .َ‫ﻄﯿﱠﺔ‬ ُ َ‫ ﯾَ ْﺤﺘ‬3 َ ‫اﻟﺼ‬ ِ ‫ﻮرةَ اﻟﻨﱠ َﻤ‬ ِ ْ ‫ﺎج‬ ْ َ‫ﯿﺮ ِﻣَﻦ اﻷ‬ َ ‫ َﻣ‬4 ٌ ِ‫ﺎت َﻋَﺪٌد َﻛﺒ‬ .‫اق‬ ِ ‫ﺎل ﻓِﻲ َﺣْﺮ‬ ِ َ‫طﻔ‬ ِ ‫ب ْاﻟِﻌَﺮ‬ ْ ْ َ ُ ‫ﻔﺎﻻ‬ َ ِ‫اﻻْﺣﺘ‬ .‫ت ﻓِﻲ اﻷﯾﱠﺎم اﻟﻘَﻠِﯿﻠَِﺔ اﻟُﻤْﻘﺒِﻠَِﺔ‬ ِ ْ ‫ﺎم‬ ُ َ‫ َﺳﺘُﻘ‬5

4

Three-letter prepositions

‫)ُر ﱠ‬. It This chapter covers the three-letter prepositions (‫ إِﻟَﻰ‬/ ‫ﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ / ‫ َﺧَﻼ‬/ ‫ َﻋَﺪا‬/ ‫ ُﻣْﻨُﺬ‬/ ‫ب‬ discusses the main functions and usage of each preposition and includes selected contextual examples that illustrate their different functions.

‫إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ إِﻟَﻰ‬is mainly used in the sense of ‘in the direction of’ or ‘toward’ and is commonly translated as ‘to’, ‘for’ or ‘toward’. According to A Frequency Dictionary of Arabic (2011), it is the ninth-most commonly used word in Arabic. It can be used in spatial and temporal contexts, and it implies movement toward a certain point in place or ‫ ) ﱠ‬or (‫)َﺣﺘﱠﻰ‬ time. In some contexts, it is synonymous with (‫اﻟﻼم‬

‫ إِﻟَﻰ‬in context

= = =

ْ َ‫ِﻣْﻦ ﻓ‬ ‫ﺎر؟‬ ُ َ‫ إِﻟَﻰ أَ ْﯾَﻦ ﯾَﺘﱠ ِﺠﮫُ ھََﺬا اﻟﻘِﻄ‬،‫ﻚ‬ َ ِ‫ﻀﻠ‬ َ ِ‫ھََﺬا اﻟﻘ‬ .‫اﻹْﺳَﻜْﻨَﺪِرﯾ ِﱠﺔ‬ ُ ‫ﻄ‬ ِ ‫ﺎر ﯾَﺘﱠ ِﺠﮫُ إِﻟَﻰ‬ َ ‫ﱠ‬ َ ‫ﱠ‬ َ ُ ‫ُﻛ ْﻨ‬ .‫ﻮرﺳ ِﻌﯿﺪ‬ ُ ‫ﺖ أَظُ ﱡﻦ أﻧﮫُ اﻟﻘِﻄ‬ َ ُ‫اﻟﻤﺘ ِﺠﮫُ إِﻟﻰ ﺑ‬ ُ ‫ﺎر‬ َ ِ‫ﻟَﻘَ ْﺪ ﺗَ ﱠﻢ ﻧَْﻘ ُﻞ ﻗ‬ ‫ﻮرﺳ ِﻌﯿﺪ إِﻟَﻰ ﱠ‬ .‫ﺎوِر‬ َ ُ‫ﺎر ﺑ‬ ِ ‫ﺻ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺮ‬ ُ ‫ﯿﻒ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤ َﺠ‬ ِ ‫ﻄ‬ َ ُ ‫ﺻ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﯿﻦ؟‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺮ‬ ُ ‫ﯿﻒ‬ ِ ‫ﺎوُر إِﻟﻰ اﻟﯿَِﻤ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤَﺠ‬ .‫ﻧََﻌﻢ‬

= = =

Excuse me please! Where is this train heading to? This train is heading to Alexandria. I thought that it was the train heading to Port Said. The Port Said train was transferred to the adjacent platform. The adjacent platform to the right? Yes.

Notes on the usage of ‫ إِﻟَﻰ‬in context The preposition ‫ إِﻟَﻰ‬is used mainly to indicate movement in a certain direction, ‫ﻮرﺳِﻌﯿﺪ إِﻟَﻰ ﱠ‬ such as in (‫رﯾﱠِﺔ‬ َ ُ‫ﺎر ﺑ‬ ِ ‫ﺻ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺮ‬ ُ ‫ﯿﻒ‬ ِ ‫ )ﯾَﺘﱠ ِﺠﮫُ إِﻟَﻰ‬and (‫ﺎوِر‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤَﺠ‬ ِ ‫اﻹ ْﺳَﻜْﻨ َﺪ‬ ِ َ‫)ﺗَﱠﻢ ﻧَْﻘ ُﻞ ﻗِﻄ‬, and ُ ‫ﺻ‬ ‫) ﱠ‬. it expresses locality, for example, (‫ﯿﻦ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺮ‬ ُ ‫ﯿﻒ‬ ِ ‫ﺎوُر إِﻟَﻰ اﻟﯿَِﻤ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤَﺠ‬

Three-letter prepositions 99 Functions of ‫إِﻟَﻰ‬

‫ إِﻟَﻰ‬is used to indicate movement toward a place, a goal or an end, as in the following examples:

ْ ‫اﻟﻤ‬ ‫ﺎء‬ ُ ‫ﺗَْﺴَﻌﻰ‬ ِ ‫ﺼِﺮﯾﱠﺔُ إِﻟَﻰ إِ ْﻧَﺸ‬ ِ ُ‫ﻮﻣﺔ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺤُﻜ‬ .‫ﯾﺪٍة‬ َ ‫ﯾﻊ َﺟِﺪ‬ َ ‫ﺎر‬ ِ ‫َﻣَﺸ‬ ُ ‫ف‬ ‫ﺎدِة ﱠ‬ ُ ‫ﺗَْﮭِﺪ‬ ‫ﻮﻣﱢﻲ ِﻣَﻦ‬ َ َ‫اﻟﺨﻄﱠﺔُ إِﻟَﻰ ِزﯾ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺪْﺧِﻞ اﻟﻘ‬ َ .‫ت اﻷْﺟﻨَﺒِﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ُ ِ ‫اﻟﻌْﻤَﻼ‬ ٌ َ‫ﺎك أَ ْﺳﺒ‬ ‫ﺎب َﺧﻔِﯿﱠﺔٌ ﺗَْﺪﻓَ ُﻊ أَ ْﻋَﺪًادا ُﻣﺘََﺰاﯾِ َﺪةً إِﻟَﻰ‬ َ َ‫ھُﻨ‬ .‫اﻟﮭْﺠَﺮِة‬ ِ

The Egyptian government seeks to establish new projects.

َ ‫ﺎز ﺑِﻨ َْﻘ ِﻞ‬ َ ‫ﻮب‬ ّ ‫اﻟﺠَﺰاﺋِ ِﺮ‬ ‫ي‬ ُ ُ‫ﻮم أُْﻧﺒ‬ َ ‫ﺎز‬ ُ ُ‫َﺳﯿَﻘ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻐ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻐ‬ ْ .‫ب‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤﻐِﺮ‬ َ ‫إِﻟَﻰ إِْﺳﺒَﺎﻧﯿَﺎ َﻋْﺒَﺮ‬ ‫ﯾﻖ‬ َ ُ‫اطﻨ‬ َ ‫ﻮن اﻟﯿَْﻮَم إِﻟَﻰ‬ ِ َ‫ﺻﻨ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤَﻮ‬ ُ ُ‫ﯾَﺘََﻮﱠﺟﮫ‬ ِ ‫ﺎد‬ ّ ْ َ .‫ﻤﺎن‬ ِ ِ ِ‫ﺎر ُﻣَﻤﺜﻠ‬ ِ ‫ﯿﮭﻢ ﻓِﻲ اﻟﺒَْﺮﻟ‬ ِ َ‫اع ِﻻﺧﺘِﯿ‬ ِ ‫اﻻْﻗﺘِ َﺮ‬

The gas pipeline will transport Algerian gas to Spain via Morocco.

The plan aims to increase the national income of foreign currency. There are hidden causes that are driving increasing numbers of people to immigrate.

Citizens are heading to the polls today to choose their representatives in the parliament.

‫ إِﻟَﻰ‬is used to indicate the destination of movement, as in the following cases: ‫ﺲ‬ َ ‫َو‬ ِ َ‫ﺻَﻞ َوْﻓٌﺪ ﻟِﯿﺒِﱞﻲ إِﻟَﻰ اﻟﻘ‬ ِ ‫ﺎھَﺮِة أَ ْﻣ‬ ‫ﻖ ﻓِﻲ طَِﺮﯾﻘِﻲ إِﻟَﻰ ا ﱠ‬ ُ ‫َذھَْﺒ‬ .‫ﻟﻼِذﻗِﯿﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫ﺖ إِﻟَﻰ ِدَﻣْﺸ‬

A Libyan delegation arrived in Cairo yesterday. I went to Damascus on my way to Latakia.

Oil supply is expected to rise next ‫وض اﻟﻨﱢ ْﻔِﻄﱡﻲ ﻓِﻲ‬ ُ ‫ﻟﻤْﻌُﺮ‬ ُ ‫ِﻣَﻦ ا‬ َ ‫ﻟﻤﺘََﻮﻗﱠ ِﻊ أَ ْن ﯾَ ْﺮﺗَﻔَِﻊ ا‬ year to 20 million barrels per day. .‫ﯿﻞ ﻓِﻲ اﻟﯿَ ْﻮِم‬ َ ‫ ِﻣْﻠﯿ‬20 ‫ﻟﻤْﻘﺒِِﻞ إِﻟَﻰ‬ َ ‫ا‬ ُ ‫ﻟﻌِﺎم ا‬ ٍ ‫ﻮن ﺑِْﺮِﻣ‬ The European Commissioner says that ‫وروﺑِﻲ إِ ﱠن اﻟﺘﱠ َﻮ ﱡ‬ ‫ﺻَﻞ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ُ ُ‫اﻟﻤﻔَ ﱠﻮض اﻷ‬ ُ ُ‫ﯾَﻘ‬ ُ ‫ﻮل‬ reaching an agreement will not be easy. .‫ﺳْﮭًﻼ‬ َ ‫ﺎق ﻟَْﻦ ﯾَُﻜ‬ َ ‫ﻮن‬ ٍ َ‫اِﺗِﻔ‬ Interest rates in the US are expected ‫ﺎر اﻟﻔَﺎﺋَِﺪِة‬ ُ ‫ﺼَﻞ أَ ْﺳَﻌ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﻤﺘََﻮﻗﱠ ِﻊ أَ ْن ﺗ‬ ُ ‫ِﻣَﻦ‬ to reach 6 per cent. َ .‫اﻟﻤﺌَِﺔ‬ ِ ‫ﻣﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﯾﻜﯿ ِﱠﺔ إِﻟَﻰ ِﺳﺘﱠ ٍﺔ ﻓِﻲ‬ ِ ‫اﻷ‬ ‫ إِﻟَﻰ‬is used with a temporal function to express the time for which something lasts or continues, in the sense of ‘to’ or ‘until’, as in the following: .1950 ‫ي إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ﺎر ﱢ‬ َ ‫َﻋ‬ ِ ‫ﺎش ﻓِﻲ َﻣْﻨﻔَ ِﺎه‬ ِ َ‫اﻹْﺟﺒ‬

ُ ‫ﯾَ ُﻌ‬ ‫ﺎﺳ ِﻊ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﻤْﺨﻄُﻮط‬ ِ ‫ﺎت إِﻟَﻰ اﻟﻘَْﺮ ِن اﻟﺘﱠ‬ َ ‫ﻮد أَ ْﻗَﺪُم‬ ّ ‫اﻟﻤْﯿَﻼِد‬ .‫ي‬ ِ ‫ان ِﻣْﻦ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺤْﺮ‬ َ ‫ﯾﺮ‬ َ ِ‫اق وإ‬ َ ‫ت‬ ِ ‫ب ﺑَْﯿَﻦ‬ ِ ‫اِْﺳﺘََﻤﱠﺮ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻌَﺮ‬ َ .1988 ‫ﺎم‬ ِ ‫ إِﻟﻰ َﻋ‬1980 ‫َﻋِﺎم‬ ْ َ ْ ‫ﻮسَﻋﻠﻰُﺣﻜِﻢِﻣ‬ ‫ﺼَﺮِﻣﻦ‬ ُ ‫َﺳْﯿﻄََﺮاﻟﮭ ُْﻜُﺴ‬ .‫م‬.‫ ق‬16 ‫ن‬ َ َ‫ إِﻟَﻰ ُﻣْﻨﺘ‬17‫ﻒ اﻟﻘَ ْﺮِن‬ َ َ‫ُﻣْﻨﺘ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ِ ‫ﻒ اﻟﻘَ ْﺮ‬ ْ ْ ‫اﻹ‬ ‫ﺿَﺮاب إِﻟَﻰ َﻣْﻮِﻋٍﺪ‬ َ ‫ت اﻟﻨﱢﻘَﺎﺑَﺔُ ﺗَﺄِﺟ‬ ِ ‫ﻗَ ﱠﺮَر‬ ِ ‫ﯿﻞ‬ .‫ﺤﱠﺪٍد‬ َ ‫َﻏْﯿ ِﺮ ُﻣ‬

He lived in compulsory exile until 1950. The earliest manuscripts date back to the ninth century AD. The war between Iraq and Iran lasted from 1980 to 1988. The Hyksos ruled Egypt between the mid-17th and the mid-16th centuries BC. The union decided to postpone the strike until an unspecified date.

100

Three-letter prepositions

Note Relevant to this usage are some expressions that indicate saying, ‘Goodَ ‫)إِﻟَﻰ‬, ‘until tomorrow’; bye’, or ‘See you’, as in (‫ﺎء‬ َ َ‫إِﻟَﻰ اﻟﻠﱢﻘ‬,) ‘see you’; (‫اﻟﻐِﺪ‬ and the expression ‘forever’, (‫)إِﻟَﻰ اﻷَﺑَِﺪ‬.

‫ إِﻟَﻰ‬is used to indicate locality, as in the following: .‫ﺎء‬ ُ ‫اﻟﻤﺎﺋِ َﺪِة ﻟِﺘَﻨ‬ َ ‫َﺎوِل‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻌَﺸ‬ َ ‫َﺟﻠَ ْﺴﻨَﺎ إِﻟَﻰ‬

We sat at the table to have dinner.

‫ﺎل ﱠ‬ ُ ‫ﯾَﻘَُﻊ اﻟﻔُ ْﻨُﺪ‬ .‫ﺊ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺸ‬ ِ ‫ق إِﻟَﻰ َﺷَﻤ‬ ِ ‫ﺎط‬

The hotel is located to the north of the beach.

‫ود ا ﱠ‬ َ ‫ﯿﻢ إِﻟَﻰ ا‬ .‫ﻟﺸَﻤﺎﻟِﯿِﱠﺔ‬ ُ ‫ب ِﻣَﻦ ا‬ ِ ‫ﻟﺤُﺪ‬ ِ ‫ﻟﻐْﺮ‬ ُ ِ‫اﻹْﻗﻠ‬ ِ ‫ﯾَﻘَ ُﻊ‬

The province is located west of the northern borders.

‫ﯾﺲ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﻌِﺮ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﻌْﺮ‬ َ ‫ﯿﻦ َو‬ َ ‫ﺖ‬ ِ ‫َﺟﻠَ َﺴ‬ ِ ‫وس إِﻟَﻰ اﻟﯿَِﻤ‬ .‫ﺎر‬ ِ ‫اﻟﯿََﺴ‬ ‫ﺎرھَﺎ‬ َ ‫ﺗَﻘَُﻊ َﻣِﺪﯾﻨَﺔُ ﺑِ ْﺌِﺮ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﻌْﺒِﺪ اﻟﺘﱢﻲ ﺗَْﺸﺘ َِﮭُﺮ ﺑِﺂﺛ‬ ‫ﯾﻤِﺔ إِﻟَﻰ ﱠ‬ .‫ﯾﺶ‬ َ ‫ق ِﻣَﻦ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻘَ ِﺪ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻌِﺮ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺸْﺮ‬

The bride sat to the right and the groom to the left. Bir al-Abed, which is famous for its ancient ruins, is located to the east of Arish.

‫ إِﻟَﻰ‬is used to indicate the person to whom an action is directed, as in the following: ‫وروﺑﱢﱡﻲ ِرَﺳﺎﻟَﺔً إِﻟَﻰ‬ ُ ُ‫ض اﻷ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﻤﻔَ ﱠﻮ‬ ُ ‫ﻧَﻘَ َﻞ‬ َ ْ ُ .‫ﯾﻜﻲ‬ َ ‫أَْﻋ‬ ِ ‫ﻀ‬ ِ ‫ﻐﺮس اﻷْﻣِﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﺎء اﻟﻜﻮﻧ‬

The European Commissioner conveyed a message to members of the US Congress.

َ ‫ﯾﻦ َﻏْﯿُﺮ َﻣْﻘﺒُﻮﻟٍَﺔ ﺗَْﺤ‬ َ ‫ﺎءةُ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ َ ‫اﻵﺧَﺮ‬ َ ‫اﻹَﺳ‬ ِ َ ‫ي‬ .‫ف‬ ‫أَ ﱢ‬ ٍ ‫ظْﺮ‬ ُ َ‫َﺳﺘُ َﺴﻠﱠ ُﻢ ُﻣﺘََﻌﻠﱠﻘ‬ ‫ﺎت ﱠ‬ .‫ﺎرﺑِ ِﮭﻢ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﻀَﺤﺎﯾَﺎ إِﻟَﻰ أَﻗ‬

Abuse of others is unacceptable under any circumstances.

ْ ‫ﺎﻣ‬ ‫ﯿﺪاﻟِﯿﱠﺘِﮭَﺎ إِﻟَﻰ َﺟَﻼﻟَ ِﺔ‬ َ ‫اء ِﻣ‬ ِ ‫ﺖ اﻟﻔَﺎﺋَِﺰةُ ﺑِﺈِ ْھَﺪ‬ َ َ‫ﻗ‬ .‫ﻚ‬ ‫ﻠ‬ ِ ِ ‫اﻟﻤ‬ َ ّ َ ‫ﯿﺮ‬ ‫طﻠَﺒًﺎ َرْﺳِﻤﯿًﺎ إِﻟَﻰ ﱠ‬ ‫َﺳﯿُﻘَﱢﺪُم ﱠ‬ .‫ﯿﺲ‬ ُ ِ‫اﻟﺴﻔ‬ ِ ِ‫اﻟﺮﺋ‬

The winner dedicated her medal to His Majesty, the King.

The victims’ belongings will be handed over to their relatives.

The ambassador will submit a formal request to the president.

‫ إِﻟَﻰ‬is also used to indicate proximity in expressions such as (‫ﺐ‬ ِ ِ‫ )إِﻟَﻰ َﺟﺎﻧ‬and (‫إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ار‬ ِ ‫)َﺟَﻮ‬, as in the following: ْ ِ‫اِْﺟﻠ‬ .‫اري‬ ِ ‫ﺲ إِﻟَﻰ ِﺟَﻮ‬

ْ ‫اﻟﻤ‬ .‫ﻄَﻌِﻢ‬ ِ ِ‫اﻟﻤْﻜﺘَﺒَﺔُ إِﻟَﻰ َﺟﺎﻧ‬ َ ‫ﺐ‬ َ ‫ﺗَﻘَ ُﻊ‬

‫ار‬ ُ ‫َﺳﯿَﺘِﱡﻢ إِْﻧَﺸ‬ ِ َ‫ﻖ َﺳَﻜﻨِﯿ ٍﱠﺔ ﻓ‬ ٍ َ‫ﺎء ُﺷﻘ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﺧَﺮٍة إِﻟَﻰ ِﺟَﻮ‬ .‫ق‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻔُ ْﻨُﺪ‬

Sit next to me. The library is located next to the restaurant. Luxury apartments will be built next to the hotel.

Three-letter prepositions 101

ُ ‫ﺐ‬ ُ ‫ﺿُﻊ‬ ‫ﺐ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺠِﺪ‬ َ ‫ﺐ‬ َ ُ‫اﻟﻜﺘ‬ َ َ ‫َﺳﺄ‬ ِ ُ‫اﻟﻜﺘ‬ ِ ِ‫ﯾﺪةَ إِﻟَﻰ َﺟﺎﻧ‬ ‫ﯾﻤِﺔ َﻋﻠَﻰ ﱠ‬ .‫ف‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺮ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻘَ ِﺪ‬ ‫ص ﱡ‬ ‫ﻘﺎط‬ ُ ِ‫ار اﻷَ َﺟﺎﻧ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺰﱠو‬ ُ ‫ﯾَْﺤِﺮ‬ ِ ِ‫ﺐ َﻋﻠَﻰ اِْﻟﺘ‬ ْ َ َ َ َ .‫ﺎر‬ ‫اﻵﺛ‬ ‫ار‬ ‫ﻮ‬ ‫ﺟ‬ ‫ﻰ‬ ‫ﻟ‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ﱠﺔ‬ ‫ﯾ‬ ‫ﺎر‬ ‫ﻛ‬ ‫ﺬ‬ ُ ٍ ِ ِ َ ِ ِ ِ ‫ﺻَﻮٍر ﺗ‬

I will put the new books alongside the old books on the shelf. Foreign visitors are keen to take photos next to the monuments.

‫ إِﻟَﻰ‬can be used with some adverbs expressing direction of movement, as in the cases that follow:

َ ‫ﻒ ﻟَ ْﻮ َﺳَﻤْﺤ‬ َ ‫اِْرِﺟْﻊ إِﻟَﻰ‬ .‫ﺖ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺨْﻠ‬

Go back, please.

‫َﺧَﺮَج إِﻟَﻰ ﱡ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺸْﺮﻓَ ِﺔ َوﻧ‬ ْ َ‫َﻈَﺮ إِﻟَﻰ اﻷ‬ .‫ﺳﻔَِﻞ‬

He went out to the balcony and looked down.

ْ ‫اِْرﺗَﻔََﻌ‬ ْ ‫ﺖ أَْﺳﮭُُﻢ ﺑ‬ ‫ﺻِﺔ ُدﺑَّﻲ إِﻟَﻰ أَْﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ ‫ُﻮر‬ ْ ‫ُﻣ‬ .‫ﺴﺘََﻮﯾَﺎﺗِﮭَﺎ‬

Shares in the Dubai stock exchange rose to their highest levels.

Notes on usage

‫ إِﻟَﻰ‬can be used with some verbs to give the sense of ‘inclined to’, as in the following: ُ ‫ﻮﻣ‬ ‫ﺎت ﱢ‬ ‫ﺐ‬ ُ ‫ﯿﻞ‬ ُ ‫ﺗَْﻤ‬ ِ ‫ﻮرﯾﱠﺔُ إِﻟَﻰ َﺣْﺠ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺤُﻜ‬ ِ ُ‫اﻟﺪْﻛﺘَﺎﺗ‬ ُ ‫ﺎت َﻋِﻦ ﱡ‬ .‫ﻮب‬ ‫ﻠ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺸُﻌ‬ ِ ‫ﻮﻣ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤْﻌ‬ َ َ ‫ﯿﻞ إِﻟﻰ ﱠ‬ .‫اد‬ ُ ‫ﻟَْﻮُن َﺷْﻌِﺮھَﺎ ﯾَِﻤ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺴَﻮ‬ ُ َ‫اﻟﻌَﻼﻗ‬ ‫ﻮﺟُﺪ‬ َ ُ‫ﯾﻦ ُﻣﺘََﻮﺗﱢَﺮةٌ َوَﻻ ﺗ‬ َ ِ ‫ﺎت ﺑَْﯿَﻦ اﻟﺒَﻠََﺪ‬ َ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﱡ‬ ٌ َ َ َ ‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ َ .‫ال‬ ٍ ‫ُﻣَﺆﺷَﺮات أن ھَﺬا اﻟﺘ َﻮﺗَﺮ إﻟﻰ زَو‬

Dictatorships tend to withhold information from people. The color of her hair tends toward black. The relations between the two countries are tense, and there are no signs that this tension will tend to go away.

‫ إِﻟَﻰ‬can be used with some verbs to give the sense of ‘to join’ or ‘to add to’, as in the following: .‫ب اِْﺑﻨَﮫُ إِﻟَْﯿِﮫ‬ ُ َ‫ﺿﱠﻢ اﻷ‬ َ .‫ﻚ‬ ُ ‫َﻻ ﺗ‬ َ ِ‫َﻀﱠﻢ َﻣﺎﻟَﮫُ إِﻟَﻰ َﻣﺎﻟ‬

‫وروﺑَﺎ ﱠ‬ ‫اﻟﺸْﺮﻗِﯿِﱠﺔ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ُ ُ‫ﺾ ُدَوِل أ‬ ُ ‫ﻀﱡﻢ ﺑَْﻌ‬ َ ‫َﺳﺘَْﻨ‬ .‫ﻒ اﻟﻨﱠﺎﺗُﻮ‬ ِ ‫ِﺣْﻠ‬ ُ ‫ﺿْﻔ‬ ‫ﻼت اﻷَ ْﺟﻨَﺒِﯿﱠﺔ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ُ ‫ﺾ‬ َ ‫ﺖ ﺑَ ْﻌ‬ َ َ‫أ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻌْﻤ‬ .‫ﻮﻋﺘِﻲ‬ َ ‫ﺠﻤ‬ ُ ‫َﻣ‬

The father took his son to live with him. Do not include his money in yours. Some Eastern European countries will join NATO. I added some foreign coins to my collection.

‫ إِﻟَﻰ‬can be used to indicate preference, as in the following: ‫اﻻْﺑُﻦ أََﺣ ﱡ‬ .‫ﯿﮫ‬ ِ ِ‫ﺐ إِﻟَﻰ أُ ﱢﻣِﮫ ِﻣْﻦ أَﺑ‬ ِ .‫ﺟًّﺪا‬ َ ‫ ھََﺬا‬،‫ﯿﮫ‬ ِ َ‫ﺑِﺎﻟﻨﱢْﺴﺒَ ِﺔ إِﻟ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻌَﻤُﻞ ُﻣِﻤﱞﻞ‬

The mother loves the son more than the father. In his opinion (literally ‘for him’), this job is very boring.

102

Three-letter prepositions

‫ﺐ إِﻟَﻰ ﱠ‬ ‫اع اﻷَ َدب أَ َﺣ ﱡ‬ ‫أَ ﱡ‬ ‫ﺎب؟‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺸﺒ‬ ِ ‫ي أَ ْﻧَﻮ‬ ‫ﺎك َﻣﺎ ھَُﻮ أَ َﺣ ﱡ‬ .‫ﯿﮫ‬ َ َ‫ﺲ ھُﻨ‬ َ ‫ﻟَ ْﯿ‬ ِ ‫ﺐ إِﻟَﻰ ﻗَ ْﻠ‬ ِ ِ‫ﻟﻤْﺮِء ِﻣﻦ ﺑَﻨ‬ َ ‫ﺐا‬

What types of literature do young people prefer? There is nothing that one loves more than one’s children.

‫ إِﻟَﻰ‬can be used with some verbs that indicate saying, as in the following cases: َ‫ﻮﻣﺔ‬ ُ ‫اء إِﻟَﻰ أَ ﱠن‬ ُ ِ‫ﺎر َرﺋ‬ ُ ‫ﯿﺲ‬ َ ‫أَ َﺷ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻮَزَر‬ َ ‫اﻟﺤُﻜ‬ َ ‫ﺎع‬ ‫ﯾﻚ‬ ‫اﻟﺨ ﱢ‬ ٍ ‫ﺎص َﻛَﺸِﺮ‬ ِ َ‫ﺗُ ْﺆِﻣُﻦ ﺑَِﺪْوِر اﻟﻘِﻄ‬ .‫ﺎدﯾ ِﱠﺔ‬ َ ِ‫ﺎﺳﱟﻲ ﻓِﻲ َﻋَﻤﻠِﯿ ِﱠﺔ اﻟﺘﱠ ْﻨِﻤﯿَِﺔ ِاﻻْﻗﺘ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ِ ‫أََﺳ‬ ٌ ‫ﻧَﱠﻮهَ ﺗَْﻘ ِﺮ‬ ‫ﯾﻜﱞﻲ إِﻟَﻰ أَ ﱠن اﻟﺘَﻨَﱡﺒَﺆ ﺑُِﻤْﺴﺘَْﻘﺒَ ِﻞ‬ ِ ‫ﯾﺮ أَ ْﻣ ِﺮ‬ ‫اطﯿِﱠﺔ ﻓِﻲ ﱠ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ٌ ‫ﺻْﻌ‬ .‫ﺐ‬ َ ‫ق اﻷَْوَﺳِﻂ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺪْﯾُﻤْﻘَﺮ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺸْﺮ‬ ُ ‫َﺳﯿَ ُﻜ‬ ‫ﻮث اﻷَُﻣِﻤﱢﻲ أَ ْن‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤْﺒُﻌ‬ ً ‫ﻮن ﻟَِﺰ‬ َ ‫اﻣﺎ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ْ َ َ ‫ﯾَﺘ ََﺤﱠﺪ‬ .‫اف‬ ِ ‫ث إِﻟَﻰ َﻛﺎﻓﱠ ِﺔ اﻷطَﺮ‬ ْ ‫َدَﻋ‬ ُ ‫ﺖ ُﻣﻨَﻈﱠ َﻤ‬ ‫اﻟﻤَﺪﻧِﱢﻲ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ُ ‫ﺎت‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤْﺠﺘ ََﻤِﻊ‬ ْ ‫ﱠ‬ َ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫اِْﺣﺘَِﺮِام َﺣ ﱢ‬ .‫ﻲ‬ ‫ﺐ ﻓِﻲ اﻟﺘﻈﺎھ ُِﺮ ﱢ‬ ِ ‫ﻖ اﻟﺸْﻌ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﻠِﻤ ﱢ‬

The prime minister noted that the government believes in the role of the private sector as a key partner in economic development. A US report noted that predicting the future of democracy in the Middle East is difficult. The UN envoy will have to speak to all parties. Civil society organizations called for respect for the right of the people to demonstrate peacefully.

‫ إِﻟَﻰ‬can be used with some verbs that indicate listening, as in the following: ْ ِ‫وز ﺑ‬ َ ‫ُﻮر إِﻟَﻰ ﻓَ ْﯿُﺮ‬ ْ َ‫أ‬ .‫ﺎم‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺠْﻤﮭ‬ ُ ‫ﺻَﻐﻰ‬ ٍ ‫ﺎھﺘِ َﻤ‬ ‫ح ُﻣﻔَ ﱠ‬ ‫ص‬ َ ‫اِْﺳﺘََﻤَﻊ‬ ِ ‫ﺼٍﻞ َﻋﻦ اﻟﻔُ َﺮ‬ ٍ ‫اﻟﻮْﻓُﺪ إِﻟَﻰ َﺷْﺮ‬ َ .‫ﺎرﯾ ِﱠﺔ ﻓِﻲ اﻟﺒَﻠ ِﺪ‬ ِ ِ ‫اﻻْﺳﺘِْﺜَﻤ‬ َ ‫ﺼ‬ .‫ﯿﻦ‬ ‫ﺖ ﱢ‬ َ ‫ﺎزِﺣ‬ َ ‫ﺎﺳﱡﻲ إَﻟَﻰ‬ َ ‫أَ ْﻧ‬ ِ ‫آر‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺴﯿ‬ ِ ‫اء اﻟﻨﱠ‬

The audience listened to Fayrouz attentively. The delegation listened to a detailed explanation of investment opportunities in the country. The politician listened to the views of the refugees.

‫ إِﻟَﻰ‬is used in a number of expressions that mean ‘in addition’, as in the following: ‫ﻚ‬ َ ِ‫ﺿﺎﻓَ ِﺔ إِﻟَﻰ َذﻟ‬ َ ‫ﺎﻹ‬ ِ ِ‫ﺑ‬ ‫ﻚ‬ َ ِ‫َوإِﻟَﻰ َذﻟ‬ ‫ﻚ‬ َ ِ‫ﺐ َذﻟ‬ ِ ِ‫إِﻟَﻰ َﺟﺎﻧ‬

In addition to this In addition Besides

‫ إِﻟَﻰ‬can also be used with expressions such as ‘et cetera’, as in the following: ‫آﺧِﺮِه‬ ِ ‫إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ﻚ‬ َ ِ‫إِﻟَﻰ َﻏْﯿِﺮ َذﻟ‬

Et cetera And so on

An old usage of ‫ إِﻟَﻰ‬is in fixed expressions that mean ‘get away from me’: !‫ﻋﻨﱢﻲ‬ َ ‫ﻚ‬ َ ‫إِﻟَْﯿ‬

Get away from me!

Three-letter prepositions 103 Notes In many contexts, the uses of (‫ )إِﻟَﻰ‬and (‫ )ِل‬are confused with each other, particularly due to interference from colloquial Arabic, where (‫ )إِﻟَﻰ‬is often replaced with (‫)ِل‬. Although (‫َﺎج إِﻟَﻰ‬ َ ‫ )اِْﺣﺘ‬is more idiomatic than (‫ﺎج ِل‬ َ َ‫)اِْﺣﺘ‬, the latter has been used so often that it has become accepted as a correct usage. Another common error is to use this verb with a direct object. The verb (‫ﺎج‬ َ َ‫ )اِْﺣﺘ‬can only refer to its object via the preposition (‫)إِﻟَﻰ‬. So it is not idiomatic to say (‫ﺎل‬ َ ‫ )اِْﺣﺘ‬or (‫ﺎل‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤ‬ َ َ‫)اِْﺣﺘ‬, but instead, it ِ ‫ﻠﻤ‬ َ ِ‫َﺎج ﻟ‬ َ ‫ﺎج‬ َ َ ْ should be (‫ﺎل‬ ). ‫اﻟﻤ‬ ‫ﻰ‬ ‫ﻟ‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ﺎج‬ ‫ﺘ‬ ‫ﺣ‬ ‫ا‬ ِ َ ِ َ ِ Notes on translation

‫ إِﻟَﻰ‬serves several functions, and therefore it can be translated into English in different ways as ‘in’, ‘at’, ‘by’ or ‘for’, among others. Moreover, in some contexts it does not appear directly in the translation. The following examples illustrate some of these possible translations: ُ ‫ﺎﺟ‬ ‫ﺎت إِﻟَﻰ ُذْرَوﺗِﮭَﺎ ِﺧَﻼَل‬ َ ‫اﻻْﺣﺘَِﺠ‬ َ ‫َو‬ ِ ‫ﺻﻠَﺖ‬ َ ‫ﱠ‬ ْ ‫ﺧ‬ ‫اﻷ‬ ‫ﺮ‬ ‫ﮭ‬ .‫ﯿﺮ‬ ِ ِ ِ ‫اﻟﺸ‬ ْ َ‫ﻧَﻈََﺮ اﻷ‬ .‫ﺎدٍة ﺑَﺎﻟَِﻐٍﺔ‬ َ ‫طﻔَﺎل إِﻟَﻰ اﻟﮭَ َﺪاﯾَﺎ ﺑَِﺴَﻌ‬

Protests reached their peak during last month.

‫ ﺗُ َﻌﺎﻧِﻲ اﻟﺒَِﻼُد‬،‫ﺎﺳﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ‫ﺎﻛِﻞ ﱢ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺴﯿ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤَﺸ‬ ِ ِ‫إِﻟَﻰ َﺟﺎﻧ‬ َ ‫ﺐ‬ ْ ‫ﺼ‬ ‫ﺘ‬ ‫ﻗ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ﻼ‬ .‫ﺎدﯾ ٍﱠﺔ‬ ِ َ ِ ِ ٍ َ ‫ِﻣْﻦ ُﻣْﺸِﻜ‬

In addition to political problems, the country suffers from economic problems.

‫ﻮرٍة‬ ُ ِ‫ﯿﺮ ﺑ‬ ُ ‫ﺖ اﻟﺜﱠ ْﻮَرةُ ا‬ َ ‫ﺼ‬ ِ ‫ﻮﻣ‬ ِ ‫َدﻓَ َﻌ‬ َ ‫ﻟﺤُﻜ‬ ِ ‫ﺎت إِﻟَﻰ اﻟﺘﱠ ْﻔِﻜ‬ ْ َ .‫ﯿﻦ‬ َ ِ‫اطﻨ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤَﻮ‬ ُ ‫ِﺟﱢﺪﯾ ٍﱠﺔ ﻓِﻲ َرﻓ ِﻊ ُﻣْﺴﺘ ََﻮى َﻣْﻌﯿﺸِﺔ‬

The revolution prompted governments to think seriously about raising the standard of living of citizens.

ْ ‫أَﱠد‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺎﻟَِﻤﯿﱠﺔُ إِﻟَﻰ‬ َ ُ‫ﺎدﯾﱠﺔ‬ َ ِ‫اﻻْﻗﺘ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ِ ُ‫ت اﻷَْزَﻣﺔ‬ َ .‫اق‬ ٍ ‫وث َﻛَﺴ‬ ِ ‫ُﺣُﺪ‬ ِ ‫ﺎد ﻓِﻲ اﻷ ْﺳَﻮ‬ ْ ‫ﺼُﻞ‬ .‫ﺎن‬ َ ‫اﻷﻧﮭَﺎر َو‬ ِ َ‫ﺗ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﻮْدﯾ‬ ِ ‫ﯿﻊ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺠَﺪ‬ ِ ‫اوُل إِﻟَﻰ َﺟِﻤ‬ ‫ﻄﻠﱠ ُﻊ ا ﱡ‬ َ َ‫ﯾَﺘ‬ .‫ﺎت‬ ُ ‫ﻟﻄَﻼ‬ ِ َ‫ب إِﻟَﻰ اِ ْﻧﺘِﮭ‬ ِ َ‫اﻻْﻣﺘِ َﺤﺎﻧ‬ ِ ‫ﺎء ﻓَ ْﺘَﺮِة‬

The global economic crisis led to a recession in the markets.

The children looked at the gifts with great joy.

Rivers and streams reach all valleys. Students look forward to the end of the examination period.

‫ﯾﺮ ﱢ‬ .‫اﺷْﻨﻄُﻦ‬ ُ ‫َﺳﯿَﺘ ََﻮﱠﺟﮫُ َوِز‬ ِ ‫ﺎع إِﻟَﻰ َو‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺪﻓ‬

The minister of defense will head to Washington.

ُ ‫َﻋَﻤﻠِﯿ‬ ْ ‫اﻹ‬ .‫ﺖ‬ ُ ‫ح ﺗَْﺤﺘ‬ ٍ ‫َﺎج إِﻟَﻰ َوْﻗ‬ ِ ‫ﱠﺎت‬ ِ ‫ﺻَﻼ‬

Reforms need time.

ْ ‫َدَﻋ‬ َ ‫ﺎع‬ ْ ‫ﺖ ِﻣ‬ ‫ئ‬ ٍ ‫ﺎر‬ ِ ‫ط‬ ٍ ‫ﺼُﺮ إِﻟَﻰ َﻋْﻘِﺪ اِْﺟﺘِ َﻤ‬ َ ‫ﱠ‬ .‫ﻲ‬ ‫ﺲ اﻷ ْﻣِﻦ اﻟﺪْوﻟِ ﱢ‬ ِ ِ‫ﻟَِﻤْﺠﻠ‬

Egypt called for an emergency meeting of the UN Security Council.

104

Three-letter prepositions

ُ َ‫ﺎﺣﺜ‬ ُ ‫ف ﺗَﺘَﻄَﱠﺮ‬ ‫ﺎت ﺑَ ْﯿَﻦ ﱠ‬ ‫ق‬ َ ‫ﯿﻦ َﺳْﻮ‬ َ َ‫اﻟﻤﺒ‬ َ ِ‫اﻟﺮﺋ‬ ُ ِ ‫ﯿﺴ‬ .‫ك‬ َ َ‫إِﻟَﻰ اﻟﻘ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤْﺸﺘََﺮ‬ ِ ‫ات‬ ِ ‫ﻀﺎﯾَﺎ َذ‬ ُ ‫اﻻْھﺘَِﻤِﺎم‬ ‫ﺲ اﻷَ ْﻣِﻦ‬ َ َ‫ﺎك ُﻣﺒ‬ َ َ‫ھُﻨ‬ ِ ِ‫ﺎدَرةٌ ﻓَ َﺮْﻧِﺴﯿﱠﺔٌ ﻓِﻲ َﻣْﺠﻠ‬ .‫ﺎدَرٍة َﻛﻨ َِﺪﯾ ٍﱠﺔ‬ ‫ﺎﻧ‬ ‫ﺟ‬ َ َ‫ﺐ ُﻣﺒ‬ ِ ِ َ ‫إِﻟَﻰ‬ َ ‫ﻄﻘَﺔُ إِﻟَﻰ ِﻣْﻨ‬ َ ‫ﻟﻤْﻨ‬ .‫ﺎﻣٍﻞ‬ ِ ‫اع َﺷ‬ ِ ‫ﻄﻘَِﺔ‬ ِ ‫ﻗَْﺪ ﺗَﺘََﺤﱠﻮُل ا‬ ٍ ‫ﺻَﺮ‬

The talks between the two presidents will address issues of common concern. There is a French initiative in the Security Council, along with a Canadian initiative. The region could turn into a zone of global conflict.

ُ َ‫اﻟﻮَﻻﯾ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺘﱠ ِﺤَﺪةُ إِﻟَﻰ َﻣﱢﺪ ھَْﯿَﻤﻨَﺘِﮭَﺎ‬ ُ ‫ﺎت‬ ِ ‫ﺗ َْﺴَﻌﻰ‬ .‫اﻟﻌﺎﻟَ ِﻢ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤِﮭﱠﻤِﺔ ﻓِﻲ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﻤﻨ‬ ُ ‫ﻖ‬ َ ‫إِﻟَﻰ‬ ِ ‫ﺎط‬

The United States seeks to extend its hegemony to important regions of the world.

ُ َ‫ﺎر اﻟﺒَﯿ‬ ‫ﱠﺎط‬ ُ ‫ﺎن إِﻟَﻰ أَ ﱠن ﺛَ َﻼﺛَﺔً ِﻣْﻦ‬ َ ‫أَ َﺷ‬ ِ ‫ﺿﺒ‬ .‫ود‬ ُ ‫ﯿﺶ ﻗُﺘِﻠُﻮا َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ ِ ‫اﻟﺤُﺪ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺠ‬

The statement pointed out that three army officers were killed on the border.

‫ إِﻟَﻰ‬with pronoun suffixes When ‫ إِﻟَﻰ‬is followed by a pronoun suffix, it becomes ‫إِﻟَﻲ‬. The following table shows how different pronouns appear after the preposition.

‫ﯿﮭﻤﺎ‬ ِ َ‫إِﻟ‬ ‫إِﻟَﯿﻨَﺎ‬

‫ﻲ‬ ‫إِﻟَ ﱠ‬ ‫إِﻟَﯿﻚ‬

ُ َ‫إِﻟ‬ ‫ﯿﻜﻢ‬ ُ َ‫إِﻟ‬ ‫ﯿﻜ ﱠﻦ‬

‫ ھُ َﻤﺎ‬+ ‫إِﻟَﻰ‬ ُ‫ ﻧَﺤْ ﻦ‬+ ‫إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ أَ ْﻧﺘُ ْﻢ‬+ ‫إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ أَ ْﻧﺘُ ﱠﻦ‬+ ‫إِﻟَﻰ‬

‫ﯿﮭﻢ‬ ِ َ‫إِﻟ‬ ‫ﯿﮭ ﱠﻦ‬ ِ َ‫إِﻟ‬

‫ ھُ ْﻢ‬+ ‫إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ ھُ ﱠﻦ‬+ ‫إِﻟَﻰ‬

‫إِﻟَﯿﮭﺎ‬ ُ َ‫إِﻟ‬ ‫ﯿﻜﻤﺎ‬

.‫ﻞ‬ ُ ‫ﻲ أَﻧﱠﻨَﺎ ﺗَﻘَﺎﺑَْﻠﻨَﺎ ِﻣْﻦ ﻗَ ْﺒ‬ ‫ﯾ َُﺨﯿ ُﱠﻞ إِﻟَ ﱠ‬

‫ﯿﻚ‬ ِ َ‫إِﻟ‬ ‫إِﻟَﯿ ِﮫ‬

‫ أَﻧَﺎ‬+ ‫إِﻟَﻰ‬ َ‫ أَ ْﻧﺖ‬+ ‫إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ِ ‫ أَ ْﻧ‬+ ‫إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ ھُ َﻮ‬+ ‫إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ ِھ َﻲ‬+ ‫إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ أَ ْﻧﺘُ َﻤﺎ‬+ ‫إِﻟَﻰ‬

It seems to me that we met before.

َ ‫أَ َوﱡد أَ ْن أَﺗََﺤﱠﺪ‬ .‫ﺎم‬ ُ ‫ﻚ ﻓِﻲ َﻣْﻮ‬ َ ‫ث إِﻟَْﯿ‬ ٍ َ‫ﻮع ھ‬ ٍ ‫ﺿ‬

I would like to talk to you on an important subject.

‫ﺎﺳﺒَِﺔ ﱠ‬ .‫اج‬ َ َ‫أَﺗَﻘَ ﱠﺪُم إِﻟَ ْﯿُﻜْﻢ ﺑِﺄ َ َﺣﱢﺮ اﻟﺘﱠﮭَﺎﻧِﻲ ﺑُِﻤﻨ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺰَو‬

I extend to you my warmest congratulations on the wedding.

َ َ‫ﺖ أَﺗ‬ ُ ‫ﻠﻐﺎﯾَ ِﺔ َوُﻛْﻨ‬ َ ِ‫ھ َِﺬِه اﻟﻨﱠ ْﺪَوةُ ُﻣِﮭﱠﻤﺔٌ ﻟ‬ .‫ﻄﻠﱠ ُﻊ إِﻟَْﯿﮭَﺎ‬

This seminar is very important, and I was looking forward to it.

‫ﺐ‬ ُ َ‫اي ﻓِﻲ َﻣِﺪﯾﻨٍَﺔ ﻗَِﺮﯾﺒَ ٍﺔ َوأَ ْذھ‬ ُ ‫ﯾَِﻌ‬ َ ‫ﯿﺶ َواﻟَِﺪ‬ ُ ُ .‫ُﻮع‬ ٍ ‫إِﻟَْﯿِﮭَﻤﺎ ﻛﱠﻞ أْﺳﺒ‬ ْ َ‫ُوﱢﺟﮭ‬ .‫اﻟﻌْﻤِﺪ‬ َ ‫ﺖ إِﻟَ ْﯿِﮭﻢ ﺗُ ْﮭَﻤﺔُ اﻟﻘَ ْﺘِﻞ‬

My parents live in a nearby town, and I go to see them every week. They were charged with murder.

Three-letter prepositions 105

‫ إِﻟَﻰ‬with interrogatives and conjunctions ‫ إِﻟَﻰ‬with interrogatives َ ‫ َﻣ‬+ ‫إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ﺎذا = إِ َﻻ َم‬ ‫ﯿﺮ ھَِﺬِه اﻟﻨَﺘَﺎﺋُِﺞ؟‬ ُ ‫إَِﻻَم ﺗُ ِﺸ‬ ُ ‫إِ َﻻَم ﺗَْﺮُﻣُﺰ أَْﻟَﻮ‬ ‫ان اﻟﻠﱠ ْﻮَﺣِﺔ؟‬ ‫اﻟﻤْﺠﺘََﻤِﻊ؟‬ ُ ‫ﺎت‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻌْﻨ‬ ِ ‫إَِﻻَم ﻧَْﻌُﺰو َﻣْﻮَﺟ‬ ُ ‫ﻒ ﻓِﻲ‬

What do these results indicate? What do the colors of the painting symbolize? To what do we attribute waves of violence in society?

‫ َﻣْﻦ = إِﻟَﻰ َﻣْﻦ‬+ ‫إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﺮَﺳﺎﻟَﺔُ؟‬ ِ ‫إِﻟَﻰ َﻣْﻦ ھَِﺬه‬ ‫إِﻟَﻰ َﻣْﻦ ﻧ َْﺸُﻜﻮ؟‬

To whom is this letter addressed?

ُ ‫اﻟﺪَﻋَﻮ‬ ‫إِﻟَﻰ َﻣْﻦ َﺳﺘُ َﻮﱠﺟﮫُ ﱠ‬ ‫ات؟‬

To whom will invitations be sent?

To who do we complain?

‫ َﻣﺘَﻰ = إِﻟَﻰ َﻣﺘَﻰ‬+ ‫إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ﯿﺐ؟‬ ُ ‫إِﻟَﻰ َﻣﺘَﻰ َﺳﺘَِﻐ‬ ‫ﻤﯿﯿﺰ ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤْﺮأَةُ ُﻋْﺮ‬ َ ‫إِﻟَﻰ َﻣﺘَﻰ َﺳﺘَْﺒﻘَﻰ‬ ِ ‫ﺿﺔً ﻟِﻠﺘﱠ‬ ‫ُﻣْﺠﺘََﻤِﻌﻨَﺎ؟‬ ‫اﻟﻤْﺸِﻜﻠَﺔُ؟‬ ُ ‫إِﻟَﻰ َﻣﺘَﻰ ﯾ ُْﻤِﻜُﻦ أَ ْن ﺗ َْﺴﺘ َِﻤﱠﺮ ھ َِﺬه‬

How long will you be gone? How long will women remain subject to discrimination in our society? How long can this problem continue?

‫ أَ ْﯾَﻦ = إِﻟَﻰ أَ ْﯾَﻦ‬+ ‫إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫إِﻟَﻰ أَ ْﯾَﻦ َﺳﺘُ َﺴﺎﻓُِﺮ؟‬ ‫ﻮل َﻋﻠَﻰ ُﺣﻘُﻮﻗِ ِﮭﻢ؟‬ ُ ‫ﻠﺤ‬ ُ ِ‫ﺎس ﻟ‬ ُ ‫إِﻟَﻰ أَ ْﯾَﻦ ﯾَﺘﱠ ِﺠﮫُ اﻟﻨﱠ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ُ َ‫ﺎﺣﺜ‬ ‫ﺎت ﱠ‬ ‫اﻟﺴَﻼِم؟‬ َ َ‫ﺼُﻞ ُﻣﺒ‬ ِ َ‫إِﻟَﻰ أَ ْﯾَﻦ َﺳﺘ‬

Where will you travel? Where do people go to get their rights? What will the peace talks achieve?

‫ إِﻟَﻰ‬with conjunctions ‫ َﻣﺎ = إِﻟَﻰ َﻣﺎ‬+ ‫إِﻟَﻰ‬ .‫ﺎم ﺑِ ِﮫ‬ َ ‫أَ َﺷ‬ ِ ‫ﺎر إِﻟَﻰ َﻣﺎ ﯾَْﻨﺒَِﻐﻲ‬ ُ ‫اﻻْھﺘَِﻤ‬

ْ َ‫َﻻ أ‬ .ُ‫ﺳﺘَِﻤُﻊ إِﻟَﻰ َﻣﺎ ﯾَﻘُﻮﻟُﻮﻧَﮫ‬ ْ ‫ﻀ‬ ُ ‫ﺖ َدَرَﺟ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺤَﺮ‬ َ ‫ﺎت‬ َ َ‫اِْﻧَﺨﻔ‬ ِ ‫ارِة إِﻟَﻰ َﻣﺎ ﺗَْﺤ‬ .‫ﺮ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺼْﻔ‬

He indicated what should be given attention. I do not listen to what they say. Temperatures dropped below zero.

106

Three-letter prepositions

‫ َﻣﻦ = إِﻟَﻰ َﻣْﻦ‬+ ‫إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫إِﻟَﻰ َﻣْﻦ ﯾ ُِﮭﱡﻤﮫُ اﻷَْﻣﺮ‬ ُ ‫اِْﺳﺘََﻤْﻌﻨَﺎ إِﻟَﻰ َﻣْﻦ ﯾَﺘ ََﺤﱠﺪ‬ ‫ت‬ ِ ‫ث َﻋْﻦ ُﻣْﺸِﻜَﻼ‬ .‫اﻟﻌَﺮﺑِﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫ﺎت‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤْﺠﺘ ََﻤَﻌ‬ ُ .‫ﺤﱡﻘﮭَﺎ‬ َ ‫ﺗَﱠﻢ َدْﻓُﻊ اﻟﺘﱠ ْﻌِﻮ‬ ِ َ‫ﺎت إِﻟَﻰ َﻣْﻦ ﯾَ ْﺴﺘ‬ ِ ‫ﯾﻀ‬

To whom it may concern We listened to those who talk about the problems of Arab societies. Compensation has been paid to those who deserve it.

‫ إﻟﻰ‬in fixed expressions Employers exploit workers to the maximum extent.

‫اﻟﻌَﻤِﻞ‬ ُ َ‫ﯾَ ْﺴﺘَِﻐﱡﻞ أَ ْرﺑ‬ َ ‫ﺎب‬ .‫ﺣﱟﺪ‬ ُ َ ‫ﺼﻰ‬ َ ‫ﺎل إِﻟَﻰ أَ ْﻗ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻌﱠﻤ‬

to the maximum

The project started two years ago but has not finished yet.

ُ ِ‫ﺑَ َﺪأَ ﺗَْﻨﻔ‬ ‫وع ُﻣْﻨُﺬ‬ َ ‫ﯿﺬ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤْﺸُﺮ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫َﯿﻦ َوﻟَ ِﻜﻨﮫُ ﻟَْﻢ ﯾَﺘِ ﱠﻢ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ِ ‫َﺳﻨَﺘ‬ .‫اﻵن‬ َ ّ ُ‫ﺗَْﺴﺘَِﻤﱡﺮ ُﻣَﻌﺎﻧَﺎة‬ ‫ﯿﻦ‬ َ ِ‫اﻟﻼِﺟﺌ‬ ‫ﱡ‬ ‫ﯾﯿﻦ ﻓِﻲ ُدَوِل‬ َ ‫ﻮر‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺴ‬ َ .‫ار إِﻟﻰ اﻟﯿَ ْﻮِم‬ ِ ِ ‫اﻟﺠَﻮ‬ َ َ ‫َﺳﺄَظَﱡﻞ أْﻋَﻤُﻞ إِﻟَﻰ أْن‬ .‫ﻖ ھََﺪﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫أُ َﺣﻘﱢ‬ ْ ‫ي َﺣﱟﺪ َﺳﺎھ ََﻤ‬ ّ َ‫إِﻟَﻰ أ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ َ ‫أَ ْﻧِﺸ‬ ‫ﻮﻣِﺔ ﻓِﻲ‬ ُ ُ‫ﻄﺔ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺤُﻜ‬ َ ‫ﺎب ﱠ‬ ‫ﯿﻦ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺴﺎﺋِِﺤ‬ ِ ‫اِْﺳﺘِْﻘﻄ‬ ‫إِﻟَﻰ اﻟﺒَِﻼِد؟‬ ‫ي َﻣَﺪى ﯾَﺘَﺄَﺛﱠ ُﺮ‬ ‫إِﻟَﻰ أَ ﱢ‬ ‫ﯿﺮ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤﻨَﻈﱠ َﻤ‬ ُ ‫َﻋَﻤُﻞ‬ ِ ‫ﺎت َﻏ‬ ‫ﻮﻣﯿ ِﱠﺔ ﺑُِﺤﱢﺮﯾ ِﱠﺔ‬ ُ ِ ‫اﻟﺤُﻜ‬ ْ ‫ﯿﺮ؟‬ ‫ﺒ‬ ‫ﻌ‬ ِ ِ ‫اﻟﺘﱠ‬

yet/until now

‫اﻵن‬ َ ‫إِﻟَﻰ‬

to this day

‫إِﻟَﻰ اﻟﯿَْﻮِم‬

،‫ﺎت‬ ‫ﺐ ﱢ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺮَواﯾ‬ ِ ِ‫إِﻟَﻰ َﺟﺎﻧ‬ َ ‫ﺐ‬ ‫ﯾﺪ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻌِﺪ‬ َ ‫طﮫَ ُﺣَﺴْﯿﻦ‬ َ َ‫َﻛﺘ‬ َ ‫ِﻣَﻦ ﱢ‬ .‫ﺎت اﻷ َدﺑِﯿﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺪَر‬ ِ ‫اﺳ‬ ُ َ‫اﻟﻮَﻻﯾ‬ ‫ﺎت‬ ِ ‫ﻧ ََﺠَﺤ‬ ِ ‫ﺖ‬ َ ُ َ ‫ﱟ‬ ‫ﯿﺮ‬ ‫ﺒ‬ ‫ﻛ‬ ‫ﺪ‬ ‫ﺣ‬ ‫ﻰ‬ ‫ﻟ‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ة‬ ُ ٍ ِ َ ِ ‫اﻟﻤﺘﱠ ِﺤَﺪ‬ ْ ْ ‫ﻤ‬ ‫ﺜ‬ ‫ﺘ‬ ‫ﺳ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ﻲ‬ ‫ﺎت‬ َ َ‫ﺎر ِﺳﯿ‬ ِ ِ ِ‫ﻓ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﺳ‬ ِ َ ُ ‫اﻟﻌَﺮﺑِﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ‫ﺎت‬ ‫ﻮﻣ‬ ‫ﻜ‬ ‫اﻟﺤ‬ َ ِ َ ُ ‫ﻮذھَﺎ ﻓِﻲ‬ ِ ُ‫ﯾﺰ ﻧُﻔ‬ ِ ‫ﻟِﺘَْﻌِﺰ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤْﻨ‬ .‫ﻄﻘَ ِﺔ‬ ِ

in addition

Syrian refugees continue to suffer in neighboring countries to this day. I will continue to work until I achieve my goal. To what extent did government activities contribute to attracting tourists to the country? To what extent is the work of nongovernmental organizations influenced by freedom of expression? In addition to novels, Taha Hussein wrote many literary studies. The United States has largely succeeded in exploiting the policies of Arab governments to strengthen its influence in the region.

until

‫ﺼﻰ َﺣﱟﺪ‬ َ ‫إِﻟَﻰ أَ ْﻗ‬

‫إِﻟَﻰ أَْن‬

to what extent

ّ َ‫إِﻟَﻰ أ‬ ‫ي َﺣﱟﺪ‬

to what extent

ّ َ‫إِﻟَﻰ أ‬ ‫ي َﻣَﺪى‬

to a large extent

‫ﺐ‬ ِ ِ‫إِﻟَﻰ َﺟﺎﻧ‬ ‫ﯿﺮ‬ ٍ ِ‫إِﻟَﻰ َﺣﱟﺪ َﻛﺒ‬

Three-letter prepositions 107 The movement calmed down somewhat in the hotel after the conference ended.

‫اﻟﺤَﺮَﻛﺔُ إِﻟَﻰ َﺣﱟﺪ‬ َ ‫ھ ََﺪأَت‬ ‫ﻌﺪ‬ َ َ‫ق ﺑ‬ ِ ‫َﻣﺎ ﻓَﻲ اﻟﻔُ ْﻨُﺪ‬ .‫ﺮ‬ ِ َ‫اِ ْﻧﺘِﮭ‬ ُ ‫ﺎء‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤْﺆﺗ ََﻤ‬

The judge requested that the verdict not be announced for a while.

‫ﺎﺿﻲ َﻋَﺪَم‬ َ َ‫طَﻠ‬ ِ َ‫ﺐ اﻟﻘ‬ .‫ﻦ‬ ُ ‫إِْﻋَﻼِن‬ ٍ ‫اﻟﺤْﻜِﻢ إِﻟَﻰ ِﺣْﯿ‬

for a while

‫إِﻟَﻰ ِﺣْﯿﻦ‬

The presidents will not meet until the summit.

‫ﻟَْﻦ ﯾَﺘَﻘَﺎﺑََﻞ ﱡ‬ ‫ﺎء إِﻟَﻰ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺮَؤَﺳ‬ .‫ﺎد اﻟﻘِﱠﻤِﺔ‬ ِ َ‫ﯿﻦ اِْﻧِﻌﻘ‬ ِ ‫ِﺣ‬ ‫ﻮب‬ ُ ُ‫ﺗَﺘَﻔَﺎﻗَ ُﻢ ُﻣْﺸِﻜﻠَﺔُ ﻧ‬ ِ ‫ﻀ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺎﺋِﯿ ِﱠﺔ ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫ارِد‬ َ ِ ‫اﻟﻤَﻮ‬ ‫ إِﻟَﻰ َدَرَﺟِﺔ‬،‫اﻷُْرُدِن‬ ْ ‫ﺻﺒَ َﺤ‬ ً‫اﺣَﺪة‬ ْ َ‫أَﻧﱠﮭَﺎ أ‬ ِ ‫ﺖ َو‬ ‫ﺎﻛِﻞ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤَﺸ‬ َ ‫ِﻣْﻦ أَھ ﱢَﻢ‬ .‫اﻟﺒِﯿﺌِﯿِﱠﺔ ﻓِﻲ اﻟﺒِ َﻼِد‬

until

‫إِﻟَﻰ ِﺣْﯿﻦ‬

‫ﻮل‬ ُ ‫ﻟﺤ‬ ُ ‫َﺳﻨُ َﺴﺎﻓُِﺮ ﺑَْﻌَﺪ ا‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ،‫ﻮل‬ َ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ ﺗَﺄِْﺷ‬ ِ ‫ﯿﺮ‬ ِ ‫ات اﱡﻟﺪُﺧ‬ َ َ‫ﯿﻦ َﺳﻨ‬ ‫ﻈﱡﻞ‬ َ ِ‫وإِﻟَﻰ َذﻟ‬ ِ ‫ﻚا‬ ِ ‫ﻟﺤ‬ .‫ﯾﻦ‬ َ ‫ُﻣْﻨﺘَِﻈِﺮ‬ َ ‫ِﻣَﻦ‬ ‫ﯾﺐ أَ ْن ﺗَﺘَﻔَﺎﻗََﻢ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻐِﺮ‬ َ ُ ‫ﺎر‬ ِ ‫ﺎع اﻷ ْﺳَﻌ‬ ِ َ‫ُﻣْﺸِﻜﻠَﺔ اِ ْرﺗِﻔ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺤﱢﺪ‬ .‫ﯿﺮ‬ َ ‫إِﻟَﻰ ھََﺬا‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺨِﻄ‬

until then

ُ َ‫اﺻُﻞ اﻟﺘﱠﺒ‬ ‫ﺎدُل‬ َ ‫ﯾَﺘ ََﻮ‬ ْ ‫اﻟﻌﻠِﻤﱡﻲ ﺑَ ْﯿَﻦ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺜﱠﻘَﺎﻓِﱡﻲ َو‬ ‫اﻟﺒَﻠَ َﺪْﯾِﻦ إِﻟَﻰ ﯾَ ْﻮِﻣﻨَﺎ ھ ََﺬا‬ .‫ﺎت‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﻤْﺴﺘََﻮﯾ‬ ُ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ أَ ْﻋﻠَﻰ‬

to this day

The problem of the depletion of water resources in Jordan is exacerbated to the extent that it has become one of the most important environmental problems in the country. We will travel after we get the visas, and until then, we will continue to wait. It is strange that the problem of soaring prices is aggravated to this extent. The cultural and scientific exchange between the two countries continues to this day at the highest level.

to some extent

to the extent that

to this extent

‫إِﻟَﻰ َﺣﱟﺪ َﻣﺎ‬

‫إِﻟَﻰ َدَرَﺟِﺔ أَ ﱠن‬

‫ﯿﻦ‬ َ ِ‫إِﻟَﻰ َذﻟ‬ ِ ‫ﻚ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺤ‬

‫اﻟﺤﱢﺪ‬ َ ‫إِﻟَﻰ ھََﺬا‬

‫إِﻟَﻰ ﯾَْﻮِﻣﻨَﺎ ھََﺬا‬

‫َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬is mainly used to indicate higher elevation in the sense of ‘over’ or ‘above’ and is commonly translated as ‘on’. ‫ﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ is closely related to the root (‫)ع ل و‬, which means ‘to rise’. According to A Frequency Dictionary of Arabic (2011),

‫ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬is the seventh-most commonly used word in Arabic. It can be used in spatial and temporal contexts.

108

Three-letter prepositions

‫ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬in context

= = = -

ُ ‫اﻟﻤَﺠﱠﻼ‬ ‫ﺎوﻟَِﺔ؟‬ َ َ‫أ‬ َ ‫ﯾﻦ‬ ِ ‫ت اﻟﺘﱢﻲ ﺗََﺮْﻛﺘُﮭَﺎ َﻋﻠَﻰ اﻟﻄﱠ‬ .‫ﺐ‬ َ ‫َو‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﻤْﻜﺘ‬ َ ‫ﺿْﻌﺘُﮭَﺎ ﻓِﻲ ُﻏْﺮﻓَﺘِﻲ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ْ َ َ َ ْ ‫ﱠ‬ َ َ َ ُ .‫ﯿﺪھَﺎ إِﻟﻰ َﻣَﻜﺎﻧِﮭَﺎ ِﻷﻧﻨِﻲ ﻟ ْﻢ أﻗَﺮأھَﺎ ﺑَ ْﻌُﺪ‬ َ ‫ﻚ أ ْن ﺗ ِﻌ‬ َ ‫ َﻋﻠ ْﯿ‬،‫إِ ًذا‬ .‫ون إِْذٍن‬ ِ !‫َﻋﻠَﻰ َر ْأِﺳﻲ‬ ِ ‫ﺎج ِﻷَﻧﱠﻨِﻲ ﻧَﻘَْﻠﺘُﮭﺎ ِﻣﻦ ُد‬ ِ ‫آﺳﻒ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ِ ‫اﻹْزَﻋ‬ .‫ﯿﻞ‬ ِ ِ‫ ﻓَﺄَﻧَﺎ َﻋﻠَﻰ َﻣْﻮِﻋٍﺪ َﻣَﻊ اﻟﻄﱠﺒ‬،‫ﺎﻋﮭَﺎ‬ ِ ‫َﻻ ﺗَﺘََﻌﱠﺠْﻞ ﻓِﻲ إِْرَﺟ‬ ٍ ِ‫ﯿﺐ ﺑَ ْﻌَﺪ ﻗَﻠ‬ !‫ﻚ‬ َ ‫ُﺷْﻜًﺮا َﻋﻠَﻰ ﺗَﻔَﱡﮭِﻤ‬ !‫َﻋْﻔًﻮا‬

= = = -

Where are the magazines that I left on the table? I put them in my room on the desk. So, you have to take them back because I have not read them yet. With pleasure! Sorry for the inconvenience because I moved them without permission. Do not rush returning them, as I have an appointment with the doctor shortly. Thanks for your understanding! You are welcome!

Notes on the usage of ‫ﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ in context The preposition ‫ﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ is used in the sense of on or above, for example, in (‫َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ْ َ‫ﺎوﻟ ِﺔ‬ َ ‫ﻚ أَ ْن ﺗُ ِﻌ‬ َ ‫)َﻋﻠَ ْﯿ‬. It ِ َ‫اﻟﻤﻜﺘ‬ َ ‫)َﻋﻠَﻰ‬, and it expresses necessity, such as in (‫ﯿﺪھَﺎ‬ ِ ‫ )اﻟﻄ‬and (‫ﺐ‬ is also used in a temporal sense, for example, (‫ﻋٍﺪ‬ ِ ‫)َﻋﻠَﻰ َﻣْﻮ‬. In addition, it can used ْ َ in some idiomatic expressions, as in (‫ﺳﻲ‬ ِ ‫)َﻋﻠﻰ َرأ‬, which means ‘with pleasure’. Functions of ‫ﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ

‫ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬is used to indicate the meaning of ‘on’ or ‘above’, as in the following: ُ ‫ﺖ‬ ُ ‫ﺿْﻌ‬ ‫اﻟﺮ ﱢ‬ ‫ﺐ َﻋﻠَﻰ ﱠ‬ .‫ف‬ َ ُ‫اﻟﻜﺘ‬ َ ‫َو‬

.‫ﺳﻲ‬ ِ ‫أَْرﺗَِﺪي ﻗُﺒ َﱠﻌﺔً َﻋﻠَﻰ َر ْأ‬ .‫ﻋﻠَﻰ َﻛﺘِﻔِِﮫ‬ َ ُ‫َﺣَﻤَﻞ اِ ْﺑﻨَﮫ‬

.‫ﺻَﻮٌر ِﻷَﺑِﻲ‬ ُ ‫ان ﺑَ ْﯿﺘِﻨَﺎ‬ ِ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ ُﺟْﺪَر‬

I put the books on the shelf. I wear a hat on my head. He carried his son on his shoulder. There are pictures of my father on the walls of our house.

‫ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬is used to indicate locality, as in the following: ُ ُ‫اﻟﺠﻨ‬ .‫ﺎل‬ ُ ‫ﻒ‬ َ َ‫َوﻗ‬ ِ َ‫ﻮد َﻋﻠَﻰ َﺟْﺒﮭَ ِﺔ اﻟﻘِﺘ‬

.‫ﺎل‬ ٍ َ‫اﻟﻤِﺪﯾﻨَﺔُ َﻋﻠَﻰ ﺑ ُْﻌِﺪ َﺳْﺒَﻌِﺔ أَ ْﻣﯿ‬ َ ‫ﺗَﻘَُﻊ‬

‫ﺎن َﻋﻠَﻰ َﻣْﻘُﺮﺑٍَﺔ ِﻣَﻦ ا ﱠ‬ .‫ﯿﺲ‬ َ َ‫ﺎن ھُﻨ‬ َ ‫َﻛ‬ َ ‫ﺎك َﺷْﺨ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ِ ِ‫ﻟﺮﺋ‬ .‫ﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﺗَﻘَ ُﻊ َﻣ ِﺪﯾﻨَﺔُ َدھَﺐ َﻋﻠَﻰ اﻟﺒَ ْﺤ ِﺮ اﻷَ ْﺣ َﻤ‬

Soldiers stood at the front. The city is seven miles away. There were two people close to the president. Dahab is located on the Red Sea.

Three-letter prepositions 109

‫ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬is used figuratively to indicate difficulty, as in the following: .‫ﻋﺎﺗِﻘِﻲ‬ َ ‫ار َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ِ ‫ﺗَﻘَ ُﻊ َﻣْﺴُﺆوﻟِﯿﱠﺔُ اِﺗﱢَﺨ‬ ِ ‫ﺎذ اﻟﻘََﺮ‬

ْ َ‫أ‬ .‫ﻋﻠَ ْﯿﻨَﺎ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻌَﻤُﻞ ِﻋْﺒﺌًﺎ‬ َ ‫ﺻﺒََﺢ ھََﺬا‬ ‫ﻖ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎﻋﯿ ِﱠﺔ َدْﻋُﻢ‬ ‫ﺎت ﱢ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺼﻨ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺸِﺮَﻛ‬ ِ ِ‫ﯾَﻘَ ُﻊ َﻋﻠَﻰ َﻋﺎﺗ‬ ُ َ‫اﻟﺘﱠﺒ‬ .‫اﻟﻌﺎﻟَِﻢ‬ ‫ﺎر ﱢ‬ َ ‫ي َﻣَﻊ‬ ِ ‫ﺎدِل اﻟﺘﱢَﺠ‬

I should take responsibility for decision making. This job has become a burden to us. Industrial companies have the burden of supporting trade exchange with the world.

‫اﻟﻌﻘُﻮﺑَِﺔ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ُ ‫ﺼﻰ‬ َ ‫ﯿﻊ أَ ْﻗ‬ ِ ِ‫طَﺎﻟَﺒَﺖ اﻟﻨﱢﯿَﺎﺑَﺔُ ﺑَﺘَْﻮﻗ‬ .‫ﯿﮭﻢ‬ ُ ِ َ‫اﻟﻤﱠﺪَﻋﻰ َﻋﻠ‬

The prosecution demanded that the maximum sentence be imposed on the defendants.

‫ﺎت َﻋﻠَﻰ ﻟِْﯿﺒﯿَﺎ ﻟَْﻦ ﯾ َُﺆﱢدي إﻟَﻰ‬ ُ ‫ار‬ ُ ‫اِْﺳﺘِْﻤَﺮ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﻌﻘُﻮﺑ‬ .‫ﺣﱢﻞ اﻷَْزَﻣﺔ‬ َ

Continued sanctions on Libya will not solve the crisis.

‫ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬is also used in the sense of ‘against’, as in the following: .‫اة‬ َ َ‫اﻟﻤﺒ‬ ِ ‫ﺎر‬ ُ ‫ﺗََﻐﻠﱠﺒُﻮا َﻋﻠَ ْﯿﻨَﺎ ﻓِﻲ‬

ْ ‫أَﱠد‬ ‫ﯿﺪ ﱡ‬ ‫اﻟﺴْﻠﻄَِﺔ إِﻟَﻰ‬ َ ُ‫ت ھَْﯿَﻤﻨَﺔ‬ ِ ِ‫ﺶ َﻋﻠَﻰ َﻣﻘَﺎﻟ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺠْﯿ‬ .‫ﺎدﯾ ٍﱠﺔ‬ ٍ ‫ُﻣْﺸِﻜَﻼ‬ َ ِ‫ت اِْﻗﺘ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ُ ‫أَ ْﺟﺒَ َﺮهُ اﻟﺘﱠ ْﻤ‬ . ‫ب ِﻣْﻦ ﺑَﻠَ ِﺪِه‬ ِ ‫ﻟﻌْﺮﻗِ ﱡﻲ َﻋﻠَﻰ اﻟﮭَ َﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﯿﯿﺰ ا‬ ‫ﻮﻣﺔُ ﱡ‬ ‫ﺎن َﻋﻠَﻰ ﺗَْﺮِك‬ ُ ‫ﺖ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺴَﻜ‬ ِ ‫أَْرَﻏَﻤ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺤُﻜ‬ .‫وع‬ َ َ‫ﺎزﻟِِﮭﻢ ِﻹﻗ‬ َ ‫ﺎﻣﺔ‬ ِ َ‫َﻣﻨ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤْﺸُﺮ‬

They beat us in the match. The army’s dominance led to economic problems. Ethnic discrimination forced him to flee his country. The government forced residents to leave their homes in order to establish the project.

‫ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬is used to express necessity or obligation, as in the following: ‫ﺎت ﻗَْﺒَﻞ ﱠ‬ .‫ﺎح‬ ‫َﻋﻠَ ﱠ‬ ِ َ‫اﺟﺒ‬ َ ‫ﻲ أَْن أَْﻧﺘ َِﮭَﻲ ِﻣَﻦ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻮ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺼﺒ‬ .‫ﺎح‬ َ ِ‫َﺐ إِﻟَﻰ َﻋَﻤﻠ‬ َ ‫َﻋﻠَْﯿ‬ َ ‫ﻚ ُﻛﱠﻞ‬ َ ‫ﻚ أَ ْن ﺗَْﺬھ‬ ٍ َ ‫ﺻﺒ‬

‫ﺎﺳﺔَ اﻟﺘﱢﻲ ﻧَﺘّﺒُِﻌﮭَﺎ‬ ُ ‫ﯾَ ِﺠ‬ ‫اﺟَﻊ ﱢ‬ َ َ‫اﻟﺴﯿ‬ ِ ‫ﺐ َﻋﻠَ ْﯿﻨَﺎ أَ ْن ﻧُ َﺮ‬ َ َ ْ .‫اﺟﮭَ ِﺔ أزَﻣٍﺔ ِﻣَﻦ اﻷَزَﻣﺎت‬ َ ‫ِﻋْﻨَﺪ ُﻣَﻮ‬ ‫ﺎداﺗِ ِﮭﻢ‬ َ ‫ﺼ‬ َ ِ‫ب أَْن ﯾ َُﺤﱢﺮُروا اِ ْﻗﺘ‬ َ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻌَﺮ‬ .‫ات اﻷَ ْﺟﻨَﺒِﯿﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫اﻻْﺳﺘِْﺜَﻤ‬ ِ ‫ﺎر‬ ِ ‫ِﻻْﺟﺘَِﺬاب‬ ُ ‫اﻟﻤﺘﱠ ِﺤَﺪِة اِﺗﱢَﺨ‬ ُ ‫ﺎذ ُﻛﱢﻞ‬ ‫ات‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺨﻄَُﻮ‬ ُ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ اﻷُ َﻣﻢ‬ ‫ﺎع ﱡ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﯿﺬ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺪَوِل اﻷَ ْﻋ‬ ِ ‫ﻀ‬ ِ ِ‫ﺎء ﺑِﺘَْﻨﻔ‬ ِ ‫ﻮﻣ‬ َ ُ‫اﻟﺪْﺑﻠ‬ ِ َ‫ﺎﺳﯿِﱠﺔ ِﻹْﻗﻨ‬ ‫ات ﱠ‬ .‫اﻟﺪْوﻟِﯿِﱠﺔ‬ ‫ار‬ ‫ﺮ‬ ِ َ َ َ‫اﻟﻘ‬

I have to finish all assignments before morning. You have to go to your workplace every morning. We must review the policy we follow when facing a crisis. Arabs should liberalize their economies to attract foreign investment. The United Nations should take all diplomatic steps necessary to persuade member states to implement international resolutions.

110

Three-letter prepositions

‫ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬is used with a temporal meaning to express the time of an event, as in the following:

ْ َ‫اِْﺳﺘَْﯿﻘ‬ ُ ‫ﻈ‬ ‫ﻮر ﱠ‬ .‫ﺎح‬ ِ ُ‫ﺖ َﻋﻠَﻰ ﻧ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺼﺒ‬ .‫ﻘﺎء‬ ِ ‫اِْﻓﺘََﺮْﻗﻨَﺎ َﻋﻠَﻰ َوْﻋٍﺪ ﺑِﺎﻟﻠﱢ‬

ُ ‫ت َﺣَﻮِاد‬ ْ ‫أَ ْوَد‬ ‫ث ﱠ‬ ‫ات ﺑَِﺤﯿَِﺎة َﺧْﻤَﺴِﺔ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺴﯿ‬ ِ ‫ﱠﺎر‬ .‫ﺎﻋَﺪٍة‬ ٍ ‫ﺎص َﻋﻠَﻰ ﻓَﺘ ََﺮ‬ ِ َ‫ات ُﻣﺘَﺒ‬ ٍ ‫أَ ْﺷَﺨ‬ ْ َ‫ﯾﻤﺔٌ ُﻋِﺮﻓ‬ ‫ﺖ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ ‫ﺼ‬ َ ‫ﻟﻤ‬ َ َ‫ﺎرَﻋﺔُ ِھَﻲ ِرﯾ‬ ُ ‫ا‬ َ ‫ﺎﺿﺔٌ ﻗَ ِﺪ‬ ‫َزَﻣِﻦ ﱡ‬ .‫ﺎن‬ َ ‫اﻟﺮ‬ ِ ‫وﻣ‬

I woke up at the morning light. We parted, but we promised to meet again. Car accidents killed five people intermittently. Wrestling is an old sport known at the time of the Romans.

‫ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬is used with verbs such as (‫ﻀﻰ‬ َ ‫ )َﻣ‬and (‫ )َﻣﱠﺮ‬to indicate the passage of time since an event, as in the following: .‫ب‬ َ ‫َﻣﱠﺮ أَ ْرﺑَ ُﻌ‬ َ ‫ﺎء‬ ِ َ‫ﺎﻣﺎ َﻋﻠَﻰ اِ ْﻧﺘِﮭ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺤْﺮ‬ ً ‫ﻮن َﻋ‬

Forty years have passed since the war ended.

.‫ﺎن‬ َ ‫ﻀﻰ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ ‫َﻣ‬ ِ ‫ﺎد‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺤ‬ َ ‫ث َﻋ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻣ‬

Two years have passed since the accident.

ْ ‫ّﻣﱠﺮ‬ ‫ت أَ ْﻋَﻮٌام َﻋﻠَﻰ اﻷَ ْزَﻣِﺔ َوﻟَْﻢ ﯾَﺘََﺤﱠﺴِﻦ‬ ْ ‫اﻟﻮ‬ .‫ﺿُﻊ‬ َ ٌ ْ ‫َﻣﱠﺮ‬ .‫ﺎدﺛَِﺔ‬ َ ‫ت َﺳﻨَﺔ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺤ‬ ُ َ‫ﻀﻰ َﻋﻠَﻰ ﺗَﻘ‬ ‫َﺎذ ُرْﺑُﻊ ﻗَْﺮٍن ِﻣَﻦ‬ َ ‫َﻣ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻋِﺪ اﻷُْﺳﺘ‬ ‫ا ﱠ‬ .‫ﻦ‬ ‫ﻣ‬ ِ َ ‫ﻟﺰ‬

Years have passed since the crisis, yet the situation has not improved. A year passed after the accident. The professor retired a quarter of a century ago.

Notes on the usage of ‫ﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ

‫ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬is used in constructions that mean ‘on the basis of’, as in the following: ‫ﻮق‬ ُ ‫ﺎوِاة ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫ﻮم‬ ُ ‫اﻟﻌ ْﻘُﺪ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ُ ُ‫ﯾَﻘ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤَﺴ‬ ِ ُ‫اﻟﺤﻘ‬ .‫ﺎت‬ ِ َ‫اﺟﺒ‬ َ ‫َو‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻮ‬ ُ ‫ﻗَﺒِْﻠ‬ ‫ﺖ ﱡ‬ .‫ﯿﻦ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺼْﻠَﺢ َﻋﻠَﻰ َﺷْﺮط‬ ْ ‫ﺿَﻌ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤَﻮ‬ ‫ﺎس‬ ِ ‫ُو‬ ُ ُ‫ﺖ ُﺧﻄﱠﺔ‬ ِ ‫ازﻧ َِﺔ َﻋﻠَﻰ أَ َﺳ‬ َ َ ‫اﻟﻌِﺎم‬ .‫ﺎص‬ ‫واﻟﺨ ﱢ‬ َ ‫ﺎرَﻛِﺔ ﺑَْﯿَﻦ اﻟﻘِﻄ‬ َ ‫ﯿﻦ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤَﺸ‬ ُ ِ ‫ﺎﻋ‬

The contract is based on equality in rights and duties.

َ َ‫ﻓ‬ ‫ﺎس‬ ِ َ‫اﻻْﻧﺘَِﺨﺎﺑ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤَﺮﱠﺷُﺢ ﻓِﻲ‬ ُ ‫ﺎز‬ ِ ‫ﺎت َﻋﻠَﻰ أَ َﺳ‬ َ َ َ َ‫ﻮدِه ﺑِﺄ ْن ﯾَْﺠَﻌَﻞ اﻟﺒ‬ ‫ﻄﺎﻟَﺔَ ﻓِﻲ أ ْوﻟَ ِﻮﯾ ِﱠﺔ‬ ِ ‫ُوُﻋ‬ .‫ﺎﻣﺎﺗِ ِﮫ‬ َ ‫اِ ْھﺘِ َﻤ‬

The candidate won elections on the basis of his promises to make unemployment a priority.

I accepted reconciliation on two conditions. The budget plan was set on the basis of partnership between the public and private sectors.

‫ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬can be followed by (‫ )أَ ﱠن‬and a nominal clause. In this sense, it can mean ‘however’, as in the following cases:

‫ون‬ َ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ أَ ﱠن ﻧُ ُﺸ‬ ِ ‫ﻮب اﻷَ ْزَﻣﺔ ﻟَ ْﻢ ﯾَ ُﻜْﻦ ِﻣْﻦ ُد‬ .‫ﺎت‬ ٍ ‫ُﻣﻘَ ﱢﺪَﻣ‬

However, the outbreak of the crisis was not without warning.

Three-letter prepositions 111

ُ ‫اﻟﺼ‬ ‫ﯿﻦ اﻟﯿَْﻮَم‬ ‫اھُﻦ َﻋﻠَ ْﯿِﮫ ﱢ‬ ِ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ أَ ﱠن أَھَﱠﻢ َﻣﺎ ﺗُ َﺮ‬ ْ ‫ُﻮﻧﻎ ُﻛ‬ ْ ‫ﯿﺪ ِﻣْﻦ ھ‬ ً‫ﺎدة‬ َ َ‫ﻮﻧﻎ اِ ْﺳﺘِﻔ‬ َ ِ‫ھ َُﻮ أَْن ﺗَْﺴﺘَﻔ‬ ً.‫ﺎﻣﻠَﺔ‬ َ ِ‫اِ ْﻗﺘ‬ ِ ‫ﺎدﯾﱠﺔً َﻛ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬

However, the most important thing that China is betting on today is to reap the full benefit from Hong Kong economically.

‫ َﻋﻠَﻰ أَ ﱠن‬،ً‫ﯿﺮة‬ ُ ‫َﺣﻘﱠﻘَﺖ‬ َ ِ‫ﺐ َﻛﺒ‬ َ ‫ﺎﺳ‬ ِ ‫ﻮﻣﺔُ َﻣَﻜ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺤُﻜ‬ ‫ﯾﺪ ِﻣَﻦ‬ َ ِ‫َذﻟ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤِﺰ‬ َ ‫ض‬ ِ ‫ﻚ ﻟَْﻢ ﯾَْﻤﻨَْﻌﮭَﺎ ِﻣْﻦ ﻓَ ْﺮ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ .‫ﺐ‬ ِ ِ‫اﻟﻀَﺮاﺋ‬ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ أَ ﱠن ھ ََﺬا اﻟﺘﱠﻘَ ﱡﺪَم ﻧ َْﺤَﻮ اﻟﺘََﻌﱡﺪِدﯾ ِﱠﺔ ﻟَ ْﻦ ﯾَُﻤﱠﺮ‬ .‫ﺎوَﻣٍﺔ‬ َ َ‫ون ُﻣﻘ‬ ِ ‫ِﻣْﻦ ُد‬

The government has achieved great gains; however, this did not prevent it from imposing more taxes. However, this progress toward pluralism will not occur without resistance.

The war has changed the social ‫ﻲ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺤْﺮ‬ َ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ أَﱠن‬ ‫ﺎﻋ ﱠ‬ ِ ‫اﻻْﺟﺘَِﻤ‬ ِ ‫ب َﻏﯿَﱠﺮت اﻟﮭَ ْﯿَﻜَﻞ‬ structure to a large extent. .‫ﯿﺮ‬ ٍ ِ‫إِﻟَﻰ َﺣﱟﺪ َﻛﺒ‬ ‫ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬can be followed by (‫ )أَْن‬and a present-tense verb. In this sense, it indicates terms and conditions, as in the following cases:

ُ َ‫اﻻﺗﱢﻔ‬ ‫ﺼَﻞ‬ ُ ‫ َداﺋَِﺮةً َﻋﻠَﻰ أَ ْن ﯾَ ْﺤ‬250 ‫ﺎق‬ ِ ‫َﺷِﻤَﻞ‬ ْ َ ‫ ِﻣﻘَﻌًﺪا ﻓِﻲ ُﻣﻘَﺎﺑِِﻞ‬170 ‫ﺎﻛُﻢ َﻋﻠﻰ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺤْﺰ‬ َ ‫ب‬ ِ ِ ‫اﻟﺤ‬ .‫ﺿﺔ‬ ‫ﺎر‬ ‫ﻌ‬ ‫ﻠﻤ‬ ‫ﻟ‬ َ َ َ ُ ِ 80

The agreement included 250 constituencies, with the ruling party gaining 170 seats and the opposition gaining 80 seats.

ُ ‫ﻟﻤْﺸُﺮ‬ ‫وع َﺧْﻤَﺴﺔَ أَ ْﻋَﻮٍام َﻋﻠَﻰ أَ ْن‬ َ ‫ﯾَْﺴﺘَِﻤﱡﺮ ا‬ ُ َ‫ك اﻟﻘِﻄ‬ َ ‫ﺎع ا‬ ‫ﻟﺨ ﱡ‬ .‫ﻟﻤﺌَ ِﺔ‬ َ ‫ﺎر‬ ِ ‫ ﻓِﻲ ا‬45 ‫ﺎص ﺑِﻨِْﺴﺒَ ِﺔ‬ ِ ‫ﯾَُﺸ‬

The project will continue for five years and the private sector will contribute 45 percent.

‫اﺧِﺮ‬ ُ َ‫اﻟﻤﻘَﱠﺮِر أَ ْن ﯾَ ْﺒَﺪأَ ﺑِﻨ‬ ِ ‫ﯿﺖ ﻓِﻲ أَ َو‬ ِ َ‫ﺎء اﻟﺒ‬ ُ ‫ِﻣَﻦ‬ َ ْ َ ْ َ ‫ﯿﮫ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﻓ‬ ‫ﻞ‬ ‫ﻤ‬ ‫اﻟﻌ‬ ‫ﻲ‬ ‫ﮭ‬ ‫ﺘ‬ ‫ﻨ‬ ‫ﯾ‬ ‫ﻰ‬ ‫ﻠ‬ ‫ﻋ‬ ‫ﺎم‬ ‫اﻟﻌ‬ ‫ن‬ ‫أ‬ ُ َ َ َ َ ِ ِ َ ِ ِ ‫ھََﺬا‬ َ .‫ﺎدِم‬ َ ‫اﺧِﺮ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻌِﺎم اﻟﻘ‬ ِ ‫أَ َو‬ ُ َ‫اﻻﺗﱢﻔ‬ ‫ﻮب‬ ُ ‫ﯿﻦ َﺣ‬ َ ِ‫ َﻣَﻼﯾ‬6 ‫ﯿﺮِاد‬ ٍ ‫ﺎﺳ‬ َ ِ‫ﺎق ﺑِﺎﺳﺘ‬ ِ ‫ﻀﻲ‬ ِ ‫ﯾَْﻘ‬ َ َ ‫اﻟﻌَﺪُد ﻓِﻲ ﱠ‬ ‫ات‬ َ ‫ﺎم َﻋﻠﻰ أ ْن ﯾَْﺮﺗَﻔَِﻊ‬ َ ‫ھََﺬا‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺴﻨََﻮ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻌ‬ .‫اﻟﻤْﻘﺒِﻠَِﺔ‬ ُ

The construction of the house is due to start late this year and will be completed by the end of next year.

‫ﺶ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺠْﯿ‬ ُ ِ‫ﺐ إِ ْﺳَﺮاﺋ‬ ُ ‫َﺳﺘَْﻨَﺴِﺤ‬ َ ‫ﯿﻞ َﻋﻠَﻰ أَْن ﯾَ ْﻨﺘ َِﺸَﺮ‬ ‫ود ﱠ‬ .‫اﻟﺪْوﻟِﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﻠﱡْﺒﻨَﺎﻧِﱡﻲ َﻋﻠَﻰ َﺟﺎﻧِﺒِِﮫ ِﻣَﻦ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺤُﺪ‬

Israel will withdraw, provided that the Lebanese army is deployed on its side of the international border.

Under the agreement, 6 million computers will be imported this year, and the number will increase in the coming years.

‫ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬can be followed by (‫ )ھََﺬا‬or (‫ﻚ‬ َ ِ‫)َذﻟ‬. In this sense, it can mean ‘thus’, as in following: ‫ﻚ ﻓَ ﱢ‬ ‫ﺼ ﱡ‬ ‫ﺐ ﻓِﻲ‬ ُ َ‫ﺎت اﻟﻘَﺒَﻠِﯿﱠﺔَ ﺗ‬ َ ِ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ َذﻟ‬ ِ َ‫ﺈن اﻟﺘﱠ َﺤﺎﻟُﻔ‬ ْ ‫َﻣ‬ .‫ﻦ‬ ِ َ‫ﺼﻠَ َﺤِﺔ اﻟﻘ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻋَﺪِة ﻓِﻲ اﻟﯿََﻤ‬ ‫ﺲ ﱠ‬ ْ ُ‫ﻚ ﺗ‬ ‫اﻟﺪْوﻟِﯿِﱠﺔ‬ َ ِ‫َوَﻋﻠَﻰ َذﻟ‬ َ ‫ﺼﺒُِﺢ َﺳ‬ ِ ُ‫ﺎﺣﺔُ اﻟﺘﱠﻨَﺎﻓ‬ .‫ﯿﻊ‬ َ ُ‫َﻣْﻔﺘ‬ َ ‫ﺎم‬ َ ‫ﻮﺣﺔً أَ َﻣ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺠِﻤ‬ ‫ﯿﻞ اﻟﻨﱢ ْﻔِﻂ‬ ِ ‫ ﻗَ ْﺪ ﯾَﺘََﺪﻧﱠﻰ ِﺳْﻌُﺮ ﺑِْﺮِﻣ‬،‫َوَﻋﻠَﻰ ھََﺬا‬ .‫اﻟﻤْﻘﺒِِﻞ‬ َ ‫ﻮل‬ ُ ‫اﻟﻌِﺎم‬ ِ ُ‫ﺑِ ُﺤﻠ‬

Thus, tribal alliances are in the interest of al-Qaeda in Yemen. Thus, international competition is open to all. Thus, the price of a barrel of oil could fall by next year.

112

Three-letter prepositions

‫وق اﻟﻨﱠ ْﻘِﺪ ﱠ‬ ُ ‫ﺻْﻨُﺪ‬ ُ ‫َوَﻋﻠَﻰ ھََﺬا ﯾَُﻜ‬ ‫اﻟﺪْوﻟِﱢﻲ ﻗَ ِﺪ‬ ُ ‫ﻮن‬ َ ‫اِْﺳﺘَ َﺮﱠد ُﻣْﻌ‬ .‫ض‬ ِ ‫ﻈ َﻢ اﻟﻘَْﺮ‬ ‫ﯿﻢ َﺣْﻤﻠٍَﺔ ﺗَﻄَﱡﻮِﻋﯿ ٍﱠﺔ ﻟَِﺠْﻤ ِﻊ‬ َ ِ‫َوَﻋﻠَﻰ َذﻟ‬ ُ ‫ﻚ ﺗ ﱠَﻢ ﺗ َْﻨِﻈ‬ ‫ﺿَﺤﺎﯾَﺎ ﱢ‬ .‫ال‬ َ ‫ﺢ‬ َ ِ‫ﺎت ﻟ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺘﱠﺒَ ﱡﺮَﻋ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺰْﻟَﺰ‬ ِ ِ‫ﺼﺎﻟ‬

Thus, the IMF has recovered most of the loan. Thus, a voluntary fundraising campaign was organized for earthquake victims.

‫ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬is used with some verbs to indicate emphasis or insistence, as in the following: ‫اط‬ ‫أَ ﱠﻛَﺪ ﱢ‬ َ ‫ﺎﺳﱡﯿ‬ ِ ‫ﻮن َﻋﻠَﻰ أَھَﱢﻤﯿ ِﱠﺔ اِْﻧِﺨَﺮ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺴﯿ‬ .‫ﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﻌَﻤِﻞ ﱢ‬ َ ِ‫اطﻨ‬ َ ‫ﯿﻦ ﻓِﻲ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺴﯿ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤَﻮ‬ ُ ‫ﺎﺳ ﱢ‬ ‫اﺟَﻌٍﺔ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﻮِز‬ َ ‫اء ُﻣَﺮ‬ َ ‫ﺿُﺮ‬ َ ‫ﯾﺮ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ِ ‫ورِة إِْﺟَﺮ‬ َ ‫َﺷﱠﺪَد‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ْ .‫اﻟﻌﺎﻟِﻲ‬ ‫ﯿﻢ‬ ‫ﻠ‬ ‫ﻌ‬ ‫ﻠﺘ‬ ‫ﻟ‬ َ ِ ِ ِ ‫ﺎﻣﻠَ ٍﺔ‬ ِ ‫َﺷ‬

Politicians stressed the importance of citizens’ involvement in political work.

َ ‫ﺻﱠﺮ اﻟﻨﱢ‬ ‫ات‬ َ َ‫ار َوُﻣﺒ‬ َ َ‫أ‬ ِ ‫ﺾا‬ ِ ‫ﺎدَر‬ ُ ‫ﻈ‬ ِ ‫ﻟﺤَﻮ‬ ِ ‫ﺎم َﻋﻠَﻰ َرْﻓ‬ ‫ا ﱠ‬ .‫ﻟﺴَﻼِم‬ ّ .‫ﺠَﺰ َﻣﮭَﱠﻤﺘَﻨَﺎ‬ َ ‫ﺼﱢﻤُﻤ‬ َ ‫ﻧَْﺤُﻦ ُﻣ‬ ِ ‫ﻮن َﻋﻠَﻰ أْن ﻧُ ْﻨ‬

The regime insisted on rejecting dialogue and peace initiatives.

The minister stressed the need for a comprehensive review of higher education.

We are determined to accomplish our mission.

‫ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬is used with some verbs indicating dominance and control, as in the following: َ ‫اﻟﺴْﯿ‬ ُ ‫ك ُﺳﱠﻜ‬ ‫اق أَھَﱢﻤﯿﱠﺔَ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻄَﺮِة َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ ‫أَ ْدَر‬ ِ ‫ﺎن‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻌَﺮ‬ َ ‫ﻟﻤﯿَِﺎه َﻋْﻦ‬ ‫ﺎﻣِﺔ ا ﱡ‬ .‫ات‬ ِ ‫ا‬ ِ ‫ﻟﺴُﺪ‬ ِ ‫ود َوَﻣﱢﺪ اﻟﻘَﻨََﻮ‬ َ َ‫ﯾﻖ إِﻗ‬ ِ ‫طِﺮ‬

The people of Iraq realized the importance of controlling water by building dams and extending canals.

ْ ‫اﻟﺴﯿَﺎدةَ َﻋﻠَﻰ َد‬ ‫ت ﱠ‬ ‫ارﻓُﻮر‬ ‫اﻟﺼِﺤﯿﻔَﺔُ أَ ﱠن ﱢ‬ ِ ‫َذَﻛَﺮ‬ ‫ال ﻟِ ﱡ‬ .‫ان‬ ُ ‫َﻣﺎ ﺗََﺰ‬ َ ‫ﻠﺴ‬ ِ ‫ﻮد‬

The newspaper mentioned that sovereignty over Darfur still lies with Sudan.

‫ َوھََﺬا‬،‫اﻹْﻧﺘَْﺮﻧِﺖ‬ ِ ‫ﻠﯿﺰﯾﱠﺔُ َﺣﺎﻟِﯿًّﺎ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ِ ‫ﺗُﮭَ ْﯿِﻤُﻦ‬ ِ ‫اﻹْﻧِﻜ‬ ْ ‫ﱠ‬ َ َ ْ ‫ﻋ‬ .‫ﺎﻣَﻞ ﺑِﮭَﺎ‬ ‫ﻌ‬ ‫ﻟﺘ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ﯿﻦ‬ ‫ﻣ‬ ‫ﺪ‬ ‫ﺨ‬ ‫ﺘ‬ ‫ﺴ‬ ‫ﻟﻤ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ﻰ‬ ‫ﻠ‬ ُ ‫ﯾَْﻔِﺮ‬ َ ‫ض‬ ُ َ َ ِِ ُ ُ َ‫اﻟﺴﻠُﻄ‬ ‫ﺗُ َﺴْﯿِﻄُﺮ ﱡ‬ ‫ﯿﺪ‬ َ ‫ﺎت‬ ِ ِ‫اﻟﻌْﺴَﻜِﺮﯾﱠﺔُ َﻋﻠَﻰ َﻣﻘَﺎﻟ‬ َ ْ ‫ﱠ‬ ْ ْ ‫ﺳ‬ ‫و‬ ‫اﻷ‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ﺮ‬ ‫ﻟﺸ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ان‬ ‫ﺪ‬ ‫ُﻠ‬ ‫ﺑ‬ ‫ﻦ‬ ‫ﻣ‬ ‫ﯾﺪ‬ ‫ﺪ‬ ‫ﻟﻌ‬ .‫ﻂ‬ ُ ‫ا‬ ِ َ ْ ِ ِ َ ِ ِ ِ َ ‫ﻟﺤْﻜِﻢ ﻓِﻲ ا‬

English currently dominates the internet, which requires users to deal with it. The military authorities control many countries in the Middle East.

‫ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬is used with some verbs that mean ‘to contain’, as in the following: ‫ﻮل‬ ُ ُ‫اﻹْﺳَﻼِﻣﱡﻲ َﻋﻠَﻰ ﻓ‬ ٍ ‫ﺼ‬ َ ‫ﯾَ ْﺸﺘَِﻤُﻞ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤْﺮَﻛُﺰ‬ ‫ﺎع َوَﺳَﻜٍﻦ‬ َ َ‫اﺳﯿٍﱠﺔ َوَﻣْﻜﺘَﺒَ ٍﺔ َوﻗ‬ ِ ‫ِدَر‬ ِ ِ‫ﺎﻋٍﺔ ﻟ‬ ِ ‫ﻼْﺟﺘِ َﻤ‬ .‫ﻟِْﻠﻄﱠﻠَﺒَ ِﺔ‬ ُ ‫اِْﺣﺘََﻮى اﻟﺒَ ْﯿ‬ ‫ﺖ ﱢ‬ ‫ﺎب‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺪَﻣْﺸﻘِ ﱡﻲ َﻋﻠَﻰ ُﻛﱢﻞ أَ ْﺳﺒ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ .‫اﺣِﺔ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺮ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﻤْﺘَﺤ‬ ‫ﻒ‬ ٍ َ‫ﻒ َﻋﻠَﻰ ُﻣْﻘﺘَﻨَﯿ‬ ِ َ‫ﺎت ِﻣْﻦ ُﻣْﺨﺘَﻠ‬ ُ ‫ﯾَْﺸﺘَِﻤُﻞ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ .‫ﻲ‬ ُ ‫ُﻋ‬ ‫اﻹْﺳَﻼ ِﻣ ﱢ‬ ِ ‫ﯾﺦ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ِ ‫ﻮر اﻟﺘ‬ ِ ‫ﺎر‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺠِﺪ‬ ‫ﺎر ﱡ‬ ‫ﯾﺪ َﻋﻠَﻰ أَ ْﻛﺒَِﺮ‬ َ ‫ي‬ َ ‫ﯾَْﺤﺘَِﻮي‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤْﺮَﻛُﺰ اﻟﺘﱢَﺠ‬ ْ َ ُ .‫اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘَ ِﺔ‬ ‫ﻧِﻈٍَﺎم ُﻣﺘ ََﺨ ﱢ‬ ِ ‫ﺺ ﻟِﻠﻜْﻤﺒﯿﻮﺗَﺮ ﻓِﻲ‬ ٍ ‫ﺼ‬

The Islamic center includes classrooms, a library, a meeting room and student accommodations. The Damascus house contained all the comforts. The museum contains collections from different eras of Islamic history. The new mall has the largest specialized computer system in the region.

Three-letter prepositions 113

‫ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬is used with some verbs that mean ‘to exceed’, as in the following: ‫اﻟﮭْﻨِﺪﯾﱠﺔُ ﻓِﻲ اﻟﺒَﻠَ ِﺪ ﯾَ ْﺮﺑُﻮ َﻋَﺪُدھَﺎ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ ِ ُ‫اﻟﺠﺎﻟِﯿَﺔ‬ .‫َﺴَﻤٍﺔ‬ َ ‫ﻒﻧ‬ ِ ‫ أ َْﻟ‬300 .‫ق‬ َ ‫ق ﻓِﻲ ا‬ ٍ ‫ ﻓُ ْﻨُﺪ‬1000‫ﻟﻤْﻤﻠَ َﻜِﺔ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ِ ‫ﯾَ ْﺮﺑُﻮ َﻋَﺪُد اﻟﻔَﻨَِﺎد‬ ُ ‫اﻟﻤِﺪﯾﻨَِﺔ ﯾَ ِﺰ‬ ْ َ‫أ‬ ‫ﯾﺪ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﻤْﺮَﻛﺒ‬ َ ‫ﺎت ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫ﺻﺒَ َﺢ َﻋَﺪُد‬ ْ .‫ُﻮن‬ ٍ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ ِﻣﻠﯿ‬ ‫ي ﻓِﻲ ﱡ‬ ‫ﻮق َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫اوِل اﻟﻨﱠ ْﻘِﺪ ﱢ‬ ُ ‫َزَاد َﺣْﺠُﻢ اﻟﺘﱠ َﺪ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺴ‬ .‫ﺎر‬ َ ‫َﻋْﺸَﺮِة ﺑَ َﻼ‬ ٍ َ‫ﯾﯿﻦ ِدْﯾﻨ‬

The Indian community in the country includes more than 300,000 people. The number of hotels in the Kingdom is more than 1,000. The number of vehicles in the city has exceeded one million. The volume of cash trading in the market exceeded ten billion dinars.

‫ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬can be used in expressions that indicate preference, as in the following: َ ‫ﺺ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ْ َ‫َﻻ ﻓ‬ .‫آﺧَﺮ‬ ٍ ‫ﻀَﻞ ﻟَِﺸْﺨ‬

َ ‫ﻀُﻞ ُﻣ ْﻌ‬ ‫ﺎﻛِﻞ‬ ‫ﯾُﻔَ ﱢ‬ َ ‫ﺎس اﻟﮭ ُُﺮ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤ َﺸ‬ َ ‫وب ِﻣَﻦ‬ ِ ‫ﻈُﻢ اﻟﻨﱠ‬ .‫اﺟﮭَﺘِﮭَﺎ‬ َ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ ُﻣَﻮ‬ ‫ب ﯾُِﺤ ﱡ‬ .‫ﺴِﮫ‬ ُ َ‫اﻷ‬ ِ ‫ﺐ اِ ْﺑﻨَﮫُ َوﯾُْﺆﺛِ ُﺮهُ َﻋﻠَﻰ ﻧَْﻔ‬ .‫ﯿﺮ‬ ‫أَْﻧﺘُ ْﻢ ﺗُﻔَ ﱢ‬ َ ُ‫ﻀﻠ‬ َ ‫اﻻْﺳﺘِْﻘَﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﻮن‬ ِ ِ‫ار َﻋﻠَﻰ اﻟﺘﱠ ْﻐﯿ‬

No one is better than the other. Most people prefer to escape problems rather than face them. The father loves his son and favors him over himself. You prefer stability over change.

‫ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬can be used in expressions that indicate a state or condition, as in the following: ‫ﺎدﯾﱠﺔُ َﻋﻠَﻰ َﺣﺎﻟِﮭَﺎ‬ َ ِ‫اﻻْﻗﺘ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ِ ُ‫ت اﻷَ ْزَﻣﺔ‬ ِ ‫اِْﺳﺘََﻤﱠﺮ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ .‫ﺤﻠﮭَﺎ‬ ُ ‫ُﻮد‬ َ ِ‫ﻮﻣِﺔ ﻟ‬ ِ ‫َرْﻏَﻢ ُﺟﮭ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺤُﻜ‬ ‫ھَِﺬِه ﱢ‬ .‫ﻋْﻠٍﻢ ﺑِﮭَﺎ‬ َ َ‫اﻟﺰﯾ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﺟﺌَﺔٌ َوﻟَ ْﻢ أَ ُﻛْﻦ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ِ َ‫ﺎرةُ ُﻣﻔ‬ ‫ﻒ‬ ُ ‫ﺎو‬ َ ‫ﺿ‬ َ ‫َﻛ‬ ِ ِ‫ﻮن َﻋﻠَﻰ ِدَراﯾَ ٍﺔ ﺑَِﻤْﻮﻗ‬ ُ ‫ﺎن‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﻤﻔ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ َ ‫ف‬ .‫ﺮ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻄ َﺮ‬ ِ ‫اﻵﺧ‬ ُ ‫ﻮﻣ‬ ‫اﻟﻌَﺮﺑِﯿﱠﺔُ َﻋﻠَﻰ َﻋَﻼﻗَ ٍﺔ َﺟﯿﱢَﺪٍة َﻣَﻊ‬ ُ َ ‫ﺎت‬ َ ‫اﻟﺤُﻜ‬ َ .‫ب‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻐْﺮ‬

The economic crisis continued in the same way despite the government’s efforts to resolve it. This visit was a surprise, and I was not expecting it. The negotiators were aware of the position of the other side. The Arab governments have good relations with the West.

‫ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬is used in some expressions that mean ‘over a period of’, such as the following: ‫ﯿﺮﯾﻦ أَ َﺧَﺬت اﻷَ ْﻓَﻜﺎر‬ َ ‫ﯾﻦ اﻷَ ِﺧ‬ َ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ َﻣَﺪى ا‬ ِ ‫ﻟﻌْﻘَﺪ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ َ َ ُ َ ‫ا‬ ‫ﻟﻐْﺮﺑِﯿﱠﺔُ ﺗُﮭَْﯿِﻤﻦ َﻋﻠﻰ ا ﱠ‬ .‫ﺎﺣِﺔ اﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓِﯿِﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫ﻟﺴ‬ ‫ﻖ ﻟَْﻢ ﯾَﺘََﻤﱠﻜْﻦ أَ ﱞ‬ ‫ي ِﻣَﻦ‬ َ ِ‫ﺲ َدﻗَﺎﺋ‬ ِ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ َﻣَﺪى َﺧْﻤ‬ ْ َ ُ ْ ‫ﺿﱠﺪ َﺧ‬ ْ ‫ﺔ‬ .‫ﺼِﻤِﮫ‬ ‫ﻄ‬ ‫ﻘ‬ ‫ﻧ‬ ‫ﯿﻞ‬ ‫ﺠ‬ ‫َﺴ‬ ‫ﺗ‬ َ ‫ﻟﻤ‬ ِ ٍ ُ ‫ا‬ ِ ِ ‫ﯿﻦ ِﻣْﻦ‬ ِ ‫ﺎرَﻋ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ‫اﻟﻤَﺪى‬ ُ ‫اﺻُﻞ اﻟﺘﱠ َﻌ‬ َ ‫َﺳﯿَﺘََﻮ‬ َ ‫ﺎوُن ﺑَ ْﯿَﻦ اﻟﺒَﻠَ َﺪْﯾِﻦ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ .‫ﯾﻞ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻄﱠ ِﻮ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﻤْﺸُﺮ‬ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ َﻣﱢﺮ ﱠ‬ ‫وع‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺴﻨ ََﻮ‬ َ ‫ ﺗَﻄَﱠﻮَر‬،‫ات‬ ْ ‫َوَزَاد‬ .ُ‫ﺎﺣﺎﺗُﮫ‬ َ ‫ت ﻧََﺠ‬

Over the past two decades, Western ideas have dominated the cultural scene. After 5 minutes, no wrestler was able to score a point against the opponent. Cooperation between the two countries will continue in the long run. Over the years, the project has evolved and its successes have increased.

114

Three-letter prepositions

Notes on translation

‫ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬can be translated in different ways, as ‘on’, ‘at’, ‘by’, ‘upon’, ‘over’ and ‘against’, among others. It can also disappear in the English translation. .‫ﺎء‬ َ ِ‫اﻟﻤﺎﺋَِﺪِة ﻟ‬ ِ ‫ﻠﻌَﺸ‬ َ ‫َﺟﻠَ ْﺴﻨَﺎ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ .‫ﺎﺿﻲ‬ َ َ‫َوﻗ‬ َ ‫ﻒ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤ‬ َ ‫ﺻِﺪﯾﻘِﻲ َﻋﻠَﻰ اﻟﻨﱠ ْﮭِﺮ َوﺗ ََﺬﱠﻛَﺮ‬ .‫ارِه‬ َ ‫ﻗََﻌَﺪ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺠﱡﺪ َﻋﻠَﻰ ﺑ‬ ِ ‫ﺎب َد‬

‫ﱠ‬ !‫ﻋﻠَ ْﯿُﻜْﻢ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺴَﻼُم‬ ْ َ‫ﺖ َواﻟَِﺪﺗِﻲ اﻷ‬ ْ ‫ﺿَﻌ‬ .‫اﻟﻤﺎﺋَِﺪِة‬ َ ‫َو‬ َ ‫طﺒَﺎق َﻋﻠَﻰ‬

We sat at the table for dinner. My friend stood by the river and remembered the past. The grandfather sat at the door of his house. Peace be upon you! My mother placed the plates on the table.

ْ ‫ﺎن ُﻣَﺤﱠﻤُﺪ َﻋﻠِﱟﻲ َواﻟِﯿًﺎ َﻋﻠَﻰ ِﻣ‬ .‫ﺼَﺮ‬ َ ‫َﻛ‬

Mohammed Ali was a ruler of Egypt.

.‫ﻋﻠَﻰ َواﻟَِﺪْﯾِﮫ‬ ‫اﻟﻮﻟَُﺪ ﱢ‬ َ َ‫اﻟﺮَﺳﺎﻟَﺔ‬ َ َ‫ﻗََﺮأ‬

The boy read the letter to his parents.

ُ ‫َرﺗﱠ ْﺒ‬ ‫اﻟﺮ ﱢ‬ ‫ﺖ ُﻛﺘُﺒِﻲ َﻋﻠَﻰ ﱠ‬ .‫ف‬ ‫ﺶ َﻋﻠَﻰ ﱠ‬ .‫ﻲ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺠْﯿ‬ َ ‫ﺐ‬ َ َ‫اِْﻧﻘَﻠ‬ ‫اﻟﻤَﺪﻧِ ﱢ‬ َ ‫ﯿﺲ‬ ِ ِ‫اﻟﺮﺋ‬ ْ ‫ﺖﻧ‬ ُ ‫أَْﻟﻘَ ْﯿ‬ ُ ‫َﻈَﺮةً َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ .‫ﺎدَرﺗِﮭَﺎ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻐْﺮﻓَ ِﺔ ﻗَ ْﺒَﻞ ُﻣَﻐ‬ .‫ﯾﻦ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺠْﯿ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤﺘ ََﻤﱢﺮِد‬ َ ‫َﺼَﺮ‬ َ ‫اِ ْﻧﺘ‬ ُ ‫ﺶ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ .‫ﻲ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤَﺪﯾِﻨَﺔُ َﺟِﺪ‬ ‫ﯾﺪةٌ َﻋﻠَ ﱠ‬ َ

ْ ُ‫ﺎدِة َدْﺧِﻞ أ‬ .‫ﺳَﺮﺗِِﮫ‬ َ َ‫َﻋِﻤَﻞ َﻋﻠَﻰ ِزﯾ‬ ‫ﯿﺮ ﱠ‬ ُ ‫ﺎب َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﺸ ﱡ‬ .‫ﺧﻄَﻰ ُﻣَﻌﻠﱢِﻤِﮫ‬ ُ ‫ﯾَِﺴ‬

I arranged my books on the shelf. The army turned against the civilian president. I had a look at the room before leaving. The army defeated the rebels. The city is new for me. He worked to increase the income of his family. The young man follows in the footsteps of his teacher.

‫ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬with pronoun suffixes When ‫ ﻋﻠﻰ‬is followed by a pronoun suffix, it becomes ‫ﻋﻠَﻲ‬. The following table shows how different pronouns appear after the preposition.

‫َﻋﻠَﯿ ِﮭَﻤﺎ‬ ‫َﻋﻠَ ْﯿﻨَﺎ‬ ‫َﻋﻠَ ْﯿ ُﻜ ْﻢ‬ ‫َﻋﻠَﯿ ُﻜ ﱠﻦ‬

‫ ھَُﻤﺎ‬+ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ُ‫ ﻧَﺤْ ﻦ‬+ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ أَ ْﻧﺘُ ْﻢ‬+ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ أَ ْﻧﺘُ ﱠﻦ‬+ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ‬

‫َﻋﻠَﯿ ِﮭ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﯿﮭ ﱠﻦ‬ ِ َ‫َﻋﻠ‬

‫ ھُ ْﻢ‬+ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ ھُ ﱠﻦ‬+ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ‬

‫ﻲ‬ ‫ﻋﻠَ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻚ‬ َ ‫َﻋﻠَ ْﯿ‬ ‫َﻋﻠَ ْﯿ ِﻚ‬ ‫َﻋﻠَ ْﯿ ِﮫ‬ ‫َﻋﻠَﯿﮭَﺎ‬ ‫َﻋﻠَﯿ ُﻜ َﻤﺎ‬

‫ أَﻧَﺎ‬+ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ‫ أَ ْﻧﺖ‬+ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ِ ‫ أَ ْﻧ‬+ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ ھُ َﻮ‬+ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ ِھ َﻲ‬+ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ أَ ْﻧﺘُ َﻤﺎ‬+ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ‬

Three-letter prepositions 115

‫ﻠﮭْﺠَﺮِة‬ َ ‫َﻋﻠَ ْﯿ‬ َ ‫ارِة‬ َ ‫اﻹَد‬ َ ‫ﻚ ُﻣَﺮ‬ ‫اﻟﻌ ﱠ‬ ِ ِ‫ﺎﻣِﺔ ﻟ‬ ِ ُ‫اﺟَﻌﺔ‬ .‫ك‬ َ ‫از َﺳﻔَ ِﺮ‬ ِ ‫ِﻻْﺳﺘَِﻼِم َﺟَﻮ‬ ‫ﺎﻛِﻢ َوا ﱠ‬ .‫ﺐ‬ َ ‫َﻋﻠَْﯿ ُﻜْﻢ أَْن ﺗُﻔَ ﱢﺮﻗُﻮا ﺑَْﯿَﻦ اﻟﻨﱢﻈَِﺎم ا‬ ِ ‫ﻟﺤ‬ ِ ‫ﻟﺸْﻌ‬ .‫ﻲء‬ ُ ‫َﻻ ﻧَْﻌﺘ‬ ٍ ‫َﺐ َﻋﻠَْﯿُﻜْﻢ ﻓِﻲ َﺷ‬ .‫ﺎل َﻣﮭَﱠﻤﺘُِﻜْﻢ‬ ُ ‫ﺗَْﺴﺘَِﻄ‬ َ ‫اﻻْﻋﺘَِﻤ‬ َ ‫ﯿﻌ‬ ِ ‫ﻮن‬ ِ ‫ﺎد َﻋﻠَْﯿﻨَﺎ ِﻹْﻛَﻤ‬

ٌ َ‫ﯿﮫ ِﻛﺘَﺎﺑ‬ َ ِ‫ﻟ‬ ‫ﺎب أَﺛَِﺮ ﱞ‬ ٌ َ‫ﯿﺴِﺔ ﺑ‬ ‫ﺎﻟﻌَﺮﺑِﯿِﱠﺔ‬ َ ِ‫ﺎت ﺑ‬ َ ِ‫ﻠﻜﻨ‬ ِ َ‫ي َﻋﻠ‬ ِْ ِ‫واﻟﻘ‬ .‫ﻄﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ‫ﺒ‬ ُ ُ‫اﻟﺠﻨ‬ . ‫ﯿﮭْﻢ‬ ُ ‫ﺗ ََﻤﱠﻜَﻦ‬ ِ ‫ﻮد ِﻣَﻦ اﻟﺘﱠ َﻐﻠﱡ‬ ِ َ‫ﺐ َﻋﻠ‬

You should check with the Immigration Department to get your passport. You have to differentiate between the ruling regime and the people. We don’t blame you for anything. You can rely on us to complete your mission. The church has an old door with writings in Arabic and Coptic. The soldiers managed to defeat them.

‫ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬with interrogatives and conjunctions ‫ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬with interrogatives َ ‫َﻣ‬/‫ َﻣﺎ‬+ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ﺎذا = َﻋَﻼَم‬ ‫ﻮم؟‬ ُ ‫َﻋَﻼَم اﻟﻠﱠ‬ ُ ‫َﻀَﺤ‬ ْ ‫َﻋَﻼَم ﺗ‬ ‫ﻚ؟‬

What’s the blame for?

‫َﻋَﻼَم ھَِﺬِه ﱠ‬ ‫اﻟﻀﱠﺠﺔُ؟‬

What is the noise for?

What are you laughing at?

‫ َﻣْﻦ = َﻋﻠَﻰ َﻣْﻦ‬+ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ﺐ؟‬ ُ َ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ َﻣْﻦ ﻧَْﻌﺘ‬ ‫ات ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫ﺎذ اﻟﻘََﺮ‬ ِ ‫ار‬ ِ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ َﻣْﻦ ﺗَﻘَُﻊ َﻣْﺴُﺆوﻟِﯿﱠﺔُ اِﺗﱢَﺨ‬ ‫ارِة؟‬ َ ‫اﻟﻮَز‬ ِ ‫ب؟‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺤْﺰ‬ َ َ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ َﻣِﻦ اِْﻧﻘَﻠ‬ ِ ‫ﺐ‬

Who do we blame? Who is responsible for making decisions in the ministry? Who did the party turn against?

‫ ﻋﻠﻰ‬with conjunctions ‫ َﻣﺎ = َﻋﻠَﻰ َﻣﺎ‬+ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ُ‫ﻮﻣﺔ‬ ْ ‫ﻄ‬ َ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ َﻣﺎ ﯾَْﺒُﺪو ﻓَﺈِ ﱠن َﻣﺎ َﺧﻄﱠ‬ ُ ُ‫ﺖ ﻟَﮫ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺤُﻜ‬ ُ ِ‫ﯾﺪةُ ﯾَْﺠِﺮي ﺗَْﻨﻔ‬ .ُ‫ﯿﺬه‬ َ ‫اﻟﺠِﺪ‬ َ

It seems that what the new government has planned is being implemented.

.‫ﻋﻠَْﯿِﮫ‬ َ ‫ﺿﺎع َﻋﻠَﻰ َﻣﺎ ِھَﻲ‬ َ ‫َﺳﺘ َْﺒﻘَﻰ اﻷَْو‬

The situation will remain the same.

‫ﺐ‬ ُ ‫ﺿﺔُ َﻋﻠَﻰ َﻣﺎ ﯾَ ْﺠ‬ ُ ‫ﺖ‬ َ ‫ﺎر‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤَﻌ‬ ِ َ‫اِﺗﱠﻔَﻘ‬ ُ ‫ﻮﻣﺔُ َو‬ َ ‫اﻟﺤُﻜ‬ .‫ﺎم ﺑِِﮫ‬ ُ َ‫اﻟﻘِﯿ‬

The government and the opposition agreed on what to do.

116

Three-letter prepositions

‫ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬in fixed expressions The result of the experience was generally positive. On the other hand, some representatives of companies said that cost of the project is huge. On the other hand, some argue that most American newspapers do not always publish Arab points of view.

On the ground, the real problem is that the performance of the government does not meet the aspirations of the people.

ْ ‫ﺎء‬ ‫ﯿﺠﺔُ اﻟﺘﱠْﺠ ِﺮﺑَِﺔ‬ َ ِ‫ت ﻧَﺘ‬ َ ‫َﺟ‬ ً َ .‫ﻮم‬ ُ ‫إِ ْﯾَﺠﺎﺑِﯿﱠﺔ َﻋﻠﻰ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻌُﻤ‬ َ ‫ﺐ‬ ‫ﺎل‬ ٍ ِ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ َﺟﺎﻧ‬ َ َ‫آﺧَﺮ ﻗ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎت‬ ُ ‫ﺑَْﻌ‬ ِ ‫ﺾ ُﻣَﻤﺜﱢﻠِﻲ اﻟﺸِﺮَﻛ‬ َ‫إِ ﱠن ﺗَْﻜﻠِﻔَﺔ‬ .ٌ‫ﺿْﺨَﻤﺔ‬ َ ‫وع‬ َ ِ ‫اﻟﻤْﺸُﺮ‬ َ ‫ﺐ‬ ،‫اﻵﺧِﺮ‬ َ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ِ ِ‫اﻟﺠﺎﻧ‬ َ‫ﺾ ﺑِﺄ ﱠن‬ ُ ‫ﺎدُل اﻟﺒَْﻌ‬ ِ ‫ﯾ َُﺠ‬ َ ‫ﱡ‬ ‫ﻢ‬ ‫ﻈ‬ ‫ﻒ‬ ‫ﺤ‬ ‫اﻟﺼ‬ ُ ِ َ ‫ُﻣْﻌ‬ ‫ض‬ ُ ‫ﯾﻜﯿﱠﺔ َﻻ ﺗ َْﻌ ِﺮ‬ ِ ‫اﻷَ ْﻣ ِﺮ‬ ‫َداﺋًِﻤﺎ ِوْﺟﮭَﺔَ اﻟﻨﱠﻈَِﺮ‬ .َ‫اﻟﻌَﺮﺑِﯿﱠﺔ‬ َ ،‫اﻟﻮاﻗِ ِﻊ‬ َ ‫ض‬ ِ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ أَ ْر‬ ُ‫اﻟﺤﻘِﯿﻘِﯿﱠﺔ‬ ُ َ ‫اﻟﻤْﺸِﻜﻠَﺔ‬ ُ ‫ﺗَﺘََﻤﺜﱠ ُﻞ‬ ‫ﻮﻣِﺔ اﻟﱠ ِﺬي‬ ُ ‫اء‬ ِ ‫ﻓِﻲ أََد‬ َ ‫اﻟﺤُﻜ‬ ‫ﱡ‬ َ َ‫َﻻ ﯾَْﺮﻗَﻰ ﻟِﺘ‬ ‫ﺎت‬ ِ ‫ﻄﻠَﻌ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ .‫ﺐ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺸْﻌ‬

ُ ‫ارَد‬ ‫ات‬ ِ َ‫َﺳﺘ‬ ِ ‫ﺼُﻞ َو‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫اﻟﺼﯿﻨِﯿﱠﺔُ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ﺐ ﱢ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺬھ‬ ُ ّ َ َ ‫ طﻨﺎ َﻋﻠﻰ‬250 ‫َﺣَﻮاﻟﻲ‬ .‫ي‬ ‫ﺎس َﺳﻨَِﻮ ﱟ‬ ٍ ‫أَ َﺳ‬ The best way to protect ‫ﻀَﻞ طَِﺮﯾﻘَ ٍﺔ‬ َ ‫إِﱠن أَْﻓ‬ children from the effects of ْ َ‫ﻟِ ِﺤَﻤﺎﯾَ ِﺔ اﻷ‬ ‫ﺎل ِﻣْﻦ‬ ِ َ‫طﻔ‬ smoking is to never smoke ْ َ‫أ‬ ‫ﯿﻦ ِھَﻲ‬ ِ ‫ار اﻟﺘﱠ ْﺪِﺧ‬ ِ ‫ﺿَﺮ‬ near them. ‫ب‬ ِ ‫ﯿﻦ ﺑِﺎﻟﻘُ ْﺮ‬ ِ ‫َﻋَﺪُم اﻟﺘﱠ ْﺪِﺧ‬ ْ .‫ق‬ ِ ‫ِﻣْﻨﮭ ُْﻢ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ِ ‫اﻹطَﻼ‬ It is likely that the next few ُ‫ات اﻟﻘَﻠِﯿﻠَﺔ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺴﻨ ََﻮ‬ َ ‫َﺳﺘُ َﻤﺜﱢُﻞ‬ years will mark a crucial َ ْ َ ‫ﺎدَﻣﺔُ َﻋﻠَﻰ اﻷﻏﻠﺐ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﻘ‬ stage in the history of the ً َ ‫ﺣ‬ ‫ﺔ‬ ‫ﻠ‬ ‫ﺣ‬ ‫ﺎﺳَﻤﺔً ِﻣْﻦ‬ ِ َ َ ‫َﻣْﺮ‬ Middle East. َ ‫ﯾﺦ ﱠ‬ .‫ﻂ‬ ِ ‫ق اﻷ ْوَﺳ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺸْﺮ‬ ِ َ‫ﺗ‬ ِ ‫ﺎر‬ At least 60% of the world’s ‫ ﻣﻦ‬%60 ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ اﻷَﻗَﱢﻞ‬ population does not ‫ﻮن‬ َ ُ‫اﻟﻌﺎﻟَ ِﻢ َﻻ ﯾَُﺤﻘﱢﻘ‬ َ ‫ﺎن‬ ِ ‫ُﺳﱠﻜ‬ meet the recommended ‫اﻟﻤَﻮ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺻﻰ‬ َ ُ ‫اﻟﺤﱠﺪ اﻷَ ْدﻧَﻰ‬ minimum for physical ‫ﺎرَﺳِﺔ اﻟﻨﱠ‬ َ ‫ﺎط‬ ‫ﺸ‬ ‫ﻤ‬ ‫ﻤ‬ ‫ﻟ‬ ‫ﺑِِﮫ‬ َ ِ ِ ُ َ activity of 30 minutes a 30 ‫ُﻮ‬ ‫ھ‬ ‫و‬ ، ‫ﻲ‬ ‫ﻧ‬ ‫ﺪ‬ ‫اﻟﺒ‬ َ َ َ ‫َ ِ ﱢ‬ day. .‫َدﻗِﯿﻘَﺔً ﻓِﻲ اﻟﯿَْﻮِم‬ Chinese gold imports will reach about 250 tons on an annual basis.

generally

‫ﻮم‬ ُ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻌُﻤ‬

on the other hand

َ ‫ﺐ‬ ‫آﺧَﺮ‬ ٍ ِ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ َﺟﺎﻧ‬

on the other hand

‫ﺐ‬ َ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ِ ِ‫اﻟﺠﺎﻧ‬ َ ‫اﻵﺧِﺮ‬

on the ground

‫ض‬ ِ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ أَ ْر‬ ‫اﻟﻮاﻗِِﻊ‬ َ

on the basis

‫ﺎس‬ ٍ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ أَ َﺳ‬

never

ْ ‫اﻹ‬ ‫ق‬ ِ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ِ ‫طَﻼ‬

likely

‫ﺐ‬ ِ َ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ اﻷَْﻏﻠ‬

at least

‫َﻋﻠَﻰ اﻷَﻗَﱢﻞ‬

Three-letter prepositions 117 The project will be completed after two months at most. Food prices are up for the tenth month in a row. China has always been a large and vast empire. Although Egypt was the first Arab country to conclude a peace treaty with Israel, this peace has been described as cold.

The government wants to play a bigger role in the international arena. The year has witnessed many important developments on the political front.

‫ﯿﺬ‬ ُ َ‫اﻻْﻧﺘِﮭ‬ ِ ‫َﺳﯿَﺘِﱡﻢ‬ ِ ِ‫ﺎء ِﻣْﻦ ﺗَْﻨﻔ‬ ‫وع ﺑَْﻌَﺪ‬ َ ِ ‫اﻟﻤْﺸُﺮ‬ َ ْ َ َ .‫ﺮ‬ ِ ‫َﺷْﮭَﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﯾﻦ َﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻛﺜ‬ ‫اﻟﻤَﻮﱢاد‬ ُ ‫ﺗُ َﺴﱢﺠُﻞ أَ ْﺳَﻌ‬ َ ‫ﺎر‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ً َ‫اﻟﻐَﺬاﺋِﯿِﱠﺔ اِْرﺗِﻔ‬ ‫ﺎﻋﺎ ﻟِﻠﺸْﮭِﺮ‬ ِ .‫ﻋﻠَﻰ اﻟﺘﱠ َﻮاﻟِﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﻌ‬ َ ‫ﺎﺷِﺮ‬ َ ِ ْ َ‫َﻛﺎﻧ‬ َ ُ ‫ﻟﺼ‬ ‫ﯿﻦ َﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺖا ﱢ‬ ً‫ﻮرﯾﱠﺔ‬ ‫ا ﱠ‬ ِ ُ‫ﻟﺪَوِام اِ ْﻣﺒَِﺮاط‬ ً .‫ﺎع‬ ِ ‫َﺷ‬ ِ َ‫ﺎﺳَﻌﺔ ﺑَﺎﻟَِﻐﺔ‬ ِ ‫اﻻﺗﱢَﺴ‬ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ ﱠ‬ ‫اﻟﺮْﻏِﻢ ِﻣْﻦ أَ ﱠن‬ َ ْ ْ ‫ِﻣ‬ ‫ﺼَﺮ َﻛﺎﻧَﺖ أ ﱠوَل َدْوﻟٍَﺔ‬ ً‫َﻋَﺮﺑِﯿ ٍﱠﺔ ﺗ َْﻌﻘُِﺪ ُﻣَﻌﺎھََﺪة‬ ‫ﻟِ ﱠ‬ ،‫ﯿﻞ‬ َ ِ‫ﻠﺴَﻼِم َﻣَﻊ إِْﺳَﺮاﺋ‬ َ ‫ﻓَﻘَ ْﺪ‬ ‫ظﱠﻞ ھ ََﺬا ﱠ‬ ‫اﻟﺴَﻼُم‬ ُ ‫ﻮﺻ‬ .‫ﺎر ٌد‬ َ ُ‫ﯾ‬ ِ َ‫ﻒ ﺑِﺄَﻧﱠﮫُ ﺑ‬ ‫ﻮﻣﺔُ ﻓِﻲ‬ ُ ‫ﺐ‬ ُ ‫ﺗَﺮْ َﻏ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺤُﻜ‬ َ ‫ﺐ َدْوٍر أ ْﻛﺒََﺮ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ِ ‫ﻟَِﻌ‬ ‫ﺎﺣِﺔ ﱠ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ .‫اﻟﺪْوﻟِﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺴ‬ ‫ﯾﺪ ِﻣَﻦ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻌِﺪ‬ َ ‫ﺎم‬ َ ‫َﺷِﮭَﺪ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﻌ‬ َ ‫ﺎﻣِﺔ َﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ات اﻟﮭَ ﱠ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺘﱠﻄَﱡﻮَر‬ ‫ﱠ‬ .‫ﻲ‬ ‫ﯿﺪ ﱢ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺴﯿ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺼِﻌ‬ ‫ﺎﺳ ﱢ‬

‫ﺎوﻟَ ِﺔ‬ َ ‫ﻟََﺪْﯾﻨَﺎ‬ ِ ‫اﻵن َﻋﻠَﻰ اﻟﻄﱠ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎﺻِﺮ اﻟﺘِﻲ ﻗَْﺪ‬ َ ‫ُﻛﱡﻞ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﻌﻨ‬ .‫ﻲ‬ َ ِ‫ﺗُ َﺆﱢدي إِﻟَﻰ َﺣﱟﻞ إ‬ ‫ﯾﺠﺎﺑِ ﱟ‬ The rich people in society ُ ‫ﯾَْﺰَد‬ ‫اد اﻷَ ْﻏﻨِﯿَﺎء ﻓِﻲ‬ are getting richer, but on ‫ َوﻟَِﻜْﻦ‬،‫اﻟﻤْﺠﺘََﻤ ِﻊ ِﻏﻨًﻰ‬ ُ the contrary, the economic ْ َ‫َﻋﻠ‬ ‫ﺲ ﻓَﺈِ ﱠن‬ ‫ﻜ‬ ‫اﻟﻌ‬ ‫ﻰ‬ َ ِ conditions of large َ ْ َ ‫ﱠﺔ‬ ‫ﯾ‬ ‫ﺎد‬ ‫ﺼ‬ ‫ﺘ‬ ‫ﻗ‬ ‫اﻻ‬ ‫ﺎع‬ ‫ﺿ‬ ‫و‬ ‫اﻷ‬ َ ْ َ ِ َ ِ ِ segments of society are ‫ﻦ‬ ‫ﻣ‬ ‫ﺔ‬ ‫ﻌ‬ ‫اﺳ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ﺢ‬ َ ٍ َ َ ِ ِ ِ‫ﻟَِﺸَﺮاﺋ‬ َ deteriorating. ْ ‫اﻟﻤْﺠﺘََﻤِﻊ ﺗَﺘََﺪ‬ .‫ھَﻮُر‬ ُ ُ The pressure on telephone ‫َزَاد ﱠ‬ ‫اﻟﻀْﻐﻂ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ networks increased ‫ﻒ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﺎﺗ‬ ‫اﻟﮭ‬ ِ ِ َ ‫ﺎت‬ ِ ‫َﺷﺒََﻜ‬ immediately in the crisis َ ‫ِﻣْﻨ‬ َ ‫ﻄﻘَ ِﺔ‬ ‫ﺎرﺛَِﺔ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻜ‬ zone. .‫ر‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻔَْﻮ‬ The credibility of the ْ ‫ِﻣ‬ ‫ﻮﻣِﺔ‬ ُ ُ‫ﺼَﺪاﻗِﯿﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺤُﻜ‬ government is at stake now. ‫ﱢ‬ .‫اﻵن‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤَﺤﻚ‬ ِ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ We now have on the table all the elements that may lead to a positive solution.

at most

‫َﻋﻠَﻰ اﻷَْﻛﺜَ ِﺮ‬

in a row

‫َﻋﻠَﻰ اﻟﺘﱠ َﻮاﻟِﻲ‬

always

‫َﻋﻠَﻰ ﱠ‬ ‫اﻟﺪَوِام‬

despite/ although

‫َﻋﻠَﻰ ﱠ‬ ‫اﻟﺮْﻏِﻢ ِﻣْﻦ‬

in the arena

‫َﻋﻠَﻰ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎﺣِﺔ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺴ‬

on the — front

‫َﻋﻠَﻰ ﱠ‬ ‫ﯿﺪ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺼِﻌ‬

on the table

‫ﺎوﻟَ ِﺔ‬ ِ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ اﻟﻄﱠ‬

on the contrary

‫ﺲ‬ َ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻌْﻜ‬

immediately

at stake

‫َﻋﻠَﻰ اﻟﻔَ ْﻮِر‬

‫اﻟﻤَﺤ ﱢ‬ ‫ﻚ‬ ِ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ‬

118

Three-letter prepositions

The company is still operating in the market; however, profit recovery is still far from being achieved.

‫ات‬ ٍ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ َﻣَﺪى َﺳﻨ ََﻮ‬ ُ ‫ﻮﻣ‬ ‫ﺎت‬ ُ ‫ﺖ‬ ِ َ‫َﻋِﻤﻠ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺤُﻜ‬ ُ َ ‫اﻟﻤﺘ ََﻌﺎﻗِﺒَﺔ َﻋﻠﻰ‬ ُ ِْ َ‫ﺎرﺑَِﺔ اﻟﻔ‬ ‫ﻘ‬ .‫ﺮ‬ َ ‫ُﻣَﺤ‬ ٌ‫ورةٌ ُﻣﻠِﱠﺤﺔ‬ َ َ‫ھُﻨ‬ َ ‫ﺿُﺮ‬ َ ‫ﺎك‬ َ ‫ﺎﻣٍﻞ ﻟِﻠﻨﱢ‬ َ ‫ﻈِﺎم‬ ‫ﺷ‬ ‫ﯿﺮ‬ ِ ٍ ِ‫ﻟِﺘَْﻐﯿ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤَﺪى‬ ِ ِ‫اﻟﺘﱠ ْﻌﻠ‬ َ ‫ﯿﻤﱢﻲ َﻋﻠﻰ‬ .‫ﯿﺪ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺒَ ِﻌ‬ ‫اب‬ ُ ‫ﺖ اﻷَ ْﺣَﺰ‬ ِ ‫ﻧََﺠَﺤ‬ ُ ُ ‫ﺔ‬ ‫ﻮﻣِﺔ‬ ‫ﻜ‬ ‫ﻠﺤ‬ ‫ﻟ‬ ُ ِ َ‫اﻟﻤَﻮاﻟِﯿ‬ ُ َ َ َ ‫ﻓِﻲ ﱠ‬ ‫اﻟﺴْﯿﻄَﺮِة َﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫وﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ ،‫ﺎن‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺒَْﺮﻟَ َﻤ‬ َ ،‫ﻚ‬ َ ِ‫ﯿﺾ ِﻣْﻦ ذﻟ‬ ِ ِ‫اﻟﻨﱠﻘ‬ ْ َ‫ﻓَ ِﺸﻠ‬ ‫اب‬ ُ ‫ﺖ أَ ْﺣَﺰ‬ ‫ﺿِﺔ ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫ﺎر‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤَﻌ‬ ُ َ َ ‫ي‬ ‫أ‬ ‫از‬ ‫ﺮ‬ .‫ﺎح‬ ‫ﺠ‬ ‫ﻧ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ِ َ ‫إِْﺣ‬ ٍ َ َ ‫َﻣﺎ َزاﻟَﺖ‬ ‫اﻟﺸ ِﺮ َﻛﺔُ ﺗَْﻌَﻤُﻞ‬ ‫ﻓِﻲ ﱡ‬ ‫ َﻋﻠَﻰ أَﱠن‬،‫ﻮق‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺴ‬ َ ‫ﺎح َﻣﺎ‬ َ ‫اِْﻧﺘِ َﻌ‬ ِ َ‫ﺎش اﻷْرﺑ‬ .‫ﺎل‬ َ ‫ال ﺑِ ِﻌ‬ َ ‫َز‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﻤﻨ‬ َ ‫ﯿﺪ‬

however

‫َﻋﻠَﻰ أَ ﱠن‬

We are very confident in the success of the political reform process in the country.

‫ﯿﺮٍة‬ َ ِ‫ ﻧَﺤْ ُﻦ َﻋﻠَﻰ ﺛِﻘَ ٍﺔ َﻛﺒ‬confident َ ْ ‫اﻹ‬ ‫ح‬ ِ ‫ﺎح َﻋَﻤﻠِﯿِﱠﺔ‬ ِ ‫ﺻﻼ‬ ِ ‫ﺑِﻨََﺠ‬ .‫ﻲ ﻓِﻲ اﻟﺒَِﻼِد‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺴﯿ‬ ‫ﺎﺳ ﱢ‬

‫َﻋﻠَﻰ ﺛِﻘَ ٍﺔ‬

According to the minister, investors have been affected by the increase of the prices of building materials.

،‫ﯾﺮ‬ َ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ َﺣﱢﺪ ﻗَ ْﻮ ِل‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻮ ِز‬ ‫ﯾﻦ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤْﺴﺘَْﺜِﻤ ِﺮ‬ ُ ‫ﻓَﺈِﱠن‬ َ ْ ‫ﻦ‬ ‫ﻣ‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ﺎع‬ ‫ﻔ‬ ‫ﺗ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ َ َ‫ﺗ‬ ِ ِ ِ ِ ُ ‫ﻀﱠﺮ‬ .‫ﺎء‬ ِ َ‫ﺎر َﻣ َﻮﱢاد اﻟﺒِﻨ‬ ِ ‫أَ ْﺳَﻌ‬ ْ ُ‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﻄَﺮُح اﻷَ ْﺳﺌِﻠَﺔُ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ .‫ﺮﯾ ِﱠﺔ‬ ُ ‫َﺎت‬ ِ ‫ﺐ اﻟﻔِﺌ‬ ِ ‫َﺣَﺴ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻌْﻤ‬ ْ ‫اِْﻧَﺪﻟََﻌ‬ ٌ ‫ﺎﺟ‬ ‫ﺎت‬ َ ‫ﺖ اِ ْﺣﺘِ َﺠ‬ ‫ﻓِﻲ اﻟﺒَِﻼِد َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ ‫ﺎر‬ ِ ‫ﺎع أْﺳَﻌ‬ ِ َ‫َﺧْﻠﻔِﯿ ِﱠﺔ اِْرﺗِﻔ‬ ً‫ﺎﺻﺔ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤِﻌ‬ ‫ َوَﺧ ﱠ‬،‫ﯿﺸِﺔ‬ َ ُ .‫اﻟﺨْﺒَﺰ‬

Over the years, successive governments have worked to fight poverty.

There is an urgent need for a comprehensive change in the educational system in the long run. Pro-government parties succeeded in controlling Parliament; by contrast, opposition parties failed to achieve any success.

Questions are asked according to age groups. Protests broke out in the country against a backdrop of rising prices, especially of bread.

over

‫َﻋﻠَﻰ َﻣَﺪى‬

in the (long-/ ‫اﻟﻤَﺪى‬ َ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ short-)term/ (‫ﯾﺐ‬ ِ ‫)اﻟﺒَ ِﻌ‬ ِ ‫ اﻟﻘَ ِﺮ‬/‫ﯿﺪ‬ run

by contrast

/‫ﯿﺾ‬ ِ ِ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ اﻟﻨﱠﻘ‬

‫ﺲ‬ َ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻌْﻜ‬

according to

‫َﻋﻠَﻰ َﺣﱢﺪ ﻗَ ْﻮِل‬

according to

‫ﺐ‬ ِ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ َﺣَﺴ‬

against a backdrop of

‫َﻋﻠَﻰ َﺧ ْﻠﻔِﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬

Three-letter prepositions 119

ُ َ‫اﻻْﻧﺘَِﺨﺎﺑ‬ ‫ﺎت‬ ِ ‫ت‬ ِ ‫َﺟَﺮ‬ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ ﱠ‬ ‫اﻟﺮْﻏِﻢ ِﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﱡ‬ ‫وف ﱠ‬ .‫اﻟﺼْﻌﺒَِﺔ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻈُﺮ‬ ْ ‫س ھ َِﺬِه‬ َ ِ ‫وﻋﻠَﻰ َرأ‬ ‫ﱡ‬ ُ‫اﻟﻤﻨَﺎخ‬ َ ‫وف َﻛ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻈُﺮ‬ ُ ‫ﺎن‬ ُ ‫ﺐ؛ َﺣْﯿ‬ ‫ﺚ‬ ِ ‫َﺎﺳ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤﻨ‬ ُ ‫َﻏْﯿُﺮ‬ ْ ‫َﻛﺎﻧ‬ ُ ‫ارِة‬ َ ‫اﻟﺤَﺮ‬ َ ‫َﺖ َدَرَﺟﺎت‬ َ ‫ﺗَْﺤ‬ .‫ﺮ‬ ‫ﺖ ﱢ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺼْﻔ‬ ْ ‫َﺷِﮭ َﺪ‬ The investments of ُ ‫ﺎر‬ ‫ات‬ َ ‫ت اِْﺳﺘِْﺜَﻤ‬ Arab businessmen have ‫ب‬ َ ‫ﺎل‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻌَﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﺎل اﻷَْﻋَﻤ‬ ِ ‫ِرَﺟ‬ increased significantly. ْ ً َ ً َ‫اِْرﺗِﻔ‬ ‫ﻓﻌﻠﻰ‬ َ ،‫ﺎﻋﺎ َﻣﻠُﺤﻮظﺎ‬ For example, Saudi ‫ﻮم‬ ِ ‫ﯿﻞ‬ ُ ُ‫ َﺳﯿَﻘ‬:‫ﺎل‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﻤﺜ‬ ِ ِ‫َﺳﺒ‬ businessmen will invest َ ‫ﯾﯿﻦ‬ ُ ‫ِرَﺟ‬ َ ‫ﻮد‬ ِ ‫ﺎل َﺳُﻌ‬ ٍ ‫ﺎل أ ْﻋَﻤ‬ more than $1.5 billion. ُ ‫ﺎر َﻣﺎ ﯾَِﺰ‬ ْ ِ‫ﺑ‬ ‫ﯾﺪ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ﻤ‬ ِ َ ‫ﺎﺳﺘِْﺜ‬ ْ َ ‫ﺎر ُد‬ .‫ر‬ ٍ ‫وﻻ‬ ِ َ‫ ِﻣﻠﯿ‬1.5 At the level of bilateral ‫ﺎت‬ َ ‫ﯿﺪ‬ َ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﻌَﻼﻗ‬ ِ ‫ﺻِﻌ‬ relationships, the countries ‫ﱠ‬ َ ‫ان‬ ِ ‫ ﯾَﺘََﻤﺘ ُﻊ اﻟﺒَﻠ َﺪ‬،‫اﻟﺜُﻨَﺎﺋِﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ enjoy strong relationships. .‫ﺎت ﻗَ ِﻮﯾٍﱠﺔ‬ ٍ َ‫ﺑِ َﻌَﻼﻗ‬ At the economic level, ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ ُﻣْﺴﺘَ َﻮى‬ the budget focused on ‫ َرﱠﻛَﺰت‬،‫ﺎد‬ َ ِ‫اﻻْﻗﺘ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ِ addressing the external debt ُ َ ‫اﻟﻤَﻮ‬ ‫ازﻧَﺔ َﻋﻠَﻰ ُﻣَﻌﺎﻟََﺠِﺔ‬ ُ problem. ‫ُﻣْﺸِﻜﻠَ ِﺔ ﱢ‬ ‫ُﻮن‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺪﯾ‬ َ .‫ﺟﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ِ ‫ﺎر‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺨ‬ In light of the impending US ‫ﺎب‬ َ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ِ ‫اﻻ ْﻧِﺴَﺤ‬ ِ ‫ﺿْﻮِء‬ withdrawal, regional powers ،‫ﯿﻚ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻮِﺷ‬ ِ ‫اﻷَْﻣِﺮ‬ َ ‫ﯾﻜﱢﻲ‬ are seeking to reassess their ُ‫ﯿﻤﯿﱠﺔ‬ ِ ِ‫اﻹْﻗﻠ‬ ِ ‫ﺗ َْﺴَﻌﻰ اﻟﻘَِﻮى‬ interests and objectives in the ‫ﯿﯿﻢ‬ َ ‫إِﻟَﻰ إِ َﻋ‬ ِ ‫ﺎدِة ﺗَْﻘ‬ region. ‫ﺼﺎﻟِِﺤﮭَﺎ َوأَ ْھَﺪاﻓِﮭَﺎ ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫َﻣ‬ َ ‫ﻟﻤْﻨ‬ .‫ﻄﻘَ ِﺔ‬ ِ ‫ا‬ Taha Hussein took ‫أََﺧَﺬ طَﮫَ ُﺣَﺴﯿﻦ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ upon himself the task of ‫ﯾﺚ‬ ِ ‫َﻋﺎﺗِﻘِِﮫ َﻣﮭَﱠﻤﺔَ ﺗ َْﺤِﺪ‬ modernizing education. .‫ﯿﻢ‬ ِ ِ‫اﻟﺘﱠ ْﻌﻠ‬ The defense minister was ‫ﯾﺮ‬ ُ ‫ﺗ ﱠَﻢ اِْﺳﺘِْﺪَﻋ‬ ِ ‫ﺎء َو ِز‬ rapidly summoned to ‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﺎع َﻋﻠَﻰ َﻋَﺠٍﻞ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺪﻓ‬ discuss the crisis. َ ‫ار‬ ‫َﺪ‬ ‫ﻟِﺘ‬ .‫س اﻷ ْزَﻣﺔ‬ ُ َ ِ The elections were conducted despite the difficult circumstances. At the top of the list of these conditions was the harsh weather, as temperatures were below zero.

at the top of

ْ ‫س‬ ِ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ َرأ‬

for example

‫ﯿﻞ‬ ِ ِ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ َﺳﺒ‬ ‫ﺎل‬ ِ ِ َ‫اﻟﻤﺜ‬

at the level

‫ﯿﺪ‬ َ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ِ ‫ﺻِﻌ‬

at the level

‫َﻋﻠَﻰ ُﻣْﺴﺘَ َﻮى‬

in light of

‫ﺿْﻮِء‬ َ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ‬

take upon oneself

‫ﻖ‬ ِ ِ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ َﻋﺎﺗ‬

rapidly

‫َﻋﻠَﻰ َﻋَﺠٍﻞ‬

120

Three-letter prepositions

Most Arab countries have a good relationship with Washington. A museum in Abu Dhabi like the Louvre has recently been opened. Work on this project continued in full swing. The government has neglected the countryside anyway and has only taken care of the cities. Anyhow, those rifts have now ended and become history. It seems that the opposition benefited from the successive political crises.

Before the match the players were not physically and mentally well. NASA has conducted hands-on experiments aboard the International Space Station. Prices rose over the first seven months. Over time, financial institutions have become more specialized. At the political level, both sides agreed to strengthen their cooperation.

‫ُﻣْﻌﻈَُﻢ ﱡ‬ ‫اﻟﻌَﺮﺑِﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺪَوِل‬ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ َﻋَﻼﻗَ ٍﺔ َﺟﯿ َﱢﺪٍة َﻣَﻊ‬ .‫اﺷْﻨﻄُﻦ‬ ِ ‫َو‬ ‫ﻒ‬ ُ َ‫ﺗَﱠﻢ ُﻣ َﺆﱠﺧًﺮا اِ ْﻓﺘِﺘ‬ ٍ ‫ﺎح ُﻣْﺘَﺤ‬ ‫ﻓِﻲ أَﺑُﻮ ظَﺒﻲ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ .‫ﺮ‬ ِ ‫ار ُﻣْﺘَﺤ‬ ِ ‫ِﻏَﺮ‬ ِ َ‫ﻒ اﱡﻟﻠﻮﻓ‬ ‫اﻟﻌَﻤُﻞ َﻋﻠَﻰ ﻗََﺪٍم‬ َ ‫اِْﺳﺘَ َﻤﱠﺮ‬ ‫ﺎق ﻓِﻲ ھََﺬا‬ ٍ ‫َوَﺳ‬ .‫وع‬ َ ِ ‫اﻟﻤْﺸُﺮ‬ ُ‫ﻮﻣﺔ‬ ُ ‫ﺖ‬ ِ َ‫أَْھَﻤﻠ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺤ ُﻜ‬ ،‫ﺎل‬ ‫ﱢ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺮْﯾ‬ ٍ ‫ﻒ َﻋﻠَﻰ ُﻛﱢﻞ َﺣ‬ ‫َوﻟَْﻢ ﺗَْﮭﺘ ﱠَﻢ إِ ﱠﻻ‬ .‫ن‬ ُ ِ‫ﺑ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻟﻤُﺪ‬ ْ َ‫ ﻟَﻘَ ْﺪ اِ ْﻧﺘَﮭ‬،‫ﺎل‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ أَ ﱢ‬ ٍ ‫ي َﺣ‬ ُ ‫ﺎﻣ‬ ‫اﻵن‬ َ ‫ﺎت‬ َ ‫ﺗِ ْﻠ‬ ِ ‫ﻚ‬ َ ‫اﻻْﻧﻘِ َﺴ‬ ْ ‫ﺻﺒَ َﺤ‬ ْ َ‫َوأ‬ .‫ﯾﺦ‬ ِ ‫ﺖ ِﻣَﻦ اﻟﺘﱠ‬ ِ ‫ﺎر‬ ‫ت‬ َ َ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ َﻣﺎ ﯾَْﺒُﺪو اِْﺳﺘَﻔ‬ ِ ‫ﺎد‬ ‫ﺿﺔُ ِﻣَﻦ‬ َ ‫ﺎر‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤَﻌ‬ ُ ‫ﺎﺳﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ‫ﺎت ﱢ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺴﯿ‬ ِ ‫اﻷََزَﻣ‬ .‫ﺣﻘَ ِﺔ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤﺘََﻼ‬ ُ ‫ﺎرِاة ﻟَْﻢ ﯾَ ُﻜْﻦ‬ َ َ‫اﻟﻤﺒ‬ ُ ‫ﻗَْﺒَﻞ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ َ ‫ُﻮن َﻋﻠﻰ َﻣﺎ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻼِﻋﺒ‬ ْ ‫ﯾ َُﺮُام ﺑَ َﺪﻧِﯿًّﺎ َوِذ‬ .‫ھﻨِﯿًّﺎ‬ ْ ‫ﺎﻣ‬ ‫اء‬ َ ‫ﺖ ”ﻧ‬ ِ ‫َﺎﺳﺎ“ ﺑِﺈِ ْﺟَﺮ‬ َ َ‫ﻗ‬ ‫ب َﻋَﻤﻠِﯿ ٍﱠﺔ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ ‫ﺎر‬ ِ ‫ﺗ ََﺠ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫اﻟﻤَﺤﻄ ِﺔ ﱠ‬ .‫اﻟﺪْوﻟِﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫َﻣْﺘِﻦ‬ ‫ﺖ اﻷَْﺳَﻌﺎر َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ِ ‫اِْرﺗَﻔَ َﻌ‬ ‫ار اﻷَ ْﺷﮭ ُِﺮ‬ ِ ‫َﻣَﺪ‬ ُ ‫ﱠ‬ .‫اﻟﺴْﺒَﻌِﺔ اﻷْوﻟَﻰ‬ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ َﻣَﺪى ا ﱠ‬ ،‫ﻟﺰ َﻣِﻦ‬ ُ ‫ﻟﻤَﺆﱠﺳَﺴ‬ ْ َ‫أ‬ ‫ﺎت‬ ِ ‫ﺻﺒَ َﺤ‬ ُ ‫ﺖا‬ ‫ﻟﻤﺎﻟِﯿﱠﺔُ أَ ْﻛﺜََﺮ ﺗ ََﺨ ﱡ‬ .‫ﺼﺎ‬ ً ‫ﺼ‬ َ ‫ا‬ ‫اﻟﻤْﺴﺘَ َﻮى‬ ُ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ َ ‫ﻖ‬ َ ‫ اِﺗﻔ‬،‫ﺎﺳﱢﻲ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺴﯿ‬ َ َ ْ ‫ﯾﺰ‬ ‫ﺰ‬ ‫ﻌ‬ ‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﻰ‬ ‫ﻠ‬ ‫ﻋ‬ ‫ﺎن‬ َ ِ َ‫اﻟﻄﱠ َﺮﻓ‬ ِ ِ .‫ن ﺑَْﯿﻨَﮭ َُﻤﺎ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺘﱠ َﻌ‬ ِ ‫ﺎو‬

have a relationship

‫َﻋﻠَﻰ َﻋَﻼﻗَ ٍﺔ‬

like

‫ار‬ ِ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ ِﻏَﺮ‬

in full swing

‫ﺎق‬ ٍ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ ﻗَ َﺪٍم َوَﺳ‬

anyway

‫ﺎل‬ ٍ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ ُﻛﱢﻞ َﺣ‬

anyhow

‫ﺎل‬ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ أَ ﱢ‬ ٍ ‫ي َﺣ‬

it seems

‫َﻋﻠَﻰ َﻣﺎ ﯾَْﺒُﺪو‬

well

‫َﻋﻠَﻰ َﻣﺎ ﯾ َُﺮُام‬

on board

‫َﻋﻠَﻰ َﻣ ْﺘِﻦ‬

over

‫ار‬ ِ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ َﻣَﺪ‬

over time/ throughout

‫َﻋﻠَﻰ َﻣَﺪى‬

at the — level

‫اﻟﻤْﺴﺘَ َﻮى‬ ُ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ‬

Three-letter prepositions 121 Historical events have clearly influenced travel literature.

If current consumption trends continue in the same way, millions of people will be killed by tobacco.

A book fair was held on the sidelines of the conference. The Institute for Oriental Studies in Erlangen was founded by the orientalist Rückert. The economic burdens on families increased. Thus, the contribution of women has more than doubled.

ُ ‫ت اﻷَْﺣَﺪ‬ ‫اث‬ ِ ‫أَﺛﱠَﺮ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫ﯾﺨﯿﱠﺔُ ﻓِﻲ أََد‬ ِ ‫ﺎر‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺘﱠ‬ َ َ ‫اﻟﺮْﺣﻠِﺔ َﻋﻠﻰ ﻧ َْﺤٍﻮ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ .‫ﺢ‬ ‫اﺿ‬ ‫َو‬ ِ ٍ ْ ‫إَِذا اِ ْﺳﺘ ََﻤﱠﺮ‬ ُ ‫ت اِﺗﱢَﺠﺎھ‬ ‫َﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟِﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫اﻻْﺳﺘِْﮭَﻼِك‬ ِ َ ‫ال ﻓﺈِ ﱠن‬ ِ ‫ﺲ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤْﻨَﻮ‬ ِ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ ﻧَْﻔ‬ ‫ﺎص‬ َ ‫َﻣَﻼ‬ ِ ‫ﯾﯿﻦ اﻷَْﺷَﺨ‬ ُ.‫َﺳﯿَْﻘﺘُﻠُﮭ ُُﻢ اﻟﺘﱠ ْﺒﻎ‬ ‫ﺶ‬ ِ َ‫ﯿﻢ َﻋﻠَﻰ ھ‬ َ ِ‫أُﻗ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻣ‬ ٌ ‫اﻟﻤْﺆﺗََﻤِﺮ َﻣْﻌَﺮ‬ ‫ض‬ ُ ُ ُ .‫ﺐ‬ ‫ﺘ‬ ‫ﻠﻜ‬ ِ ِ‫ﻟ‬ ‫ﺲ َﻣْﻌﮭَُﺪ ﱢ‬ ‫ﺎت‬ َ ‫اﻟﺪَر‬ َ ‫ﺗَﺄ َ ﱠﺳ‬ ِ ‫اﺳ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫اﻟﺸْﺮﻗِﯿِﱠﺔ ﻓِﻲ اِ ْرَﻻْﻧِﻐﻦ‬ ْ ‫ق‬ ُ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ ﯾَ ِﺪ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤْﺴﺘَﺸِﺮ‬ .‫وﻛﺮت‬ ِ ‫ُر‬ ‫ت اﻷَْﻋﺒَﺎء‬ ِ ‫َزَاد‬ ‫ﺎدﯾﱠﺔُ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ﺼ‬ ِ َ ِ‫اﻻْﻗﺘ‬ ِ ‫ َوَﻋﻠَْﯿِﮫ ﻓَﺈِ ﱠن‬،‫اﻷَُﺳِﺮ‬ ‫اﻟﻤْﺮأَِة‬ َ َ‫ُﻣَﺴﺎھََﻤﺔ‬ ْ ‫اِ ْرﺗَﻔَ َﻌ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺑِﺄ َ ْﻛﺜَ َﺮ ِﻣْﻦ‬ .‫ﻦ‬ ِ ِ ‫ﺿْﻌﻔَْﯿ‬

in a — way

‫َﻋﻠَﻰ ﻧ َْﺤِﻮ‬

in the same

‫ﺲ‬ ِ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ ﻧَْﻔ‬

on the sidelines of

‫ﺶ‬ ِ َ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ ھ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻣ‬

by

thus

‫َﻋﻠَﻰ ﯾَِﺪ‬

‫َوَﻋﻠَْﯿِﮫ‬

‫ َﻋَﺪا‬/ ‫َﺧَﻼ‬ Both (‫ﻋَﺪا‬ َ ) and (‫ )َﺧَﻼ‬are mainly used to express exception (‫اﻻْﺳﺘِ ْﺜﻨَﺎء‬ ِ ). They belong َ ْ ‫اﻻ‬ to a category of particles called exceptive particles (‫ﺳﺘِْﺜﻨَﺎء‬ ‫ات‬ ‫و‬ ‫د‬ ‫أ‬ ِ َ َ ), which include َ ‫)َﺣ‬. Only three of these particles are classified (‫ﺳَﻮى‬ ِ , ‫َﻏْﯿﺮ‬, ‫َﻋَﺪا‬, ‫َﺧَﻼ‬, ‫ إَﻻﱠ‬and ‫ﺎﺷﺎ‬ َ َ ‫)َﺣ‬. In fact, they can be used both as verbs or َ as prepositions: (‫ﻋَﺪا‬ , ‫ﻼ‬ ‫ﺧ‬ and ‫ﺎﺷﺎ‬ َ prepositions.

Note

‫ َﺧَﻼ‬is more commonly used as a verb to mean ‘to be empty’, and in far fewer instances, it is used as a preposition.

122

Three-letter prepositions

Functions of ‫ﻋَﺪا‬ َ /

‫َﺧَﻼ‬

‫ َﺧَﻼ‬is used to express exception as, for example, in the following cases: ‫ﯿﻌِﺔ َﻛﺄ َ ﱠن أَ ﱠ‬ ‫ي‬ َ ِ‫ﺎﻣﺘِﻨَﺎ ﻓِﻲ اﻟﻄﱠﺒ‬ َ ‫ﻧَْﺤُﻦ ﻧُ ْﻠﻘِﻲ ﺑِﻘَِﻤ‬ َ ‫ﺎن‬ .‫ﺧَﻼ ﺑَ ْﯿﺘِﻨَﺎ َﻣْﺰﺑَﻠَﺔٌ ﻟَﻨَﺎ‬ ٍ ‫َﻣَﻜ‬

We dump our rubbish in nature, as if any place except our house was a dustbin for us.

ُ ‫اﻟﺴَﻜ‬ ‫اِْﺳﺘَﻘَﱠﺮ ﱡ‬ ‫ﻒ َﺧَﻼ‬ ‫اﻟﻤُﺪِن وﻓِﻲ ﱢ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺮْﯾ‬ ُ ‫ﺎن ﻓِﻲ‬ ْ ‫ﱠ‬ .‫اوﯾِﱠﺔ‬ ‫ﺮ‬ ‫ﺤ‬ ‫اﻟﺼ‬ ‫ﻖ‬ ‫َﺎط‬ ‫ﻨ‬ َ ‫ﺾ‬ ِ َ ِ ِ ‫اﻟﻤ‬ ِ ‫ﺑَ ْﻌ‬

People settled in cities and in the countryside, except for some desert areas.

َ ‫ُﻣْﻌ‬ ‫ َﻻ‬،‫ﯿﻦ‬ َ ِ‫اﻟﻤَﻮظﱠﻔ‬ َ ِ‫اطﻨ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤَﻮ‬ ُ ‫ َﺧَﻼ‬،‫ﯿﻦ‬ ُ ‫ﻈُﻢ‬ ْ َ ً ‫ﱠ‬ .‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺪﺧِﻞ‬ َ ‫ﺎﺷَﺮة‬ َ ‫ﯾ َُﺴﱢﺪُد‬ َ ِ‫ﺿَﺮاﺋ‬ َ ‫ون‬ ِ َ‫ﺐ ُﻣﺒ‬ ‫ﻀﻲ ﱠ‬ ‫ َﺧَﻼ‬،‫اﻟﻌَﻤِﻞ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺮُﺟُﻞ َﺣﯿَﺎﺗَﮫُ ُﻛﻠﱠﮭَﺎ ﻓِﻲ‬ ِ ‫ﯾَْﻘ‬ ُ َ َ ْ ‫ﺎت ﻗﻠِﯿﻠ ٍﺔ ﻓِﻲ اﻷ‬ .‫ﺳﺒُﻮع‬ َ ‫َﺳ‬ ٍ ‫ﺎﻋ‬

Most citizens, excluding employees, do not pay direct taxes on income. The man spends his entire life working, except for a few hours a week.

‫ َﻋَﺪا‬is also used to express exception, as in the following cases: ْ ‫ﻗَﺎطََﻌ‬ ‫ﺎت‬ ُ ‫ﺖ أَ ْﺣَﺰ‬ َ ‫ﺎر‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤَﻌ‬ ِ َ‫اﻻْﻧﺘَِﺨﺎﺑ‬ ِ ‫ﺿِﺔ‬ ُ ‫اب‬ .‫ﯿﺮ‬ ٍ ‫َﻋَﺪا ِﺣْﺰ‬ َ ‫ب‬ ٍ ‫ﺻِﻐ‬ ْ ‫اِْﻧَﺴَﺤﺒَﺖ ﱠ‬ ‫ﯿﻤﺎ َﻋَﺪا‬ َ ِ‫ارھَﺎ ﻓ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺪْوﻟَﺔُ ِﻣْﻦ ﺗَﺄ ِدﯾَِﺔ أَ ْدَو‬ ‫ﱠ‬ .‫ﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﺪْوِر اﻷَْﻣﻨِ ﱢ‬ ‫ﺎد‬ ُ ‫ﻀ‬ َ ‫َﺳﺎﻓََﺮ أَ ْﻋ‬ َ ِ‫اﻻْﻗﺘ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ِ ‫ﯾﺮ‬ َ ‫ﺎء‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻮْﻓِﺪ َﻋَﺪا َوِز‬ .‫ض‬ ُ ‫اﻟﻤَﺮ‬ َ َ‫اﻟﱠ ِﺬي أ‬ َ ُ‫ﺻﺎﺑَﮫ‬

Opposition parties boycotted the elections except for one small party.

ْ ‫ﺎرَﻛ‬ ‫ﯿﻊ ﱡ‬ ‫اﻟﻌَﺮﺑِﯿ ِﱠﺔ ﻓِﻲ اﻟﻘِﱠﻤِﺔ َﻋَﺪا‬ ُ ‫ﺖ َﺟِﻤ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺪَوِل‬ َ ‫َﺷ‬ .‫ب‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤْﻐِﺮ‬ َ

All Arab countries participated in the summit except for Morocco.

The state withdrew from performing its roles except for that of security. The members of the delegation traveled, except the minister of the economy, who fell ill.

Note

‫ َﻋَﺪا‬/‫ َﺧَﻼ‬can be used both as verbs and as prepositions, as in the following: ُ ‫َرأَْﯾ‬ ْ َ‫ﺖ أ‬ .‫ﺻِﺪﯾﻘًﺎ‬ َ ‫ﺻِﺪﻗَﺎﺋِﻲ َﻋَﺪا‬ َ ُ ‫َرأَ ْﯾ‬ ْ ‫ﺖأ‬ .‫ﯾﻖ‬ َ ‫ﺻِﺪﻗَﺎﺋِﻲ َﻋَﺪا‬ ٍ ‫ﺻِﺪ‬ In the first sentence, (‫ﻋَﺪا‬ َ ) functions as a verb, and it is followed by an accusative noun as its object, while in the second sentence, it functions as َ ) is used in the same a preposition and is followed by a genitive noun. (‫ﺧَﻼ‬ way, as in the following:

ُ ‫َرأَْﯾ‬ ْ َ‫ﺖ أ‬ .‫ﺻِﺪﯾﻘًﺎ‬ َ ‫ﺻِﺪﻗَﺎﺋِﻲ َﺧَﻼ‬ َ ُ ‫َرأَ ْﯾ‬ ْ ‫ﺖأ‬ .‫ﯾﻖ‬ َ ‫ﺻِﺪﻗَﺎﺋِﻲ َﺧَﻼ‬ ٍ ‫ﺻِﺪ‬

Three-letter prepositions 123

‫ َﻋَﺪا‬is often preceded by (‫ )َﻣﺎ‬to make the construction (‫)َﻣﺎ َﻋَﺪا‬, which means exactly the same as (‫ﻋَﺪا‬ َ ). It is used more often, and it is followed by an accusative noun: ‫اﻟﻌَﻤِﻞ‬ َ ‫ﻒ َﻋِﻦ‬ ِ ‫ﱠﺎء ﺑِﺎﻟﺘﱠ َﻮﻗﱡ‬ َ ‫طَﺎﻟَﺒَﺖ اﻟﻨﱢﻘَﺎﺑَﺔُ اﻷَ ِطﺒ‬ ‫ﺎم‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﻤْﺴﺘَْﺸﻔَﯿ‬ ُ ‫ﻓِﻲ َﻛﺎﻓﱠ ِﺔ‬ َ ‫ﺎت َﻣﺎ َﻋَﺪا أَ ْﻗَﺴ‬ .‫ئ‬ ِ ‫ار‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻄﱠَﻮ‬ ْ َ‫اﺻﻠ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﻠَ ِﻊ ﱡ‬ ‫ﻮد َﻣﺎ‬ ُ ‫ﺖ أَ ْﺳَﻌ‬ ‫ﯿﻊ ﱢ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺼُﻌ‬ َ ‫َو‬ ِ ‫ﺎر َﺟِﻤ‬ ُ .‫ﻋَﺪا اﻟﺨْﺒَﺰ‬ َ .َ‫ﻟﺠْﻤَﻌﺔ‬ ُ ‫ﻮﺳﯿﻘِ ﱡﻲ ُﻛﱠﻞ ﻟَْﯿﻠٍَﺔ َﻣﺎ َﻋَﺪا ا‬ َ ‫ﯾُﻘَُﺎم ا‬ ِ ‫ﻟﻤ‬ ُ ‫ﻟﺤ ْﻔُﻞ ا‬

The union demanded that doctors stop working in all hospitals except for emergency departments. Prices of all commodities continued to rise except for that of bread. The concert is held every night except Fridays.

‫ َﻋَﺪا‬can be followed by (‫ )أَﱠن‬to make the construction (‫)َﻋَﺪا أَ ﱠن‬, which means ‘except that’ or ‘however’, and it is followed by a nominal sentence:

َ ‫َﺎن ﺑِ ُﺴْﻤَﻌٍﺔ‬ ُ ‫ﯾَﺘ ََﻤﺘﱠ ُﻊ ﻟُ ْﺒﻨ‬ ،‫ﱠﺎت‬ ٍ ‫طﯿﱢﺒَ ٍﺔ َﻛﺒَﻠَِﺪ ُﺣﱢﺮﯾ‬ َ ُ َ َ ‫َﻋَﺪا أَ ﱠن ﱠ‬ ‫ﻲء إِﻟﻰ ھ َِﺬِه ﱡ‬ .‫ﻮرِة‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺮﻗﺎﺑَﺔ ﺗ ِﺴ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺼ‬

Lebanon enjoys a good reputation as a country of freedom, except that censorship harms this image.

ُ ِ‫ﻚ َﻻ ﯾَﺜ‬ ُ ِ‫ﻟﻤْﺴﺘ َْﮭﻠ‬ ‫ َﻋَﺪا أَ ﱠن‬،‫ﻟﻤَﺤﻠﱢﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ‫ﻖ ﺑِﺎ ﱢ‬ ُ ‫ا‬ َ ‫ﻟﺴﻠَِﻊ ا‬ ٌ ً ْ ْ ‫ﻟﻤ‬ .‫ﺴﺘَْﻮَرَدِة‬ ‫ﺎرﻧَﺔ ﺑِﺎ ﱢ‬ َ َ‫ﻀﺔ ُﻣﻘ‬ َ ‫أَ ْﺳَﻌ‬ َ ِ‫ﺎرھَﺎ ُﻣﻨَﺨﻔ‬ ُ ‫ﻟﺴﻠَِﻊ ا‬

Consumers do not trust domestic commodities, except that their prices are low compared to imported goods.

ْ ‫ﻒ َﻋﱠﻤﺎ َﻛﺎﻧ‬ ُ ِ‫اﻵن َﻻ ﯾَ ْﺨﺘَﻠ‬ ‫ﻮم‬ ُ ‫َﻣﺎ ﯾَْﺤ‬ َ ‫ﺼُﻞ‬ ُ ُ‫َﺖ ﺗَﻘ‬ َ ُ َ ‫ َﻋَﺪا أ ﱠن اﻟﺘﱠ ْﺮِﻛ‬،‫ﺎﺿﻲ‬ ‫ﺔ‬ ‫ﻮﻣ‬ ‫ﯿﺰ‬ ‫ﻲ‬ ‫ﻓ‬ ُ ‫ﺑِِﮫ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤ‬ ِ َ ‫اﻟﺤُﻜ‬ َ َ َ َ ْ َ‫أ‬ .‫ﺟﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤﺸ‬ ِ ‫ﺎر‬ َ ‫ﺻﺒَ َﺢ َﻋﻠﻰ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻛِﻞ اﻟﺨ‬

What is happening now is no different from what the government was doing in the past, except that the focus has shifted to foreign problems.

‫ َﻋَﺪا‬can be used in the construction (‫ﻚ‬ َ ِ‫ﯿﻤﺎ َﻋَﺪا َذﻟ‬ َ ِ‫)ﻓ‬, meaning ‘otherwise’: ‫َﻣﻨََﺢ ﱡ‬ ‫ﺎﻋِﺪ‬ ُ ُ‫اﻟﺪْﺳﺘ‬ ِ َ‫ ِﻣْﻦ َﻣﻘ‬%25 ‫ﺎء‬ َ ‫ﻮر اﻟﻨﱢ َﺴ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ َ َ َ ‫ﻚ ﻟ ْﻢ ﯾَُﺤﱢﺴْﻦ‬ َ ِ‫ﯿﻤﺎ َﻋَﺪا ذﻟ‬ َ ِ‫ ﻟ ِﻜﻨﮫُ ﻓ‬،‫ﺎن‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺒَْﺮﻟَ َﻤ‬ ْ ‫َو‬ .‫ﻊ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﻤْﺮأَ ِة ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫ﺿَﻊ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤْﺠﺘََﻤ‬ ‫اق ِھَﻲ‬ ُ َ‫ﯾُْﻤِﻜُﻦ اِْﻋﺘِﺒ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺤْﺮ‬ َ ‫ﺎر أَ ﱠن‬ ِ ‫ب ﻓِﻲ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻌَﺮ‬ ْ َ‫ﻓ‬ ،‫َﺎب‬ ُ ُ‫ﺼٌﻞ ِﻣْﻦ ﻓ‬ َ ‫ﻮل‬ ِ ‫اﻹْرھ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺤْﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ِ ‫ب َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ ْ َ َ ْ‫ب ﻗَﺪ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ُ ‫ﺎﻟﻤﻔُﺮ‬ َ ِ‫ﯿﻤﺎ َﻋَﺪا ذﻟ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺤْﺮ‬ َ ‫وض أن‬ َ ‫ﻚﻓ‬ َ ِ‫ﻓ‬ ْ ‫أَ ْﻧَﺠَﺰ‬ .‫ت َﻣﮭَﱠﻤﺘَﮭَﺎ‬

The constitution gave women 25% of the seats in parliament; otherwise, it did not improve women’s position in society. The war in Iraq can be seen as a chapter of the war on terror. Otherwise, the war is supposed to have been completed.

‫ َﻋَﺪا‬can be used in the construction (‫)َﻋَﺪا َﻋْﻦ‬, which means ‘apart from’: ‫ﯿﻦ ﻟَ ْﻢ ﯾَ ْﺴﺘَِﻄ ِﻊ‬ َ ‫ﻟﻤَﺪﱢرِﺳ‬ ُ ‫َﻋَﺪا َﻋ ِﻦ ا‬ َ ‫ﺎرَﺳﺔَ ﻧََﺸ‬ ْ ‫ﻟﻤ‬ ‫ﺎدﯾ ٍﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫ﺼِﺮﯾ‬ ٍ ‫ﺎط‬ َ ِ‫ﺎت اِْﻗﺘ‬ َ ‫ﻮن ُﻣَﻤ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ِ ‫ا‬ َ . ‫ﻓِﻲ اﻟﺒَﻠِﺪ‬

Apart from teachers, Egyptians have not been able to engage in economic activities in the country.

124

Three-letter prepositions

ٌ ‫ﺎك أَ ْﻋَﺪ‬ ‫اد‬ َ َ‫ ھُﻨ‬،‫اك واﻷَ ْﻛَﺮِاد‬ ِ ‫َﻋَﺪا َﻋﻦ اﻷَ ْﺗَﺮ‬ .‫ﺎن‬ َ ‫ﯿﺮةٌ ِﻣَﻦ‬ َ ِ‫َﻛﺒ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻌَﺮ‬ ِ َ‫ب واﻷَْرَﻣِﻦ واﻟﯿُﻮﻧ‬

Apart from the Turks and the Kurds, there are large numbers of Arabs, Armenians and Greeks.

‫ﻟﻤَﻮ ﱢ‬ .‫اد‬ َ ُ‫ ﻧََﺠَﺢ اِ ْﺑﻨ‬،‫ﯾﺦ‬ َ ‫ﯿﻊ ا‬ ِ ‫َﻋَﺪا َﻋﻦ اﻟﺘﱠ‬ ِ ‫ﺎر‬ ِ ‫ﻚ ﻓِﻲ َﺟِﻤ‬

Apart from history, your son passed all his exams.

‫ َﻋَﺪا‬with pronoun suffixes The following table shows how different pronouns appear after the preposition.

‫َﻋ َﺪاھُ َﻤﺎ‬ ‫َﻋ َﺪاﻧﺎ‬ ‫َﻋ َﺪاھُ َﻤﺎ‬ ‫َﻋ َﺪا ُﻛ ْﻢ‬ ‫َﻋ َﺪا ُﻛ ﱠﻦ‬ ‫َﻋ َﺪاھُ ْﻢ‬

‫ ھُ َﻤﺎ‬+ ‫َﻋ َﺪا‬ ُ‫ ﻧَﺤْ ﻦ‬+ ‫َﻋ َﺪا‬ ‫ ھُ َﻤﺎ‬+ ‫َﻋ َﺪا‬ ‫ أَ ْﻧﺘُ ْﻢ‬+ ‫َﻋ َﺪا‬

‫ي‬ َ ‫َﻋ َﺪا‬ ‫َﻋ َﺪاك‬ ‫اك‬ ِ ‫َﻋ َﺪ‬ ُ‫َﻋ َﺪاه‬

‫ أَﻧَﺎ‬+ ‫َﻋ َﺪا‬ َ‫ أَ ْﻧﺖ‬+ ‫َﻋ َﺪا‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ِ ‫ أَ ْﻧ‬+ ‫َﻋ َﺪا‬ ‫ ھُ َﻮ‬+ ‫َﻋ َﺪا‬

‫ أَ ْﻧﺘُ ﱠﻦ‬+ ‫َﻋ َﺪا‬ ‫ ھُ ْﻢ‬+ ‫َﻋ َﺪا‬

‫َﻋ َﺪاھﺎ‬ ‫َﻋ َﺪا ُﻛﻤﺎ‬

‫ ِھ َﻲ‬+ ‫َﻋ َﺪا‬ ‫ أَ ْﻧﺘُ َﻤﺎ‬+ ‫َﻋ َﺪا‬

‫ﯿﻊ ﱡ‬ .‫ﻋَﺪاھ َُﻤﺎ‬ ُ ‫َﺧَﺮَج َﺟِﻤ‬ َ ‫َﺎء‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺴَﺠﻨ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﻌﺎﺋِﻠَِﺔ َﻋَﺪ‬ .‫اﻛْﻢ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺤْﻔَﻞ َﺟْﻤ‬ َ ‫ﯿﻊ أَْﻓَﺮِاد‬ َ ‫ﻀَﺮ‬ َ ‫َﺣ‬ .‫ﻋَﺪاھَﺎ‬ َ ‫ﯿﻦ‬ َ ‫ﻟﻤﺘﱠﮭَ ِﻤ‬ ِ َ‫َﺣ َﻜَﻢ اﻟﻘ‬ ُ ‫ﯿﻊ ا‬ ِ ‫ﺎﺿﻲ ﺑِ َﺤ ْﺒ‬ ِ ‫ﺲ َﺟِﻤ‬

All prisoners were released, except for those two. The ceremony was attended by all the family members except you. The judge sentenced all the defendants to imprisonment except her.

‫ َﺧَﻼ‬is not used with pronoun suffixes.

‫ُﻣْﻨُﺬ‬ ‫ ُﻣْﻨُﺬ‬was originally made up of two elements, the preposition (‫ )ِﻣْﻦ‬and the adverbial particle (‫)ُذو‬, which mean ‘from that time’. The same construction still appears in the fixed expression (‫)ِﻣْﻦ ِذي ﻗَ ْﺒﻞ‬. It can be contracted into another preposition (‫)ُﻣْﺬ‬, which has the same meaning but is used less often. ‫ ُﻣْﻨُﺬ‬and ‫ ُﻣْﺬ‬are used in temporal contexts only, and they can be translated as ‘since’, ‘for’ and ‘ago’. They cannot be used with pronoun suffixes. Note In medieval Arabic,‫ُﻣْﻨُﺬ‬/‫ ُﻣْﺬ‬were considered to be nouns, and therefore they could be followed by a nominative, but over time, they were established as prepositions. In modern usage, they cannot be followed by a nominative noun. Wright (1896) argues that, theoretically, the nominative noun was used to indicate speaking about a time which has expired, such as (‫ﺎن‬ ِ ‫ ;)ُﻣْﻨُﺬ ﯾَْﻮَﻣ‬that is,

Three-letter prepositions 125 the action finished two days ago. Meanwhile, the genitive was used to speak about an unexpired time, for example, (‫ﯿﻦ‬ ِ ‫)ُﻣْﻨُﺬ ﯾَ ْﻮَﻣ‬, where the action started two days ago and is still ongoing. However, the genitive construction prevailed, and the nominative is no longer used.

‫ ُﻣْﻨُﺬ‬can function as a preposition (followed by a noun) or as an adverb (followed by a verb), as in the following cases: .‫ﯿﻦ‬ َ ‫ﻟَْﻢ ﯾَْﺨُﺮْج ِﻣْﻦ ﺑَْﯿﺘِِﮫ ُﻣْﻨ ُﺬ أُْﺳﺒ‬ ِ ‫ُﻮﻋ‬

ْ َ‫ﻟَْﻢ ﯾَْﺨُﺮْج ِﻣْﻦ ﺑَْﯿﺘِِﮫ ُﻣْﻨُﺬ َﻣﺎﺗ‬ .ُ‫ﺟﺘُﮫ‬ َ ‫ﺖ َزْو‬

He has not left his house for two weeks. He has not left his house since his wife died.

Functions of ‫ُﻣْﻨُﺬ‬

‫ ُﻣْﻨُﺬ‬is used to indicate the time since an action has started, and in this sense, it is translated as ‘since’ or ‘for’, as in the following:

َ ‫اﻟﺪ‬ ‫اﻟﻌِﺎم اِْرﺗَﻔََﻊ ﱡ‬ ‫وﻻُر ﺑِﻨَْﺤِﻮ َﻋَﺸَﺮٍة‬ َ ‫ُﻣْﻨُﺬ ﺑََﺪاﯾَِﺔ‬ .‫ﯿﻤﺘِِﮫ‬ ِ ‫ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ِ‫اﻟﻤﺌ َِﺔ ِﻣْﻦ ﻗ‬

Since the beginning of the year, the dollar’s value has increased by around ten percent.

‫ﺎت‬ ٍ ‫ﺎﺳ‬ َ َ‫ ﯾَﺘَﺒَﻨﱠﻰ اﻟﺒَﻠَُﺪ ِﺳﯿ‬،‫ُﻣْﻨُﺬ ﻓَ ْﺘَﺮٍة طَِﻮﯾﻠٍَﺔ‬ .ً‫رﯾﱠﺔ‬ ِ ‫ﺗ ََﺤﱡﺮ‬ ٌ‫َﺎﺷﻂ‬ ‫ﺎع ﱠ‬ ُ َ‫ات طَِﻮﯾﻠٍَﺔ َوﻗِﻄ‬ ٍ ‫ُﻣْﻨُﺬ َﺳﻨََﻮ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺸْﺤِﻦ ﻧ‬ .‫ﺟ ًّﺪا‬ ِ ‫َوُﻣْﺰَدِھٌﺮ‬ َ ‫ﻒ ﺑَ َﺪ ْأﻧَﺎ اﻟﺘﱠ ْﺮِﻛ‬ ْ ِ‫ﯿﻦ َوﻧ‬ ‫ﯿﺰ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬ َ ‫ُﻣْﻨُﺬ َﻋ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻣ‬ ‫ﺎﺣِﺔ ﻟِ ِﺰﯾََﺎدِة ا ﱠ‬ .‫ت اﻷَ ْﺟﻨَﺒِﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ُ ‫ﻟﺪْﺧِﻞ ِﻣَﻦ ا‬ ‫ا ﱢ‬ َ َ‫ﻟﺴﯿ‬ ِ ‫ﻟﻌْﻤَﻼ‬

For a long time, the country has adopted liberal policies. For many years, the cargo sector has been active and very prosperous. Two-and-a-half years ago, we began to focus on tourism to increase income in foreign currencies.

‫ ُﻣْﻨُﺬ‬is used to indicate the time that has passed since an event took place in the past, as in the following cases:

‫ﺻَﻞ َﻋَﺪٌد ِﻣَﻦ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎت‬ َ ‫ َو‬1993 ‫ُﻣْﻨُﺬ َﻋِﺎم‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺸِﺮَﻛ‬ ْ َ ‫ﺚ َﻋِﻦ‬ ِ ‫ب إِﻓِﺮﯾﻘِﯿَﺎ ﻟِﻠﺒَْﺤ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻜﻨَِﺪﯾِﱠﺔ إِﻟَﻰ ُدَوِل َﻏْﺮ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ .‫َﺐ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺬھ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ َ ‫ﯿﺴﮭَﺎ ﻓِﻲ‬ ِ َ‫ﺎﺿﻲ َﺣﻘﱠﻘ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤ‬ ِ ‫ُﻣْﻨ ُﺬ ﺗَﺄِْﺳ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻌِﺎم‬ ‫ﱠ‬ َ ‫ُﻮن ُد‬ .‫ر‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺸِﺮَﻛﺔُ َﻋَﻮاﺋَِﺪ ِﻣْﻘَﺪ‬ ِ ‫ َﻣْﻠﯿ‬200 ‫ارھﺎ‬ ٍ ‫وﻻ‬

Since 1993, a number of major Canadian companies arrived in West African countries to search for gold.

ُ ‫اﻟﻤْﮭَﺮَﺟ‬ ‫ﻮﺳﯿﻘِ ﱡﻲ ُﻣْﻨُﺬ ِﻋﱠﺪِة أَ ْﻋَﻮٍام‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤ‬ ُ ‫ﺎن‬ َ ‫ﺗََﺤﱠﻮَل‬ .‫ﻲ‬ ِ َ‫إِﻟَﻰ َﻣْﻌﻠَ ٍﻢ ِﺳﯿ‬ ‫ﺎﺣ ﱟ‬

For several years, the music festival has been transformed into a tourist attraction.

Since its establishment last year, the company has made $200 million in revenue.

126

Three-letter prepositions

‫اﻟﻤﺘﱠ ِﺤَﺪةُ ِﻣْﻦ‬ ِ ‫ َﺣﱠﺬَر‬1996 ‫ُﻣْﻨُﺬ َﻋِﺎم‬ ُ ‫ت اﻷُ َﻣُﻢ‬ َ ‫أَ ْﺧ‬ .‫ﺮ‬ َ ‫ﺎر اﻟﺘﱠ‬ ِ ‫ﺼﱡﺤ‬ ِ ‫ﻄ‬ ُ‫اﻟﻤْﻨﻄَﻘَﺔ‬ ُ ‫ ﺗَِﻌ‬،‫ﺎري‬ َ ‫اﻟﻌِﺎم‬ َ ‫ُﻣْﻨُﺬ ﺑِ َﺪاﯾَ ِﺔ‬ ِ ‫ﯿﺶ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺠ‬ ْ ِ‫ا‬ .‫ﺎت ُﻛْﺒَﺮى‬ ٍ َ‫ﺿِﻄَﺮاﺑ‬

Since 1996, the United Nations has warned of the dangers of desertification. Since the beginning of this year, the region has been experiencing major unrest.

‫ ُﻣْﻨُﺬ‬can be followed by (‫ )أَْن‬and a verbal clause, as in the following: ْ ‫ﺎﻣ‬ ‫ﯾﺪ‬ َ ِ‫ﺖ ﺑ‬ ِ َ‫ُﻣْﻨُﺬ أَ ْن ﺑََﺪأ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻟﻌِﺪ‬ َ َ‫ت اﻟﻠﱠ ْﺠﻨَﺔُ أَ ْﻋَﻤﺎﻟَﮭَﺎ ﻗ‬ َ ‫اﻹْﻧَﺠ‬ .‫ات‬ ِ ‫ﺎز‬ ِ ‫ِﻣَﻦ‬ ‫ب ﱢ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺤْﺰ‬ َ ‫ُﻣْﻨُﺬ أَ ْن َو‬ ِ ‫اطﱡﻲ ﻟﻠﺒَ ْﯿ‬ ِ ‫ﯾﻤْﻘَﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﺻَﻞ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺪ‬ ‫ َﺳَﻌﻰ ﻟِﻘِﯿَِﺎم َدْوﻟٍَﺔ ﻓِﻠَْﺴِﻄﯿﻨِﯿ ٍﱠﺔ إِﻟَﻰ‬،‫ﺾ‬ ِ َ‫اﻷَْﺑﯿ‬ .‫ﯿﻞ‬ َ ِ‫ﺐ إِْﺳَﺮاﺋ‬ ِ ِ‫َﺟﺎﻧ‬ ‫ﺎﻣُﻞ ﺑِ ﱡ‬ ‫ﻮد ﱠ‬ ،‫اﻟﺮْﺳِﻤﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ِ ُ‫ﺎﻟﻨﻘ‬ ُ ‫ُﻣْﻨُﺬ أَ ْن ﺑََﺪأَ اﻟﺘﱠ َﻌ‬ ْ .‫ﻮق‬ َ ‫ﺖ اﻟﺘﱢ َﺠ‬ ِ ‫ﺗ ََﻮ ﱠﺳ َﻌ‬ ٍ ُ‫ﺎرةُ ﺑِ َﺸﻜ ٍﻞ َﻏ ْﯿ ِﺮ َﻣ ْﺴﺒ‬ َ‫ﺎﻋَﺪ اﻟﺘﱠ َﻮﺗﱡُﺮ ﺑَ ْﯿَﻦ اﻟﺒَﻠَ َﺪْﯾِﻦ ُﻣْﻨُﺬ أَ ْن َﺳﻘَﻂ‬ َ ‫َﺼ‬ َ ‫ﺗ‬ َ ‫وخ َﻋﻠَﻰ ِﻣْﻨ‬ ٌ ‫ﺎر‬ .‫ودﯾ ٍﱠﺔ‬ ُ ‫ﺻ‬ َ ِ ‫ﻄﻘَ ٍﺔ ُﺣُﺪ‬

Since the committee started its work, it has made many achievements. Since the Democratic Party arrived in the White House, it has sought to establish a Palestinian state alongside Israel. Since the introduction of official money, trade has been expanded in an unprecedented way. Tensions between the two countries have escalated since a missile fell in a border area.

‫ ُﻣْﻨُﺬ‬can be followed by (‫ )َﻣﺎ‬and a verbal clause or (‫ﺑَْﻌﺪ‬/‫)ﻗَْﺒﻞ‬, as in the following: ْ ِ‫ب ِﻣْﻦ ﻧ‬ ‫ت‬ ُ ‫ُﻣْﻨُﺬ َﻣﺎ ﯾَ ْﻘُﺮ‬ ِ ‫ ﺗَﻄَﱠﻮَر‬،‫ﻒ ﻗَْﺮٍن‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ُ َ‫اﻟﻌَﻼﻗ‬ .‫ﻦ‬ َ ِ ‫ﺎت ﺑَْﯿَﻦ اﻟﺒَﻠََﺪْﯾ‬ ‫ﺖ ﱠ‬ ‫اﻟﺸِﺮَﻛﺔُ إِﻟَﻰ اﻷَ ْﺳَﻮاق ُﻣْﻨُﺬ َﻣﺎ‬ ِ ‫ِﻋْﻨَﺪَﻣﺎ ﻗَ َﺪَﻣ‬ َ ْ َ ْ ‫ﱠ‬ َ َ ً ‫ﯿﺮا‬ ‫ﺒ‬ ‫ﻛ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ﺪ‬ ‫ﻋ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ‫ﻣ‬ ‫ﺪ‬ ‫ﻗ‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ﻮ‬ ‫ﻋ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ﺮ‬ ‫ﺸ‬ ‫ﻋ‬ ً ِ َ َ َ ٍ َ ِ َ َ ‫ﯾَْﺰھُﻮ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ .‫ﺎت‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤْﻨﺘََﺠ‬ ُ ‫ِﻣَﻦ‬

Nearly half a century ago, relationships between the two countries evolved. When the company came to the market more than ten years ago, it presented a large number of products.

َ ‫ﺎرَج َﺳْﯿ‬ ‫ﻮﻣِﺔ‬ ُ ‫ﻄَﺮِة‬ ُ ‫ﯾ ُْﻌﺘَﺒَُﺮ َﺷَﻤ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺤُﻜ‬ ِ ‫ﺎل اﻟﺒَﻠَِﺪ َﺧ‬ ُ ْ .‫ب‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤْﺮَﻛِﺰﯾِﱠﺔ ُﻣﻨﺬ َﻣﺎ ﺑَْﻌَﺪ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺤْﺮ‬ َ

The north of the country has been outside the control of the central government since the end of the war.

ُ ‫ﺼ‬ ‫ﻒ ﺑِﺎﻟﺒَِﻼِد ُﻣْﻨُﺬ‬ َ َ‫ھُﻨ‬ َ ِ‫ﺎك أَ ْزَﻣﺔٌ اِْﻗﺘ‬ ِ ‫ﺎدﯾﱠﺔٌ ﺗَْﻌ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ‫ب ِﻣْﻦ ِﺳ ﱢ‬ .‫ات‬ ُ ‫َﻣﺎ ﯾَْﻘُﺮ‬ ٍ ‫ﺖ َﺳﻨ ََﻮ‬

There has been an economic crisis that has ravaged the country for nearly six years.

‫ب‬ ‫ُر ﱠ‬ ‫ﯿﮫ ﺑِ ﱠ‬ ‫ ُر ﱠ‬is a quasi-redundant preposition (‫ﺎﻟﺰاﺋِِﺪ‬ ‫ب‬ ٍ ِ‫)َﺣْﺮف َﺟﱢﺮ َﺷﺒ‬. It is used in limited ‫ ُر ﱠ‬should be followed by an contexts and in a restricted number of constructions. ‫ب‬ indefinite noun in the genitive case; then, it should have an adjective or a noun in the nominative case or a verb that functions as the subject of the sentence.

‫‪Three-letter prepositions 127‬‬ ‫ب ‪Functions of‬‬ ‫ُر ﱠ‬

‫‪ُ is generally used to indicate probability, as in the following cases:‬ر ﱠ‬ ‫ب‬ ‫‪A harmful thing could have a benefit.‬‬ ‫‪You could have a friend whom you‬‬ ‫‪love like a brother.‬‬ ‫‪Perhaps the person sick today will‬‬ ‫‪recover tomorrow.‬‬

‫ﺿ ﱠ‬ ‫ُر ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎرٍة ﻧَﺎﻓَِﻌﺔٌ‪.‬‬ ‫ب َ‬ ‫ُر ﱠ‬ ‫خ‪.‬‬ ‫ﯾﻖ ﻟَ َ‬ ‫ب َ‬ ‫ﺻِﺪ ٍ‬ ‫ﻚ ﺗُ ْﺤﱡﺒﮫُ َﻛﺄ َ ٍ‬ ‫ﯾﺾ اﻟﯿَْﻮَم ﯾَْﺸﻔَﻰ َ‬ ‫ُر ﱠ‬ ‫ﻏًﺪا‪.‬‬ ‫ب َﻣِﺮ ٍ‬

‫‪ُ) should‬رﺑ َﱠﻤﺎ( ‪َ is redundant, and‬ﻣﺎ ‪ُ). In this case,‬رﺑ َﱠﻤﺎ( ‪َ) as‬ﻣﺎ( ‪ُ can be used with‬ر ﱠ‬ ‫ب‬ ‫‪be followed by a verb, as in the following:‬‬ ‫‪The exhibition may remain open for‬‬ ‫‪two or three days.‬‬

‫ﯿﻦ أَو ﺛَ َﻼﺛَﺔً ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻤْﻌِﺮ ُ‬ ‫ض َﻣْﻔﺘُ ً‬ ‫ُرﺑ َﱠﻤﺎ ﯾَْﺒﻘَﻰ ا َ‬ ‫ﻮﺣﺎ ﯾَ ْﻮَﻣ ِ‬

‫‪I cannot contact my friend; he may‬‬ ‫‪have traveled.‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﻓَ َﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫َﻻ أَ ْﺳﺘ َِﻄ ُ‬ ‫ﺼِﺪﯾﻘِﻲ‪ُ ،‬رﺑ َﱠﻤﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺼَﻞ ﺑِ َ‬ ‫ﯿﻊ أَ ْن أَﺗﱠ ِ‬

‫‪The professor was late for the‬‬ ‫‪lecture; he may not come today.‬‬

‫ﺎﺿَﺮِة ُرﺑ َﱠﻤﺎ ﻟَْﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﻤَﺤ َ‬ ‫ﺗَﺄ َ ﱠﺧَﺮ اﻷُْﺳﺘَﺎذ َﻋﻦ ُ‬ ‫ﻀَﺮ اﻟﯿَ ْﻮَم‪.‬‬ ‫ﯾَ ْﺤ ُ‬ ‫‪Exercises‬‬

‫?‪What is the function of the prepositions underlined in the following sentences‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬

‫ُﻣْﻌﻈَُﻢ ﱡ‬ ‫ﯿﻞ ِﻣْﻨﮭَﺎ ﻗَﺎطََﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺪَوِل َ‬ ‫اﻟﻌَﺮﺑِﯿ ِﱠﺔ َﻋَﺪا اﻟﻘَﻠِ ِ‬ ‫ﺶ‪ُ ،‬ﻣْﻨُﺬ اِ ْﺳﺘِ َ‬ ‫ﺎم اﻷُ ُﻣﻮر‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺠْﯿ ُ‬ ‫ﻘﻼِل َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫اﻟﺠَﺰاﺋِ ِﺮ‪ ،‬ھَُﻮ ُ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺘََﺤﱢﻜُﻢ ﻓِﻲ ِزَﻣ ِ‬ ‫اطﯿِﱠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ اﻷَ ْﺣَﺰاب أَ ْن ﺗُ ْﺴِﮭَﻢ ﻓِﻲ َ‬ ‫ﯾﻤْﻘَﺮ ِ‬ ‫اﻟﻌَﻤﻠِﯿِﱠﺔ ِ‬ ‫اﻟﺪ ُ‬ ‫ﻗَ َ‬ ‫ﺖ اﻟﺒُْﻠَﺪ ُ‬ ‫ﺎوِن َﻋﻠَﻰ ﱠ‬ ‫ي‪.‬‬ ‫ﺎد ﱢ‬ ‫ﺎل اﻟﺘﱠ َﻌ ُ‬ ‫اﻻْﻗﺘِ َ‬ ‫اﺳَﻌﺔً ﻓِﻲ َﻣَﺠ َ‬ ‫ﺼ ِ‬ ‫ﯿﺪ ِ‬ ‫اﻟﺼِﻌ ِ‬ ‫ان أَ ْﺷَﻮاطًﺎ َو ِ‬ ‫ﻄَﻌ ِ‬ ‫ﺑَ َﻌْﺜ ُ‬ ‫ﺟﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﺑِ ِﺮَﺳﺎﻟَ ٍﺔ إِﻟَﻰ َ‬ ‫ﺻِﺪﯾﻘَﺘِﻲ أَْدُﻋﻮھَﺎ إِﻟَﻰ َﺣْﻔِﻞ ﺗََﺨﱡﺮ ِ‬ ‫ھََﺬا اﻟﻘِ َ‬ ‫ان‪.‬‬ ‫ﻄ ُ‬ ‫ﺎر ﯾَﺘﱠ ِﺠﮫُ إِﻟَﻰ أَ ْﺳَﻮ َ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﱢﺪ ِﻣْﻦ أَ ْﺧ َ‬ ‫ﺎن اﻟﻨﱠ ْﮭِﺮ ُﻣْﻨُﺬ إِ ْﻧ َ‬ ‫َﺳﺎھ ََﻢ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺸﺎﺋِ ِﮫ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺎر ﻓَﯿَ َ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﱡﺪ ﻓِﻲ َ‬ ‫ﻀ ِ‬ ‫ﻄ ِ‬ ‫ُر ﱠ‬ ‫ﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻚ ﻟَ ْﻢ ﺗَﻠِْﺪهُ أُ ﱡﻣ َ‬ ‫خ ﻟَ َ‬ ‫ب أَ ٍ‬ ‫ﯿﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫ﯿﻊ ﻟَْﻮَﺣ ِ‬ ‫ﺎت َ‬ ‫ض َﺧَﻼ ﻟَْﻮَﺣﺘَ ِ‬ ‫اﻟﻤْﻌِﺮ ِ‬ ‫ﺗَﱠﻢ ﺑَ ْﯿُﻊ َﺟِﻤ ِ‬ ‫ﯾﺮٍة ﻧَﺎﺋِﯿَ ٍﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺠْﯿ ُ‬ ‫ﺎم َ‬ ‫ﺎن َﻋَﺪا َﺟِﺰ َ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻨ ِ‬ ‫ﺶ ﺑِﺈِ ْﺧَﻼِء َ‬ ‫ﻗَ َ‬ ‫ﻖ اﻟﻘَ ِﺮﯾﺒَ ِﺔ ِﻣَﻦ اﻟﺒُْﺮَﻛ ِ‬ ‫َﺎط ِ‬ ‫اﻟﻤْﺆﺗََﻤَﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ُ‬

‫‪Choose the correct preposition to complete these sentences.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬

‫‪I‬‬

‫ﯾﺪ ٍة‪.‬‬ ‫اﻻﺗﱢَﺤُﺎد اﻷُ ُ‬ ‫وروﺑﱢﻲ ﺑِ َﺪْﻋَﻮِة اِ ْﺛﻨَﺘَﻲ َﻋْﺸَﺮةَ َدْوﻟَﺔً َﻣﺎ )َﻋَﺪا ‪ -‬إِﻟَﻰ ‪َ -‬ﻋﻠَﻰ( ﻟِْﯿﺒﯿﺎ إِﻟَﻰ ُﻣﺒَﺎد ََرٍة َﺟِﺪ َ‬ ‫ﻗََﺎم ِ‬

‫ﺎﻣَﻌِﺔ ا ُ‬ ‫ﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫َﺣ َ‬ ‫ﺎﺳﯿٍﱠﺔ َواِ ْﻗﺘِ َ‬ ‫ﻮم ِﺳﯿَ ِ‬ ‫ﻟﻜَﻮْﯾ ِ‬ ‫ﺼٍﺎد ِﻣْﻦ َﺟ ِ‬ ‫ﺼَﻞ )ُﻣْﻨُﺬ ‪ -‬إِﻟَﻰ ‪َ -‬ﻋﻠَﻰ( ﻟِ ْﯿَﺴﺎﻧﺲ ُﻋﻠُ ٍ‬ ‫ﻟﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﺴﺘ َْﻘﺒَ ِﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﯾَﺘﱠ ِﺴُﻢ اﻟﻘََﺎدةُ ا ﱢ‬ ‫ﺎﺳﱡﯿ َ‬ ‫ﻟﺴﯿَ ِ‬ ‫ﻮن ﺑِﻘَ ْﺪٍر ھَﺎﺋٍِﻞ ِﻣَﻦ اﻟﺘﱠﻄَﱡﻠِﻊ )َﻋَﺪا ‪ -‬إِﻟَﻰ ‪َ -‬ﻋﻠَﻰ( ا ُ‬

‫ﯾﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﺎﺳﯿﱠﺔُ اِ ْﻧﺘَِﻌ ً‬ ‫اطﯿ ِﱠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﺤﯿَﺎةُ ا ﱢ‬ ‫تا َ‬ ‫ﻟﺴﯿَ ِ‬ ‫ﻮﻗَﺮ ِ‬ ‫اﻻْﻧﺘَِﺨﺎﺑَ ِ‬ ‫ﺎﺷﺎ َﻣْﻠُﺤﻮظًﺎ )ُﻣْﻨُﺬ ‪ -‬إِﻟَﻰ ‪َ -‬ﻋﻠَﻰ( ِ‬ ‫َﺷِﮭَﺪ ِ‬ ‫ﺎت اﱢﻟﺪ ُ‬

‫‪II‬‬

‫‪Three-letter prepositions‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬

‫‪128‬‬

‫ﻛﻠﯿﻨﺘﻮن ھَُﻮ ا ﱠ‬ ‫ﺤَﺪ ِة‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﺮﺋِ ُ‬ ‫ﯿﺲ اﻟﺜﱠﺎﻧﻲ واﻷَ ْرﺑَُﻌﻮن )ُﻣْﻨُﺬ ‪ -‬إِﻟَﻰ ‪َ -‬ﻋﻠَﻰ( إِ ْﻧَﺸ ِ‬ ‫ﻟﻤﺘﱠ ِ‬ ‫ﻟﻮَﻻﯾَ ِ‬ ‫ﺎت ا ُ‬ ‫ﺎء ا ِ‬

‫ﯿﻊ ا ﱡ‬ ‫ﻟﺮْﺣﻠَ ِﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺎب َرْﺑﻂُ أَ ْﺣ ِﺰ َﻣِﺔ اﻷَ َﻣﺎن اِ ْﺳﺘِْﻌَﺪًادا ﻟِﺒَْﺪِء ا ﱢ‬ ‫ﻟﺮَﻛ ِ‬ ‫)ُﻣْﻨُﺬ – إِﻟَﻰ ‪َ -‬ﻋﻠَﻰ( َﺟِﻤ ِ‬ ‫ﺎل‪.‬‬ ‫ﺻ ُ‬ ‫ﻀﱢﺮر َ‬ ‫ﻟﻤَﺴ َ‬ ‫ﻟﻤﺘَ َ‬ ‫ﺎﻋَﺪ ِ‬ ‫ﺗَﱠﻢ ﺗَْﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﯿﻊ ا ُ‬ ‫ﯿﻞ ا ُ‬ ‫ﻟﺠﺒَ ِ‬ ‫ﺎن ا ِ‬ ‫ﯾﻦ )ُﻣْﻨُﺬ ‪ -‬إِﻟَﻰ ‪َ -‬ﻋَﺪا( ُﺳﱠﻜ ِ‬ ‫ات ﻟَِﺠِﻤ ِ‬

‫ﯿﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺻَﻞ اﻟﻄﱠﺎﻟِ ُ‬ ‫ﻟﻤِﺪﯾﻨَِﺔ اِ ْﺳﺘَﻘَ ﱠﺮ َﻣَﻊ َﺷﻘِﯿﻘِِﮫ ﻓِﻲ ﺑَ ْﯿ ٍ‬ ‫ِﺣْﯿَﻦ َو َ‬ ‫ﺖ َ‬ ‫ﺐ )ُﻣْﻨُﺬ ‪ -‬إِﻟَﻰ ‪َ -‬ﻋﻠَﻰ( ا َ‬ ‫ﺻِﻐ ٍ‬

‫ﺗََﺮﱠدى َو ْ‬ ‫ﺎء ا ﱠ‬ ‫ﺼِﺎد ا ﱡ‬ ‫ﺎﺿﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﺴ َ‬ ‫اﻻْﻗﺘِ َ‬ ‫ﻮداﻧِﱢﻲ )ُﻣْﻨُﺬ ‪ -‬إِﻟَﻰ ‪َ -‬ﻋﻠَﻰ( اِ ْﻧﺘِﮭَ ِ‬ ‫ﺿُﻊ ِ‬ ‫ﻟﻤ ِ‬ ‫ﻟﺼْﯿ ِ‬ ‫ﻒا َ‬

‫ﺐا َ‬ ‫ﯿﻖ ھََﺪﻓِ ِﮫ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻜﺎﺗِ ُ‬ ‫ﻟﺤﻘِﯿﻘِﯿ َ‬ ‫ّﯿﻦ )ُﻣْﻨُﺬ ‪ -‬إِﻟَﻰ ‪َ -‬ﻋﺪَا( َﻣْﻦ َﺳ َ‬ ‫ﺎص ا َ‬ ‫‪ 10‬ﺗََﺠﻨﱠ َ‬ ‫ﺐ ِذْﻛَﺮ أَ ْﺳَﻤِﺎء اﻷَ ْﺷَﺨ ِ‬ ‫ﺎﻋُﺪوهُ ﻓِﻲ ﺗ َْﺤﻘِ ِ‬ ‫َﻋَﺪا – ُﻣْﻨُﺬ‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬

‫–( ‪III Fill in the gaps with a suitable preposition from the following‬‬ ‫ب‬ ‫‪َ).‬ﻋﻠَﻰ – إِﻟَﻰ – ُر ﱠ‬

‫ﻮﺟ ُ‬ ‫ﺖ —— اِ ْﺑﻨِﻲ ﻓَﮭ َُﻮ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ُﻛﱡﻞ أَ ْﻓَﺮِاد اﻷُْﺳَﺮة َﻣ ُ‬ ‫ﻮد َ‬ ‫ون ﻓَﻲ اﻟﺒَ ْﯿ ِ‬ ‫َﻋﻘَ َﺪ ْ‬ ‫ات‪.‬‬ ‫ﺎد اﻷُ ُ‬ ‫وروﺑِﱢﻲ —— ِﻋﱠﺪِة َﺳﻨ ََﻮ ٍ‬ ‫اﻻﺗﱢ َﺤ ِ‬ ‫ت ﺗُ ْﺮِﻛﯿَﺎ ُﻣَﻌﺎھََﺪةَ َوْﺣَﺪٍة ُﺟْﻤُﺮِﻛﯿ ٍﱠﺔ َﻣَﻊ ِ‬ ‫اﻻْﻋﺘِ َﻤ ُ‬ ‫ﯿﺪ ﻟِ َ‬ ‫ﺎد —— َﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﺎز ھَُﻮ اِ ْﻧِﻌَﻜ ٌ‬ ‫ﯿﻂ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺼَﺪٍر َوِﺣ ٍ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺎس ﻟِ ُﺴ ِ‬ ‫ﻮء اﻟﺘﱠ ْﺨِﻄ ِ‬ ‫ﻠﻐ ِ‬ ‫ﻟﻤْﻨﺘَِﺸَﺮِة —— ا ﱠ‬ ‫ﺊ‪.‬‬ ‫اطﺌِﮭَﺎ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗُ َﺰﯾّﻨُﮭَﺎ أَ ْﺷَﺠ ُ‬ ‫ﺎل َﺷَﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﻟﺸ ِ‬ ‫ﯿﻞ ا ُ‬ ‫ﺎر اﻟﻨﱠ ِﺨ ِ‬ ‫ﻟﻤِﺪﯾﻨَﺔُ ﺑَِﺠَﻤ ِ‬ ‫ﺗَﺘََﻤﯿُﱠﺰ ا َ‬ ‫ﺎط ِ‬ ‫اﻟﻤْﻨ َ‬ ‫ﺾ ﱡ‬ ‫ﺢ ﱠ‬ ‫ﯿﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﯿﻞ ﺑَْﻌ ُ‬ ‫ﺗَِﻤ ُ‬ ‫اﻟﺮْﺳِﻤﱢﻲ َﻣَﻊ إِ ْﺳَﺮاﺋِ َ‬ ‫ﻄﻘَِﺔ —— اﻟﺘﱠ َ‬ ‫اﻟﺪَوِل ﻓِﻲ ِ‬ ‫ﺼﺎﻟُ ِ‬ ‫ﺳﯿ ِﱠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺎر ِ‬ ‫اﻟﻜﺘَ ِ‬ ‫ﺎم ﺑِﺘَْﺮَﺟَﻤِﺔ ِ‬ ‫ﻗَ َ‬ ‫ﺎب —— اﻟﻠﱡَﻐِﺔ اﻟﻔَ ِ‬ ‫ﺎﺳﱡﻲ ِﻛﺘَﺎﺑًﺎ ﯾَﺘََﺤﱠﺪ ُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﻋَﻤﻠِِﮫ‪.‬‬ ‫طﺒََﻊ ﱢ‬ ‫ث َﻋْﻦ ﺗَْﺠِﺮﺑَﺘِِﮫ —— ﺑَِﺪاﯾَِﺔ َ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﯿَ ِ‬ ‫ﺗ َْﻤﺘَﱡﺪ َﺷﺒََﻜﺔُ ﱡ‬ ‫اﻟﺠﺒَﻠِﯿِﱠﺔ ﻓِﻲ َ‬ ‫ب‪.‬‬ ‫ﻖ َ‬ ‫اﻟﻐْﺮ ِ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻨَ ِ‬ ‫ق ﻓِﻲ ُﻛﱢﻞ أَ ْﻧَﺤ ِ‬ ‫ﺎء اﻟﺒَِﻼِد —— َ‬ ‫ﺎط ِ‬ ‫اﻟﻄُﺮ ِ‬ ‫ﺿ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎرة ﻧَﺎﻓَِﻌﺔٌ‪.‬‬ ‫—— َ‬ ‫َدَﻋْﻮ ُ‬ ‫ﯾﻦ ِﻣْﻨﮭ ُْﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤَﺴﺎﻓِِﺮ َ‬ ‫ﺎرﺑِﻲ ﻟِ َ‬ ‫ت َﺟِﻤ َ‬ ‫ﻠﺤْﻔِﻞ —— ُ‬ ‫ﯿﻊ أَﻗَ ِ‬ ‫ﺎﻣَﻌِﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫َ‬ ‫اﻟﺠ ِ‬

‫‪IV Make sensible sentences with the phrases in the columns.‬‬

‫ﺼِﻞ ﱠ‬ ‫ﯿﺲ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺋِ ُ‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﻟَْﻢ ﯾَ ْﺤ ُ‬ ‫ﺿِﮫ‬ ‫‪َ 2‬ﺷِﮭَﺪ اﻟﯿََﻤُﻦ ُﺣُﺮوﺑًﺎ َﻋِﺪ َ‬ ‫ﯾﺪةً َﻋﻠَﻰ أَ ْر ِ‬ ‫ﺿِﻊ ا ﱠ‬ ‫ﻟﻮ ْ‬ ‫اﺧﻠِﱢﻲ ﻓِﻲ اﻟﺒَﻠَِﺪ‬ ‫‪َ  3‬ﻻ ﯾُْﻤِﻜُﻦ ﺗَﻨَ ُ‬ ‫ﻟﺪ ِ‬ ‫ﺎوُل ا َ‬ ‫ﺎرِة‬ ‫ُد َ‬ ‫اﻹَﺷ َ‬ ‫ون ِ‬ ‫ﺎء َﺧ ﱢ‬ ‫ﯿﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺠِﻤ ُ‬ ‫‪َ 4‬واﻓَ َ‬ ‫ﻖ َ‬ ‫ﯿﻊ َﻋﻠَﻰ إِ ْﻧَﺸ ِ‬ ‫ﻂ اﻷَﻧَﺎﺑِ ِ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻨَ ُ‬ ‫اﻟﻤْﻨﻄَﻘَ ِﺔ َﺷﱠﺠَﻊ‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤْﻌﺘ َِﺪُل ﻓِﻲ ِ‬ ‫ﺎخ ُ‬ ‫ُ‬

‫ﻮط ُ ْ‬ ‫ﺎر‪.‬‬ ‫وج ِ‬ ‫‪ُ A‬ﻣ ْﻨ ُﺬ ُﺳﻘُ ِ‬ ‫اﻻْﺳﺘِْﻌَﻤ ِ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻠِﻜﯿ ِﱠﺔ َو ُﺧُﺮ ِ‬

‫ﺎﺿﯿَِﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪َ B‬ﻋﻠَﻰ َﻏﺎﻟِﺒِﯿٍﱠﺔ َﻛﺒِ َ‬ ‫ﻟﻤ ِ‬ ‫اﻻْﻧﺘَِﺨﺎﺑَ ِ‬ ‫ﯿﺮٍة ﻓِﻲ ِ‬ ‫ﺎت ا َ‬

‫‪َ C‬ﻋَﺪا اﻟﻘَﺒَﺎﺋِِﻞ اﻟﺘِﻲ ﺗَْﺴُﻜُﻦ ﻓِﻲ ﱠ‬ ‫اء‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺼَﺤَﺮ ِ‬ ‫ﻧﺸ َ‬ ‫ﻄﺔ ﱢ‬ ‫اﻋﯿﱠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺰَر ِ‬ ‫اﻷَ ِ‬

‫اﻻْﺳﺘِ ْﻘَﺮار َوَﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫‪َ D‬ﻋﻠَﻰ ِ‬ ‫ﺎﻋﯿ ِﱠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ E‬إِﻟَﻰ َ‬ ‫اﻻْﺟﺘِ َﻤ ِ‬ ‫اﻟﻌَﺪاﻟَ ِﺔ ِ‬

‫‪Translate the following sentences into English.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬

‫‪ 24‬أَُﻏ ْ‬ ‫ﺴﻄُﺲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺎرﯾَ ُ‬ ‫ﻼل اﻟﻔَْﺘَﺮِة ِﻣﻦ ‪ 16‬إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ﺎت ِﺧ َ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺒَ َ‬ ‫ﺎم ُ‬ ‫َﺳﺘُﻘَ ُ‬ ‫اﻟﻜ ْ‬ ‫ﻮن َﻋﻠَﻰ ُ‬ ‫ﻐﺮس‪.‬‬ ‫ﯾ َُﺴْﯿِﻄُﺮ ُ‬ ‫ُﻮرﱡﯾ َ‬ ‫ﻮﻧ ِ‬ ‫اﻟﺠْﻤﮭ ِ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ َﻣﱢﺮ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺖ ﱠ‬ ‫ان‬ ‫اﻟﺼَﺤﺎﻓَﺔُ اِ ْﺳﺘِْﻘَﻼﻟِﯿﱠﺘَﮭَﺎ َﻋِﻦ ُ‬ ‫اﻟﺰَﻣِﻦ أﺛﺒَﺘَ ِ‬ ‫ﻮﻣ ِ‬ ‫اﻟﺤُﻜ َ‬ ‫ﺎت ﻓِﻲ اﻟﺒُﻠَﺪ ِ‬ ‫ﯾﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ‫اطﯿِﱠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻮﻗَﺮ ِ‬ ‫اﻟﺪ ُ‬ ‫ﺎر َ‬ ‫اﻟﺬي ﯾَِﺰ ُ‬ ‫ﻋﻠَﻰ ‪500‬‬ ‫ﺗَْﻨِﻮي ُ‬ ‫ﯾﺪ َ‬ ‫اﻟﻜْﮭُﺮﺑَ ِ‬ ‫اﻟﻤْﻨِﺰﻟِّﻲ ِ‬ ‫ﺎء ﻟِ ِ‬ ‫اﻟﺤُﻜ َ‬ ‫ﻼْﺳﺘِْﮭَﻼِك َ‬ ‫ﻮﻣﺔُ َرْﻓَﻊ أَ ْﺳَﻌ ِ‬ ‫ﺮﯾًّﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ِﻛﯿﻠُﻮ َواط َﺷْﮭ ِ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺘﱠ ِﺤَﺪِة ﺑِﺘ ْ‬ ‫ﺎت إِﻟَﻰ ِﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﺼَﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤْﻨُﺴ َ‬ ‫ﻮﺟ ِ‬ ‫ﻠﻮَﻻﯾَ ِ‬ ‫ﺎت ُ‬ ‫ﯾﺮ َ‬ ‫ُﻣْﻨُﺬ َﻋ َ‬ ‫ﺎﻣ ِ‬ ‫ﯿﻦ ُﺳِﻤَﺢ ﻟِ ِ‬ ‫َﺼِﺪ ِ‬

‫‪V‬‬

Three-letter prepositions 129 VI Translate the following sentences into Arabic. 1 2 3 4 5

We must take the practical steps required to involve marginalized groups. My brother sat on my left. We saw boats sailing on the lake. Since the pre-Islam era, Arab tribes were in conflict with each other. The truce was accepted on the condition of the release of prisoners from both sides.

5

Four-letter prepositions

This category includes the two prepositions, which are made up of four letters, َ ‫َﺣ‬. i.e. ‫ﺣﺘﱠﻰ‬ َ and ‫ﺎﺷﺎ‬

‫َﺣﺘﱠﻰ‬ ‫ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ‬can be translated as ‘until’, ‘up to’, ‘as far as’, ‘including’, ‘even’, or ‘in order to’. It is a multifunctional word, with different semantic and syntactic meanings determined by its function in the sentence. Traditional grammarians differ in their classifications of ‫ﺣﺘﱠﻰ‬ َ , some categorizing it as a preposition and others as a noun or verb depending on its function.

‫ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ‬in context ُ ‫ ﺛُ ﱠﻢ ُزْر‬،‫س ﻓِﯿﮭَﺎ‬ ُ ‫ﺻْﻠ‬ ‫ت‬ ُ ‫ﺎﻣَﻌِﺔ اﻟﱠﺘِﻲ ﺗَْﺪُر‬ َ ‫أََو‬ ِ ‫ﺎب ْاﻟَﺠ‬ ِ َ‫ﺲ َﺷﻘِﯿِﻘَﺘِﻲ ِﻣْﻦ ﺑَْﯿﺘِﻨَﺎ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ ﺑ‬ ِ ‫ﺖ أَ ْﻣ‬ َ ْ ‫ﱠ‬ ُ ‫ َوَﺳِﮭْﺮ‬،‫ﺎء‬ ‫ﺎء‬ َ ‫ت َﻣَﻌﮫُ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ َﺳ‬ ٍ ‫ﺎﻋ‬ َ ‫ َوﻓِﻲ‬.‫ﺎت ُﻣﺘَﺄ ِﺧَﺮٍة ِﻣَﻦ اﻟﻠ ْﯿِﻞ‬ َ ِ ‫اﻟﻌَﺸ‬ ِ ‫ﺻﺪﯾِﻘِﻲ ﻓِﻲ اﻟَﻤَﺴ‬ ْ ‫ﱠ‬ ُ ْ َ ‫ﱠ‬ ُ ‫ﱠ‬ َ َ ْ ‫ﺎت‬ ‫ﯾ‬ ‫ﺮ‬ ‫ﻛ‬ ‫ذ‬ ‫ﻦ‬ ‫ﻋ‬ ‫و‬ ، ‫ﺮة‬ ‫ﯿ‬ ‫ﺜ‬ ‫ﻛ‬ ‫ﯿﻊ‬ ‫ﻮاﺿ‬ ‫ﻣ‬ ‫ﻦ‬ ‫ﻋ‬ ‫ث‬ ‫ﺪ‬ ‫َﺤ‬ ‫َﺘ‬ ‫ﻧ‬ ‫ﻞ‬ ‫ﯿ‬ ‫اﻟﻠ‬ ‫ال‬ ‫ﻮ‬ ‫ط‬ ‫ﺎ‬ ‫ﻨ‬ ‫ﻛ‬ . ‫ﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﻌ‬ ‫ﺒ‬ ‫ﺷ‬ ‫ﻰ‬ ‫ﺘ‬ ‫ﺣ‬ ‫َﺎ‬ ‫ﻨ‬ ‫ﻠ‬ َ َ َِ َ ‫أَ َﻛ‬ ِ َ َ ِ َ َ ٍ ِِ َ ِ َ َ َ َ ِ ْ ْ ‫ﱡ‬ ُ ‫ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ َداھََﻤﻨِﻲ ﱡ‬،‫اﻟﻄﻔُﻮﻟَِﺔ‬ ُ ‫ ﻓََﺮَﺟْﻌ‬،‫ﺎس‬ ‫ﯿﻦ‬ ُ ‫ﺎن اﻟَﺠِﻤ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﻨَﻌ‬ َ ِ‫ﯿﻊ ُﻣْﺴﺘَْﻐِﺮﻗ‬ َ ‫ َﺣْﯿﺚ َﻛ‬،‫ﯿﺖ‬ ِ َ‫ﺖ إﻟَﻰ اﻟﺒ‬ ْ ‫ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ واِ ِﻟﺪي اﻟﱠ ِﺬي‬،‫ﻖ‬ .‫ان اﻟﻔَ ْﺠِﺮ‬ َ َ‫اﻋﺘ‬ ٍ ِ‫ﻓِﻲ ﻧ َْﻮٍم َﻋِﻤﯿ‬ ِ ‫ﺎد أَ ْن ﯾَ ْﺴﮭََﺮ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ أَ َذ‬ Yesterday I took my sister from our house to the gate of the university where she is studying. Then I visited my friend in the evening and stayed with him until late at night. At dinner, we ate until we were full. We talked all night long about many subjects and memories of childhood until I was sleepy. I went home, where everyone was in deep sleep, even my father, who used to stay up for the dawn prayer call. Notes on the usage of ‫ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ‬in context

‫ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ‬in the preceding paragraph is used to designate the arrival point of a destination (‫ﺎﻣَﻌِﺔ‬ ِ ‫ﺎب ْاﻟَﺠ‬ ِ َ‫)َﺣﺘﱠﻰ ﺑ‬. It is also used to designate a spatial point of time: (‫ان‬ ِ ‫ﺣﺘﻰ أَ َذ‬ ‫ﺎت ُﻣﺘَﺄ َ ﱢﺧَﺮٍة‬ َ ‫ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ َﺳ‬،‫)ْاﻟﻔَْﺠِﺮ‬. In these examples, ‫ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ‬is followed by explicit nouns, ٍ ‫ﺎﻋ‬ َ ‫ )َﺣﺘﱠﻰ‬and (‫ﺎس‬ while in (‫ﺷﺒَِﻌﻨﺎ‬ ُ ‫)َﺣﺘﱠﻰ َداھ ََﻤﻨِﻲ اﻟﻨﱡَﻌ‬, it is followed in both cases by verbs

Four-letter prepositions 131

ْ ‫‘ )أَ ِن ْاﻟُﻤ‬the suppressed ‫’أَ ْن‬. The combination of the so-called suppressed and (‫ﻀَﻤَﺮة‬ ْ ‫‘ )َﻣ‬implicit verbal noun’. ‫ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ‬is considered to be (‫)أَْن‬, and the verb is (‫ﺼَﺪر ُﻣَﺆﱠول‬ a preposition in all of these cases. The difference between ‫ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ‬and ‫إِﻟَﻰ‬

‫ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ‬and ‫ إِﻟَﻰ‬can be used interchangeably. However, ‫ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ‬indicates motion toward a destination or toward an object and, at the same time, the arrival at an object. For ‫ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ‬to be considered as a preposition, the motion toward the object must indicate the attainment of the extreme or near extreme of the limits of the object in question, as in (‫ﺣﺘﱠﻰ ْاﻟﻔَ ْﺠﺮ‬ َ ‫ﺲ‬ ِ ‫ ;)َﺳِﮭْﺮﻧَﺎ ﻟَْﯿﻠَﺔَ اﻷَْﻣ‬on the other hand, ‫ إِﻟَﻰ‬indicates motion toward an object regardless of whether the arrival actually takes place or not, as in (‫ﺳﺎﻓَ َﺮ‬ َ ‫‘ )َﻋﻠِ ﱞﻲ إِﻟَﻰ ﺑَ ْﻐَﺪَاد‬Ali traveled to Baghdad’ (Wright, 1896: 146). Additionally, unlike ‫إِﻟَﻰ‬, ‫ﺣﺘﱠﻰ‬ َ does not take pronouns so that the words followْ ‫ﻟﻤ‬ ing the prepositional ‫ﺣﺘﱠﻰ‬ َ must be explicit nouns or verbs and (‫ﻀَﻤَﺮة‬ ُ ‫‘ )أَْن ا‬the suppressed ‫’أَْن‬. Meanwhile ‫ إِﻟَﻰ‬can be followed by explicit nouns or pronouns. The difference between ‫ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ‬as a preposition and as an adverb Arab grammarians have often used the following example to differentiate between ُ ‫)أَ َﻛْﻠ‬, ‘I ate the fish up ‫ﺖ ﱠ‬ ‫ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ‬as a preposition and as an adverb: (‫اﻟﺴَﻤَﻜﺔَ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ َرْأِﺳﮭﺎ‬ to its head’. ‫ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ‬in the preceding sentence is considered to be a preposition, and the noun after it is in the genitive. The action of eating in here may include the head of the fish ُ ‫)أَ َﻛْﻠ‬, ‘I ‫ﺖ ﱠ‬ or until the extreme limit of it. However, in the sentence (‫رأﺳﮭﺎ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺴَﻤَﻜﺔَ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ‬ ate the fish, including the head’, the head is included in the eating, and so therefore, ‫ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ‬is not a preposition but an adverb that is referred to as (‫ﺎطﻔَﺔ‬ ِ ‫)َﻋ‬, ‘conjunctive’. Functions of ‫ﺣﺘﻰ‬ The prepositional ‫ﺣﺘﱠﻰ‬ َ is followed by a noun in the genitive like other prepositions and translated in this function as ‘up to’, ‘until’, ‘till’, or ‘as far as’. The temporal use of ‫ﺣﺘﱠﻰ‬ َ followed by explicit nouns can be seen in the following:

‫ﻟﻤْﺴَﺮِﺣﯿ ِﱠﺔ َﻋﻠَﻰ َﺧَﺸﺒَِﺔ‬ ُ ‫ﯾَْﺴﺘَِﻤﱡﺮ َﻋْﺮ‬ َ ‫ضا‬ ُ ْ .‫ﯿﺲ‬ ِ ‫ار اﻷوﺑَِﺮا َﺣﺘﱠﻰ ﯾَْﻮِم اﻟَﺨِﻤ‬ ِ ‫ح َد‬ ِ ‫َﻣْﺴَﺮ‬ ْ ‫َﻛﺎﻧ‬ ‫َﺖ ﺗُ ْﺮِﻛﯿَﺎ َﻣْﺮَﻛًﺰا ﻟِْﻠُﺤْﻜِﻢ ْاﻟُﻌْﺜَﻤﺎﻧِﱢﻲ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ‬ .1922 ‫َﻋِﺎم‬ ُ ‫َدَرْﺳ‬ .‫ﺲ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ ْاﻟﻔَ ْﺠِﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﺖ ﻟَ ْﯿﻠَﺔَ اﻷَ ْﻣ‬ ْ َ‫ﯾﺐ أَﱠن اﻷَﺑَ ِﻮﯾﱠﺔ َﻣﺎ َزاﻟ‬ ‫ﺎﺿَﺮةً ﻓِﻲ‬ ُ ‫ْاﻟَﻐِﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﺖ َﺣ‬ ْ ‫َوَﺳﺎﺋِ ِﻞ‬ .‫اﻹﻋَﻼِم َﺣﺘﱠﻰ ﯾَ ْﻮِﻣﻨَﺎ ھ ََﺬا‬ ُ ِ‫ﻟَﻘَ ْﺪ ﺑَﻘ‬ ‫ﯿﺖ ُﻣْﺴﺘ َْﯿﻘِﻈًﺎ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ ﱠ‬ .‫ﺎﺣﺎ‬ ً َ‫ﺻﺒ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺴ‬ َ 3 ‫ﺎﻋِﺔ‬

The play will run until Thursday at the Opera House theater. Turkey was the center of Ottoman rule until 1922. Last night, I studied until dawn. It is strange that a patriarchal attitude is still present in the media until this very day. I was up until 3 a.m.

132

Four-letter prepositions

The spatial use of ‫ﺣﺘﱠﻰ‬ َ followed by explicit nouns is shown in these examples:

.َ‫ﱠﺎرة َِﺣﺘﱠﻰ َﺟﱠﺪة‬ َ ‫ﺎﻟﺴﯿ‬ َ ِ‫َﺳﺎﻓَﺮﻧَﺎ ﺑ‬

We traveled by car until we reached Jeddah.

‫ﺎب ﱠ‬ ُ ‫َراﻓَ ْﻘ‬ .‫اﻟﺸ ِﺮَﻛِﺔ‬ َ ‫ﺖ‬ ِ َ‫ﺻِﺪﯾﻘِﻲ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ ﺑ‬

I accompanied my friend as far as the company gate.

ُ ‫َﻣَﺸْﯿ‬ .‫ﺎﻣَﻌِﺔ‬ ِ ‫ﺖ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ ْاﻟَﺠ‬ ِ ‫ﺖ ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟﺒَْﯿ‬

I walked from my home to the university.

‫ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ‬can also be used figuratively as shown in these examples: َ ‫ي َﻋﻦ َو‬ ‫َداﻓََﻊ ْاﻟُﺠْﻨِﺪ ﱡ‬ .‫ﻖ‬ ِ ‫طﻨِِﮫ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ‬ ٍ ‫آﺧِﺮ َرَﻣ‬ ُ ‫ﺑََﺬْﻟ‬ .‫ﻨﺪي‬ ِ ‫آﺧ ِﺮ ِدْرھٍَﻢ َﻋ‬ ِ ‫ﺖ َﻣﺎﻟِﻲ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ‬ ْ ُ .‫ﻗﺪَﻣْﯿﮭَﺎ‬ َ ‫ﺺ‬ ِ ‫أ ِﺣﱡﺒﮭَﺎ ِﻣْﻦ َرأِﺳﮭَﺎ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ أَ ْﺧَﻤ‬ َ ‫آﺧ ِﺮ ﻟَ ْﺤ‬ ‫َﺳﺎ ُ َداﻓِ ُﻊ َﻋﻦ ْاﻟَﺤ ﱢ‬ ‫ﻈٍﺔ ِﻣْﻦ‬ ِ ‫ﻖ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ‬ .‫ُﻋ ُﻤ ِﺮي‬

The soldier defended his country to his last breath. I spent all my money down to the last penny. He loved her from head to toe. I will defend the truth until the last moment of my life.

ْ ‫اﻟﻤ‬ The prepositional ‫ﺣﺘﱠﻰ‬ َ can also be followed by verbs and (‫ﻀَﻤَﺮة‬ ُ ‫‘ )أَْن‬the suppressed ‫’أَ ْن‬, as in the following cases: .‫ﻮد‬ َ ُ‫َﺳﺄ َ ْﺑﻘَﻰ ھُﻨَﺎ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ ﻧَْﺴﺘَْﻨﻔَِﺪ ْاﻟَﻮﻗ‬

I’ll stay here till we run short of fuel.

.‫ﻚ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ ﺗُ ْﻌِﻄﯿَﻨِﻲ َﺣﻘﱢﻲ‬ َ ‫ﻟَْﻦ اُ ْﺗُﺮَﻛ‬

I will not leave you until you give me my right.

.‫ك‬ َ ‫ﺼَﻞ َواﻟُِﺪ‬ َ ِ‫ﻖ ﻓِﻲ َﻣَﻜﺎﻧ‬ َ ‫اِ ْﺑ‬ ِ َ‫ﻚ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ ﯾ‬

Stay where you are until your father arrives.

.‫ﺎدي َﺣﺘﱠﻰ ﯾَُﺤﱠﻞ اﻟﻈﱠَﻼُم‬ ِ ‫َﺳﻨَْﺒﻘَﻰ ﻓِﻲ اﻟﻨﱠ‬

We will stay in the club till it’s dark.

‫ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ‬can function as an adverb (‫ﺎطﻔَﺔ‬ ِ ‫)َﻋ‬, translated as ‘even’ or ‘including’ In this function, ‫ﺣﺘﱠﻰ‬ َ has no impact on the following nouns or noun phrases. As an adverb, the conjoined noun after ‫ﺣﺘﱠﻰ‬ َ must be part of the preceding noun in the sentence, as shown in the following cases:

.‫ﺎﻣﺘُﮭَﺎ‬ َ ‫أَ ْﻋَﺠﺒَْﺘﻨِﻲ ْاﻟﻔَﺘَﺎةُ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ ْاﺑﺘَِﺴ‬

I liked the young lady, including her smile.

َ ‫َﻣ‬ .‫ﺎء‬ ُ ‫ﺎت اﻟﻨﱠ‬ ُ َ‫ﺎس َﺣﺘﱠﻰ اﻷَ ْﻧﺒِﯿ‬ .‫ﻮر َﻋﻠِﱞﻲ‬ ُ ُ‫ﺎع َﺣﺘﱠﻰ اﱡﻟﺪْﻛﺘ‬ َ ‫ﻀَﺮ اﻷَ َﺳﺎﺗَِﺬة ِاﻻْﺟﺘَِﻤ‬ َ ‫َﺣ‬

The people died, even the prophets. The teachers attended the meeting, even Dr Ali.

Four-letter prepositions 133

‫ﺎدَرةً ِﻣْﻦ ِﺟﮭٍَﺔ َرْﺳِﻤﯿٍَﺔ‬ َ ُ‫َﺖ ْاﻟَﻮﺛِﯿﻘَﺔ‬ ِ ‫ﺻ‬ ِ ‫إَِذا َﻛﺎﻧ‬ ُ ‫ﺎن َﺣﺘﱠﻰ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﺪَوِل‬ ‫ﻓَﺈِﻧﱠﮭَﺎ ﺗُ ْﻘﺒَُﻞ ﻓِﻲ أَ ﱢ‬ ٍ ‫ي َﻣَﻜ‬ ْ .‫ﺎت اﻷَْﺟﻨَﺒِﯿَ ِﺔ‬ ِ ‫واﻟُﻤَﺆﱠﺳَﺴ‬

If the document is issued by a governmental authority, it will be accepted anywhere, even in foreign countries and organizations.

‫اﻟﺮَﺳﺎﻟَﺔَ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ إِ ْن ﻟَْﻢ‬ ‫ﺮﺳَﻞ ﱢ‬ َ ِ‫َﻋﻠَﯿ‬ ِ ُ‫ﻚ أَ ْن ﺗ‬ َ .‫ﯾَﺘََﺴﻠﱠ ْﻤﮭَﺎ أ َﺣٌﺪ‬ ٌ‫ﺻْﻌﺒَﺔ‬ ُ ‫ُﻣِﮭﱠﻤﺘِﻲ ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫ﯿﻦ‬ َ ‫ﺢ ﺑَْﯿَﻦ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺼﺪﯾِﻘ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺼْﻠ‬ .ً‫ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ إِﻧﱠﮭَﺎ ﻗَْﺪ ﺗ ََﻜﱡﻮُن ُﻣْﺴﺘَِﺤﯿﻠَﺔ‬،‫ِﺟًﺪا‬

You should send the letter even if no one receives it. My mission to mediate between my two friends is a very difficult one, and it may even be impossible.

‫ﺎﻣَﻌِﺔ‬ ُ ‫ ﻻ ﯾ َُﻤﯿﱢُﺰ ﺑَ ْﻌ‬،‫ﻒ‬ ِ ‫ب ْاﻟَﺠ‬ ِ ‫ﺾ طُ ﱠﻼ‬ ِ ‫ﻟِﻸَ َﺳ‬ .‫اﻟﺼﻔَ ِﺔ‬ ‫َﺣﺘﱠﻰ ﺑَ ْﯿَﻦ ِاﻻْﺳِﻢ َو ﱢ‬

Sadly, some university students do not differentiate even between adjectives and adverbs.

‫ﯾَ ْﺒُﺪو ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎن ُﻣْﺤ ِﺮًﺟﺎ ﻟِْﻠَﻐﺎﯾَ ِﺔ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ‬ َ ‫أن ُﺳَﺆاﻟِﻲ َﻛ‬ .‫ﯿﮫ‬ ِ َ‫إﻧﱠﮭُﻢ ﻟَ ْﻢ ﯾَُﺮﱡدوا َﻋﻠ‬

It seems that my question was extremely embarrassing, so much so that they did not even answer it.

When ‫ﺣﺘﱠﻰ‬ َ ), it has no influence on (‫اﻵن‬ َ ), which remains َ is followed by (‫اﻵن‬ invariable, as in the following:

َ ‫ُﻛﱡﻞ َﻣﺎ ﻗُ ْﻤ‬ ٌ ‫ﺻِﺤ‬ .‫اﻵن‬ َ ‫ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ‬،‫ﯿﺢ‬ َ ‫ﺖ ﺑِ ِﮫ‬

Everything you have done is right, so far.

‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎت‬ ُ ‫ُﻮد اﻟﱠﺘِﻲ ﺑَ َﺬﻟَ ْﺘﮭَﺎ ﺑَْﻌ‬ َ ُ‫ﺾ اﻟ‬ َ ‫إن ْاﻟُﺠﮭ‬ ِ ‫ﻤﺆﱠﺳَﺴ‬ ٌ.‫اﻵن ُﻣَﺸﱢﺠَﻌﺔ‬ َ َ ‫اﻟﺨْﯿِﺮﯾ ِﱠﺔ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ‬ َ ‫ﻀَﻞ‬ ‫ﺎم َزْوِﺟﻲ ﺑِﺈِ ْﻋَﺪِادِه‬ َ ‫َﻛ‬ َ ‫ﺎن ھَﺬا ْأﻓ‬ َ َ‫ﻖ ﻗ‬ ٍ َ ‫طﺒ‬ .‫اﻵن‬ َ ‫َﺣﺘﱠﻰ‬ َ‫ﻀﯿﱠﺔ‬ ِ َ‫ﺎﺳٍﻢ ﻗ‬ ِ ‫ﻟَ ْﻢ ﺗُ َﻌﺎﻟِﺞ اﻷُ َﻣُﻢ ْاﻟُﻤﺘﱠ ِﺤَﺪةُ ﺑَِﺸْﻜٍﻞ َﺣ‬ ‫اﻟﺴَﻼِم ﻓِﻲ ﱠ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ .‫اﻵن‬ َ ‫ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ‬،‫ق ْاﻷَ ْوَﺳِﻂ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺸْﺮ‬

Efforts made so far by philanthropic organizations are encouraging.

ٌ‫ﺻﺎﺋِﺒَﺔ‬ َ ِ‫اراﺗ‬ َ ‫ﻚ ﻓِﻲ ھ ََﺬا ْاﻷْﻣِﺮ‬ َ ‫أَ ْﻋﺘَﻘِ ُﺪ أَ ﱠن ُﻛﱠﻞ ﻗَ َﺮ‬ .‫اﻵن‬ َ ‫َﺣﺘﱠﻰ‬

I think all your decision-making regarding this matter has been appropriate so far.

This has been the best dish prepared by my husband so far. The United Nations has not hitherto dealt decisively with the question of peace in the Middle East.

‫ﺎﺷﺎ‬ َ ‫َﺣ‬ َ ‫ َﺣ‬is one of the so-called (‫)ُﺣُﺮوف ِاﻻْﺳﺘِْﺜﻨَﺎء‬, exception particles. It mainly indicates ‫ﺎﺷﺎ‬ َ ‫)َﺣ‬. exceptions. Other exception particles include (‫ﺳَﻮى‬ ِ , ‫َﻏْﯿﺮ‬, ‫َﻋَﺪا‬, ‫َﺧَﻼ‬, ‫ إَﻻﱠ‬and ‫ﺎﺷﺎ‬ َ َ َ ) are considered to be prepositions. Further discussion Only (‫ﻋَﺪا‬ ، ‫ﻼ‬ ‫ﺧ‬ and ‫ﺎ‬ ‫ﺎﺷ‬ ‫ﺣ‬ َ َ َ and ‫ َﻋَﺪا‬can be found in Chapter 4. of ‫ﺧَﻼ‬ َ ‫ َﺣ‬is both a preposition and a verb. When it acts as a preposition, the noun ‫ﺎﺷﺎ‬ َ ‫َﺣ‬, while as a verb, the noun will be its object. after it is governed by ‫ﺎﺷﺎ‬

134

Four-letter prepositions

‫اشا‬ َ ‫ َح‬in context ُّ ‫يع‬ َ ‫ ثُ َّم‬،‫س‬ ُ ‫طلَ ْب‬ ُ ‫ َشَرْح‬،‫اشا ُمَحَّمٍد‬ َّ ‫ت لَهُُم‬ َ ‫س َح‬ ‫ت‬ ُ ‫ضَر َجِم‬ َ ‫الدْر‬ َ ‫ب ْالُمَح‬ َ ‫َح‬ ِ ‫الطَّل‬ ِ ‫اضَرةَ أَ ْم‬ ْ ْ ُ ُ ْ ْ َّ َّ َ َ ُ ُ َ َ ْ َ َ ْ ْ ‫ َحاشا َعلٍِّي؛ فانتقدته ُْم‬،‫ب‬ َ ‫اج‬ ِ ‫اج‬ ِ ‫وجئت بِأنه ُْم ل ْم يَعَملوا الَو‬ ِ ‫ َولِكننِي ف‬،‫ب‬ ِ ‫يم الَو‬ َ ِ‫َم ْنه ُْم تَسل‬ ْ ُ َ ‫ت‬ ُ ‫ ث َّم قُل‬،‫ال‬ ُّ ‫ب تَْستَِح‬ َ ‫ت َح‬ َ ‫ فَْأن‬،‫ال‬ ٌ ِ‫طال‬ .‫يع‬ َ ‫اش‬ َ ‫ق التَّ ْشِج‬ ِ ‫اك يَا َعلِ ُّي ِمَن اْإلْهَم‬ ِ ‫َعلَى ا ْ ِإلْهَم‬ Yesterday all the students attended the lecture, except for Muhammad. I explained the lesson to them. I then asked them to hand in their assignments, but I was surprised that – with the exception of Ali – they had not done the assignments. I rebuked them for their negligence. But then I told Ali that he was exempt from this charge of negligence since he was a student who deserved encouragement. Notes on the usage of

‫اشا‬ َ ‫ َح‬in context

‫ َحاَشا‬in the preceding passage is used as a preposition in (‫ )َحاَشا ُمَحَّمٍد‬and (‫َحاَشا‬ َ ‫)َح‬. ‫)َعلِ ٍّي‬, while it functions as a verb in (‫اك يَا َعلِ ُّي‬ َ ‫اش‬ َ ‫ َحا‬is used as a preposition, and the nouns are In the following examples, ‫شا‬ therefore in the genitive case:

ُّ ‫ضَر‬ َ ‫ب َح‬ .‫احٍد ِمْنه ُْم‬ ُ ‫الطَّل‬ َ ‫َح‬ ِ ‫اشا َو‬ َ ‫اس َح‬ َ ‫اشا‬ ُّ ‫أُ ِح‬ .‫ين‬ َ ‫اد ِع‬ ِ ‫الخ‬ ِ َّ‫ب ُكَّل الن‬ ‫س الَعَربِيَِّة فَقَْد‬ َ ‫ تَْدِري‬- ‫ َحاَشا ُعَمَر‬- ‫َمْن أََراَد‬ ْ َ ‫أخ‬ .َ ‫طأ‬ َّ ‫ير‬ َ ‫ين َح‬ .‫اشا ُمَحَّمٍد‬ ُ ‫قَابَ َل ُمِد‬ َ ِ‫الشِرَكِة ْالُمَوظَّف‬ َ ‫ي َح‬ ُّ ‫اطَمةُ أََح‬ .‫اشا َعلِ ٍّي‬ َّ َ‫اس إِل‬ ِ َ‫ف‬ ِ َّ‫ب الن‬

The students came, except one. I like all people, apart from those who cheat. Anyone other than Omar who wants to teach Arabic is mistaken. The company director met the employees, except for Mohammad. Fatima is the person I love best, apart from Ali.

Note

َ ‫ َح‬/ ‫اشا هلل‬ َ ‫ )َح‬are often used to express ideas such as ‘far The phrases (‫اشا هللا‬ be it from . . . / God forbid . . .’. َ ‫ َح‬is used as a verb: In the following examples, ‫اشا‬ َّ ‫َمن‬ َ ‫ َح‬- ‫ادَعى‬ َ‫ادة‬ َ َ‫ ِري‬- ‫س‬ ْ ‫اشا‬ ِ ‫امِرئ ْالقَْي‬ ِّ .‫الشْعِر فَقَ ْد َجِهَل‬ َ ‫ َح‬- ‫َل فَْخَر‬ .‫ ِألَحٍد بِْالَكَرِم‬- ‫اشا َحاتٍِم الطَّائِي‬

Whoever claims that anyone other than Imru’-l-Qays is the pioneer of poetry doesn’t know what he’s talking about! No one other than Hatim al-Tayy’ can claim that he is generous.

Four-letter prepositions

135

Exercises I

Make sensible sentences with the phrases in the columns.

.‫صلَت أَبِوظَبِ ٍّي‬ َ ‫ َحتَّى َو‬A ْ ‫ َحتَّى ْالَم‬B .‫طَعِم‬

ُ ‫ ُكْن‬1 ُ‫ت َرفيقَتَه‬ ‫س‬ ْ ‫ َسِهْرنَا لَيلَة‬2 ِ ‫أم‬ ْ ‫ َسافَ َر‬3 َّ ِ‫ت ب‬ ‫َّارِة‬ َ ‫السي‬ ُ ‫ َل أَ ُع‬4 ‫ود ِمَن ْالَعَمِل‬

َّ ‫ب‬ .‫س‬ ُ ‫الشْم‬ َ ‫ َحتَّى تَْغُر‬C َّ ‫ َحتَّى‬D .‫اح‬ ِ َ‫الصب‬ .َ‫ق ْالَحيَاة‬ َ ‫ار‬ َ َ‫ َحتَّى ف‬E II

ُ ‫ ِسْر‬5 ‫ت ِمَن ْالَعَمِل‬

Translate the following sentence into Arabic. 1 2 3 4 5

I studied Arabic grammar until morning. We ate the chicken until we were full. Ali read the book until the final page. I waited for him until six o’clock in the evening. We stayed in front of the house until Hind came.

III Translate the following sentence into English.

ُ ُ‫ قَات ََل ْالُجن‬1 ْ َّ‫ود َحتَّى الن‬ .‫ر‬ ِ ‫ص‬

ُ ‫ اِْستََمَع‬2 .‫حْكِم‬ ُ ‫اضِي َحتَّى اِْنتَهَى َمِن ْال‬ ِ َ‫ت لِْلق‬ َ ‫وف َح‬ ُ ُ‫الضي‬ َّ ‫اشا َس‬ ُّ ‫اء‬ .‫ارٍة‬ َ ‫ َج‬3

َ ‫ َح‬4 .‫ل‬ َ ‫اشا هللِ أَ ْن أَ ْغ‬ ِ ‫در بَِشِر‬ ِ ‫يكِي فِي ْالَعَم‬ ُ ‫ َشاهََد‬5 .‫حتَّى نِهَايَتِ ِه‬ َ ‫ت ْالفِْيلَم‬

6

Locative adverbs

َ ‫ )ظُ ُﺮوف ا‬are Locative adverbs (‫ )اﻟﻈُ ُﺮوف‬or adverbs of time and place (‫ﺎن‬ ِ ‫ﺎن واﻟَﻤَﻜ‬ ِ ‫ﻟﺰَﻣ‬ nouns that indicate the time and/or place of an event. In Arabic, the word (‫)ظَْﺮف‬ means ‘container’ or ‘circumstance’, as locative adverbs indicate the circumstances surrounding a certain event, particularly its time and place. Arab grammarians also use the term (‫ﯿﮫ‬ ِ ِ‫اﻟﻤْﻔُﻌﻮل ﻓ‬ َ ), or ‘adverbial object’, to refer to the same category of words. There is not a specific category in English which corresponds to the Arabic locative adverbs; therefore, some English grammarians do not distinguish between prepositions and locative adverbs. In her thesis about Arabic prepositions, Ryding-Lentzner (1977) calls (‫‘ )اﻟﻈُ ُﺮوف‬locative adverbs’, and in her grammar book (2005), she calls certain locative adverbs ‘semi-prepositions’ to acknowledge the fact that they share some characteristics with prepositions, although they are not technically prepositions. It is worth noting that many native speakers of Arabic also consider several locative adverbs as prepositions, particularly (‫)ﻣﻊ‬, ‘with’; (‫)ﻋﻨﺪ‬, ‘at’; and (‫)ﺑﯿﻦ‬, ‘between’. Locative adverbs can be classified into three categories: adverbs of time َ ‫)ظُ ُﺮوف‬, adverbs of place (‫ﺎن‬ (‫ﺎن‬ َ ‫ )ظُ ُﺮوف‬and adverbs of time and place ِ ‫اﻟﺰَﻣ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤَﻜ‬ َ ‫)ظُ ُﺮوف ا‬. Grammatically, locative adverbs are accusative in case. (‫ﺎن‬ ِ ‫ﺎن واﻟَﻤَﻜ‬ ِ ‫ﻟﺰَﻣ‬

Note What distinguishes locative adverbs from other nouns that indicate time and place is that they have the meaning of ‫ ﻓِﻲ‬implied in them, as in the following:

‫ﺎء‬ ً ‫ﻗَﺎﺑَْﻠﺘُﮭَﺎ َﻣَﺴ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤَﺴ‬ َ ‫ = ﻓِﻲ‬.‫ﺎء‬ ‫ﯿﻦ‬ َ ‫ﻚ ﯾَِﻤ‬ َ ُ‫اِْﻧﺘَﻈَْﺮﺗ‬ َ ‫ﯿﻦ‬ ِ ‫ = ﻓِﻲ ِﺟﮭَِﺔ اﻟﯿَ ِﻤ‬.‫اﻟﻤْﻜﺘَﺒَِﺔ‬

َ ‫ )ظُُﺮوف ا‬answer the question, ‘When?’, as in the following: Adverbs of time (‫ﺎن‬ ِ ‫ﻟﺰَﻣ‬ ‫َﻣﺘَﻰ ﺗَْﺴﺘَﯿﻘِﻆُ؟‬ When do you wake up?

Locative adverbs 137 .‫ُﻣﺒَﱢﻜًﺮا‬ I wake up early. .‫ﺮ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻔَْﺠ‬

I wake up at dawn. Adverbs of place (‫اﻟﻤﻜﺎن‬ following:

ُ‫أَْﺳﺘ َْﯿﻘِﻆ‬

‫أَ ْﺳﺘَْﯿﻘِﻆُ ِﻋْﻨَﺪ‬

‫ )ظﺮوف‬answer the question, ‘Where?’, as in the ‫أَْﯾَﻦ ﺗَْﺴُﻜُﻦ؟‬

Where do you live? .‫ﺎﻣَﻌِﺔ‬ َ ِ ‫اﻟﺠ‬ I live close to university.

‫أَ ْﺳُﻜُﻦ ﻗَِﺮﯾﺒًﺎ ِﻣَﻦ‬

.‫ﺎﻣَﻌِﺔ‬ َ ِ ‫اﻟﺠ‬

‫ب‬ َ ‫أَ ْﺳُﻜُﻦ ﻗُ ْﺮ‬

I live close to university. Locative adverbs can be further classified as either specific (‫ﺤﱠﺪد‬ َ ‫ )ُﻣ‬or vague (‫)ُﻣْﺒﮭَﻢ‬. Specific locative adverbs refer to a specific time or place, for example, (‫ﺎء‬ ً َ‫ﺻﺒ‬ ً ‫ َﻣَﺴ‬،‫ﺎﺣﺎ‬ َ ), and ْ vague locative adverbs refer to a nonspecific time or place, for example, (‫ﺣْﯿَﻦ‬ ِ ،‫ ِﻋﻨَﺪ‬،‫)ﻗَ ْﺒَﻞ‬. Examples of specific locative adverbs include the following: .‫ﺎﺣﺎ‬ ً َ‫ﺻﺒ‬ َ I reached my destination in the morning.

ُ ‫ﺻْﻠ‬ ‫ﺖ إِﻟَﻰ ِوْﺟﮭَﺘِﻲ‬ َ ‫َو‬

Examples of vague locative adverbs include the following:

Call me when you arrive.

.‫ﻮل‬ ُ ‫اﻟﻮ‬ ُ ِ ‫ﺻ‬

‫ﺼْﻞ ﺑِﻲ ِﻋْﻨَﺪ‬ ِ ‫اِﺗﱠ‬

َ ‫أَ ْﻧ‬ .‫ﺖ‬

ُ ‫اِ ْﻧﺘَِﻈْﺮﻧِﻲ َﺣْﯿ‬ ‫ﺚ‬

Wait for me where you are. Certain locative adverbs, for example, (‫ﺧَﻼَل‬ َ ‫ ﻗُ ْﺮ‬،‫ َﻣَﻊ‬،‫ ِﻋْﻨَﺪ‬،‫ ﺑَ ْﯿَﻦ‬،‫ ﺑَ ْﻌَﺪ‬،‫)ﻗَ ْﺒَﻞ‬, can be ِ ،‫ب‬ used for both time and place depending on the context, as in the following:

َ .‫ﺧﺎﻟَﺘِﻲ‬

ُ ‫ﻀْﯿ‬ ‫ﺖ اﻟﯿَْﻮَم ِﻋْﻨَﺪ‬ َ َ‫ﻗ‬

I spent the day at my aunt’s. .‫ﺎء‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤَﺴ‬ َ He left in the evening. The train left before dawn.

.‫ﺮ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻔَ ْﺠ‬ .‫ﯿﺮة‬ َ ‫اﻷَ ِﺧ‬

‫ﻧ ََﺰَل ِﻋْﻨَﺪ‬

َ ِ‫ﺎدَر اﻟﻘ‬ ‫ﺎر ﻗَ ْﺒَﻞ‬ ُ ‫ﻄ‬ َ ‫َﻏ‬

ُ ‫ﻧ ََﺰْﻟ‬ ‫اﻟﻤَﺤﻄﱠ ِﺔ‬ َ ‫ﺖ ﻗَ ْﺒَﻞ‬

I disembarked before the last stop. Most locative adverbs are declinable; that is, they show endings that denote their case, ً ‫ َﺷَﻤ‬،‫ﺎﺣﺎ‬ for example, ‫ﺎﻻ‬ ً َ‫ﺻﺒ‬ َ . However, there are others that are indeclinable or fixed, for

138

Locative adverbs

example, (‫ﻋْﻨَﺪ‬ َ ‫)ﻓَْﻮ‬. Some indeclinable locative adverbs behave like prepositions, ِ ،‫ ﺑَْﯿَﻦ‬،‫ق‬ as they are always followed by a genitive noun (‫)َﻣْﺠُﺮور‬, but unlike prepositions, they function as the first word in an iḍᾱfa construction, since they are classified as nouns not particles. Ryding (2011) calls this category of words ‘semi-prepositions’, for example:

‫ﺑَْﻌَﺪ ﱡ‬ ‫اﻟﻈْﮭِﺮ‬ ‫ﻮم‬ ِ ‫ﻗَ ْﺒَﻞ اﻟﻨﱠ‬ In the following section, the most important indeclinable locative adverbs that are classified as semi-prepositions are discussed.

‫ﺑَ ْﯿَﻦ‬ ‫ ﺑَْﯿَﻦ‬means ‘between’ or ‘among’. It can be followed by a dual or plural noun, or by singular nouns, a noun and a pronoun or two pronoun suffix joined by (‫)و‬. When two nouns are used, there is no need to repeat ‫ ;ﺑَ ْﯿَﻦ‬however, if a pronoun is used, it has to be repeated. ‫ ﺑﯿﻦ‬can collocate with verbs indicating unity, for example, (‫ ﻗََﺮَن ﺑَ ْﯿﻦ‬،‫ج ﺑَ ْﯿَﻦ‬ َ َ‫ﻓ‬ َ ‫او‬ َ ‫ َز‬،‫ َﺟَﻤَﻊ ﺑَ ْﯿَﻦ‬،‫ ;)َوﱠﺣَﺪ ﺑَ ْﯿَﻦ‬division, for example, (،‫ ﻗَﱠﺴَﻢ ﺑَ ْﯿَﻦ‬،‫ﺼَﻞ ﺑَ ْﯿَﻦ‬ َ َ َ ْ ْ ْ ْ ‫ﱠ‬ ); or comparison, for example, ( ‫ق ﺑَْﯿَﻦ‬ ‫ﺮ‬ ‫ﻓ‬ ‫ﻦ‬ ‫ﯿ‬ ‫ﺑ‬ ‫ﻞ‬ ‫ﺎﺿ‬ ‫ﻓ‬ ، ‫ﻦ‬ ‫ﯿ‬ ‫ﺑ‬ ‫ى‬ ‫ﺎو‬ ‫ﺳ‬ ، ‫ﻦ‬ ‫ﯿ‬ ‫ﺑ‬ ‫ن‬ ‫از‬ ‫و‬ ، ‫ﻦ‬ ‫ﯿ‬ ‫ﺑ‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ﺎر‬ َ َ َ َ َ َ َ َ َ َ َ َ َ َ َ‫)ﻗ‬. َ َ َ ْ ‫اﻟﻤ‬ .‫ﯿﻦ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤَﺤ‬ ُ ‫ﻄَﻌِﻢ ﺑَْﯿَﻦ‬ َ ‫َﺟﻠَْﺴﻨَﺎ ﻓِﻲ‬ ِ َ‫ﺎﺿَﺮﺗ‬

We sat in the restaurant between the two lectures.

‫ﺼﺎﻧَِﻊ‬ َ َ‫ﯾﺪِة ھُﻨ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺠِﺪ‬ َ ‫ﺎك َﺧْﻤَﺴﺔُ َﻣ‬ َ ‫ﯾﻊ‬ َ ‫ﺑَ ْﯿَﻦ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤَﺸ‬ ِ ‫ﺎر‬ َ .‫اﻟﻐﺬاﺋِﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ِ ‫ﻠﻤَﻮاد‬ َ ِ‫ﻟ‬ ْ ‫ظﮭَ َﺮ‬ َ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫ﻟﻤْﻐِﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﻮﻣ‬ َ ‫ﺎﺳﯿ ٍﱠﺔ ﺑَ ْﯿَﻦ ا‬ َ ُ‫ت ﺑََﻮِادُر أَ ْزَﻣٍﺔ ِدْﺑﻠ‬ ْ ‫وﻣ‬ .‫ﺼَﺮ‬ ِ َ ‫ظﱠﻞ ھََﺬا اﻷَ ْﻣُﺮ ِﺳًّﺮا ﺑَْﯿﻨِﻲ َوﺑَْﯿَﻦ َزْوَﺟﺘِﻲ‬ َ ‫ات‬ .‫طِﻮﯾﻠٍَﺔ‬ ٍ ‫ﻟَِﺴﻨََﻮ‬ ٌ َ‫ﺎك ِﺧَﻼﻓ‬ ‫ﺎت َﻋِﻤﯿﻘَﺔٌ ﺑَ ْﯿﻨَﻨَﺎ َوﺑَ ْﯿﻨَﮭُﻢ َوِﻣَﻦ‬ َ َ‫ھُﻨ‬ ُ ‫ﺐ ﺗََﺠ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ .‫ﺎوزھَﺎ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺼْﻌ‬

There are five food factories among the new projects.

َ ‫با‬ ‫ َﻋﺎﻧَﻰ‬،‫ﯿﺞ اﻷُوﻟَﻰ واﻟﺜﱠﺎﻧِﯿَِﺔ‬ ِ ‫َﻣﺎ ﺑَ ْﯿَﻦ َﺣْﺮ‬ ِ ِ‫ﻟﺨﻠ‬ َ َ ْ ‫ﯿﻊ اﻷ‬ .‫ﺻِﻌَﺪة‬ ِ ‫اطُﻦ ا‬ ِ ‫ﻟﻤَﻮ‬ ُ ‫ا‬ ِ ‫ﻟﻌَﺮاﻗِﱡﻲ َﻋﻠﻰ َﺟِﻤ‬ ُ ‫ﺲ اﻟﻔَِﺮ‬ ‫ﯿﻤﺎ ﺑَْﯿﻨَﮭَﺎ ﻟَﻠﻔَ ْﻮِز‬ ُ َ‫ﺗَﺘَﻨَﺎﻓ‬ ُ ‫ق‬ َ ِ‫ﺎرَﻛﺔُ ﻓ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤَﺸ‬ َْ ‫ﺑ‬ .‫س‬ ِ ِ ‫ﺎﻟﻜﺄ‬ ُ ُ َ ‫ﺎوُل‬ ‫ﻮر‬ َ ِ‫اﻟﻜﺜ‬ َ َ‫أَﺗَﻨ‬ ِ ‫ﯿﺮ ِﻣَﻦ اﻟﻘَْﮭَﻮِة ﺑَْﯿَﻦ اﻟﻔﻄ‬ َ .‫اء‬ ِ ‫واﻟﻐَﺪ‬ َ ‫ﺎرِة‬ ‫ﺎرِﺟﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫ ِﻣَﻦ اﻟﺘﱢ َﺠ‬%70‫ و‬%60 ‫َﻣﺎ ﺑَ ْﯿَﻦ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺨ‬ َ ‫ﻟِﻠﺒَﻠَِﺪ ُﻣَﺴﱠﻌَﺮةٌ ﺑِﺎﱡﻟﺪ‬ .‫وﻻِر‬

Between the first and second Gulf War, the Iraqi people suffered at all levels.

A diplomatic crisis has emerged between Morocco and Egypt. This matter was a secret between me and my wife for many years.

There are deep disagreements between us and them, and it is difficult to overcome them. ‫ ﺑَ ْﯿَﻦ‬can be preceded by (‫ )َﻣﺎ‬or (‫ﯿﻤﺎ‬ َ ِ‫)ﻓ‬, as in the following:

The teams compete among each other to win the cup. I drink a lot of coffee between breakfast and lunch. Between 60% and 70% of the country’s foreign trade is pegged to the dollar.

Locative adverbs 139

‫اﺟﮭَ ِﺔ‬ ُ ‫ﺗَْﻌَﻤُﻞ أَ ْﺣَﺰ‬ َ ‫ﯿﻤﺎ ﺑَ ْﯿﻨَﮭَﺎ ﻟُِﻤَﻮ‬ َ ‫ﺎر‬ َ ‫ﻟﻤَﻌ‬ ُ ‫اب ا‬ َ ِ‫ﺿِﺔ ﻓ‬ .‫ﺎت اﻟﻨﱢﯿَﺎﺑِﯿِﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫با‬ ِ َ‫اﻻْﻧﺘَِﺨﺎﺑ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻛِﻢ ﻓِﻲ‬ ِ ‫ﻟﺤ‬ ِ ‫ﻟﺤْﺰ‬ ِ ‫ا‬

Opposition parties are working together to confront the ruling party in the parliamentary elections.

‫ ﺑَْﯿَﻦ‬can be preceded by (‫)ِﻣْﻦ‬, and in this case, it will be a genitive noun, as in the following: ْ َ‫َﻛﺎﻧ‬ َ َ‫ﺖ أُ ْﺳﺘ‬ ‫ﺎذﺗِﻲ ِﻣْﻦ ﺑَ ْﯿِﻦ اﻷَ َﺳﺎﺗَِﺬِة اﻟﱠ ِﺬْﯾَﻦ‬ .‫ﺎم‬ َ ‫ﺎﻣَﻌﺔُ ھََﺬا‬ َ ‫ﺗُ َﻜﱢﺮُﻣﮭ ُُﻢ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺠ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻌ‬

My teacher was among the professors whom the university honors this year.

ْ ‫ﯿﻊ اﻟﺘِﻲ ﺗ ﱠَﻤ‬ ‫ﺖ ُﻣﻨَﺎﻗَ َﺸﺘُﮭﺎ ﻓِﻲ‬ ِ ‫ﻟﻤَﻮ‬ َ ‫ِﻣْﻦ ﺑَْﯿِﻦ ا‬ ِ ‫اﺿ‬ َ ‫ﻟﻤْﻨ‬ .‫ﻄﻘَِﺔ‬ ِ ‫ﻟﻮْﺣَﺪِة ﺑَ ْﯿَﻦ ُدَوِل ا‬ ِ ‫ﯾﺰ ا‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻨﱠ ْﺪَوِة ُﺳﺒ ُُﻞ ﺗَْﻌِﺰ‬

Among the topics discussed at the symposium were ways to strengthen unity among the countries of the region.

‫ﻀُﺞ‬ ُ ‫ﺎرھَﺎ ﺗَْﻨ‬ َ ‫ﺎر اﻟﺒ ﱢُﻦ أَ ﱠن ﺛَِﻤ‬ ِ ‫ِﻣْﻦ ﺑَ ْﯿِﻦ َﻣَﺰاﯾَﺎ أَ ْﺷَﺠ‬ ‫ار ا ﱠ‬ .‫ﻟﺴﻨَِﺔ‬ ٍ ‫َﻣﱠﺮ‬ ِ ‫ات ِﻋﱠﺪةً َﻋﻠَﻰ َﻣَﺪ‬

Among the advantages of coffee trees is that their fruit ripens several times in the year.

ْ َ‫َﻛﺎﻧ‬ َ ‫ﺖ َﺷِﺮَﻛﺔُ َﻋﱢﻤﻲ ِﻣْﻦ ﺑَْﯿِﻦ ا‬ ‫ﺎت ا ﱠ‬ ‫اﻋﯿَِﺔ‬ ِ ‫ﻟﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﻟﺸِﺮَﻛ‬ .‫ﻟِﻠﺒُﻄُﻮﻟَ ِﺔ‬

My uncle’s company was one of the sponsors of the championship.

‫ ﺑَْﯿَﻦ‬can appear as part of two expressions (‫ )ﺑَْﯿﻨَﺎ‬and (‫)ﺑَْﯿﻨََﻤﺎ‬, which mean ‘while’. (‫ )ﺑَ ْﯿﻨَﺎ‬is rarely found in current usage, but (‫ )ﺑَ ْﯿﻨََﻤﺎ‬is used often, and it is mainly used in the sense of ‘as’, ‘while’ and ‘whereas’, as in the following:

‫ﺎوَل ﻟِ ﱞ‬ ‫ﺺ‬ ُ ‫ﺑَ ْﯿﻨََﻤﺎ ﻧَْﺤُﻦ ﻧَِﺴ‬ َ ‫ إِ ْذ َﺣ‬،‫ﻟﻤْﻘﮭَﻰ‬ َ ‫ﯿﺮ إِﻟَﻰ ا‬ .‫ﻮدﻧَﺎ‬ ِ ُ‫َﺳِﺮﻗَﺔَ ﻧُﻘ‬ ْ ُ‫ ا‬،َ‫ﺎوُل اﻟﮭُﺒُﻮط‬ ‫ﺿﻄُﱠﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﺑَْﯿﻨََﻤﺎ َﻛﺎﻧَﺖ اﻟﻄﱠﺎﺋَِﺮةُ ﺗُ َﺤ‬ .‫ﻟﺠﱢﻮﯾ ِﱠﺔ‬ ُ َ‫اﻟﻄﱠﯿ‬ َ ‫ﻮء اﻷَْﺣَﻮال ا‬ ِ ‫ﯿﻖ ُﻣَﺠﱠﺪًدا ﻟُِﺴ‬ ِ ِ‫ﺎر ﻟِﻠﺘَْﺤﻠ‬

As we walked to the cafe, a thief tried to steal our money.

ْ ‫ﻀ‬ ‫ ﺑَْﯿﻨََﻤﺎ‬،‫ت‬ َ ‫اﻻﺗﱢ‬ َ َ‫اِ ْﻧَﺨﻔ‬ ِ ‫ﺼَﺎﻻ‬ ِ ‫ﺎت‬ ِ ‫ﺖ أَ ْﺳﮭ ُُﻢ َﺷِﺮَﻛ‬ ْ ‫اِ ْرﺗَﻔَ َﻌ‬ .‫ﺎت اﻟﻨﱢ ْﻔِﻂ‬ ِ ‫ﺖ أَ ْﺳﮭ ُُﻢ َﺷ ِﺮَﻛ‬ ‫ت اﻷَ ْﺟﻨَﺒِﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ُ ‫ﯾَ ْﺒﻠُُﻎ َدْﺧُﻞ اﻟﺒَِﻼِد ِﻣَﻦ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻌْﻤَﻼ‬ َ ‫ات ُد‬ ‫ﺎج‬ ُ َ‫ ﺑَْﯿﻨََﻤﺎ اﻟﺒَِﻼُد ﺗَْﺤﺘ‬،‫وﻻٍر‬ َ َ‫َﺧْﻤَﺴﺔَ ِﻣْﻠﯿ‬ ِ ‫ﺎر‬ .‫ﻚ‬ َ ِ‫ﻒ َذﻟ‬ َ ‫ﺿْﻌ‬ ِ

Telecommunications stocks fell, while oil stocks rose.

While the plane was trying to land, the pilot had to fly again due to the bad weather.

The country’s foreign exchange income is five billion dollars, while the country needs twice as much.

‫ ﺑﯿﻦ‬in fixed expressions The positions of the parties were indecisive; therefore, the talks failed and the agreement was not signed.

ْ َ‫ﻒ اﻷ‬ ْ ‫ َﻛﺎﻧ‬undecisive ُ ِ‫َﺖ َﻣَﻮاﻗ‬ ‫طَﺮاف ﺑَْﯿَﻦ‬ ُ َ‫ﺎدﺛ‬ ‫ﺎت‬ َ ‫ﻟﻤَﺤ‬ َ ِ‫ﺑَ ْﯿٍﻦ َوﻟَِﺬﻟ‬ ِ َ‫ﻚ ﻓَِﺸﻠ‬ ُ ‫ﺖا‬ .‫ﺎق‬ ُ ِ‫َوﻟَ ْﻢ ﯾَﺘِﱠﻢ ﺗَْﻮﻗ‬ ِ ‫ﯿﻊ‬ ِ َ‫اﻻﺗﱢﻔ‬

‫ﺑَْﯿَﻦ ﺑَ ْﯿٍﻦ‬

140

Locative adverbs

After armed conflict broke out between government forces and rebels, the civilians found themselves caught in the middle.

‫ﺑَ ْﯿَﻦ ِﺷﻘﱠ ّﻲ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺢ‬ ‫ع ﱢ‬ ُ ‫اع‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤَﺴﻠﱠ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺼَﺮ‬ ِ ‫ ﺑَْﻌَﺪ اِ ْﻧِﺪَﻻ‬caught in ‫اﻟﺮَﺣﻰ‬ the middle ‫ﻮﻣﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ُ ‫ات‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺤُﻜ‬ ِ ‫ﺑَْﯿَﻦ اﻟﻘُ ﱠﻮ‬ ‫ﻮن‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤَﺪﻧِﯿﱡ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤﺘََﻤِﺮﱢد‬ ُ ‫َو‬ َ ‫ َوَﺟَﺪ‬،‫ﯾﻦ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫أَْﻧﻔُ َﺴﮭ ُْﻢ ﺑَْﯿَﻦ ِﺷﻘ ّﻲ ﱠ‬ .‫اﻟﺮَﺣﻰ‬

From the American occupation to sectarian governments, the Iraqi people suffered between a rock and a hard place.

‫ﯾﻜﱢﻲ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ِ ‫اﻻْﺣﺘَِﻼِل اﻷَ ْﻣِﺮ‬ ِ ‫ِﻣَﻦ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎت اﻟﻄﺎﺋِﻔِﯿِﱠﺔ َﻋﺎﻧَﻰ‬ ُ ِ ‫ﻮﻣ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺤُﻜ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫اﻟﻌَﺮاﻗِﱡﻲ ﺑَْﯿَﻦ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺸْﻌ‬ ِ ‫ﺐ‬ ْ ‫اﻟﻤ‬ ْ .‫ان‬ ‫ﻄَﺮﻗَِﺔ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ِ ِ ‫واﻟﺴﻨَﺪ‬ ‫ﻮن‬ ُ ‫ﻮن‬ َ ‫ﻮﻣﱡﯿ‬ َ ُ‫اﻟﻤْﺴُﺆوﻟ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺤُﻜ‬ َ ‫أَ ﱠﻛَﺪ‬ ‫ودﯾﱠﺔَ َﻻ‬ ُ ‫ﺎﻛَﻞ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺤُﺪ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤَﺸ‬ َ ‫أَ ﱠن‬ ‫ﯾ ُْﻤِﻜُﻦ أَ ْن ﺗُ َﺤﱠﻞ ﺑَ ْﯿَﻦ َﻋِﺸﯿ ٍﱠﺔ‬ .‫ﺿَﺤﺎھَﺎ‬ ُ ‫َو‬ َ ‫ﺗُ َﻌﺎﻧِﻲ ِﻣْﻨ‬ ‫ﻄﻘَﺔُ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎﺣِﻞ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺴ‬ َ ‫ﺎت ِﻏَﺬاﺋِﯿ ٍﱠﺔ‬ ٍ ‫اﻹْﻓِﺮﯾﻘِﱢﻲ ِﻣْﻦ أ َزَﻣ‬ ِ .‫ﺑَْﯿَﻦ ِﺣْﯿٍﻦ َوآََﺧَﺮ‬

Government officials stressed that border problems cannot be solved overnight. The Sahel region suffers from food crises from time to time.

between a rock and a hard place

ْ ‫ﻟﻤ‬ ‫ﻄَﺮﻗَِﺔ‬ ِ ‫ﺑَ ْﯿَﻦ ا‬ ‫ان‬ ِ ‫واﻟﱢﺴْﻨَﺪ‬

overnight

‫ﺑَْﯿَﻦ َﻋِﺸﯿ ٍﱠﺔ‬ ‫ﺿَﺤﺎھَﺎ‬ ُ ‫َو‬

from time to time

َ ‫ﺑَ ْﯿَﻦ ِﺣْﯿٍﻦ َو‬ ‫آﺧَﺮ‬

‫ ﺑَْﯿَﻦ‬can join pronoun suffixes as follows: ‫ﺑَ ْﯿﻨَﮭُ َﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺑَ ْﯿﻨَﻨَﺎ‬ ‫ﺑَ ْﯿﻨَ ُﻜ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﺑَ ْﯿﻨَ ُﻜ ﱠﻦ‬

‫ ھُ َﻤﺎ‬+ َ‫ﺑَ ْﯿﻦ‬ ُ‫ ﻧَﺤْ ﻦ‬+ َ‫ﺑَ ْﯿﻦ‬ ‫ أَ ْﻧﺘُ ْﻢ‬+ َ‫ﺑَ ْﯿﻦ‬ ‫ أَ ْﻧﺘُ ﱠﻦ‬+ َ‫ﺑَ ْﯿﻦ‬

‫ﺑَ ْﯿﻨَﮭُ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﺑَ ْﯿﻨَﮭُ ﱠﻦ‬

‫ ھُ ْﻢ‬+ َ‫ﺑَ ْﯿﻦ‬ ‫ ھُ ﱠﻦ‬+ َ‫ﺑَ ْﯿﻦ‬

‫ﺑَ ْﯿﻨِﻲ‬ ‫ﻚ‬ َ َ‫ﺑَ ْﯿﻨ‬ ‫ﺑَ ْﯿﻨَ ِﻚ‬ ُ‫ﺑَ ْﯿﻨَﮫ‬ ‫ﺑَ ْﯿﻨَﮭَﺎ‬ ‫ﺑَ ْﯿﻨَ ُﻜ َﻤﺎ‬

‫ أَﻧَﺎ‬+ َ‫ﺑَ ْﯿﻦ‬ َ‫ أَ ْﻧﺖ‬+ َ‫ﺑَ ْﯿﻦ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ِ ‫ أَ ْﻧ‬+ َ‫ﺑَ ْﯿﻦ‬ ‫ ھُ َﻮ‬+ َ‫ﺑَ ْﯿﻦ‬ ‫ ِھ َﻲ‬+ َ‫ﺑَ ْﯿﻦ‬ ‫ أَ ْﻧﺘُ َﻤﺎ‬+ َ‫ﺑَ ْﯿﻦ‬

‫ِﻋْﻨَﺪ‬ ‫ ِﻋْﻨَﺪ‬is a common locative adverb in Arabic. Its basic function is to express existence or proximity. It is often translated as ‘at’, ‘in’ and ‘by’, among others. It has to be used in conjunction with a noun or a pronoun suffix. It can be used to express proximity in spatial or temporal contexts, and it can be used figuratively as well, as in the following:

.‫ﺎﻣَﻌِﺔ‬ ُ ‫ﺻِﺪﯾﻘِﻲ ُﻣْﻨُﺬ ُو‬ َ ِ‫ﺻﻮﻟِﻲ ﻟ‬ َ ‫أَ ْﺳُﻜُﻦ ِﻋْﻨَﺪ‬ ِ ‫ﻠﺠ‬ ‫اِ ْﺟﺘََﻤَﻊ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻒ ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺰاﺋُِﺮ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤْﺘَﺤ‬ ِ َ‫ون ِﻋْﻨَﺪ ﺑ‬ ُ ‫ﺎب‬ .‫ﺎﺣﱢﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﻤْﺮِﺷِﺪ ﱢ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺴﯿ‬ ُ ‫ﺎر‬ ِ َ‫اِ ْﻧﺘِﻈ‬

I have stayed at my friend’s since I arrived at the university. Visitors gathered at the museum door waiting for the tour guide.

Locative adverbs 141

َ‫اﻟﻤَﺤﻄﱠ ِﺔ ﺛُ ﱠﻢ ﺑَ َﺪأ‬ ُ َ‫ﻒ اﻟﻘِﻄ‬ َ ‫ﺗََﻮﻗﱠ‬ ِ ‫ﺻ‬ ِ ‫ﺎر ِﻋْﻨَﺪ َر‬ َ ‫ﯿﻒ‬ ‫ﱡ‬ .‫ول‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺮﱠﻛ‬ ِ ‫ﺎب ﺑِﺎﻟﻨﱡُﺰ‬ ‫ أَ ْﺳُﻜُﻦ ِﻋْﻨَﺪ أَ ْھﻠِﻲ ﻓِﻲ‬،‫ور ﻗَ ْﺮﯾَﺘَﻨَﺎ‬ ُ ‫ِﻋْﻨَﺪَﻣﺎ أَ ُز‬ .‫اﻟﻌﺎﺋِﻠَِﺔ‬ َ ‫ﺖ‬ ِ ‫ﺑَ ْﯿ‬ ‫ِﻣَﻦ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻒ ِﻋْﻨَﺪ ھَِﺬِه‬ ‫ور ﱢ‬ َ ‫ي أَ ْن ﻧَﺘََﻮﻗﱠ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻀُﺮ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ َ ُ .‫ات َوﻧ َﺤﻠﻠﮭَﺎ‬ َ ‫اﻹَﺣ‬ ِ ‫ﺎء‬ َ ‫ﺼ‬ ِ

The train stopped at the station, and the passengers began to disembark. When I visit our village, I live with my family at the family home. It is necessary to stop at these statistics and analyze them.

‫ ِﻋْﻨَﺪ‬can be used to express proximity in temporal contexts, as in the following: ُ ‫َﺳﯿَ ُﻜ‬ َ‫ﺎدﯾَﺔَ َﻋْﺸَﺮة‬ َ ‫ﺎع ِﻋْﻨَﺪ ا‬ ِ ‫ﻟﺤ‬ ِ ‫ﻮن َﻣْﻮِﻋُﺪ‬ ِ ‫اﻻْﺟﺘَِﻤ‬ .‫ﺎﺣﺎ‬ ً َ‫ﺻﺒ‬ َ ‫ﱠ‬ ْ َ‫ﻧ‬ .‫ﻒ اﻟﻠ ْﯿِﻞ‬ َ ‫ﺼُﺤﻮ ِﻋْﻨَﺪ اﻟﻔَ ْﺠِﺮ َوﻧَﻨَُﺎم ِﻋْﻨَﺪ ُﻣْﻨﺘ‬ ِ ‫َﺼ‬

The meeting will be at 11 a.m. We wake up at dawn and sleep at midnight.

ُ ‫َﺳﻨَْﻌِﺮ‬ ‫ﺎع ِﻋْﻨَﺪ ﱠ‬ .‫ﺎح‬ ِ َ‫ف ﻧَﺘِْﯿَﺠﺔ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺼﺒ‬ ِ ‫اﻻْﺟﺘَِﻤ‬

We will know the outcome of the meeting in the morning.

‫ﻮل ﱠ‬ ‫ﺐ أَ ْن‬ ُ ‫ِﻋْﻨ َﺪ ُو‬ ُ ‫ ﯾَ ِﺠ‬،‫ﺎﻋ ِﺔ‬ َ َ‫ﯿﺲ إِﻟَﻰ اﻟﻘ‬ ِ ‫ﺻ‬ ِ ِ‫اﻟﺮﺋ‬ .‫ﯾﻦ‬ ُ ‫ﻒ َﺟِﻤ‬ َ ‫ﺎﺿِﺮ‬ َ ِ‫ﯾَﻘ‬ َ ‫ﯿﻊ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺤ‬ ْ ‫ﻀ‬ ‫ق‬ ُ ‫ﺖ أَ ْﺳَﻌ‬ َ َ‫اِْﻧَﺨﻔ‬ ِ ‫ﺎر اﻷَ ْﺳﮭ ُِﻢ ِﻋْﻨَﺪ إِْﻏَﻼ‬ ْ ‫اﻟﺒ‬ .‫ﺻِﺔ‬ َ ‫ُﻮر‬

When the president arrives in the hall, all those present must stand. Stock prices fell at the close of the stock market.

Sometimes when ‫ﻋْﻨَﺪ‬ َ is used in temporal contexts, it is translated as ‘when’, ْ ‫)َﻣ‬, as in the following: especially when it is followed by a verbal noun (‫ﺼَﺪر‬

‫ﯾﺮ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﻮ ِز‬ َ ‫ اِ ْﻟﺘَﻘَﻰ‬،‫وﻣﺎ‬ َ ‫ِﻋْﻨَﺪ َﻋْﻮَدﺗِِﮫ ِﻣْﻦ ُر‬ ْ ‫ﯿﺲ ِﻹ‬ ‫ﺑِ ﱠ‬ .‫ﺎت‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤَﺤ‬ َ ِ‫طَﻼِﻋِﮫ َﻋﻠَﻰ ﻧَﺘ‬ ِ َ‫ﺎدﺛ‬ ُ ‫ﯿﺠِﺔ‬ ِ ِ‫ﺎﻟﺮﺋ‬

When the minister returned from Rome, he met with the president to brief him on the outcome of the talks.

‫ ُﻛْﻦ‬،‫ﺎن َﻋٍﺎم‬ َ ِ‫ﺎل ھَﺎﺗِﻔ‬ ِ ‫ِﻋْﻨَﺪ اِ ْﺳﺘِ ْﻌَﻤ‬ ٍ ‫ﻚ ﻓِﻲ َﻣَﻜ‬ ‫ﻚ ﱠ‬ َ ‫ﯾﺼﺎ ﻗَْﺒَﻞ إِ ْﻋ‬ ‫ﺼﯿِﱠﺔ‬ ً ‫َﺣِﺮ‬ َ ِ‫ﺎء ﺑَﯿَﺎﻧَﺎﺗ‬ ِ ‫ﻄ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺸْﺨ‬ .‫ﺺ‬ ‫ِﻷَ ﱢ‬ ٍ ‫ي َﺷْﺨ‬ ُ ‫ ﺗََﻌﱠﺮْﻓ‬،‫ﺻﻮﻟِﻲ إِﻟَﻰ ﻟَ ْﻨَﺪن‬ َ ‫ﺖ َﻋﻠَﻰ ا‬ ‫ﯿﺮ‬ ُ ‫ِﻋْﻨَﺪ ُو‬ ِ ِ‫ﻟﻜﺜ‬ .‫ﯿﻦ‬ َ ِ‫ﻟﻤْﻐﺘَِﺮﺑ‬ َ ‫ِﻣَﻦ ا‬ ِ ‫ﻟﻌَﺮ‬ ُ ‫با‬ ‫ﻖ‬ ‫ﺎل اﻟﻠﱢ ﱢ‬ َ ِ‫ ﻟَ ْﻢ ﺗَُﻜْﻦ ﻟَ َﺪْﯾِﮫ أَﯾﱠﺔُ َوﺛَﺎﺋ‬،‫ﺺ‬ ِ َ‫ِﻋْﻨَﺪ اِْﻋﺘِﻘ‬ .‫ﺛُﺒُﻮﺗِﯿ ٍﱠﺔ‬ ُ‫اﻟﺤَﺮَﻛﺔ‬ َ ‫َﺖ‬ َ ‫ِﻋْﻨَﺪ ُدُﺧﻮﻟِﻲ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ِ ‫ َﻛﺎﻧ‬،‫ﺎﻣَﻌِﺔ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺠ‬ .‫اﻹْﺳَﻼِﻣﯿﱠﺔُ ﻓِﻲ أَ ْوِﺟﮭَﺎ‬ ِ

When using your phone in a public place, be careful before giving your personal data to anyone. When I arrived in London, I met a lot of Arab expatriates. When the thief was arrested, he did not have any identity documents. When I joined university, the Islamic movement was at its height.

142

Locative adverbs

‫ ِﻋْﻨَﺪ‬can be used to indicate possession. When it is used to express possession, it is usually translated as ‘have’ in English, as in the following:

ٌ ‫ك ﺑَْﯿ‬ ‫اﻟﻤِﺪْﯾﻨَِﺔ؟‬ َ ‫ھَْﻞ ِﻋْﻨَﺪ‬ َ ‫ﺖ ﻓِﻲ ھَِﺬِه‬ ْ ٌ َ َ َ َ .‫اﻵن‬ ُ ‫ﻟﻤْﻮ‬ َ ‫ﻮع‬ َ ‫ﻟَْﯿ‬ َ ‫ﺲ ِﻋْﻨِﺪي َوﻗﺖ ﻟِ ُﻤﻨﺎﻗﺸِﺔ ھَﺬا ا‬ ِ ‫ﺿ‬ ‫ِﻋْﻨِﺪي َﺷ ﱞ‬ َ ‫ﺼَﺪاﻗِﯿ ِﱠﺔ ھََﺬا‬ ْ ‫ﻚ ﻓِﻲ ِﻣ‬ .‫اﻟﺨﺒَ ِﺮ‬ َ ‫ِﻋْﻨَﺪﻧَﺎ ا‬ .‫ﯿﻌﯿ ِﱠﺔ ﻓِﻲ ﺑَﻠَ ِﺪﻧَﺎ‬ ُ ِ‫ﻟﻜﺜ‬ ِ ِ‫ارِد اﻟﻄﱠﺒ‬ َ ‫ﯿﺮ ِﻣَﻦ ا‬ ِ ‫ﻟﻤَﻮ‬

Do you have a house in this city? I do not have time to discuss this now. I have doubts about the credibility of this news. We have a lot of natural resources in our country.

‫ ِﻋْﻨَﺪ‬can be used to express opinion or judgment, and in this sense, it can be translated as ‘for’, as in the following:

‫ ﱠ‬،‫ﯿﺠﻞ‬ .‫اﻟﻤْﺠﺘ ََﻤ ِﻊ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺪْوﻟَﺔُ ِھَﻲ ُﺟْﺰٌء ِﻣَﻦ‬ ِ ‫ِﻋْﻨَﺪ ِھ‬ َ ‫ﯿﻦ ﯾَْﺤ‬ ْ ‫اﻟﻤ‬ ‫ﯾﺮ‬ َ ‫ﻈ‬ َ ‫ﺼِﺮﯾﱢ‬ َ ُ‫اﻟﻘ‬ ِ ‫ﻀﺎةُ ِﻋْﻨَﺪ‬ ٍ ‫ﻮن ﺑِﺘَْﻘِﺪ‬ ‫ﺎط ﱠ‬ ‫اﻟﺸْﻌﺒِﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ِ ‫ﻒ اﻷَْوَﺳ‬ ِ َ‫اﺳٍﻊ ِﻣْﻦ ُﻣْﺨﺘَﻠ‬ ِ ‫َو‬ ‫َوا ﱠ‬ .‫ﻟﺮْﺳِﻤﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ْ ‫ِﻣ‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺎﻟَ ِﻢ‬ ُ ‫ﺼُﺮ ِﻋْﻨَﺪ َﺟَﻤﺎل َﺣْﻤَﺪان ِھَﻲ ﻗَ ْﻠ‬ َ ‫ﺐ‬ .‫واﻹْﺳَﻼِﻣﱢﻲ‬ َ ِ ‫اﻟﻌَﺮﺑِﱢﻲ‬ ٌ َ‫ﯿﻦ اِ ْﻧِﻄﺒ‬ ُ ‫ﯾَ ُﺴ‬ َ ‫ﻮد ِﻋْﻨَﺪ ُﻣْﻌﻈَِﻢ‬ ‫ﺎع ﺑِﺄ َ ﱠن‬ َ ‫اﻟﻐْﺮﺑِﯿﱢ‬ ْ ‫ﯾﻤ‬ ْ َ‫ﻲ َﻻ ﯾ‬ .‫اطﯿِﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻌﺎﻟََﻢ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻌَﺮﺑِ ﱠ‬ ِ ‫ﻮﻗَﺮ‬ ُ ‫ﺼﻠُ ُﺢ ﻟِﱢﻠﺪ‬

For Hegel, the state is part of society. For the Egyptians, judges are highly appreciated by various popular and official circles. Egypt, for Gamal Ḥamdan, is the heart of the Arab and Islamic world. For most Westerners, the Arab world is considered not suitable for democracy.

‫ ِﻋْﻨَﺪ‬can be followed by (‫ )َﻣﺎ‬to make (‫)ِﻋْﻨَﺪَﻣﺎ‬, which means ‘when’ or ‘whenever’, as in the following:

َ ‫اﻟﻤِﺪﯾﻨَِﺔ ﺗَِﺠُﺪ‬ ‫ﯿﺮ ِﻣَﻦ‬ َ ِ‫اﻟﻜﺜ‬ َ ‫ِﻋْﻨَﺪَﻣﺎ ﺗَﺘ ََﺠﱠﻮُل ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﻖ ﱠ‬ ‫اﻟﺴَﻜﻨِﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤﻨ‬ ِ ‫ﺎر‬ ِ ‫اﻷَ َﻣ‬ َ َ‫ﯾﺨﯿ ِﱠﺔ َوْﺳﻂ‬ ِ ‫َﺎط‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻛِﻦ اﻟﺘﱠ‬ .‫ﺎرﯾِﱠﺔ‬ ِ ‫ِواﻟﺘﱢ َﺠ‬ ‫ﺺ ﻓِﻲ ﱠ‬ ‫ِﻋْﻨَﺪَﻣﺎ ﯾُﻔَﱢﻜُﺮ أَ ﱡ‬ ‫ ﯾَْﻨﺒَ ِﻐﻲ‬،‫اﻟﺴﻔَِﺮ‬ ٍ ‫ي َﺷْﺨ‬ .‫َﻋﻠَ ْﯿِﮫ اﻟﺘﱠ ْﺨِﻄﯿﻂُ ﻟِِﺮْﺣﻠَﺘِِﮫ َﺟﯿﱢًﺪا‬ ْ َ‫ﺼﻠ‬ ‫ﻮرﯾﱠﺔُ َﻋﻠَﻰ اَ ْﺳﺘِ ْﻘَﻼﻟِﮭَﺎ َﻋْﻦ‬ َ ‫ِﻋْﻨَﺪَﻣﺎ َﺣ‬ ِ ‫ﺖ ُﺳ‬ ْ َ ‫ﺎدھﺎ َذا‬ ُ ‫ﺼ‬ ‫طﺎﺑَ ٍﻊ‬ َ ‫ َﻛ‬1946 ‫ﺎم‬ َ ِ‫ﺎن اِﻗﺘ‬ َ ‫ﻓََﺮْﻧَﺴﺎ َﻋ‬ .‫اﻋﱟﻲ‬ ِ ‫ِزَر‬ ‫ﺻْﻠﻨَﺎ إِﻟَﻰ َﻣﻘَ ﱢﺮ ﱠ‬ ‫ َوَﺟْﺪﻧَﺎ‬،‫اﻟﺼَﺤﯿﻔَ ِﺔ‬ َ ‫ِﻋْﻨَﺪَﻣﺎ َو‬ .‫ﺎرﻧَﺎ‬ َ ‫َرْﺋ‬ ِ َ‫ﯾﺮ ﻓِﻲ اِْﻧﺘِﻈ‬ ِ ‫ﯿﺲ اﻟﺘﱠ ْﺤ ِﺮ‬ ‫ ﯾَ ْﻨَﺤِﺪُر‬،‫ﺎﺳﺔُ ﻓِﻲ اﻟﻔَﱢﻦ‬ ‫ِﻋْﻨَﺪَﻣﺎ ﺗَﺘََﺪﱠﺧُﻞ ﱢ‬ َ َ‫اﻟﺴﯿ‬ .‫اع‬ ِ ‫ُﻣْﺴﺘََﻮى‬ ِ ‫اﻹْﺑَﺪ‬

When you walk around the city you find lots of historical places amid residential and commercial areas. When anyone thinks about traveling, they should plan their trip well. When Syria gained its independence from France in 1946, its economy was agricultural. When we arrived at the newspaper headquarters, we found the editor waiting for us. When politics interferes with art, the level of creativity declines.

Locative adverbs 143

‫ ِﻋْﻨَﺪ‬can be preceded by (‫ )ِﻣْﻦ‬to make (‫ )ِﻣْﻦ ِﻋْﻨِﺪ‬which usually translates as ‘from’, as in the following:

ُ ‫ﺼْﻠ‬ ‫ﺖ َﻋﻠَﻰ ﱠ‬ ‫اء ِﻣْﻦ ِﻋْﻨِﺪ ﱠ‬ .‫ﯿﺪﻟِﱢﻲ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺼ‬ َ ‫َﺣ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺪَو‬ .‫اﻟﻤْﺸِﻜﻠَﺔُ ﻟَْﻢ ﺗ َْﺒَﺪْأ ِﻣْﻦ ِﻋْﻨِﺪﻧَﺎ‬ ُ ‫ھ َِﺬِه‬ ‫ﯿﻞ ھ َِﺬِه اﻟﻘِ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺼِﺔ ِﻣْﻦ ِﻋ ْﻨِﺪ‬ ُ ‫َﺟِﻤ‬ ِ َ‫ﯿﻊ ﺗَﻔ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﺻ‬ ‫ﻒ َوَﻻ ﺗَْﻤ ﱡ‬ .‫ﺼﻠٍَﺔ‬ ِ ِ‫ﻠﻮاﻗِِﻊ ﺑ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤَﺆﻟﱢ‬ ُ َ ِ‫ﺖ ﻟ‬ .ِ‫اﻟﺼﱠﺤﺔُ ﻧِْﻌَﻤﺔٌ ِﻣْﻦ ِﻋْﻨِﺪ ﷲ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ُ ‫َﻻ أَ ْﻋ ِﺮ‬ .‫ﺻُﻞ ِﻣْﻦ ِﻋْﻨِﺪي إِﻟَﻰ ِﻋْﻨِﺪُﻛْﻢ‬ َ ‫ف َﻛْﯿ‬ ِ َ‫ﻒ أ‬

I got the medicine from the pharmacist. This problem did not start from us. All the details of this story are from the author, and they do not relate to reality in any way. Health is a blessing from God. I do not know how to get from my place to yours.

‫ ِﻋْﻨَﺪ‬can be followed by (‫ )إِ ْذ‬to make (‫)ِﻋْﻨَﺪﺋٍِﺬ‬, which means ‘then’ or ‘at that time’, as in the following:

‫ َوِﻋْﻨَﺪﺋٍِﺬ َﺳﯿَْﻔَﺮُح‬،‫اء‬ ِ ‫ﺼُﺮ َﻋﻠَﻰ اﻷَ ْﻋَﺪ‬ ِ َ‫َﺳﻨَْﻨﺘ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ .‫ﺎر‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺸْﻌ‬ َ ِ‫ﺎﻻْﻧﺘ‬ ِ ِ‫ﺐ َوﯾَْﺤﺘَﻔُِﻞ ﺑ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ‫ﻖ ﱠ‬ ،‫ﯿﻦ‬ ُ ِ‫اﻟﺮﺋ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤْﺤﺘﱢَﺠ‬ َ َ‫َواﻓ‬ ِ ِ‫ﯿﺲ َﻋﻠَﻰ َﻣﻄَﺎﻟ‬ ُ ‫ﺐ‬ َ ‫ون ﻓَ ﱠ‬ .‫ﺼِﺎم‬ َ ‫ﺎھُﺮ‬ َ ِ‫اﻻْﻋﺘ‬ ِ ‫ﺾ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤﺘَﻈ‬ ُ ‫َوِﻋْﻨَﺪﺋٍِﺬ ﻗَ ﱠﺮَر‬

We will triumph over the enemies, and then the people will be happy and celebrate victory. The president accepted the protesters’ demands, and then demonstrators decided to break the sit-in.

‫اﺟﮭَْﺘﮫُ ﱡ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺸْﺮ‬ ‫ َوِﻋْﻨَﺪﺋٍِﺬ‬،‫ﯿﻊ اﻷَِدﻟﱠ ِﺔ‬ َ ‫َو‬ ِ ‫طﺔُ ﺑَِﺠِﻤ‬ ْ ‫ﺎر َو‬ .‫ﯾﻤِﺔ‬ َ ‫اﻋﺘََﺮ‬ َ َ‫ف ﺑ‬ َ َ‫اِْﻧﮭ‬ َ ‫ﺎﻟﺠِﺮ‬

The police confronted him with all the evidence, and then he collapsed and admitted the crime.

‫اﻟﻮْﻓُﺪ ﱠ‬ ‫َﯿﻦ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺮْﺳِﻤﱡﻲ ﺑَْﻌَﺪ َﺳ‬ ِ َ‫َﺳﯿ‬ َ ‫ﺼُﻞ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻋﺘ‬ ُ ‫َوِﻋْﻨَﺪﺋٍِﺬ َﺳﯿَُﻜ‬ .‫ﯿﻊ ﻓِﻲ اِْﺳﺘِْﻘﺒَﺎﻟِ ِﮫ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺠِﻤ‬ َ ‫ﻮن‬

The official delegation will arrive after two hours, and then everyone will be welcoming them.

،‫اﻟﻤْﻮِﻋِﺪ‬ ِ َ‫َﺳﺄَْﻟﺘُﮫُ َﻋْﻦ َﺳﺒ‬ َ ‫ﺐ ﺗَﺄ َ ﱡﺧِﺮِه ِﻋﻦ‬ .‫َوِﻋْﻨَﺪﺋٍِﺬ اِْﻋﺘََﺬَر‬

I asked him why he was late, and then he apologized.

‫ ِﻋْﻨَﺪ‬can join pronoun suffixes as follows: ‫ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪھَُﻤﺎ‬ ‫ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪﻧَﺎ‬ ‫ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ ُﻛ ْﻢ‬ ‫ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ ُﻛ ﱠﻦ‬ ‫ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪھُ ْﻢ‬ ‫ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪھُ ﱠﻦ‬

‫ ھُ َﻤﺎ‬+ ‫ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ‬ ُ‫ ﻧَﺤْ ﻦ‬+ ‫ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ‬ ‫ أَ ْﻧﺘُ ْﻢ‬+ ‫ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ‬

‫ِﻋ ْﻨ ِﺪي‬ ‫ك‬ َ ‫ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ‬ ‫ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ ِك‬

‫ أَﻧَﺎ‬+ ‫ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ‬ َ‫ أَ ْﻧﺖ‬+ ‫ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ِ ‫ أَ ْﻧ‬+ ‫ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ‬

‫ أَ ْﻧﺘُ ﱠﻦ‬+ ‫ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ‬ ‫ ھُ ْﻢ‬+ ‫ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ‬

ُ‫ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪه‬ ‫ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪھَﺎ‬ ‫ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ ُﻛ َﻤﺎ‬

‫ ھُ َﻮ‬+ ‫ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ‬ ‫ ِھ َﻲ‬+ ‫ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ‬ ‫ أَ ْﻧﺘُ َﻤﺎ‬+ ‫ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ‬

‫ ھُ ﱠﻦ‬+ ‫ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ‬

144

Locative adverbs

‫َﻣَﻊ‬ (‫ )َﻣَﻊ‬is a very commonly used locative adverb, which is often confused as a preposition. It means ‘with’; thus, it indicates accompaniment or association, and it can be used literally to mean physically accompanying or figuratively to mean ‘with’ in the sense of supporting, as in the following:

ُ ‫َﺧَﺮْﺟ‬ ‫ﯿﺪ‬ َ ِ‫ﺖ ﻟ‬ ِ ‫ﻠﻌَﺸ‬ ِ ‫ﺎل ﺑِِﻌ‬ ِ ‫ﺎء َﻣَﻊ َزْوَﺟﺘِﻲ‬ ِ َ‫ﻟﻼْﺣﺘِﻔ‬ .‫اﺟﻨَﺎ‬ ِ ‫َزَو‬ ‫أُ ِﺣ ﱡ‬ ‫َﺎب‬ ٍ ‫ﺲ ﻓِﻲ ھُُﺪ‬ ٍ ‫وء َﻣَﻊ ِﻛﺘ‬ َ ِ‫ﺐ أَ ْن أَ ْﺟﻠ‬ .‫ﺎن ﻗَْﮭَﻮٍة‬ ِ ‫َوﻓِْﻨَﺠ‬ ‫ﻮن أَ ْن ﯾَﺄْ ُﻛﻠُﻮا ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎج َﻣَﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﮭْﻨِﺪ ﯾُﻔَ ﱢ‬ َ ُ‫ﻀﻠ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺪَﺟ‬ ِ ‫ﻓِﻲ‬ َ .‫ﺎري‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻜ‬ ‫ﺿﱢﺪي؟‬ ِ ‫ھ َْﻞ أَ ْﻧﺘُﻢ َﻣِﻌﻲ أَ ْم‬ ْ ‫اﻟﻤ‬ ُ ِ‫ﻧﺤُﻦ ﻧَﻘ‬ ‫اﻟﺤ ﱢ‬ ْ .‫ﯿﻦ‬ َ ‫ﻮﻣ‬ َ ‫ﻒ َﻣَﻊ‬ ِ ُ ‫ﻈﻠ‬ َ ‫ﻖ َوَﻣَﻊ‬

I went out for dinner with my wife to celebrate our wedding anniversary. I like to sit quietly with a book and a cup of coffee. In India they prefer to eat chicken with curry. Are you with me or against me? We stand with what is right and with the oppressed.

As an adverb of time, ‫ َﻣَﻊ‬means ‘at’ or ‘with’, as in the following:

.‫ﻮم‬ َ ‫َو‬ ِ َ‫ﺻْﻠﻨَﺎ َﻣَﻊ ﻓَْﺠِﺮ اﻟﯿ‬ ْ ‫ﺖ اﻟﻘَ ْﺮﯾَﺔُ َوَزَاد‬ ‫ﺎﺣﺘُﮭﺎ َﻣَﻊ‬ َ ‫ت َﻣَﺴ‬ ِ ‫ﺗََﻮﱠﺳَﻌ‬ ‫ور ﱠ‬ .‫ات‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺴﻨََﻮ‬ ِ ‫ُﻣُﺮ‬ ُ ‫ﺎد‬ ‫َﻣَﻊ ﺑَِﺪاﯾَ ِﺔ ﱠ‬ ‫ق ﺗَْﺰَدِﺣُﻢ ﻓِﻲ‬ ِ َ‫ت اﻟﻔَﻨ‬ ِ َ‫ﻒ ﺑَ َﺪأ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺼْﯿ‬ .‫ﺎﺣﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻤِﺪﯾﻨَِﺔ ﱢ‬ ِ ‫أَ ْرَﺟ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺴﯿ‬ َ ‫ﺎء‬

We arrived at the dawn of the day. The village expanded and expanded over the years. With the start of summer, hotels around the tourist city began to get crowded.

‫ َﻣَﻊ‬can be used to indicate possession. When it is used to express possession, it is usually translated as ‘have’ in English, and it indicates having something at the time of speaking, as in the following: ٌ ُ‫ﻚ ﻧُﻘ‬ ‫ﻮد؟‬ َ ‫ھ َْﻞ َﻣَﻌ‬ ُ ‫ﺎﺿَﺮِة َوَﻣِﻌﻲ ُﻛﱡﻞ ا‬ ُ ‫ِﺟْﺌ‬ .‫ﺐ‬ َ ‫ﻟﻤَﺤ‬ ِ ُ‫ﻟﻜﺘ‬ ُ ‫ﺖ إِﻟَﻰ ا‬ َ ‫ ھ َْﻞ أَ ْﻧ‬.‫ﯿﺮةٌ ِﺟ ًّﺪا‬ ‫ﺖ ُﻣَﺴﺎﻓِ ٌﺮ؟‬ َ ‫َﻣَﻌ‬ َ ِ‫ﻚ َﺣﻘِﯿﺒَﺔٌ َﻛﺒ‬ .‫ك‬ َ ‫ﺎر‬ َ ‫ﻟَْﯿ‬ ِ ‫اض ﻧَْﺪﻓَ ُﻊ َﻋﻠَْﯿﮭَﺎ َﺟَﻤ‬ ٍ ‫ﺲ َﻣَﻌﻨَﺎ أَﯾﱠﺔُ أَ ْﻏَﺮ‬

Do you have money? I came to the lecture with all the books. You have a very large bag. Are you traveling? We have no belonging for which we pay customs.

‫ َﻣَﻊ‬can also be used as an adverbial object (‫)َﻣًﻌﺎ‬, and in this case, it means ‘together’, as in the following: .‫اﻟﺤْﻔِﻞ َﻣًﻌﺎ‬ َ ‫ﺎرﺑِﻲ إِﻟَﻰ‬ َ ‫َو‬ ِ َ‫ﺻَﻞ أَﻗ‬ ْ ‫ات طَِﻮﯾﻠٍَﺔ َوَزَاد‬ .ُ‫ت ﺑَ ْﯿﻨَﻨَﺎ اﻟﺜﱢﻘَﺔ‬ ٍ ‫َﻋِﻤْﻠﻨَﺎ َﻣًﻌﺎ ﻟَِﺴﻨََﻮ‬

My relatives arrived at the party together. We worked together for many years and our mutual trust increased.

Locative adverbs 145

.‫ﻒ‬ َ َ‫ﻗ‬ ِ َ‫ﻟﻤﺼﯿ‬ ً ‫ﻀْﯿﻨَﺎ َﻣًﻌﺎ أَﯾﱠ‬ َ ‫ﺎﻣﺎ َﺟِﻤﯿﻠَﺔً ﻓِﻲ ِرْﺣﻠَ ِﺔ ا‬ ‫ﺐ َﻋﻠَﻰ ﱡ‬ ‫ﺎوَن‬ ُ ‫ﯾَ ِﺠ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺪَوِل اﻷَْﻋ‬ ِ ‫ﻀ‬ َ ‫ﺎء أَ ْن ﺗَﺘََﻌ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﯿﻖ ﱠ‬ .‫ﺎء ﻟُِﺸُﻌﻮﺑِﮭَﺎ‬ ‫اﻟﺴَﻼِم‬ ِ ‫واﻟﺮَﺧ‬ ِ ِ‫َﻣًﻌﺎ ﻟِﺘَْﺤﻘ‬

We spent happy days together on the summer resort trip. Member states must cooperate with each other to achieve peace and prosperity for their peoples.

‫ َﻣَﻊ‬can be followed by (‫ )ھ ََﺬا‬or (‫ﻚ‬ َ ِ‫ )َذﻟ‬to express contrast, in the sense of ‘yet’ or ‘nevertheless’, as in the following:

‫ َوَﻣَﻊ‬،‫ﺎﺳﯿ ٍﱠﺔ‬ َ َ ‫ﻧ ََﺸﺄ‬ ِ ‫ﻮﻣ‬ َ ُ‫ﺻِﺪﯾﻘِﻲ ﻓِﻲ َﻋﺎﺋِﻠَ ٍﺔ ِدْﺑﻠ‬ ‫اﻟﺴ ْﻠ ِﻚ‬ ‫اﻟﻌ َﻤ َﻞ ﻓِﻲ ﱢ‬ َ ‫ﺾ‬ َ َ‫ھَ َﺬا ﻓَﻘَ ْﺪ َرﻓ‬ َ ‫ﱢ‬ .‫ﺎرِة‬ َ ‫ﺎﺳﱢﻲ َوﻗَ ﱠﺮَر أْن ﯾَْﻌَﻤَﻞ ﻓِﻲ اﻟﺘﱢ َﺠ‬ ِ ‫ﻮﻣ‬ َ ُ‫اﻟﺪْﺑﻠ‬ ،‫ب اﻷَ ْھﻠِﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫ت‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺤْﺮ‬ ِ ‫َﻋﺎﻧَﻰ اﻟﺒَﻠَُﺪ ِﻣْﻦ َوْﯾَﻼ‬ ْ ُ ‫ﺼ‬ ‫ت‬ َ ‫وﻋ‬ َ ‫ﺎد‬ َ ِ‫َوَﻣَﻊ َذﻟ‬ َ ِ‫اﻻﻗﺘ‬ ِ ‫ﺎد‬ ِ ‫ﻚ ﻓَﻘَ ْﺪ ﺗََﺤﱠﺴَﻦ‬ .‫ات ﻗَﻠِﯿﻠَ ٍﺔ‬ ُ ‫ﺎﺣﺔُ ﻓِﻲ ُﻏ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ٍ ‫ﻮن َﺳﻨََﻮ‬ َ َ‫اﻟﺴﯿ‬ ِ ‫ﻀ‬ ْ ‫ﻮﻣﺔُ َﺣ‬ ‫ﻈَﺮ اﻟﺘﱠ َﺠﱡﻮِل ﻓِﻲ‬ ُ ‫ﺖ‬ َ ‫ﻓََﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﺿ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺤُﻜ‬ ْ‫اﺳﺘََﻤﱠﺮت‬ َ ْ ‫ﻚ ﻓَﻘَِﺪ‬ َ ِ‫ َوَﻣَﻊ ذﻟ‬،‫اﻟﻤِﺪﯾﻨَِﺔ‬ َ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ َ َ ُ ‫اﻟﺘﱠﻈﺎھَُﺮ‬ .‫ﺎر‬ َ ‫ات طَﻮ‬ ِ َ‫ال اﻟﻠ ْﯿِﻞ َواﻟﻨﮭ‬ ‫ َوَﻣَﻊ ھََﺬا ﻓَﻘَْﺪ‬،‫ﺎق‬ َ َ‫ھُﻨ‬ َ ِ‫ﺎك ﻓَ َﻮاﺋُِﺪ َﻛﺜ‬ ِ ِ‫ﯿﺮةٌ ﻟ‬ ِ َ‫ﻼﺗﱢﻔ‬ ‫ﺖ ﱠ‬ .‫ﯿﮫ‬ َ ِ‫ﺎن اﻟﺘﱠ ْﻮﻗ‬ َ َ‫َرﻓ‬ ِ َ‫ﯿﻊ َﻋﻠ‬ ِ ‫ﻀ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺪْوﻟَﺘ‬

My friend grew up in a diplomatic family, yet he refused to work in the diplomatic corps and decided to work in commerce. The country suffered from the scourge of civil war, yet its economy improved and tourism returned in a few years. The government imposed a curfew in the city, nevertheless demonstrations continued all night and all day. There are many benefits to the agreement, yet the two countries refused to sign it.

‫ َﻣَﻊ‬can be followed by (‫ )أَ ﱠن‬to express contrast, in the sense of ‘although’, as in the following:

ُ ‫ﯾﺪةَ أَ ْﺣَﺪ‬ ‫ ﻓَﺈِ ﱠن‬،‫ث َوأَ ْﻏﻠَﻰ‬ َ ‫ﻟﺠِﺪ‬ َ ‫َﻣَﻊ أَ ﱠن اﻷَ ْﺟِﮭَﺰةَ ا‬ ْ ‫ﯾﻤﺔَ َﻛﺎﻧ‬ .ً‫ﺎءة‬ َ َ‫َﺖ أَ ْﺳَﺮَع َوأَ ْﻛﺜَ َﺮ َﻛﻔ‬ َ ‫اﻷَ ْﺟِﮭَﺰةَ اﻟﻘَِﺪ‬ ‫ ﻓَﺈِﻧﱠﮫُ ﻟَ ْﻢ‬،‫ات‬ ٍ ‫ﺲ َﺳﻨََﻮ‬ ِ ‫َﻣَﻊ أَﻧﱠﮫُ ﺗََﺨﱠﺮَج ُﻣْﻨُﺬ َﺧْﻤ‬ .‫اﻵن‬ َ ‫ﺎﺳﺒَﺔً َﺣﺘﱠﻰ‬ ِ َ‫ﯾَِﺠْﺪ َوِظﯿﻔَﺔً ُﻣﻨ‬ ‫ﺎوى ﺑَْﯿَﻦ ﱠ‬ ‫اﻟﺮُﺟِﻞ‬ َ ‫اﻹْﺳَﻼَم َﺳ‬ ِ ‫َﻣَﻊ أَ ﱠن‬ َ ‫ ﻓَﺈِ ﱠن‬،‫اﻟﻤْﺮأَ ِة‬ ‫اﻹْﺳَﻼِﻣﯿِﱠﺔ‬ َ ِ‫اﻟﻜﺜ‬ َ ‫َو‬ ِ ‫ان‬ ِ ‫ﯿﺮ ِﻣَﻦ اﻟﺒُْﻠَﺪ‬ ُ ِ‫ﻟََﺪْﯾﮭَﺎ ﻗََﻮاﻧ‬ .‫ﯿﻦ‬ ِ ‫ﯿﻦ ﺗَُﻤﯿ ُّﺰ ﺑَ ْﯿَﻦ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺠْﻨَﺴ‬ ْ ‫ ﻓَﻘَِﺪ‬،َ‫اﻟﻀِﺤﯿﱠﺔ‬ ‫ﺖ ﱠ‬ ‫اﺣﺘََﺠَﺰْﺗﮭَﺎ‬ ِ َ‫َﻣَﻊ أَﻧﱠﮭَﺎ َﻛﺎﻧ‬ ‫ﱡ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺸْﺮ‬ .‫ﯿﻖ َﻣَﻌﮭَﺎ‬ ِ ِ‫طﺔُ ﻟِﻠﺘﱠ ْﺤﻘ‬

Although the new equipment is more advanced and more expensive, older devices were faster and more efficient. Although he graduated five years ago, he has not found a suitable job yet. Although Islam made men and women equal, many Muslim countries have gender-discriminatory laws. Although she was the victim, the police detained her for questioning.

‫ ﻣﻊ‬in fixed expressions At the end of the trip, she greeted us and shouted, “Good-bye!”

ْ ‫اﻟﺮْﺣﻠَِﺔ َﺳﻠﱠ َﻤ‬ ،‫ﺖ َﻋﻠَْﯿﻨَﺎ‬ ‫ ﻓِﻲ ﻧِﮭَﺎﯾَِﺔ ﱢ‬good-bye ْ َ‫َوھَﺘَﻔ‬ ‫ ”َﻣَﻊ ﱠ‬:‫ﺖ‬ “!‫اﻟﺴَﻼَﻣِﺔ‬

‫َﻣَﻊ ﱠ‬ ‫اﻟﺴَﻼَﻣِﺔ‬

146

Locative adverbs

Unfortunately, his health is deteriorating, and there is no hope of recovery without surgery. Social media has become increasingly important over time. The suffering of ordinary citizens has increased, especially with the continuous rise in fuel prices.

ُ‫اﻟﺼﱢﺤﯿﱠﺔ‬ ‫ َﺣﺎﻟَﺘُﮫُ ﱢ‬،‫ﻒ‬ ِ ‫ َﻣَﻊ اﻷَ َﺳ‬unfortunately ‫ﻒ‬ ِ ‫َﻣَﻊ اﻷَ َﺳ‬ ‫ُﻣﺘَُﺪْھِﻮَرةٌ َوَﻻ أَ َﻣَﻞ ﻓِﻲ ِﺷﻔَﺎﺋِِﮫ‬ .‫اﺣٍﺔ‬ َ ‫ون ِﺟَﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﻣﻦ ُِد‬ ْ ‫ ﺗََﺰاﯾََﺪ‬over time ‫اﺻِﻞ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ُ ‫ت أَھَِﻤﯿﱠﺔُ اﻟﺘﱠ َﻮ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻮْﻗ‬ َ ‫َﻣَﻊ‬ .‫ﺖ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻮْﻗ‬ ِ ‫اﻻْﺟﺘَِﻤ‬ ِ َ ‫ﺎﻋﱢﻲ َﻣَﻊ‬ ْ ‫ َزَاد‬especially ،‫ﯿﻂ‬ ِ ‫اطِﻦ اﻟﺒَ ِﺴ‬ ِ ‫ﻟﻤَﻮ‬ ُ ‫ت ُﻣَﻌﺎﻧَﺎةُ ا‬ with ‫ﻟﻤْﺴﺘ َِﻤﱢﺮ‬ َ ‫َوﺑِ َﺨ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﺻٍﺔ َﻣَﻊ‬ ُ ‫ﺎع ا‬ ِ َ‫اﻻْرﺗِﻔ‬ .‫ﺎت‬ ِ َ‫ﻟﻤْﺤُﺮوﻗ‬ َ ‫ﺎر ا‬ ِ ‫ﻓِﻲ أَ ْﺳَﻌ‬

‫َوﺑَِﺨ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎﺻٍﺔ‬ ‫َﻣَﻊ‬

‫ َﻣَﻊ‬can join pronoun suffixes as follows: ‫َﻣ َﻌﮭُ َﻤﺎ‬ ‫َﻣ َﻌﻨَﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻌ ُﻜ ْﻢ‬ ََ ‫ﻣﻌ ُﻜ ﱠﻦ‬ ََ ‫َﻣ َﻌﮭُ ْﻢ‬ ‫َﻣ َﻌﮭُ ﱠﻦ‬

‫ ھُ َﻤﺎ‬+ ‫َﻣ َﻊ‬ ُ‫ ﻧَﺤْ ﻦ‬+ ‫َﻣ َﻊ‬ ‫ أَ ْﻧﺘُ ْﻢ‬+ ‫َﻣ َﻊ‬ ‫ أَ ْﻧﺘُ ﱠﻦ‬+ ‫َﻣ َﻊ‬

‫َﻣ ِﻌﻲ‬ ‫ﻚ‬ َ ‫َﻣ َﻌ‬

‫ ھُ ْﻢ‬+ ‫َﻣ َﻊ‬ ‫ ھُ ﱠﻦ‬+ ‫َﻣ َﻊ‬

‫َﻣ َﻌﮭَﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻌ ُﻜ َﻤﺎ‬ ََ

‫َﻣ َﻌ ِﻚ‬ ُ‫َﻣ َﻌﮫ‬

‫ أَﻧَﺎ‬+ ‫َﻣ َﻊ‬ َ‫ أَ ْﻧﺖ‬+ ‫َﻣ َﻊ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ِ ‫ أَ ْﻧ‬+ ‫َﻣ َﻊ‬ ‫ ھُ َﻮ‬+ ‫َﻣ َﻊ‬ ‫ ِھ َﻲ‬+ ‫َﻣ َﻊ‬ ‫ أَ ْﻧﺘُ َﻤﺎ‬+ ‫َﻣ َﻊ‬

‫ﻟََﺪى‬ ‫ ﻟََﺪى‬is used in a very similar way as (‫)ِﻋْﻨَﺪ‬, so it indicates existence or proximity, and it is used in spatial and temporal contexts, as in the following:

ُ ‫ﻀْﯿ‬ .‫ﺻِﺪﯾﻘِﻲ‬ َ ‫ﺖ اﻟﻠﱠ ْﯿَﻞ ﻟَ َﺪى‬ َ َ‫ﻗ‬ ‫ﻮع ﱠ‬ .‫ﺲ‬ َ ‫ﺻْﻠﻨَﺎ‬ َ ‫َو‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻌ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺸْﻤ‬ ِ ُ‫ﺎﺻَﻤﺔَ ﻟَ َﺪى طُﻠ‬ ْ ‫ﺎﺣﺜًﺎ ﻟََﺪى ُﻣَﺆﱠﺳَﺴِﺔ َﻛ‬ ‫ﻧﯿﺠﻲ ﻟِ ﱠ‬ .‫ﻠﺴَﻼِم‬ ِ َ‫ﯾَ ْﻌَﻤُﻞ ﺑ‬ ِ ‫ﺎر‬ ‫ﯿﺮا ﻟِ ﱡ‬ ‫ﻮدﯾ ِﱠﺔ ﻟََﺪى‬ ً ِ‫ﺎن َزْوُﺟﮭَﺎ َﺳﻔ‬ َ ‫َﻛ‬ ِ ‫ﻠﺴُﻌ‬ .‫ﯾﻜﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤﺘﱠ ِﺤَﺪِة اﻷَْﻣِﺮ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﻮَﻻﯾ‬ ُ ‫ﺎت‬ ِ

I spent the night at my friend. We reached the capital at sunrise. He is a researcher at the Carnegie Endowment for Peace. Her husband was an ambassador of Saudi Arabia to the United States of America.

In temporal contexts, ‫ ﻟََﺪى‬is often used in the sense of ‘upon’ or ‘at’, such as in the following:

‫ت‬ ُ ‫ﻟَ َﺪى ُو‬ َ َ‫ﺻﻮﻟِﻨَﺎ إِﻟَﻰ ﻗ‬ ِ َ‫ ﺑَ َﺪأ‬،‫اﻟﻤْﺆﺗََﻤ ِﺮ‬ ُ ‫ﺎﻋِﺔ‬ َ .ُ‫َﺎﺣﯿﱠﺔ‬ ِ ‫اﻻْﻓﺘِﺘ‬ ِ ُ‫اﻟﻜﻠِ َﻤﺔ‬ َ ‫ﺗََﺤﱠﺪ‬ ‫ﯿﺲ َﻣَﻊ ﱠ‬ ‫ث ﱠ‬ ‫ﯿﻦ ﻟََﺪى َﻋْﻮَدﺗِِﮫ‬ ُ ِ‫اﻟﺮﺋ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺼَﺤﻔِﯿﱢ‬ .‫اﻟﻌَﺮﺑِﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫ِﻣَﻦ اﻟﻘِﱠﻤِﺔ‬

Upon our arrival at the conference hall, the opening speech began. The president spoke to journalists on his return from the Arab summit.

Locative adverbs 147

‫ أَ ْﻋﻠََﻦ‬،‫ﯾﺪ‬ ‫ﺎر ﱢ‬ َ ‫ي‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺠِﺪ‬ َ ‫ﺎح‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤْﺮَﻛِﺰ اﻟﺘﱢَﺠ‬ ِ َ‫ﻟََﺪى اِ ْﻓﺘِﺘ‬ .‫ﯿﺮٍة ﻓِﻲ اﻷَ ْﺳَﻌﺎر‬ ٍ ‫ﯿﻀ‬ َ ِ‫ﺎت َﻛﺒ‬ َ ِ‫ﺎﺣﺒُﮫُ َﻋْﻦ ﺗَْﺨﻔ‬ َ ِ ‫ﺻ‬ ‫ﯾﺮ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﻮِز‬ َ ِ‫ﻟََﺪى إِ ْﻋَﻼِن ﻧَﺘ‬ ُ ‫ﯿﺠِﺔ‬ َ َ ‫ ھَﻨﱠﺄ‬،‫اﻟﻤَﺴﺎﺑَﻘَِﺔ‬ .‫ﯾﻦ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻔَﺎﺋِ ِﺰ‬

At the opening of the new mall, the owner announced significant price reductions. Upon announcing the outcome of the competition, the minister congratulated the winners.

‫ ﻟَ َﺪى‬is also used to express possession in the same way as (‫)ِﻋْﻨَﺪ‬, as in the following:

َ ‫ﻟََﺪْﯾﻨَﺎ‬ .‫ُﻮع‬ ُ ِ‫اﻟﻜﺜ‬ َ ‫ﺎت ھََﺬا اﻷُْﺳﺒ‬ ِ َ‫اﺟﺒ‬ َ ‫ﯿﺮ ِﻣَﻦ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻮ‬

We have a lot of homework this week.

‫ﻟََﺪى ﱠ‬ ٌ ‫اﻟﺸِﺮَﻛِﺔ ﻓُ ُﺮ‬ ‫ان‬ ِ ‫ﯿﻊ ﺑُْﻠَﺪ‬ ِ ‫وع ﻓِﻲ َﺟِﻤ‬ َ ‫ﱠ‬ .‫ق اﻷ ْوَﺳِﻂ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺸْﺮ‬ ٌ‫اﻣُﺞ ﻓَﱠﻌﺎﻟَﺔ‬ ُ ‫ﺲ ﻟََﺪى‬ َ ‫اﻟﺠِﺪ‬ َ ‫ﻮﻣِﺔ‬ َ ‫ﻟَ ْﯿ‬ ِ ‫ﯾﺪِة ﺑَ َﺮ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺤُﻜ‬ .‫اﺟﮭَ ِﺔ اﻟﻔَْﻘِﺮ َواﻟﺒَﻄَﺎﻟَِﺔ‬ َ ‫ﻟُِﻤَﻮ‬

The company has branches in all countries of the Middle East.

ْ ‫ﺎت ُﻣ‬ ٌ‫ﻄﻠَﻘَﺔ‬ ٌ َ‫ي ُﺳﻠُﻄ‬ ‫اﻟﻌْﺴَﻜِﺮ ﱢ‬ َ ‫َﻛ‬ َ ‫ﺎﻛِﻢ‬ َ ‫ﺎن ﻟََﺪى‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺤ‬ .‫ﻓِﻲ اﻟﺒَِﻼِد‬

The new government does not have effective programs to tackle poverty and unemployment. The military ruler had absolute powers in the country.

Note We can find (‫ )ﻟَ َﺪى‬in formal expressions, such as titles of formal positions, for example: The American ambassador to Cairo.

‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎھَﺮِة‬ ُ ِ‫اﻟﺴﻔ‬ ِ َ‫ﯾﻜﱡﻲ ﻟََﺪى اﻟﻘ‬ ِ ‫ﯿﺮ اﻷَ ْﻣِﺮ‬

‫ﱠ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺘﱠ ِﺤَﺪِة‬ ‫اﺳُﻞ‬ ِ ‫ُﻣَﺮ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺼِﺤﯿﻔَِﺔ ﻟََﺪى اﻷُ َﻣِﻢ‬

The newspaper correspondent to the UN.

ْ ‫)ﻟََﺪ‬: ‫ ﻟَ َﺪى‬can join pronoun suffixes, and in this case, it becomes (‫ي‬ ‫ﻟَ َﺪ ْﯾ ِﮭ َﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻟَ َﺪ ْﯾﻨَﺎ‬ ‫ﻟَ َﺪ ْﯾ ُﻜ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﻟَ َﺪ ْﯾ ُﻜ ﱠﻦ‬ ‫ﻟَ َﺪ ْﯾ ِﮭ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﯾﮭ ﱠﻦ‬ ِ ْ ‫ﻟَ َﺪ‬

‫ ھُ َﻤﺎ‬+ ‫ﻟَ َﺪى‬ ُ‫ ﻧَﺤْ ﻦ‬+ ‫ﻟَ َﺪى‬ ‫ أَ ْﻧﺘُ ْﻢ‬+ ‫ﻟَ َﺪى‬ ‫ أَ ْﻧﺘُ ﱠﻦ‬+ ‫ﻟَ َﺪى‬ ‫ ھُ ْﻢ‬+ ‫ﻟَ َﺪى‬ ‫ ھُ ﱠﻦ‬+ ‫ﻟَ َﺪى‬

‫ﻟَ َﺪ ﱠ‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ﻚ‬ َ ‫ﻟَ َﺪ ْﯾ‬ ‫ﻟَ َﺪ ْﯾ ِﻚ‬ ‫ﻟَ َﺪ ْﯾ ِﮫ‬ ‫ﻟَ َﺪ ْﯾﮭَﺎ‬ ‫ﻟَ َﺪ ْﯾ ُﻜ َﻤﺎ‬

‫ أَﻧَﺎ‬+ ‫ﻟَ َﺪى‬ َ‫ أَ ْﻧﺖ‬+ ‫ﻟَ َﺪى‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ِ ‫ أَ ْﻧ‬+ ‫ﻟَ َﺪى‬ ‫ ھُ َﻮ‬+ ‫ﻟَ َﺪى‬ ‫ ِھ َﻲ‬+ ‫ﻟَ َﺪى‬ ‫ أَ ْﻧﺘُ َﻤﺎ‬+ ‫ﻟَ َﺪى‬

148

Locative adverbs

‫ ﻟَُﺪْن‬is a highly formal variation of (‫)ﻟََﺪى‬. It is found in some Qur’anic verses, and it can also be found in highly formal texts, for example, some UN documents, but not much in media texts. It is often preceded by the preposition (‫)ِﻣْﻦ‬, and it means ‘from’ or ‘by’, as in the following:

‫ﯿﻊ‬ ُ ‫َﺣِﻈَﻲ اﻟﻘَ َﺮ‬ ٍ ِ‫ار ﺑِﺘَﺄْﯾ‬ ٍ ِ‫ﯿﺪ َﻛﺒ‬ ِ ‫ﯿﺮ ِﻣْﻦ ﻟَ ُﺪِن َﺟِﻤ‬ ُ ‫ﱡ‬ .‫اﻟﻤﺘﱠ ِﺤَﺪِة‬ َ ‫اﻟﺪَوِل اﻷَْﻋ‬ ِ ‫ﻀ‬ ُ ‫ﺎء ﻓِﻲ اﻷَﻣِﻢ‬ ُ ‫ﺼِﺪ‬ ْ ‫ﺐ أَْن ﯾَﺘِﱠﻢ اﻟﺘﱠ‬ ‫ﻮن ِﻣْﻦ‬ ُ ‫ﯾَِﺠ‬ ِ ُ‫ﯾﻖ َﻋﻠَﻰ اﻟﻘَﺎﻧ‬ .‫اﻟﻤﻠِِﻚ‬ َ ‫ﻟَُﺪِن‬ ُ ‫ت اﻟﮭََﺠَﻤ‬ ً ‫ﺎرا َﺷِﺪ‬ ‫ﯾﺪا‬ ً ‫اﻹْرھَﺎﺑِﯿﱠﺔُ اِْﺳﺘِْﻨَﻜ‬ َ َ‫أَﺛ‬ ِ ‫ﺎر‬ ِ ‫ﺎت‬ ‫َﺎت ﱠ‬ .‫اﻟﺪْوﻟِﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ُ ‫ِﻣْﻦ ﻟَ ُﺪِن‬ ِ ‫ﻮﻣِﺔ َواﻟﮭَ ْﯿﺌ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺤُﻜ‬ ُ‫ﯾﺨﯿﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫ﺗَْﺤ‬ ُ ‫ﺎط‬ ِ ‫ﺎر‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﻤﻨ‬ َ ‫ﻈﻰ‬ ِ ‫ﻖ اﻷَﺛَِﺮﯾﱠﺔ َواﻟﺘﱠ‬ .‫اﻻْھﺘِ َﻤِﺎم ِﻣْﻦ ﻟَ ُﺪِن اﻟﯿُﻮﻧِْﺴُﻜﻮ‬ ‫ﺑِ ﱢ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻟﺮَﻋﺎﯾَ ِﺔ َو‬

The resolution has received considerable support from all UN member states. The law must be ratified by the king. The terrorist attacks have aroused strong condemnation from the government and international bodies. Archaeological and historical sites are given the care and attention of UNESCO.

(‫ )ﻟَُﺪْن‬does not come with pronoun suffixes.

‫ ﻗَ ْﺒَﻞ‬/ ‫ﺑَْﻌَﺪ‬ ‫ ﺑَْﻌَﺪ‬means ‘after’, and it has temporal or spatial functions, depending on the context, as in the following:

َ ِ‫ﺎب َﻣَﺤﻄﱠ ِﺔ اﻟﻘ‬ ‫ﺎر؟‬ َ ُ‫ھَْﻞ ﯾ ُْﻤِﻜﻨ‬ ِ َ‫ﻚ ُﻣﻘَﺎﺑَﻠَﺘِﻲ ﺑَ ْﻌَﺪ ﺑ‬ ِ ‫ﻄ‬ ‫ﯾَْﻨِﻮي ﱠ‬ ‫ات‬ ُ ِ‫اﻟﺮﺋ‬ َ ‫اﻹَﻣ‬ َ َ‫ﯿﺲ اﻟﻔََﺮْﻧِﺴﱡﻲ ِزﯾ‬ ِ ‫ﺎر‬ ِ َ‫ﺎرة‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺘﱠ ِﺤَﺪِة ﺑَ ْﻌَﺪ ﱡ‬ .‫ﻮدﯾ ِﱠﺔ‬ َ ِ ‫اﻟﺴُﻌ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﻌَﺮﺑِﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ‫ﺻ ﱟ‬ ُ ُ‫اﻟﺠﻨ‬ .‫ﻒ ﺑَْﻌَﺪ اﻟﻘَﺎﺋِ ِﺪ‬ ُ ‫ﺎر‬ َ ‫ﻮد ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫َﺳ‬ ‫اﻟﻤَﺠﻠﱠ ِﺔ اِْﻧﺘَﻘََﻞ ﱠ‬ ‫اﻟﺼَﺤﻔِﱡﻲ‬ ُ ‫ﻒ‬ ِ ‫ﺑَْﻌَﺪ ﺗََﻮﱡﻗ‬ َ ‫ور‬ ِ ‫ﺻُﺪ‬ .‫ﺻِﺤﯿﻔَِﺔ اﻷَْﺧﺒَﺎر‬ َ ‫إِﻟَﻰ‬

Can you meet me past the train station gate? The French president plans to visit the United Arab Emirates after Saudi Arabia. The soldiers walked in line after the commander. After the publication of the magazine stopped, the journalist moved to AlAkhbar newspaper.

‫ ﻗَْﺒَﻞ‬means ‘before’, and it has temporal or spatial functions, depending on the context:

ُ‫ات اﻟﺘﱠ ْﻨﻔِﯿﺬﯾﱠﺔ‬ ْ َ‫ﺑَ َﺪأ‬ ُ ‫اء‬ َ ‫ت ﻗَ ْﺒَﻞ أُْﺳﺒ‬ َ ‫اﻹْﺟَﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﯿﻦ‬ ِ ‫ُﻮﻋ‬ ‫ﺞ ﱠ‬ .‫ﯿﻦ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺸِﺮَﻛﺘ‬ ِ ‫ﻟَِﺪْﻣ‬ ‫ﺎر ﻗَ ْﺒَﻞ َﻣْﻮِﻋِﺪ‬ ُ ‫ﯾَِﺠ‬ َ َ‫اﻟﻤﻄ‬ ِ ‫ﺐ أَ ْن ﺗ‬ َ ‫َﺼَﻞ‬ .‫ﯿﻦ‬ َ ‫ﺎدَرِة ﺑَِﺴ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤَﻐ‬ ُ ِ َ‫ﺎﻋﺘ‬ ْ َ‫ﺗََﻮﻗﱠﻔ‬ َ ‫ات ﻗَْﺒَﻞ ﻧُ ْﻘ‬ ‫ﯿﻊ ﱠ‬ .‫ﯿﺶ‬ ُ ‫ﺖ َﺟِﻤ‬ ِ ‫ﺎر‬ ِ ِ‫ﻄِﺔ اﻟﺘﱠ ْﻔﺘ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺴﯿ‬

The executive procedures for merging the two companies began two weeks ago. You must arrive at the airport two hours before departure time. All cars stopped before the checkpoint.

Locative adverbs 149

‫ﺑَ ْﻌَﺪ‬/‫ ﻗَ ْﺒَﻞ‬can be used for ordering items: ْ ‫وﺳ‬ ْ ‫ﺎء‬ ‫ﻮﻓﺖ‬ ُ ‫ﺎﯾﻜﺮ‬ ُ ‫ﺎﻣﺴﻮﻧﺞ ﺑَْﻌَﺪ َﻣ‬ ُ ‫ت َﺷِﺮَﻛﺔُ َﺳ‬ َ ‫َﺟ‬ .‫ﺎت‬ َ ِ‫اﻟﻤﺒ‬ ِ ‫ﯿﻌ‬ َ ‫ﻓِﻲ‬ ْ ْ ْ ‫ﺎز‬ ُ َ َ َ‫ﻓ‬ ،‫ﻟﻌﺎﻟِﻢ ﻓِﻲ ﻛَﺮِة اﻟﻘََﺪِم‬ َ ‫سا‬ ِ ‫ت ﻓَ َﺮﻧَﺴﺎ ﺑِ َﻜﺄ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ْ ُ .‫ﻟﻤْﺮَﻛِﺰ اﻟﺜﺎﻧِﻲ‬ َ ‫َوﺑَْﻌَﺪھَﺎ َﺟ‬ َ ‫ﺎءت ﻛْﺮَواﺗﯿﺎ ﻓِﻲ ا‬

Samsung came after Microsoft in sales. France won the World Cup in football, followed by Croatia in second place.

ُ ‫َدَﺧْﻠ‬ ‫ﺎﺿَﺮِة َوَدَﺧَﻞ ﺑَْﻌِﺪي‬ َ َ‫ﺖ إِﻟَﻰ ﻗ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤَﺤ‬ ُ ‫ﺎﻋِﺔ‬ ُ َ‫اﻷُ ْﺳﺘ‬ .‫ﺎب َوﻟَْﻢ ﯾَْﺪُﺧْﻞ أَ َﺣٌﺪ‬ ُ َ‫ﻖ اﻟﺒ‬ َ ِ‫ ﺛُ ﱠﻢ أُ ْﻏﻠ‬،‫ﺎذ‬

I entered the lecture hall, and the professor followed me; then the door closed, and no one entered.

‫اء‬ ُ ‫اﻟﻌﱠﺪ‬ َ ‫ﺎء‬ ُ ِ‫اﻟﻤْﺮَﻛِﺰ اﻷَ ﱠوِل ﻟ‬ َ ‫ﻠﻤَﺴﺎﺑَﻘَ ِﺔ َﺟ‬ َ ‫ﻓِﻲ‬ .‫ﻮداﻧِﱡﻲ‬ ُ ‫اء‬ َ ‫اﻟﺴ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﻌﱠﺪ‬ َ ‫ﺎء‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤْﻐِﺮﺑِﱡﻲ َوﺑَْﻌَﺪهُ َﺟ‬ َ

In the first place of the competition came the Moroccan runner, and after him came the Sudanese runner.

‫ ﺑَ ْﻌﺪ‬can be used in the sense of ‘yet’, and in this context, it has to be preceded by a negative statement:

‫ﱠ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺸِﺮَﻛﺔُ ﻟََﺪْﯾﮭَﺎ‬ ٌ ‫طﻠَﺒِﯿ‬ ‫ﱠﺎت ﻟَْﻢ ﺗُﻠَ ﱠ‬ .‫ﺐ ﺑَ ْﻌُﺪ‬ ُ ُ‫ھََﺬا اﻟﻘَﺎﻧ‬ ْ ‫ﻮن ﻟَْﻢ ﯾ ُْﻌَﺮ‬ .‫ﻤﺎن ﺑَ ْﻌُﺪ‬ ِ َ‫ض َﻋﻠَﻰ اﻟﺒَْﺮﻟ‬ .‫ض ﺑَ ْﻌُﺪ‬ ِ ‫ﻟَ ْﻢ ﺗَﺘََﺤﻘﱠ ْﻖ أَﯾﱠﺔُ ﻧَﺘَﺎﺋَِﺞ َﻋﻠَﻰ اﻷَ ْر‬ ‫ﺎرِة ﱠ‬ ‫ﯿﺲ‬ َ َ‫اﻹْﻋَﻼُن َﻋْﻦ َﻣْﻮِﻋِﺪ ِزﯾ‬ ِ ‫ﻟَْﻢ ﯾَﺘِﱠﻢ‬ ِ ِ‫اﻟﺮﺋ‬ َ ‫ﻠﻤْﻨ‬ .‫ﻄﻘَ ِﺔ ﺑَ ْﻌُﺪ‬ ِ ِ‫ﯾﻜﱢﻲ ﻟ‬ ِ ‫اﻷَ ْﻣِﺮ‬

The company has orders that have not been met yet. This law has not yet been submitted to Parliament yet. No results have been achieved on the ground yet. The date of the US president’s visit to the region has not been announced yet.

‫ ﺑَ ْﻌَﺪ‬/‫ ﻗَ ْﺒَﻞ‬can be followed by a noun or a clause consisting of (‫ )أَ ْن‬and a verb: .ُ‫ك أَﻧﱠﮫُ ﻧَِﺴَﻲ َﺣﻘِﯿﺒَﺘَﮫ‬ َ ‫ﺎر أَ ْدَر‬ َ َ‫ﺑَْﻌَﺪ أَ ْن اِ ْﺳﺘَﻘَ ﱠﻞ اﻟﻘِﻄ‬

After taking the train, he realized that he had forgotten his bag.

‫ﺼْﻞ ﺑِﻲ ﺑَ ْﻌَﺪ أَ ْن ﺗَْﺮِﺟَﻊ َﻣَﻦ ﱠ‬ .‫اﻟﺴﻔَ ِﺮ‬ ِ ‫اِﺗﱠ‬ ْ َ‫ ﺑَ َﺪأ‬،ُ‫ﺎﺳﯿﱠﺔ‬ ‫ت اﻷَْزَﻣﺔ ﱢ‬ ‫ت‬ ِ ‫ﻮﻣ‬ ِ َ‫ﺑَ ْﻌَﺪ أَْن ھ ََﺪأ‬ َ ُ‫اﻟﺪْﺑﻠ‬ ُ ‫ﺎوَﻻ‬ .‫ﺎل ﺑَ ْﯿَﻦ اﻟﺒَﻠََﺪْﯾِﻦ‬ َ ‫ت إِ َﻋ‬ َ ‫اﻻﺗﱢ‬ ِ ‫ﺎدِة‬ َ ‫ُﻣَﺤ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬

Call me after you return from your trip.

‫اﻟﻤْﺸﻔَﻰ ﻗَ ْﺒَﻞ أَْن ﺗَﺘََﺤﱠﺴَﻦ‬ َ ‫ﻚ ُﻣَﻐ‬ َ ُ‫َﻻ ﯾ ُْﻤِﻜﻨ‬ َ ُ‫ﺎدَرة‬ .‫ﻚ‬ َ ُ‫ﺻﱠﺤﺘ‬ ِ

You cannot leave the hospital before your health improves.

After the diplomatic crisis subsided, attempts to reconnect between the two countries began.

‫ﺑَْﻌَﺪ‬/‫ ﻗَ ْﺒَﻞ‬can be preceded by (‫ )َﻣﺎ‬to make the expressions (‫ )َﻣﺎ ﻗَ ْﺒَﻞ‬and (‫)َﻣﺎ ﺑَْﻌَﺪ‬, which literally mean ‘what come before’ and ‘what comes after’; sometimes this translates as the prefixes pre- and post-:

ُ ‫َﺎر‬ ُ ‫ﻒ ﯾَُﻌ‬ ُ ‫ﺗَﱠﻢ اِْﻛﺘَِﺸ‬ ‫ﯾﺨﮫُ إِﻟَﻰ َﻣﺎ ﻗَْﺒِﻞ‬ ٍ ‫ﺎف َﻛْﮭ‬ ِ ‫ﻮد ﺗ‬ .‫ﯾﺦ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺘﱠ‬ ِ ‫ﺎر‬

A prehistoric cave was discovered.

150

Locative adverbs

ْ ‫َﻛﺎﻧ‬ ‫َﺎن‬ َ ‫َﺖ ھُﻨ‬ َ ِ‫َﺎن َﻛﺒ‬ َ ‫َﺎك اِْﻣ‬ ِ ‫ﯿﺮﺗ‬ ِ ‫ﻮرﯾﱠﺘ‬ ِ ُ‫ﺒﺮاط‬ ْ ‫اﻟﻌﺎﻟَ ِﻢ ﻓِﻲ َﻋ‬ ‫ﺼِﺮ َﻣﺎ ﻗَ ْﺒِﻞ‬ َ ‫ان َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ِ ‫ﺗُ َﺴْﯿِﻄَﺮ‬ .‫اﻹْﺳَﻼِم‬ ِ ‫ﻀﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫ﯾ ُْﻤِﻜُﻦ‬ ِ َ‫ﯾﺦ اﻟﻘ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺤِﺪ‬ ِ َ‫ﯾﺚ َﻋْﻦ ﺗ‬ ِ ‫ﺎر‬ ‫ﺎت ﱠ‬ .‫اﻟﺴَﻼِم‬ َ ‫ﺎو‬ ِ ‫ﺿ‬ َ َ‫اﻟﻔِﻠَْﺴِﻄﯿﻨِﯿ ِﱠﺔ َﻣﺎ ﺑَ ْﻌِﺪ ﻣﻔ‬ َ ‫ﺎج‬ ‫ﯾﺪِة ﻓِﻲ‬ ُ َ‫ﺗ ﱠَﻢ إِْﻧﺘ‬ ‫ﯿﺮ ِﻣَﻦ ﱢ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺠِﺪ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺴﻠَ ِﻊ‬ ِ ِ‫اﻟﻜﺜ‬ .‫َﺎﻋﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ‫َﻣْﺮَﺣﻠَِﺔ َﻣﺎ ﺑَْﻌِﺪ اﻟﺜﱠ ْﻮَرِة ﱢ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺼﻨ‬

There were two great empires that controlled the world in the preIslamic era. We can talk about the history of the Palestinian issue after the peace negotiations. Many new goods were produced in the post-Industrial Revolution era.

‫ﺑَ ْﻌَﺪ‬/‫ ﻗَ ْﺒَﻞ‬can be followed by (‫ﻚ‬ َ ِ‫)ﻗَ ْﺒَﻞ َذﻟ‬, َ ِ‫ )َذﻟ‬to make the expressions (‫ﻚ‬ َ ِ‫ )ﺑَ ْﻌَﺪ َذﻟ‬and (‫ﻚ‬ which literally mean ‘before that’ and ‘after that’: ُ ‫ﺗ ﱠَﻢ ﺗَْﻮِﺣ‬ َ ‫َﺎن ﺗَْﺤ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻠِِﻚ‬ َ َ‫ﺖ ﻗِﯿ‬ َ ‫ﺎدِة‬ ِ ‫ﯿﺪ َﻣَﻤﺎﻟِ ِﻚ اﻟﯿُﻮﻧ‬ ُ ِ‫اﻟﻤﻠ‬ ‫اﻟﻤْﻘُﺪوﻧِ ﱡﻲ‬ َ ِ‫ﻓﯿﻠﯿﺐ َوﺑَْﻌَﺪ َذﻟ‬ َ ‫ﻚ‬ َ َ‫ﻚ ﺑَ َﺪأ‬ ‫ﯾَُﺨ ﱢ‬ ‫س ﻓِﻲ آﺳﯿَﺎ‬ َ ‫ﻄﻂُ ﻟُِﻤَﻮ‬ ِ ‫اﺟﮭَِﺔ اﻟﻔُ ْﺮ‬ .‫اﻟﺼْﻐَﺮى‬ ُ ْ ْ ‫اﻟﻤ‬ ‫ﺼِﺮ ﱡ‬ ‫ﻠﻮْﻓِﺪ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﻮِز‬ ٍ ‫ي َﻣﺄُدﺑَﺔَ َﻏَﺪ‬ ِ ‫ﯾﺮ‬ َ ِ‫اء ﻟ‬ َ ‫ﺎم‬ َ َ‫أَﻗ‬ ‫ات‬ ُ َ ِ‫ َوأَْﺟَﺮى ﺑَ ْﻌَﺪ َذﻟ‬،‫اﻟﻌَﻤﺎﻧِﻲ‬ ٍ ‫ﺎء‬ َ َ‫ﻚ ِﺳْﻠِﺴﻠَﺔَ ﻟِﻘ‬ .‫ﺎوِن اﻟﺜُﻨَﺎﺋِﱢﻲ ﺑَ ْﯿَﻦ اﻟﺒَﻠَ َﺪْﯾِﻦ‬ ُ ‫َﺣْﻮَل اﻟﺘﱠ َﻌ‬ ‫ﻚ ﯾَﺘََﻮﻟﱠﻰ‬ ُ ِ‫ﺎن َرﺋ‬ َ ِ‫ﯾﺪ ﻗَْﺒَﻞ َذﻟ‬ َ ‫َﻛ‬ َ ‫ﯾﺮ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺠِﺪ‬ ِ ‫ﯿﺲ اﻟﺘﱠ ْﺤِﺮ‬ .‫ﯾﺮ‬ َ ‫ﺼ‬ ِ ِ‫ﺐ ﻧَﺎﺋ‬ ِ ‫َﻣْﻨ‬ ِ ِ‫ﺐ َرﺋ‬ ِ ‫ﯿﺲ اﻟﺘﱠ ْﺤِﺮ‬ ‫ﻀﯿِﱠﺔ‬ ُ ِ‫َﺳﯿَ ْﺠﺘَِﻤُﻊ َﻣْﺠﻠ‬ ِ َ‫ﺲ اﻷَْﻣِﻦ ﻟِ ُﻤﻨَﺎﻗَ َﺸِﺔ اﻟﻘ‬ ُ ‫ﱠ‬ ُ ‫ﻧِﮭَﺎﯾَﺔَ ﱠ‬ ‫ َوَﺳﺘُﻘَ ﱢﺪُم اﻟﻠ ْﺠﻨَﺔ اﻷ َﻣِﻤﯿﱠﺔ‬،‫ﺎدِم‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺸْﮭِﺮ اﻟﻘ‬ َ ‫ﻚ‬ َ ِ‫اﻟﻌِﺎم ﻗَ ْﺒَﻞ َذﻟ‬ َ ‫ﯿﻦ‬ ِ ‫ﺗَْﻮ‬ ِ ‫ﺻﯿَﺎﺗِﮭَﺎ إِﻟَﻰ اﻷ ِﻣ‬ .‫اﻟﻤْﻮِﻋِﺪ‬ َ

The kingdoms of Greece were united under the leadership of King Philip; then the Macedonian king began planning to confront the Persians in Asia Minor. The Egyptian minister held a lunch banquet for the Omani delegation and then held a series of meetings on bilateral cooperation between the two countries. The new editor-in-chief was previously a deputy editor-in-chief. The Security Council will meet to discuss the issue at the end of next month, and the UN Committee will submit its recommendations to the Secretary-General before that date.

Note

‫ﺑَ ْﻌَﺪ‬/‫ ﻗَ ْﺒَﻞ‬have diminutive forms (‫ﯿﺪ‬ َ ‫ﺑ َُﻌ‬/‫ﯿﻞ‬ َ َ‫)ﻗُﺒ‬, which mean ‘shortly after’ and ُ ) is used more often than (‫ﯿﺪ‬ ‘shortly before’. (‫ﯿﻞ‬ ‫ﺒ‬ ‫ﻗ‬ َ ‫)ﺑ َُﻌ‬: َ َ ‫ أَ ْﺣَﺮَز ﱠ‬،‫ﺎرِاة‬ ‫اﻟﺠَﺰاﺋِِﺮ ﱡ‬ .‫ﺮﯾﻘِ ِﮫ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﻼِﻋ‬ َ ‫ي ھ ََﺪ‬ َ َ‫ﻗُﺒ‬ َ ‫ﺐ‬ َ َ‫اﻟﻤﺒ‬ ُ ‫ﯿﻞ ﻧِﮭَﺎﯾَ ِﺔ‬ ِ َ‫ف اﻟﻔَْﻮِز ﻟِﻔ‬ Toward the end of the match, the Algerian player scored the winning goal for his team. ْ َ‫اِْﺳﺘَْﯿﻘ‬ ‫وق ﱠ‬ ُ ‫ﻈ‬ .‫ﺲ‬ َ َ‫ﺖ ِﻣْﻦ ﻧَْﻮِﻣﻲ ﻗُﺒ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺸْﻤ‬ ِ ‫ﯿﻞ ُﺷُﺮ‬ I awoke just before sunrise.

‫‪Locative adverbs 151‬‬

‫‪ in fixed expressions‬ﻗَْﺒَﻞ ‪ /‬ﺑَْﻌَﺪ‬ ‫ﺑَْﻌَﺪ َﻏٍﺪ‬

‫‪after‬‬ ‫‪tomorrow‬‬

‫اﻵن‬ ‫ﺑَْﻌَﺪ َ‬

‫‪no longer‬‬

‫ﺑَْﻌَﺪ اﻟﯿَ ْﻮِم‬

‫‪anymore‬‬

‫َﺳﺘَ ْﺒَﺪأُ ﻓَ َﻌﺎﻟِﯿ ُ‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ﱠﺎت َﻣْﻌ ِﺮ ِ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺑَْﻌَﺪ َﻏٍﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻜﺘُ ِ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﻮﺣﺎ ﺑَْﻌَﺪ‬ ‫اﻟﺨﻄَﺄ ُ ﻟَ ْﻢ ﯾَُﻌْﺪ َﻣْﺴُﻤ ً‬ ‫اﻵن‪.‬‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ت أَﻻﱠ‬ ‫ﺼﺎﻟِِﮭَﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗَ ﱠﺮَر ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ﺑَْﻌَﺪ اِﻧﻔِ َ‬ ‫ﺗََﺮاهُ ﺑَْﻌَﺪ اﻟﯿَْﻮِم‪.‬‬

‫ﺑَْﻌَﺪ ﱡ‬ ‫اﻟﻈْﮭِﺮ‬

‫‪afternoon‬‬

‫َﺳﺄ َْﺧُﺮُج َﻣَﻊ أُ ْﺧﺘِﻲ ﺑَْﻌَﺪ‬ ‫ﱡ‬ ‫ق‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻈْﮭِﺮ ﻟِﻠﺘﱠ َﺴﱡﻮ ِ‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺎﻟَ ِﻤﯿﱠﺔُ‬ ‫‪The global food crisis is‬‬ ‫اء َ‬ ‫اﻟﻐَﺬ ِ‬ ‫ﺗَﺘَﻔَﺎﻗَُﻢ أَْزَﻣﺔُ ِ‬ ‫‪worsening day by day.‬‬ ‫ﯾَ ْﻮًﻣﺎ ﺑَ ْﻌَﺪ ﯾَ ْﻮٍم‪.‬‬ ‫‪The ruling party succeeded‬‬ ‫ﺎﻛُﻢ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﺤْﺰ ُ‬ ‫ب َ‬ ‫اﻟﺤ ِ‬ ‫ﻧَ َﺠَﺢ ِ‬ ‫‪in the parliamentary‬‬ ‫ﯿﻤﺎ‬ ‫اﻻْﻧﺘَِﺨﺎﺑَ ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺎت اﻟﺒَْﺮﻟََﻤﺎﻧِﯿ ِﱠﺔ‪َ ،‬وﻓِ َ‬ ‫‪elections and later formed‬‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﺔ‬ ‫ﻮﻣ‬ ‫ﻜ‬ ‫اﻟﺤ‬ ‫ﯿﻞ‬ ‫ﻜ‬ ‫ﺸ‬ ‫ﺘ‬ ‫ﺑ‬ ‫ﺎم‬ ‫ﻗ‬ ‫ﺪ‬ ‫ﺑَْﻌ َ ِ ِ ِ ُ َ ِ‬ ‫‪the government.‬‬ ‫ﻮل اِْﻧﺘِ َ‬ ‫‪Finally, after a long wait,‬‬ ‫ﺎر‪،‬‬ ‫أَ ِﺧ ً‬ ‫ﯿﺮا وﺑَْﻌَﺪ طُ ِ‬ ‫ﻈ ٍ‬ ‫‪Egypt obtained a loan‬‬ ‫ﺼﻠَ ْ‬ ‫ﺖ ِﻣ ْ‬ ‫ض‬ ‫َﺣ َ‬ ‫ﺼُﺮ َﻋﻠَﻰ ﻗَْﺮ ٍ‬ ‫‪from the International‬‬ ‫وق اﻟﻨﱠ ْﻘِﺪ ﱠ‬ ‫اﻟﺪْوﻟِﱢﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ِﻣْﻦ ُ‬ ‫ﺻْﻨُﺪ ِ‬ ‫‪Monetary Fund.‬‬

‫ﯾَ ْﻮًﻣﺎ ﺑَْﻌَﺪ ﯾَ ْﻮٍم‬ ‫ﯿﻤﺎ ﺑَْﻌُﺪ‬ ‫ﻓِ َ‬

‫ﻮل‬ ‫ﺑَْﻌَﺪ طُ ِ‬ ‫اِْﻧﺘِ َ‬ ‫ﺎر‬ ‫ﻈ ٍ‬

‫‪day by‬‬ ‫‪day‬‬ ‫‪later‬‬

‫‪after a‬‬ ‫‪long wait‬‬

‫‪The book fair will begin‬‬ ‫‪after tomorrow.‬‬ ‫‪Errors no longer allowed.‬‬ ‫‪After their separation,‬‬ ‫‪she decided not to see‬‬ ‫‪him anymore.‬‬ ‫‪I will go out with my sister‬‬ ‫‪in the afternoon to shop.‬‬

‫‪ can join pronoun suffixes as follows:‬ﺑَْﻌَﺪ‬ ‫ﺑَ ْﻌ َﺪ ‪ +‬أَﻧَﺎ‬ ‫ﺑَ ْﻌ َﺪ ‪ +‬أَ ْﻧﺖَ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ‫ﺑَ ْﻌ َﺪ ‪ +‬أَ ْﻧ ِ‬ ‫ﺑَ ْﻌ َﺪ ‪ +‬ھُ َﻮ‬ ‫ﺑَ ْﻌ َﺪ ‪ِ +‬ھ َﻲ‬ ‫ﺑَ ْﻌ َﺪ ‪ +‬أَ ْﻧﺘُ َﻤﺎ‬

‫ﺑَ ْﻌ ِﺪي‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ﺑَ ْﻌ َﺪ َ‬ ‫ﺑَ ْﻌ َﺪ ِك‬ ‫ﺑَ ْﻌ َﺪهُ‬ ‫ﺑَ ْﻌ َﺪھَﺎ‬ ‫ﺑَ ْﻌ َﺪ ُﻛ َﻤﺎ‬

‫ﻗَ ْﺒ َﻞ ‪ +‬أَﻧَﺎ‬ ‫ﻗَ ْﺒ َﻞ ‪ +‬أَ ْﻧﺖَ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ‫ﻗَ ْﺒ َﻞ ‪ +‬أَ ْﻧ ِ‬ ‫ﻗَ ْﺒ َﻞ ‪ +‬ھُ َﻮ‬ ‫ﻗَ ْﺒ َﻞ ‪ِ +‬ھ َﻲ‬ ‫ﻗَ ْﺒ َﻞ ‪ +‬أَ ْﻧﺘُ َﻤﺎ‬

‫ﻗَ ْﺒﻠِﻲ‬ ‫ﻚ‬ ‫ﻗَ ْﺒﻠَ َ‬ ‫ﻗَ ْﺒﻠَ ِﻚ‬ ‫ﻗَ ْﺒﻠَﮫُ‬ ‫ﻗَ ْﺒﻠَﮭَﺎ‬ ‫ﻗَ ْﺒﻠَ ُﻜ َﻤﺎ‬

‫ﺑَ ْﻌ َﺪ ‪ +‬ھُ َﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺑَ ْﻌ َﺪ ‪ +‬ﻧَﺤْ ﻦُ‬ ‫ﺑَ ْﻌ َﺪ ‪ +‬أَ ْﻧﺘُ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﺑَ ْﻌ َﺪ ‪ +‬أَ ْﻧﺘُ ﱠﻦ‬ ‫ﺑَ ْﻌ َﺪ ‪ +‬ھُ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﺑَ ْﻌ َﺪ ‪ +‬ھُ ﱠﻦ‬

‫ﺑَ ْﻌ َﺪھُ َﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺑَ ْﻌ َﺪﻧَﺎ‬ ‫ﺑَ ْﻌ َﺪ ُﻛ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﺑَ ْﻌ َﺪ ُﻛ ﱠﻦ‬ ‫ﺑَ ْﻌ َﺪھُ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﺑَ ْﻌ َﺪھُ ﱠﻦ‬

‫‪ can join pronoun suffixes as follows:‬ﻗَ ْﺒَﻞ‬ ‫ﻗَ ْﺒ َﻞ ‪ +‬ھُ َﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻗَ ْﺒ َﻞ ‪ +‬ﻧَﺤْ ﻦُ‬ ‫ﻗَ ْﺒ َﻞ ‪ +‬أَ ْﻧﺘُ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﻗَ ْﺒ َﻞ ‪ +‬أَ ْﻧﺘُ ﱠﻦ‬ ‫ﻗَ ْﺒ َﻞ ‪ +‬ھُ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﻗَ ْﺒ َﻞ ‪ +‬ھُ ﱠﻦ‬

‫ﻗَ ْﺒﻠَﮭُ َﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻗَ ْﺒﻠَﻨَﺎ‬ ‫ﻗَ ْﺒﻠَ ُﻜ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﻗَ ْﺒﻠَ ُﻜ ﱠﻦ‬ ‫ﻗَ ْﺒﻠَﮭُ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﻗَ ْﺒﻠَﮭُ ﱠﻦ‬

152

Locative adverbs

‫ِﺧَﻼَل‬ ‫ ِﺧَﻼَل‬means ‘within’ or ‘during’ when it is used as an adverb of time, and it means ‘through’ when it is used as an adverb of place:

‫ﻖ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎن َﻋﻠَﻰ َﻋَﺪٍد‬ َ َ‫ اِﺗﱠﻔ‬،‫ﺎع‬ َ ِ‫اﻟﺮﺋ‬ ِ ‫ِﺧَﻼَل‬ ِ ‫ﯿﺴ‬ ِ ‫اﻻْﺟﺘَِﻤ‬ .‫اﻟﻤْﺸﺘ ََﺮَﻛِﺔ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤْﺸُﺮ‬ ِ ‫وﻋ‬ ُ ‫ﺎت‬ َ ‫ِﻣَﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺎﻟَِﻤﯿِﱠﺔ اﻟﺜﱠﺎﻧِﯿَ ِﺔ أَْﻟﻘَﻰ‬ َ ‫ب‬ َ ‫ِﺧَﻼَل‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺤْﺮ‬ ُ ‫ﯿﻦ َﻋﻠَﻰ َﻣِﺪﯾﻨَﺘَّﻲ‬ َ ‫ﯾﻜﱡﯿ‬ ِ ‫اﻷَْﻣِﺮ‬ ِ َ‫ﻮن ﻗ ْﻨﺒُﻠَﺘ‬ ِ َ‫ﯿﻦ َذِرﯾﱠﺘ‬ َ ‫ﯿﻤﺎ َوﻧََﺠ‬ .‫اﻛﻲ‬ ُ ‫ِھ‬ ِ ‫ﺎز‬ ِ ‫ﯿﺮ‬ َ ‫وﺷ‬

During the meeting, the presidents agreed on a number of joint projects.

‫ﺎوﻟَ ِﺔ‬ ُ ‫ﺗ ﱠَﻢ اﻟﻘَ ْﺒ‬ ُ ‫ﺾ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤْﺠِﺮِم ِﺧَﻼَل ُﻣَﺤ‬ ‫ب ِﻣَﻦ ﱡ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺸْﺮ‬ .‫طِﺔ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﮭَ َﺮ‬ ُ ‫ﺎت اﻷََﻣ‬ ‫ﺗََﻮﱠﻏَﻞ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎزون‬ َ ‫اﻟﺴﺎﺋُِﺤ‬ ِ َ‫ﻮن ِﺧَﻼَل َﻏﺎﺑ‬ َ .‫اﻟﻜﺜِﯿﻔَِﺔ‬

The criminal was arrested during an attempt to escape from the police.

During the Second World War, the Americans dropped two atomic bombs on the cities of Hiroshima and Nagasaki.

Tourists ventured through the dense Amazon forests.

‫ ِﺧَﻼَل‬can be preceded by (‫ )ِﻣْﻦ‬to make the expressions (‫)ِﻣْﻦ ِﺧَﻼِل‬, which means ‘through’, ‘via’ or ‘by means of’:

‫ﺗُ َﺨ ﱢ‬ ‫ﯿﺮِة‬ ُ ُ‫ﻄﻂ‬ َ ‫ﺻِﻐ‬ َ ‫ﺼﺎﻧِِﻊ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤ‬ َ ‫ﻮﻣﺔُ ﻟَِﺪْﻋِﻢ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺤُﻜ‬ ‫ض َدْوﻟِﯿٍﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫ﺎر‬ َ َ َ‫اﻟﺤْﺠِﻢ ِﻣْﻦ ِﺧَﻼِل إِﻗ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻣِﺔ َﻣَﻌ‬ ْ َ ‫ﯾﻖ ُﻣﻨﺘََﺠﺎﺗِﮭَﺎ ﻓِﻲ‬ ِ ‫ﺗُ َﺴ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻋُﺪھَﺎ َﻋﻠﻰ ﺗَْﺴِﻮ‬ َ .‫ج‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺨ‬ ِ ‫ﺎر‬ ‫ﯾﺪ ﱠ‬ ُ ‫ﯾَ ِﺮ‬ ‫ﯿﺮ ﱠ‬ ‫ﯿﺲ ِﻣ ْﻦ ِﺧ َﻼِل‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺸ ْﻌ‬ َ ِ‫ﺐ ﺗَ ْﻐﯿ‬ ِ ِ‫اﻟﺮﺋ‬ .‫اع‬ َ ِ ‫ﯾﻖ‬ ِ ‫ﺻﻨ‬ ِ ‫َﺎد‬ ِ ‫اﻻْﻗﺘَِﺮ‬ َ ُ ‫ﺗَﱠﻢ ﺗَْﺸِﺪ‬ ‫ﯾﺪ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻮﻣِﺔ‬ ُ ‫ﯾﻜﱢﻲ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻀْﻐِﻂ اﻷ ْﻣِﺮ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺤُﻜ‬ ‫ﺎت‬ ٍ َ‫ض ُﻋﻘُﻮﺑ‬ َ ‫اﻹ‬ ِ ِ ‫ﯾﺮاﻧِﯿِﱠﺔ ِﻣْﻦ ِﺧَﻼِل ﻓَْﺮ‬ .‫ﯾﺪٍة‬ َ ‫ﺎدﯾ ٍﱠﺔ َﺟِﺪ‬ َ ِ‫اِ ْﻗﺘ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ْ َ‫ﺗَْﺴَﻌﻰ ﻟِْﯿﺒﯿَﺎ إِﻟَﻰ ﺗ‬ َ ‫َﺎﻋِﺔ‬ ‫ﺎز ِﻣْﻦ‬ َ ‫ﺻﻨ‬ ِ ‫ﯾﺮ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻐ‬ ِ ‫ﻄِﻮ‬ ‫ﺎت َﻋﺎﻟَِﻤﯿ ٍﱠﺔ‬ ٍ ‫ﻮد َﻣَﻊ َﺷِﺮَﻛ‬ ٍ ُ‫ْﺧَﻼِل إِ ْﺑَﺮِام ُﻋﻘ‬ ْ ‫َﺎج َواﻟﺘﱠ‬ .‫ﯾﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﻟِ َﺮْﻓِﻊ ُﻣَﻌﱠﺪِل‬ ِ ‫ﺼِﺪ‬ ِ ‫اﻹْﻧﺘ‬

The government plans to support small-scale factories by setting up international exhibitions to help market their products abroad. The people want to change the president through the ballot box. US pressure on the Iranian government has been tightened by new economic sanctions. Libya seeks to develop the gas industry through the conclusion of contracts with international companies to raise the rate of production and export.

‫ﻼل‬ َ ‫ ِﺧ‬can be preceded by (‫ )ﻓِﻲ‬to make the expressions (‫)ﻓِﻲ ِﺧَﻼِل‬, which means ‘during’ or ‘within’: ‫ﯿﺮ ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫اِْرﺗَﻔََﻊ ُﻣَﻌﱠﺪُل اﻟﺘﱠ‬ ٍ ِ‫ﻀﱡﺨِﻢ ﺑَِﺸْﻜٍﻞ َﻛﺒ‬ .‫ﺎﺿﻲ‬ َ ‫ِﺧَﻼِل‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻌِﺎم‬ ْ ‫ﺗَﱠﻤ‬ ‫ﯾﺮ ﻓِﻲ ِﺧَﻼِل ﯾَْﻮَﻣْﯿِﻦ َﻛَﻤﺎ‬ ِ ‫ﺖ ِﻛﺘَﺎﺑَﺔُ اﻟﺘﱠ ْﻘِﺮ‬ َ .‫ﯾﺮ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﻤِﺪ‬ َ َ‫طﻠ‬ ُ ‫ﺐ‬

The rate of inflation rose significantly during the past year. The report was written within two days as requested by the manager.

Locative adverbs 153

‫ﻼل‬ َ ‫ ِﺧ‬can join pronoun suffixes, as follows: ‫ِﺧﻼﻟَﮭُ َﻤﺎ‬ ‫ِﺧﻼﻟَﻨَﺎ‬ ‫ِﺧﻼﻟَ ُﻜ ْﻢ‬ ‫ِﺧﻼﻟَ ُﻜ ﱠﻦ‬

‫ أَ ْﻧﺘُ ﱠﻦ‬+ ‫ِﺧﻼ َل‬

‫ِﺧﻼﻟَ ِﻚ‬ ُ‫ِﺧﻼﻟَﮫ‬

‫ِﺧﻼﻟَﮭُ ْﻢ‬ ‫ِﺧﻼﻟَﮭُ ﱠﻦ‬

‫ ھُ ْﻢ‬+ ‫ِﺧﻼ َل‬ ‫ ھُ ﱠﻦ‬+ ‫ِﺧﻼ َل‬

‫ِﺧﻼﻟَﮭَﺎ‬ ‫ِﺧﻼﻟَ ُﻜ َﻤﺎ‬

‫ ھُ َﻤﺎ‬+ ‫ِﺧﻼ َل‬ ُ‫ ﻧَﺤْ ﻦ‬+ ‫ِﺧﻼ َل‬ ‫ أَ ْﻧﺘُ ْﻢ‬+ ‫ِﺧﻼ َل‬

‫ِﺧﻼﻟِﻲ‬ ‫ﻚ‬ َ َ‫ِﺧﻼﻟ‬

‫ أَﻧَﺎ‬+ ‫ِﺧﻼ َل‬ َ‫ أَ ْﻧﺖ‬+ ‫ِﺧﻼ َل‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ِ ‫ أَ ْﻧ‬+ ‫ِﺧﻼ َل‬ ‫ ھُ َﻮ‬+ ‫ِﺧﻼ َل‬ ‫ ِھ َﻲ‬+ ‫ِﺧﻼ َل‬ ‫ أَ ْﻧﺘُ َﻤﺎ‬+ ‫ِﺧﻼ َل‬

‫ب‬ َ ‫ﻗُ ْﺮ‬ ‫ب‬ َ ‫ ﻗُ ْﺮ‬means ‘near’ or ‘close to’, and it can be used in both spatial and temporal contexts: ْ ‫ﺗََﻤْﺮَﻛَﺰ‬ ُ ‫ت ﻗُ ﱠﻮ‬ ‫ﺎر‬ َ ‫ات اﻷَ ْﻣِﻦ ﻗُ ْﺮ‬ َ ‫ب‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﻤﻄ‬ .‫ﺎﺻَﻤِﺔ‬ َ ‫ﺎﻛِﻦ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺤﯿَِﻮﯾ ِﱠﺔ اﻷُ ْﺧَﺮى ﻓِﻲ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻌ‬ ِ ‫َواﻷََﻣ‬ ُ ‫ﺗَْﺰَﺧُﺮ اﻷَْﺳَﻮ‬ ‫ب‬ َ ‫اﻟﻐَﺬاﺋِﯿِﱠﺔ ﻗُ ْﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻟﻤَﻮِاد‬ َ ِ‫اق ﺑ‬ .‫ﺎرِك‬ َ ‫ﻀ‬ َ َ‫اﻟﻤﺒ‬ َ ‫ﻮل َﺷْﮭِﺮ َرَﻣ‬ ُ ‫ﺎن‬ ِ ُ‫ُﺣﻠ‬ ْ ‫ﻄ‬ َ َ‫َﺳﻘ‬ ْ َ‫ب ﻗ‬ ‫ﯾﻜﯿ ٍﱠﺔ‬ َ ِ‫ﺖ ِﻋﱠﺪةُ ﻗََﺬاﺋ‬ َ ‫ﻒ ﻗُ ْﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﻣﺮ‬ ِ َ‫ﺎﻋَﺪٍة أ‬ ‫ﺐ ﻟََﺪى‬ ِ ‫ ِﻣﱠﻤﺎ َرﻓَﻊ ُﻣْﺴﺘََﻮى اﻟﺘﱠﺄَھﱡ‬،‫اق‬ ِ ‫ﻓِﻲ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻌَﺮ‬ .‫ات‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻘُ ﱠﻮ‬ ‫ت‬ َ ‫ﯿﺮ ِﻣَﻦ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺤﻔََﻼ‬ ِ ‫ﺗَﱠﻢ‬ ٍ ِ‫اﻹْﻋَﻼُن َﻋْﻦ َﻛﺜ‬ َ ‫َواﻷَ ْﻧِﺸ‬ .‫اﻟﻌِﺎم‬ َ ‫ﺎء‬ َ ‫ﯿﮭﯿِﱠﺔ ﻗُ ْﺮ‬ ِ َ‫ب اِْﻧﺘِﮭ‬ ِ ِ‫ﻄِﺔ اﻟﺘﱠ ْﺮﻓ‬

Security forces are stationed near the airport and other vital locations in the capital. The markets are full of food as Ramadan approaches. Several shells landed near an American base in Iraq, raising the alert level of the troops. Many concerts and entertainment activities were announced close to the end of the year.

‫ب‬ َ ‫ ﻗُ ْﺮ‬can be preceded by (‫ )َﻣَﻊ‬to make (‫ب‬ ِ ‫)َﻣَﻊ ﻗُ ْﺮ‬, which means ‘with the approach of’ or ‘with the advent of’. This structure is used in temporal contexts, and it is often followed by a certain event:

‫ﺎﻋُﺪ‬ َ ‫ﺼ‬ َ َ‫ﺎت اﻟﺒَْﺮﻟََﻤﺎﻧِﯿِﱠﺔ ﯾَﺘ‬ ِ َ‫اﻻْﻧﺘَِﺨﺎﺑ‬ ِ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫َﻣَﻊ ﻗُ ْﺮ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺤ َﺮ‬ .‫ﺿ ِﺔ‬ ُ ‫اك ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫ﺎر‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤ َﻌ‬ ِ ُ‫ﺻﻔ‬ ِ ُ ‫ﻮف‬ ُ‫ﻮﻣﺔ‬ ُ ‫ت‬ ِ ‫ ﻗَﱠﺮَر‬،‫ﺎد‬ ِ َ‫ﻮل اﻷَ ْﻋﯿ‬ ِ ‫َﻣَﻊ ﻗُ ْﺮ‬ ِ ُ‫ب ُﺣﻠ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺤُﻜ‬ ‫ﺎدٍة َﻋﻠَﻰ ﱠ‬ .‫ﺐ‬ َ َ‫ف ِزﯾ‬ َ ‫ﺻْﺮ‬ َ ِ ِ‫اﻟﺮَواﺗ‬ ‫اﻟﺠﻮﻧَِﺔ‬ ُ ‫ﺎن‬ ِ ‫َﻣَﻊ ﻗُ ْﺮ‬ ِ ‫ق َﻣْﮭَﺮَﺟ‬ ِ ‫ب اِ ْﻧِﻄَﻼ‬ ‫ﻮن َو ﱠ‬ ‫ﻮن‬ ‫ ﺗََﻮاﻓََﺪ ﱢ‬،‫اﻟﺴﯿﻨََﻤﺎﺋِﱢﻲ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺼَﺤﻔِﱡﯿ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺴﯿﻨَِﻤﺎﺋِﱡﯿ‬ ‫اﻟﻤِﺪﯾﻨَِﺔ ﱠ‬ .‫اﻟﺠِﻤﯿﻠَ ِﺔ‬ َ ‫ﺎﺣﻠِﯿِﱠﺔ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺴ‬ َ ‫إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫اء‬ ُ ‫اﻟﻤَﺪَر‬ َ َ‫ب ِزﯾ‬ ِ ‫َﻣَﻊ ﻗُ ْﺮ‬ ُ ‫ اِْﺟﺘََﻤَﻊ‬،‫ﯾﺮ‬ َ ‫ﺎرِة‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻮِز‬ .‫ات‬ َ ‫ﻀ‬ ِ ‫ﯿﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﺎل اﻟﺘﱠ ْﺤ‬ ِ ‫ِﻹْﻛَﻤ‬

With parliamentary elections nearing, opposition activities are rising. With holidays nearing, the government decided to give a raise on salaries. With the imminent launch of the El Gouna Film Festival, filmmakers and journalists flock to the beautiful coastal city. With the minister’s looming visit, directors met to complete preparations.

154

Locative adverbs

‫ب‬ ٍ ‫)َﻋْﻦ ﻗُ ْﺮ‬, which means ‘closely’. This َ ‫ ﻗُ ْﺮ‬can be preceded by (‫ )َﻋْﻦ‬to make (‫ب‬ structure is used in spatial contexts:

َ ‫ﺗَﺎﺑَ َﻊ ُﻣْﻌ‬ َ ‫ّﯿﻦ أَ ْﺣَﺪ‬ ْ ‫اﻟﻤ‬ ‫اث اﻟﺜﱠ ْﻮَرِة َﻋْﻦ‬ َ ‫ﺼِﺮﯾ‬ ِ ‫ﻈُﻢ‬ .‫ب‬ ٍ ‫ﻗُ ْﺮ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺬي ﯾَْﻌِﺮ‬ ُ‫ف َﺷْﻌﺒَﮫ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﺟُﺢ ھ َُﻮ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺴﯿ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﺳﱡﻲ اﻟﻨﱠ‬ ُ .‫ب‬ ٍ ‫َﻋْﻦ ﻗ ْﺮ‬ ْ ‫َﻣ‬ َ‫ﺎھ َﺮة‬ ٌ ُ‫ﻄﻠ‬ َ ‫ﺚ أَْن ﯾَ ْﻌِﺮ‬ ِ ‫ف اﻟﻈﱠ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﺣ‬ ِ َ‫ﻮب ِﻣ َﻦ اﻟﺒ‬ .‫ب‬ ٍ ‫اﻟﺘِﻲ ﯾَْﺪُرُﺳﮭَﺎ َﻋْﻦ ﻗُ ْﺮ‬

Most Egyptians followed the events of the revolution closely.

ْ َ‫اﻟﺠُﺪُد َﻋﻠَﻰ إ‬ ‫ﺎر‬ ُ ‫ون‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤَﺠﻨﱠ ُﺪ‬ َ ‫ﺗََﺪﱠر‬ ُ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫طَﻼ‬ ِ ‫ق اﻟﻨﱠ‬ .‫ب‬ ٍ ‫َﻋْﻦ ﻗُ ْﺮ‬

New recruits were trained to shoot from a near distance.

It is the successful politician who knows his people closely. The researcher is required to know the phenomenon that he is studying closely.

‫ب‬ َ ‫ ﻗُ ْﺮ‬is used in the construction (‫ب ِﻣْﻦ‬ ِ ‫)ﺑِﺎﻟﻘُ ْﺮ‬, which means ‘near’ or ‘in the vicinity of’. This structure is used in spatial contexts: A pharaonic tomb was discovered َ ‫ﺗﱠَﻢ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﻜْﺸ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫ﻒ َﻋْﻦ َﻣْﻘﺒََﺮٍة ﻓِْﺮَﻋﻮﻧِﯿٍﱠﺔ ﺑِﺎﻟﻘُ ْﺮ‬ near the pyramids of Giza. َ ‫اﻟﺠ‬ .‫ﯿﺰِة‬ ِ ‫اﻣ‬ ِ ‫ﺎت‬ َ ‫ِﻣْﻦ ِﻣْﻨﻄَﻘَِﺔ أَْھَﺮ‬ An explosion was heard in the center ‫ُﺳِﻤَﻊ َدِو ﱡ‬ ‫ﺎﺻَﻤِﺔ‬ َ ‫ﺎر ﻓِﻲ َوَﺳِﻂ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻌ‬ ٍ ‫ي اِ ْﻧﻔَِﺠ‬ of Kabul near the Afghan Ministry of ‫ت‬ َ ‫اﻻﺗﱢ‬ َ ‫ب ِﻣْﻦ َوَز‬ ِ ‫ﺼَﺎﻻ‬ ِ ‫ارِة‬ ِ ‫َﻛﺎﺑُﻮل ﺑِﺎﻟﻘُ ْﺮ‬ Communications. .‫اﻷَْﻓَﻐﺎﻧِﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ Demonstrators gathered near the ‫ﺎدِة‬ َ َ‫ب ِﻣْﻦ َﻣﻘَ ﱢﺮ ﻗِﯿ‬ َ ‫ﺎھُﺮ‬ ِ ‫ون ﺑِﺎﻟﻘُ ْﺮ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﻤﺘَﻈ‬ ُ ‫ﺗ ََﺠﱠﻤَﻊ‬ army’s headquarters. .‫ﺶ‬ َ ِ ‫اﻟﺠْﯿ‬ The village lies deep in the ‫ب ِﻣْﻦ‬ ِ ‫ﺎل َوﺑِﺎﻟﻘُ ْﺮ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺠﺒ‬ ِ ‫ﻖ‬ ِ ‫ﺗَﻘَُﻊ اﻟﻘَ ْﺮﯾَﺔُ ﺑُِﻌْﻤ‬ mountains near the southern borders. .‫اﻟﺠﻨُﻮﺑِﯿِﱠﺔ‬ ُ َ ‫ود‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺤُﺪ‬ ‫ب‬ َ ‫ ﻗُ ْﺮ‬can join pronoun suffixes, as follows:

‫ أَﻧَﺎ‬+ ‫ب‬ َ ْ‫ﻗُﺮ‬ َ‫ أَ ْﻧﺖ‬+ ‫ب‬ َ ْ‫ﻗُﺮ‬

‫ﻗُﺮْ ﺑَﮭُ َﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻗُﺮْ ﺑَﻨَﺎ‬ ‫ﻗُ ْﺮﺑَ ُﻜ ْﻢ‬

‫ ھُ َﻤﺎ‬+ ‫ب‬ َ ْ‫ﻗُﺮ‬ ُ‫ ﻧَﺤْ ﻦ‬+ ‫ب‬ َ ْ‫ﻗُﺮ‬ ‫ أَ ْﻧﺘُ ْﻢ‬+ ‫ب‬ َ ْ‫ﻗُﺮ‬

‫ﻗُﺮْ ِﺑﻲ‬ ‫ﻚ‬ َ َ‫ﻗُﺮْ ﺑ‬ ‫ﻗُﺮْ ﺑَ ِﻚ‬

‫ﻗُ ْﺮﺑَ ُﻜ ﱠﻦ‬ ‫ﻗُﺮْ ﺑَﮭُ ْﻢ‬

‫ أَ ْﻧﺘُ ﱠﻦ‬+ ‫ب‬ َ ْ‫ﻗُﺮ‬ ‫ ھُ ْﻢ‬+ ‫ب‬ َ ْ‫ﻗُﺮ‬

ُ‫ﻗُﺮْ ﺑَﮫ‬ ‫ﻗُﺮْ ﺑَﮭَﺎ‬

‫ﺖ‬ َ ْ‫ﻗُﺮ‬ ِ ‫ أَ ْﻧ‬+ ‫ب‬ ‫ ھُ َﻮ‬+ ‫ب‬ َ ْ‫ﻗُﺮ‬ ‫ ِھ َﻲ‬+ ‫ب‬ َ ْ‫ﻗُﺮ‬

‫ﻗُﺮْ ﺑَﮭُ ﱠﻦ‬

‫ ھُ ﱠﻦ‬+ ‫ب‬ َ ْ‫ﻗُﺮ‬

‫ﻗُ ْﺮﺑَ ُﻜ َﻤﺎ‬

‫ أَ ْﻧﺘُ َﻤﺎ‬+ ‫ب‬ َ ْ‫ﻗُﺮ‬

‫ﻧَْﺤَﻮ‬ ‫ ﻧَْﺤَﻮ‬means ‘around’ in temporal contexts and ‘toward’ in spatial contexts, and it can be used figuratively:

Locative adverbs 155

ْ َ‫ﯿﻊ اﻷ‬ ‫از ﺗَﻘَﱡﺪٍم ﻧ َْﺤَﻮ‬ ُ ‫ﺗَْﺴَﻌﻰ َﺟِﻤ‬ ِ ‫طَﺮ‬ ِ ‫اف ِﻹْﺣَﺮ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ْ َ َ ‫ﱠ‬ .‫اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘِﺔ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺴَﻼِم‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻣِﻞ ﻓِﻲ‬ ِ ‫ﺎدِل واﻟﺸ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻌ‬ ‫ف‬ َ ‫ﯿﻊ َﺳﺎﺋُِﺮ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺠِﻤ‬ َ ‫ﯾَ ْﺒُﺪو أَ ﱠن‬ ِ ‫ون ﻧَْﺤَﻮ اﻟﮭَ َﺪ‬ .‫ﺎل‬ ٍ ‫ﯿﻖ َوﻓَﱠﻌ‬ ٍ ِ‫ﺑَِﺸْﻜٍﻞ َدﻗ‬ ‫اﻟﺴْﻔﯿﻨَﺔُ ﻧَْﺤَﻮ ﱠ‬ ‫ت ﱠ‬ ‫اطِﺊ ﱡ‬ ‫ﻮﻣﺎﻟِﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺸَﻮ‬ ِ ‫أَ ْﺑَﺤَﺮ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺼ‬ .‫اﻹْﻧَﺴﺎﻧِﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫ﺎﻟﻤَﺴ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻋَﺪ‬ ُ ِ‫ُﻣَﺤﱠﻤﻠَﺔً ﺑ‬ ِ ‫ات‬

All parties seek to make progress toward just and comprehensive peace in the region. It seems that everyone is moving toward the goal accurately and effectively. The ship sailed toward the Somali shores laden with humanitarian aid.

‫ ﻧَْﺤَﻮ‬means ‘toward’ in spatial contexts, and it can be used figuratively in contexts of expressing attitudes: ‫ﻮري ﻧَْﺤَﻮ ھ َِﺬِه‬ ِ ‫َﻻ ﯾ ُْﻤِﻜﻨُﻨِﻲ أَ ْن أَﺗََﺠﺎھ ََﻞ ُﺷُﻌ‬ .‫اﻟﻤْﺸِﻜﻠَِﺔ‬ ُ .‫ﺎج ﻧ َْﺤَﻮ َﻋَﺮﻓَﺎت‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺤﱠﺠ‬ ُ َ‫ﺗََﻮﱠﺟﮫ‬ ُ ‫ﺎﺳ‬ ‫ﺎدﯾﱠﺔُ ﻧ َْﺤَﻮ‬ ‫ﺎت ﱢ‬ َ ِ‫اﻻْﻗﺘ‬ َ َ‫ﺗَﺘََﻮﱠﺟﮫُ ِﺳﯿ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ِ ‫ﯿﻦ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺼ‬ .‫إِْﻓ ِﺮﯾﻘِﯿَﺎ‬ ‫ﻄﻠﱠ ُﻊ ﱡ‬ َ َ‫ﺗَﺘ‬ ‫ﻮﻋﺔُ ﻧ َْﺤَﻮ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺸُﻌ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤْﻘُﻤ‬ َ ‫ﻮب‬ ْ .‫ﻐﯿﯿﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﯾﻤﻮﻗَﺮ‬ ِ ُ ‫اﻟﺪ‬ ِ ‫اطﯿِﱠﺔ َواﻟﺘﱠ‬

I cannot ignore my feelings about this problem. The pilgrims went to Arafat. China’s economic policies are geared toward Africa. Repressed peoples look forward to democracy and change.

‫ ﻧَْﺤَﻮ‬can be preceded by several prepositions and other locative adverbs: .‫ﯿﻦ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤﻘَﺎﺑَﻠَﺔُ ﻟﻨ َْﺤِﻮ َﺳ‬ ُ ‫اِْﺳﺘََﻤﱠﺮت‬ ِ َ‫ﺎﻋﺘ‬ ُ ُ‫اﻟﻮﻓ‬ ‫ﻮد‬ َ ‫ﻗَ ْﺒَﻞ ﻧَْﺤِﻮ أُ ْﺳﺒ‬ ُ ‫ت‬ ِ ‫ أَ ْﺟَﺮ‬،‫ﯿﻦ‬ ِ ‫ُﻮﻋ‬ .‫ﺮوﻛﺴﻞ‬ ُ‫ﺎت ِﺳ ﱢﺮﯾﱠﺔً ﻓِﻲ ﺑ‬ َ ‫ُﻣ َﺤ‬ ٍ َ‫ﺎدﺛ‬ ِ ُ ‫اﻹْﻋَﺪ‬ ‫ﺎن‬ َ َ‫اﻟﻤْﺴَﺮِﺣﯿ ِﱠﺔ ﻓِﻲ ﻟُ ْﺒﻨ‬ َ ‫ض‬ ِ ‫ﺗَﱠﻢ‬ ِ ‫اد ﻟِ َﻌْﺮ‬ .‫ﯾﻦ‬ ِ ‫ُﻣْﻨُﺬ ﻧَْﺤِﻮ َﺷْﮭَﺮ‬ ‫ﻮﻣِﺔ ﺑَْﻌَﺪ ﻧَْﺤِﻮ‬ ُ ِ‫ﯿﺲ ﻟ‬ ُ ‫ﺗَﱠﻢ اِْﻧﺘَِﺨ‬ َ ‫ﻠﺤُﻜ‬ ٍ ِ‫ﺎب َرﺋ‬ .‫ﺎﺳﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ‫ﯿﻦ ِﻣَﻦ اﻷَْزَﻣِﺔ ﱢ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺴﯿ‬ ِ َ‫َﺳﻨَﺘ‬

The interview lasted around two hours. About two weeks ago, delegations held secret talks in Brussels. The play was planned in Lebanon about two months ago. A prime minister was elected after nearly two years of political crisis.

Note

‫ ﻧ َْﺤَﻮ‬is commonly used in the sense of ‘around’ or ‘approximately’: .‫ﺺ‬ َ ‫َﺷﮭََﺪ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺤْﻔُﻞ ﻧ َْﺤَﻮ أَْﻟ‬ ٍ ‫ﻒ َﺷْﺨ‬

The party was witnessed by about a thousand people. ‫ﯿﻦ ﻗِ ﱠ‬ .ً‫ﯿﺮة‬ َ ‫ﯾﻦ ِرَواﯾَﺔً َوﺗِْﺴِﻌ‬ َ ‫ﻟِﻸَ ِدﯾﺐ ﻧَْﺤَﻮ ِﻋْﺸ ِﺮ‬ َ ‫ﺼ‬ ِ َ‫ﺼﺔً ﻗ‬ The author has about 20 novels and ninety short stories.

156

Locative adverbs

Note

‫ ﻧَْﺤَﻮ‬is also commonly used in the sense of ‘in a way’: ُ ‫ﺖ اﻟﺘﱠﻈَﺎھَُﺮ‬ .‫ﺊ‬ ِ َ‫اِ ْﻧﻄَﻠَﻘ‬ ِ َ‫ات َﻋﻠَﻰ ﻧَْﺤٍﻮ ُﻣﻔ‬ ٍ ‫ﺎﺟ‬ Demonstrations began suddenly. َ ‫اﻟﻮ‬ ‫ﺎﻋُﺪ ﱡ‬ .‫ﯿﺮ ﻓِﻲ اﻷََزَﻣﺎت‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺮ‬ َ ‫ﺼ‬ َ َ‫ﺗَﺘ‬ َ ‫وح‬ ٍ ِ‫طﻨِﯿﱠﺔُ َﻋﻠَﻰ ﻧَْﺤٍﻮ َﻛﺒ‬ The national spirit largely intensifies in crisis.

‫ ﻧ َْﺤَﻮ‬can join pronoun suffixes as follows: ‫ﻧَﺤْ َﻮھُ َﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻧَﺤْ َﻮﻧَﺎ‬ ‫ﺤﻮ ُﻛ ْﻢ‬ َ ْ َ‫ﻧ‬ ‫ﺤﻮ ُﻛ ﱠﻦ‬ َ ْ َ‫ﻧ‬ ‫ﻧَﺤْ َﻮھُ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﻧَﺤْ َﻮھُ ﱠﻦ‬

‫ ھُ َﻤﺎ‬+ ‫ﻧَﺤْ َﻮ‬ ُ‫ ﻧَﺤْ ﻦ‬+ ‫ﻧَﺤْ َﻮ‬ ‫ أَ ْﻧﺘُ ْﻢ‬+ ‫ﻧَﺤْ َﻮ‬ ‫ أَ ْﻧﺘُ ﱠﻦ‬+ ‫ﻧَﺤْ َﻮ‬ ‫ ھُ ْﻢ‬+ ‫ﻧَﺤْ َﻮ‬ ‫ ھُ ﱠﻦ‬+ ‫ﻧَﺤْ َﻮ‬

‫ﻧَﺤْ ِﻮي‬ ‫ك‬ َ ‫ﻧَﺤْ َﻮ‬ ‫ﻧَﺤْ َﻮ ِك‬ ُ‫ﻧَﺤْ َﻮه‬ ‫ﻧَﺤْ َﻮھَﺎ‬ ‫ﺤﻮ ُﻛ َﻤﺎ‬ َ ْ َ‫ﻧ‬

‫ أَﻧَﺎ‬+ ‫ﻧَﺤْ َﻮ‬ َ‫ أَ ْﻧﺖ‬+ ‫ﻧَﺤْ َﻮ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ِ ‫ أَ ْﻧ‬+ ‫ﻧَﺤْ َﻮ‬ ‫ ھُ َﻮ‬+ ‫ﻧَﺤْ َﻮ‬ ‫ ِھ َﻲ‬+ ‫ﻧَﺤْ َﻮ‬ ‫ أَ ْﻧﺘُ َﻤﺎ‬+ ‫ﻧَﺤْ َﻮ‬

Adverbs of time

‫ )ظُُﺮوف ا ﱠ‬answer the question, ‘When?’, and As stated earlier, adverbs of time (‫ﺎن‬ ِ ‫ﻟﺰَﻣ‬ they can be classified into specific and vague. Adverbs of time can also be classified into inflected (‫)ُﻣْﻌَﺮب‬, and in this case, they will always be in the accusative case (‫ﺼﻮب‬ ُ ‫ )َﻣْﻨ‬and uninflected (‫)َﻣْﺒﻨِﻲ‬, and in this case, they will have fixed final vowel. ‫ )ظُ ُﺮوف ﱠ‬are based on nouns that refer to Inflected adverbs of time (‫اﻟﻤْﻌَﺮﺑَﺔ‬ ُ ‫ﺎن‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺰَﻣ‬ time, for example, days of the week, months, seasons, periods of time and so on َ ،‫ﯿﻊ‬ ‫ ﱠ‬،ً‫ﺎﻋﺔ‬ (‫ﯾﻒ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺨِﺮ‬ َ ‫)َﺳ‬. َ ِ‫اﻟﺮﺑ‬ َ َ‫اِ ْﻧﺘ‬ I waited for you for an hour. .ً‫ﺎﻋﺔ‬ َ ‫ﻚ َﺳ‬ َ ُ‫ﻈْﺮﺗ‬ َ ُ The garden blooms in Spring and the ُ ‫ﯿﻌﺎ َوﺗَﺘََﺴﺎﻗَﻂ أ ْوَر‬ ‫اق‬ ً ِ‫اﻟﺤِﺪﯾﻘَﺔُ َرﺑ‬ َ ‫ﺗَْﺰَدِھُﺮ‬ leaves fall in Autumn. َ .‫ﺎر َﺧ ِﺮﯾﻔًﺎ‬ ِ ‫اﻷ ْﺷَﺠ‬ ‫ )ظُ ُﺮوف ا ﱠ‬have fixed voweling, for Uninflected adverbs of time (‫ﻟﻤْﺒﻨِﯿﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫ﺎن ا‬ ِ ‫ﻟﺰَﻣ‬ ‫ ﻗَ ﱡ‬،‫ض‬ َ ‫ َرْﯾ‬،‫ ِﺣْﯿَﻦ‬،‫ ﺑَْﯿﻨََﻤﺎ‬،‫ ﺑَْﯿﻨَﺎ‬،‫ﱠﺎن‬ example, (‫ َﻣﺘَﻰ‬،‫ ﻟَ ﱠﻤﺎ‬،‫ﻂ‬ ُ ‫ َﻋْﻮ‬،‫ﺚ‬ َ ‫ أَﯾ‬،‫ﺲ‬ ِ ‫ أَ ْﻣ‬،‫ اﻵَ َن‬،‫ إَِذا‬،‫)أَﺑًَﺪا‬.

In this section, the most important adverbs of time that function as semiprepositions are explained.

‫ﺎن‬ َ ‫إِﺑﱠ‬ ‫ﱠﺎن‬ َ ‫ إِﺑ‬is an adverb of time that means ‘while’, and it is often followed by an event: ‫ﺎت ﱡ‬ ُ ‫ﯾﺪ َﻣْﻮَﺟ‬ ُ ‫ﺗ َِﺰ‬ .‫وب‬ ُ ‫ﱠﺎن‬ َ ‫وح إِﺑ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺤُﺮ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻨُﺰ‬

Waves of displacement increase during wars.

Locative adverbs 157

‫ﺎﺟَﺮ ﱠ‬ ‫ب‬ َ ‫ﺎﻋُﺮ ِﻣْﻦ ﺑَﻠَ ِﺪِه إِﺑ‬ َ ‫ﱠﺎن‬ َ َ‫ھ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺤْﺮ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺸ‬ ْ .‫اﻷَھﻠِﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ‫ت ﱠ‬ .‫ﺎﺻﻔَ ِﺔ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺴﻔِﯿﻨَﺔُ إِﺑ‬ َ ‫ﱠﺎن‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻌ‬ ِ ‫أَْﺑَﺤَﺮ‬ ُ ‫ﺗَْﺤُﺪ‬ ٌ ‫ث اِ ْﻋﺘِﻘَ َﺎﻻ‬ ‫ﺎت‬ َ ‫ﯿﺮةٌ إِﺑ‬ َ ِ‫ت َﻛﺜ‬ ِ َ‫اﻻْﻧﻘَِﻼﺑ‬ ِ ‫ﱠﺎن‬ .‫اﻟﻌْﺴَﻜِﺮﯾ ِﱠﺔ‬ َ

The poet emigrated from his country during the civil war. The ship sailed during the storm. Many arrests happen during military coups.

‫أَﺑَ َﺪ‬ ‫ أَﺑَ َﺪ‬is an adverb of time that means ‘eternity’. It is originally a noun, but it can be used as an adverb of time when it comes as the first word of iḍāfa, and the second word of iḍᾱfa is usually a noun that refers to a long period.

‫اﻟﻤَﻌﺎﺑُِﺪ اﻟﻔِْﺮَﻋﻮﻧِﯿﱠﺔُ َﻛﺄَﻧﱠﮭَﺎ َﺳﺘَﺒِﻘَﻰ أَﺑََﺪ‬ َ ‫ﺗَْﺒُﺪو‬ ‫ﱠ‬ .‫اﻟﺪْھ ِﺮ‬ َ ‫َﺳﻨَْﺒﻘَﻰ ﻓِﻲ أَ ْو‬ .‫ﯾﻦ‬ َ ‫طﺎﻧِﻨَﺎ أَﺑََﺪ اﻵﺑِِﺪ‬ َ ‫َﺳﻨ‬ ‫َﻈﱡﻞ أَﺑََﺪ ﱠ‬ .‫ُﻮدﻧَﺎ‬ ِ ‫ﺎء ﻟَُﻌﮭ‬ َ َ‫اﻟﺪْھِﺮ أَ ْوﻓِﯿ‬ ‫ﺎء َو ﱡ‬ ‫ﺎء إِﻟَﻰ أَﺑَ ِﺪ‬ ُ ‫ﺎس‬ ُ ‫ﯾَ ْﺬ ُﻛ ُﺮ اﻟﻨﱠ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺰَﻋَﻤ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻌﻈََﻤ‬ .‫ﯾﻦ‬ َ ‫اﻵﺑِِﺪ‬

Pharaonic temples look as if they would last forever. We will remain in our home forever and ever. We will forever be faithful to our promises. People will remember great people and leaders for ever and ever.

‫ﺎء‬ َ َ‫أَ ْﺛﻨ‬ ‫ﺎء‬ َ َ‫ أَ ْﺛﻨ‬means ‘while’ and ‘during’. It is used in the same way as (‫)ِﺧَﻼَل‬, except that it is not used as an adverb of place:

‫ﺎء‬ ٍ ‫ﻗَﺎطََﻌْﺘﻨِﻲ ِﻋَﺪةَ َﻣﱠﺮ‬ ِ َ‫ﺎء إِ ْﻟﻘ‬ َ َ‫ات أَْﺛﻨ‬ .‫ﺎﺿَﺮﺗِﻲ‬ َ ‫ُﻣَﺤ‬ ْ َ ُ ‫ﻚ‬ ‫َﺎء‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺨُﺮ‬ َ ُ‫َﻻ ﯾ ُْﻤِﻜﻨ‬ َ ‫ح أﺛﻨ‬ َ ‫وج ِﻣَﻦ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤْﺴَﺮ‬ .‫ض‬ َ ِ ‫اﻟﻌْﺮ‬ َ ‫ب اﻷَ ْھﻠِﯿِﱠﺔ ﻓَﻘَ َﺪ‬ ُ ‫اﻵﻻ‬ ‫اﺣﮭُْﻢ‬ َ ‫ف أَ ْرَو‬ َ ‫َﺎء‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺤْﺮ‬ َ ‫أَ ْﺛﻨ‬ .‫َوُﻣْﻤﺘَﻠَ َﻜﺎﺗِِﮭْﻢ‬ َ ‫ون‬ ‫ﻮد‬ ُ ‫ﺎء‬ َ ‫ﺎﻣُﺮ‬ َ ِ ‫ﺻُﻌ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤَﻐ‬ ُ ‫ﺿﱠﻞ‬ َ َ‫طِﺮﯾﻘَﮭُﻢ أَ ْﺛﻨ‬ ُ ْ ُ َ َ ْ ْ .‫ﱠﺎت‬ ‫ﯿ‬ ‫ﺣ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ﺮ‬ ‫اﻟﻤ‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ﺪ‬ ‫ﺨ‬ ‫ﺘ‬ ‫ﺎﺳ‬ ‫ﺑ‬ ‫ُﻢ‬ ‫ھ‬ ‫ﺎذ‬ ‫ﻘ‬ ‫ﻧ‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ﻢ‬ ‫ﺗ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ﻞ‬ ‫ﺒ‬ ‫اﻟﺠ‬ َ ِ ِ َ ِ ِ ِ ِ ِ ِ ‫ََِ َ ﱠ‬

She interrupted me several times during my lecture. You cannot get out of the theater during the show. During the civil war, thousands lost their lives and property. The adventurers lost their way as they climbed the mountain and were rescued by helicopters.

‫َﺎء‬ َ ِ‫َﺎء َذﻟ‬ َ ِ‫ )َذﻟ‬to make (‫ﻚ‬ َ ‫ أَ ْﺛﻨ‬can be followed by (‫ﻚ‬ َ ‫)أَ ْﺛﻨ‬, which means ‘during this’ or ‘meanwhile’:

‫َﺣَﻜَﻢ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻚ‬ ُ ِ‫اﻟﺮﺋ‬ َ ِ‫ﺎء َذﻟ‬ َ ِ‫ﯿﺲ ﻟِ ُﻤﱠﺪِة ﺛَ َﻼﺛ‬ َ َ‫ﯿﻦ َﺳﻨَﺔً َوأَ ْﺛﻨ‬ ْ ْ ‫اﻟﻮ‬ ‫ﺎد ﱡ‬ .‫ﺎﺳﱡﻲ‬ ‫ي َو ﱢ‬ َ ِ‫اﻻﻗﺘ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺴﯿ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ِ ‫ﺿُﻊ‬ َ ‫ﺗََﺪْھَﻮَر‬

The president ruled for thirty years, and during that time the economic and political situation deteriorated.

158

Locative adverbs

ُ ‫ِﻋْﺸ‬ َ ‫ﺖ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﺎء‬ ٍ ‫ب َﺳﻨََﻮ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻐْﺮ‬ َ َ‫ات طَِﻮﯾﻠَﺔً َوأَ ْﺛﻨ‬ .‫ﯿﺮ‬ َ ِ‫َذﻟ‬ ٍ ِ‫ﻚ ﺗََﻐﯿ َﱠﺮ َوطَﻨِﻲ إِﻟَﻰ َﺣﱟﺪ َﻛﺒ‬ ‫ﺻِﺪﯾﻘِِﮫ َﻋﻠَﻰ َﺣﺎﻓﱠ ِﺔ اﻟﻨﱠ ْﮭِﺮ‬ َ ‫َﻛ‬ َ ‫ﺎن َﺳﺎﺋًِﺮا َﻣَﻊ‬ .َ‫ﺎد أَ ْن ﯾَ ْﺴﻘُﻂ‬ َ ‫ﻚ َوَﻛ‬ َ ِ‫ﺎء َذﻟ‬ َ َ‫ﻓَﺘََﻌﺜﱠ َﺮ أَ ْﺛﻨ‬ ُ َ‫اﻟﺨَﻼﻓ‬ ‫ات‬ ٍ ‫ﺎت ﺑَْﯿَﻦ اﻟﺒَﻠَ َﺪْﯾِﻦ ﻟَِﺴﻨ ََﻮ‬ ِ ‫ت‬ ِ ‫اِ ْﺳﺘ ََﻤﱠﺮ‬ ْ َ ْ َ‫ﻚ ﻧ ََﺸﺒ‬ َ ُ‫ﺖ ﺑَ ْﯿﻨَﮭ َُﻤﺎ ِﻋﱠﺪة‬ َ ِ‫َﺎء َذﻟ‬ َ ‫طِﻮﯾﻠَ ٍﺔ َوأﺛﻨ‬ .‫وب‬ َ ‫ﻧَِﺰ‬ ٍ ‫ﺎت َوُﺣُﺮ‬ ٍ ‫اﻋ‬

I lived in the West for many years, and during that time my homeland changed a lot. He was walking with his friend on the river bank, and he stumbled during that and almost fell. Disagreements between the two countries have continued for many years, during which many disputes and wars broke out between them.

‫إِ ْﺛَﺮ‬ ‫ إِْﺛَﺮ‬is an adverb of time that means ‘after’ or ‘following’. It can be followed by a noun indicating an event or an action or a verb:

َ ‫اِْﻧﺘَﻘََﻞ إِﻟَﻰ أَ ْﻣِﺮ‬ .‫ب ﻓِﻲ ﺑَِﻼِد ِه‬ َ ‫ﻮب ا‬ ِ ‫ﻟﺤْﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﯾﻜﺎ إِ ْﺛَﺮ ﻧُ ُﺸ‬ ْ ‫ُﻮرﯾِﱠﺔ ﻓِﻲ ِﻣ‬ ‫ﺼَﺮ إِْﺛَﺮ‬ ُ ‫ﺗﱠَﻢ إِْﻋَﻼُن ﻗِﯿَِﺎم‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺠْﻤﮭ‬ .1952 ‫ﻗِﯿَِﺎم ﺛَْﻮَرِة َﻋِﺎم‬ ُ ،‫اﻟﻤﺘﱠ ِﺤَﺪِة‬ َ ‫ﯿﻦ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﻌِﺎم ﻟِﻸ َﻣِﻢ‬ ِ ‫إِ ْﺛَﺮ ﻟِﻘَﺎﺋِ ِﮭْﻢ ﺑِﺎﻷَ ِﻣ‬ ‫ﯿﻦ‬ َ َ‫ﺎدةُ ﺑِِﺰﯾ‬ َ َ‫ﺗ ََﻌﮭ َﱠﺪ اﻟﻘ‬ ِ ‫ﺎدِة اﻟﺘﱠﺒَﱡﺮَﻋ‬ ِ ‫ﺎت ﻟِﺘ َْﺤِﺴ‬ ‫ﺎع ﱠ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤْﻨ‬ .‫ﻄﻘَ ِﺔ‬ َ ِ‫اﻟﻼِﺟﺌ‬ َ ‫أَ ْو‬ ِ ‫ﯿﻦ ﻓِﻲ‬ ِ ‫ﺿ‬ ْ ‫ب اِْرﺗَﻔَ َﻌ‬ ‫ﺎر اﻟﻨﱢ ْﻔِﻂ ﻓِﻲ‬ ُ ‫ﺖ أَ ْﺳَﻌ‬ َ ‫إِ ْﺛَﺮ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺤْﺮ‬ ‫ﱡ‬ .‫اﻟﻌﺎﻟَ ِﻤﯿِﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫ﻮق‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺴ‬

He moved to the US after the outbreak of war in his country. The republic was proclaimed in Egypt following the revolution of 1952. Following their meeting with the UN Secretary-General, leaders pledged to increase donations to improve the situation of refugees in the region. After the war, oil prices rose in the international market.

‫ﺎء‬ َ َ‫آَﻧ‬ ‫ﺎء‬ َ َ‫ آَﻧ‬means ‘while’ and ‘during’. It literally means ‘hours’, and it usually collocates with the noun (‫)اﻟﻠﱠ ْﯿِﻞ‬. It is used in the same way as (‫ﺧَﻼَل‬ ِ ), except that it is not used as an adverb of place.

ُ ‫ﺼ‬ ْ َ‫اﺻَﻞ اﻟﻘ‬ ‫ﯿﻞ‬ َ ‫ﺗََﻮ‬ َ ‫ﻒ َﻋﻠَﻰ اﻟﻘَ ْﺮﯾَِﺔ آﻧ‬ ِ ‫َﺎء اﻟﻠﱠ‬ ْ َ‫َوأ‬ .‫ﺎر‬ َ ‫طَﺮ‬ ِ َ‫اف اﻟﻨﱠﮭ‬ ‫ﺐا ﱠ‬ ‫أُ ِﺣ ﱡ‬ .‫ﻟﻜﺘَﺎﺑَ ِﺔ‬ ِ ‫اءِة َوا‬ َ ‫ﺎء اﻟﻠﱠ ْﯿِﻞ ﻟِﻠﻘَِﺮ‬ َ َ‫ﻟﺴﮭََﺮ آﻧ‬

The shelling continues on the village, night and day. I love to spend the night reading and writing.

َ‫َﻏَﺪاة‬ َ‫ َﻏَﺪاة‬means ‘in the early morning’ and ‘tomorrow’. It is used to refer to the day after a certain event. It is also used to mean ‘after’ or ‘following’:

ً ‫ﺎء اِْﺟﺘَِﻤ‬ ‫َﻋﻘَ َﺪ ﱡ‬ ‫َﺎح‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺮَؤَﺳ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻋﺎ ِﺳﱢﺮﯾًّﺎ َﻏَﺪاةَ اِْﻓﺘِﺘ‬ .‫اﻟﻘِﱠﻤِﺔ‬

The presidents held a secret meeting after the opening of the summit.

Locative adverbs 159

َ‫ي َﻏَﺪاة‬ ُ ِ‫ﺎل َرﺋ‬ ‫اﻟﻌْﺴَﻜِﺮ ﱢ‬ َ ‫ﺲ‬ َ َ‫اِْﺳﺘَﻘ‬ َ ‫ﯿﺲ‬ ِ ِ‫اﻟﻤْﺠﻠ‬ ‫ﺎت ﱠ‬ .‫اﺳَﻌِﺔ‬ َ ‫اﻻْﺣﺘَِﺠ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻮ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﺟ‬ ِ َ ‫اﻟﺸْﻌﺒِﯿِﱠﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻌْﺴَﻜِﺮﯾِﱠﺔ اﻷَْﺟﻨَﺒِﯿِﱠﺔ‬ ُ ‫ﺗَﱠﻢ َﺳْﺤ‬ َ ‫ات‬ ِ ‫ﯿﻊ اﻟﻘُ ﱠﻮ‬ ِ ‫ﺐ َﺟِﻤ‬ .‫َﺎك‬ َ ‫ﺎﻣﮭَﺎ ھُﻨ‬ ِ َ‫اق َﻏَﺪاةَ اِ ْﻧﺘِﮭ‬ ِ َ‫ﺎء َﻣﮭ‬ ِ ‫ِﻣَﻦ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻌَﺮ‬ ْ ‫اﻹْﺳَﻼِﻣﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ُ ‫ﯿﺲ‬ ِ ‫ُﻮرﯾ ِﱠﺔ‬ ِ ‫ﺗَﱠﻢ إِ ْﻋَﻼُن ﺗَﺄِﺳ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺠْﻤﮭ‬ ‫ﻮط ﱠ‬ .‫اﻟﺸِﺎه‬ َ ‫ﯾﺮ‬ َ ِ‫ﻓِﻲ إ‬ ِ ُ‫ان َﻏَﺪاةَ ُﺳﻘ‬

The head of the military council resigned following mass popular protests. All foreign military forces were withdrawn from Iraq after their duties ended. The establishment of the Islamic Republic in Iran was declared after the fall of the shah.

It should be noted here that these are not all the adverbs of time in Arabic. There are many adverbs of time that have not been included here, for example, ‫)ﻗَ ﱡ‬, among others, as they do not function (،‫ ﻟَ ﱠﻤﺎ‬،ً‫ﻏَﺪا‬ َ ،‫ ﺛَ ﱠﻢ‬،‫ﺲ‬ َ ‫ أﯾ‬،‫ﻂ‬ ِ ‫ أَ ْﻣ‬،‫ َﻣﺘَﻰ‬،‫ أَﻧﱠﻰ‬،‫ إِ ْذ‬،‫ّﺎن‬ as semi-prepositions, and therefore, they fall outside the scope of this publication.

Adverbs of place Adverbs of place (‫ﺎن‬ َ ‫ )ظُ ُﺮوف ا‬answer the question, ‘Where?’, and they can ِ ‫ﻟﻤَﻜ‬ be classified into specific and vague. Adverbs of place can also be classified into inflected (‫)ُﻣْﻌَﺮب‬, and in this case, they will always be in the accusative case (‫ﺼﻮب‬ ُ ‫ )َﻣْﻨ‬and uninflected (‫)َﻣْﺒﻨِّﻲ‬, and in this case, they will have fixed final vowel. Inflected adverbs of place (‫اﻟﻤْﻌَﺮﺑَﺔ‬ ُ ‫ﺎن‬ َ ‫ )ظُ ُﺮوف‬are based on nouns that refer to ِ ‫اﻟﻤَﻜ‬ places, for example, directions, names of places and so on.

ْ ‫َﺳْﻨَﺴﺎﻓُِﺮ َﺟﻨُﻮﺑًﺎ ﻓِﻲ ُﻋ‬ ‫ﻄﻠَِﺔ ﱢ‬ .‫ﺎء‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺸﺘ‬ ُ ‫َﻣَﺸْﯿ‬ .‫ﺖ َﻣْﯿًﻼ‬

We will travel south in the winter break. I walked for a mile.

Uninflected adverbs of time (‫ﻟﻤْﺒﻨِﯿﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫ﺎن ا‬ َ ‫ )ظُ ُﺮوف ا‬have fixed voweling, for ِ ‫ﻟﻤَﻜ‬ َ ‫ ﺗَْﺤ‬،‫ق‬ example, (‫ﻋْﺒﺮ‬ َ ،‫ون‬ َ ‫ ُد‬،‫اء‬ َ ‫ ﻓَ ْﻮ‬،‫ﺎم‬ َ ‫ َوَر‬،‫ﺖ‬ َ ‫)أَ َﻣ‬. In this section, the most important adverbs of place that function as semi-prepositions are explained.

‫ام‬ َ ‫ ﻗُ ﱠﺪ‬/ ‫ﺎم‬ َ ‫أَ َﻣ‬ ‫ﺎم‬ َ ‫ أَ َﻣ‬and ‫ ﻗُ ﱠﺪَام‬are synonyms, and they are both adverbs of place that mean ‘in front of’ or ‘before’:

َ ‫ﺗََﺤﱠﺪ‬ ‫ﺎم ﱠ‬ .‫ﱢﯿﻦ‬ ُ ِ‫ث َرﺋ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺼَﺤﻔِﯿ‬ ُ ‫ﯿﺲ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻮَزَر‬ َ ‫اء أَ َﻣ‬ ُ ‫ﻗَﺎﺑَْﻠ‬ ْ َ‫ﺖ أ‬ .‫اﻟﻤْﺮَﻛِﺰﯾِﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤْﻜﺘَﺒَِﺔ‬ َ ‫ﺎم‬ َ ‫ﺻِﺪﻗَﺎﺋِﻲ أَ َﻣ‬ ُ ‫َو َﺟْﺪ‬ .‫ي‬ ‫ﻮﺻ ُﻞ إِﻟَﻰ َﻣَﻤ ﱟﺮ ِﺳِﺮ ﱟ‬ ِ ُ‫ت ﻗُ ﱠﺪاﻣﻲ ﺑَﺎﺑًﺎ ﯾ‬

The prime minister spoke to reporters. I met my friends in front of the central library. I found a door in front of me, and it was connected to a secret passage.

‫‪Locative adverbs‬‬ ‫‪Demonstrators gathered outside the‬‬ ‫‪Iraqi Embassy in London.‬‬

‫‪160‬‬

‫ﺎم ﱠ‬ ‫اﻟﻌَﺮاﻗِﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ‫ﺎھُﺮ َ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﻔَ َ‬ ‫ﺎرِة ِ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺘَﻈَ ِ‬ ‫ﺗََﺠﱠﻤَﻊ ُ‬ ‫ون أَ َﻣ َ‬ ‫ﻓِﻲ ﻟَْﻨَﺪن‪.‬‬ ‫ﺎم‬ ‫‪ can be used figuratively:‬ﻗُ ﱠﺪَام ‪ and‬أََﻣ َ‬

‫‪This ambitious young man has a‬‬ ‫‪brilliant future ahead of him.‬‬ ‫‪The government does not know how to‬‬ ‫‪act in the face of a large fiscal deficit.‬‬ ‫‪I stopped long in front of my problem.‬‬ ‫‪The Arab summit will deal with the‬‬ ‫‪most important issue in the region.‬‬

‫ھََﺬا ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎھٌﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺎب اﻟﻄﱠ ُﻤ ُ‬ ‫اﻟﺸ ُ‬ ‫ﺎﻣﮫُ ُﻣْﺴﺘَْﻘﺒَ ٌﻞ ﺑَ ِ‬ ‫ﻮح أَ َﻣ َ‬ ‫َﺼﱠﺮ ُ‬ ‫َﻻ ﺗ َْﻌِﺮ ُ‬ ‫ﺎم‬ ‫ف ُ‬ ‫ﻮﻣﺔُ َﻛْﯿ َ‬ ‫ﻒ ﺗَﺘ َ‬ ‫اﻟﺤُﻜ َ‬ ‫ف أَ َﻣ َ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺎﻟِ ﱢﻲ َ‬ ‫ﯿﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫َ‬ ‫اﻟﻌْﺠِﺰ َ‬ ‫اﻟﻜﺒِ ِ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫طِﻮ ً‬ ‫ﺖ َ‬ ‫ﺗ ََﻮﻗﱠﻔ ُ‬ ‫ﺎم ُﻣْﺸِﻜﻠَﺘِﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﯾﻼ أ َﻣ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫اﻟﻤْﺤَﻮِرﯾ ِﱠﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻌَﺮﺑِﯿ ِﱠﺔ أھَﱡﻢ اﻟﻘَ َ‬ ‫ﺎم اﻟﻘِﱠﻤِﺔ َ‬ ‫ﻀﺎﯾَﺎ ِ‬ ‫أَ َﻣ َ‬ ‫اﻟﻤْﻨ َ‬ ‫ﻄﻘَِﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓِﻲ ِ‬

‫ﺎم‬ ‫‪ can be followed by pronoun suffixes, as follows:‬أَ َﻣ َ‬ ‫ﻣﺎم ‪ +‬أَﻧَﺎ‬ ‫أَ َ َ‬ ‫أَ َﻣﺎ َم ‪ +‬أَ ْﻧﺖَ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ‫أَ َﻣﺎ َم ‪ +‬أَ ْﻧ ِ‬

‫ﺎﻣﻲ‬ ‫أﻣ ِ‬ ‫ََ‬ ‫ﻚ‬ ‫أَ َﻣﺎ َﻣ َ‬ ‫أَ َﻣﺎ َﻣ ِﻚ‬

‫ﻣﺎم ‪ +‬ھُ َﻤﺎ‬ ‫أَ َ َ‬ ‫ﻣﺎم ‪ +‬ﻧَﺤْ ﻦُ‬ ‫أَ َ َ‬ ‫أَ َﻣﺎ َم ‪ +‬أَ ْﻧﺘُ ْﻢ‬

‫ﺎﻣﮭَُﻤﺎ‬ ‫أﻣ َ‬ ‫ََ‬ ‫أَ َﻣﺎ َﻣﻨَﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻣ ُﻜ ْﻢ‬ ‫أَ َ َ‬

‫أَ َﻣﺎ َم ‪ +‬ھُ َﻮ‬ ‫أَ َﻣﺎ َم ‪ِ +‬ھ َﻲ‬ ‫أَ َﻣﺎ َم ‪ +‬أَ ْﻧﺘُ َﻤﺎ‬

‫ﺎﻣﮫُ‬ ‫أَ َﻣ َ‬ ‫ﺎﻣﮭَﺎ‬ ‫أَ َﻣ َ‬

‫أَ َﻣﺎ َم ‪ +‬أَ ْﻧﺘُ ﱠﻦ‬ ‫أَ َﻣﺎ َم ‪ +‬ھُ ْﻢ‬

‫ﻣﺎﻣ ُﻜ ﱠﻦ‬ ‫أَ َ َ‬ ‫ﺎﻣﮭُ ْﻢ‬ ‫أَ َﻣ َ‬

‫ﻣﺎﻣ ُﻜ َﻤﺎ‬ ‫أَ َ َ‬

‫أَ َﻣﺎ َم ‪ +‬ھُ ﱠﻦ‬

‫ﺎﻣﮭُ ﱠﻦ‬ ‫أَ َﻣ َ‬

‫‪ can be followed by pronoun suffixes, as follows:‬ﻗُ ﱠﺪَام‬ ‫ﻗُ ﱠﺪا َم ‪ +‬أَﻧَﺎ‬ ‫ﺪام ‪ +‬أَ ْﻧﺖَ‬ ‫ﻗُ ﱠ َ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ‫ﻗُ ﱠﺪا َم ‪ +‬أَ ْﻧ ِ‬ ‫ﻗُ ﱠﺪا َم ‪ +‬ھُ َﻮ‬ ‫ﻗُ ﱠﺪا َم ‪ِ +‬ھ َﻲ‬

‫اﻣﻲ‬ ‫ﻗُ ﱠﺪ ِ‬ ‫ﻚ‬ ‫ﺪاﻣ َ‬ ‫ﻗُ ﱠ َ‬ ‫ﻗُ ﱠﺪا َﻣ ِﻚ‬

‫ﻗُ ﱠﺪا َم ‪ +‬ھُ َﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺪام ‪ +‬ﻧَﺤْ ﻦُ‬ ‫ﻗُ ﱠ َ‬ ‫ﻗُ ﱠﺪا َم ‪ +‬أَ ْﻧﺘُ ْﻢ‬

‫اﻣﮭُ َﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻗُ ﱠﺪ َ‬ ‫ﺪاﻣﻨَﺎ‬ ‫ﻗُ ﱠ َ‬ ‫ﺪاﻣ ُﻜ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﻗُ ﱠ َ‬

‫اﻣﮫُ‬ ‫ﻗُ ﱠﺪ َ‬ ‫ﻗُ ﱠﺪا َﻣﮭَﺎ‬

‫ﻗُ ﱠﺪا َم ‪ +‬أَ ْﻧﺘُ ﱠﻦ‬ ‫ﻗُ ﱠﺪا َم ‪ +‬ھُ ْﻢ‬

‫ﺪاﻣ ُﻜ ﱠﻦ‬ ‫ﻗُ ﱠ َ‬ ‫اﻣﮭُ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﻗُ ﱠﺪ َ‬

‫ﻗُ ﱠﺪا َم ‪ +‬أَ ْﻧﺘُ َﻤﺎ‬

‫ﺪاﻣ ُﻜ َﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻗُ ﱠ َ‬

‫ﻗُ ﱠﺪا َم ‪ +‬ھُ ﱠﻦ‬

‫اﻣﮭُ ﱠﻦ‬ ‫ﻗُ ﱠﺪ َ‬

‫اء‬ ‫َﺧْﻠ َ‬ ‫ﻒ ‪َ /‬وَر َ‬ ‫ﻒ‬ ‫اء ‪َ and‬ﺧْﻠ َ‬ ‫‪َ are synonyms, and they are both adverbs of place that mean ‘behind’:‬وَر َ‬ ‫‪The thief spent four years behind‬‬ ‫‪bars.‬‬

‫ﺎر ُ‬ ‫ﻀﻰ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻒ‬ ‫ات َﺧْﻠ َ‬ ‫ق أَ ْرﺑَ َﻊ َﺳﻨََﻮ ٍ‬ ‫ﻗَ َ‬ ‫اﻟﺴ ِ‬ ‫اﻟﻘُ ْ‬ ‫ﺎن‪.‬‬ ‫ﻀﺒ َ ِ‬

‫‪Locative adverbs 161‬‬ ‫‪I do not know what is behind the‬‬ ‫‪walls of this building.‬‬ ‫‪The author likes to sit behind the‬‬ ‫‪scenes during the show.‬‬ ‫‪Do not put the chair behind the door‬‬ ‫‪so that no one hits it.‬‬

‫ف َﻣ َ‬ ‫َﻻ أَ ْﻋِﺮ ُ‬ ‫ار ھَِﺬه‬ ‫ُﻮﺟُﺪ َﺧْﻠ َ‬ ‫ﺎذا ﯾ َ‬ ‫ﻒ أَ ْﺳَﻮ ِ‬ ‫اﻟﺒِﻨَﺎﯾَ ِﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ‫اء َ‬ ‫اﻟﻤَﺆﻟ ُ‬ ‫ﯾ ُِﺤ ﱡ‬ ‫اﻟﻜَﻮاﻟِﯿﺲ‬ ‫ﻒ أ ْن ﯾَْﺠﻠِ َ‬ ‫ﺐ ُ‬ ‫ﺲ َوَر َ‬ ‫اﻟﻤْﺴَﺮِﺣﯿ ِﱠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫أَ ْﺛﻨ َ‬ ‫ض َ‬ ‫َﺎء َﻋْﺮ ِ‬ ‫ﻀِﻊ ُ‬ ‫ﺎب َﺣﺘﱠﻰ َﻻ‬ ‫َﻻ ﺗَ َ‬ ‫اﻟﻜْﺮِﺳ ﱠ‬ ‫اء اﻟﺒَ ِ‬ ‫ﻲ َوَر َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﯾَ ْ‬ ‫ﺼﻄَِﺪَم ﺑِِﮫ أَﺣٌﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻒ‬ ‫اء ‪َ and‬ﺧْﻠ َ‬ ‫‪َ can be used figuratively. In the selected corpus, it has been noted‬وَر َ‬ ‫اء( ‪that‬‬ ‫‪َ) is used in more figurative contexts than in the literal sense:‬وَر َ‬ ‫‪The government stands behind‬‬ ‫‪the current crisis and must take‬‬ ‫‪responsibility for resolving it.‬‬ ‫‪There are many reasons and motivations‬‬ ‫‪behind the diplomat’s behavior.‬‬ ‫‪Did you understand the meanings‬‬ ‫?‪behind the verses of the poem‬‬ ‫‪The armed forces stood behind its‬‬ ‫‪leader in the face of the president.‬‬

‫ﺗﻘِ ُ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟِﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ‫ﻒ ُ‬ ‫اء اﻷَ ْزَﻣِﺔ َ‬ ‫ﻮﻣﺔُ َوَر َ‬ ‫اﻟﺤُﻜ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ‫َوَﻋﻠَ ْﯿﮭَﺎ أ ْن ﺗَﺘََﺤﱠﻤَﻞ َﻣْﺴُﺆوﻟِﯿﱠﺔَ َﺣﻠﮭَﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻮك ﱢ‬ ‫ﺎﺳﱢﻲ أَْﺳﺒَ ٌ‬ ‫ﺎب َوَدَواﻓُِﻊ‬ ‫ﻮﻣ ِ‬ ‫اء ُﺳﻠُ ِ‬ ‫َوَر َ‬ ‫اﻟﺪْﺑﻠُ َ‬ ‫ﯾﺪة‪ٌ.‬‬ ‫َﻋِﺪ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫اﻟﻤَﻌﺎﻧِﻲ َ‬ ‫ھَْﻞ ﻓِﮭْﻤ َ‬ ‫ﺎت‬ ‫اء أ ْﺑﯿَ ِ‬ ‫اﻟﻜ ِ‬ ‫ﺎﻣﻨَﺔ َوَر َ‬ ‫ﺖ َ‬ ‫ﯿﺪِة؟‬ ‫ﺼ َ‬ ‫اﻟﻘَ ِ‬ ‫ﺖ اﻟﻘُ ﱠﻮ ُ‬ ‫ﻒ ﻗَﺎﺋِِﺪھَﺎ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﻤَﺴﻠﱠ َﺤﺔُ َﺧْﻠ َ‬ ‫َوﻗَﻔَ ِ‬ ‫ات ُ‬ ‫اﺟﮭَ ِﺔ ﱠ‬ ‫ﯿﺲ‪.‬‬ ‫ُﻣَﻮ َ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺋِ ِ‬

‫ﻒ‬ ‫‪َ can be followed by pronoun suffixes, as follows:‬ﺧْﻠ َ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫ﺧﻠﻒَ ‪ +‬أَﻧَﺎ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫ﺧﻠﻒَ ‪ +‬أَ ْﻧﺖَ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ‫ﺧﻠﻒَ ‪ +‬أَ ْﻧ ِ‬

‫َﺧ ْﻠﻔِﻲ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫ﻚ‬ ‫ﺧﻠﻔَ َ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫ﺧﻠﻔَ ِﻚ‬

‫َْ‬ ‫ﺧﻠﻒَ ‪ +‬ھُ َﻤﺎ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫ﺧﻠﻒَ ‪ +‬ﻧَﺤْ ﻦُ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫ﺧﻠﻒَ ‪ +‬أَ ْﻧﺘُ ْﻢ‬

‫‪ +‬ھُ َﻮ‬ ‫‪ِ +‬ھَﻲ‬ ‫‪ +‬أَ ْﻧﺘُ َﻤﺎ‬

‫َْ‬ ‫ﺧﻠﻔَﮫُ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫ﺧﻠﻔَﮭَﺎ‬

‫َْ‬ ‫ﺧﻠﻒَ ‪ +‬أَ ْﻧﺘُ ﱠﻦ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫ﺧﻠﻒَ ‪ +‬ھُ ْﻢ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫ﺧﻠﻒَ ‪ +‬ھُ ﱠﻦ‬

‫َْ‬ ‫ﺧﻠﻒَ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫ﺧﻠﻒَ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫ﺧﻠﻒَ‬

‫َْ‬ ‫ﺧﻠﻔَ ُﻜ َﻤﺎ‬

‫َْ‬ ‫ﺧﻠﻔَﮭُ َﻤﺎ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫ﺧﻠﻔَﻨَﺎ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫ﺧﻠﻔَ ُﻜ ْﻢ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫ﺧﻠﻔَ ُﻜ ﱠﻦ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫ﺧﻠﻔَﮭُ ْﻢ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫ﺧﻠﻔَﮭُ ﱠﻦ‬

‫اء‬ ‫‪َ can be followed by pronoun suffixes, as follows:‬وَر َ‬ ‫َو َرا َء ‪ +‬أَﻧَﺎ‬ ‫َو َرا َء ‪ +‬أَ ْﻧﺖَ‬

‫وراﺋِﻲ‬ ‫ك‬ ‫َو َرا َء َ‬

‫ﺖ‬ ‫َو َرا َء ‪ +‬أَ ْﻧ ِ‬ ‫َو َرا َء ‪ +‬ھُ َﻮ‬

‫َو َرا َء ِك‬ ‫اءهُ‬ ‫َو َر َ‬

‫َو َرا َء ‪ +‬ھُ َﻤﺎ‬ ‫َو َرا َء ‪ +‬ﻧَﺤْ ﻦُ‬ ‫َو َرا َء ‪ +‬أَ ْﻧﺘُ ْﻢ‬ ‫َو َرا َء ‪ +‬أَ ْﻧﺘُ ﱠﻦ‬

‫اءھُ َﻤﺎ‬ ‫َو َر َ‬ ‫َو َرا َءﻧَﺎ‬ ‫راء ُﻛ ْﻢ‬ ‫َو َ َ‬ ‫راء ُﻛ ﱠﻦ‬ ‫َو َ َ‬

‫َو َرا َء ‪ِ +‬ھ َﻲ‬ ‫ﺘﻤﺎ‬ ‫َو َرا َء ‪ +‬أَ ْﻧ ُ َ‬

‫َو َرا َءھَﺎ‬ ‫راء ُﻛَﻤﺎ‬ ‫َو َ َ‬

‫َو َرا َء ‪ +‬ھُ ْﻢ‬ ‫َو َرا َء ‪ +‬ھُ ﱠﻦ‬

‫اءھُ ْﻢ‬ ‫َو َر َ‬ ‫اءھُ ﱠﻦ‬ ‫َو َر َ‬

162

Locative adverbs

‫ﺖ‬ َ ‫ﺗ َْﺤ‬ َ ‫ ﺗَْﺤ‬means ‘below’ and ‘under’, and it can be used figuratively: ‫ﺖ‬ َ ‫ت اﻟﻘِﻄﱠﺔُ ﺗ َْﺤ‬ .‫ﺎوﻟَ ِﺔ‬ ِ َ ‫اِْﺧﺘَﺒَﺄ‬ ِ ‫ﺖ اﻟﻄﱠ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﻤَﻮظﱠ‬ َ ‫ار ﺗ َْﺤ‬ ‫ﺿْﻐٍﻂ‬ َ َ‫َواﻓ‬ َ ‫ﺖ‬ ُ ‫ﻖ‬ ِ ‫ﻒ َﻋﻠَﻰ اﻟﻘَ َﺮ‬ .‫ﯿﺴِﮫ‬ ِ ِ‫ِﻣْﻦ َرﺋ‬ َ ‫ﻮن ﺗَْﺤ‬ ‫ﺎر ِوْﺣَﺪِة‬ َ ُ‫اطﻨ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤَﻮ‬ ُ ‫اِْﺟﺘ ََﻤَﻊ‬ ِ ‫ﺖ ِﺷَﻌ‬ .‫ﺎن‬ ِ َ‫اﻷَ ْدﯾ‬ ‫ﺶ ﻓِﻲ ﱠ‬ ْ ‫اِْﻧﺘََﺸَﺮ‬ ُ ‫ت ﻗُ ﱠﻮ‬ َ ‫ع ﺗَْﺤ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ َ ‫ات‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺠْﯿ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺸَﻮ‬ ِ ‫ار‬ َ َ .‫ﺎن‬ َ ‫َذِر‬ ِ ‫ﯾﻌِﺔ ِﺣْﻔِﻆ اﻷْﻣِﻦ َواﻷَﻣ‬

The cat hid under the table. The employee accepted the decision under pressure from his boss. Citizens met under the banner of unity of religions. Army forces were deployed in the streets under the pretext of maintaining safety and security.

‫ﺖ‬ َ ‫ ﺗَْﺤ‬in fixed expressions The delegations participating in the conference met under the theme of the reconstruction of Iraq. Opponents gathered under the banner of toppling the regime. The elections were held under the supervision of the judges. Citizens suffered under the brunt of crushing economic crisis. The conference was sponsored by local car manufacturers. All state television channels are under the state’s control. The Geneva Convention defines the status of territories under occupation. The resolution was voted under the influence of US pressure.

ُ ُ‫اﻟﻮﻓ‬ ‫ﻮد‬ ُ ‫ﺖ‬ ِ ‫اِْﺟﺘَ َﻤَﻌ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﻤْﺆﺗ ََﻤ ِﺮ‬ ُ ‫ﺎرَﻛﺔ ﻓِﻲ‬ ُ ِ ‫اﻟﻤَﺸ‬ ْ ُ َ ْ َ‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﺎدِة‬ ‫ﻮ‬ ‫ﻨ‬ ‫ﻋ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ‫ﺤ‬ َ ‫ان إَِﻋ‬ ِ َ .‫اق‬ ِ ‫ﺎر‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻌَﺮ‬ ِ ‫إِْﻋَﻤ‬ ‫ﻮن‬ ُ ‫ﺎر‬ َ ‫ﺿ‬ ُ ‫ﺗَ َﺠﱠﻤَﻊ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤَﻌ‬ َ َ ‫ﺗَْﺤ‬ ‫ﺎط‬ ِ ‫ﺎر إِْﺳﻘ‬ ِ ‫ﺖ ِﺷَﻌ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻨﱢ‬ .‫ﻈِﺎم‬ ُ َ‫اﻻ ْﻧﺘِ َﺨﺎﺑ‬ َ ‫ﺎت ﺗَْﺤ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ِ ‫ﺖ‬ ِ ‫ﺗَﱠﻤ‬ ُ .‫ﻀِﺎة‬ َ ‫اف اﻟﻘ‬ ِ ‫إِ ْﺷَﺮ‬ ‫ﻮن‬ َ ُ‫اطﻨ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤَﻮ‬ ُ ‫َﻋﺎﻧَﻰ‬ ْ ‫ﺖ َو‬ َ ‫ﺗَْﺤ‬ ‫طﺄ َ ِة اﻷَ ْزَﻣِﺔ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ .‫ﺎﺣﻨ َِﺔ‬ َ ِ‫اﻻْﻗﺘ‬ ِ ‫ﺎدﯾ ِﱠﺔ اﻟﻄ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ِ َ ‫اﻟﻤْﺆﺗََﻤُﺮ ﺗَْﺤ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ُ ‫ُﻋﻘَِﺪ‬ َ َ ْ ‫ﯿﻊ‬ ‫ﻨ‬ ‫َﺼ‬ ‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﺎت‬ ‫ﻛ‬ ‫ﺮ‬ ‫ﺷ‬ ِ ِ ‫ِرَﻋﺎﯾَِﺔ‬ ِ ِ ‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ .‫اﻟﻤَﺤﻠﯿِﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺴﯿ‬ ِ ‫ﱠﺎر‬ َ ‫ات‬ ‫ات‬ ُ ‫ﺗُ ْﻌﺘَﺒَ ُﺮ َﺟِﻤ‬ ِ ‫ﯿﻊ اﻟﻘَﻨََﻮ‬ ْ ‫اﻟﺘِﻠِﻔِﺰﯾﻮﻧِﯿِﱠﺔ ﱠ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳِﻤﯿﱠ ِﺔ‬ َ ‫ﺖ َﺳْﯿ‬ ‫ﻄَﺮِة ﱠ‬ َ ‫ﺗ َْﺤ‬ .‫اﻟﺪْوﻟَ ِﺔ‬ ‫ﺗُ َﺤﱢﺪُد اِﺗﱢﻔَﺎﻗِﯿﱠﺔُ ِﺟﻨِﯿﻒ‬ ْ ‫َو‬ ‫اﻟﻮاﻗَِﻌِﺔ‬ ِ ‫ﺿَﻊ اﻷَ َر‬ َ ‫اﺿﻲ‬ َ ‫ﺗَْﺤ‬ .‫اﻻْﺣﺘَِﻼِل‬ ِ ‫ﺖ‬ ُ ِ‫ﺼﻮﯾ‬ ْ ‫ﺗَﱠﻢ اﻟﺘﱠ‬ ‫ﺖ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ْ َ ‫ار ﺗَْﺤ‬ ‫ﯿﺮ‬ ِ ِ‫ﺖ ﺗَﺄﺛ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻘََﺮ‬ َ ‫ﱠ‬ .‫ﯾﻜﱢﻲ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻀْﻐِﻂ اﻷْﻣ ِﺮ‬

under the theme of

َ ْ‫ﺗَﺤ‬ ‫ان‬ ِ ‫ﺖ ُﻋْﻨَﻮ‬

under the banner of

َ ‫ﺗَْﺤ‬ ‫ﺎر‬ ِ ‫ﺖ ِﺷَﻌ‬

under the supervision of under the brunt of

َ ْ‫ﺗَﺤ‬ ‫اف‬ ِ ‫ﺖ إِْﺷَﺮ‬

sponsored by

َ ْ‫ﺗَﺤ‬ ‫ﺖ ِرَﻋﺎﯾَِﺔ‬

under the control of

َ ‫ﺖ َﺳْﯿ‬ َ ْ‫ﺗَﺤ‬ ‫ﻄَﺮِة‬

under occupation

under the influence of

ْ ‫ﺖ َو‬ َ ْ‫ﺗَﺤ‬ ‫طﺄ َ ِة‬

َ ْ‫ﺗَﺤ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ َ ‫اﻻْﺣﺘِﻼِل‬ ِ ْ َ ‫ﺗَْﺤ‬ ‫ﯿﺮ‬ ِ ِ‫ﺖ ﺗَﺄﺛ‬

Locative adverbs 163 The opposition party won the election under the leadership of its young president. The government confiscated the wealth of rich people under the guise of fighting corruption. All Arab tribes united under the banner of Islam. Palestinians live at the mercy of the Israeli occupation forces. The president repressed all his opponents under the pretext of security concerns. All state resources must not be at the disposal of the military. More than half of Yemenis live below the poverty line.

َ َ‫ﻓ‬ ‫ﺿِﺔ‬ ُ ‫ﺎز ِﺣْﺰ‬ َ ‫ﺎر‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤَﻌ‬ ُ ‫ب‬ َ ‫ﺎت ﺗَْﺤ‬ ‫ﺎدِة‬ َ َ‫ﺖ ﻗِﯿ‬ ِ َ‫ﺎﻻْﻧﺘَِﺨﺎﺑ‬ ِ ِ‫ﺑ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ .‫ﺎب‬ ‫ﯿﺴِﮫ اﻟﺸ ﱢ‬ ِ ِ‫َرﺋ‬

under the leadership of

َ ْ‫ﺗَﺤ‬ ‫ﺎدِة‬ َ َ‫ﺖ ﻗِﯿ‬

ُ‫ﻮﻣﺔ‬ ُ ‫ﺖ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻣ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺤُﻜ‬ َ َ‫ﻗ‬ َ ‫ال‬ َ ‫ﺼ‬ َ ‫ﺑُِﻤ‬ ِ ‫ﺎدَرِة أْﻣَﻮ‬ َ َ َ ْ ‫ﺎر‬ ‫ﺘ‬ ‫ﺳ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ‫ﺤ‬ ‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﺎء‬ ‫ﯿ‬ ‫ﻨ‬ ِ َ ِ ‫اﻷَْﻏ‬ ِ ِ .‫ﺎد‬ َ ‫ُﻣَﺤ‬ ِ ‫ﺎرﺑَِﺔ اﻟﻔََﺴ‬ ْ ‫اﺗﱠ َﺤَﺪ‬ ‫ﯿﻊ ﻗَﺒَﺎﺋِِﻞ‬ ُ ‫ت َﺟِﻤ‬ َ ‫ب ﺗ َْﺤ‬ ‫ﺖ َراﯾَ ِﺔ‬ َ ِ ‫اﻟﻌَﺮ‬ .‫اﻹْﺳَﻼِم‬ ِ ‫ﻮن‬ ُ ‫ﯾَ ْﻌ‬ َ ّ‫ﯿﺶ اﻟﻔِﻠَْﺴِﻄﯿﻨِﯿ‬ َ ‫ﺗ َْﺤ‬ ‫ات‬ ِ ‫ﺖ َرْﺣَﻤِﺔ ﻗُ ﱠﻮ‬ .‫اﻹْﺳَﺮاﺋِﯿﻠِﱢﻲ‬ ِ ِ ‫اﻻْﺣﺘَِﻼِل‬ ‫ﻗَ َﻤَﻊ ﱠ‬ ‫ﯿﻊ‬ ُ ِ‫اﻟﺮﺋ‬ َ ‫ﯿﺲ َﺟِﻤ‬ َ َ ‫ﯿﮫ ﺗَْﺤ‬ ‫ﺖ ذ ِرْﯾَﻌِﺔ‬ ِ ‫ﺿ‬ ِ ‫ﺎر‬ ِ ‫ُﻣَﻌ‬ .‫ف اﻷَ ْﻣﻨِﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ِ ‫ﺎو‬ َ ِ ‫اﻟﻤَﺨ‬

under the guise of

َ ‫ﺗَْﺤ‬ /‫ﺎر‬ ِ َ‫ﺖ ِﺳﺘ‬ َ ‫ِﻏ‬ ‫ﺎء‬ ِ ‫ﻄ‬

under the banner of

َ ْ‫ﺗَﺤ‬ /‫اء‬ ِ ‫ﺖ ﻟَِﻮ‬ ‫َراﯾَِﺔ‬

‫ﯿﻊ‬ ُ ‫ﻮن َﺟِﻤ‬ ُ ‫ﯾَِﺠ‬ َ ‫ﺐ أَ ﱠﻻ ﺗَُﻜ‬ ‫ارِد ﱠ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺪْوﻟَِﺔ ﺗَْﺤ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ِ ‫َﻣَﻮ‬ .‫ﺶ‬ َ ‫ف‬ َ َ‫ﺗ‬ ِ ‫ﺼﱡﺮ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺠْﯿ‬ َ ْ ْ ِ‫ﯿﺶ أﻛﺜَ ُﺮ ِﻣْﻦ ﻧ‬ ‫ﻒ‬ ُ ‫ﯾَ ِﻌ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ‫ﺖ َﺧ ﱢ‬ َ ‫ﱢﯿﻦ ﺗَْﺤ‬ ‫ﻂ‬ َ ‫اﻟﯿَ َﻤﻨِﯿ‬ .‫اﻟﻔَ ْﻘ ِﺮ‬

at the disposal of

at the mercy of

َ ْ‫ﺗَﺤ‬ ‫ﺖ َرْﺣَﻤِﺔ‬

under the pretext of

َ ْ‫ﺗَﺤ‬ ‫ﺖ َذِرْﯾَﻌِﺔ‬

below the poverty line

َ ‫ﺗَْﺤ‬ ‫ف‬ َ ‫ﺖﺗ‬ ِ ‫َﺼﱡﺮ‬ ‫ﺖ َﺧ ﱢ‬ َ ‫ﺗَْﺤ‬ ‫ﻂ‬ ‫اﻟﻔَ ْﻘِﺮ‬

َ ‫ ﺗَْﺤ‬can be followed by pronoun suffixes, as follows: ‫ﺖ‬ ‫ﺗَ ْﺤﺘِﻲ‬ ‫ﻚ‬ َ َ‫ﺗَﺤْ ﺘ‬

َ ْ‫ﺗَﺤ‬ ‫ أَﻧَﺎ‬+ ‫ﺖ‬ َ ْ‫ﺗَﺤ‬ َ‫ أَ ْﻧﺖ‬+ ‫ﺖ‬

َ ْ‫ﺗَﺤ‬ ‫ أَ ْﻧﺘُ ﱠﻦ‬+ ‫ﺖ‬

‫ﺗَﺤْ ﺘَ ِﻚ‬ ُ‫ﺗَﺤْ ﺘَﮫ‬

َ ْ‫ﺗَﺤ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ِ ‫ أَ ْﻧ‬+ ‫ﺖ‬ ‫ ھُ َﻮ‬+ َ‫ﺗَﺤْ ﺖ‬

‫ ھُ ْﻢ‬+ َ‫ﺗَﺤْ ﺖ‬ ‫ ھُ ﱠﻦ‬+ َ‫ﺗَﺤْ ﺖ‬

‫ﺗَﺤْ ﺘَﮭَﺎ‬ ‫ﺗَﺤْ ﺘَ ُﻜَﻤﺎ‬

‫ ِھ َﻲ‬+ َ‫ﺗَﺤْ ﺖ‬ َ ْ‫ﺗَﺤ‬ ‫ أَ ْﻧﺘَُﻤﺎ‬+ ‫ﺖ‬

‫ﺗَﺤْ ﺘَﮭُ َﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺗَﺤْ ﺘَﻨَﺎ‬ ‫ﺗَﺤْ ﺘَ ُﻜ ْﻢ‬

‫ ھُ َﻤﺎ‬+ َ‫ﺗَﺤْ ﺖ‬ ُ‫ ﻧَﺤْ ﻦ‬+ َ‫ﺗَﺤْ ﺖ‬ َ ْ‫ﺗَﺤ‬ ‫ أَ ْﻧﺘُ ْﻢ‬+ ‫ﺖ‬

‫ﺗَﺤْ ﺘَ ُﻜ ﱠﻦ‬ ‫ﺗَﺤْ ﺘَﮭُ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﺗَﺤْ ﺘَﮭُ ﱠﻦ‬

‫ق‬ َ ‫ﻓَ ْﻮ‬ ‫ق‬ َ ‫ ﻓَ ْﻮ‬means ‘over’ or ‘above’, and it can be used figuratively: ‫اﻟﻤﺒَﺎﻧِﻲ‬ َ ‫ﺖ اﻷَ ْﻋَﻼُم ﻓَ ْﻮ‬ ِ ‫اِْرﺗَﻔَ َﻌ‬ َ ‫ﯿﻊ‬ ِ ‫ق َﺟِﻤ‬ .‫ﻮﻣﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ُ ِ ‫اﻟﺤُﻜ‬

The flags rose above all government buildings.

164

Locative adverbs

‫ َﺣَﻤَﻞ ﱠ‬،‫ﺎف‬ ‫اِْﺣﺘِﻔَ ًﺎﻻ ﺑِ ﱢ‬ ‫ﯾﺲ‬ ُ َ‫اﻟﺸﺒ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻌِﺮ‬ َ ‫ﺎب‬ ِ َ‫ﺎﻟﺰﻓ‬ .‫ﺎق‬ َ ‫ﻓَ ْﻮ‬ ِ َ‫ق اﻷَ ْﻋﻨ‬ ‫ﺖ ﱡ‬ .‫ﺎر‬ ُ ‫اﻟﻄﯿ‬ َ ‫ُﻮر ﻓَ ْﻮ‬ ِ ‫ﺗ ََﺠﱠﻤَﻌ‬ ِ ‫وع اﻷَ ْﺷَﺠ‬ ِ ‫ق ﻓُ ُﺮ‬ َ َ‫ق ُﻣْﺸِﻜَﻼﺗِِﮫ َواِْﺳﺘ‬ ‫ﯿﻖ‬ َ ِ‫ﺎع ﺗَْﺤﻘ‬ َ ‫ﻄ‬ َ ‫ﺎﻣﻰ ﻓَْﻮ‬ َ ‫ﺗََﺴ‬ .‫ﺎح‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻨﱠ َﺠ‬

In celebration of the wedding, young men carried the groom over the heads. Birds gathered above the branches of the trees. He overcame his problems and succeeded.

‫ق‬ َ ‫ ﻓَ ْﻮ‬in fixed expressions All persons over the age of eighteen should vote. In his speech, the president said that the country’s interests and security are paramount. The products of our company are characterized by innovation, excellence, quality and, above all, they are characterized by the right prices. Army aircraft flew over the heads of those attending the military parade. The singer was carried over the shoulders.

ْ ‫ﻮم ﺑِﺎﻟﺘﱠ‬ ‫ﯾﺖ‬ ِ ‫ﺼِﻮ‬ َ ُ‫ﯾَْﻨﺒَ ِﻐﻲ أَْن ﯾَﻘ‬ ‫ق ِﺳﱢﻦ‬ َ ‫ُﻛﱡﻞ َﻣْﻦ ھُْﻢ ﻓَْﻮ‬ .َ‫ﺎﻣﻨَﺔَ َﻋْﺸَﺮة‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺜ‬ ‫ﺎل ﱠ‬ ‫ﯿﺲ ﻓِﻲ ِﺧﻄَﺎﺑِِﮫ إِﱠن‬ ُ ِ‫اﻟﺮﺋ‬ َ َ‫ﻗ‬ َ ْ ‫َﻣ‬ ‫ق‬ َ ‫ﺼﻠَ َﺤﺔَ اﻟﺒَِﻼِد َوأ ْﻣﻨَﮭَﺎ ﻓَ ْﻮ‬ .‫ﻲء‬ ٍ ‫ُﻛﱢﻞ َﺷ‬ ‫ﺎت َﺷ ِﺮ َﻛﺘِﻨَﺎ‬ ِ ‫ﺗَﺘََﻤﯿ ُﱠﺰ ُﻣْﻨﺘََﺠ‬ ‫ﺎر َواﻟﺘﱠ َﻤﱡﯿِﺰ‬ ِ ِ‫ﺑ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻻْﺑﺘِ َﻜ‬ ‫ﻚ ُﻛﻠِﮫﱢ‬ َ ِ‫ق َذﻟ‬ َ ‫ َوﻓَ ْﻮ‬،‫اﻟﺠْﻮَدِة‬ َ ‫َو‬ .‫َﺎﺳﺒَ ِﺔ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤﻨ‬ ُ ‫ﺎر‬ ِ ‫ﺗَﺘََﻤﯿُﱠﺰ ﺑِﺎﻷَ ْﺳَﻌ‬

over the age of

above all

‫ﻚ ُﻛﻠﱢِﮫ‬ َ ِ‫ق َذﻟ‬ َ ‫ﻓَْﻮ‬

ْ َ‫َﺣﻠﱠﻘ‬ َ ‫ﺖ‬ ُ ‫طﺎﺋَِﺮ‬ ‫ﺶ‬ َ ‫ات‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺠْﯿ‬ ‫ﺎﺿ ِﺮي‬ َ ‫ﻓَْﻮ‬ ِ ‫وس َﺣ‬ ِ ‫ق ُرُؤ‬ .‫ي‬ ‫اﻟﻌْﺴَﻜِﺮ ﱢ‬ َ ‫ض‬ َ ِ ‫اﻟﻌْﺮ‬ ْ ‫ق‬ ُ ‫اﻟﻤﻄِﺮ‬ َ ‫ب ﻓَْﻮ‬ ُ ‫ُﺣِﻤَﻞ‬ .‫َﺎف‬ ِ ‫اﻷَ ْﻛﺘ‬

over the heads of

‫وس‬ َ ‫ﻓَْﻮ‬ ِ ‫ق ُرُؤ‬

over the shoulders

‫ﺎف‬ َ ‫ﻓَْﻮ‬ ِ َ‫ق أَْﻛﺘ‬

paramount

/ ‫ﺳﱢﻦ‬ َ ‫ﻓَْﻮ‬ ِ ‫ق‬

‫ُﻋْﻤِﺮ‬

‫ﻲء‬ َ ‫ﻓَْﻮ‬ ٍ ‫ق ُﻛﱢﻞ َﺷ‬

‫ق‬ َ ‫ ﻓَ ْﻮ‬can be followed by pronoun suffixes, as follows: ‫ﻓَﻮْ ﻗَﮭُ َﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻓَﻮْ ﻗَﻨَﺎ‬ ‫ﻓَﻮْ ﻗَ ُﻜ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﻓَﻮْ ﻗَ ُﻜ ﱠﻦ‬ ‫ﻓَﻮْ ﻗَﮭُ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﻓَﻮْ ﻗَﮭُ ﱠﻦ‬

‫ ھُ َﻤﺎ‬+ ‫ق‬ َ ْ‫ﻓَﻮ‬ ُ‫ ﻧَﺤْ ﻦ‬+ ‫ق‬ َ ْ‫ﻓَﻮ‬ ‫ أَ ْﻧﺘُ ْﻢ‬+ ‫ق‬ َ ْ‫ﻓَﻮ‬ ‫ أَ ْﻧﺘُ ﱠﻦ‬+ ‫ق‬ َ ْ‫ﻓَﻮ‬

‫ﻓَﻮْ ﻗِﻲ‬ ‫ﻚ‬ َ َ‫ﻓَﻮْ ﻗ‬ ‫ﻓَﻮْ ﻗَ ِﻚ‬ ُ‫ﻓَﻮْ ﻗَﮫ‬

‫ ھُ ْﻢ‬+ ‫ق‬ َ ْ‫ﻓَﻮ‬ ‫ ھُ ﱠﻦ‬+ ‫ق‬ َ ْ‫ﻓَﻮ‬

‫ﻓَﻮْ ﻗَﮭَﺎ‬ ‫ﻓَﻮْ ﻗَ ُﻜ َﻤﺎ‬

‫ أَﻧَﺎ‬+ ‫ق‬ َ ْ‫ﻓَﻮ‬ َ‫ أَ ْﻧﺖ‬+ ‫ق‬ َ ْ‫ﻓَﻮ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ َ ْ‫ﻓَﻮ‬ ِ ‫ أَ ْﻧ‬+ ‫ق‬ ‫ ھُ َﻮ‬+ ‫ق‬ َ ْ‫ﻓَﻮ‬ ‫ ِھ َﻲ‬+ ‫ق‬ َ ْ‫ﻓَﻮ‬ ‫ أَ ْﻧﺘُ َﻤﺎ‬+ ‫ق‬ َ ْ‫ﻓَﻮ‬

‫‪Locative adverbs 165‬‬

‫اﺧَﻞ‬ ‫َد ِ‬ ‫اﺧَﻞ‬ ‫‪َ means ‘inside’, and it can be used figuratively:‬د ِ‬ ‫‪The terms of the new law were‬‬ ‫‪discussed within Parliament.‬‬ ‫‪The thief was locked inside the dock‬‬ ‫‪during the trial.‬‬ ‫‪I do not know what’s inside the box.‬‬ ‫‪Senior officials enjoy protection‬‬ ‫‪because they are part of the regime.‬‬

‫ﺗَﱠﻤ ْ‬ ‫اﺧَﻞ‬ ‫ﻮن َ‬ ‫ﯾﺪ َد ِ‬ ‫اﻟﺠِﺪ ِ‬ ‫ﺖ ُﻣﻨَﺎﻗََﺸﺔُ ﺑُﻨُ ِ‬ ‫ﻮد اﻟﻘَﺎﻧُ ِ‬ ‫ﺎن‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺒَْﺮﻟََﻤ ِ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﺎر ُ‬ ‫ﺲ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎء‬ ‫ُﺣﺒِ َ‬ ‫ﺺ ِ‬ ‫ق َد ِ‬ ‫اﻻﺗﱢﮭَ ِﺎم أﺛﻨَ َ‬ ‫اﻟﺴ ِ‬ ‫اﺧَﻞ ﻗَﻔَ ِ‬ ‫اﻟﻤَﺤ َ‬ ‫ﺎﻛَﻤِﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ف َﻣ َ‬ ‫َﻻ أ ْﻋِﺮ ُ‬ ‫وق‪.‬‬ ‫اﺧَﻞ ُ‬ ‫ﺎذا ﯾ َ‬ ‫ُﻮﺟُﺪ َد ِ‬ ‫اﻟﺼْﻨُﺪ ِ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﺎﻟﺤَﻤﺎﯾَِﺔ ِﻷﻧﱠﮭ ُْﻢ‬ ‫ﯾَﺘََﻤﺘﱠ ُﻊ ِﻛﺒَ ُ‬ ‫اﻟﻤْﺴُﺆوﻟِ َ‬ ‫ﯿﻦ ﺑِ ِ‬ ‫ﺎر َ‬ ‫اﺧَﻞ اﻟﻨﱢﻈَِﺎم‪.‬‬ ‫َد ِ‬

‫اﺧَﻞ‬ ‫‪َ can be followed by pronoun suffixes, as follows:‬د ِ‬ ‫اﺧ َﻞ ‪ +‬أَﻧَﺎ‬ ‫َد ِ‬ ‫اﺧ َﻞ ‪ +‬أَ ْﻧﺖَ‬ ‫َد ِ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ‫اﺧ َﻞ ‪ +‬أَ ْﻧ ِ‬ ‫َد ِ‬ ‫اﺧ َﻞ ‪ +‬ھُ َﻮ‬ ‫َد ِ‬ ‫اﺧ َﻞ ‪ِ +‬ھ َﻲ‬ ‫َد ِ‬ ‫اﺧ َﻞ ‪ +‬أَ ْﻧﺘُ َﻤﺎ‬ ‫َد ِ‬

‫داﺧﻠَ ِﻚ‬ ‫َ ِ‬ ‫اﺧﻠَﮫُ‬ ‫َد ِ‬

‫اﺧ َﻞ ‪ +‬ھُ َﻤﺎ‬ ‫َد ِ‬ ‫اﺧ َﻞ ‪ +‬ﻧَﺤْ ﻦُ‬ ‫َد ِ‬ ‫اﺧ َﻞ ‪ +‬أَ ْﻧﺘُ ْﻢ‬ ‫َد ِ‬

‫اﺧﻠَﮭُ َﻤﺎ‬ ‫َد ِ‬ ‫داﺧﻠَﻨَﺎ‬ ‫َ ِ‬ ‫داﺧﻠَ ُﻜ ْﻢ‬ ‫َ ِ‬

‫اﺧ َﻞ ‪ +‬أَ ْﻧﺘُ ﱠﻦ‬ ‫َد ِ‬

‫داﺧﻠَﮭَﺎ‬ ‫َ ِ‬ ‫داﺧﻠَ ُﻜ َﻤﺎ‬ ‫َ ِ‬

‫اﺧ َﻞ ‪ +‬ھُ ْﻢ‬ ‫َد ِ‬ ‫اﺧ َﻞ ‪ +‬ھُ ﱠﻦ‬ ‫َد ِ‬

‫داﺧﻠَ ُﻜ ﱠﻦ‬ ‫َ ِ‬ ‫اﺧﻠَﮭُ ْﻢ‬ ‫َد ِ‬

‫اﺧﻠِﻲ‬ ‫َد ِ‬ ‫ﻚ‬ ‫داﺧﻠَ َ‬ ‫َ ِ‬

‫اﺧﻠَﮭُ ﱠﻦ‬ ‫َد ِ‬

‫ﺎرَج‬ ‫َﺧ ِ‬ ‫ﺎرَج‬ ‫‪َ means ‘outside’, and it can be used figuratively:‬ﺧ َ‬ ‫‪I awaited the actor outside the theater.‬‬ ‫‪After the elections, small parties‬‬ ‫‪gathered outside Parliament.‬‬ ‫?‪Can you think outside the box‬‬ ‫‪He established a relationship with a‬‬ ‫‪woman outside wedlock.‬‬

‫اِ ْﻧﺘَﻈَْﺮ ُ‬ ‫ح‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤَﻤﺜﱢَﻞ َﺧ َ‬ ‫ت ُ‬ ‫ﺎرَج َ‬ ‫اﻟﻤْﺴَﺮ ِ‬ ‫اب‬ ‫ﺎت ﺗََﺠﱠﻤَﻌﺖ اﻷَْﺣَﺰ ُ‬ ‫اﻻْﻧﺘَِﺨﺎﺑَ ِ‬ ‫ﺑَْﻌَﺪ ِ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎن‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺼِﻐ َ‬ ‫ﺎرَج اﻟﺒَْﺮﻟَﻤ ِ‬ ‫ﯿﺮة َﺧ ِ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺎرَج ﱡ‬ ‫وق؟‬ ‫ھَْﻞ ﯾ ُْﻤِﻜﻨﻜْﻢ اﻟﺘﻔِﻜ ُ‬ ‫اﻟﺼﻨُﺪ ِ‬ ‫ﯿﺮ َﺧ ِ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﺎر‬ ‫أَﻗَ َ‬ ‫ﺎرَج إِط ِ‬ ‫ﺎم َﻋَﻼﻗَﺔً َﻣَﻊ اِْﻣَﺮأ ٍة َﺧ ِ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫اﻟﺰْوِﺟﯿ ِﱠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺎرَج‬ ‫‪َ can be followed by pronoun suffixes, as follows:‬ﺧ ِ‬ ‫ﺧﺎر َج ‪ +‬أَﻧَﺎ‬ ‫َ ِ‬ ‫ﺧﺎر َج ‪ +‬أَ ْﻧﺖَ‬ ‫َ ِ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ‫ﺧﺎر َج ‪ +‬أَ ْﻧ ِ‬ ‫َ ِ‬ ‫ﺧﺎر َج ‪ +‬ھُ َﻮ‬ ‫َ ِ‬

‫ﻚ‬ ‫ﺧﺎر َﺟ َ‬ ‫َ ِ‬ ‫ﺧﺎر َﺟ ِﻚ‬ ‫َ ِ‬

‫ﺧﺎر َج ‪ +‬ھُ َﻤﺎ‬ ‫َ ِ‬ ‫ﺧﺎر َج ‪ +‬ﻧَﺤْ ﻦُ‬ ‫َ ِ‬ ‫ﺧﺎر َج ‪ +‬أَ ْﻧﺘُ ْﻢ‬ ‫َ ِ‬

‫ﺧﺎر َﺟﻨَﺎ‬ ‫َ ِ‬ ‫ﺎرﺟ ُﻜ ْﻢ‬ ‫َﺧ ِ َ‬

‫ﺧﺎر َﺟﮫُ‬ ‫َ ِ‬

‫ﺧﺎر َج ‪ +‬أَ ْﻧﺘُ ﱠﻦ‬ ‫َ ِ‬

‫ﺎرﺟ ُﻜ ﱠﻦ‬ ‫َﺧ ِ َ‬

‫ﺧﺎر ِﺟﻲ‬ ‫َ ِ‬

‫ﺧﺎر َﺟﮭُ َﻤﺎ‬ ‫َ ِ‬

166

Locative adverbs

‫ﺧﺎر َﺟﮭُ ْﻢ‬ ِ َ ‫ﺧﺎر َﺟﮭُ ﱠﻦ‬ ِ َ

‫ ھُ ْﻢ‬+ ‫ﺧﺎر َج‬ ِ َ ‫ ھُ ﱠﻦ‬+ ‫ﺧﺎر َج‬ ِ َ

‫ﺧﺎر َﺟﮭَﺎ‬ ِ َ ‫ﺎرﺟ ُﻜ َﻤﺎ‬ َ ِ ‫َﺧ‬

‫ ِھ َﻲ‬+ ‫ﺧﺎر َج‬ ِ َ ‫ أَ ْﻧﺘُ َﻤﺎ‬+ ‫ﺧﺎر َج‬ ِ َ

‫اء‬ َ ‫إَِز‬ ‫اء‬ َ ‫ إِ َز‬means ‘facing’ and ‘in front of’, and it can be used figuratively in the sense of ‘toward’. It has been noted that in current media, it is used more figuratively than literally, and it is used often in contexts of expressing attitudes: ُ ِ‫اﻟﻤْﻮﻗ‬ ‫اء‬ َ ‫ﻧَﺘََﻤﻨﱠﻰ أَ ْن ﯾَُﻜ‬ ِ ‫ﻒ اﻷَ ْﻣِﺮ‬ َ ‫ﯾﻜﱡﻲ إَِز‬ َ ‫ﻮن‬ ‫ﻀﯿ ِﱠﺔ ﱠ‬ .‫ﺎدﯾًّﺎ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺴَﻼِم ِﺣﯿ‬ ِ َ‫ﻗ‬ ‫اء‬ ِ َ‫أَْﻋﻠَﻨ‬ ُ ‫ﺖ اﻷُ َﻣُﻢ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤﺘﱠ ِﺤَﺪةُ َﻋْﻦ ﻗَﻠَﻘِﮭَﺎ إَِز‬ .‫اﻟﻤ ْﻨﻄَﻘَ ِﺔ‬ َ ‫أَ ْو‬ ِ ‫ﺎن ﻓِﻲ‬ ِ ‫اﻹ ْﻧ َﺴ‬ ِ ‫ﻮق‬ ِ ُ‫ﺎع ُﺣﻘ‬ ِ ‫ﺿ‬ ‫ات َﺟ ﱠ‬ ‫اء‬ ُ ‫ت‬ ٍ ‫ﻮﻣﺔُ ُﺧﻄُ َﻮ‬ ِ ‫اِﺗﱠ َﺨَﺬ‬ َ ‫ﺎدةً إِ َز‬ َ ‫اﻟﺤُﻜ‬ ْ ‫اﻟﻮ‬ .‫ي ﻓِﻲ اﻟﺒَِﻼِد‬ ‫ﺎد ﱢ‬ َ ِ‫اﻻْﻗﺘ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ِ ‫ﺿ ِﻊ‬ َ ‫ﯿﻦ‬ ِ ‫ﺗ َْﺤِﺴ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺼْﻤ‬ ‫ﻮﻣﺔُ ﱠ‬ ‫ﯾﺮ‬ ُ ‫ﺖ‬ ِ ‫اِْﻟﺘََﺰَﻣ‬ َ ‫ﺖ إَِز‬ َ ‫اﻟﺤُﻜ‬ ِ ‫ﺎر‬ ِ َ‫اء اﻟﺘﱠﻘ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ .‫ﺎﺳﱢﻲ‬ ‫ﯿﺮِة َﺣْﻮَل اﻟﻘَ ْﻤِﻊ ﱢ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺪْوﻟِﯿِﱠﺔ اﻷَ ِﺧ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺴﯿ‬

We hope that the American position on the issue of peace will be neutral. The UN has expressed concerns about the human rights situation in the region. The government has taken serious steps toward improving the country’s economic situation. The government has been silent about recent international reports on political repression.

‫اء‬ َ ‫ إِ َز‬can be followed by pronoun suffixes; however, it is not used commonly with pronoun suffixes in current media.

َ‫ﺗَِﺠﺎه‬ َ‫ ﺗَِﺠﺎه‬means ‘toward’, and it can be used figuratively. Similar to ‘‫’إزاء‬, it is used often in contexts of expressing attitudes:

ُ ‫ت‬ ٍ ِ‫ﻮﻣﺔُ ﺗَﺒَﻨﱢﻲ َﻣْﻮﻗ‬ ِ ‫ﻗَ ﱠﺮَر‬ َ‫ﻒ ُﻣَﺤﺎﻓٍِﻆ ﺗَِﺠﺎه‬ َ ‫اﻟﺤُﻜ‬ .‫ان‬ َ ‫إِ ْﯾَﺮ‬ ُ ‫اﺷ‬ َ ‫ﯿﺮ اﻟﻔََﺮ‬ ‫ﺎت ﺗَِﺠﺎهَ ﱠ‬ .‫اﻟﻀْﻮِء‬ ُ ‫ﺗَِﻄ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤْﻨ‬ ٍ ‫ﻄﻘَ ِﺔ ُﺧﻄَُﻮ‬ ِ ‫ﻟَ ْﻢ ﺗَﺘﱠ ِﺨْﺬ ُدَوُل‬ َ‫ات ﻓَﱠﻌﺎﻟَﺔً ﺗَِﺠﺎه‬ .‫اق‬ َ ‫إَِﻋ‬ ِ ‫ﺎر‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻌَﺮ‬ ِ ‫ﺎدِة إِْﻋَﻤ‬ ُ ‫َﻻ ﺗ َْﺸُﻌُﺮ‬ َ‫ﺎﻟﻤْﺴُﺆوﻟِﯿ ِﱠﺔ ﺗِ َﺠﺎه‬ َ ِ‫ﻮﻣﺔُ ﺑ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺤُﻜ‬ ‫اﺟﮭُﮭَﺎ‬ ِ ‫اﻷَ َزَﻣ‬ ِ ‫ﺎت اﻟﯿَْﻮِﻣﯿ ِﱠﺔ اﻟﺘِﻲ ﯾ َُﻮ‬ .‫ﻮن َوَﻻ ﺗَﺘ ََﺪﱠﺧُﻞ ﻟَِﺤﻠﱢﮭَﺎ‬ َ ُ‫اطﻨ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤَﻮ‬ ُ

The government has decided to adopt a conservative stance toward Iran. Butterflies fly toward the light. The countries of the region have not taken effective steps toward the reconstruction of Iraq. The government does not feel responsible for the daily crises faced by citizens and does not intervene to resolve them.

َ‫ ﺗَِﺠﺎه‬can be followed by pronoun suffixes, as follows: ‫ﺗِ َﺠﺎھَﮭَُﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺗِ َﺠﺎھَﻨَﺎ‬

‫ ھُ َﻤﺎ‬+ َ‫ﺗِ َﺠﺎه‬ ُ‫ ﻧَﺤْ ﻦ‬+ َ‫ﺗِ َﺠﺎه‬

‫ﺎھﻲ‬ ِ ‫ﺗِ َﺠ‬ ‫ﻚ‬ َ َ‫ﺗِ َﺠﺎھ‬

‫ أَﻧَﺎ‬+ َ‫ﺗِ َﺠﺎه‬ َ‫ أَ ْﻧﺖ‬+ َ‫ﺗِ َﺠﺎه‬

Locative adverbs 167

‫ﺗِ َﺠﺎھَ ُﻜ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﺗِ َﺠﺎھَ ُﻜ ﱠﻦ‬

‫ أَ ْﻧﺘُ ْﻢ‬+ َ‫ﺗِ َﺠﺎه‬ ‫ أَ ْﻧﺘُ ﱠﻦ‬+ َ‫ﺗِ َﺠﺎه‬

‫ﺗِ َﺠﺎھَ ِﻚ‬

‫ﺖ‬ ِ ‫ أَ ْﻧ‬+ َ‫ﺗِ َﺠﺎه‬

ُ‫ﺗِ َﺠﺎھَﮫ‬

‫ ھُ َﻮ‬+ َ‫ﺗِ َﺠﺎه‬

‫ﺗِ َﺠﺎھَﮭُ ْﻢ‬

‫ ھُ ْﻢ‬+ َ‫ﺗِ َﺠﺎه‬

‫ﺗِ َﺠﺎھَﮭُ ﱠﻦ‬

‫ ھُ ﱠﻦ‬+ َ‫ﺗِ َﺠﺎه‬

‫ﺗِ َﺠﺎھَﮭَﺎ‬ ‫ﺗِ َﺠﺎھَ ُﻜ َﻤﺎ‬

‫ ِھ َﻲ‬+ َ‫ﺗِ َﺠﺎه‬ ‫ أَ ْﻧﺘُ َﻤﺎ‬+ َ‫ﺗِ َﺠﺎه‬

‫ﺐ‬ َ ِ‫َﺟﺎﻧ‬ ‫ﺐ‬ َ ِ‫ َﺟﺎﻧ‬means ‘beside’, and it can be used figuratively: ُ ‫أَ ْوﻗَ ْﻔ‬ ‫ﺐ ﱠ‬ .‫ﯿﻒ‬ َ ِ‫ﱠﺎرﺗِﻲ َﺟﺎﻧ‬ َ ‫ﺖ َﺳﯿ‬ ِ ‫ﺻ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺮ‬ َ ‫ﻟَْﻢ أَ ِﺟْﺪ‬ ‫ ھَْﻞ ﯾ ُْﻤِﻜﻨُﻨِﻲ أَ ْن‬،ً‫ﺎوﻟَﺔً َﺧﺎﻟِﯿَﺔ‬ ِ ‫ط‬ .‫ﻚ؟‬ َ َ‫ﺲ َﺟﺎﻧِﺒ‬ َ ِ‫أَ ْﺟﻠ‬ ُ ‫َوَﺟْﺪ‬ ‫ﺐ ﱠ‬ .‫ﺎء‬ َ ‫ﱠﺎرِة اﻟﺒَ ْﯿ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺴﯿ‬ َ ِ‫اﻟﺤْﻘﯿﺒَﺔَ َﺟﺎﻧ‬ َ ‫ت‬ ِ ‫ﻀ‬ ُ ‫َوﻗَ ْﻔ‬ .‫ﺻِﺪﯾﻘِﻲ‬ َ ‫ﺐ‬ َ ِ‫ﺖ َﺟﺎﻧ‬

I stopped my car beside the pavement. I could not find a vacant table; can I sit next to you? I found the bag beside the white car. I stood next to my friend.

‫ﺐ‬ َ ِ‫ َﺟﺎﻧ‬in fixed expressions Producers improve the quality of products as well as reduce their prices. Beside teaching, my colleague works in translation. Support was provided to victims by UN organizations. For his part, the minister announced the increase in salaries of employees in the ministry. On one side, my friend wants to enhance his skills, and on the other side, he wants to earn some money from his summer vacation work.

‫ﯿﻦ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤْﻨﺘُِﺠ‬ ِ ْ َ‫ﻮن َﻋﻠَﻰ ﺗ‬ ُ ‫ﯾَْﻌَﻤُﻞ‬ ِ ‫ﺤﺴ‬ ‫ﺐ‬ ِ ِ‫ﺎت إِﻟَﻰ َﺟﺎﻧ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤْﻨﺘ ََﺠ‬ ُ ‫َﺟْﻮَدِة‬ .‫ﺎرھَﺎ‬ ِ ِ‫ﺗَْﻘﻠ‬ ِ ‫ﯿﻞ أَ ْﺳ َﻌ‬ ‫ ﯾَ ْﻌَﻤُﻞ َزِﻣﯿﻠِﻲ‬،‫ﯾﺲ‬ ِ ِ‫ﺑِ َﺠﺎﻧ‬ ِ ‫ﺐ اﻟﺘﱠ ْﺪِر‬ .‫ﻓِﻲ اﻟﺘﱠ ْﺮَﺟَﻤِﺔ‬

as well as

‫ﺐ‬ ِ ِ‫إِﻟَﻰ َﺟﺎﻧ‬

beside

‫ﺐ‬ ِ ِ‫ﺑَِﺠﺎﻧ‬

‫ﯾﻢ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻠﻀَﺤﺎﯾَﺎ ِﻣْﻦ‬ َ ِ‫اﻟﺪْﻋِﻢ ﻟ‬ ُ ‫ﺗَ ﱠﻢ ﺗَْﻘِﺪ‬ ‫ﺎت ﺗَﺎﺑِ َﻌٍﺔ ﻟﻸَُﻣِﻢ‬ ٍ ‫ﺐ ُﻣﻨَﻈﱠَﻤ‬ ِ ِ‫َﺟﺎﻧ‬ .‫اﻟﻤﺘﱠ ِﺤَﺪِة‬ ُ َ َ ‫ﯾﺮ َﻋْﻦ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﻮِز‬ َ ‫ أ ْﻋﻠ َﻦ‬،‫ِﻣْﻦ َﺟﺎﻧِﺒِ ِﮫ‬ ‫ﯿﻦ ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ِ‫ﺎﻣﻠ‬ َ َ‫ِزﯾ‬ َ ‫ﺐ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻌ‬ ِ ِ‫ﺎدِة َرَواﺗ‬ .‫ارِة‬ َ ‫اﻟﻮَز‬ ِ ُ ‫ﺐ ﯾ ُِﺮ‬ ‫ﺻِﺪﯾﻘِﻲ أَ ْن‬ ٍ ِ‫ِﻣْﻦ َﺟﺎﻧ‬ َ ‫ﯾﺪ‬ َ ‫ﺐ‬ ‫آﺧَﺮ‬ ٍ ِ‫وﻣْﻦ َﺟﺎﻧ‬ َ َ‫ﯾ َُﻌﱢﺰَز َﻣﮭ‬ ِ ‫ﺎراﺗِِﮫ‬ ُ ‫ﯾ ُِﺮ‬ ‫ﺎل ِﻣَﻦ‬ َ ‫ﯾﺪ َﻛْﺴ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤ‬ َ ‫ﺾ‬ ِ ‫ﺐ ﺑَْﻌ‬ ْ ‫اﻟﻌ‬ ‫ﻄﻠَ ِﺔ ﱠ‬ .‫اﻟﺼْﯿﻔِﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﻌَﻤِﻞ ﻓِﻲ‬ َ

by

‫ﺐ‬ ِ ِ‫ِﻣْﻦ َﺟﺎﻧ‬

for his part

‫ِﻣْﻦ َﺟﺎﻧِﺒِ ِﮫ‬

on one side, and on the other side

‫ﺐ‬ ٍ ِ‫ِﻣْﻦ َﺟﺎﻧ‬ ‫ﺐ‬ ٍ ِ‫وﻣْﻦ َﺟﺎﻧ‬ ِ َ ‫آﺧَﺮ‬

168

Locative adverbs

‫ﺐ‬ َ ِ‫ ﺟﺎﻧ‬can be followed by pronoun suffixes, as follows:

‫ﺟﺎﻧِﺒَﻨَﺎ‬

‫ ھُ َﻤﺎ‬+ ‫ﺐ‬ َ ِ‫ﺟﺎﻧ‬ ُ‫ ﻧَﺤْ ﻦ‬+ ‫ﺐ‬ َ ِ‫ﺟﺎﻧ‬

‫ﺟﺎﻧِِﺒﻲ‬ ‫ﻚ‬ َ َ‫ﺟﺎﻧِﺒ‬

‫ أَﻧَﺎ‬+ ‫ﺐ‬ َ ِ‫ﺟﺎﻧ‬ َ‫ أَ ْﻧﺖ‬+ ‫ﺐ‬ َ ِ‫ﺟﺎﻧ‬

‫ﺟﺎﻧﺒَ ُﻜ ْﻢ‬ ِ ‫ﺟﺎﻧﺒَ ُﻜ ﱠﻦ‬ ِ

‫ أَ ْﻧﺘُ ْﻢ‬+ ‫ﺐ‬ َ ِ‫ﺟﺎﻧ‬ ‫ أَ ْﻧﺘُ ﱠﻦ‬+ ‫ﺐ‬ َ ِ‫ﺟﺎﻧ‬

‫ﺟﺎﻧِﺒَ ِﻚ‬

‫ﺖ‬ َ ِ‫ﺟﺎﻧ‬ ِ ‫ أَ ْﻧ‬+ ‫ﺐ‬

ُ‫ﺟﺎﻧِﺒَﮫ‬

‫ ھُ َﻮ‬+ ‫ﺐ‬ َ ِ‫ﺟﺎﻧ‬

‫ﺟﺎﻧِﺒَﮭُ ْﻢ‬

‫ ھُ ْﻢ‬+ ‫ﺐ‬ َ ِ‫ﺟﺎﻧ‬

‫ﺟﺎﻧِﺒَﮭُ ﱠﻦ‬

‫ ھُ ﱠﻦ‬+ ‫ﺐ‬ َ ِ‫ﺟﺎﻧ‬

‫ﺟﺎﻧِﺒَﮭَﺎ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻧﺒَ ُﻜ َﻤﺎ‬ ِ

‫ ِھ َﻲ‬+ ‫ﺐ‬ َ ِ‫ﺟﺎﻧ‬ ‫ أَ ْﻧﺘُ َﻤﺎ‬+ ‫ﺐ‬ َ ِ‫ﺟﺎﻧ‬

‫ﺟﺎﻧِﺒَﮭُ َﻤﺎ‬

َ ‫ﺳ‬ ‫ﻂ‬ ْ ‫َو‬ َ ‫ َوْﺳ‬means ‘in the middle of’ or ‘among’, and it can be used figuratively: ‫ﻂ‬ َ ‫ﺎت َوْﺳ‬ ‫ﻂ‬ َ ‫ﺗَﱠﻢ َﻋْﻘُﺪ َﺟْﻮﻟٍَﺔ َﺟِﺪ‬ َ ‫ﺎو‬ ِ ‫ﺿ‬ ُ ِ‫ﯾﺪٍة ﻟ‬ َ َ‫ﻠﻤﻔ‬ ُ ‫اء ﯾَ ُﺴ‬ .‫ﻮدھَﺎ اﻟﺘﱠ َﻮﱡﺗُﺮ‬ ٍ ‫أَ ْﺟَﻮ‬ ً‫ﺼﺔ‬ َ ‫ﺖ َوْﺳ‬ ُ ‫َﺟﻠَ ْﺴ‬ ‫ﺺ َﻋﻠَْﯿِﮭْﻢ ﻗِ ﱠ‬ ‫ﯿﺬ ِﻷَﻗُ ﱠ‬ ِ ‫ﻂ اﻟﺘﱠ َﻼِﻣ‬ .ً‫َﺟِﻤﯿﻠَﺔ‬ َ َ‫َﺧَﺮْﺟﻨَﺎ ﻟِﻠﺘﱠ ْﻤِﺸﯿَ ِﺔ َوْﺳﻂ‬ .‫اﻟﻐﺎﺑَ ِﺔ‬ َ ‫ض َوْﺳ‬ ‫ﻂ‬ َ َ‫ﻮن إِﻟَﻰ ﻗ‬ َ ُ‫اﻟﻤَﻤﺜﱢﻠ‬ َ ‫ﺎﻋِﺔ‬ َ ‫َو‬ ُ ‫ﺻَﻞ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻌْﺮ‬ ْ َ‫ﺗ‬ .‫ﯿﺮ‬ َ ‫ﯿﻖ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺠَﻤ‬ ِ ِ‫ﺼﻔ‬ ِ ‫ﺎھ‬

A new round of negotiations was held in a tense atmosphere. I sat in the middle of the pupils to tell them a beautiful story. We went out for walks in the forest. The actors arrived at the showroom amid applause from the audiences.

It is worth noting that these are not all the adverbs of place in Arabic. There are many adverbs of place that have not been included here, as they do not function as semi-prepositions, and therefore, they fall outside the scope of this publication, ُ ‫َﺣْﯿ‬, ‫َﺣْﯿﺜُ َﻤﺎ‬, ‫)أَْﯾَﻦ‬. for example (‫ﺚ‬

7

Analysis of examples of errors by students

Introduction The question of dealing with second-language learners’ errors has long been a subject of debates among linguists. Errors and their correction are considered an integral part of the learning process. Consideration of psychological factors in the acquisition of a second language, such as the interference of first-language habits in the learning of the second language, has added another dimension to the subject. A most important outcome of the various studies of errors is enabling teachers to identify areas of challenge faced by their learners so that they can give special attention to and highlight the importance of those areas, and they may in time be able to predict the types of errors that require further attention in an attempt to help learners remedy them (Corder, 1981). Learners’ errors can be attributed to various factors, such as interlingual influence from the first language to the second language, as well as intralingual influences. Another contributing factor that leads to errors is the overall system of the second language, especially when it differs greatly from that of the first language. Contrastive linguistics often attributes errors made by learners of a second language to unintentional transfer of the systems or the rules of the mother tongue.

Examples of errors by students In this section, we highlight selected typical errors of Arabic prepositions by some non-native speakers of Arabic. We provide examples of typical errors of students from a corpus of two hundred written essays containing examples which were collected over a period of three years from students studying Arabic with modern languages. We are focusing on written samples by students at intermediate and advanced levels because it is very difficult to isolate the errors that beginners make with

170 Analysis of examples of errors by students regard to the appropriate use of prepositions from students’ overall errors involving other aspects of second-language learning, such as the correct use of tenses, word order, sentence structure and agreement. The participating students at the advanced level have studied Arabic in class for six hours per week, in addition to an estimated seven hours of self-study a week over two to three years of study at their home institutions. Additionally, students at the advanced level have also spent at least four months of formal study in Arabic-speaking countries. Students at the intermediate level have studied Arabic in class for six hours per week, in addition to an estimated seven hours of selfstudy a week over a period of one-and-a-half years, with no experience abroad yet. Almost all these students are native speakers of English, although a very small percentage is heritage Arabic learners of Arab descent. The latter minority of students may have some knowledge of spoken Arabic but have no exposure to formal written Arabic. We extracted short phrases and sentences from the corpus where the errors in the use of the prepositions are overt and clearly apparent. This is due to the fact that students’ errors in the corpus are not only restricted to the use of prepositions in isolation but also involve various other aspects of Arabic grammar. We also focused on examples where the errors appear frequently, instead of focusing on isolated, infrequent errors. Also, we eliminated spelling mistakes, as they are not indicative of any patterns of typical errors in students’ writing. We have focused primarily on students’ writing in Arabic, with a special emphasis on the use of the most frequently used Arabic prepositions. Learners of Arabic often make errors when using prepositions, whose use is considered as one of the most confusing aspects of language acquisition in general. Most of the preposition errors are due to interference from the mother tongue. We found in the corpus that the students either avoided using certain prepositions in their writing or substituted one preposition for another or added a preposition in a sentence when it was not required. In the following section, we highlight some of the errors made by students and provide correct versions and translations of the examples. We have divided the types of errors made by these students into three different categories: deletion, substitution or addition of prepositions. We highlight possible factors which may have influenced the students’ use of certain prepositions in place of others and the deletion of prepositions in certain contexts, as well as adding them unnecessarily in certain instances.

Deletion of prepositions Students sometimes fail to add a preposition when required, as the equivalent English expression does not require a preposition whereas the Arabic equivalent does. For example, obtain in English corresponds to (‫ ;)ﺣﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬enjoy in English

‫‪Analysis of examples of errors by students 171‬‬ ‫‪).‬اﺷﺘﺎق إﻟﻰ( ‪); miss in English corresponds to‬ﺗﻤﺘﻊ ب( ‪) or‬اﺳﺘﻤﺘﻊ ب( ‪corresponds to‬‬ ‫‪Examples of this type of error and their corrections and translations can be found‬‬ ‫‪in the following table.‬‬ ‫‪Translation‬‬

‫‪Correction‬‬

‫‪Error‬‬

‫‪ I miss my country.‬أﺷﺘﺎق إﻟﻰ ﺑﻠﺪي‬

‫أﺷﺘﺎق ﺑﻠﺪي‬

‫ﺣﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻘﺐ‬

‫ﺣﺼﻞ ﻟﻘﺐ‬

‫أرﯾﺪ أن اﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ھﺬا‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬

‫أرﯾﺪ أن اﺳﺘﻤﺮ ھﺬا اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬

‫‪Arab women do not enjoy‬‬ ‫‪freedom.‬‬

‫اﻟﻨﺴﺎء اﻟﻌﺮﺑﯿﺎت ﻻ ﯾﺘﻤﺘﻌﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺮﯾﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻨﺴﺎء اﻟﻌﺮﺑﯿﺎت ﻻ ﯾﺘﻤﺘﻌﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺮﯾﺔ‬

‫‪Residents of some areas of‬‬ ‫‪Iraq have a better quality‬‬ ‫‪of life than others.‬‬

‫ﯾﺤﻈﻰ ﺳﻜﺎن ﺑﻌﺾ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻨﺎطﻖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﺮاق‬ ‫ﺑﻨﻮﻋﯿﺔ ﺣﯿﺎة أﺣﺴﻦ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺎطﻖ أﺧﺮى‬

‫ﯾﺤﻈﻰ ﺳﻜﺎن ﺑﻌﺾ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻨﺎطﻖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﺮاق ﻧﻮﻋﯿﺔ‬ ‫ﺣﯿﺎة أﺣﺴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺎطﻖ‬ ‫أﺧﺮى‬

‫‪He obtained the title.‬‬ ‫‪I want to continue this‬‬ ‫‪work.‬‬

‫‪ I am looking forward to‬أﺗﻄﻠﻊ ﻟﺮؤﯾﺘﻚ واﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮار‬ ‫‪ seeing you and continuing‬ﻓﻲ دراﺳﺘﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﺮﺑﯿﺔ‬ ‫‪my Arabic studies.‬‬

‫أﺗﻄﻠﻊ ﻟﺮؤﯾﺘﻚ واﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮار‬ ‫دراﺳﺘﻲ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﯿﺔ‬

‫‪ Technological advances‬اﻟﺘﻘﺪم اﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ ﯾﺴﻤﺢ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻘﺪم اﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ ﯾﺴﻤﺢ‬ ‫‪ allow us to know the news‬ﻟﻨﺎ ﺑﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ اﻷﺧﺒﺎر ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ اﻷﺧﺒﺎر ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬ ‫‪quickly and easily.‬‬ ‫وﺳﮭﻮﻟﺔ‬ ‫وﺳﮭﻮﻟﺔ‬ ‫‪ I did not enjoy the hot‬ﻟﻢ اﺳﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺑﺤﺮارة اﻟﻄﻘﺲ‬ ‫‪weather.‬‬

‫‪I felt safe.‬‬ ‫‪celebrating my birthday‬‬

‫ﻟﻢ اﺳﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺣﺮارة اﻟﻄﻘﺲ‬

‫ﺷﻌﺮت ﺑﺎﻷﻣﺎن‬

‫ﺷﻌﺮت آﻣﻨﺔ‬

‫اﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎل ﺑﻌﯿﺪ ﻣﯿﻼدي‬

‫اﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎل ﻋﯿﺪ ﻣﯿﻼدي‬

‫‪ But they keep working.‬وﻟﻜﻨﮭﻢ ﯾﺴﺘﻤﺮون ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬

‫وﻟﻜﻨﮭﻢ ﯾﺴﺘﻤﺮون اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬

‫‪ Jordan joined America’s‬اﻧﻀﻢ اﻷردن إﻟﻰ ﺗﺤﺎﻟﻒ‬ ‫‪ alliance against ISIS.‬أﻣﺮﯾﻜﺎ ﺿﺪ داﻋﺶ‬

‫اﻧﻀﻢ اﻷردن ﺗﺤﺎﻟﻒ‬ ‫أﻣﺮﯾﻜﺎ ﺿﺪ داﻋﺶ‬

‫‪ Secularists do not trust‬ﻻ ﯾﺜﻖ اﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﻧﯿﻮن‬ ‫‪ Islamic movements.‬ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺮﻛﺎت اﻹﺳﻼﻣﯿﺔ‬

‫ﻻ ﯾﺜﻖ اﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﻧﯿﻮن‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺮﻛﺎت اﻹﺳﻼﻣﯿﺔ‬

‫‪ I finished the year abroad.‬اﻧﺘﮭﯿﺖ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺴﻨﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﯿﺔ‬

‫اﻧﺘﮭﯿﺖ اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﯿﺔ‬

‫‪ Naguib Mahfouz won the‬ﻓﺎز ﻧﺠﯿﺐ ﻣﺤﻔﻮظ ﺑﺠﺎﺋﺰة‬ ‫‪ Nobel Prize.‬ﻧﻮﺑﻞ‬

‫ﻓﺎز ﻧﺠﯿﺐ ﻣﺤﻔﻮظ ﺟﺎﺋﺰة‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺑﻞ‬

‫‪172 Analysis of examples of errors by students‬‬ ‫‪Correction‬‬

‫‪Translation‬‬

‫‪ He fears the spread of‬ﯾﺨﺎف ﻣﻦ اﻧﺘﺸﺎر اﻷﻓﻜﺎر‬ ‫‪ radical ideas in the country.‬اﻟﻤﺘﺸﺪدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﻠﺪ‬ ‫‪Do not affect anyone else.‬‬

‫ﻻ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ أﺣﺪ آﺧﺮ‬

‫‪ maintains the balance‬ﯾﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﻮازن ﺑﯿﻦ‬ ‫‪ between different forces‬اﻟﻘﻮى اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬ ‫‪I stress the importance of‬‬ ‫‪the issue.‬‬

‫أﺷﺪد ﻋﻠﻰ أھﻤﯿﺔ اﻟﻘﻀﯿﺔ‬

‫‪ Poetry indicates the‬ﯾﺸﯿﺮ اﻟﺸﻌﺮ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺬﻛﺎء ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪ intelligence in Arab society.‬اﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ‬ ‫‪ helps recall culture and‬ﯾﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺬﻛﯿﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﺔ‬ ‫‪ heritage‬واﻟﺘﺮاث‬ ‫‪prejudice against the‬‬ ‫‪Palestinians‬‬ ‫‪for the Arabic language‬‬

‫ﯾﺨﺎف اﻧﺘﺸﺎر اﻷﻓﻜﺎر‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺘﺸﺪدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﻠﺪ‬ ‫ﻻ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ أﺣﺪ آﺧﺮ‬ ‫ﯾﺤﺎﻓﻆ اﻟﺘﻮازن ﺑﯿﻦ اﻟﻘﻮى‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬ ‫أﺷﺪد أھﻤﯿﺔ اﻟﻘﻀﯿﺔ‬ ‫ﯾﺸﯿﺮ اﻟﺸﻌﺮ اﻟﺬﻛﺎء ﻓﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ‬ ‫ﯾﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺬﻛﯿﺮ اﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﺔ‬ ‫واﻟﺘﺮاث‬

‫اﻟﺘﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻔﻠﺴﻄﯿﻨﯿﯿﻦ‬

‫اﻟﺘﺤﺎﻣﻞ اﻟﻔﻠﺴﻄﯿﻨﯿﯿﻦ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﯿﺔ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ اﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﯿﺔ‬

‫‪ my knowledge of Arabic‬ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﯿﺔ‬ ‫‪ They seized the‬اﻏﺘﻤﻨﻮا اﻟﻔﺮﺻﺔ ﻟﯿﻨﻘﻠﺒﻮا‬ ‫‪ opportunity to‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎه‬

‫‪overthrow the Shah.‬‬

‫‪ I didn’t predict the future.‬ﻟﻢ أﺗﻨﺒﺄ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‬ ‫‪It was an interesting‬‬ ‫‪experience.‬‬

‫‪Error‬‬

‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﻣﺜﯿﺮة‬ ‫ﻟﻼھﺘﻤﺎم‬

‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻲ اﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﯿﺔ‬ ‫اﻏﺘﻤﻨﻮا اﻟﻔﺮﺻﺔ ﻟﯿﻨﻘﻠﺒﻮا‬ ‫اﻟﺸﺎه‬ ‫ﻟﻢ أﺗﻨﺒﺄ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﻣﺜﯿﺮة‬ ‫اﻻھﺘﻤﺎم‬

‫‪ It is impossible to question‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺤﯿﻞ اﻟﺘﺸﻜﯿﻚ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪ the legitimacy of the king.‬ﺷﺮﻋﯿﺔ اﻟﻤﻠﻚ‬

‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺤﯿﻞ اﻟﺘﺸﻜﯿﻚ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻋﯿﺔ اﻟﻤﻠﻚ‬ ‫ﯾﻀﺤﻲ ﺧﺮوﻓًﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﯿﺪ‬

‫‪ No militant group is‬ﻻ ﯾﺴﻤﺢ ﻷي ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‬ ‫‪ allowed to impose its views.‬ﻣﺘﺸﺪدة ﺑﺄن ﺗﻔﺮض آراءھﺎ‬

‫ﻻ ﯾﺴﻤﺢ أي ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺸﺪدة ﺑﺄن ﺗﻔﺮض آراءھﺎ‬

‫‪ He sacrifices a lamb in the‬ﯾﻀﺤﻲ ﺑﺨﺮوف ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﯿﺪ‬ ‫‪feast.‬‬

‫‪ They got horses as the‬ﺣﺼﻠﻮا ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺨﯿﻮل ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪ spoils of war.‬ﻏﻨﺎﺋﻢ اﻟﺤﺮب‬

‫ﺣﺼﻠﻮا اﻟﺨﯿﻮل ﻣﻦ ﻏﻨﺎﺋﻢ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺮب‬

‫‪ can control vast areas of‬ﺗﺴﺘﻄﯿﻊ اﻟﺴﯿﻄﺮة ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪ the country‬ﻣﻨﺎطﻖ ﻛﺒﯿﺮة ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﻠﺪ‬

‫ﺗﺴﺘﻄﯿﻊ اﻟﺴﯿﻄﺮة ﻣﻨﺎطﻖ‬ ‫ﻛﺒﯿﺮة ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﻠﺪ‬

‫‪ The ability to speak two‬اﻟﻘﺪرة ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﺤﺪث ﺑﻠﻐﺘﯿﻦ‬ ‫‪ languages is very useful.‬ﻣﻔﯿﺪة ً‬ ‫ﺟﺪا‬

‫اﻟﻘﺪرة ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﺤﺪث ﻟﻐﺘﯿﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻔﯿﺪة ً‬ ‫ﺟﺪا‬

Analysis of examples of errors by students 173 Error

‫ﯾﻄﺎﻟﺐ اﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻮن‬ ‫اﻻﻋﺘﺮاف ﺑﺜﻘﺎﻓﺘﮭﻢ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﻗﺮطﺒﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﯿﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻠﮭﻢ‬ ‫أﯾﻀﺎ ﺣﻘﻮق‬ ً ‫ﺗﺘﻤﺘﻊ اﻟﻤﺮأة‬ ‫اﻟﻤﯿﺮاث واﻟﻄﻼق‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ اﻟﺪراﺳﺔ ﺻﻌﺒﺔ‬ ‫وﻟﻜﻨﻲ اﺳﺘﻤﺘﻌﺘﮭﺎ‬ ‫ﯾﻠﻤﺢ أﻧﻨﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺄﺧﺮﻧﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ زال ﯾﺆﺛﺮ اﻟﺴﯿﺎﺳﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻐﺮﺑﯿﺔ‬ ‫ھﺮب اﻟﺮﺟﻞ أي ﻋﻘﺎب‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺮﯾﻤﺘﮫ‬ ‫ﻛﯿﻒ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ اﻟﺒﻼد اﻟﻘﯿﺎم‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﻤﯿﺔ‬ ‫ﯾﻌﻮد ﺗﺎرﯾﺦ اﻟﻤﺪﯾﻨﺔ أﻛﺜﺮ‬ ‫ ﺳﻨﺔ‬5000 ‫ﻣﻦ‬

Correction

Translation

‫ ﯾﻄﺎﻟﺐ اﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻮن‬Muslims demand the ‫ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﺮاف ﺑﺜﻘﺎﻓﺘﮭﻢ ﻓﻲ‬recognition of their culture in Cordoba. ‫ﻗﺮطﺒﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﯿﺮ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻠﮭﻢ‬

It is used to express their problems.

‫أﯾﻀﺎ ﺑﺤﻘﻮق‬ ً ‫ ﺗﺘﻤﺘﻊ اﻟﻤﺮأة‬Women also enjoy ‫ اﻟﻤﯿﺮاث واﻟﻄﻼق‬inheritance and divorce rights.

‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ اﻟﺪراﺳﺔ ﺻﻌﺒﺔ‬ ‫وﻟﻜﻨﻲ اﺳﺘﻤﺘﻌﺖ ﺑﮭﺎ‬

The study was difficult, but I enjoyed it.

‫ ﯾﻠﻤﺢ إﻟﻰ أﻧﻨﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺄﺧﺮﻧﺎ‬He hints that we are late. ‫ ﻣﺎ زال ﯾﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺴﯿﺎﺳﺔ‬It still affects Moroccan ‫ اﻟﻤﻐﺮﺑﯿﺔ‬politics. ‫ ھﺮب اﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ أي‬The man escaped any ‫ ﻋﻘﺎب ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺮﯾﻤﺘﮫ‬punishment for his crime. ‫ﻛﯿﻒ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ اﻟﺒﻼد ﻣﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﻘﯿﺎم ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﻤﯿﺔ‬

how can the country achieve development

‫ ﯾﻌﻮد ﺗﺎرﯾﺦ اﻟﻤﺪﯾﻨﺔ إﻟﻰ‬The city dates back more ‫ ﺳﻨﺔ‬5000 ‫ أﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ‬than 5,000 years.

Students sometimes overuse iḍāfa constructions at the expense of deletion of certain prepositions, this is understandable as iḍāfa constructions imply the meaning of the preposition of, without being explicit. Error

Correction

‫ أرﺑﺎﺣﮭﺎ ﻣﻦ‬%85 ‫ﺗﻜﺴﺐ‬ ‫ﺻﺎدرات اﻟﻨﻔﻂ‬ ‫ ﻋﺪد اﻟﺴﻜﺎن‬%60 ‫ﯾﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻮن اﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬ ‫أﻏﻠﺒﯿﺔ ﺳﺎﺣﻘﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺎء ﻻ‬ ‫ﯾﻌﺮﻓﻦ ﺣﻘﻮﻗﮭﻦ‬

‫ ﻣﻦ أرﺑﺎﺣﮭﺎ‬%85 ‫ﺗﻜﺴﺐ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺻﺎدرات اﻟﻨﻔﻂ‬ ‫ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪد اﻟﺴﻜﺎن‬%60 ‫ﯾﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻮن اﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬ ‫أﻏﻠﺒﯿﺔ ﺳﺎﺣﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﺴﺎء‬ ‫ﻻ ﯾﻌﺮﻓﻦ ﺣﻘﻮﻗﮭﻦ‬

‫ﺟﺰء اﻟﺘﺮاث اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ھﻨﺎك ﻣﻮﺟﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻼﺟﺌﯿﻦ اﻟﯿﮭﻮد‬

Translation earns 85% of its profits from oil exports 60% of the population uses the internet. An overwhelming majority of women do not know their rights. part of the Arab heritage

‫ﺟﺰء ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺮاث اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ‬ ‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ھﻨﺎك ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﻣﻦ‬There was a wave of ‫ اﻟﻼﺟﺌﯿﻦ اﻟﯿﮭﻮد‬Jewish refugees.

‫‪174 Analysis of examples of errors by students‬‬ ‫‪Translation‬‬ ‫‪We will see a higher‬‬ ‫‪percentage of Saudis in‬‬ ‫‪the future.‬‬ ‫‪Fifty percent of Syrian‬‬ ‫‪refugees.‬‬ ‫‪A woman can open a bank‬‬ ‫‪account.‬‬ ‫‪The most important part of‬‬ ‫‪the year abroad is getting‬‬ ‫‪to know the people.‬‬ ‫‪the last month of my time‬‬ ‫‪in Jordan‬‬ ‫‪My knowledge of Arabic‬‬ ‫‪was very useful.‬‬ ‫‪is a combination of different‬‬ ‫‪religions and beliefs‬‬ ‫‪I played football with a‬‬ ‫‪group young people.‬‬

‫‪I benefited from a high‬‬ ‫‪level of education.‬‬ ‫‪As an example of the‬‬ ‫‪presence of Islamists in‬‬ ‫‪Jordan.‬‬ ‫‪top ten breeds of horses‬‬ ‫‪an integral part of today’s‬‬ ‫‪society‬‬ ‫‪Sculpture is a symbol of‬‬ ‫‪idolatry.‬‬ ‫‪They have no money to‬‬ ‫‪pay for health care.‬‬ ‫‪There is excessive use of‬‬ ‫‪fossil fuels.‬‬ ‫‪The Alhambra is a‬‬ ‫‪wonderful example of‬‬ ‫‪Arab heritage.‬‬

‫‪Correction‬‬

‫‪Error‬‬

‫ﺳﻨﺮى ﻧﺴﺒﺔ أﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﻌﻮدﯾﯿﻦ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‬

‫ﺳﻨﺮى ﻧﺴﺒﺔ أﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﻌﻮدﯾﯿﻦ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‬

‫ﺧﻤﺴﯿﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺌﺔ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﻼﺟﺌﯿﻦ اﻟﺴﻮرﯾﯿﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﺴﺘﻄﯿﻊ اﻟﻤﺮأة أن ﺗﻔﺘﺢ‬ ‫ﺣﺴﺎﺑًﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﻨﻚ‬ ‫أھﻢ ﺟﺰء ﻣﻦ اﻟﺴﻨﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﯿﺔ ھﻮ اﻟﺘﻌﺮف‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﻌﺐ‬ ‫آﺧﺮ ﺷﮭﺮ ﻣﻦ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫اﻷردن‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺮﺑﯿﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﻔﯿﺪة ً‬ ‫ﺟﺪا‬ ‫ھﻲ ﻣﺰﯾﺞ ﻣﻦ اﻷدﯾﺎن‬ ‫واﻟﻤﻌﺘﻘﺪات اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻌﺒﺖ ﻛﺮة اﻟﻘﺪم ﻣﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﻨﺎت‬ ‫واﻟﺸﺒﺎب‬ ‫ﻋﺎل‬ ‫اﺳﺘﻔﺪت ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ٍ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﯿﻢ‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺜﺎل ﻋﻠﻰ وﺟﻮد‬ ‫اﻹﺳﻼﻣﯿﯿﻦ ﻓﻲ اﻷدرن‬

‫ﺧﻤﺴﯿﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺌﺔ اﻟﻼﺟﺌﯿﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﻮرﯾﯿﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﺴﺘﻄﯿﻊ اﻟﻤﺮأة أن ﺗﻔﺘﺢ‬ ‫ﺣﺴﺎب اﻟﺒﻨﻚ‬ ‫أھﻢ ﺟﺰء اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﯿﺔ‬ ‫ھﻮ اﻟﺘﻌﺮف ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﻌﺐ‬

‫أھﻢ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺳﻼﻻت ﻣﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﺨﯿﻮل‬ ‫ﺟﺰء ﻻ ﯾﺘﺠﺰأ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ اﻟﯿﻮم‬ ‫اﻟﻨﺤﺖ رﻣﺰ ﻟﻌﺒﺎدة‬ ‫اﻷﺻﻨﺎم‬ ‫ﻟﯿﺲ ﻋﻨﺪھﻢ ﻣﺎل ﻟﻠﺪﻓﻊ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺮﻋﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺔ‬ ‫ھﻨﺎك اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻔﺮط‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻮﻗﻮد اﻷﺣﻔﻮري‬ ‫ﻗﺼﺮ اﻟﺤﻤﺮاء ھﻮ ﻣﺜﺎل‬ ‫راﺋﻊ ﻟﻠﺘﺮاث اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ‬

‫آﺧﺮ ﺷﮭﺮ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫اﻷردن‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻲ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﯿﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﻔﯿﺪة ً‬ ‫ﺟﺪا‬ ‫ھﻲ ﻣﺰﯾﺞ اﻷدﯾﺎن‬ ‫واﻟﻤﻌﺘﻘﺪات اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻌﺒﺖ ﻛﺮة اﻟﻘﺪم ﻣﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﻟﺒﻨﺎت واﻟﺸﺒﺎب‬ ‫ﻋﺎل‬ ‫اﺳﺘﻔﺪت ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ٍ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻌﻠﯿﻢ‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺜﺎل وﺟﻮد اﻹﺳﻼﻣﯿﯿﻦ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ اﻷدرن‬ ‫أھﻢ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺳﻼﻻت اﻟﺨﯿﻮل‬ ‫ﺟﺰء ﻻ ﯾﺘﺠﺰأ اﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﯿﻮم‬ ‫اﻟﻨﺤﺖ رﻣﺰ ﻋﺒﺎدة‬ ‫اﻷﺻﻨﺎم‬ ‫ﻟﯿﺲ ﻋﻨﺪھﻢ ﻣﺎل ﻟﺪﻓﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﻋﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺔ‬ ‫ھﻨﺎك اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻔﺮط‬ ‫اﻟﻮﻗﻮد اﻷﺣﻔﻮري‬ ‫ﻗﺼﺮ اﻟﺤﻤﺮاء ھﻮ ﻣﺜﺎل‬ ‫راﺋﻊ اﻟﺘﺮاث اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ‬

Analysis of examples of errors by students 175 Error

Correction

‫ﺗﻮزﯾﻊ ﻣﻨﺼﻒ اﻟﺘﻤﺜﯿﻞ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﯿﺎﺳﻲ‬ ‫أﺑﺮز ﻣﺜﺎل ﺗﺪﺧﻞ اﻟﺴﻌﻮدﯾﺔ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺳﯿﺎﺳﺔ اﻟﺒﺤﺮﯾﻦ‬

‫ﺗﻮزﯾﻊ ﻣﻨﺼﻒ ﻟﻠﺘﻤﺜﯿﻞ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﯿﺎﺳﻲ‬ ‫أﺑﺮز ﻣﺜﺎل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﻌﻮدﯾﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺳﯿﺎﺳﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺒﺤﺮﯾﻦ‬

‫أﺣﺒﺒﺖ ﻟﻘﺎء اﻟﻨﺎس وﻓﺮﺻﺔ‬ ‫اﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎع ﻗﺼﺼﮭﻢ‬

‫أﺣﺒﺒﺖ ﻟﻘﺎء اﻟﻨﺎس وﻓﺮﺻﺔ‬ ‫اﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎع إﻟﻰ ﻗﺼﺼﮭﻢ‬

‫ﻋﺎﻗﺒﻮھﻢ ﺷﺮب اﻟﻜﺤﻮل‬

‫ﻋﺎﻗﺒﻮھﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮب‬ ‫اﻟﻜﺤﻮل‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎرﻛﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺎء إﺷﺎرة إﻟﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺼﺮ اﻟﺠﺪﯾﺪ‬

‫ﻣﺸﺎرﻛﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺎء إﺷﺎرة‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺼﺮ اﻟﺠﺪﯾﺪ‬

Translation equitable distribution of political representation the most prominent example of Saudi intervention in Bahrain’s politics I loved meeting people and the opportunity to hear their stories. They punished them for drinking alcohol. Women’s participation is an indication of the new age.

Other errors involving deletion of prepositions can emerge from a lack of competence in collocation. Certain prepositions collocate with certain words. There is usually no logic in this collocation, and students need to learn these collocations and use them as Arabic speakers do. Error

Correction

Translation

‫ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ اﻓﺘﺘﺎح ھﺬه‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﻒ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ اﻓﺘﺘﺎح ھﺬه‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﻒ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ اﻟﺘﻨﻤﯿﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪاﻣﺔ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺘﻨﻤﯿﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪاﻣﺔ‬

‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ذﻟﻚ‬

‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ إﻟﻰ ذﻟﻚ‬

‫ﻻ ﺑﺪ اﻟﻌﻮدة إﻟﻰ أﺻﻮل‬ ‫اﻟﻔﻦ اﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ‬

‫ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﻮدة إﻟﻰ‬ ‫أﺻﻮل اﻟﻔﻦ اﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ‬

‫ﺳﺘﻤﮭﺪ اﻟﻄﺮﯾﻖ ﺗﺤﺴﯿﻦ‬ ‫وﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺮأة‬

‫ﺳﺘﻤﮭﺪ اﻟﻄﺮﯾﻖ ﻟﺘﺤﺴﯿﻦ‬ ‫وﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺮأة‬

‫ﺣﯿﻦ أن اﻷردن ﻗﺪ ﻗﻄﻊ‬ ً ‫طﻮﯾﻼ‬ ‫ﺷﻮطًﺎ‬ ‫وﺑﺪﻻً اﻟﺪراﺳﺔ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ ﺳﺎﻓﺮت إﻟﻰ‬،‫ﻓﻠﺴﻄﯿﻦ‬ ‫اﻷردن‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﯿﻦ أن اﻷردن ﻗﺪ‬ ً ‫طﻮﯾﻼ‬ ‫ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﻮطًﺎ‬ ‫وﺑﺪﻻً ﻣﻦ اﻟﺪراﺳﺔ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ ﺳﺎﻓﺮت إﻟﻰ‬،‫ﻓﻠﺴﻄﯿﻦ‬ ‫اﻷردن‬

While Jordan has come a long way

‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻏﻨﯿﺔ اﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﺔ واﻟﻨﺸﺎط‬

‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻏﻨﯿﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﺔ‬ ‫واﻟﻨﺸﺎط‬

It was rich in culture and activity.

despite the opening of these museums for sustainable development moreover It is necessary to return to the origins of Islamic art. It will pave the way for improving the status of women.

Instead of studying in Palestine, I traveled to Jordan.

176 Analysis of examples of errors by students Error

Correction

Translation

‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮﻏﻢ اﻷھﻤﯿﺔ‬ ‫اﻹﻗﻠﯿﻤﯿﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻠﺪ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ اﻷھﻤﯿﺔ‬ ‫اﻹﻗﻠﯿﻤﯿﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻠﺪ‬

‫اﻟﺠﺪﯾﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ‬

‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﺪﯾﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺗﺄﺛﯿﺮ اﻟﺒﺪو ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﺻﺮ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ إﻟﻰ ﺗﺄﺛﯿﺮ اﻟﺒﺪو‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﺻﺮ‬

With regard to the influence of the Bedouins on contemporary society,

‫ﺗﺴﺎﻣﺤﺎ اﻷدﯾﺎن‬ ‫أﻛﺜﺮ‬ ً ‫اﻷﺧﺮى‬

‫ﺗﺴﺎﻣﺤﺎ ﻣﻊ اﻷدﯾﺎن‬ ‫أﻛﺜﺮ‬ ً ‫اﻷﺧﺮى‬

more tolerant of other religions

‫ﻻ ﯾﻨﺒﻐﻲ اﻟﺸﺨﺺ أن‬ ‫ﯾﺮﻓﺾ اﻟﻘﮭﻮة‬

‫ﻻ ﯾﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻟﻠﺸﺨﺺ أن‬ ‫ﯾﺮﻓﺾ اﻟﻘﮭﻮة‬

‫ﯾﺠﺐ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ اﻟﺒﯿﺖ‬ ‫وﺟﯿﺮاﻧﮫ أن ﯾﺘﺠﻤﻌﻮا‬

‫ﯾﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ اﻟﺒﯿﺖ‬ ‫وﺟﯿﺮاﻧﮫ أن ﯾﺘﺠﻤﻌﻮا‬

The owner and his neighbors must gather.

‫ﻣﺎدﺑﺎ ﻗﺮﯾﺒﺔ اﻟﺼﺤﺮاء‬

‫ﻣﺎدﺑﺎ ﻗﺮﯾﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺼﺤﺮاء‬

Madaba is close to the desert.

‫ﺗﺎرﯾﺦ ﺧﺎص اﻟﻠﺒﻨﺎﻧﯿﯿﻦ‬

‫ﺗﺎرﯾﺦ ﺧﺎص ﺑﺎﻟﻠﺒﻨﺎﻧﯿﯿﻦ‬

a history unique to the Lebanese

Despite the regional importance of the country, it is worth mentioning

A person should not refuse coffee.

Substitution of prepositions Students sometimes substitute one preposition for another. This is mainly due to direct translation from English which often results in the use of the wrong Arabic preposition. In English, certain verbs collocate with certain prepositions, while in Arabic, the same verbs collocate with other prepositions. For example, buy with in ّ ); English corresponds to (‫ ;)اﺷﺘﺮى ب‬adhere to in English corresponds to (‫ﺗﻤﺴﻚ ب‬ interested in in English corresponds to (‫ ;)اھﺘﻢ ب‬known for in English corresponds to (‫)ﯾُﻌﺮف ب‬. Examples of this type of error and their corrections can be found in the lists that follow. Substitution of ‫اﻟﺒَﺎء‬ Error

‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻘﺎرﻧﺔ‬ ّ ‫ﻓﻀﻠﻮا اﻟﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﯿﺔ‬ ‫أن أﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﯿﺔ‬

Correction

‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎرﻧﺔ‬

Translation in comparison

They preferred to speak in ّ ‫ﻓﻀﻠﻮا اﻟﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﯿﺔ‬ French.

‫ أن أﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺎﻣﯿﺔ‬to speak in colloquial Arabic

‫‪Analysis of examples of errors by students 177‬‬ ‫‪Translation‬‬

‫‪Correction‬‬

‫‪Error‬‬

‫ﻛﻞ اﻟﺪروس ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺮﺑﯿﺔ‬

‫ﻛﻞ اﻟﺪروس ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﯿﺔ‬

‫ﺑﻨﻔﺲ اﻟﻄﺮﯾﻘﺔ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻄﺮﯾﻘﺔ‬

‫‪The tribes are very proud‬‬ ‫‪of their heritage.‬‬

‫اﻟﻘﺒﺎﺋﻞ ﻓﺨﻮرة ﺟﺪاً ﺑﺘﺮاﺛﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﻘﺒﺎﺋﻞ ﻓﺨﻮرة ﺟﺪاً ﻋﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﺮاﺛﮭﺎ‬

‫‪He drives a sports car he‬‬ ‫‪bought with oil money.‬‬

‫ﯾﻘﻮد ﺳﯿﺎرة رﯾﺎﺿﯿﺔ‬ ‫اﺷﺘﺮاھﺎ ﺑﺄﻣﻮال اﻟﻨﻔﻂ‬

‫ﯾﻘﻮد ﺳﯿﺎرة رﯾﺎﺿﯿﺔ‬ ‫اﺷﺘﺮاھﺎ ﻣﻊ أﻣﻮال اﻟﻨﻔﻂ‬

‫‪The Middle East is‬‬ ‫‪associated with violence.‬‬

‫ﯾﺮﺗﺒﻂ اﻟﺸﺮق اﻷوﺳﻂ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻨﻒ‬

‫ﯾﺮﺗﺒﻂ اﻟﺸﺮق اﻷوﺳﻂ ﻣﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻨﻒ‬

‫‪in comparison with other‬‬ ‫‪countries‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎرﻧﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻠﺪان أﺧﺮى‬

‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻘﺎرﻧﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻠﺪان‬ ‫أﺧﺮى‬

‫‪We find that Western‬‬ ‫‪people cling to old ideas.‬‬

‫ﻧﺠﺪ أن اﻟﺸﻌﺐ اﻟﻐﺮﺑﻲ‬ ‫ﯾﺘﻤﺴﻚ ﺑﺎﻷﻓﻜﺎر اﻟﻘﺪﯾﻤﺔ‬

‫ﻧﺠﺪ أن اﻟﺸﻌﺐ اﻟﻐﺮﺑﻲ‬ ‫ﯾﺘﻤﺴﻚ إﻟﻰ اﻷﻓﻜﺎر اﻟﻘﺪﯾﻤﺔ‬

‫‪all lessons in Arabic‬‬ ‫‪in the same way‬‬

‫‪ Jordanians are known for‬ﯾُﻌﺮف اﻷردﻧﯿﻮن‬ ‫‪ their hospitality.‬ﺑﻀﯿﺎﻓﺘﮭﻢ‬ ‫‪ because the government‬ﻷن اﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺗﺠﮭﺰھﻢ‬ ‫‪ equips them with few‬ﺑﻤﻮارد واﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎرات ﻗﻠﯿﻠﺔ‬

‫‪resources and investments‬‬ ‫‪compared to Abu Dhabi‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎرﻧﺔ ﻣﻊ أﺑﻮ ظﺒﻲ‬

‫‪ famous for imprisoning‬ﻣﺸﮭﻮرة ﺑﺴﺠﻦ‬ ‫‪ opposition‬اﻟﻤﻌﺎرﺿﯿﻦ‬ ‫‪The first step was taken by‬‬ ‫‪establishing Masdar City.‬‬ ‫‪This kind of art amazes‬‬ ‫‪people.‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎرﻧﺔ إﻟﻰ أﺑﻮ ظﺒﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﮭﻮرة ﻟﺴﺠﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻌﺎرﺿﯿﻦ‬

‫ﺧﻄﺖ اﻟﺨﻄﻮة اﻷوﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺪﯾﻨﺔ ﻣﺼﺪر‬ ‫ھﺬا اﻟﻨﻮع ﻣﻦ اﻟﻔﻦ ﯾﺪھﺶ‬ ‫اﻟﻨﺎس‬

‫ھﺬا اﻟﻨﻮع ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﻦ ﯾﺪھﺶ‬ ‫اﻟﻨﺎس‬

‫ﺷﺎرﻛﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﻮرة‬ ‫ﺑﺸﺠﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫‪ We try to understand the‬ﻧﺤﺎول أن ﻧﻔﮭﻢ اﻟﺒﻠﺪ‬ ‫‪ country by ourselves.‬ﺑﺄﻧﻔﺴﻨﺎ‬ ‫‪interested in modernizing‬‬ ‫‪education‬‬

‫ﻷن اﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺗﺠﮭﺰھﻢ ﻣﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﻮارد واﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎرات ﻗﻠﯿﻠﺔ‬

‫ﺧﻄﺖ اﻟﺨﻄﻮة اﻷوﻟﻰ ﻣﻊ‬ ‫إﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺪﯾﻨﺔ ﻣﺼﺪر‬

‫‪ marrying her daughters to‬ﺗﺰوﯾﺞ ﺑﻨﺎﺗﮭﺎ ﻣﻦ‪/‬ﺑﺮﺟﺎل‬ ‫‪ Jordanian men‬أردﻧﯿﯿﻦ‬ ‫‪She participated in the‬‬ ‫‪revolution with courage.‬‬

‫ﯾُﻌﺮف اﻷردﻧﯿﻮن‬ ‫ﻟﻀﯿﺎﻓﺘﮭﻢ‬

‫ﻣﮭﺘﻤﺔ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﯾﺚ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﯿﻢ‬

‫ﺗﺰوﯾﺞ ﺑﻨﺎﺗﮭﺎ ﻣﻊ رﺟﺎل‬ ‫أردﻧﯿﯿﻦ‬ ‫ﺷﺎرﻛﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﻮرة ﻣﻊ‬ ‫ﺷﺠﺎﻋﺔ‬ ‫ﻧﺤﺎول أن ﻧﻔﮭﻢ اﻟﺒﻠﺪ‬ ‫ﻷﻧﻔﺴﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﮭﺘﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺚ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﯿﻢ‬

‫‪178 Analysis of examples of errors by students‬‬

‫ﱠ‬ ‫اﻟﻼم ‪Substitution of‬‬ ‫‪Translation‬‬

‫‪Correction‬‬

‫‪Error‬‬

‫‪He lived in Egypt for a‬‬ ‫‪short period.‬‬

‫ﻋﺎش ﻓﻲ ﻣﺼﺮ ﻟﻔﺘﺮة‬ ‫ﻗﺼﯿﺮة‬ ‫اﻟﺼﻮرة اﻟﻨﻤﻄﯿﺔ ﻟﺮوﺳﯿﺎ‬

‫ﻋﺎش ﻓﻲ ﻣﺼﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺮة‬ ‫ﻗﺼﯿﺮة‬ ‫اﻟﺼﻮرة اﻟﻨﻤﻄﯿﺔ ﻣﻦ روﺳﯿﺎ‬

‫‪increasing acceptance of‬‬ ‫‪the role of women‬‬

‫ﻗﺒﻮل ﻣﺘﺰاﯾﺪ ﻟﺪور اﻟﻨﺴﺎء‬

‫ﻗﺒﻮل ﻣﺘﺰاﯾﺪ ﻋﻦ دور‬ ‫اﻟﻨﺴﺎء‬ ‫ﻧﺘﯿﺠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ذﻟﻚ‬ ‫اﻟﺪﯾﻦ ﻋﻨﺪه ﺗﺄﺛﯿﺮ ﻣﮭﻢ‬

‫ﻛﺎن ﻟﻠﻘﺒﺎﺋﻞ دور ﻣﮭﻢ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﮭﺪﯾﺪات اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﯿﺔ‬ ‫اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﯾﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺒُﻌﺪ اﻟﺴﻠﺒﻲ ﻟﺪور اﻟﺪﯾﻦ‬

‫ﻛﺎن ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻘﺒﺎﺋﻞ دور ﻣﮭﻢ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﮭﺪﯾﺪات اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻨﻤﯿﺔ اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﯾﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺒُﻌﺪ اﻟﺴﻠﺒﻲ ﻣﻦ دور اﻟﺪﯾﻦ‬

‫ﻧﺘﯿﺠﺔ ﻟﺴﻨﻮات اﻟﺪﻋﺎﯾﺔ‬

‫ﻧﺘﯿﺠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻨﻮات اﻟﺪﻋﺎﯾﺔ‬

‫أﻗﻮل ﻟﻚ‬ ‫اﻧﺘﮭﺰت اﻟﻔﺮﺻﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻔﺮ‬

‫أﻗﻮل إﻟﯿﻚ‬ ‫اﻧﺘﮭﺰت اﻟﻔﺮﺻﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺴﻔﺮ‬

‫ﻧﮭﺎﯾﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﺮاع‬ ‫وﺳﯿﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﯿﻄﺮة‬ ‫وﺳﯿﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ‬ ‫”ﻋﺎﺋﺪ إﻟﻰ ﺣﯿﻔﺎ“ ﻟﻐﺴﺎن‬ ‫ﻛﻨﻔﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﺒﺐ دراﺳﺘﻲ ﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬ ‫اﻹﺳﺒﺎﻧﯿﺔ‬

‫ﻧﮭﺎﯾﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺼﺮاع‬ ‫وﺳﯿﻠﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺴﯿﻄﺮة‬ ‫وﺳﯿﻠﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ‬ ‫”ﻋﺎﺋﺪ إﻟﻰ ﺣﯿﻔﺎ“ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻏﺴﺎن ﻛﻨﻔﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﺒﺐ دراﺳﺘﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬ ‫اﻹﺳﺒﺎﻧﯿﺔ‬

‫‪the stereotypical image of/‬‬ ‫‪about Russia‬‬

‫‪ As a result,‬ﻧﺘﯿﺠﺔ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‬ ‫‪ Religion has an important‬اﻟﺪﯾﻦ ﻟﮫ ﺗﺄﺛﯿﺮ ﻣﮭﻢ‬ ‫‪influence.‬‬

‫‪Tribes had an important role.‬‬ ‫‪the potential threats to‬‬ ‫‪economic development‬‬ ‫‪the negative aspect of the‬‬ ‫‪role of religion‬‬ ‫‪as a result of years of‬‬ ‫‪propaganda‬‬ ‫‪I tell you‬‬ ‫‪I took the opportunity to‬‬ ‫‪travel.‬‬ ‫‪end of the conflict‬‬ ‫‪means of control‬‬ ‫‪a way to maintain‬‬ ‫‪‘Returning to Haifa’ by‬‬ ‫‪Ghassan Kanafani‬‬ ‫‪because of my study of‬‬ ‫‪Spanish‬‬

‫َ‬ ‫اﻟﻜﺎف ‪Substitution of‬‬ ‫‪Translation‬‬

‫‪Correction‬‬

‫‪ The UAE has the same‬اﻹﻣﺎرات ﻟﺪﯾﮭﺎ ﻧﻔﺲ‬ ‫‪ wealth as the United States.‬اﻟﺜﺮاء ﻛﺎﻟﻮﻻﯾﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪة‬ ‫‪not to go to the same cafes‬‬ ‫‪as men‬‬

‫ﻋﺪم اﻟﺬھﺎب إﻟﻰ ﻧﻔﺲ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻘﺎھﻲ ﻛﺎﻟﺮﺟﺎل‬

‫‪Error‬‬

‫اﻹﻣﺎرات ﻟﺪﯾﮭﺎ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﺜﺮاء‬ ‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮﻻﯾﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪة‬ ‫ﻋﺪم اﻟﺬھﺎب إﻟﻰ ﻧﻔﺲ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻘﺎھﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺮﺟﺎل‬

‫‪Analysis of examples of errors by students 179‬‬ ‫ﻋْﻦ ‪Substitution of‬‬ ‫َ‬ ‫‪Translation‬‬

‫‪Correction‬‬

‫‪the stereotypical image of/‬‬ ‫‪about Russia‬‬

‫اﻟﺼﻮرة اﻟﻨﻤﻄﯿﺔ ﻋﻦ روﺳﯿﺎ‬

‫‪Error‬‬

‫اﻟﺼﻮرة اﻟﻨﻤﻄﯿﺔ ﻣﻦ روﺳﯿﺎ‬

‫‪ Traditions in this country‬اﻟﺘﻘﺎﻟﯿﺪ ﻓﻲ ھﺬا اﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﺎﻟﯿﺪ ﻓﻲ ھﺬا اﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻘﺎﻟﯿﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﯾﻄﺎﻧﯿﺎ‬ ‫‪ are different from the‬ﻋﻦ اﻟﺘﻘﺎﻟﯿﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﯾﻄﺎﻧﯿﺎ‬ ‫‪traditions in Britain.‬‬

‫‪ as well as‬ﻓﻀﻼً ﻋﻦ‬ ‫‪ The Ministry of‬وزارة اﻟﺴﯿﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﺴﺆوﻟﺔ‬ ‫‪ Tourism is responsible‬ﻋﻦ ﺗﻮزﯾﻊ اﻟﺘﺮاﺧﯿﺺ‬ ‫‪for the distribution of‬‬ ‫‪licenses.‬‬

‫‪ They shoulder all‬ﺗﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﻛﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺆوﻟﯿﺔ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫‪ responsibility for foreign‬اﻟﺴﯿﺎﺳﺔ اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﯿﺔ‬ ‫‪policy.‬‬

‫ﻓﻀﻼً اﻟﻰ‬ ‫وزارة اﻟﺴﯿﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﺴﺆوﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺘﻮزﯾﻊ اﻟﺘﺮاﺧﯿﺺ‬ ‫ﺗﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﻛﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺆوﻟﯿﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺴﯿﺎﺳﺔ اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﯿﺔ‬

‫‪ There is isolation from the‬ھﻨﺎك ﻋﺰﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ اﻟﺒﻠﺪ‬

‫ھﻨﺎك ﻋﺰﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﻠﺪ‬

‫‪ the search for a new home‬اﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻨﺰل ﺟﺪﯾﺪ‬

‫اﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﺰل ﺟﺪﯾﺪ‬

‫‪ I’ll tell you about last year.‬ﺳﺄﺧﺒﺮك ﻋﻦ اﻟﺴﻨﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺎﺿﯿﺔ‬

‫ﺳﺄﺧﺒﺮك ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﯿﺔ‬

‫‪country.‬‬

‫‪ He tried to achieve his‬ﺣﺎول أن ﯾﺤﻘﻖ أھﺪاﻓﮫ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫‪ goals through violence.‬طﺮﯾﻖ اﻟﻌﻨﻒ‬

‫ﺣﺎول أن ﯾﺤﻘﻖ أھﺪاﻓﮫ‬ ‫ﺑﻄﺮﯾﻖ اﻟﻌﻨﻒ‬ ‫ﻓِﻲ‬

‫‪Translation‬‬

‫‪Correction‬‬

‫‪ I volunteered for a‬ﺗﻄﻮﻋﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻈﻤﺔ ﻏﯿﺮ‬ ‫‪ nongovernmental‬ﺣﻜﻮﻣﯿﺔ‬ ‫‪organization.‬‬

‫‪We live in a period of‬‬ ‫‪historical significance.‬‬ ‫‪in my opinion‬‬

‫‪Substitution of‬‬

‫‪Error‬‬

‫ﺗﻄﻮﻋﺖ ﻟﻤﻨﻈﻤﺔ ﻏﯿﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﻜﻮﻣﯿﺔ‬

‫ﻧﻌﯿﺶ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺮة ذات ﻣﻐﺰى‬ ‫ﺗﺎرﯾﺨﻲ‬

‫ﻧﻌﯿﺶ ﺑﻔﺘﺮة ذات ﻣﻐﺰى‬ ‫ﺗﺎرﯾﺨﻲ‬

‫ﻓﻲ رأﯾﻲ‬

‫ﻣﻦ رأﯾﻲ‬

‫‪ confined to everyday life‬ﯾﻨﺤﺼﺮ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﯿﺎة اﻟﯿﻮﻣﯿﺔ‬ ‫‪ in its historical context‬ﻓﻲ ﺳﯿﺎﻗﮫ اﻟﺘﺎرﯾﺨﻲ‬ ‫‪ in conclusion‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺨﺘﺎم‬ ‫‪ in the historical context‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺴﯿﺎق اﻟﺘﺎرﯾﺨﻲ‬

‫ﯾﻨﺤﺼﺮ اﻟﻰ اﻟﺤﯿﺎة اﻟﯿﻮﻣﯿﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻊ ﺳﯿﺎﻗﮫ اﻟﺘﺎرﯾﺨﻲ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺨﺘﺎم‬ ‫ﻣﻊ اﻟﺴﯿﺎق اﻟﺘﺎرﯾﺨﻲ‬

‫‪180 Analysis of examples of errors by students‬‬ ‫‪Translation‬‬

‫‪Correction‬‬

‫‪ The government decided‬ﻗﺮرت اﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﺔ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر‬ ‫‪ to invest in tourism.‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺴﯿﺎﺣﺔ‬ ‫‪ in conclusion‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺨﺎﺗﻤﺔ‬ ‫‪ He contributed to‬ﺳﺎھﻢ ﻓﻲ زﻋﺰﻋﺔ اﻟﺴﯿﺎﺳﺔ‬ ‫‪ the destabilization of‬اﻟﻠﺒﻨﺎﻧﯿﺔ‬ ‫‪Lebanese politics.‬‬

‫‪Error‬‬

‫ﻗﺮرت اﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﺔ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺴﯿﺎﺣﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺨﺎﺗﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺳﺎھﻢ ﺑﺰﻋﺰﻋﺔ اﻟﺴﯿﺎﺳﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻠﺒﻨﺎﻧﯿﺔ‬ ‫ﻊ ‪Substitution of‬‬ ‫َﻣ َ‬

‫‪Translation‬‬ ‫‪Bedouin adaptation to‬‬ ‫‪modern society‬‬ ‫‪compared to Abu Dhabi‬‬ ‫‪compared to the West‬‬

‫‪Correction‬‬

‫ﺗﻜﯿﻒ اﻟﺒﺪوي ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺪﯾﺚ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎرﻧﺔ ﻣﻊ أﺑﻮ ظﺒﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎرﻧﺔ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻐﺮب‬

‫‪Error‬‬

‫ﺗﻜﯿﻒ اﻟﺒﺪوي ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ اﻟﺤﺪﯾﺚ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎرﻧﺔ إﻟﻰ أﺑﻮ ظﺒﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎرﻧﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻐﺮب‬ ‫ِﻣْﻦ ‪Substitution of‬‬

‫‪Translation‬‬

‫‪Correction‬‬

‫‪ public concern about‬ﻗﻠﻖ اﻟﺠﻤﮭﻮر ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪ extremists‬اﻟﻤﺘﻄﺮﻓﯿﻦ‬

‫‪Error‬‬

‫ﻗﻠﻖ اﻟﺠﻤﮭﻮر ﻋﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺘﻄﺮﻓﯿﻦ‬

‫‪We took advantage of the‬‬ ‫‪travel opportunity.‬‬

‫اﺳﺘﻔﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﺻﺔ اﻟﺴﻔﺮ‬

‫اﺳﺘﻔﺪﻧﺎ ﺑﻔﺮﺻﺔ اﻟﺴﻔﺮ‬

‫‪because of the prevalence‬‬ ‫‪of escape from‬‬ ‫‪neighboring countries‬‬

‫ﺑﺴﺒﺐ اﻧﺘﺸﺎر اﻟﮭﺮوب ﻣﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﺪول اﻟﻤﺠﺎورة‬

‫ﺑﺴﺒﺐ اﻧﺘﺸﺎر اﻟﮭﺮوب ﻓﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﺪول اﻟﻤﺠﺎورة‬

‫‪ on one hand‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﮭﺔ واﺣﺪة‬ ‫‪ an important part of the‬ﺟﺰء ﻣﮭﻢ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺮاث‬ ‫‪ Arab heritage‬اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ‬ ‫‪This kind of art amazes‬‬ ‫‪people.‬‬

‫ھﺬا اﻟﻨﻮع ﻣﻦ اﻟﻔﻦ ﯾﺪھﺶ‬ ‫اﻟﻨﺎس‬

‫‪ marrying her daughters to‬ﺗﺰوﯾﺞ ﺑﻨﺎﺗﮭﺎ ﻣﻦ رﺟﺎل‬ ‫‪ Jordanian men‬أردﻧﯿﯿﻦ‬ ‫‪ We exclude parties from‬ﻧﺴﺘﺜﻨﻲ أﺣﺰاﺑﺎ ً ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪ democracy.‬اﻟﺪﯾﻤﻮﻗﺮاطﯿﺔ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺟﮭﺔ واﺣﺪة‬ ‫ﺟﺰء ﻣﮭﻢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺮاث‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ‬ ‫ھﺬا اﻟﻨﻮع ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﻦ ﯾﺪھﺶ‬ ‫اﻟﻨﺎس‬ ‫ﺗﺰوﯾﺞ ﺑﻨﺎﺗﮭﺎ ﻣﻊ رﺟﺎل‬ ‫أردﻧﯿﯿﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺘﺜﻨﻲ أﺣﺰاﺑﺎ ً ﻋﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﺪﯾﻤﻮﻗﺮاطﯿﺔ‬

‫‪Analysis of examples of errors by students 181‬‬ ‫إِﻟَﻰ ‪Substitution of‬‬ ‫‪Correction‬‬

‫‪Translation‬‬ ‫‪We arrived in Jordan.‬‬ ‫‪Hezbollah is fighting in‬‬ ‫‪Syria on Bashar Assad’s‬‬ ‫‪side.‬‬

‫‪Error‬‬

‫وﺻﻠﻨﺎ إﻟﻰ اﻷردن‬

‫وﺻﻠﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻷردن‬

‫ﯾﻘﺎﺗﻞ ﺣﺰب ﷲ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻮرﯾﺎ‬ ‫إﻟﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺑﺸﺎر اﻷﺳﺪ‬

‫ﯾﻘﺎﺗﻞ ﺣﺰب ﷲ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻮرﯾﺎ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺑﺸﺎر اﻷﺳﺪ‬ ‫ﻋﻠَﻰ ‪Substitution of‬‬ ‫َ‬

‫‪Correction‬‬

‫‪Translation‬‬

‫‪He encouraged him to do‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺷﺠﻌﮫ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮﯾﺎﺿﺔ‬ ‫‪sport.‬‬

‫‪I got used to the‬‬ ‫‪weather.‬‬ ‫‪Islamists were treated‬‬ ‫‪badly.‬‬ ‫‪I preferred Morocco to‬‬ ‫‪Jordan.‬‬ ‫‪because of the‬‬ ‫‪community’s‬‬ ‫‪dependence on‬‬ ‫‪customs‬‬ ‫‪although‬‬

‫‪Error‬‬

‫ّ‬ ‫ﺷﺠﻌﮫ ﻟﻠﺮﯾﺎﺿﺔ‬

‫ﺗﻌﻮدت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻄﻘﺲ‬

‫ﺗﻌﻮدت إﻟﻰ اﻟﻄﻘﺲ‬

‫ﺣﺼﻞ اﻹﺳﻼﻣﯿﻮن ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺳﯿﺌﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺼﻞ اﻹﺳﻼﻣﯿﻮن اﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺳﯿﺌﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻀﻠﺖ اﻟﻤﻐﺮب ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫اﻷردن‬

‫ﻓﻀﻠﺖ اﻟﻤﻐﺮب ﻣﻦ‬ ‫اﻷردن‬

‫ﺑﺴﺒﺐ اﻋﺘﻤﺎد اﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻌﺎدات‬

‫ﺑﺴﺒﺐ اﻋﺘﻤﺎد اﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺎدات‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮﻏﻢ‬

‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﺮﻏﻢ‬

‫‪based on experiences‬‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﺠﺎرب‬ ‫ً‬ ‫‪ Thanks for your letter.‬ﺷﻜﺮاً ﻋﻠﻰ رﺳﺎﻟﺘﻚ‬

‫ﺑﻨﺎء ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺠﺎرب‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ﺷﻜﺮاً ﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺘﻚ‬

‫‪ The government spent‬أﻧﻔﻘﺖ اﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﺔ أﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪ more than one billion‬ﺑﻠﯿﻮن دوﻻر ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻔﻦ‬

‫أﻧﻔﻘﺖ اﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﺔ أﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﻠﯿﻮن دوﻻر ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﻦ‬

‫‪dollars on art.‬‬

‫‪ response to political‬رد ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﺿﻄﺮاﺑﺎت‬ ‫‪ turmoil in the region‬اﻟﺴﯿﺎﺳﯿﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬ ‫‪ Migrants are not allowed‬ﻣﻤﻨﻮع ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﮭﺎﺟﺮﯾﻦ‬ ‫‪ to change jobs.‬أن ﯾﻐﯿﺮوا وظﺎﺋﻔﮭﻢ‬ ‫‪ although‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ أن‬ ‫‪professional training‬‬

‫ﺗﺪرﯾﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﮭﻦ‬

‫رد إﻟﻰ اﻻﺿﻄﺮاﺑﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﺴﯿﺎﺳﯿﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻤﻨﻮع ﻟﻠﻤﮭﺎﺟﺮﯾﻦ أن‬ ‫ﯾﻐﯿﺮوا وظﺎﺋﻔﮭﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ أن‬ ‫ﺗﺪرﯾﺐ ﻟﻠﻤﮭﻦ‬

182 Analysis of examples of errors by students

Addition of prepositions Students sometimes add to a sentence a preposition which is not used in Arabic. Intralingual transfer can be one of the factors when learners add prepositions to verbs or nouns that do not require prepositions, such as confusing the verb ( ‫ار‬ َ ‫‘ )َز‬to visit’, which does not require a preposition, and ( ‫‘ )َﺳﺎﻓَ َﺮ‬to travel’, which requires the preposition (‫)إِﻟَﻰ‬. Another contributing factor can be direct translation from English or even influences from colloquial Arabic for students who are familiar with colloquial dialects. A common error that students make in this regard is the use of the Arabic word for think. We can translate think into ْ ِ‫)ا‬, which means Arabic in two ways: ( ‫)ﻓَ ﱠﻜَﺮ‬, which means ‘to think’, and ( ‫ﻋﺘَﻘَ َﺪ‬ ‘to believe’. The former is commonly used in colloquial Arabic, while the latter is only used in Modern Standard Arabic. Students often generalize the use of (‫ )ﻓَ ﱠﻜَﺮ‬to mean both, as is the case in colloquial Arabic. Moreover, in English the verb think collocates with the preposition of, unlike the Arabic verb that takes a direct object. As a result, some students make mistakes like the ones illustrated in the following. Addition of ‫اﻟﺒَﺎء‬ Error

‫ﯾﻔﻜﺮ اﻟﻐﺮﺑﯿﻮن ﺑﺄن اﻹﺳﻼم‬

Correction

‫ﯾﻌﺘﻘﺪ اﻟﻐﺮﺑﯿﻮن أن اﻹﺳﻼم‬

Translation Westerners think that Islam

‫ﱠ‬ Addition of ‫اﻟﻼم‬ Error

Correction

Translation

‫اﺟﺘﺎح ﻟﻠﻤﻐﻮل أراﺿﯿﮭﻢ‬

‫اﺟﺘﺎح اﻟﻤﻐﻮل أراﺿﯿﮭﻢ‬

The Mongols invaded their lands.

‫ﻋﻤﻠﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺰﻻء‬

‫ﻋﻤﻠﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ اﻟﻨﺰﻻء‬

I worked for the guests.

‫أﻧﻮاع أﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻟﻠﻌﺒﺎدة ﻣﺜﻞ‬ ‫اﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ‬

‫أﻧﻮاع أﻣﺎﻛﻦ اﻟﻌﺒﺎدة ﻣﺜﻞ‬ ‫اﻟﻜﻨﺎﺋﺲ‬

types of places of worship such as churches

‫ﻟﯿﺲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻤﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ‬ ‫دور اﻟﺪﯾﻦ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﻠﺒﻨﺎﻧﻲ دون اﻹﺷﺎرة إﻟﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﯿﺎﺳﺔ‬

‫ﻟﯿﺲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ‬ ‫دور اﻟﺪﯾﻦ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﻠﺒﻨﺎﻧﻲ دون اﻹﺷﺎرة إﻟﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﯿﺎﺳﺔ‬

It is not possible to discuss the role of religion in Lebanese society without reference to the politics.

‫ﺑﻔﻀﻞ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎرات‬ ‫اﻟﻜﺒﯿﺮة‬

‫ﺑﻔﻀﻞ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎرات‬ ‫اﻟﻜﺒﯿﺮة‬

thanks to the large investments

‫‪Analysis of examples of errors by students 183‬‬ ‫‪Translation‬‬

‫‪Error‬‬

‫‪Correction‬‬

‫ﺗﻨﺘﻘﺪ ﺣﻠﻔﺎء اﻟﺴﻌﻮدﯾﺔ‬

‫ﺗﻨﺘﻘﺪ اﻟﺤﻠﻔﺎء ﻟﻠﺴﻌﻮدﯾﺔ‬

‫اﻧﺘﺨﺒﻮه‬

‫اﻧﺘﺨﺒﻮا ﻟﮫ‬

‫ﺗﺒﻠﻐﻨﺎ‬

‫ﺗﺒﻠﻎ ﻟﻨﺎ‬

‫ﻟﻤﻘﺎوﻣﺔ اﻟﻘﻮات اﻟﺤﺎﻛﻤﺔ‬

‫ﻟﻤﻘﺎوﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻮات اﻟﺤﺎﻛﻤﺔ‬

‫‪They support these‬‬ ‫‪efforts.‬‬

‫ﯾﺪﻋﻤﻮن ھﺬه اﻟﺠﮭﻮد‬

‫ﯾﺪﻋﻤﻮن ﻟﮭﺬه اﻟﺠﮭﻮد‬

‫‪This clan will elect him.‬‬

‫ھﺬه اﻟﻌﺸﯿﺮة ﺳﺘﻨﺘﺨﺒﮫ‬

‫ھﺬه اﻟﻌﺸﯿﺮة ﺳﺘﻨﺘﺨﺐ ﻟﮫ‬

‫ﺳﺄﻧﺼﺢ ﻛﻞ اﻟﻄﻼب اﻟﺠﺪد‬

‫ﺳﺄﻧﺼﺢ ﻟﻜﻞ اﻟﻄﻼب اﻟﺠﺪد‬

‫‪She criticizes the allies of‬‬ ‫‪Saudi Arabia.‬‬ ‫‪They voted for him.‬‬ ‫‪reach us‬‬ ‫‪to resist the ruling forces‬‬

‫‪I will advise all new‬‬ ‫‪students.‬‬

‫َ‬ ‫اﻟﻜﺎف ‪Addition of‬‬ ‫‪Translation‬‬ ‫‪It represents a platform for‬‬ ‫‪Arab nationalism.‬‬

‫‪Correction‬‬

‫ﯾﻤﺜﻞ ﻣﻨﺼﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﻣﯿﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺮﺑﯿﺔ‬

‫‪Error‬‬

‫ﯾﻤﺜﻞ ﻛﻤﻨﺼﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﻣﯿﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺮﺑﯿﺔ‬ ‫ِﻣﻦ ‪Addition of‬‬

‫‪Translation‬‬ ‫‪the majority of the time‬‬ ‫‪one of the stereotypes‬‬ ‫‪one of the most‬‬ ‫‪important problems‬‬ ‫‪The majority of young‬‬ ‫‪people will be without‬‬ ‫‪appropriate skills or‬‬ ‫‪qualifications.‬‬ ‫‪I studied the songs of‬‬ ‫‪Majida El Roumi.‬‬ ‫‪I want to spend all the‬‬ ‫‪time with my family.‬‬ ‫‪travel to different places‬‬ ‫‪outside the capital‬‬

‫‪Correction‬‬

‫‪Error‬‬

‫أﻏﻠﺒﯿﺔ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬

‫أﻏﻠﺒﯿﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬

‫إﺣﺪى اﻟﺼﻮر اﻟﻨﻤﻄﯿﺔ‬

‫إﺣﺪى ﻣﻦ اﻟﺼﻮر اﻟﻨﻤﻄﯿﺔ‬

‫إﺣﺪى أھﻢ اﻟﻤﺸﺎﻛﻞ‬

‫إﺣﺪى ﻣﻦ أھﻢ اﻟﻤﺸﺎﻛﻞ‬

‫ﺳﺘﻜﻮن أﻏﻠﺒﯿﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﺎب‬ ‫ﺑﺪون ﻣﮭﺎرات أو ﻣﺆھﻼت‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‬

‫ﺳﺘﻜﻮن ﻣﻦ أﻏﻠﺒﯿﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﺎب‬ ‫ﺑﺪون ﻣﮭﺎرات أو ﻣﺆھﻼت‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‬

‫درﺳﺖ أﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺎﺟﺪة‬ ‫اﻟﺮوﻣﻲ‬

‫درﺳﺖ أﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺪة‬ ‫اﻟﺮوﻣﻲ‬

‫أرﯾﺪ أن أﻗﻀﻲ ﻛﻞ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﻊ أﺳﺮﺗﻲ‬

‫أرﯾﺪ أن أﻗﻀﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻣﻊ أﺳﺮﺗﻲ‬

‫اﻟﺴﻔﺮ إﻟﻰ أﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬ ‫ﺧﺎرج اﻟﻌﺎﺻﻤﺔ‬

‫اﻟﺴﻔﺮ إﻟﻰ أﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬ ‫ﺧﺎرج ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﺎﺻﻤﺔ‬

184 Analysis of examples of errors by students Error

،‫ﺧﺎرج ﻣﻦ اﻟﺼﻒ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻓﺮت ﻋﺒﺮ اﻟﻤﻐﺮب‬ ‫ھﻮ ﻋﻀﻮ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﯿﺎر‬ ‫اﻟﻮطﻨﻲ اﻟﺤﺮ‬

Correction

Translation

‫ ﺳﺎﻓﺮت‬،‫ ﺧﺎرج اﻟﺼﻒ‬Outside the class, ‫ ﻋﺒﺮ اﻟﻤﻐﺮب‬I traveled through Morocco.

‫ ھﻮ ﻋﻀﻮ اﻟﺘﯿﺎر اﻟﻮطﻨﻲ‬He is a member of the ‫ اﻟﺤﺮ‬Free Patriotic Movement.

Addition of ‫ﻓِﻲ‬ Error

Correction

Translation

‫دﺧﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﺎﻣﻌﺔ‬

‫دﺧﻞ اﻟﺠﺎﻣﻌﺔ‬

He went to university.

‫ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺑﻼد ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺑﻼد اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ‬

in every country of the Arab world

‫اﻹﻣﺎرات ﻣﻦ أﻏﻨﻰ ﺑﻠﺪان‬ ‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‬

‫اﻹﻣﺎرات ﻣﻦ أﻏﻨﻰ ﺑﻠﺪان‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‬

The UAE is one of the richest countries in the world.

‫أﻓﻘﺮ ﻣﻨﺎطﻖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻏﻨﯿﺔ‬ ‫ﻻ ﯾﺴﯿﻄﺮ اﻟﺪﯾﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﯿﺎﺳﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﻼد‬ ‫اﻷﺧﺮى‬

‫ أﻓﻘﺮ ﻣﻨﺎطﻖ اﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻏﻨﯿﺔ‬The poorest areas of the country are rich.

‫ ﻻ ﯾﺴﯿﻄﺮ اﻟﺪﯾﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ‬Religion does not control ‫ اﻟﺴﯿﺎﺳﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﺒﻼد‬politics like other countries. ‫اﻷﺧﺮى‬

Addition of ‫إِﻟَﻰ‬ Error

‫زرت إﻟﻰ اﻷردن‬

Correction

‫زرت اﻷردن‬

Translation I visited Jordan.

‫ﯾﺒﻠﻎ ﻋﺪد اﻟﻼﺟﺌﯿﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﯿﻦ إﻟﻰ ﺣﻮاﻟﻲ‬ ‫ﺧﻤﺴﺔ ﻣﻼﯾﯿﻦ‬

‫ ﯾﺒﻠﻎ ﻋﺪد اﻟﻼﺟﺌﯿﻦ‬The number of registered ‫ اﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﯿﻦ ﺣﻮاﻟﻲ ﺧﻤﺴﺔ‬refugees is about five million. ‫ﻣﻼﯾﯿﻦ‬

‫ﯾﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺮأة إﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺗﻐﻄﯿﺔ ﺷﻌﺮھﺎ‬

‫ﯾﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺮأة ﺗﻐﻄﯿﺔ‬ ‫ﺷﻌﺮھﺎ‬

The woman is asked to cover her hair.

Addition of ‫ﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ Error

‫ﯾﻤﻨﻊ اﻹﺳﻼم ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻤﺜﯿﻞ‬ ‫اﻷﺷﺨﺎص‬

Correction

‫ﯾﻤﻨﻊ اﻹﺳﻼم ﺗﻤﺜﯿﻞ‬ ‫اﻷﺷﺨﺎص‬

Translation Islam prohibits the representation of persons.

Analysis of examples of errors by students 185

Conclusion Prepositions have always been a challenging aspect for learners of Arabic as a foreign language. This challenge can be faced by understanding the functions of Arabic prepositions and how they differ in usage from English. Learners also should try to learn collocations, rather than separate words, so as to learn the correct ways in which prepositions are used. Moreover, teachers should point out to students errors they make in the use of prepositions, and learners should endeavor to learn from these errors. Learners should also be careful not to generalize their first-language knowledge and apply it to Arabic without thinking. Following is a glossary of verbs that collocate with prepositions.

Glossary of common verbs with prepositions

This glossary includes a bilingual list of common Arabic verbs with prepositions and particles and their English translations. All the Arabic verbs are presented in the past tense conjugated with he, as this is considered the simplest form of the verb, which corresponds to the infinitive in English. The English translation is the present-tense infinitive form. The selected verbs are ordered alphabetically so as to allow the verbs that appear with different prepositions to appear together, for example: hate, dislike desire, like

‫ﺐ َﻋْﻦ‬ َ ‫َرِﻏ‬ ‫ﺐ ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫َرِﻏ‬

It should be noted that this is not a comprehensive list of all Arabic verbs and prepositions, but a list of verbs that we consider to be common and that students of Arabic as a foreign language are likely to come across or may need to use in their careers. permit begin, start from stay away from be slow in keep, retain report make available unite with be consistent with contact lean on accuse of

‫أَﺑَﺎ َح ِل‬ ‫اِ ْﺑﺘَ َﺪأَ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫اِ ْﺑﺘَ َﻌ َﺪ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ َ ‫أَ ْﺑ‬ ‫ﻄﺄ َ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫أَ ْﺑﻘَﻰ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫أَ ْﺑﻠَ َﻎ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫ ِل‬/ ‫أَﺗَﺎ َح أَ َﻣﺎ َم‬ ‫ِاﺗﱠ َﺤ َﺪ َﻣ َﻊ‬ ‫ﻖ َﻣ َﻊ‬ َ ‫ِاﺗﱠ َﺴ‬ ‫ب‬ َ ‫ِاﺗﱠ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ َﻞ‬ ‫ِاﺗﱠ َﻜﺄ َ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫ِاﺗﱠﮭَ َﻢ‬

Glossary of common verbs with prepositions come to, arrive at bring, provide, supply finish off, destroy reward influence, impact burden with burden praise answer permit force to agree on meet up with rent from evacuate agree on (collectively) finish off surround refer to need watch out for deceive protest against be cautious of keep celebrate celebrate, welcome seek refuge from include be reluctant to, abstain from feel allow

187

‫أَﺗَ َﻰ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫أَﺗَ َﻰ‬ ‫أَﺗَﻰ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ﺎب َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ َ‫أَﺛ‬ ‫ ﻓِﻲ‬/ ‫أَﺛﱠ َﺮ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫َ ْأﺛﻘَ َﻞ‬ ‫َ ْأﺛﻘَ َﻞ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫َ ْأﺛﻨَﻰ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ﺎب َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ ‫أَ َﺟ‬ ‫أَ َﺟﺎ َز ِل‬ ‫أَﺟْ ﺒَ َﺮ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫اِ َﺟﺘَ َﻤ َﻊ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ / ‫اِ َﺟﺘَ َﻤ َﻊ َﻣ َﻊ‬ ‫أَ ﱠﺟ َﺮ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫أَﺟْ ﻠَﻰ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫أَﺟْ َﻤ َﻊ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫أَﺟْ ﮭَ َﺰ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ ‫أﺣ‬ ‫ب‬ َ َ ِ ‫ﺎط‬ ‫أَ َﺣﺎ َل إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫اِﺣْ ﺘَﺎ َج إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫اِﺣْ ﺘَﺎطَ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫اِﺣْ ﺘَﺎ َل َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫اِﺣْ ﺘَ ﱠﺞ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫س ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ َ ‫اِﺣْ ﺘَ َﺮ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ َ‫اِﺣْ ﺘَﻔَﻆ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫اِﺣْ ﺘَﻔَ َﻞ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫اِﺣْ ﺘَﻔَﻰ‬ ‫اِﺣْ ﺘ ََﻤﻰ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫اِﺣْ ﺘَ َﻮى َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫أَﺣْ َﺠ َﻢ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫أَ َﺣﺲﱠ‬ ‫أَ َﺣ ﱠﻞ ِل‬

188

Glossary of common verbs with prepositions

tell about conclude be concerned with abbreviate to abbreviate as kidnap from mingle with disagree about differ from disagree with be alone with lead to accept reproach, blame study under, learn from start, begin take from, take out of delay take out from subdue err fail violate evacuate insert list, add insert, include lead to obey, accede to relieve of want for be related, connected to collide with

‫أَ ْﺧﺒَ َﺮ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫اِ ْﺧﺘَﺘَﻢ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫اِ ْﺧﺘَﺺﱠ‬ ‫ﺼ َﺮ إِﻟَﻰ‬ َ َ‫اَ ْﺧﺘ‬ ‫ﺼ َﺮ ﻓِﻲ‬ َ َ‫اِ ْﺧﺘ‬ ‫اِ ْﺧﺘَﻄَﻒَ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ َ‫اِ ْﺧﺘَﻠَﻂ‬ ‫اِ ْﺧﺘَﻠَﻒَ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫اِ ْﺧﺘَﻠَﻒَ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫اِ ْﺧﺘَﻠَﻒَ َﻣ َﻊ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫اِ ْﺧﺘَﻠَﻰ‬ ‫أَ َﺧ َﺬ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫أَ َﺧ َﺬ‬ ‫أَ َﺧ َﺬ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫أَ َﺧ َﺬ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫أَ َﺧ َﺬ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫أَ َﺧ َﺬ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫أَ ﱠﺧ َﺮ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫أَ ْﺧ َﺮ َج ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﻀ َﻊ ِل‬ َ ‫أَ ْﺧ‬ َ ‫أَ ْﺧ‬ ‫ﻄﺄ َ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﻖ ﻓِﻲ‬ َ َ‫أَ ْﺧﻔ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫أَ َﺧ ﱠﻞ‬ ‫أَ ْﺧﻠَﻰ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫أَ ْد َﺧ َﻞ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫أَ ْد َر َج َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫أَ ْد َﻣ َﺞ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ى إِﻟَﻰ‬ َ ‫أَ ﱠد‬ ‫َ ْأذ َﻋﻦَ ِل‬ ‫أَ َرا َح ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫أَ َرا َد ِل‬ ‫ َﻣ َﻊ‬/ ‫ب‬ ِ َ‫اِرْ ﺗَﺒَﻂ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫اِرْ ﺗَﻄَ َﻢ‬

Glossary of common verbs with prepositions ascend to be based on send to force be crowded with abuse bestow upon be upset about replace by invest in respond to turn into possess, seize inquire about use for extract from belittle extract from infer from be guided by be relieved from go on with be guided by surrender to borrow from seek help from marvel about be prepared with be prepared for inquire about be surprised be absorbed in benefit from

189

‫اِرْ ﺗَﻔَ َﻊ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫اِرْ ﺗَ َﻜ َﺰ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫أَرْ َﺳ َﻞ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫أَرْ َﻏ َﻢ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫اِ ْز َد َﺣ َﻢ‬ ‫أَ َﺳﺎ َء إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫أَ ْﺳﺒَ َﻎ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫اِ ْﺳﺘَﺎ َء ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫اِ ْﺳﺘَ ْﺒ َﺪ َل‬ ‫اِ ْﺳ َ ْﺘﺜ َﻤ َﺮ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ ِل‬/‫ﺎب إِﻟَﻰ‬ َ ‫اِ ْﺳﺘَ َﺠ‬ ‫ ِل‬/‫اِ ْﺳﺘَ َﺤﺎ َل إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ﺤﻮ َذ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ ْ َ‫اِ ْﺳﺘ‬ ‫اِ ْﺳﺘَ ْﺨﺒَ َﺮ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫اِ ْﺳﺘَ ْﺨ َﺪ َم ِل‬ ‫اِ ْﺳﺘَ ْﺨ َﺮ َج ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫اِ ْﺳﺘَ َﺨ ﱠ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫ﻒ‬ ‫ﺺ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ َ َ‫اِ ْﺳﺘَ ْﺨﻠ‬ ‫اِ ْﺳﺘَ َﺪ ﱠل َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫اِ ْﺳﺘَ َﺪ ﱠل‬ ‫اِ ْﺳﺘَ َﺮا َح ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫اِ ْﺳﺘَﺮْ َﺳ َﻞ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫اِ ْﺳﺘَﺮْ َﺷ َﺪ‬ ‫اِ ْﺳﺘَ ْﺴﻠَ َﻢ ِل‬ ‫اِ ْﺳﺘَ َﻌﺎ َر ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ َ‫اِ ْﺳﺘَ َﻌﺎن‬ ‫ﺐ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ َ ‫اِ ْﺳﺘَ ْﻌ َﺠ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫اِ ْﺳﺘَ َﻌ ﱠﺪ‬ ‫اِ ْﺳﺘَ َﻌ ﱠﺪ ِل‬ ‫اِ ْﺳﺘَ ْﻌﻠَ َﻢ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫ب ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ َ ‫اِ ْﺳﺘَ ْﻐ َﺮ‬ ‫ق ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫اِ ْﺳﺘَ ْﻐ َﺮ‬ ‫اِ ْﺳﺘَﻔَﺎ َد ِﻣ ْﻦ‬

190

Glossary of common verbs with prepositions

ask about inquire about resign from settle in decide on inquire about attract to succumb for receive from enjoy draw from continue adhere to, seize be based on, to rest on belittle be guided by begin with import from capture, overtake hurry to base on regret, feel sorry for result in expatiate contribute contribute to praise point to, indicate spread a rumor about clash with participate in, share buy with ablaze with

‫اِ ْﺳﺘَ ْﻔ َﺴ َﺮ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫اِ ْﺳﺘَ ْﻔﮭَ َﻢ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫اِ ْﺳﺘَﻘَﺎ َل ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫اِ ْﺳﺘَﻘَ ﱠﺮ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫اِ ْﺳﺘَﻘَ ﱠﺮ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ﺼﻰ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ َ ‫اِ ْﺳﺘَ ْﻘ‬ ‫ﺐ إِﻟَﻰ‬ َ َ‫اِ ْﺳﺘَ ْﻘﻄ‬ ‫ ِل‬/‫اِ ْﺳﺘَ َﻜﺎنَ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫اِ ْﺳﺘَﻠَ َﻢ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫اِ ْﺳﺘَ ْﻤﺘَ َﻊ‬ ‫اِ ْﺳﺘ ََﻤ ﱠﺪ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫اِ ْﺳﺘَ َﻤ ﱠﺮ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ب‬ َ ‫اِ ْﺳﺘَ ْﻤ َﺴ‬ ِ ‫ﻚ‬ ‫اِ ْﺳﺘَﻨَ َﺪ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ َ‫اِ ْﺳﺘَﮭَﺎن‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫اِ ْﺳﺘَ ْﮭ َﺪى‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫اِ ْﺳﺘَﮭَ ﱠﻞ‬ ‫اِ ْﺳﺘَﻮْ َر َد ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫اِ ْﺳﺘَﻮْ ﻟَﻰ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ ﻓِﻲ‬/ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫أَ ْﺳ َﺮ َع‬ ‫ﺲ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ ‫أَ ﱠﺳ‬ ‫ ِل‬/‫أَ َﺳﻒَ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫أَ ْﺳﻔَ َﺮ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﺐ ﻓِﻲ‬ َ َ‫أَ ْﺳﮭ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫أَ ْﺳﮭَ َﻢ‬ ‫أَ ْﺳﮭَ َﻢ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫أَ َﺷﺎ َد‬ ‫أَ َﺷﺎ َر إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫أَ َﺷﺎ َع َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ﻚ َﻣ َﻊ‬ َ َ‫اِ ْﺷﺘَﺒ‬ ‫ك ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫اِ ْﺷﺘَ َﺮ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫اِ ْﺷﺘَ َﺮى‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫اِ ْﺷﺘَ َﻌ َﻞ‬

Glossary of common verbs with prepositions work in include be famous for supervise feel sorry for be disgusted with affect by insist on accompany to run into, crash with collide with listen to suffer light with add to go on strike be forced to overthrow elongate close, surround brief about, on be aware of name return to help with get accustomed to assault apologize for object to acknowledge, admit be proud of resort to depend on

191

‫ب‬ ِ ‫اِ ْﺷﺘَ َﻐ َﻞ‬ ‫اِ ْﺷﺘَ َﻤ َﻞ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫اِ ْﺷﺘَﮭَ َﺮ‬ ‫أَ ْﺷ َﺮفَ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ﻖ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ َ‫أَ ْﺷﻔ‬ ‫اِ ْﺷ َﻤﺄ َ ﱠز ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ب‬ َ ‫ﺻ‬ َ َ‫أ‬ ِ ‫ﺎب‬ ‫ﺻ ﱠﺮ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ َ‫أ‬ ‫ﺐ إِﻟَﻰ‬ َ ‫اِﺻْ ﻄَ َﺤ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫اِﺻْ ﻄَ َﺪ َم‬ ‫اِﺻْ ﻄَ َﺪ َم َﻣ َﻊ‬ ‫أَﺻْ َﻐ َﻰ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ب‬ َ ‫ﺻ‬ ِ ‫ﯿﺐ‬ ِ ُ‫أ‬ ‫ب‬ َ َ‫أ‬ ِ ‫ﺿﺎ َء‬ ‫ﺿﺎفَ إِﻟَﻰ‬ َ َ‫أ‬ ‫ب َﻋ ْﻦ‬ َ ‫أَﺿْ َﺮ‬ ْ ُ‫ا‬ ‫ﺿﻄُ ﱠﺮ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫أَطَﺎ َح‬ ‫أَطَﺎ َل ﻓِﻲ‬ ْ َ ‫ﻖ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ َ‫أطﺒ‬ ْ َ ‫أطﻠَ َﻊ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ِاطﱠﻠَ َﻊ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ْ َ ‫ﻖ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ َ‫أطﻠ‬ ‫أَ َﻋﺎ َد إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫أَ َﻋﺎنَ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫اِ ْﻋﺘَﺎ َد َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫اِ ْﻋﺘَ َﺪى َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫اِ ْﻋﺘَ َﺬ َر َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫ض َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ ‫اِ ْﻋﺘَ َﺮ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ َ‫اِ ْﻋﺘَ َﺮف‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫اِ ْﻋﺘَ ﱠﺰ‬ ‫ب‬ َ َ‫اِ ْﻋﺘ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ َﻢ‬ ‫اِ ْﻋﺘَ َﻤ َﺪ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬

192

Glossary of common verbs with prepositions

look after admire prepare for express give absolve from announce raid faint mention benefit from wake up from open with be proud of be separate from lie about lack overdo spoil by spoil for express lead to escape with escape from succeed base on reside with feed on quote from get close to borrow from be associated with ration

‫ب‬ ِ ‫اِ ْﻋﺘَﻨَﻰ‬ ‫ب‬ َ ‫أُ ْﻋ ِﺠ‬ ِ ‫ﺐ‬ ‫أَ َﻋ ﱠﺪ ِل‬ ‫ب َﻋ ْﻦ‬ َ ‫أَ ْﻋ َﺮ‬ ‫أَ ْﻋﻄَﻰ ِل‬ ‫أَ ْﻋﻔَﻰ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫أَ ْﻋﻠَﻦَ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫أَ َﻏﺎ َر َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫اُ ْﻏ ِﻤ َﻲ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫أَﻓَﺎ َد‬ ‫أَﻓَﺎ َد ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ق ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ َ ‫أَﻓَﺎ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫اِ ْﻓﺘَﺘَ َﺢ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫اَ ْﻓﺘَ َﺨ َﺮ‬ ‫ق َﻋ ْﻦ‬ َ ‫اِ ْﻓﺘَ َﺮ‬ ‫اِ ْﻓﺘَ َﺮى َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫اِ ْﻓﺘَﻘَ َﺮ إِﻟَﻰ‬ َ ‫ﻓﺮ‬ ‫ط ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ْ َ‫أ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫أَ ْﻓ َﺴ َﺪ‬ ‫أَ ْﻓ َﺴ َﺪ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ﺼ َﺢ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ َ ‫أَ ْﻓ‬ ‫ﻀﻰ إِﻟَﻰ‬ َ ‫أَ ْﻓ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ َ‫أَ ْﻓﻠَﺖ‬ ‫أَ ْﻓﻠَﺖَ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫أَ ْﻓﻠَ َﺢ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫أَﻗَﺎ َم َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫أَﻗَﺎ َم َﻣ َﻊ‬ ‫اِ ْﻗﺘَﺎتَ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ﺲ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ َ َ‫اِ ْﻗﺘَﺒ‬ ‫ب ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ َ ‫اِ ْﻗﺘَ َﺮ‬ ‫ض ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ َ ‫اِ ْﻗﺘَ َﺮ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ َ‫اِ ْﻗﺘَ َﺮن‬ ‫ﺼ َﺪ ﻓِﻲ‬ َ َ‫اِ ْﻗﺘ‬

Glossary of common verbs with prepositions be restricted to be brief about deduct from be convinced of venture, brave, dare acknowledge, admit swear by swear to suffice stress to return, revert to adhere to, commit to insist on insist to commit to be characterized by extend to, stretch to stretch from to brim with abstain from to order to catch shower do carefully enable hope for believe in severe from be emitted, be resurrected be impressed by commit suicide by affiliate to, join extricate, save from

193

‫ﺼ َﺮ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ َ‫اِ ْﻗﺘ‬ ‫ﺐ ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫ﻀ‬ َ َ‫اِ ْﻗﺘ‬ ‫اِ ْﻗﺘَﻄَ َﻊ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫اِ ْﻗﺘَﻨَ َﻊ‬ ‫أَ ْﻗ َﺪ َم َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫أَﻗَ ﱠﺮ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫أَ ْﻗ َﺴ َﻢ‬ ‫أَ ْﻗ َﺴ َﻢ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫اِ ْﻛﺘَﻔَﻰ‬ ‫أَ ﱠﻛ َﺪ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫آَ َل إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫اِ ْﻟﺘَ َﺰ َم‬ ‫أَﻟَ ﱠﺢ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫أَﻟَ ﱠﺢ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫َْأﻟ َﺰ َم‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫اِ ْﻣﺘَﺎ َز‬ ‫اِ ْﻣﺘَ ﱠﺪ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫اِ ْﻣﺘَ ﱠﺪ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ َ‫اِ ْﻣﺘَ َﻸ‬ ‫اِ ْﻣﺘَﻨَ َﻊ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫أَ َﻣ َﺮ‬ ‫ب‬ َ ‫أ ْﻣ َﺴ‬ ِ ‫ﻚ‬ َ ‫أﻣ‬ ‫ب‬ َْ ِ ‫ﻄ َﺮ‬ ‫أَ ْﻣ َﻌﻦَ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫أَ ْﻣ َﻜﻦَ ِل‬ ‫ ﻓﻲ‬/ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫أَ َﻣ َﻞ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ َ‫آَ َﻣﻦ‬ ‫اِ ْﻧﺒَﺘَ َﺮ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ َ ‫اِ ْﻧﺒَ َﻌ‬ ‫ﺚ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫اِ ْﻧﺒَﮭَ َﺮ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫اِ ْﻧﺘَ َﺤ َﺮ‬ ‫ﺐ إِﻟَﻰ‬ َ ‫اِ ْﻧﺘَ َﺴ‬ ‫اِ ْﻧﺘَ َﺸ َﻞ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬

194

Glossary of common verbs with prepositions

benefit from move to take revenge belong to result in end with align with descend, derive from deviate from descend to be deceived by get involved in be lowered, dip be listed, classified under slip between barge into mix with be amazed at warn be annoyed be in harmony with withdraw get detached from separate from be (pre)occupied with be distracted from split from leave join apply to set off from be isolated from bear to

‫ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬/ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫اِ ْﻧﺘَﻔَ َﻊ‬ ‫اِ ْﻧﺘَﻘَ َﻞ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫اِ ْﻧﺘَﻘَ َﻢ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫اِ ْﻧﺘَ َﻤﻰ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫اِ ْﻧﺘَﮭَﻰ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫اِ ْﻧﺘَﮭَﻰ‬ ‫اِ ْﻧ َﺤﺎ َز إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫اِ ْﻧ َﺤ َﺪ َر ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫اِ ْﻧ َﺤ َﺮفَ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫اِ ْﻧ َﺤﻂﱠ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫اِ ْﻧ َﺨ َﺪ َع‬ َ ‫ﺨﺮ‬ ‫ط ﻓِﻲ‬ َ َ ‫اِ ْﻧ‬ ‫ﺾ إِﻟَﻰ‬ َ َ‫اِ ْﻧ َﺨﻔ‬ َ‫اِ ْﻧ َﺪ َر َج ﺗَﺤْ ﺖ‬ َ‫اِ ْﻧ َﺪسﱠ ﺑَﯿﻦ‬ ‫اِ ْﻧ َﺪﻓَ َﻊ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫اِ ْﻧ َﺪ َﻣ َﺞ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﺶ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ َ َ‫اِ ْﻧ َﺪھ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫أَ ْﻧ َﺬ َر‬ ‫اِ ْﻧ َﺰ َﻋ َﺞ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫اِ ْﻧ َﺴ َﺠ َﻢ َﻣ َﻊ‬ ‫ﺐ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ َ ‫اِ ْﻧ َﺴ َﺤ‬ ‫ﻧﺴﻠَ َﺦ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ َ ْ ِ‫ا‬ ‫اِ ْﻧ َﺸﻄَ َﺮ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫اِ ْﻧ َﺸ َﻐ َﻞ‬ ‫اِ ْﻧ َﺸ َﻐ َﻞ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫اِ ْﻧ َﺸ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻖ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﺼ َﺮفَ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ َ ‫اِ ْﻧ‬ ‫ﻀ ﱠﻢ إِﻟَﻰ‬ َ ‫اِ ْﻧ‬ َ ‫اِ ْﻧ‬ ‫ﻖ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ َ‫ﻄﺒ‬ ‫ﻖ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ َ َ‫اِ ْﻧﻄَﻠ‬ ‫اِ ْﻧ َﻌ َﺰ َل َﻋ ْﻦ‬ َ ‫ﻧﻌ‬ ‫ﻄﻒَ إِﻟَﻰ‬ َ ْ ِ‫ا‬

Glossary of common verbs with prepositions be reflected on indulge in open up to be alone with, unique be separated from spend save from be divided into be cut off be absorbed in find be guided by be interested in present to neglect inspire be about to give a lift, lead to beckon to reveal to reveal, disclose rush into, do promptly hurry with begin with sell to exaggerate decide on search for look into, discuss, research began with start, begin declare innocent from justify by

195

‫ﺲ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ ‫اِ ْﻧ َﻌ َﻜ‬ ‫ﺲ ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫اِ ْﻧ َﻐ َﻤ‬ ‫اِ ْﻧﻔَﺘَ َﺢ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫اِ ْﻧﻔَ َﺮ َد‬ ‫ﺼ َﻞ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ َ َ‫اِ ْﻧﻔ‬ ‫ﻖ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ َ‫أَ ْﻧﻔ‬ ‫أَ ْﻧﻘَ َﺬ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫اِ ْﻧﻘَ َﺴ َﻢ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫اِ ْﻧﻘَﻄَ َﻊ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﻚ ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫اِ ْﻧﮭَ َﻤ‬ ‫اِ ْھﺘَ َﺪى إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫اِ ْھﺘَ َﺪى‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫اِ ْھﺘَ ﱠﻢ‬ ‫أَ ْھ َﺪى إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫أَ ْھ َﻤ َﻞ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫أوْ َﺣﻰ ِل‬ ‫ﻚ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ ‫أَوْ َﺷ‬ ‫ﺻ َﻞ إِﻟَﻰ‬ َ ْ‫أَو‬ ‫أَوْ َﻣﺄ َ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ﺑَﺎ َح إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫ﺑَﺎ َح‬ ‫ﺑَﺎ َد َر إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫ﺑَﺎ َد َر‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫ﺑَﺎ َﺷ َﺮ‬ ‫ﺑَﺎ َع إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ﺑَﺎﻟَ َﻎ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﺑَ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫ﺑَ َﺤ‬ ‫ﺚ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ َ ‫ﺑَ َﺤ‬ ‫ﺚ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ َ‫ﺑَ َﺪأ‬ ‫ﺑَ َﺪأَ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﺑَ ﱠﺮأَ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫ﺑَ ﱠﺮ َر‬

196

Glossary of common verbs with prepositions

excel, surpass stand out in excel at prove be clear, free of announce (good news) send to send, delegate send from get away from come, start early report base on, build on explain for repent be affected by trade be late for be late in be based on long for become adapted to ensure be composed of conspire against contemplate dress up for go slowly about astray from exchange with brag about disown donate to

‫ﺑَ َﺮ َز َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ﺑَ َﺮ َز ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ ﻓِﻲ‬/ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫ﺑَ َﺮ َع‬ ‫ﺑَﺮْ ھَﻦَ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ئ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ َ ‫ﺑَ ِﺮ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫ﺑَ ﱠﺸ َﺮ‬ َ ‫ﺑَ َﻌ‬ ‫ﺚ إِﻟَﻰ‬ َ ‫ﺑَ َﻌ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫ﺚ‬ َ ‫ﺑَ َﻌ‬ ‫ﺚ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﺑَ ُﻌ َﺪ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﺑَ ﱠﻜ َﺮ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﺑَﻠﱠ َﻎ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﺑَﻨَ َﻰ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ﺑَﯿﱠﻦَ ِل‬ ‫ﺎب َﻋ ْﻦ‬ َ َ‫ﺗ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫ﺗَ َﺄﺛﱠ َﺮ‬ ‫ ﻓِﻲ‬/ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫ﺗَﺎ َﺟ َﺮ‬ ‫َﺗﺄ َ ﱠﺧ َﺮ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﺗَﺄ َ ﱠﺧ َﺮ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﺲ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ ‫َﺗﺄ َ ﱠﺳ‬ ‫ق إِﻟَﻰ‬ َ ‫ﺗَﺎ‬ ‫ﺗَﺄ َ ْﻗﻠَ َﻢ َﻣ َﻊ‬ ‫َﺗﺄ َ ﱠﻛ َﺪ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﺗَ ﱠَﺄﻟﻒَ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﺗَﺂ َﻣ َﺮ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫َﺗﺄ َ ﱠﻣ َﻞ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﻖ ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫ﺗَ َﺄﻧﱠ‬ ‫ﺗَ َﺄﻧﱠﻰ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﺗَﺎهَ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﺗَﺒَﺎ َد َل َﻣ َﻊ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫ﺗَﺒَﺎھَﻰ‬ ‫ﺗَﺒَ ﱠﺮأَ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﺗَﺒَ ﱠﺮ َع إِﻟَﻰ‬

Glossary of common verbs with prepositions donate adopt as be slow, sluggish respond to disregard, forgo spy on be clear in wrong, hurt roam ally with be prejudiced against converse with deceive speak in speak with be liberated from/of grieve over be allergic to improve at check demonstrate (a trait) be passionate about change, convert into change, convert from bias for bias with conspire with, call graduate from specialize in do away with, get rid of miss, lag behind abandon flock to

197

‫ب‬ ِ ‫ﺗَﺒَ ﱠﺮ َع‬ ‫ﺗَﺒَﻨﱠﻰ ك‬ ‫ﺗَﺜَﺎﻗَ َﻞ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ب َﻣ َﻊ‬ َ ‫ﺗَ َﺠﺎ َو‬ ‫ﺗَ َﺠﺎ َو َز َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﺲ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ ‫ﺗَ َﺠ ﱠﺴ‬ ‫ﺗَ َﺠﻠﱠﻰ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﺗَ َﺠﻨﱠ َﻰ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ﺗَ َﺠ ﱠﻮ َل ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﺗ ََﺤﺎﻟَﻒَ َﻣ َﻊ‬ ‫ﺗَ َﺤﺎ َﻣ َﻞ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ﺗَ َﺤﺎ َو َر َﻣ َﻊ‬ ‫ﺗَ َﺤﺎﯾَ َﻞ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ ‫ﺗَ َﺤ ﱠﺪ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫ث‬ َ ‫ﺗَ َﺤ ﱠﺪ‬ ‫ث َﻣ َﻊ‬ ‫ﺗَ َﺤ ﱠﺮ َر ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﺗَ َﺤ ﱠﺴ َﺮ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ﺲ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ َ ‫ﺗَ َﺤ ﱠﺴ‬ ‫ﺗَ َﺤ ﱠﺴﻦَ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﻖ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ َ ‫ﺗَ َﺤﻘﱠ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫ﺗَ َﺤﻠﱠﻰ‬ ‫ﺲ ِل‬ َ ‫ﺗَ َﺤ ﱠﻤ‬ ‫ﺗَ َﺤ ﱠﻮ َل إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ﺗَ َﺤ ﱠﻮ َل َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﺗَ َﺤﯿﱠ َﺰ ِل‬ ‫ إِﻟَﻰ‬/‫ﺗَ َﺤﯿﱠ َﺰ َﻣ َﻊ‬ ‫ﺗَ َﺨﺎﺑَ َﺮ َﻣ َﻊ‬ ‫ ﻓِﻲ‬/‫ﺗَ َﺨ ﱠﺮ َج ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﺗَ َﺨ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺺ ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫ﺼ‬ ‫ﺺ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ َ ‫ﺗَ َﺨﻠﱠ‬ ‫ﺗَ َﺨﻠﱠﻒَ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﺗَ َﺨﻠﱠ َﻰ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﺗَ َﺪا َﻋﻰ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬

198

Glossary of common verbs with prepositions

interfere with audition for make progress be grumpy about retreat to retreat from (a stance) retreat from (a place) be lenient about translate into translate from frequent hesitate nominate himself for grow leave to be concentrated in coincide with marry fall rise above be lenient with cause cover up rush, haste overcome, prevail sneak through receive from distract, entertain (oneself) from be pessimistic about be tangled, clash with suspect, doubt quarrel with share

‫ﺗَ َﺪ ﱠﺧ َﻞ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ب َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ ‫ﺗَ َﺪ ﱠر‬ ‫ﺗَ َﺪ ﱠر َج ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﺗَ َﺬ ﱠﻣ َﺮ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﺗَ َﺮا َﺟ َﻊ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ﺗَ َﺮا َﺟ َﻊ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﺮاﺟﻊ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﺗَ َﺮا َﺧﻰ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﺗَﺮْ َﺟ َﻢ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ﺟﻢ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ َ َ ْ‫ﺗَﺮ‬ ‫ﺗَ َﺮ ﱠد َد َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ﺗَ َﺮ ﱠد َد ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﺗ ََﺮ ﱠﺷ َﺢ ِل‬ ‫ﺗَ َﺮ ْﻋ َﺮع ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ ِل‬/‫ك إِﻟَﻰ‬ َ ‫ﺗَ َﺮ‬ ‫ﺗ ََﺮ ﱠﻛ َﺰ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﺗَ َﺰا َﻣﻦَ َﻣ َﻊ‬ ‫ﺗَ َﺰ ﱠو َج ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﺗَ َﺴﺎﻗَﻂَ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ َﻋ ْﻦ‬/ ‫ﺗَ َﺴﺎ َﻣﻰ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ ﺗَ َﺴﺎھَ َﻞ َﻣ َﻊ‬/ ‫ﺗَ َﺴﺎھَ َﻞ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﺐ ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫ﺗَ َﺴﺒﱠ‬ ‫ﺗَ َﺴﺘﱠﺮ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ﺗَ َﺴ ﱠﺮ َع ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﺗَ َﺴﻠﱠﻂَ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ﺗَ َﺴﻠﱠ َﻞ َﻋ ْﺒ َﺮ‬ ‫ﺗَ َﺴﻠﱠ َﻢ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﺗَ َﺴﻠﱠﻰ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﺗَ َﺸﺎ َء َم ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﻚ َﻣ َﻊ‬ َ َ‫ﺗَ َﺸﺎﺑ‬ ‫ﺗَ َﺸﺎﺑَﮫَ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ﺗَ َﺸﺎ َﺟ َﺮ َﻣ َﻊ‬ ‫ك ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫ﺗَ َﺸﺎ َر‬

Glossary of common verbs with prepositions consult about hold to be saturated with emulate be strict about doubt long for befriend collide with wrestle, fight with emanate from reconcile with confront manage behave like suffer from touch upon intrude on aspire to, look forward to pretend complain about get to know deal with coexist with become tired of stumble on be amazed about, wonder be difficult for be exposed to crave, be avid for stop, become idle be attached to pledge

199

‫ﺗَ َﺸﺎ َو َر َﺣﻮْ َل‬ َ ‫ﺗَ َﺸﺒﱠ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫ﺚ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫ﺗَ َﺸﺒﱠ َﻊ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ َ‫ﺗَ َﺸﺒﱠﮫ‬ ‫ﺗَ َﺸ ﱠﺪ َد ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﻚ ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫ﺗَ َﺸ ﱠﻜ‬ ‫ق إِﻟَﻰ‬ َ ‫ﺗّ َﺸ ﱠﻮ‬ ‫ق َﻣ َﻊ‬ َ ‫ﺼﺎ َد‬ َ َ‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﺼﺎ َد َم َﻣ َﻊ‬ َ َ‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﺼﺎ َر َع َﻣ َﻊ‬ َ َ‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﺼﺎ َﻋ َﺪ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ َ َ‫ﺗ‬ ‫َﺼﺎﻟَ َﺢ َﻣ َﻊ‬ َ ‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﺼ ﱠﺪى ِل‬ َ َ‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﺼ ﱠﺮفَ ﻓِﻲ‬ َ َ‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﺼ ﱠﺮفَ ك‬ َ َ‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﻀ ﱠﺮر ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ َ َ‫ﺗ‬ ‫ق إِﻟَﻰ‬ َ ‫ﺗَﻄَ ﱠﺮ‬ ‫ﺗَﻄَﻔﱠ َﻞ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ َ‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﻄﻠﱠ َﻊ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫ﺗَﻈَﺎھَ َﺮ‬ َ َ‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﻈﻠﱠ َﻢ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﺗَ َﻌﺎ َرفَ َﻣ َﻊ‬ ‫ﺗَ َﻌﺎ َﻣ َﻞ َﻣ َﻊ‬ ‫ﺶ َﻣ َﻊ‬ َ َ‫ﺗَ َﻌﺎﯾ‬ ‫ﺐ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ َ ‫ﺗَ ِﻌ‬ ‫ ﻓِﻲ‬/ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫ﺗَ َﻌﺜﱠ َﺮ‬ ‫ﺐ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ َ ‫ﺗَ َﻌ ﱠﺠ‬ ‫ﺗَ َ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻌﺬ َر َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ﺗ َﻌ ﱠﺮض ِل‬ ‫ﺶ ِل‬ َ ‫ﺗَ َﻌﻄﱠ‬ ‫ﺗَ َﻌﻄﱠ َﻞ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫ب‬ َ ‫ﺗَ َﻌﻠﱠ‬ ِ ‫ﻖ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫ﺗَ َﻌﮭﱠ َﺪ‬

200

Glossary of common verbs with prepositions

be accustomed to overlook become an expatriate get over penetrate absence from boast agree on negotiate with contemplate be unique in, alone with excel meet fight with retire be lazy, inactive propose to got ahead of, progress make progress in approach be disgusted at abide by lazy cover up speak about speak with adapt stutter linger in enjoy result in lie on rebel against

‫ﺗَ َﻌ ﱠﻮ َد َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ﺿﻰ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ َ ‫ﺗَ َﻐﺎ‬ ‫ب َﻋ ْﻦ‬ َ ‫ﺗَ َﻐ ﱠﺮ‬ ‫ﺐ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ ‫ﺗَ َﻐﻠﱠ‬ ْ َ َ‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﻐﻠ َﻐ َﻞ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﺐ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ َ ‫ﺗَ َﻐﯿﱠ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫ﺗَﻔَﺎ َﺧ َﺮ‬ ‫ﺗَﻔَﺎھَ َﻢ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ض َﻣ َﻊ‬ َ ‫ﺗَﻔَﺎ َو‬ ‫ﺗَﻔَ ﱠﻜ َﺮ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫ﺗَﻔَ ﱠﺮد‬ ‫ق َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ ‫ﺗَﻔَ ﱠﻮ‬ ‫ﺗَﻘَﺎﺑَ َﻞ َﻣ َﻊ‬ ‫ﺗَﻘَﺎﺗَ َﻞ َﻣ َﻊ‬ ‫ﺗَﻘَﺎ َﻋ َﺪ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﺲ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ َ ‫ﺗَﻘَﺎ َﻋ‬ ‫ ِل‬/‫ﺗَﻘَ ﱠﺪم إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ﺗَﻘَ ﱠﺪ َم َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ﺗَﻘَ ﱠﺪ َم ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ب ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ َ ‫ﺗَﻘَ ﱠﺮ‬ ‫ﺗَﻘَ ﱠﺰ َز ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫ﺗَﻘَﯿﱠ َﺪ‬ ‫ﺗَ َﻜﺎ َﺳ َﻞ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﺗَ َﻜﺘﱠ َﻢ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ﺗَ َﻜ ﱠَﻠﻢ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﺗَ َﻜﻠﱠ َﻢ َﻣ َﻊ‬ ‫ﺗَ َﻜﯿﱠﻒَ َﻣ َﻊ‬ ‫ﺗَﻠَ ْﻌﺜَ َﻢ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﺗَﻠَ ﱠﻜﺄ َ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫ﺗَ َﻤﺘﱠ َﻊ‬ ‫ﺾ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ َ ‫ﺗ ََﻤ ﱠﺨ‬ ‫ﺗ ََﻤ ﱠﺪ َد َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ﺗَ َﻤ ﱠﺮ َد َﻋﻠَﻰ‬

Glossary of common verbs with prepositions exercise, practice cling to, adhere to be able to evade, escape complete slow down compete about abdicate be in harmony with compete on compete with discuss discuss with contradict predict, forecast disavow deny knowledge of be complacent about evade exist with hide from communicate with colluded with agree to agree in agree with dawdle be anxious about head toward get involved in mediate between beg, implore arrive at

201

‫ﺗَ َﻤ ﱠﺮنَ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ب‬ َ ‫ﺗ ََﻤ ﱠﺴ‬ ِ ‫ﻚ‬ ‫ﺗ ََﻤ ﱠﻜﻦَ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﺺ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ َ ‫ﺗَ َﻤﻠﱠ‬ ‫ﺗَ ﱠﻤ َﻢ ِل‬ ‫ﺗَ َﻤﮭﱠ َﻞ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﺗَﻨَﺎ َز َع َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ﺗَﻨَﺎ َز َل َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﺗَﻨَﺎ َﻏ َﻢ َﻣ َﻊ‬ ‫ﺲ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ َ‫ﺗَﻨَﺎﻓ‬ ‫ﺲ َﻣ َﻊ‬ َ َ‫ﺗَﻨَﺎﻓ‬ ‫ ﻓِﻲ‬/‫ﺶ ﺣﻮل‬ َ َ‫ﺗَﻨَﺎﻗ‬ ‫ﺶ َﻣ َﻊ‬ َ َ‫ﺗَﻨَﺎﻗ‬ ‫ﺾ َﻣ َﻊ‬ َ َ‫ﺗَﻨَﺎﻗ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ َ ‫ﺗَﻨَﱠﺒﺄ‬ ‫ﺗَﻨَ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺼﻞ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﺗَﻨَ ﱠﻜ َﺮ ِل‬ ‫ﺗَﮭَﺎ َونَ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ب ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ َ ‫ﺗَﮭَ ﱠﺮ‬ ‫ﺗَ َﻮا َﺟ َﺪ َﻣ َﻊ‬ ‫ى َﻋ ْﻦ‬ َ ‫ﺗَ َﻮا َر‬ ‫ﺻ َﻞ َﻣ َﻊ‬ َ ‫ﺗَ َﻮا‬ َ َ ‫ﺗ ََﻮ‬ ‫اطﺄ َﻣ َﻊ‬ ‫ﻖ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ َ‫ﺗ ََﻮاﻓ‬ ‫ﻖ ﻓِﻲ‬ َ َ‫ﺗ ََﻮاﻓ‬ ‫ﻖ َﻣ َﻊ‬ َ َ‫ﺗ ََﻮاﻓ‬ ‫ َﻋ ْﻦ‬/ ‫ﺗَ َﻮاﻧَﻰ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﺗَ َﻮﺗﱠ َﺮ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﺗَ َﻮ ﱠﺟﮫَ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ﺗَ َﻮ ﱠرطَ ﻓِﻲ‬ َ‫ﺗَ َﻮ ﱠﺳﻂَ ﺑَﯿﻦ‬ ‫ﺗَ َﻮ ﱠﺳ َﻞ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ﺗَ َﻮ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺻ َﻞ إِﻟَﻰ‬

202

Glossary of common verbs with prepositions

ablaze with depend on refrain from ablaze with revolt, rise against take revenge on maintain, adhere to fix to discourage dissuade, divert from bring grant grant to argue about wrong, oppress roam answer, reply coward take seriously attract to draw, bring upon strip off, dispossess dare, venture run, head for befall, happen pity, mourn worry about reward sit on combine decorate with be inclined to deviate, depart from

‫ب‬ ِ ‫ﺗَ َﻮﻗﱠ َﺪ‬ ‫ﺗَ َﻮﻗﱠﻒَ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ﺗَ َﻮﻗﱠﻒَ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫ﺗَ َﻮھﱠ َﺞ‬ ‫ﺛَﺎ َر َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫َﺛﺄ َ َر ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﺛَﺒَﺖَ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ﺛَﺒﱠﺖَ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ﺛَﺒﱠﻂَ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﺛَﻨَﻰ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫َﺟﺎ َء‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫َﺟﺎ َد‬ ‫َﺟﺎ َد َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫َﺟﺎ َد َل ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫َﺟﺎ َر َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫َﺟﺎ َل ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ب َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ ‫َﺟﺎ َو‬ ‫َﺟﺒُﻦَ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫َﺟ ﱠﺪ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ب إِﻟَﻰ‬ َ ‫َﺟ َﺬ‬ ‫َﺟ ﱠﺮ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫َﺟ ﱠﺮ َد ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫َﺟ ُﺮ َؤ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫َﺟ َﺮى إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫َﺟ َﺮى ِل‬ ‫َﺟ َﺰ َع َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫َﺟ َﺰ َع ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫َﺟ َﺰى َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ﺲ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ َ‫َﺟﻠ‬ َ‫َﺟ َﻤ َﻊ ﺑَﯿﻦ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫َﺟ ﱠﻤ َﻞ‬ ‫َﺟﻨَ َﺢ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫َﺟﻨَ َﺢ َﻋ ْﻦ‬

Glossary of common verbs with prepositions declare, voice loudly equipped with be ignorant about deviate from obtain, win preserve, maintain trial for interfere with, come between block, withhold lock, confine decree hide, obscure from deny access keep away from limit insist on talk about stare at warn against delete from excel at forbid liberate from be keen on incite, provoke forbid to deprive of begrudge/envy fill, stuff with jam, squeeze in limit, restrict to obtain immunize, protect

203

‫ب‬ ِ ‫َﺟﮭَ َﺮ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫َﺟﮭﱠ َﺰ‬ ‫ َﻋ ْﻦ‬/ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫َﺟ ِﮭ َﻞ‬ ‫َﺣﺎ َد َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫َﺣﺎ َز َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫َﺣﺎﻓَﻆَ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫َﺣﺎ َ َﻛﻢ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ‫َﺣﺎ َل ﺑَﯿﻦ‬ ‫ﺲ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ َ َ‫َﺣﺒ‬ ‫ﺲ ﻓِﻲ‬ َ َ‫َﺣﺒ‬ ‫َﺣﺘﱠﻢ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ﺐ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ َ ‫َﺣ َﺠ‬ ‫َﺣ َﺠ َﺮ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫َﺣ َﺠ َﺰ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫َﺣ ﱠﺪ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫َﺣ َﺪا‬ َ ‫َﺣ ﱠﺪ‬ ‫ث َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫ق ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫َﺣ ﱠﺪ‬ ‫َﱠ‬ ‫ﺣﺬ َر ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫َﺣ َﺬفَ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ق ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫َﺣ ِﺬ‬ ‫َﺣ ﱠﺮ َج َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫َﺣ ﱠﺮ َر ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ص َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ ‫َﺣ َﺮ‬ ‫ض َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ ‫َﺣ ﱠﺮ‬ ‫َﺣ ﱠﺮم َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫َﺣ َﺮ َم ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫َﺣ َﺴ َﺪ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫َﺣ َﺸﺎ‬ ‫َﺣ َﺸ َﺮ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ب‬ َ ‫َﺣ‬ ِ / ‫ﺼ َﺮ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﺼ َﻞ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ ‫َﺣ‬ ‫َﺣ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺼﻦَ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬

204

Glossary of common verbs with prepositions

urge to come to lower, decrease ban gain, own, enjoy surround be entitled to investigate interrogate sentence to sentence tell absolve descend upon arrive, set in like dream of adorn, decorate with bring force be pregnant by long for sympathize with be furious, resentful divert, change to divert from risk fear know seal, conclude be embarrassed about go against came out to

‫َﺣﺾﱠ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ﻀ َﺮ إِﻟَﻰ‬ َ ‫َﺣ‬ ‫َﺣﻂﱠ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫َﺣﻈَ َﺮ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫َﺣ ِﻈ َﻲ‬ ‫َﺣ ﱠ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫ﻒ‬ ‫َﺣ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻖ ِل‬ ‫ﻖ ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫َﺣﻘﱠ‬ ‫ﻖ َﻣ َﻊ‬ َ ‫َﺣﻘﱠ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫َﺣ َﻜ َﻢ‬ ‫َﺣ َﻜ َﻢ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫َﺣ َﻜﻰ ِل‬ ‫َﺣ ﱠﻞ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫َﺣ ﱠﻞ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫َﺣ ﱠﻞ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫َﺣ َﻼ ِل‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫َﺣﻠَ َﻢ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫َﺣﻠﱠﻰ‬ ‫َﺣ َﻤ َﻞ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫َﺣ َﻤ َﻞ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫َﺣ َﻤ َﻞ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫َﺣ ﱠﻦ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫َﺣ ﱠﻦ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ﻖ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ َ‫َﺣﻨ‬ ‫َﺣ ﱠﻮ َل إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫َﺣ ﱠﻮ َل َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫َﺧﺎطَ َﺮ‬ ‫َﺧﺎفَ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫َﺧﺒَ َﺮ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫َﺧﺘَ َﻢ‬ ‫َﺧ َﺠ َﻞ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫َﺧ َﺮ َج َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫َﺧ َﺮ َج إِﻟَﻰ‬

Glossary of common verbs with prepositions leave, exit dedicate for allocate for occur to plan ease be hidden from be free from conclude mix with impart to persist revolve around defend owe (something) owe (someone) get into access plot against call for curse support with pay for, push for bury in knock scrutinize indicate prove come close to marvel at melt in remind of go to

205

‫َﺧ َﺮ َج ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫َﺧﺺﱠ‬ ‫َﺧ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺺ ِل‬ َ ‫ﺼ‬ ‫َﺧﻄَ َﺮ ِل‬ ‫َﺧﻄﱠﻂَ ِل‬ ‫َﺧﻔﱠﻒَ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫َﺧﻔَﻰ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫َﺧﻼَ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﺺ إِﻟَﻰ‬ َ َ‫َﺧﻠ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ َ‫َﺧﻠَﻂ‬ ‫َﺧﻠَ َﻊ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ب َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ َ‫َدأ‬ ‫َدا َر ﺣﻮل‬ ‫َداﻓَ َﻊ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ َ‫دان‬ ‫دانَ ِل‬ ‫َد َﺧ َﻞ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫َد َﺧ َﻞ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫َدسﱠ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫َد َﻋﺎ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫َد َﻋﺎ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫ﻋﻢ‬ َ َ ‫َد‬ ‫َدﻓَ َﻊ ِل‬ ‫َدﻓَﻦَ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫َد ﱠ‬ ‫ق َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ﻖ ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫َدﻗﱠ‬ ‫َد ﱠل َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫َدﻟﱠ َﻞ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫َدﻧَﺎ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﺶ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ َ َ‫َدھ‬ ‫اب ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫َذ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫َذ ﱠﻛ َﺮ‬ ‫ﺐ إِﻟَﻰ‬ َ َ‫َذھ‬

206

Glossary of common verbs with prepositions

be distracted like bet exceed pat, caress associate with link between feel sorry for favor bring back return to stone with welcome move to leave return to fail nominate for accede to accept be pleased with hate, dislike desire, like be kind to have sympathy for mount on focus on rely on symbolize aim throw at, accuse promote

‫ُذ ِھ َﻞ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫ق ِل‬ َ ‫َرا‬ ‫َراھَﻦَ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫َرﺑَﺎ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫َرﺑﱠﺖَ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ َ‫َرﺑَﻂ‬ َ‫َرﺑَﻂَ ﺑَﯿﻦ‬ ‫َرﺛَ َﻰ ِل‬ ‫َر ﱠﺟ َﺢ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫َر ِﺟ َﻊ‬ ‫َر ِﺟ َﻊ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫َر َﺟ َﻢ‬ ‫ب‬ َ ‫َر ﱠﺣ‬ ِ ‫ﺐ‬ ‫َر َﺣ َﻞ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫َر َﺣ َﻞ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫َر ﱠد إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ﺐ ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫َر َﺳ‬ ‫َر ﱠﺷ َﺢ ِل‬ ‫ﺿ َﺦ ِل‬ َ ‫َر‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫ﺿ َﻲ‬ ِ ‫َر‬ ‫ﺿ َﻲ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ِ ‫َر‬ ‫ﺐ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ َ ‫َر ِﻏ‬ ‫ﺐ ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫َر ِﻏ‬ ‫ب‬ َ َ‫َرﻓ‬ ِ ‫ﻖ‬ ‫َر ﱠ‬ ‫ق ِل‬ ‫ﻓﻲ‬/‫ﺐ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ ‫َر ﱠﻛ‬ ‫َر ﱠﻛ َﺰ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫َر َﻛﻦَ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ ِل‬/‫رﻣ َﺰ إﻟﻰ‬ َ َ ‫َر َﻣﻰ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫رﻣﻰ‬ َ َ ‫َر ﱠو َج ِل‬

Glossary of common verbs with prepositions exceed increase pair, marry force, squeeze into rebuke, scold march toward be abound in be proud of abandon, withdraw from pair of supply with decorate with prevail rush, haste contribute help with convey ask about be bored of contribute to bargain for equate with make equal swim in cover, conceal record, register in draw to mock, ridicule be pleased with daydream steal from burgle

207

‫ َﻋ ْﻦ‬/‫َزا َد َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬/ ‫َزا َد ﻓِﻲ‬ َ‫َزا َو َج ﺑَﯿﻦ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫َز ﱠج‬ ‫َز َﺟ َﺮ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫َز َﺣﻒَ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫َز َﺧ َﺮ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫َزھَﺎ‬ ‫َزھَ َﺪ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫َز ﱠو َج ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫َز ﱠو َد‬ ‫ب‬ ِ َ‫َزﯾﱠﻦ‬ ‫َﺳﺎ َد َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫َﺳﺎ َر َع ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫َﺳﺎ َﻋ َﺪ‬ ‫ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬/ ‫َﺳﺎ َﻋ َﺪ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ق إِﻟَﻰ‬ َ ‫َﺳﺎ‬ ‫َﺳﺄ َ َل َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﺄم ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ َ َ ‫َﺳ‬ ‫َﺳﺎھَ َﻢ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫َﺳﺎ َو َم َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫َﺳﺎ َوى‬ َ‫َﺳﺎ َوى ﺑَﯿﻦ‬ ‫َﺳﺒَ َﺢ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫َﺳﺘَ َﺮ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫َﺳ ﱠﺠ َﻞ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﺐ إِﻟَﻰ‬ َ ‫َﺳ َﺤ‬ ‫َﺳ ِﺨ َﺮ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫ُﺳ ﱠﺮ‬ ‫َﺳ َﺮ َح ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ق ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ َ ‫َﺳ َﺮ‬ َ ‫َﺳ‬ ‫ﻄﺎ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬

208

Glossary of common verbs with prepositions

be happy with seek rely on, be assured about dispossess, take from escape, be safe from accept greet surrender to entertain forget rise above allow to allow for lend an ear heard of name avail for overlook facilitate for control participate make similar obscure encourage charge, load stress deviate begin to feel love occupy with trouble doubt

‫ب‬ ِ ‫َﺳ ِﻌ َﺪ‬ ‫ ﻧَﺤْ َﻮ‬/ ‫َﺳ َﻌﻰ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ ِل‬/‫َﺳ َﻜﻦَ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ﺐ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ َ َ‫َﺳﻠ‬ ‫َﺳﻠِ َﻢ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫َﺳﻠﱠ َﻢ‬ ‫َﺳﻠﱠ َﻢ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫َﺳﻠﱠ َﻢ ِل‬ ‫َﺳﻠﱠﻰ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫َﺳﻠَﻰ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫َﺳ َﻤﺎ َ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫َﺳ َﻤ َﺢ‬ ‫َﺳ َﻤ َﺢ ِل‬ ‫َﺳ ِﻤ َﻊ ِل‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫َﺳ ِﻤ َﻊ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫َﺳ ﱠﻤﻰ‬ ‫َﺳﻨَ َﺢ ِل‬ ‫َﺳﮭَﺎ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫َﺳﮭﱠ َﻞ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫َﺳ ْﯿﻄَ َﺮ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ك ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫َﺷﺎ َر‬ ‫ب‬ ِ َ‫َﺷﺒﱠﮫ‬ ‫َﺷﺒﱠﮫَ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫َﺷ ﱠﺠ َﻊ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ َ‫َﺷ َﺤﻦ‬ ‫َﺷ ﱠﺪ َد َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫َﺷ ﱠﺬ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫َﺷ َﺮ َع ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫َﺷ َﻌ َﺮ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ َ‫ُﺷ ِﻐﻒ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫َﺷ َﻐ َﻞ‬ ‫َﺷ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻖ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫َﺷ ﱠ‬ ‫ ﻓِﻲ‬/ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫ﻚ‬

Glossary of common verbs with prepositions complain to complain about thank for question testify attest to, testify against scandalize approve reconcile save, protect from show patience toward wake up be issued in be issued by turn away from certify announce announce to spend on distract from board forgive be suitable, fit for insist on shoot at vote on vote for be full of be bored of laugh at sacrifice pressurize stray

209

‫َﺷ َﻜﺎ ِل‬ ‫َﺷ َﻜﺎ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫َﺷ َﻜ َﺮ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ب‬ َ ‫َﺷ ﱠﻜ‬ ِ ‫ﻚ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫َﺷﮭَ َﺪ‬ ‫َﺷ ِﮭ َﺪ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫َﺷﮭﱠ َﺮ‬ ‫ق َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ ‫ﺻﺎ َد‬ َ َ‫ﺻﺎﻟَ َﺢ ﺑَﯿﻦ‬ َ ْ‫ﺻﺎنَ َﻋﻦ‬ َ ‫ﺻﺒَ َﺮ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ ‫ﺻ َﺤﻰ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ َ ‫ﺻ َﺪ َر ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫ َﻋ ْﻦ‬/‫ﺻ َﺪ َر ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ َ ‫ﺻ َﺪفَ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ َ َ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ق َﻋﻠﻰ‬ َ ‫ﺻﺪ‬ َ ‫ب‬ َ ِ ‫ﺻ ﱠﺮ َح‬ ‫ﺻ ﱠﺮ َح ِل‬ َ َ ‫ﺻ َﺮفَ َﻋﻠﻰ‬ َ ‫ﺻ َﺮفَ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ َ ‫ﺻ َﻌ َﺪ إِﻟَﻰ‬ َ ْ‫ﺻﻔَ َﺢ َﻋﻦ‬ َ ‫ﺻﻠَ َﺢ ِل‬ َ ‫ﺻ ﱠﻤ َﻢ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ َ ‫ب َﻋﻠﻰ‬ َ ‫ﺻ ﱠﻮ‬ َ ‫ﺻ ﱠﻮتَ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ ‫ﺻ ﱠﻮتَ ِل‬ َ ‫ب‬ َ ِ ‫ﺿ ﱠﺞ‬ ‫ﺿ َﺠ َﺮ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ َ ‫ﻚ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ َ ‫ﺿ ِﺤ‬ َ ‫ب‬ َ ِ ‫ﺤﻰ‬ َ ‫ﺿ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺿ َﻐﻂَ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ ‫ﺿ ﱠﻞ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ َ

210

Glossary of common verbs with prepositions

excel at include with guarantee to restrict go around demand apply to happen expel knock challenge oppress overlook ask divorce paint aspire to covet enable surround win denounce return to return with live with punish with punish for treat with treat from suffer fill with care about play with, manipulate

‫ﺿﻠَ َﻊ ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫ﺿ ﱠﻢ إِﻟَﻰ‬ َ ‫ﺿ ِﻤﻦَ ِل‬ َ َ ‫ﻖ َﻋﻠﻰ‬ َ ‫ﺿﯿﱠ‬ َ ‫طَﺎفَ َﺣﻮْ َل‬ ‫ب‬ َ َ‫طَﺎﻟ‬ ِ ‫ﺐ‬ ‫ﻖ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ ‫طَﺒﱠ‬ َ ‫ط َﺮأً َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ ‫ط َﺮ َد ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ق َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ ‫طَ َﺮ‬ َ ‫ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬/ ‫ط َﻌﻦَ ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫ط َﻐﻰ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫طَ ﱠﻞ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ ‫ﺐ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ َ َ‫طﻠ‬ َ ‫ﻖ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ َ ‫طﻠﱠ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫طَﻠَﻰ‬ َ ‫ط َﻤ َﺢ إِﻟَﻰ‬ َ ‫ط َﻤ َﻊ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫طَ ﱠﻮ َع ِل‬ َ ‫ب‬ َ ‫ط ﱠﻮ‬ ِ ‫ق‬ َ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫ظﻔَ َﺮ‬ ‫ﺎب َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ ‫َﻋ‬ ‫َﻋﺎ َد إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫َﻋﺎ َد‬ ‫ﺎش َﻣ َﻊ‬ َ ‫َﻋ‬ ‫ب‬ َ َ‫َﻋﺎﻗ‬ ِ ‫ﺐ‬ ‫ﺐ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ َ‫َﻋﺎﻗ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫َﻋﺎﻟَ َﺞ‬ ‫َﻋﺎﻟَ َﺞ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫َﻋﺎﻧَﻰ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫َﻋﺒﱠﺄ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫َﻋﺒَﺄ‬ َ َ‫َﻋﺒ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫ﺚ‬

Glossary of common verbs with prepositions cross to express obscure find be unable to rush, hurry offer expose to be known for introduce attribute play (an instrument) dislike isolate from attribute to storm be kind to forgive comment on be bent on tower over comment on know of tend to be full of follow work on, pursue generalize to be blind to be concerned with trust with compensate hinder from

211

‫َﻋﺒَ َﺮ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫َﻋﺒﱠ َﺮ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫َﻋﺘﱠ َﻢ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫َﻋﺜُ َﺮ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫َﻋ َﺠ َﺰ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫َﻋ ﱠﺠ َﻞ‬ ‫ض َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ ‫َﻋ َﺮ‬ ‫ض ِل‬ َ ‫َﻋ ﱠﺮ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ َ‫ﻋﺮف‬ ِ ُ ‫َﻋ ﱠﺮفَ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫َﻋ َﺰا إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫َﻋ َﺰفَ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫َﻋ َﺰفَ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫َﻋ َﺰ َل َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫َﻋ َﺰى إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ب‬ َ ‫َﻋ‬ ِ َ‫ﺼﻒ‬ ‫َﻋﻄَﻒَ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫َﻋﻔَﺎ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﺐ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ ‫َﻋﻘﱠ‬ ‫َﻋ َﻜﻒَ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫َﻋ َﻼ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﻖ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ ‫َﻋﻠﱠ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫َﻋﻠِ َﻢ‬ ‫َﻋ ِﻤ َﺪ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫ﻋﻤ َﺮ‬ ََ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫َﻋ ِﻤ َﻞ‬ ‫َﻋ ِﻤ َﻞ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ﻤﻢ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ ‫َﻋ ﱠ‬ ‫َﻋ ِﻤ َﻲ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫ُﻋﻨِ َﻲ‬ ‫َﻋ ِﮭ َﺪ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ض َﻋ ْﻦ‬ َ ‫َﻋ ﱠﻮ‬ ‫ق َﻋ ْﻦ‬ َ ‫َﻋ ﱠﻮ‬

212

Glossary of common verbs with prepositions

appoint as be absent from leave to exaggerate feed, nurture drown in be angry at cover with plunge, dive into forgive disregard, be distracted from cover, flood with win be abundant in open to search for kill be happy with impose on finish furnish, cover be scared of interpret fail dismiss from explicate notice, understand think about, of be surprised by lead against compare with suffer from measure against

‫ك‬ َ َ‫َﻋﯿﱠﻦ‬ ‫ﺎب َﻋ ْﻦ‬ َ ‫َﻏ‬ ‫َﻏﺎ َد َر إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫َﻏﺎﻟَﻰ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫َﻏ ﱠﺬى‬ ‫ق ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫ﻏﺮ‬ ِ َ ‫ﺐ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ َ ‫ﻀ‬ ِ ‫َﻏ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫َﻏﻄﱠ َﻰ‬ ‫ﺲ ﻓِﻲ‬ َ َ‫َﻏﻄ‬ ‫َﻏﻔَ َﺮ ِل‬ ‫َﻏﻔَ َﻞ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫َﻏ َﻤ َﺮ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫ﻓَﺎ َز‬ ‫ب‬ َ َ‫ﻓ‬ ِ ‫ﺎض‬ ‫ﻓَﺘَ َﺢ ِل‬ ‫ﺶ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ َ ‫ﻓَﺘﱠ‬ ‫ب‬ َ َ‫ﻓَﺘ‬ ِ ‫ﻚ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫ﻓَ ِﺮ َح‬ ‫ض َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ ‫ﻓَ َﺮ‬ ‫ﻓَ َﺮ َغ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ب‬ َ ‫ﻓَ َﺮ‬ ِ ‫ش‬ ‫ﻓَ ِﺰ َع ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫ﻓَ ﱠﺴ َﺮ‬ ‫ﻓَ َﺸ َﻞ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﺼ َﻞ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ َ َ‫ﻓ‬ ‫ﻓَ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺼ َﻞ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﻓَ ِﻄﻦَ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ﻓَ ﱠﻜ َﺮ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫ﻮﺟ َﺊ‬ ِ ُ‫ﻓ‬ ‫ﺿ ﱠﺪ‬ ِ ‫ﻗَﺎ َد‬ ‫ب‬ ِ َ‫ﻗَﺎ َرن‬ ‫ﻗَﺎ َﺳﻰ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﺎس َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ َ‫ﻗ‬

Glossary of common verbs with prepositions say to undertake be based on barter for barter between barter with arrest receive money from accept accept as kill with estimate be able to present to came to prefer, advance knock on present to divide into separate, divide aim for, head toward underperform fail to act sentence destroy, eliminate be less than decrease worry about be content with suffer from strive for strive against dedicate to

213

‫ﻗَﺎ َل ِل‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫ﻗَﺎ َم‬ ‫ﻗَﺎ َم َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫ﻗﺎﯾﺾ‬ َ‫ﻗﺎﯾﺾ ﺑَﯿﻦ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﯾﺾ َﻣ َﻊ‬ ‫ﺾ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ َ‫ﻗَﺒ‬ ‫ﺾ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ َ َ‫ﻗَﺒ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫ﻗَﺒِ َﻞ‬ ‫ك‬ َ ‫ﻗَﺒِ َﻞ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫ﻗَﺘَ َﻞ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫ﻗَ ﱠﺪ َر‬ ‫ﻗَ َﺪ َر َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ﻗَ ﱠﺪ َم إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ﻗَ َﺪ َم إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ﻗَ ﱠﺪ َم َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ﻗَ َﺮ َع َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ ِل‬/ ‫ﻗَ ﱠﺪ َم إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ﻗَ ﱠﺴ َﻢ إِﻟَﻰ‬ َ‫ﻗَ ﱠﺴ َﻢ ﺑَﯿﻦ‬ ‫ﺼ َﺪ إِﻟَﻰ‬ َ َ‫ﻗ‬ ‫ﻗَ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺼ َﺮ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﻗَ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺼ َﺮ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫ب‬ َ َ‫ﻗ‬ ِ ‫ﻀ َﻰ‬ ‫ﻀ َﻰ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ َ‫ﻗ‬ ‫ﻗَ ﱠﻞ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﺺ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ َ ‫ﻗَﻠﱠ‬ ‫ﻖ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ َ‫ﻗَﻠ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫ﻗﻨَ َﻊ‬ ‫َﻛﺎﺑَ َﺪ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫َﻛﺎﻓَ َﺢ ِﻣ ْﻦ أَﺟْ ِﻞ‬ ‫َﻛﺎﻓَ َﺢ ﺿﺪ‬ ‫س ِل‬ َ ‫َﻛ ﱠﺮ‬

214

Glossary of common verbs with prepositions

dress, cover uncover tell stop, abstain from disbelieve in assign to lie in take refuge blame for resort to follow remark call allude to die of be full of lean toward extend to praise as pass by pass by walk to go away with proceed in stay in enable enable to fill with be bored of deprive of bestow upon be afflicted by promise

‫ب‬ ِ ‫َﻛ َﺴﺎ‬ ‫َﻛ َﺸﻒَ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫َﻛ َﺸﻒَ ِل‬ ‫َﻛ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻒ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫َﻛﻔَ َﺮ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ َ‫َﻛﻠﱠﻒ‬ ‫َﻛ َﻤﻦَ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫َﻻ َذ‬ ‫َﻻ َم َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ﻟَ َﺠﺄ َ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ب‬ َ ‫ﻟَ ِﺤ‬ ِ ‫ﻖ‬ ‫ﻟَﻔَﺖَ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ب‬ َ ‫ﻟَﻘﱠ‬ ِ ‫ﺐ‬ ‫ﻟَ ﱠﻤ َﺢ إِﻟَﻰ‬ َ ‫َﻣ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫ﺎت‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫َﻣﺎ َج‬ ‫َﻣﺎ َل إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫َﻣ ﱠﺪ ِل‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫َﻣ َﺪ َح‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫َﻣ ﱠﺮ‬ ‫َﻣ ﱠﺮ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫َﻣ َﺸ َﻰ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ب‬ َ ‫َﻣ‬ ِ ‫ﻀﻰ‬ ‫ﻀﻰ ﻓِﻲ‬ َ ‫َﻣ‬ َ ‫َﻣ َﻜ‬ ‫ﺚ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫َﻣ ﱠﻜﻦَ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫َﻣ ﱠﻜﻦَ ِل‬ ‫ب‬ ِ َ‫َﻣﻸ‬ ‫َﻣ ﱠﻞ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫َﻣﻨَ َﻊ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫َﻣ ﱠﻦ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫ُﻣﻨِ َﻲ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫َﻣﻨﱠﻰ‬

Glossary of common verbs with prepositions stop, prevent from pave the way for excel at become deputy call for compete for emanate from excel in survive succeed in carve deputize regret remove descend to leave, descend ascribe to coordinate coordinate with emerge from advise advise say, utter look at exile move to rise from migrate to descend to abandon to threaten with aim for escape through

215

‫َﻣﻨَ َﻊ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫َﻣﮭﱠﺪ ِل‬ ‫َﻣﮭَ َﺮ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﺎب َﻋ ْﻦ‬ َ َ‫ﻧ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫ﻧَﺎ َدى‬ ‫ﺲ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ َ‫ﻧَﺎﻓ‬ ‫ﻧَﺒَ َﻊ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﻧَﺒَ َﻎ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﻧَ َﺠﺎ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﻧَ َﺠ َﺢ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﻧَ َﺤﺖَ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ب ِل‬ َ ‫ﻧَ َﺪ‬ ‫ﻧَ ِﺪ َم َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ﻧَ َﺰ َع ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﻧَ َﺰ َل إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ﻧَ َﺰ َل ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﺐ إِﻟَﻰ‬ َ ‫ﻧَ َﺴ‬ َ‫ﻖ ﺑَﯿﻦ‬ َ ‫ﻧَ ﱠﺴ‬ ‫ﻖ َﻣ َﻊ‬ َ ‫ﻧَ ﱠﺴ‬ ‫ﻧَ َﺸﺄ َ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫ب‬ َ َ‫ﻧ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ َﺢ‬ ‫ﺼ َﺢ ِل‬ َ َ‫ﻧ‬ ‫ب‬ َ َ‫ﻧَﻄ‬ ِ ‫ﻖ‬ ‫ﻧَﻈَ َﺮ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ﻧَﻔَﻰ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﻧَﻘَ َﻞ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ﺾ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ َ َ‫ﻧَﮭ‬ ‫ھَﺎ َﺟ َﺮ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ھَﺒَﻂَ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ھَ َﺠ َﺮ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫ھَ ﱠﺪ َد‬ ‫ھَ َﺪفَ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ب َﻋ ْﺒ َﺮ‬ َ ‫ھَ َﺮ‬

216

Glossary of common verbs with prepositions

escape from perish with congratulate for dominate confront with balance sustain trust authenticate as become compulsory inherit from distribute to expand brand as describe as arrive to, at, in promise provide for sign fall upon fall in stand behind stand against stand with protect from enter, access endow, gift to

‫ب ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ َ ‫ھَ َﺮ‬ ‫ب‬ َ َ‫ھَﻠ‬ ِ ‫ﻚ‬ ‫ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬/ ‫ب‬ ِ َ ‫ھَﻨﱠﺄ‬ ‫ھَ ْﯿ َﻤﻦَ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ َ‫َوا َﺟﮫ‬ َ‫َوا َزنَ ﺑَﯿﻦ‬ ‫ﺐ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ َ‫َواظ‬ ‫ ﻓِﻲ‬/ ‫ب‬ َ ِ‫َوﺛ‬ ِ ‫ﻖ‬ ‫ك‬ َ ‫ﻖ‬ َ ‫َوﺛﱠ‬ ‫ﺐ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ ‫َو َﺟ‬ َ ‫ور‬ ‫ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬/‫ث َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ِ َ ‫َو ﱠز َع َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫َو ﱠﺳ َﻊ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫َو َﺳ َﻢ‬ ‫ب‬ َ ‫َو‬ ِ َ‫ﺻﻒ‬ ‫ﺻ َﻞ إِﻟَﻰ‬ َ ‫َو‬ ‫ب‬ ِ ‫َو َﻋ َﺪ‬ ‫َوﻓﱠ َﺮ ِل‬ ‫َوﻗﱠ َﻊ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫َوﻗَ َﻊ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫َوﻗَ َﻊ ﻓِﻲ‬ ْ َ َ‫َوﻗَﻒ‬ ‫ َو َرا َء‬/ َ‫ﺧﻠﻒ‬ ‫ﺿ ﱠﺪ‬ ِ َ‫َوﻗَﻒ‬ ‫َوﻗَﻒَ َﻣ َﻊ‬ ‫َوﻗَﻰ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫َوﻟِ َﺞ إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ﺐ ِل‬ َ َ‫َوھ‬

Answer key

Chapter 2 I  1  2  3  4  5  6  7  8  9 10

Destination or direction of movement Location The manner of undertaking an action Transitivity – location Ascribing or specifying Role Time possession Manner Beneficiaries

II

‫ ل‬1 ‫ ل‬2 ‫ل‬-‫ ب‬3 ‫ ل‬4 ‫ل‬-‫ ب‬5 ‫ك‬-‫ ب‬6 ‫ك‬-‫ ل‬7 ‫ ب‬8 ‫ل‬-‫ ب‬9 ‫ ل‬10

218 Answer key III

‫اﻟﺴَﻼِم ﻓِﻲ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻀﯿِﱠﺔ ﱠ‬ .‫ﻂ‬ ِ ‫ق اﻷَْوَﺳ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﻤﺘﱠ ِﺤَﺪةُ ﺑِﺘَْﺴِﻮﯾٍﱠﺔ ﻧِﮭَﺎﺋِﯿٍﱠﺔ ﻟِﻘ‬ ِ ‫ﺗُﻨ‬ ُ ‫َﺎدي اﻷَُﻣُﻢ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺸْﺮ‬

1–C

َ ً‫ﺎن َﺟْﻠَﺴﺔ‬ َ ‫ﺎرﺋَﺔً ﻟِ ُﻤﻨَﺎﻗَ َﺸِﺔ ﺗ‬ ُ ‫َﻋﻘَ َﺪ اﻟﺒَْﺮﻟَ َﻤ‬ .‫ﺎدﯾِﱠﺔ‬ َ ِ‫اﻻْﻗﺘ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ِ ‫ات اﻷَْزَﻣﺔ‬ ِ ‫َﻄﱡﻮَر‬ ِ ‫ط‬

2–E

.‫رﯾِﱠﺔ‬ ُ ‫اِ ْﻟﺘََﺤﻖ أَ ْﺣَﻤُﺪ ُزَوْﯾﻞ ﺑُِﻜﻠﱢﯿِﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫ﻮم‬ ِ ‫ﺑﺠ‬ ِ ُ‫اﻟﻌﻠ‬ ِ ‫ﺎﻣَﻌِﺔ‬ ِ ‫اﻹْﺳَﻜْﻨَﺪ‬

3–A 4–B

َ ‫ﺖ‬ ْ َ‫أ‬ ‫ﺼًﺪا ﻟَِﻌَﺪٍد ھَﺎﺋٍِﻞ ِﻣَﻦ ﱠ‬ .‫ﯿﻦ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺴﺎﺋِِﺤ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻐْﺮَدﻗَﺔُ َﻣْﻘ‬ ِ ‫ﺻﺒََﺤ‬

5–D

‫ب ﻓِﻲ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﻌَﺮ‬ َ ‫ﺗََﻜﻠﱠ َﻢ‬ َ ‫ﺢ‬ َ ‫ﺎظ َﻋﻠَﻰ َﻣ‬ ِ َ‫اﻟﺤﻔ‬ ِ ‫ح ﯾُْﺴﺘَْﺨَﺪُم ﻓِﻲ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻌَﺮ‬ ٍ ‫ب َﻋﻦ اﻟﻨﱢ ْﻔِﻂ َﻛِﺴَﻼ‬ ِ ِ‫ﺼﺎﻟ‬ ‫اﻟﺪ ْوﻟِ ﱢﻲ‬ َ ‫اﻟﻤْﺠﺘَ َﻤ ِﻊ‬ ُ

IV 1 2 3 4 5

The Arabic translation of the book appeared for the first time in 1904. The father loves his children, and he is strongly attached to them This dancer looks like a beautiful butterfly. As everyone knows, the book is composed of three parts. Compensations were paid to the victims.

V

‫س ﱡ‬ َ ‫ﻟَِﻤ‬ ‫اﻟﺼﯿﻨِﯿﱠﺔَ؟‬ ُ ‫ﺎذا ﺗَْﺪُر‬ ‫اﻟﻠَﻐﺔَ ﱢ‬ َ ِ‫ﯾﻖ َﺟَﻮا‬ ‫ﻗَ ﱠﺪَم ﱠ‬ .‫ﺋﺰ‬ ُ ِ‫اﻟﺮﺋ‬ ِ ‫ﯿﺲ ﻟِﻠﻔَِﺮ‬ َ ُ ْ ‫ﱡ‬ َ ْ ْ ‫ﯿ‬ ‫اﻟﻌ‬ ‫ﺔ‬ ‫ﻤ‬ ‫ﻘ‬ ‫ﻟ‬ ‫ﯿﻦ‬ ‫ﻣ‬ .‫ﺶ‬ ‫َﺄ‬ ‫ﺘ‬ ‫ﻟ‬ ‫ﱠﺔ‬ ‫ﯿ‬ ‫ﺑ‬ ‫ﺮ‬ ‫اﻟﻌ‬ ‫ﻮب‬ ‫ﻌ‬ ‫اﻟﺸ‬ ‫ﻢ‬ ‫ﻈ‬ ‫ﻌ‬ ‫ﻣ‬ ُ ُ ُ ‫ﺗُ َﻜﺎﻓُِﺢ‬ ِ َ ِ َ ِ ِ ِ ِ َِ َ ِ .‫اﻟﻤ ْﻜﺘَﺒَِﺔ‬ َ َ‫أَُؤ ﱢﻛُﺪ ﻟ‬ َ َ‫اﻟﻜﺘ‬ ِ ‫ﻚ ﺑِﺄ َﱠن‬ َ ‫ﺎب ﻓِﻲ‬ .‫ﺎد‬ َ ‫ﯿﻞ َﻋ‬ َ ‫اﻟﺠِﻤ‬ َ ‫ﺎﺿَﻲ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻤ‬ َ ‫َﻛﺄ َ ﱠن‬

1 2 3 4 5

Chapter 3 I  1  2  3  4  5  6  7  8  9 10

To indicate what something is made of Used with a verb denoting liberation To indicate deviation To provide a reason and account for the action Used with a verb expressing manner, state or condition To designate a departure from a place. To designate a location To denote per To designate a location Used with a verb that denotes forgetfulness

II

‫ھﺎ‬ ‫ھﺎ‬ ‫ھﻢ‬

1 2 3

‫‪Answer key 219‬‬

‫‪ُ 4‬ﻛﻢ‬ ‫‪ 5‬ه‬ ‫‪ 6‬ھﺎ‬ ‫‪ 7‬ھﺎ‬ ‫‪ 8‬ه‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫ك‬ ‫َ‬ ‫‪ 10‬ھﺎ‬ ‫‪III‬‬

‫‪ 1‬ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪ 2‬ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪ 3‬ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪ 4‬ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪ 5‬ﻋﻦ‬ ‫‪ 6‬ﻋﻦ‬ ‫‪ 7‬ﻋﻦ‬ ‫‪ 8‬ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪ 9‬ﻋﻦ‬ ‫‪ 10‬ﻋﻦ‬ ‫‪IV‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﻋﻦ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻋﻦ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪V‬‬

‫اﻟﻌﺼﯿﺒَِﺔ‬ ‫ﻀﻊ ُﺧﻄﻄًﺎ اِْﺳ‬ ‫ﻠﯿﻞ ِﻣَﻦ اﻷَ ْوﻗﺎت َ‬ ‫َﻋﻠَﯿﻨﺎ أَْن ﻧَ َ‬ ‫ﺘﺮاﺗﯿﺠﯿﱠﺔً ﻟِﻜﻲ ﻧَﺘََﻤّﻜَﻦ ِﻣَﻦ اﻟﺘّْﻘ ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ض ﻟَﮭﺎ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻲ ﻧَﺘََﻌﱠﺮ ُ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َﺎك ُﺟ ٌ‬ ‫اﻟﻤْﺴﺄﻟﺔُ اﻟﻌﺮاﻗِﯿّﺔ‬ ‫ﻤﺎﻋﯿّﺔ ھﺎﺋِﻠَﺔ ﻓﻲ ِﻋّﺪة ْاﺗ‬ ‫ھُﻨ َ‬ ‫ﮭﻮد َﻋَﺮﺑِﯿّﺔٌ َﺟ ِ‬ ‫ﺠﺎھﺎت‪ ،‬وﺗَﺄْﺗﻲ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﺲ أَ ْوﺿﺎﻋﺎ ً َﻋَﺮﺑِﯿّﺔً َوَدْوﻟِﯿّﺔً‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ﻀﯿٍّﺔ ﺗََﻤ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺮ‬ ‫ﻄ‬ ‫اﻟﺘ‬ ‫ﻗ‬ ‫ﺮ‬ ‫ﺜ‬ ‫ﻛ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ﺮ‬ ‫ﺠ‬ ‫ﻓ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﻮرات‬ ‫ﻦ‬ ‫ﻣ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫َ ِ‬ ‫ﻛﺂﺧ ِ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﻄﺔُ ّ‬ ‫ﺗَﺘََﻤﯿّﺰ ھَِﺬِه اﻷ ْﻧِﺸ َ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ﻘﯿﻖ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻤﻮﻟِﯿّﺔ َﻛﻤﺎ ﺗَﺘََﻤﯿُّﺰ‬ ‫ﺮارﯾّﺔ َﺣﺘّﻰ ﯾَﺘِّﻢ ﺗ َْﺤ ِ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘِْﻤ ِ‬ ‫أَ ْ‬ ‫ھﺪاﻓِﮭﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺜﻮن ِﻣْﻦ أَ ْھِﻞ‬ ‫ﺮون‬ ‫ف‬ ‫واﻟﺒﺎﺣ َ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻔَﱢﻜ َ‬ ‫أُ ّﺳ َ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫إﯾﺠﺎد ُﻣْﻠﺘَﻘﻰ ﯾَ ْﺠﺘَِﻤُﻊ ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫اﻟﻤْﻨﺘَﺪى ﺑِﮭَ َﺪ ِ‬ ‫ﻓﯿﮫ ُ‬ ‫ﺲ ُ‬ ‫ﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫اﻟﻌْﻠِﻢ َواﻟﻔِ ْﻜ ِ‬ ‫ﺎك ُﺟ ٌ‬ ‫ﺠﺎھﺎت‬ ‫ﻤﺎﻋﯿﱠﺔٌ ھﺎﺋِﻠَﺔٌ ﻓﻲ ِﻋّﺪِة ْاﺗ‬ ‫ھُﻨَ َ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﮭﻮد َﻋَﺮﺑِﯿّﺔٌ َﺟ ِ‬

‫‪1–B‬‬ ‫‪2–C‬‬ ‫‪3–E‬‬ ‫‪4–A‬‬ ‫‪5–D‬‬

220 Answer key VI

َ ُ‫وﻣَﻌﮫ‬ ٌ َ‫طﺒ‬ .‫اﻟﻌَﻤﺎﻧِﯿ ِﱠﺔ‬ ُ ‫اﻟﺤْﻠَﻮى‬ َ ‫ﻖ ِﻣَﻦ‬ َ ‫ارﻧِﻲ‬ َ ‫َز‬ َ ‫ﺻِﺪﯾﻘِﻲ‬

.‫اﻟﻤِﺪﯾﻨَ ِﺔ‬ ٍ ‫ﻮﻣْﺘَﺮ‬ َ ‫ﺗَﻘَُﻊ‬ ِ ُ‫ﺎﻣَﻌﺔُ َﻋﻠَﻰ ﺑ ُْﻌِﺪ َﻋَﺸَﺮِة ِﻛﯿﻠ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺠ‬ َ ‫ات ِﻣْﻦ َﻣْﺮَﻛِﺰ‬

1 2

‫ﯿﺮ ِﻣَﻦ ﱠ‬ ‫زﻣﺔ ْاﻟَﻤ ﱢ‬ ْ ‫ﺎت إِﻟَﻰ اﻟﺘﱠ‬ ‫ات‬ َ َ‫ﺎدﯾﱠﺔ‬ َ ‫ﺎﻻْﺳﺘِْﺜَﻤ‬ َ ِ‫ﺖ ْاﻟَﻜﺜ‬ ِ ‫ﺎر‬ ِ ْ ِ‫ﻀِﺤﯿَِﺔ ﺑ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺸِﺮَﻛ‬ ِ ‫اﻵن َدﻓَ َﻌ‬ َ َ‫ إِ ﱠن اﻷ‬3 َ .‫طِﻮﯾﻠَ ِﺔ اﻷَ َﻣﺪ‬ َ ِ‫ ﺗَﺄ َ ﱠﺧَﺮ ْاﻟﻘ‬4 ْ ِ‫ﺻﻮﻟِِﮫ ْاﻟُﻤﻘَ ﱠﺮِر ﺑِﻨ‬ .‫ﺎﻋٍﺔ‬ ُ ‫ﻄ‬ ُ ‫ﺎر َﻋْﻦ َﻣْﻮِﻋِﺪ ُو‬ َ ‫ﻒ َﺳ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ْ ‫ﻀْﯿﻨَﺎ ُﻋ‬ ْ ‫ﻒ ﻓِﻲ ِﻣ‬ ‫ﻄﻠَﺔَ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺼَﺮ‬ َ َ‫ ﻗ‬5 ِ ‫اﻟﺼْﯿ‬ VII 1 2 3 4 5

We met at the university campus. He absented himself from attending the party for family reasons. Media outlets need to get rid of the use of stereotypes. A lot of children died during the Iraq War. The celebrations will take place during the next few days.

Chapter 4 I  1  2  3  4  5  6  7  8  9 10

Exception Time passed since an event Obligation Locality (figuratively) Recipient Direction of movement Time passed since an event Probability Exception Exception

II

‫َﻋَﺪا‬ 1 َ 2 ‫َﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ إِﻟَﻰ‬3 ‫ ُﻣْﻨُﺬ‬4 ‫ ُﻣْﻨُﺬ‬5 6 ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ 7 ‫َﻋَﺪا‬ َ ‫ إِﻟﻰ‬8 ‫ ُﻣْﻨُﺬ‬9 ‫ َﻋَﺪا‬10

‫‪Answer key 221‬‬ ‫‪III‬‬

‫َﻋَﺪا‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪ُ 2‬ﻣْﻨﺬُ‬ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪ 5‬إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫‪ 6‬إِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫‪ُ 7‬ﻣْﻨُﺬ‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫َﻋَﺪا‬ ‫‪ُ 9‬ر ﱠ‬ ‫ب‬ ‫‪َ 10‬ﻋَﺪا‬ ‫‪IV‬‬

‫ﺼِﻞ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎﺿﯿَ ِﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺋِ ُ‬ ‫ﻟَ ْﻢ ﯾَ ْﺤ ُ‬ ‫ﯿﺲ َﻋﻠَﻰ َﻏﺎﻟِﺒِﯿٍﱠﺔ َﻛﺒِ َ‬ ‫اﻟﻤ ِ‬ ‫اﻻْﻧﺘَِﺨﺎﺑَ ِ‬ ‫ﯿﺮٍة ﻓِﻲ ِ‬ ‫ﺎت َ‬

‫‪1–B‬‬

‫ﺎر‪.‬‬ ‫َﺷِﮭَﺪ اﻟﯿََﻤُﻦ ُﺣُﺮوﺑًﺎ َﻋِﺪ َ‬ ‫وج ِ‬ ‫ﺿِﮫ ُﻣ ْﻨ ُﺬ ُﺳﻘُ ِ‬ ‫ﯾﺪةً َﻋﻠَﻰ أَْر ِ‬ ‫ﻮط ُ‬ ‫اﻻْﺳﺘِْﻌَﻤ ِ‬ ‫اﻟﻤ ْﻠِﻜﯿ ِﱠﺔ َوُﺧُﺮ ِ‬

‫‪2–A‬‬

‫ﺿِﻊ ﱠ‬ ‫اﻟﻮ ْ‬ ‫ﺎﻋﯿِﱠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫اﺧﻠِﱢﻲ ﻓِﻲ اﻟﺒَﻠَ ِﺪ ُد َ‬ ‫َﻻ ﯾُْﻤِﻜُﻦ ﺗَﻨَ ُ‬ ‫ﺎرِة إِﻟَﻰ َ‬ ‫اﻹَﺷ َ‬ ‫اﻻْﺟﺘَِﻤ ِ‬ ‫اﻟﻌَﺪاﻟَ ِﺔ ِ‬ ‫اﻟﺪ ِ‬ ‫ﺎوُل َ‬ ‫ون ِ‬

‫‪3–E‬‬

‫ﺎء َﺧ ﱢ‬ ‫ﻂ اﻷَﻧَﺎﺑِﯿﺐ َﻋَﺪا اﻟﻘَﺒَﺎﺋِِﻞ اﻟﺘِﻲ ﺗَْﺴُﻜُﻦ ﻓِﻲ ﱠ‬ ‫اء‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺠِﻤ ُ‬ ‫َواﻓَ َ‬ ‫ﻖ َ‬ ‫اﻟﺼَﺤَﺮ ِ‬ ‫ﯿﻊ َﻋﻠَﻰ إِْﻧَﺸ ِ‬

‫‪4–C‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﻨَ ُ‬ ‫ار َوَﻋﻠَﻰ اﻷَْﻧِﺸﻄَﺔ ﱢ‬ ‫اﻋﯿﱠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺰَر ِ‬ ‫اﻟﻤْﻌﺘَِﺪُل ﻓِﻲ ِ‬ ‫ﺎخ ُ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫اﻟﻤْﻨﻄَﻘَِﺔ َﺷﱠﺠَﻊ َﻋﻠَﻰ اﻻَْﺳﺘِ ْﻘَﺮ ِ‬

‫‪5–D‬‬ ‫‪V‬‬

‫‪Matches will be held from August 16 to 24.‬‬ ‫‪Republicans control the Congress.‬‬ ‫‪Over time, the press has proved its independence from government in‬‬ ‫‪democratic countries.‬‬ ‫‪The government plans to raise electricity prices for household consump‬‬‫‪tion of more than 500 kilowatts per month.‬‬ ‫‪For two years, the United States has been allowed to export textiles to‬‬ ‫‪Egypt.‬‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪VI‬‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬

‫اﻟﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﺎذ ُ‬ ‫ﺎت‬ ‫ﯾَ ِﺠ ُ‬ ‫ات َ‬ ‫اك اﻟﻔِﺌَ ِ‬ ‫ﻄﻠُﻮﺑَ ِﺔ ِﻣْﻦ أَ ْﺟِﻞ إِْﺷَﺮ ِ‬ ‫اﻟﺨﻄُ َﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﻮم ﺑِﺎﺗﱢ َﺨ ِ‬ ‫ﺐ أَ ْن ﻧَﻘُ َ‬ ‫اﻟﻌَﻤﻠِﯿِﱠﺔ َ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﮭَ ﱠﻤ َ‬ ‫ﺸِﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َﺟﻠَ‬ ‫ﺎري‪.‬‬ ‫ﺴ‬ ‫ﯾ‬ ‫ﻰ‬ ‫ﻠ‬ ‫ﻋ‬ ‫ﻲ‬ ‫ﺧ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ﺲ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﺎه اﻟﺒ َُﺤْﯿَﺮِة‪.‬‬ ‫ار َ‬ ‫ب ﺗ ْﺒِﺤُﺮ َﻋﻠﻰ ِﻣﯿَ ِ‬ ‫َرأَ ْﯾﻨَﺎ ﻗ َﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﺎر ُ‬ ‫ﻀﮭَﺎ اﻟﺒَ ْﻌﺾ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺼ َ‬ ‫اﻟﻌَﺮﺑِﯿﱠﺔُ ﺗَﺘَ َ‬ ‫ﺖ اﻟﻘَﺒَﺎﺋُِﻞ َ‬ ‫ع َﻣَﻊ ﺑَ ْﻌ ِ‬ ‫اﻹْﺳَﻼِم‪َ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧَ ِ‬ ‫ُﻣْﻨُﺬ َﻣﺎ ﻗَْﺒﻞ ِ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﯿﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗ ﱠَﻢ ﻗُﺒ ُ‬ ‫اح اﻷ ْﺳَﺮى ِﻣَﻦ َ‬ ‫اﻟﺠﺎﻧِﺒَ ِ‬ ‫ُﻮل اﻟﮭ ُْﺪﻧَِﺔ َﻋﻠﻰ َﺷْﺮِط إِطَﻼ ِ‬ ‫ق َﺳَﺮ ِ‬

‫‪222 Answer key‬‬ ‫‪Chapter 5‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬

‫ُﻛْﻨ ُ‬ ‫ق ْاﻟَﺤﯿَﺎةَ‬ ‫ﺎر َ‬ ‫ﺖ َرﻓﯿﻘَﺘَﮫُ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ ﻓَ َ‬ ‫ﺲ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎح‬ ‫َﺳِﮭْﺮﻧَﺎ ﻟَﯿﻠَﺔ ْ‬ ‫أﻣ ِ‬ ‫اﻟﺼﺒَ ِ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﺻﻠَﺖ أﺑِ َ‬ ‫َﺳﺎﻓَ َﺮت ﺑِ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻮظﺒِﱟﻲ‬ ‫ﱠﺎرِة َﺣﺘﱠﻰ َو َ‬ ‫ﺎﻟﺴﯿ َ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ب ﱠ‬ ‫َﻻ أَ ُﻋ ُ‬ ‫ﺲ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺸْﻤ ُ‬ ‫ﻮد ِﻣَﻦ اﻟَﻌَﻤِﻞ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ ﺗَْﻐُﺮ َ‬ ‫ت ِﻣَﻦ ْاﻟَﻌَﻤِﻞ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ ْاﻟَﻤ ْ‬ ‫ِﺳْﺮ ُ‬ ‫ﻄَﻌِﻢ‬

‫‪1–E‬‬ ‫‪2–D‬‬ ‫‪3–A‬‬ ‫‪4–C‬‬ ‫‪5–B‬‬ ‫‪II‬‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬

‫َدَرْﺳ ُ‬ ‫ﻲ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ ﱠ‬ ‫اﻟﺼﺒَﺎح‪.‬‬ ‫ﺖ اﻟﻨﱠ ْﺤَﻮ ْاﻟَﻌَﺮﺑِ ﱠ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎﺟﺔ َﺣﺘﻰ َ‬ ‫ﺷﺒِْﻌﻨﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫أََﻛْﻠﻨﺎ اﻟﺪَﺟ َ‬

‫ﺻْﻔَﺤِﺔ ْاﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺨﺎﺗَِﻤِﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺎب َﺣﺘﱠﻰ َ‬ ‫ﻠﻲ ْاﻟِﻜﺘَ َ‬ ‫ﻗََﺮأَ َﻋ ٌ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎﻋِﺔ ﱠ‬ ‫اِْﻧﺘَﻈَْﺮﺗُﮫُ َﺣﺘﻰ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎء‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺴ َ‬ ‫ﺎدﺳِﺔ َﻣَﺴ ً‬ ‫اﻟﺴ َ‬ ‫ﺻﻠَ ْ‬ ‫ھْﻨٌﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺖ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ َو َ‬ ‫ﺖ ِ‬ ‫ﺎم ْاﻟﺒَ ْﯿ ِ‬ ‫َﻣَﻜْﺜﻨَﺎ أَ َﻣ َ‬ ‫‪III‬‬ ‫‪The soldiers fought until victory.‬‬ ‫‪I listened to the judge until the end of the judgment.‬‬ ‫‪The guests came, except Sarah.‬‬ ‫‪God forbid to betray my partner at work.‬‬ ‫‪I watched the film until the end.‬‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬

Bibliography

ʽAbbās, H. (1996). Al-Naḥw Al-Wāfī (Comprehensive Syntax) 4 Vols (13th ed.). Cairo: Dār Al-Maʽārif. ʽAbdel Nasser, M. (2013). The Polysemous Nature of Some Arabic Prepositions. International Journal of Linguistics, 5(2), 66–86. al-Farahīdī, A.K.I.A. (2003). Kitāb al-‘Ayn. Beirut: Dār al-Kutub al-ʻIlmīyah. al-Ghalāyīnī, A.M. (1994). Jāmiʽ al-Durūs al-ʽArabīyah. A.A.M. Khafājah (Ed.). SidonBeirut: Manshūrāt al-Maktabah al-ʽAṣrīyah. Alhawary, M. (2009). Arabic Second Language Acquisition of Morphosyntax. New Haven: Yale University Press. Alhawary, M. (2016). Arabic Grammar in Context (Languages in Context Series). London and New York: Routledge. al-Khūlī, M.A. (1998). al-Tarākīb al-Shāiʽah fī al-Lughah al-ʽArabīyah: Dirasah Iḥṣā’īyah. ʻAmmām: Dār al-Falāḥ lil-Nashr wa-al-Tawzīʽ. al-Suyūṭī, J.A.D.A.R. (1909a). Kitāb Hamʻ al-Hawāmiʻ sharḥ Jamʻ al-Jawāmiʻ fī ʻIlm al-ʻArabīyah (1st ed.). Cairo: Maṭbaʻat al-Saʻādah. al-Suyūtī, J.A.A.A.R. (1909b). Bughyat al-Wu’āt fī Ṭabaqāt al-Lughawīyīn wa-al-Nuḥāht. Cairo: Maṭbaʻat al-Saʻādah. Al-Warraki, N.N. (1994). The Connectors in Modern Standard Arabic. Cairo and New York: The American University in Cairo Press. Ammār, M.I. (1998). al-Akhṭā’ al-Shāi’ah fī Istiʽmālāt Ḥurūf al-Jarr (1st ed.). Riyad: Dār ʽĀlam al-Kutub lil-Ṭibāʽah wa al-Nashr wa al-Tawzi’. Arberry, A.J. (1996). The Koran Interpreted. New York: Simon & Schuster. Baalbaki, R. (2007). The Early Islamic Grammatical Tradition (The Formation of the Classical Islamic World). Aldershot: Ashgate Publishing Limited. Badawi, E., Carter, M., and Gully, A. (2014). Modern Written Arabic: A Comprehensive Grammar (2nd ed.). (Routledge Comprehensive Grammars). London and New York: Routledge. Bahloul, M. (2007). Structure and Function of the Arabic Verb. London and New York: Routledge. Beeston, A.F.L. (2006). The Arabic Language Today (Georgetown Classics in Arabic Language and Linguistics). Washington, DC: Georgetown University Press. Bernards, M. (2017). Changing Traditions: Al-Mubarrad’s Refutation of Sībawayh and the Subsequent Reception of the kitāb (Studies in Semitic Languages and Linguistics). Leiden: Brill. Brustad, K., Al-Batal, M., and Al-Tonsi, A. (2004). Al-Kitaab fii Taʿallum al-ʿArabiyya: Pt. 1: A Textbook for Beginning Arabic (2nd ed.). Washington, DC: Georgetown University Press. Buckley, R. (2004). Modern Literary Arabic: A Reference Grammar. Beirut: Librairie du Liban.

224

Bibliography

Buckwalter, T., and Parkinson, D. (2011). A Frequency Dictionary of Arabic. London: Routledge. Cachia, P. (1973). The Monitor: A Dictionary of Arabic Grammatical Terms; ArabicEnglish, English-Arabic. Beirut: Librairie du Liban. Cantarino, V. (1974–1976). Syntax of Modern Arabic Prose (3 Vols.). Bloomington and London: Indiana University Press. Carter, M.G. (1981). Arab Linguistics: An Introductory Classical Text with Translation and Notes. Amsterdam: Benjamins. Carter, M.G. (2004). Sībawayhi. New York: I.B. Tauris. Carter, M.G., and Marogy, A.E. (2012). Foundations of Arabic Linguistics: Sībawayhi and Early Arabic Grammatical Theory (Studies in Semitic Languages and Linguistics). Leiden and Boston: Brill. Corder, S.P. (1974). The Significance of Learners’ Errors. In Richards, J. (Ed.), Error Analysis: Perspectives on Second Language Acquisition (pp. 19–28). London: Longman Group Limited. Corder, S.P. (1981). Error Analysis and Interlanguage. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Dickins, J., and Watson, J.C.E. (1999). Standard Arabic: An Advanced Course. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Elgibali, A., and Nevenka, K. (2008). Media Arabic: A Course Book for Reading Arabic News. Cairo: The American University in Cairo Press. Ellis, R., and Barkhuizen, G. (2005). Analysing Learner Language (Oxford Applied Linguistics). Oxford: Oxford University Press. Esseesy, M. (2010). Grammaticalization of Arabic Prepositions and Subordinators: A Corpus-based Study. Leiden: Brill. Fischer, W., and Rodgers, J. (2001). A Grammar of Classical Arabic (3rd ed.). New Haven: Yale University Press. Gully, A. (1995). Grammar and Semantics in Medieval Arabic: A Study of Ibn-Hisham’s ‘Mughni l-labib’. Richmond, Surrey: Curzon Press. Gully, A. (1997). Taḍmīn, “Implication of Meaning,” in Medieval Arabic. Journal of the American Oriental Society, 117(3), 466–480. Ḥasan, A. (1960). Al-Naḥū al-Wāfī maʻa Rabṭihi bi-al-ʼAsālīb al-Rafīʻa wa al-Hayāt al-lughawīya al-Mutajaddida (4 Vol.). Cairo: Dār al-Maʻārif. Haywood, J. (1965). Arabic Lexicography: Its History, and Its Place in the General History of Lexicography (2nd ed.). Leiden: E.J. Brill. Haywood, J., and Nahmad, H. (2005). A New Arabic Grammar of the Written Language. Aldershot, Hampshire: Lund Humphries. Holes, C. (1987). Language Variation and Change in a Modernising Arab State: The Case of Bahrain (Library of Arabic Linguistics, Monograph 7). London and New York: Kegan Paul International. Holes, C. (2004). Modern Arabic: Structures, Functions and Varieties (Rev. ed.). Washington, DC: Georgetown University Press. Hospers, J.H. (1974). A Basic Bibliography for the Study of the Semitic Languages, Vol. II. Leiden: Brill. Ibn, A.A.A.-R., Rifāʻī, Q.-S., and Ibn, M.M.A.A. (1987). Sharḥ Ibn ʻAqīl ʻalá Alfīyat ibn Mālik. Beirut: Dār al-Qalam. Ibn al-Sarrāj, A.B. (1985). Kitāb al-ʾu Uṣūl fī al- Naḥw. A.A.H. al-Fatlī. (Ed.). Beirut: Muʾassassat al-Risāla. Ibn Fāris, A.A.Q. (1972). Muʿjam Maqayīs al-Lughah Vol 2. A.S.M Hārūn (Ed.). Beirut: Dār al-Fikr. Ibn Hishām, A.A. (1964). Mughnī al-Labīb. Beirut: Al- Maktaba al-‘Aṣrīya, Ibn Jinnī, A.A.F.U. (2001). al-Khaṣāʼis. Beirut: Dār al-Kutub al-‘Ilmīyah.

Bibliography 225 Ibn Jinnī, A.A.F.U. (2013). Sirr Ṣinā’at al-I’rāb. M.H.M.H.I. Shāfiʻī and A.R. Shiḥāt (Eds.). Beirut: Dār al-Kutub al-ʻIlmīyah. James, C. (1998). Errors in Language Learning and Use: Exploring Error Analysis (Applied Linguistics and Language Study). London: Longman. Khalīl, and al-Farāhīdī, A.A.R.A.H.I.A. (1988). Kitāb al-ʿĀyn. M. al-Maḫzūmī and I. al-Sāmarrāʾī (Eds.). Baghdad: Dār al-Rašīd. Levin, A. (1987). The Views of the Arab Grammarians on the Classification and Syntactic Function of Prepositions. Jerusalem Studies in Arabic and Islam, 10, 342–367. Levin, A. (1994). Sībawayhi’s Attitude to the Spoken Language. Jerusalem Studies in Arabic and Islam, 17, 204–243. Levin, A. (1998). Arabic Linguistic Thought and Dialectology. Jerusalem: Hebrew University Press. Louchene, N.E.N. (2006). Ḥurūf al-Jarr fī al-ʼArabīyah: Bayn al-Muṣṭalaḥ wa-Alwaẓīfah. Alexandria: al-Maktab al-Jamiʽī al-Hadīth. Marogy, A.E. (2010). Kitāb Sībawayhi: Syntax and Pragmatics. Boston: Brill. Marogy, A.E. (2012). The Foundations of Arabic Linguistics: Sibawayhi and Early Arabic Grammatical Theory. M.G. Carter (Ed.). (Studies in Semitic Languages and Linguistics). Leiden: Brill. Mubarrad, I.Y. (1923). al-Kāmil fī al-lughah wa-al-adab. Cairo: Maṭbaʻat al-Saʻādah. Al-Murādī, B.A.D.A.H.Q. (1992). la-Jun al-Dānī fī Ḥurūf al-Ma’āniī (1st ed.). F. Qabā and M.N. Fādil (Eds.). Beirut: Dār al-kutub al-‘ilmῑyah. Owens, J. (1984). A Short Reference Grammar of Eastern Libyan Arabic. Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz. Owens, J. (1988). The Foundations of Grammar: An Introduction to Medieval Arabic Grammatical Theory. Amsterdam: Benjamins. Owens, J. (2006). A Linguistic History of Arabic. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Owens, J. (2013). The Oxford Handbook of Arabic Linguistics. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Peled, Y. (2008). Sentence Types and Word-order Patterns in Written Arabic: Medieval and Modern Perspectives (Studies in Semitic Languages and Linguistics). Leiden: Brill Academic Pub. Rummānī, A.I. (2008). Kitāb Maʻānī al-Ḥurūf. Beirut: Dār wa-Maktabat al-Hilāl lilṬibāʻah wa-al-Nashr. Ryding, K.C. (2005). A Reference Grammar of Modern Standard Arabic. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Ryding-Lentzner, K. (1977). Semantic and Syntactic Aspects of Arabic Prepositions. Ph.D. dissertation. Georgetown: Georgetown University. Shartūnī, R. (1961). Mabādiʼ al-ʻArabīyah fī al-Ṣarf wa-al- Naḥū. Beirut: al-Maṭbaʻah al-Kāthūlīkīyah. Shawqī, Ḍ. (1968). Al-Madāris al-Naḥwīyya. Cairo: Dār al-Maʿārif. Sībawayhi, ‘Amr ibn ‘Uthmān, and Hārūn, ‘Abd al-Salām Muḥammad. (1988). Al-Kitāb. (Kitāb) Sībawayhi Abī Bishr `Amr Ibn `Uthmān Ibn Qanbar. Vol. 1. Cairo: Maktabat al-Khānjī. Spillner, B. (2017). Error Analysis in the World: A Bibliography. Sprachwissenschaft, Berlin: Frank & Timme. Stetkevych, J. (1970). The Modern Arabic Literary Language: Lexical and Stylistic Developments. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Suleiman, Y. (1999a). The Arabic Grammatical Tradition: A Study in taʿlīl. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press. Suleiman, Y. (Ed.). (1999b). Arabic Grammar and Linguistics. Surrey: Curzon. Versteegh, C.H.M., and Mushira, E. (2005). Encyclopedia of Arabic Language and Linguistics. Leiden: Brill.

226

Bibliography

Versteegh, C.H.M., and Versteegh, K. (2014). The Arabic Language. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press. Versteegh, K. (1994). The Notion of “Underlying Levels” in the Arabic Linguistic Tradition. Historiographia Linguistica, 21(3), 271–296. Versteegh, K. (1997a). Landmarks in Linguistic Thought, Vol. III: The Arabic Linguistic Tradition. London and New York: Routledge. Versteegh, K. (1997b). The Arabic Linguistic Tradition. London and New York: Routledge. Watson, J. (1999). The Syntax of Arabic Headlines and News Summaries. In Suleiman, Y. (Ed.), Arabic Grammar and Linguistics. Surrey: Curzon. Wehr, H. (2008). A Dictionary of Modern Written Arabic – Arabic–English. J. M. Cowan (Ed.). Beirut: Librairie du Liban. Wightwick, J., and Gaafar, M. (2018). Arabic Verbs and Essentials of Arabic Grammar (3rd ed.). New York: McGraw-Hill Education. Wright, W. (1896). A Grammar of the Arabic Language. Translated from the German of Caspari and Edited with Numerous Additions and Corrections. Vol. 2. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Wright, W. (1966). Lectures in the Comparative Grammar of the Semitic Languages (2nd ed.). Amsterdam: Philo Press. Wright, W. (1967). A Grammar of the Arabic Language (Combined Volume) (3rd ed.). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Yaʽqūb, I. (1995). Mawsūʽat ʽUlūm al-Lughah al-ʽArabīyah. Beirut: Dār al-Jīl. Zajjājī, A.Q.A.A.R. (1959). al-ʾĪḍāḥ fī ʿIlal al-Naḥw. M. al-Mubārak (Ed.). Cairo: Dār al-ʿUrūba. Zubaydī, M.I.A. (1954). Ṭabaqāt al-Naḥwīyīn wa-al-Lughawīyīn. M. Ibrāhīm (Ed.). Cairo: Al-Khanjī.

Index

‫إِﻟَﻰ‬: in context 98; in fixed expressions

106–107; functions of 99–101; notes on translation 103–104; notes on usage 101–103; with interrogatives and conjunctions 104–106; with pronoun suffixes 104 ‫ َﻋﻠَﻰ‬107; in context 108; in fixed expressions 116–121; functions of 108–110; notes on the usage of 110–113; notes on translation 114; with interrogatives and conjunctions 115; with pronoun suffixes 114–115 ‫ َﻋَﺪا‬/ ‫َﺧﻼ‬: functions of 122–124; with pronoun suffixes 124 ‫ ُﻣﻨﺬ‬124–125; functions of 125–126 ‫ ُر ﱠ‬126; functions of 127 ‫ب‬ ‫اﻟﺒَﺎء‬: in context 11–12; description of 11; fixed expressions with 22–28; functions of 12–20; with interrogatives and conjunctions 21–22; with pronoun suffixes 20–21 ‫ اﻟﻼﱠم‬29; in context 29; fixed expressions with 38–39; functions of 30–33; interrogatives and conjunctions 37; notes on translation 36; notes on usage 33–35; with pronoun suffixes 36–37 َ : in context 39–40; notes on usage ‫اﻟﻜﺎف‬ 41, 44; usage of 40 ‫ َواو وﺑَﺎء وﺗَﺎء اﻟﻘََﺴﻢ‬44 ‫َﺣﺘﱠﻰ‬: in context 130–131; functions of 131–133; vs. ‫إِﻟَﻰ‬, 131 َ ‫ َﺣ‬133; in context 134–135 ‫ﺎﺷﺎ‬ adverbial objects 144 adverbs 15, 131, 132; of place 137–138, 157–168; of time 136–137, 156–159 al-Khuli, M.A. 2–3 Arabic, colloquial 182 Arabic learners 161, 185

Arabic particles 1 Arabic prepositions 1–2; case marking of prepositional phrases 7–9; classifications of 4; constructions involving 4–7; definition of 2; for foreign-language learning 10; functions of 3; importance of 2–3; locative adverbs 9–10 Basra school 1 Buckley, R. 5 Cantarino, V. 12 Corder, S.P. 169 errors, by students 169; addition of prepositions 182–184; deletion of prepositions 170–176; examples of 169–170; in students’ writing 161; substitution of prepositions 176–182; types of 160, 161 foreign-language learning, importance of prepositions 10 genitive nouns 138 intralingual transfer 182 intransitive verbs 14 Kufa school 1–2 learners, of Arabic 161, 185 learners’ errors: addition of prepositions 182–184; deletion of prepositions 170–176; examples of 169–170; substitution of prepositions 176–182 locative adverbs 5, 136; adverbs of place 137–138, 159–168; adverbs of time

228

Index

136–137, 156–159; categories of 136–137; examples of 137 Modern Standard Arabic (MSA) 2, 182 nominal sentences 5 noun phrases 57 nouns 3, 5, 8, 9, 60, 130, 132, 158, 182; categories of 1; plural genitive form of 49, 59 one-letter prepositions 10 particles 1, 2 possession 144, 147 prefixes 149 prepositional phrases 5 prepositions 2, 3, 8, 11, 19, 51, 131, 134; addition of 182–184; deletion of 170–176; foreign-language learning, importance in 10; quasi-redundant 4; redundant 4; substitution of 176–182; true 4, 69; use of 185; see also four-letter prepositions; one-letter prepositions; three-letter prepositions; two-letter prepositions pronouns 20, 59, 60, 131 pronoun suffixes 5, 57, 143, 146, 147, 151, 153, 154, 156, 160, 161, 163–165

quasi-redundant prepositions 4 redundant prepositions 4 relative pronouns 5, 59 Ryding, K.C. 10, 138 Ryding-Lentzner, K. 136 semi-prepositions 8, 9–10, 49, 136, 138, 159 semi-redundant prepositions 126 spatial contexts 146, 153–155 spatial functions 148 suffixes, pronoun 5, 57, 143, 146, 147, 151, 153, 154, 156, 160, 161, 163–165 superlative constructions 52 temporal contexts 98, 107, 140–141, 146, 153, 154 temporal functions 30, 99, 148 three-letter prepositions: ‫ إِﻟَﻰ‬98–106; ‫ﻋﻠَﻰ‬ َ َ 122–124; ‫ ُﻣْﻨﺬ‬124–126; 107–115; ‫ﺧﻼ‬ ‫ ُر ﱠ‬126–127 ‫ب‬ transitivity 12 true prepositions 4, 69 two-letter prepositions: ‫ ِﻣْﻦ‬47–69; ‫ﻋْﻦ‬ َ 69–79; ‫ ﻓِﻲ‬79–93; ‫ َﻛﻲ‬93–95 verbs 1, 16, 17, 48, 51, 53, 54–55, 112–113, 130–132, 135, 182, 185; intransitive 14; present-tense 56 Wright, W. 2, 12